POWER

COMPENDIUM
A Compilation
of
Acts, Rules, Policies, Guidelines
2011
(Updated till 31st March 2011)

Ministry of Power
Government of India
Website : www.powermin.nic.in

fo|qr ea=kh
Hkkjr ljdkj
ubZ fnYyh&110 001

MINISTER OF POWER
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
NEW DELHI-110 001

lq'khydqekj f'kans
SUSHILKUMAR SHINDE

MESSAGE

(SUSHILKUMAR SHINDE)

MINISTER OF STATE FOR POWER

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

fo|qr jkT; ea=kh

Hkkjr ljdkj

716
D.O. NO. MOSP/VIP/_______/2011

ds-lh- os.kqxksiky
K.C. VENUGOPAL

MESSAGE
7th July, 2011
Power Sector in India is passing through the phase of reform and restructuring.
It isSeveral legislative and policy initiatives taken by the Ministry of Power in
the past ensured that these initiatives lead to creation of enabling environment
for investments in power sector and more consumer friendly approach to meet
the growing needs of industry, commerce, agriculture and households.
The two earlier editions of the Power Compendium were not only well
received but also highlighted the need to have a regular updation.
I am happy to note that the revised edition of the Power Compendium
2011 is being brought out, which will give an updated version of the Acts, Rules,
Regulations and Policy Guidelines relating to the Power Sector. I am sure that
the revised Compendium would serve as a reference book like the previous
editions.

(K.C. VENUGOPAL)

Je 'kfDr Hkou] jQh ekxZ] ubZ fnYyh&110001 Qksu % 011-23723700] 23705903 QSDl % 23705902
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg, New Delhi-110 001 Ph. : 011-23723700, 23705903 Fax : 23705902

fo|qr ea=ky;
Je 'kfDr Hkou
ubZ fnYyh&110 001

ih- mek 'kadj

lfpo]
Hkkjr ljdkj

Tele. : 23710271/23711316
Fax : 23721487
E-mail : [email protected]

P. Uma Shankar
Secretary
Government of India

Ministry of Power
Unique Pin Code No. 110119
Shram Shakti Bhavan
New Delhi-110 001

FOREWORD

New Delhi
13th July, 2011

Contents
S. No.
1.

Page No.
Electricity Act, 2003 (with both amendments incorporated)
(Notification dated 10.6.2003 bringing into force the Electricity Act, 2003)
1 (a) Electricity (Amendment) Act, 2003
(Notification dated 27.1.2004 bringing into force the Electricity
(Amendment) Act, 2003)
1 (b) Electricity (Amendment) Act, 2007
(Notification dated 12.6.2007 bringing into force the Electricity
(Amendment) Act, 2007)

2.

3
114

124

Rules under Electricity Act, 2003

i)

Electricity Rules, 2005 regarding requirements of captive generating plant,

compliance by transmission lines etc. (Notification dated 8.6.2005)
(amendment made vide notification dated 26.10.2006 incorporated).

127

(i) (a) Electricity (Amendment) Rules, 2006 (Notification dated 26.10.2006).

ii)

(a) CERC Rules, 2004 (Salary, Allowance and other conditions of service of
Chairperson and Members) Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 8.3.2004)

132

(b) Amend the CERC (Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of
Chairperson and Members) Rules, 2004 (Notificated dated 9.3.2010)

135

iii)

Fees for Making Application for Grant of Licence Rules, 2004

(Notification dated 23.3.2004)

137

iv)

National Electricity Plan Notification Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 6.4.2004)

138

v)

Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Salaries, Allowances and other conditions of

service of Chairperson and Members) Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 13.4.2004)

139

(v)

(a) Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Salaries, Allowances and other conditions
of service of Chairperson and Members) (Amendment) Rules, 2008
(Notification dated 29.9.2008)

142

vi)

Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Procedure, Form, Fee and Record of

Proceedings) Rules, 2007 (Notification dated 22.1.2007)

143

vii)

Appeal to the Appellate Authority Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 16.4.2004)

(the amendment notification dated 7.9.2006 incorporated)

180

viii) Procedure for conducting Inquiry against a Member of Appropriate Commission

Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 21.6.2004)

181

ix)

Means of Delivery of Notice, Order or Document Rules, 2004

(Notification dated 21.6.2004)

183

x)

Procedure for Holding Inquiry by Adjudicating Officer Rules, 2004

(Notification dated 31.8.2004)

184

xi)

Appellate Tribunal for Electricity Salary, Allowances and other conditions of

service of the Officers and Employees Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 28.10.2004)
(the amendment notification dated 6.5.2005 incorporated)

186

S. No.
(xi)

(xi)

xii)
(xii)
xiii)
(xiii)
xiv)
xv)
xvi)
xvii)
xviii)
xix)
xx)

xxi)
xxii)

Page No.
(a) Appellate Tribunal for Electricity Salary, Allowances and other conditions of
service of the Officers & Employees (Amendment) Rules, 2005 (Notification
dated 6.5.2005)
(b) Appellate Tribunal for Electricity Salary, Allowances and other conditions
of service of the Officers & Employees (Second Amendment) Rules, 2008
(Notification dated 22.7.2008)
Intimation of Accidents (Form & Time of Service of Notice) Rules, 2004
(Notification dated 22.12.2004)
Notification on Intimation of Accidents (Form & Time of Service of Notice)
(Amendment) Rules, 2005 (Notification dated 11.8.2005)
CERC (Preparation of Annual Report) Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 28.1.2005)
(a) Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Preparation of Annual Report)
(Amendment) Rules, 2005. (Notification dated 11.8.2005)
Forum of Regulators Rules, 2005 (Notification dated 16.2.2005)
National Load Despatch Centre Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 2.3.2005)
Distribution of Electricity Licence (additional requirements of capital adequacy,
creditworthiness and Code of Conduct) Rules, 2005 (Notification dated 23.3.2005)
CEA (Terms & Conditions of Chairperson & other Members) Rules, 2005
(Notification dated 24.11.2005)
Works of Licensees Rules, 2006 (Notification dated 18.4.2006)
Qualifications, Powers and Functions of Chief Electrical Inspector and Electrical
Inspectors Rules, 2006 (Notification dated 17.8.2006)
Central Electricity Regulatory Commission Fund (Constitution and the manner
of application, of the Fund) and Form and Time for Preparation of Budget
Rules, 2007. (Notification dated 22.10.2007)
Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Form of Annual Statement of Accounts
and Records) Rules, 2007. (Notification dated 22.10.2007)
Electricity (Procedure for Previous Publication) Rules, 2005
(Notification dated 9.6.2005)

192

193

194
197
198
200
201
203
205
207
210
216
219

228
250

3.

National Electricity Policy

251

4.

Tariff Policy (amendment made vide resolution dated 31.3.2008 incorporated)

4 (i) Amendment to Tariff Policy (31.3.2008)
(ii) Amendment to Tariff Policy (20.1.2011)

271
293
296

5.

Rural Electrification Policy

297

6.

Notification for removal of Difficulties issued under the Electricity Act, 2003
i) Inclusion of measures to control theft in Electricity Supply Code
(Notification dated 8.6.2005)
ii) Exemption from payment of surcharge on direct sale or supply of electricity
under the authorizations/Consent under the repealed laws
(Notification dated 8.6.2005)

311
313

S. No.

7.

Page No.

iii) Disposal of free electricity received by a State Government from hydro power
generating stations (Notification dated 8.6.2005)

315

iv) Supply of electricity by the generating companies to the housing colonies of its
operating staff (Notification dated 8.6.2005)

317

v) Establishment, operation or maintenance of dedicated transmission lines

(Notification dated 8.6.2005)

318

vi) Levy and collection of fees and charges for using transmission system
(Notification dated 8.6.2005)

320

vii) Supply of electricity to housing colony of sub-station

(Notification dated 8.6.2005)

321

viii) Supply of electricity to Cooperative Group Housing Society, supply of

electricity by distribution licensee at single point to a person for his
employees (Notification dated 9.6.2005)

322

ix) Previous publication of regulations by State Commission

(Notification dated 9.6.2005)

324

Clarifications under the Electricity Act, 2003.

i)

Clarifications on Rule 8 of Electricity Rules 2005 regarding approval by PPA

by Appropriate Commission for Inter-State Projects (dated 28.8.2006)

327

ii)

Clarification on setting up of generating station (dated 9.8.2007)

328

iii) Clarification on Captive Power Plant (dated 6.8.2007)

329

iv) Regulatory jurisdiction over the DVC under the Electricity Act, 2003
(dated 2.6.2005)

330

v) Clarification regarding supply obligation in respect of DVC (dated 27.11.2007)

331

vi) Applicability of provisions of section 126 and 135 of the Electricity Act,
2003 (dated 12.11.2007)

332

vii) On compounding of theft offence (dated 26.10.2005).

333

viii) Clarification on Tariff Policy regarding PPA before 6.1.2006 (dated 28.3.2006)

334

ix) Clarification on Tariff Policy regarding PPA before 6.1.2006 (dated 15.2.2008).

336

x)

337

Clarification regarding Para 5.1 of Tariff Policy (dated 29.11.2010)

xi) Clarification regarding Para 5.1 and 7.1 of Tariff Policy (dated 9.12.2010)

338

xii) Clarification regarding Para 6.4 of Tariff Policy (dated 19.4.2011)

340

xiii) Clarification regarding short-term purchase of power by a DISCOM (13.4.2011)

342

xiv) Clarification regarding meter rent in power sector under Electricity Act, 2003
(dated 28.2.2011).

343

xv) Clarification on capitive Power Plant (dated 7.10.2010)

344

S. No.

Page No.

8.

Competitive Bidding Guidelines for procurement of Electricity (Contains

amendments dated 30.3.2006, 18.8.2006, 27.9.2007, 27.3.2009 and 21.7.2010)

345

9.

Resolution on Establishment of Regional Power Committees for the five

regions (dated 25.5.2005) (amendments made vide resolution
29.11.2005 and 9.5.2008 incorporated)

365

378

(a) Amendments to the Resolution on Regional Power Committees

(dated 29.11.2005)
9 (b) Amendments to the Resolution on Regional Power Committees
(dated 9.5.2008)
10. Resolution on Constitution of Coordination Forum by the Central Government
(dated 19.2.2008).
11. Notification on Joint Electricity Regulatory Commissions.
i) Notification on constitution of Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for
all Union Territories except Delhi (dated 2.5.2005).
ii) Notification for inclusion of Goa in JERC for Union Territories
(dated 30.5.2008).
iii) Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for Union Territories except Delhi
(Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Services of Chairperson and Member)
Rules, 2007 (dated 19th March, 2007).
iv) Notification on constitution of Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for
Manipur and Mizoram (dated 18.1.2005).
v) Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for the States of Manipur and
Mizoram (Salaries, Allowances and other Conditions of Services of Chairperson
and Members) Rules, 2006 (dated 14.8.2006).
vi) JERC for Goa & UTs (Preparation of Annual Report) Rules, 2010
(Notification dated 21.6.2010)
vii) JERC for Manipur & Mizoram (Preparation of Annual Report) Rules, 2010
(Notification dated 21.6.2010)

386
391

397
398
399

402
403

405
407

12. Energy Conservation Act, 2001

Energy Conservation (Amendment) Act, 2010

409
443

13. Rules and Regulations under Energy Conservation Act

449

i)

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency Appointment and Terms and

Conditions of Service of the Director-General Rules, 2003
(Notification dated 24/9/2003)
(Amendment made vide notification dt. 2/9/05 incorporated)

451

ii)

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency Appointment and Terms and

Conditions of Service of the Director-General (Amendment) Rules, 2005

453

iii) The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Annual Report) Rules, 2005

[Notification dated 5/9/2005]
(Amendment made vide notification dt. 29/11/2006 incorporated)

454

iv) The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Annual Report) Amendment Rules, 2006
(Notification dated 29/11/2006)

457

v) The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Appointment of Secretary) Rules, 2004

[Notification dated 15/6/2004]

458

vi) The Bureau of Energy Efficiency [Procedures for Conduct of Business

of the Governing Council] Regulations 2005
(Notification dated 27/9/2005)

460

vii) The Bureau of Energy Efficiency

(Form of Annual Statement of Accounts and Records) Rules, 2007
(Notification dated 28/2/2007)

462

viii) The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Appointment of Members,

Manner of Filling Vacancies, Fees and Allowances and
Procedure for Discharging their Functions) Rules2007
(Notification dated 3/8/2007)

497

ix) The Energy Conservation

(Minimum Qualification for Energy Managers) Rules, 2006
(Notification dated 8/12/2006)

500

x)

502

The Energy Conservation (The form and manner for submission

of report on the status of energy consumption by the designated consumers)
Rules, 2007 (Notification dated 2/3/2007)

xi) Altered List of Energy Intensive Industries

and other establishments
[Notification dated 12/3/2007]

508

xii) The Energy Conservation [Form and Manner and Time for
Furnishing Information with Regard to Energy Consumed
and Action Taken on Recommendations of Accredited
Energy Auditor] Rules, 2008
(Notification dated 26/6/2008)

511

xiii) The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Advisory Committees)

Regulation 2008 (Notification dated 25/11/2008)

521

xiv) Energy Conservation (Manner of holding Inquiry) Rules, 2009

(Notification dated 25/02/2009)

527

xv) Bureau of Energy Efficiency (the manner and intervals of time for
conduct of energy audit) Regulations, 2008 (Notification dated 10.6.2008);

528

xvi) Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Certification Procedures for Energy Managers)

Regulations, 2009 (Notification dated 15.07.2009.

544

xvii) Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Qualifications for Accredited Energy Auditors

and Maintenance of their List) Regulations, 2010
(Notification dated 31.03.2010);

558

xviii) Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Manner and Intervals of Time for

Conduct of Energy Audit) Regulations, 2010
(Notification dated 28.04.2010)

569

14. Award Scheme of Energy Conservation

585

15. Scheme for Energy Efficiency Labeling

589

16. Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC)

617

17. Guidelines for Accelerated Power Development and Reforms Programme

(APDRP)

621

18. Tariff based Competitive- bidding Guidelines for Transmission Service

637

19. Guidelines for Encouraging Competition in Development of Transmission System

645

20. Revised Mega Power Project Policy

651

21. Concept of Ultra Mega Power Projects (UMPPs)

655

22. Notification on Operationalisation of Power System Operation

Corporation Limited (POSOCO) (dated 27.9.2010)

661

23. Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana Scheme

665

(a) RGGVY Web Portal and Milestone Based Project Monitoring

24. Decentralised Distributed Generation (DDG) Scheme Under RGGVY

673

25. Rural Area Notification

701

26. A Scheme for Supply of Electricity in 5 km Area around Central Power Plants

705

27. Guidelines for taking Renovation & Modernization

711

28. Hydro Policy

721

29. Coal Allotment Procedure

739

30. Award Scheme for Generation, Transmission and Distribution

749

31. Formula for allocation of Power

753

32. Subject Index

761

Chapter 1

The Electricity Act, 2003

[Contains amendments to the Act vide Electricity (Amendment)
Act, 2003 and Electricity (Amendment) Act, 2007]

EXTRAORDINARY PART II SECTION 1

No. 39

NEW DELHI. MONDAY, JUNE 2, 2003

MINISTRY OF LAW AND JUSTICE
(Legislative Department)
New Delhi, the 2nd June, 2003

The following Act of Parliament received the assent of the President on the 26th May, 2003, and is
hereby published for general information:THE ELECTRICITY ACT, 2003
[No. 36 OF 2003]
An Act to consolidate the laws relating to generation, transmission,
distribution, trading and use of electricity and generally for taking
measures conducive to development of electricity industry,
promoting competition therein, protecting interest of consumers and
supply of electricity to all areas, rationalisation of electricity tariff,
ensuring transparent policies regarding subsidies, promotion of
efficient and environmentally benign policies, constitution of
Central Electricity Authority, Regulatory Commissions and
establishment of Appellate Tribunal and for matters connected
therewith or incidental thereto.
Be it enacted by Parliament in the Fifty- fourth Year of the Republic of
India as follows: PART I
PRELIMINARY
Short title,
extent and
commencement

Definitions

1.

(1)
(2)

This Act may be called the Electricity Act, 2003.

It extends to the whole of India except the State of Jammu
and Kashmir.
(3) It shall come into force on such date1 as the Central
Government may, by notification, appoint:
Provided that different dates may be appointed for different provisions
of this Act and any reference in any such provision to the
commencement of this Act shall be construed as a reference to the
coming into force of that provision.
2.
In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires
(1) Appellate Tribunal means the Appellate Tribunal for
Electricity established under section 110;

1
Sections 1 to 120 and sections 122 to 185 came into force on 10-6-2003, vide S.O. 669(E), dated 10th June 2003,
published in the Gazette of India, Extra., Pt. II, Sec. 3(ii), dated 10th June, 2003.

(2)

appointed date means such date as the Central

Government may, by notification, appoint;
(3) area of supply means the area within which a
distribution licensee is authorised by his licence to supply
electricity;
(4) Appropriate Commission means the Central Regulatory
Commission referred to in sub-section (1) of section 76
or the State Regulatory Commission referred to in section
82 or the Joint Commission referred to in section 83, as
the case may be;
(5) Appropriate Government means, (a) the Central Government, (i)
in respect of a generating company wholly
or partly owned by it;
(ii)
in relation to any inter-State generation,
transmission, trading or supply of electricity
and with respect to any mines, oil-fields,
railways, national highways, airports,
telegraphs, broadcasting stations and any
works of defence, dockyard, nuclear power
installations;
(iii) in respect of the National Load Despatch
Centre; and Regional Load Despatch Centre;
(iv) in relation to any works or electric installation
belonging to it or under its control ;
(b) in any other case, the State Government having
jurisdiction under this Act;
(6) Authority means the Central Electricity Authority
referred to in sub-section(1) of section 70;
(7) Board means, a State Electricity Board, constituted
before the commencement of this Act, under sub-section
(I) of section 5 of the Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948;
(8) Captive generating plant means a power plant set up
by any person to generate electricity primarily for his
own use and includes a power plant set up by any cooperative society or association of persons for generating
electricity primarily for use of members of such cooperative society or association;
(9) Central Commission means the Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission referred to in sub-section (1) of
section 76;
(10) Central Transmission Utility means any Government
company which the Central Government may notify
under sub-section (1) of section 38;
(11) Chairperson means the Chairperson of the Authority
or Appropriate Commission or the Appellate Tribunal as
the case may be;
4

54 of 1948

(12) Cogeneration means a process which simultaneously

produces two or more forms of useful energy (including
electricity);
(13) company means a company formed and registered under
the Companies Act, 1956 and includes any body
corporate under a Central, State or Provincial Act;
(14) conservation means any reduction in consumption of
electricity as a result of increase in the efficiency in supply
and use of electricity;
(15) consumer means any person who is supplied with
electricity for his own use by a licensee or the Government
or by any other person engaged in the business of
supplying electricity to the public under this Act or any
other law for the time being in force and includes any
person whose premises are for the time being connected
for the purpose of receiving electricity with the works of
a licensee, the Government or such other person, as the
case may be;
(16) Dedicated Transmission Lines means any electric
supply-line for point to point transmission which are
required for the purpose of connecting electric lines or
electric plants of a captive generating plant referred to in
section 9 or generating station referred to in section 10 to
any transmission lines or sub-stations or generating
stations or the load centre, as the case may be;
(17) distribution licensee means a licensee authorised to
operate and maintain a distribution system for supplying
electricity to the consumers in his area of supply;
(18) distributing main means the portion of any main with
which a service line is, or is intended to be, immediately
connected;
(19) distribution system means the system of wires and
associated facilities between the delivery points on the
transmission lines or the generating station connection
and the point of connection to the installation of the
consumers;
(20) electric line means any line which is used for carrying
electricity for any purpose and includes
(a) any support for any such line, that is to say, any
structure, tower, pole or other thing in, on, by or
from which any such line is, or may be, supported,
carried or suspended; and
(b) any apparatus connected to any such line for the
purpose of carrying electricity;
(21) Electrical Inspector means a person appointed as such
by the Appropriate Government under sub-section (1) of
section 162 and also includes Chief Electrical Inspector;
(22) electrical plant means any plant, equipment, apparatus
5

1 of 1956

or appliance or any part thereof used for, or connected

with, the generation, transmission, distribution or supply
of electricity but does not include(a) an electric line; or
(b) a meter used for ascertaining the quantity of
electricity supplied to any premises; or
(c) an electrical equipment, apparatus or appliance
under the control of a consumer;
(23) electricity means electrical energy(a) generated, transmitted, supplied or traded for any
purpose; or
(b) used for any purpose except the transmission of a
message;
(24) Electricity Supply Code means the Electricity Supply
Code specified under section 50;
(25) electricity system means a system under the control of
a generating company or licensee, as the case may be,
having one or more (a) generating stations; or
(b) transmission lines; or
(c) electric lines and sub-stations,
and when used in the context of a State or the Union, the
entire electricity system within the territories thereof;
(26) electricity trader means a person who has been granted
a licence to undertake trading in electricity under section
12;
(27) franchisee means a person authorised by a distribution
licensee to distribute electricity on its behalf in a
particular area within his area of supply;
(28) generating company means any company or body
corporate or association or body of individuals, whether
incorporated or not, or artificial juridical person, which
owns or operates or maintains a generating station;
(29) generate means to produce electricity from a generating
station for the purpose of giving supply to any premises
or enabling a supply to be so given;
(30) generating station or station means any station for
generating electricity, including any building and plant
with step-up transformer, switch yard, switch-gear, cables
or other appurtenant equipment, if any used for that
purpose and the site thereof, a site intended to be used
for a generating station, and any building used for
housing the operating staff of a generating station, and
where electricity is generated by water-power, includes
penstocks, head and tail works, main and regulating
reservoirs, dams and other hydraulic works, but does not
in any case include any sub-station;
6

(31) Government company shall have the meaning assigned

to it in section 617 of the Companies Act, 1956;

(32) grid means the high voltage backbone system of interconnected transmission lines, sub-stations and
generating plants;
(33) Grid Code means the Grid Code specified by the Central
Commission under clause (h) of sub-station (1) of
section 79;
(34) Grid Standards means the Grid Standards specified
under clause (d) of section 73 by the Authority;
(35) high voltage line means an electric line or cable of a
nominal voltage as may be specified by the Authority
from time to time;
(36) inter-State transmission system includes (i)

any system for the conveyance of electricity by

means of main transmission line from the territory
of one State to another State;

(ii)

the conveyance of electricity across the territory

of an intervening State as well as conveyance
within the State which is incidental to such interState transmission of electricity;

(iii)

the transmission of electricity within the territory

of a State on a system built, owned, operated,
maintained or controlled by a Central Transmission
Utility.

(37) intra -State transmission system means any system

for transmission of electricity other than an inter-State
transmission system ;
(38) licence means a licence granted under section 14;
(39) licensee means a person who has been granted a
licence under section 14;
(40) line means any wire, cable, tube , pipe, insulator,
conductor or other similar thing (including its casing or
coating) which is designed or adapted for use in carrying
electricity and includes any line which surrounds or
supports, or is surrounded or supported by or is
installed in close proximity to, or is supported, carried or
suspended in association with, any such line;
(41) local authority means any Nagar Panchayat, Municipal
Council, municipal corporation, panchayat constituted
at the village, intermediate and district levels, body of
7

1 of 1956

port commissioners or other authority legally entitled to,

or entrusted by the Union or any State Government with,
the control or management of any area or local fund;
(42) main means any electric supply-``` line through which
electricity is, or is intended to be, supplied ;
(43) Member means the Member of the Appropriate
Commission or Authority or Joint Commission, or the
Appellate Tribunal, as the case may be, and includes the
Chairperson of such Commission or Authority or
appellate tribunal;
(44) National Electricity Plan means the National Electricity
Plan notified under sub-section (4) of section 3;
(45) National Load Despatch Centre means the Centre
established under sub-section (1) of section 26;
(46) notification means notification published in the Official
Gazette and the expression notify shall be construed
accordingly;
(47) open access means the non-discriminatory provision
for the use of transmission lines or distribution system or
associated facilities with such lines or system by any
licensee or consumer or a person engaged in generation
in accordance with the regulations specified by the
Appropriate Commission;
(48) overhead line means an electric line which is placed
above the ground and in the open air but does not include
live rails of a traction system;
(49) person shall include any company or body corporate
or association or body of individuals, whether
incorporated or not, or artificial juridical person;
(50) power system means all aspects of generation,
transmission, distribution and supply of electricity and
includes one or more of the following, namely:(a)

generating stations;

(b)

transmission or main transmission lines;

(c)

sub-stations;

(d)

tie-lines;

(e)

load despatch activities;

(f)

mains or distribution mains;

(g)

electric supply-lines;

(h)

overhead lines;

(i)

service lines;

(j)

works;
8

(51) premises includes any land, building or structure;

(52) prescribed means prescribed by rules made by the
Appropriate Government under this Act;
(53) public lamp means an electric lamp used for the lighting
of any street;
(54) real time operation means action to be taken at a given
time at which information about the electricity system is
made available to the concerned Load Despatch Centre;
(55) Regional Power Committee means a committee
established by resolution by the Central Government for
a specified region for facilitating the integrated operation
of the power systems in that region;
(56) Regional Load Despatch Centre means the centre
established under sub-section (1) of section 27;
(57) regulations means regulations made under this Act;
(58) repealed laws means the Indian Electricity Act, 1910,
the Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948 and the Electricity
Regulatory Commissions Act, 1998 repealed by section
185;
(59) rules means rules made under this Act;
(60) schedule means the schedule to this Act;
(61) service-line means any electric supply line through
which electricity is, or is intended to be,supplied (a)

to a single consumer either from a distributing main

or immediately from the Distribution Licensees
premises; or

(b)

from a distributing main to a group of consumers

on the same premises or on contiguous premises
supplied from the same point of the distributing
main;

(62) specified means specified by regulations made by the

Appropriate Commission or the Authority, as the case
may be, under this Act;
(63) stand alone system means the electricity system set up
to generate power and distribute electricity in a specified
area without connection to the grid;
(64) State Commission means the State Electricity Regulatory
Commission constituted under sub-section (1) of section
82 and includes a Joint Commission constituted under
sub-section (1) of section 83;
(65) State Grid Code means the State Grid Code referred
under clause (h) of sub-section (1) of section 86;
9

9 of 1910
54 of 1948
14 of 1998

(66) State Load Despatch Centre means the centre

established under sub-section (1) of section 31;
(67) State Transmission Utility means the Board or the
Government company specified as such by the State
Government under sub-section (1) of section 39;
(68) street includes any way, road, lane, square, court, alley,
passage or open space, whether a thoroughfare or not,
over which the public have a right of way, and also the
roadway and footway over any public bridge or causeway;
(69) sub-station means a station for transforming or
converting electricity for the transmission or distribution
thereof and includes transformers, converters,
switchgears, capacitors, synchronous condensers,
structures, cable and other appurtenant equipment and
any buildings used for that purpose and the site thereof;
(70) supply, in relation to electricity, means the sale of
electricity to a licensee or consumer;
(71) trading means purchase of electricity for resale thereof
and the
expression trade shall be construed
accordingly;
(72) transmission lines means all high pressure cables and
overhead lines (not being an essential part of the
distribution system of a licensee) transmitting electricity
from a generating station to another generating station
or a sub-station, together with any step-up and stepdown transformers, switch-gear and other works
necessary to and used for the control of such cables or
overhead lines, and such buildings or part thereof as may
be required to accommodate such transformers, switchgear and other works;
(73) transmission licensee means a licensee authorised to
establish or operate transmission lines;
(74) transmit means conveyance of electricity by means of
transmission lines and the expression transmission shall
be construed accordingly;
(75) utility means the electric lines or electrical plant, and
includes all lands, buildings, works and materials attached
thereto belonging to any person acting as a generating
company or licensee under the provisions of this Act;
(76) wheeling means the operation whereby the distribution
system and associated facilities of a transmission licensee
or distribution licensee, as the case may be, are used by
another person for the conveyance of electricity on
payment of charges to be determined under section 62;
10

(77) works includes electric line, and any building, plant,

machinery, apparatus and any other thing of whatever
description required to transmit, distribute or supply
electricity to the public and to carry into effect the objects
of a licence or sanction granted under this Act or any
other law for the time being in force.
PART II
NATIONAL ELECTRICITY POLICYAND PLAN
3.

(1)

The Central Government shall, from time to time, prepare

the National Electricity Policy and tariff policy, in
consultation with the State Governments and the
Authority for development of the power system based
on optimal utilisation of resources such as coal, natural
gas, nuclear substances or materials, hydro and renewable
sources of energy.

(2)

The Central Government shall publish National Electricity

Policy and tariff policy from time to time.

(3)

The Central Government may, from time to time, in

consultation with the State Governments and the
Authority, review or revise, the National Electricity Policy
and tariff policy referred to in sub-section (1) .

(4)

The Authority shall prepare a National Electricity Plan in

accordance with the National Electricity Policy and notify
such plan once in five years:

National
Electricity
Policy and
Plan

Provided that the Authority while preparing the National

Electricity Plan shall publish the draft National Electricity
Plan and invite suggestions and objections thereon from
licensees, generating companies and the public within
such time as may be prescribed:
Provided further that the Authority shall -

(5)

4.

(a)

notify the plan after obtaining the approval of the

Central Government;

(b)

revise the plan incorporating therein the directions,

if any, given by the Central Government while
granting approval under clause (a).

The Authority may review or revise the National

Electricity Plan in accordance with the National Electricity
Policy.

The Central Government shall, after consultation with the State

Governments, prepare and notify a national policy, permitting
stand alone systems (including those based on renewable

11

National policy
on stand alone
systems for
rural areas and
nonconventional
energy systems

sources of energy and non-conventional sources of energy )

for rural areas.
5.

The Central Government shall also formulate a national policy,

in consultation with the State Governments and the State
Commissions, for rural electrification and for bulk purchase of
power and management of local distribution in rural areas
through Panchayat Institutions, users associations, cooperative socities, non-Governmental organisations or
franchisees.

Joint
Responsibility
of State
Government
and Central
Government
in rural
electrification

The concerned State Government and the Central Government

shall jointly endeavour to provide access to electricity to all
areas including villages and hamlets through rural electricity
infrastructure and electrification of households.

Generating
Company and
requirement for
setting up of
generating
station

7.

Any generating company may establish, operate and maintain

a generating station without obtaining a licence under this Act
if it complies with the technical standards relating to
connectivity with the grid referred to in clause (b) of section
73.

Hydro-electric
generation

8.

(1)

Notwithstanding anything contained in section 7, any

generating company intending to set-up a hydrogenerating station shall prepare and submit to the
Authority for its concurrence, a scheme estimated to
involve a capital expenditure exceeding such sum, as
may be fixed by the Central Government, from time to
time, by notification.

(2)

The Authority shall, before concurring in any scheme

submitted to it under sub-section (1) have particular
regard to, whether or not in its opinion,-

6.

National policy
on
electrification
and local
distribution in
rural areas.

PART III
GENERATION OFELECTRICITY

(3)

(a)

the proposed river-works will prejudice the

prospects for the best ultimate development of the
river or its tributaries for power generation,
consistent with the requirements of drinking water,
irrigation, navigation, flood-control, or other public
purposes, and for this purpose the Authority shall
satisfy itself, after consultation with the State
Government, the Central Government, or such other
agencies as it may deem appropriate, that an
adequate study has been made of the optimum
location of dams and other river-works;

(b)

the proposed scheme meets, the norms regarding

dam design and safety.

Where a multi-purpose scheme for the development of

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 2, for section 6 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). Section 6, before substitution stood as under:
6. Obligations to supply electricity to rural areas.- The Appropriate Government shall endeavour to supply
electricity to all rural areas including villages and hamlets.

12

any river in any region is in operation, the State Government

and the generating company shall co-ordinate their activities
with the activities of the person responsible for such scheme in
so far as they are inter-related.
Captive
Generation

9.

(1)

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, a person

may construct, maintain or operate a captive generating
plant and dedicated transmission lines:
Provided that the supply of electricity from the captive
generating plant through the grid shall be regulated in
the same manner as the generating station of a
generating company.
1

Provided further that no licence shall be required under

this Act for supply of electricity generated from a captive
generating plant to any licencee in accordance with the
provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations made
thereunder and to any consumer subject to the regulations
made under sub-section (2) of section 42.

(2)

Every person, who has constructed a captive generating

plant and maintains and operates such plant, shall have
the right to open access for the purposes of carrying
electricity from his captive generating plant to the
destination of his use:
Provided that such open access shall be subject to
availability of adequate transmission facility and such
availability of transmission facility shall be determined
by the Central Transmission Utility or the State
Transmission Utility, as the case may be:
Provided further that any dispute regarding the
availability of transmission facility shall be adjudicated
upon by the Appropriate Commission.

Duties of
Generating
Companies

10.

(1)

Subject to the provisions of this Act, the duties of a

generating company shall be to establish, operate and
maintain generating stations, tie-lines, sub-stations and
dedicated transmission lines connected therewith in
accordance with the provisions of this Act or the rules or
regulations made thereunder.

(2)

A generating company may supply electricity to any

licensee in accordance with this Act and the rules and
regulations made thereunder and may, subject to the
regulations made under sub-section (2) of section 42,
supply electricity to any consumer.

(3)

Every generating company shall (a)

submit technical details regarding its generating

stations to the Appropriate Commission and the
Authority;

Ins. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).

13

(b)

Direction to
generating
companies

11.

(1)

co-ordinate with the Central Transmission Utility

or the State Transmission Utility, as the case may
be, for transmission of the electricity generated by
it.

The Appropriate Government may specify that a

generating company shall, in extraordinary circumstances
operate and maintain any generating station in
accordance with the directions of that Government.
Explanation. - For the purposes of this section, the
expression extraordinary circumstances means
circumstances arising out of threat to security of the
State, public order or a natural calamity or such other
circumstances arising in the public interest.

(2)

The Appropriate Commission may offset the adverse

financial impact of the directions referred to in subsection (1) on any generating company in such manner
as it considers appropriate.
PART IV
LICENSING

Authorised
persons to
transmit,
supply, etc.,
electricity

12.

No person shall
(a)

transmit electricity; or

(b)

distribute electricity; or

(c)

undertake trading in electricity,

unless he is authorised to do so by a licence issued
under section 14, or is exempt under section 13.

Power to
exempt

13.

The Appropriate Commission may, on the recommendations, of

the Appropriate Government, in accordance with the national
policy formulated under section 5 and in public interest, direct,
by notification that subject to such conditions and restrictions,
if any, and for such period or periods, as may be specified in
the notification, the provisions of section 12 shall not apply to
any local authority, Panchayat Institution, users association,
co-operative societies, non-governmental organizations, or
franchisees:

Grant of
Licence

14.

The Appropriate Commission may, on an application made to

it under section 15, grant any person licence to any person (a)

to transmit electricity as a transmission licensee; or

(b)

to distribute electricity as a distribution licensee; or

(c)

to undertake trading in electricity as an electricity trader,

in any area as may be specified in the licence:

Provided that any person engaged in the business of

14

transmission or supply of electricity under the provisions of

the repealed laws or any Act specified in the Schedule on or
before the appointed date shall be deemed to be a licensee
under this Act for such period as may be stipulated in the
licence, clearance or approval granted to him under the repealed
laws or such Act specified in the Schedule, and the provisions
of the repealed laws or such Act specified in the Schedule in
respect of such licence shall apply for a period of one year
from the date of commencement of this Act or such earlier
period as may be specified, at the request of the licensee, by
the Appropriate Commission and thereafter the provisions of
this Act shall apply to such business:
Provided further that the Central Transmission Utility or the
State Transmission Utility shall be deemed to be a transmission
licensee under this Act:
Provided also that in case an Appropriate Government transmits
electricity or distributes electricity or undertakes trading in
electricity, whether before or after the commencement of this
Act, such Government shall be deemed to be a licensee under
this Act, but shall not be required to obtain a licence under this
Act:
14 of 1948

Provided also that the Damodar Valley Corporation, established

under sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Damodar Valley
Corporation Act, 1948, shall be deemed to be a licensee under
this Act but shall not be required to obtain a licence under this
Act and the provisions of the Damodar Valley Corporation Act,
1948, in so far as they are not inconsistent with the provisions
of this Act, shall continue to apply to that Corporation:
Provided also that the Government company or the company
referred to in sub-section (2) of section 131 of this Act and the
company or companies created in pursuance of the Acts
specified in the Schedule, shall be deemed to be a licensee
under this Act:
Provided also that the Appropriate Commission may grant a
licence to two or more persons for distribution of electricity
through their own distribution system within the same area,
subject to the conditions that the applicant for grant of licence
within the same area shall, without prejudice to the other
conditions or requirements under this Act, comply with the
additional requirements 1relating to the capital adequacy,
creditworthiness, or code of conduct as may be prescribed by
the Central Government, and no such applicant, who complies
with all the requirements for grant of licence, shall be refused
grant of licence on the ground that there already exists a licensee
in the same area for the same purpose:
Provided also that in a case where a distribution licensee

1
Subs. By Act 57 of 2003, sec. 2, for (including the capital adequacy, creditworthiness, or code of conduct) (w.e.f.
27-1-2004).

15

proposes to undertake distribution of electricity for a specified

area within his area of supply through another person, that
person shall not be required to obtain any separate licence
from the concerned State Commission and such distribution
licensee shall be responsible for distribution of electricity in
his area of supply:
Provided also that where a person intends to generate and
distribute electricity in a rural area to be notified by the State
Government, such person shall not require any licence for
such generation and distribution of electricity, but he shall
comply with the measures which may be specified by the
Authority under section 53:
Provided also that a distribution licensee shall not require a
licence to undertake trading in electricity.
Procedure for
Grant of
Licence

15.

(1)

Every application under section 14 shall be made in

such form and in such manner as may be specified by
the Appropriate Commission and shall be accompanied
by such fee as may be prescribed.

(2)

Any person who has made an application for grant of

licence shall, within seven days after making such
application, publish a notice of his application with such
particulars and in such manner as may be specified and
a licence shall not be granted (i)

until the objections, if any, received by the

Appropriate Commission in response to
publication of the application have been
considered by it:
Provided that no objection shall be so considered
unless it is received before the expiration of thirty
days from the date of the publication of such notice
as aforesaid;

(ii)

until, in the case of an application for a licence for

an area including the whole or any part of any
cantonment, aerodrome, fortress, arsenal, dockyard
or camp or of any building or place in the
occupation of the Government for defence
purposes, the Appropriate Commission has
ascertained that there is no objection to the grant
of the licence on the part of the Central Government.

(3)

A person intending to act as a transmission licensee

shall, immediately on making the application, forward a
copy of such application to the Central Transmission
Utility or the State Transmission Utility, as the case may
be.

(4)

The Central Transmission Utility or the State

16

Transmission Utility, as the case may be, shall, within

thirty days after the receipt of the copy of the application
referred to in sub-section (3), send its recommendations,
if any, to the Appropriate Commission:
Provided that such recommendations shall not be binding on
the Commission.
(5) Before granting a licence under section 14, the
Appropriate Commission shall -

(6)

(a)

publish a notice in two such daily newspapers, as

that Commission may consider necessary, stating
the name and address of the person to whom it
proposes to issue the licence;

(b)

consider all suggestions or objections and the

recommendations, if any, of the Central
Transmission Utility or State Transmission Utility,
as the case may be.

Where a person makes an application under sub-section

(1) of section 14 to act as a licensee, the Appropriate
Commission shall, as far as practicable, within ninety
days after receipt of such application, (a)

issue a licence subject to the provisions of this

Act and the rules and regulations made thereunder;
or

(b)

reject the application for reasons to be recorded in

writing if such application does not conform to the
provisions of this Act or the rules and regulations
made thereunder or the provisions of any other
law for the time being in force:

Provided that no application shall be rejected unless the

applicant has been given an opportunity of being heard.

Conditions of
licence.

16.

(7)

The Appropriate Commission shall, immediately after

issue of licence, forward a copy of the licence to the
Appropriate Government , Authority, local authority,
and to such other person as the Appropriate Commission
considers necessary.

(8)

A licence shall continue to be in force for a period of

twenty- five years unless such licence is revoked.

The Appropriate Commission may specify any general or

specific conditions which shall apply either to a licensee or
class of licensees and such conditions shall be deemed to be
conditions of such licence:
Provided that the Appropriate Commission shall, within one
year from the appointed date, specify any general or specific
17

conditions of licence applicable to the licensees referred to in

the first, second, third, fourth and fifth provisos to section 14
after the expiry of one year from the commencement of this
Act.
Licensee not to
do certain
things.

17.

(1)

No licensee shall, without prior approval of the

Appropriate Commission, (a)

undertake any transaction to acquire by purchase

or takeover or otherwise, the utility of any other
licensee; or

(b)

merge his utility with the utility of any other licensee:

Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall

apply if the utility of the licensee is situate in a State other than
the State in which the utility referred to in clause (a) or clause
(b) is situate.

Amendment
of licence

18.

(2)

Every licensee shall, before obtaining the approval

under sub-section (1), give not less than one months
notice to every other licensee who transmits or distributes,
electricity in the area of such licensee who applies for
such approval.

(3)

No licensee shall at any time assign his licence or transfer

his utility, or any part thereof, by sale, lease , exchange
or otherwise without the prior approval of the Appropriate
Commission.

(4)

Any agreement relating to any transaction specified in

sub-section (1) or sub-section (3), unless made with, the
prior approval of the Appropriate Commission, shall be
void.

(1)

Where in its opinion the public interest so permits, the

Appropriate Commission, may, on the application of the
licensee or otherwise, make such alterations and
amendments in the terms and conditions of his licence as
it thinks fit:
Provided that no such alterations or amendments shall
be made except with the consent of the licensee unless
such consent has, in the opinion of the Appropriate
Commission, been unreasonably withheld.

(2)

Before any alterations or amendments in the licence are

made under this section, the following provisions shall
have effect, namely: (a)

where the licensee has made an application under

sub-section (1) proposing any alteration or
modifications in his licence, the licensee shall
publish a notice of such application with such
particulars and in such manner as may be specified;
18

Revocation of
licence

19.

(1)

(b)

in the case of an application proposing alterations

or modifications in the area of supply comprising
the whole or any part of any cantonment,
aerodrome, fortress, arsenal, dockyard or camp or
of any building or place in the occupation of the
Government for defence purposes, the Appropriate
Commission shall not make any alterations or
modifications except with the consent of the Central
Government;

(c)

where any alterations or modifications in a licence

are proposed to be made otherwise than on the
application of the licensee, the
Appropriate
Commission shall publish the proposed alterations
or modifications with such particulars and in such
manner as may be specified;

(d)

the Appropriate Commission shall not make any

alterations or modification unless all suggestions
or objections received within thirty days from the
date of the first publication of the notice have been
considered.

If the Appropriate Commission, after making an enquiry,

is satisfied that public interest so requires, it may revoke
a licence in any of the following cases, namely: (a)

where the licensee, in the opinion of the Appropriate

Commission, makes wilful and prolonged default in
doing anything required of him by or under this
Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder;

(b)

where the licensee breaks any of the terms or

conditions of his licence the breach of which is
expressly declared by such licence to render it liable
to revocation;

(c)

where the licensee fails, within the period fixed in

this behalf by his licence, or any longer period which
the Appropriate Commission may have granted
therefor

(d)

(i)

to show, to the satisfaction of the Appropriate

Commission, that he is in a position fully and
efficiently to discharge the duties and
obligations imposed on him by his licence;
or

(ii)

to make the deposit or furnish the security,

or pay the fees or other charges required
by his licence;

where in the opinion of the Appropriate Commission

the financial position of the licensee is such that he
19

is unable fully and efficiently to discharge the duties

and obligations imposed on him by his licence.

Sale of utilities
of licensees.

20.

(2)

Where in its opinion the public interest so requires, the

Appropriate Commission may, on application, or with the
consent of the licensee, revoke his licence as to the whole
or any part of his area of distribution or transmission or
trading upon such terms and conditions as it thinks fit.

(3)

No licence shall be revoked under sub-section (1) unless

the Appropriate Commission has given to the licensee
not less than three monthsnotice, in writing, stating the
grounds on which it is proposed to revoke the licence,
and has considered any cause shown by the licensee
within the period of that notice, against the proposed
revocation.

(4)

The Appropriate Commission may, instead of revoking a

licence under sub-section (1), permit it to remain in force
subject to such further terms and conditions as it thinks
fit to impose, and any further terms or conditions so
imposed shall be binding upon and be observed by the
licensee and shall be of like force and effect as if they
were contained in the licence.

(5)

Where the Commission revokes a licence under this

section, it shall serve a notice of revocation upon the
licensee and fix a date on which the revocation shall take
effect.

(6)

Where an Appropriate Commission has given notice for

revocation of licence under sub-section (5), without
prejudice to any penalty which may be imposed or
prosecution proceeding which may be initiated under this
Act, the licensee may, after prior approval of that
Commission, sell his utility to any person who is found
eligible by that Commission for grant of licence.

(1)

Where the Appropriate Commission revokes under

section 19 the licence of any licensee , the following
provisions shall apply, namely:(a)

the Appropriate Commission shall invite

applications for acquiring the utility of the licensee
whose licence has been revoked and determine
which of such applications should be accepted,
primarily on the basis of the highest and best price
offered for the utility;

(b)

the Appropriate Commission may, by notice in

writing, require the licensee to sell his utility and
thereupon the licensee shall sell
his utility to
the person (hereafter in this section referred to as
20

the purchaser) whose application has been

accepted by that Commission;

Vesting of
utility in
purchaser

21.

(c)

all the rights, duties, obligations and liabilities of

the licensee, on and from the date of revocation of
licence or on and from the date, if earlier, on which
the utility of the licensee is sold to a purchaser,
shall absolutely cease except for any liabilities
which have accrued prior to that date;

(d)

the Appropriate Commission may make such interim

arrangements in regard to the operation of the utility
as may be considered appropriate including the
appointment of Administrators;

(e)

The Administrator appointed under clause (d) shall

exercise such powers and discharge such functions
as the Appropriate Commission may direct.

(2)

Where a utility is sold under sub-section (1), the purchaser

shall pay to the licensee the purchase price of the utility
in such manner as may be agreed upon.

(3)

Where the Appropriate Commission issues any notice

under sub- section (1) requiring the licensee to sell the
utility, it may, by such notice, require the licensee to deliver
the utility, and thereupon the licensee shall deliver on a
date specified in the notice, the utility to the designated
purchaser on payment of the purchase price thereof.

(4)

Where the licensee has delivered the utility referred to in

sub- section(3) to the purchaser but its sale has not been
completed by the date fixed in the notice issued under
that sub-section, the Appropriate Commission may, if it
deems fit, permit the intending purchaser to operate and
maintain the utility system pending the completion of the
sale.

Where a utility is sold under section 20 or section 24, then,

upon completion of the sale or on the date on which the utility
is delivered to the intending purchaser, as the case may be,
whichever is earlier(a)

the utility shall vest in the purchaser or the intending

purchaser, as the case may be, free from any debt,
mortgage or similar obligation of the licensee or attaching
to the utility:
Provided that any such debt, mortgage or similar obligation
shall attach to the purchase money in substitution for the
utility; and

(b)

the rights, powers, authorities, duties and obligations of

the licensee under his licence shall stand transferred to
21

the purchaser and such purchaser shall be deemed to be

the licensee.
Provisions
where no
purchase takes
place

22.

(1)

If the utility is not sold in the manner provided under

section 20 or section 24, the Appropriate Commission
may, to protect the interest of consumers or in public
interest, issue such directions or formulate such scheme
as it may deem necessary for operation of the utility.

(2)

Where no directions are issued or scheme is formulated

by the Appropriate Commission under sub-section (1),
the licensee referred to in section 20 or section 24 may
dispose of the utility in such manner as it may deem fit:
Provided that, if the licensee does not dispose of the
utility, within a period of six months from the date of
revocation under section 20 or section 24, the Appropriate
Commission may cause the works of the licensee in, under,
over, along, or across any street or public land to be
removed and every such street or public land to be
reinstated, and recover the cost of such removal and
reinstatement from the licensee.

Directions to
licensees.

23.

If the Appropriate Commission is of the opinion that it is

necessary or expedient so to do for maintaining the efficient
supply, securing the equitable distribution of electricity and
promoting competition, it may, by order, provide for regulating
supply, distribution, consumption or use thereof.

Suspension of
distribution
licence and sale
of utility.

24.

(1)

If at any time the Appropriate Commission is of the opinion

that a distribution licensee
(a)

has persistently failed to maintain uninterrupted

supply of electricity conforming to standards
regarding quality of electricity to the consumers;
or

(b)

is unable to discharge the functions or perform the

duties imposed on it by or under the provisions of
this Act; or

(c)

has persistently defaulted in complying with any

direction given by the Appropriate Commission
under this Act; or

(d)

has broken the terms and conditions of licence,

and circumstances exist which render it necessary
for it in public interest so to do, the Appropriate
Commission may, for reasons to be recorded in
writing, suspend, for a period not exceeding one
year, the licence of the distribution licensee and
appoint an Administrator to discharge the functions
of the distribution licensee in accordance with the
terms and conditions of licence:
22

Provided that before suspending a licence under this section,

the Appropriate Commission shall give a reasonable opportunity
to the distribution licensee to make representations against the
proposed suspension of license and shall consider the
representations, if any, of the distrbution licensee.
(2)

Upon suspension of license under sub-section (1) the

utilities of the distribution licensee shall vest in the
Administrator for a period not exceeding one year or up
to the date on which such utility is sold in accordance
with the provisions contained in section 20, whichever is
later.

(3)

The Appropriate Commission shall, within one year of

appointment of the Administrator under sub-section (1)
either revoke the licence in accordance with the provisions
contained in section 19 or revoke suspension of the
licence and restore the utility to the distribution licensee
whose licence had been suspended, as the case may
be.

(4)

In case where the Appropriate Commission revokes the

licence under sub-section (3), the utility of the
distribution licensee shall be sold within a period of one
year from the date of revocation of the licence in
accordance with the provisions of section 20 and the
price after deducting the administrative and other
expenses on sale of utilities be remitted to the
distribution licensee.
PART- V
TRANSMISSION OF ELECTRICITY
Inter-State transmission

Inter-State,
regional and
inter-regional
transmission.

25.

For the purposes of this Part, the Central Government may,

make region- wise demarcation of the country, and, from time to
time, make such modifications therein as it may consider
necessary for the efficient, economical and integrated
transmission and supply of electricity, and in particular to
facilitate voluntary inter-connections and co-ordination of
facilities for the inter-State, regional and inter-regional generation
and transmission of electricity.

National Load
Despatch
Centre.

26.

(1)

The Central Government may establish a centre at the

national level, to be known as the National Load Despatch
Centre for optimum scheduling and despatch of electricity
among the Regional Load Despatch Centres.

(2)

The constitution and functions of the National Load

Despatch Centre shall be such as may be prescribed by
the Central Government:

23

Provided that the National Load Despatch Centre shall not

engage in the business of trading in electricity.

Constitution of
Regional Load
Despatch
Centre.

27.

(3)

The National Load Despatch Centre shall be operated

by a Government company or any authority or
corporation established or constituted by or under any
Central Act, as may be notified by the Central
Government.

(1)

The Central Government shall establish a centre for each

region to be known as the Regional Load Despatch Centre
having territorial jurisdiction as determined by the Central
Government in accordance with section 25 for the purposes
of exercising the powers and discharging the functions
under this Part.

(2)

The Regional Load Despatch Centre shall be operated

by a Government Company or any authority or
corporation established or constituted by or under any
Central Act, as may be notified by the Central
Government:

Provided that until a Government company or authority or

corporation referred to in this sub-section is notified by the
Central Government, the Central Transmission Utility shall
operate the Regional Load Despatch Centre:
Provided further that no Regional Load Despatch Centre shall
engage in the business of generation of electricity or trading in
electricity.
Functions of
Regional Load
Despatch
Centre.

28.

(1)

The Regional Load Despatch Centre shall be the apex

body to ensure integrated operation of the power system
in the concerned region.

(2)

The Regional Load Despatch Centre shall comply with

such principles, guidelines and methodologies in respect
of the wheeling and optimum scheduling and despatch
of electricity as the Central Commission may specify in
the Grid Code.

(3)

The Regional Load Despatch Centre shall (a)

be responsible for optimum scheduling and

despatch of electricity within the region, in
accordance with the contracts entered into with
the licensees or the generating companies
operating in the region;

(b)

monitor grid operations;

(c)

keep accounts of the quantity of electricity

transmitted through the regional grid;

(d)

exercise supervision and control over the inter-State

transmission system; and
24

(e)

Compliance of
directions.

29.

be responsible for carrying out real time operations

for grid control and despatch of electricity within
the region through secure and economic operation
of the regional grid in accordance with the Grid
Standards and the Grid Code.

(4)

The Regional Load Despatch Centre may levy and collect

such fee and charges from the generating companies or
licensees engaged in inter-State transmission of electricity
as may be specified by the Central Commission.

(1)

The Regional Load Despatch Centre may give such

directions and exercise such supervision and control as
may be required for ensuring stability of grid operations
and for achieving the maximum economy and efficiency
in the operation of the power system in the region under
its control.

(2)

Every licensee, generating company, generating station,

sub-station and any other person connected with the
operation of the power system shall comply with the
direction issued by the Regional Load Despatch Centres
under sub-section (1).

(3)

All directions issued by the Regional Load Despatch

Centres to any transmission licensee of State
transmission lines or any other licensee of the State or
generating company (other than those connected to inter
State transmission system) or sub-station in the State
shall be issued through the State Load Despatch Centre
and the State Load Despatch Centres shall ensure that
such directions are duly complied with the licensee or
generating company or sub-station.

(4)

The Regional Power Committee in the region may, from

time to time, agree on matters concerning the stability
and smooth operation of the integrated grid and economy
and efficiency in the operation of the power system in
that region.

(5)

If any dispute arises with reference to the quality of

electricity or safe, secure and integrated operation of the
regional grid or in relation to any direction given under
sub-section (1), it shall be referred to the Central
Commission for decision :

Provided that pending the decision of the Central Commission,

the directions of the Regional Load Despatch Centre shall be
complied with by the State Load Despatch Centre or the licensee
or the generating company, as the case may be.
(6)

If any licensee, generating company or any other person

fails to comply with the directions issued under sub25

section (2) or sub-section (3), he shall be liable to a

penalty not exceeding rupees fifteen lacs.
Intra-State transmission
Transmission
within a State

30.

The State Commission shall facilitate and promote transmission,

wheeling and inter-connection arrangements within its territorial
jurisdiction for the transmission and supply of electricity by
economical and efficient utilisation of the electricity.

Constitution of
State Load
Despatch
Centres

31.

(1)

The State Government shall establish a Centre to be

known as the State Load Despatch Centre for the
purposes of exercising the powers and discharging the
functions under this Part.

(2)

The State Load Despatch Centre shall be operated by a

Government company or any authority or corporation
established or constituted by or under any State Act, as
may be notified by the State Government.

Provided that until a Government company or any authority or

corporation is notified by the State Government, the State
Transmission Utility shall operate the State Load Despatch
Centre:
Provided further that no State Load Despatch Centre shall
engage in the business of trading in electricity.
Functions of
State Load
Despatch
Centres

32.

(1)

The State Load Despatch Centre shall be the apex body

to ensure integrated operation of the power system in a
State.

(2)

The State Load Despatch Centre shall -

(3)

(a)

be responsible for optimum scheduling and

despatch of electricity within a State, in accordance
with the contracts entered into with the licensees
or the generating companies operating in that State;

(b)

monitor grid operations;

(c)

keep accounts of the quantity of electricity

transmitted through the State grid;

(d)

exercise supervision and control over the intra-state

transmission system; and

(e)

be responsible for carrying out real time operations

for grid control and despatch of electricity within
the State through secure and economic operation
of the State grid in accordance with the Grid
Standards and the State Grid Code.

The State Load Despatch Centre may levy and collect

such fee and charges from the generating companies and
licensees engaged in intra-State transmission of electricity
as may be specified by the State Commission.
26

Compliance of
directions

33.

(1)

The State Load Despatch Centre in a State may give such

directions and exercise such supervision and control as
may be required for ensuring the integrated grid
operations and for achieving the maximum economy and
efficiency in the operation of power system in that State.

(2)

Every licensee, generating company, generating station,

sub-station and any other person connected with the
operation of the power system shall comply with the
direction issued by the State Load Depatch Centre under
sub-section (1).

(3)

The State Load Despatch Centre shall comply with the

directions of the Regional Load Despatch Centre.

(4)

If any dispute arises with reference to the quality of

electricity or safe, secure and integrated operation of the
State grid or in relation to any direction given under subsection (1) , it shall be referred to the State Commission
for decision:
Provided that pending the decision of the State
Commission, the directions of the State Load Despatch
Centre shall be complied with by the licensee or generating
company.

(5)

If any licensee, generating company or any other person

fails to comply with the directions issued under subsection(1), he shall be liable to penalty not exceeding
rupees five lacs.

Other provisions relating to transmission

Grid Standards

34.

Every transmission licensee shall comply with such technical

standards, of operation and maintenance of transmission lines,
in accordance with the Grid Standards, as may be specified by
the Authority.

Intervening
transmission
facilities.

35.

The Appropriate Commission may, on an application by any

licensee, by order require any other licensee owning or operating
intervening transmission facilities to provide the use of such
facilities to the extent of surplus capacity available with such
licensee.
Provided that any dispute regarding the extent of surplus
capacity available with the licensee, shall be adjudicated upon
by the Appropriate Commission.

Charges for
intervening
transmission
facilities.

36.

(1)

Every licensee shall, on an order made under section 35,

provide his intervening transmission facilities at rates,
charges and terms and conditions as may be mutually
agreed upon :
Provided that the Appropriate Commission may specify
rates, charges and terms and conditions if these cannot
27

be mutually agreed upon by the licensees.

(2)

The rates, charges and terms and conditions referred to

in sub-section (1) shall be fair and reasonable, and may
be allocated in proportion to the use of such facilities.

Explanation. - For the purposes of section 35 and 36, the

expression intervening transmission facilities means the
electric lines owned or operated by a licensee where such
electric lines can be utilised for transmitting electricity for and
on behalf of another licensee at his request and on payment
of a tariff or charge.
Directions by
appropriate
Government.

37.

The Appropriate Government may issue directions to the

Regional Load Despatch Centres or State Load Despatch
Centres, as the case may be, to take such measures as may be
necessary for maintaining smooth and stable transmission
and supply of electricity to any region or State.

Central
Transmission
Utility and
functions.

38.

(1)

1 of 1956

The Central Government may notify any Government

company as the Central Transmission Utility:

Provided that the Central Transmission Utility shall not engage

in the business of generation of electricity or trading in
electricity:
Provided further that, the Central Government may transfer,
and vest any property, interest in property, rights and liabilities
connected with, and personnel involved in transmission of
electricity of such Central Transmission Utility, to a company
or companies to be incorporated under the Companies Act,
1956 to function as a transmission licensee, through a transfer
scheme to be effected in the manner specified under Part XIII
and such company or companies shall be deemed to be
transmission licensees under this Act.
(2) The functions of the Central Transmission Utility shall
be (a)

to undertake transmission of electricity through

inter-State transmission system;

(b)

to discharge all functions of planning and coordination relating to inter-state transmission

system with (i)

State Transmission Utilities;

(ii)

Central Government;

(iii)

State Governments;

(iv)

generating companies;

(v)

Regional Power Committees;

(vi)

Authority;
28

(vii) licensees;
(viii) any other person notified by the Central
Government in this behalf;
(c)

to ensure development of an efficient, co-ordinated

and economical system of inter-State transmission
lines for smooth flow of electricity from generating
stations to the load centres;

(d)

to provide non-discriminatory open access to its

transmission system for use by(i)

any licensee or generating company on

payment of the transmission charges; or

(ii)

any consumer as and when such open access

is provided by the State Commission under
sub-section (2) of section 42, on payment of
the transmission charges and a surcharge
thereon, as may be specified by the Central
Commission:

Provided that such surcharge shall be utilised for the purpose

of meeting the requirement of current level cross-subsidy:
Provided further that such surcharge and cross subsidies
shall be progressively reduced 1in the manner as may be
specified by the Central Commission:2
Provided also that the manner of payment and utilisation of
the surcharge shall be specified by the Central Commission:
Provided also that such surcharge shall not be leviable in case
open access is provided to a person who has established a
captive generating plant for carrying the electricity to the
destination of his own use.
39.
State
Transmission
Utility and
functions

(1)

The State Government may notify the Board or a

Government company as the State Transmission Utility:

Provided that the State Transmission Utility shall not engage in

the business of trading in electricity:
Provided further that the State Government may transfer, and
vest any property, interest in property, rights and liabilities
connected with, and personnel involved in transmission of
electricity, of such State Transmission Utility, to a company or
companies to be incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956
to function as transmission licensee through a transfer scheme
to be effected in the manner specified under Part XIII and such
company or companies shall be deemed to be transmission
licensees under this Act.
(2)

The functions of the State Transmission Utility shall be -

The words and eliminated omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 4(i) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).
The third proviso omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 4(ii) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). The third proviso, before omission,
stood as under:
Provided also that such surcharge may be levied till such time the cross subsidies are not eliminated:.

29

(a)

to undertake transmission of electricity through

intra-State transmission system;

(b)

to discharge all functions of planning and coordination relating to intra-state transmission

system with (i)

Central Transmission Utility;

(ii)

State Governments;

(iii)

generating companies;

(iv)

Regional Power Committees;

(v)

Authority;

(vi)

licensees;

(vii) any other person notified by the State

Government in this behalf;
(c)

to ensure development of an efficient, co-ordinated

and economical system of intra-State transmission
lines for smooth flow of electricity from a generating
station to the load centres;

(d)

to provide non-discriminatory open access to its

transmission system for use by(i)

any licensee or generating company on

payment of the transmission charges ; or

(ii)

any consumer as and when such open access

is provided by the State Commission under
sub-section (2) of section 42, on payment
of the transmission charges and a surcharge
thereon, as may be specified by the State
Commission:

Provided that such surcharge shall be utilised for the purpose

of meeting the requirement of current level cross-subsidy:
Provided further that such surcharge and cross subsidies
shall be progressively reduced 3in the manner as may be
specified by the State Commission:
1

Provided also that the manner of payment and utilisation of

the surcharge shall be specified by the State Commission:
Provided also that such surcharge shall not be leviable in case
open access is provided to a person who has established a
captive generating plant for carrying the electricity to the
destination of his own use.

Duties of
Transmission
licensees

40.

It shall be the duty of a transmission licensee -

The words and eliminated omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 5(i) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).
The third proviso omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 5(ii) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). The third proviso, before omission,
stood as under:
Provided also that such surcharge may be levied till such time the cross subsidies are not eliminated:.
1

30

(a)

to build, maintain and operate an efficient, co-ordinated

and economical inter-State transmission system or intraState transmission system, as the case may be;

(b)

to comply with the directions of the Regional Load

Despatch Centre and the State Load Despatch Centre as
the may be;.

(c)

to provide non-discriminatory open access to its

transmission system for use by(i)

any licensee or generating company on payment

of the transmission charges; or

(ii)

any consumer as and when such open access is

provided by the State Commission under subsection (2) of section 42, on payment of the
transmission charges and a surcharge thereon, as
may be specified by the State Commission:

Provided that such surcharge shall be utilised for the purpose

of meeting the requirement of current level cross-subsidy:
Provided further that such surcharge and cross subsidies
shall be progressively reduced2 in the manner as may be
specified by the Appropriate Commission:3
Provided also that the manner of payment and utilisation of
the surcharge shall be specified by the Appropriate
Commission:
Provided also that such surcharge shall not be leviable in case
open access is provided to a person who has established a
captive generating plant for carrying the electricity to the
destination of his own use.
41.
Other business
of transmission
licensee

A transmission licensee may, with prior intimation to the

Appropriate Commission , engage in any business for optimum
utilisation of its assets:
Provided that a proportion of the revenues derived from such
business shall, as may be specified by the Appropriate
Commission, be utilised for reducing its charges for transmission
and wheeling:
Provided further that the transmission licensee shall maintain
separate accounts for each such business undertaking to
ensure that transmission business neither subsidizes in any
way such business undertaking nor encumbers its
transmission assets in any way to support such business:
Provided also that no transmission licensee shall enter into any
contract or otherwise engage in the business of trading in
electricity :

The words and eliminated omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 6(i) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).
The third proviso omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 6(ii) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). The third proviso, before omission,
stood as under:
Provided also that such surcharge may be levied till such time the cross subsidies are not eliminated:.
3

31

PART VI
DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICITY
Provisions with respect to distribution licensees
Duties of
distribution
licensee and
open access

42.

(1)

It shall be the duty of a distribution licensee to develop

and maintain an efficient, co-ordinated and economical
distribution system in his area of supply and to supply
electricity in accordance with the provisions contained
in this Act.

(2)

The State Commission shall introduce open access in

such phases and subject to such conditions, (including
the cross subsidies, and other operational constraints)
as may be specified within one year of the appointed date
by it and in specifying the extent of open access in
successive phases and in determining the charges for
wheeling, it shall have due regard to all relevant factors
including such cross subsidies, and other operational
constraints:
Provided that 1such open access shall be allowed on
payment of a surcharge in addition to the charges for
wheeling as may be determined by the State Commission:
Provided further that such surcharge shall be utilised to
meet the requirements of current level of cross subsidy
within the area of supply of the distribution licensee:
Provided also that such surcharge and cross subsidies
shall be progressively reduced2 in the manner as may be
specified by the State Commission:
Provided also that such surcharge shall not be leviable in
case open access is provided to a person who has
established a captive generating plant for carrying the
electricity to the destination of his own use.
3

Provided also that the State Commission shall, not later

than five years from the date of commencement of the
Electricity (Amendment) Act, 2003, by regulations, provide
such open access to all consumers who require a supply
of electricity where the maximum power to be made
available at any time exceeds one megawatt.

(3)

Where any person, whose premises are situated within

the area of supply of a distribution licensee, (not being a
local authority engaged in the business of distribution of
electricity before the appointed date) requires a supply
of electricity from a generating company or any licensee
other than such distribution licensee, such person may,
by notice, require the distribution licensee for wheeling
such electricity in accordance with regulations made by

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 7(i), for the words such open access may be allowed before the cross subsidies are
eliminated, on payment of a surcharge (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).
2
The words and eliminated omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 7(ii) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).
3
Ins. By Act 57 of 2003, sec. 3 (w.e.f. 27-1-2004).

32

the State Commission and the duties of the distribution

licensee with respect to such supply shall be of a common
carrier providing non-discriminatory open access.

Duty to supply
on request

43.

(4)

Where the State Commission permits a consumer or class

of consumers to receive supply of electricity from a person
other than the distribution licensee of his area of supply,
such consumer shall be liable to pay an additional
surcharge on the charges of wheeling, as may be specified
by the State Commission, to meet the fixed cost of such
distribution licensee arising out of his obligation to
supply.

(5)

Every distribution licensee shall, within six months from

the appointed date or date of grant of licence, whichever
is earlier, establish a forum for redressal of grievances of
the consumers in accordance with the guidelines as may
be specified by the State Commission.

(6)

Any consumer, who is aggrieved by non-redressal of his

grievances under sub-section (5), may make a
representation for the redressal of his grievance to an
authority to be known as Ombudsman to be appointed or
designated by the State Commission.

(7)

The Ombudsman shall settle the grievance of the

consumer within such time and in such manner as may be
specified by the State Commission.

(8)

The provisions of sub-sections (5),(6) and (7) shall be

without prejudice to right which the consumer may have
apart from the rights conferred upon him by those subsections.

(1)

Save as otherwise provided in this Act, every distribution

licensee, shall, on an application by the owner or occupier
of any premises, give supply of electricity to such
premises, within one month after receipt of the application
requiring such supply :
Provided that where such supply requires extension of
distribution mains, or commissioning of new sub-stations,
the distribution licensee shall supply the electricity to
such premises immediately after such extension or
commissioning or within such period as may be specified
by the Appropriate Commission.
Provided further that in case of a village or hamlet or area
wherein no provision for supply of electricity exists, the
Appropriate Commission may extend the said period as it
may consider necessary for electrification of such village
or hamlet or area.

4
1

Explanation.- For the purposes of this sub-section,

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 8(i), for Every distribution (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).
Ins. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 8(ii) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).

33

application means the application complete in all

respects in the appropriate form, as required by the
distribution licensee, along with documents showing
payment of necessary charges and other compliances.
(2)

It shall be the duty of every distribution licensee to

provide, if required, electric plant or electric line for giving
electric supply to the premises specified in sub-section
(1) :
Provided that no person shall be entitled to demand, or to
continue to receive, from a licensee a supply of electricity
for any premises having a separate supply unless he has
agreed with the licensee to pay to him such price as
determined by the Appropriate Commission .

(3)

If a distribution licensee fails to supply the electricity

within the period specified in sub-section (1), he shall be
liable to a penalty which may extend to one thousand
rupees for each day of default.

Exceptions
from duty to
supply
electricity.

44.

Nothing contained in section 43 shall be taken as requiring a

distribution licensee to give supply of electricity to any premises
if he is prevented from doing so by cyclone, floods, storms or
other occurrences beyond his control.

Power to
recover charges

45.

(1)

Subject to the provisions of this section, the prices to be

charged by a distribution licensee for the supply of
electricity by him in pursuance of section 43 shall be in
accordance with such tariffs fixed from time to time and
conditions of his licence.

(2)

The charges for electricity supplied by a distribution

licensee shall be -

(3)

(4)

(a)

fixed in accordance with the methods and the

principles as may be specified by the concerned
State Commission ;

(b)

published in such manner so as to give adequate

publicity for such charges and prices.

The charges for electricity supplied by a distribution

licensee may include (a)

a fixed charge in addition to the charge for the actual

electricity supplied;

(b)

a rent or other charges in respect of any electric

meter or electrical plant provided by the distribution
licensee.

Subject to the provisions of section 62, in fixing charges

under this section a distribution licensee shall not show
undue preference to any person or class of persons or
discrimination against any person or class of persons.
34

(5)

The charges fixed by the distribution licensee shall be in

accordance with the provisions of this Act and the
regulations made in this behalf by the concerned State
Commission.

Power to
recover
expenditure

46.

The State Commission may, by regulations, authorise a

distribution licensee to charge from a person requiring a supply
of electricity in pursuance of section 43 any expenses reasonably
incurred in providing any electric line or electrical plant used
for the purpose of giving that supply.

Power to
require security.

47.

(1)

Subject to the provisions of this section, a distribution

licensee may require any person, who requires a supply
of electricity in pursuance of section 43, to give him
reasonable security, as determined by regulations, for
the payment to him of all monies which may become due
to him (a)

in respect of the electricity supplied to such

persons; or

(b)

where any electric line or electrical plant or electric

meter is to be provided for supplying electricity
to such person, in respect of the provision of such
line or plant or meter, and if that person fails to give
such security, the distribution licensee may, if he
thinks fit, refuse to give the supply of electricity or
to provide the line or plant or meter for the period
during which the failure continues.

(2)

Where any person has not given such security as is

mentioned in subsection (1) or the security given by any
person has become invalid or insufficient, the distribution
licensee may, by notice, require that person, within thirty
days after the service of the notice, to give him reasonable
security for the payment of all monies which may become
due to him in respect of the supply of electricity or
provision of such line or plant or meter.

(3)

If the person referred to in sub-section(2) fails to give

such security, the distribution licensee may, if he thinks
fit, discontinue the supply of electricity for the period
during which the failure continues.

(4)

The distribution licensee shall pay interest equivalent to

the bank rate or more, as may be specified by the
concerned State Commission, on the security referred to
in sub-section (1) and refund such security on the request
of the person who gave such security.

(5)

A distribution licensee shall not be entitled to require

security in pursuance of clause (a) of sub-section (1) if
the person requiring the supply is prepared to take the
supply through a pre-payment meter.
35

Additional
terms of
supply.

48.

A distribution licensee may require any person who requires a

supply of electricity in pursuance of section 43 to accept (a)

any restrictions which may be imposed for the purpose

of enabling the distribution licensee to comply with
regulations made under section 53;

(b)

any terms restricting any liability of the distribution

licensee for economic loss resulting from negligence of
the person to whom the electricity is supplied.

Agreements
with respect to
supply or
purchase of
electricity.

49.

Where the Appropriate Commission has allowed open access

to certain consumers under section 42, such consumers
notwithstanding the provisions contained in clause (d) of subsection (1) of section 62, may enter into an agreement with any
person for supply or purchase of electricity on such terms and
conditions (including tariff) as may be agreed upon by them.

The
Electricity
Supply Code.

50.

Other
businesses of
distribution
licensees.

51.

A distribution licensee may, with prior intimation to the

Appropriate Commission, engage in any other business for
optimum utilisation of its assets:

The State Commission shall specify an electricity supply code

to provide for recovery of electricity charges, intervals for
billing of electricity charges, disconnection of supply of
electricity for non-payment thereof, restoration of supply of
electricity, measures for preventing tampering, distress or
damage to electrical plant, or electrical line or meter, entry of
distribution licensee or any person acting on his behalf for
disconnecting supply and removing the meter, entry for
replacing, altering or maintaining electric lines or electrical plants
or meter and such other matters.

Provided that a proportion of the revenues derived from such

business shall, as may be specified by the concerned State
Commission, be utilised for reducing its charges for wheeling :
Provided further that the distribution licensee shall maintain
separate accounts for each such business undertaking to
ensure that distribution business neither subsidies in any way
such business undertaking nor encumbers its distribution
assets in any way to support such business.
Provided also that nothing contained in this section shall apply
to a local authority engaged, before the commencement of this
Act, in the business of distribution of electricity.
Provisions with respect to electricity traders
Provisions with
respect to
electricity
trader.

52.

(1)

Without prejudice to the provisions contained in clause

(c) of section 12, the Appropriate Commission may,
specify the technical requirement, capital adequacy
requirement and credit worthiness for being an electricity
trader.

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 9, for section 50 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). Section 50, before substitution, stood as under:
The State Commission shall specify an Electricity Supply Code to provide for recovery of electricity charges,
intervals for billing of electricity charges, disconnection of supply of electricity for non-payment thereof,
restoration of supply of electricity, tampering, distress or damage to electrical plant, electric lines or meter, entry
of distribution licensee or any person acting on his behalf for disconnecting supply and removing the meter, entry
for replacing, altering or maintaining electric lines or electrical plant or meter.

36

(2)

Every electricity trader shall discharge such duties, in

relation to supply and trading in electricity, as may be
specified by the Appropriate Commission.

Provisions with respect to supply generally

Provisions
relating to
safety and
electricity
supply

Control of
transmission
and use of
electricity

53.

54.

The Authority may in consultation with the State Government,

specify suitable measures for
(a)

protecting the public (including the persons engaged in

the generation, transmission or distribution or trading)
from dangers arising from the generation, transmission
or distribution or trading of electricity, or use of electricity
supplied or installation, maintenance or use of any electric
line or electrical plant;

(b)

eliminating or reducing the risks of personal injury to

any person, or damage to property of any person or
interference with use of such property ;

(c)

prohibiting the supply or transmission of electricity except

by means of a system which conforms to the specification
as may be specified;

(d)

giving notice in the specified form to the Appropriate

Commission and the Electrical Inspector, of accidents
and failures of supplies or transmissions of electricity;

(e)

keeping by a generating company or licensee the maps,

plans and sections relating to supply or transmission of
electricity;

(f)

inspection of maps, plans and sections by any person

authorised by it or by Electrical Inspector or by any
person on payment of specified fee;

(g)

specifying action to be taken in relation to any electric

line or electrical plant, or any electrical appliance under
the control of a consumer for the purpose of eliminating
or reducing a risk of personal injury or damage to property
or interference with its use;

(1)

Save as otherwise exempted under this Act, no person

other than Central Transmission Utility or a State
Transmission Utility, or a licensee shall transmit or use
electricity at a rate exceeding two hundred and fifty watts
and one hundred volts
(a)

in any street, or

(b)

in any place,(i)

in which one hundred or more persons are

ordinarily likely to be assembled; or

37

(ii)

which is a factory within the meaning of the

Factories Act, 1948 or a mine within the
meaning of the Mines Act, 1952; or

(iii)

to which the State Government, by general

or special order, declares the provisions of
this sub-section to apply, without giving,
before the commencement of transmission
or use of electricity, not less than seven days
notice in writing of his intention to the
Electrical Inspector and to the District
Magistrate, or the Commissioner of Police,
as the case may be, containing particulars of
the electrical installation and plant, if any,
the nature and the purpose of supply and
complying with such of the provisions of Part
XVII of this Act, as may be applicable:

Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to electricity

used for the public carriage of passengers, animals or goods,
on, or for the lighting or ventilation of the rolling stock of any
railway or tramway subject to the provisions of the Railways
Act, 1989.

55.

(2)

Where any difference or dispute arises as to whether a

place is or is not one in which one hundred or more
persons are ordinarily likely to be assembled, the matter
shall be referred to the State Government, and the
decision of the State Government thereon shall be final.

(3)

The provisions of this section shall be binding on the

Government.

(1)

No licensee shall supply electricity, after the expiry of

two years from the appointed date, except through
installation of a correct meter in accordance with
regulations to be made in this behalf by the Authority:
Provided that the licensee may require the consumer to
give him security for the price of a meter and enter into an
agreement for the hire thereof, unless the consumer elects
to purchase a meter:
Provided further that the State Commission may, by
notification extend the said period of two years for a class
or classes of persons or for such area as may be specified
in that notification.

(2)

For proper accounting and audit in the generation,

transmission and distribution or trading of electricity,
the Authority may direct the installation of meters by a
generating company or licensee at such stages of
generation, transmission or distribution or trading of
38

63 of 1948
35 of 1952

24 of 1989

Use, etc., of
meters

electricityand at such locations of generation,

transmission or distribution or trading , as it may deem
necessary.

Disconnection
of supply in
default of
payment.

56.

(3)

If a person makes default in complying with the provisions

contained in this section or regulations made under subsection (1), the Appropriate Commission may make such
order as it thinks fit for requiring the default to be made
good by the generating company or licensee or by any
officers of a company or other association or any other
person who is responsible for its default.

(1)

Where any person neglects to pay any charge for

electricity or any sum other than a charge for electricity
due from him to a licensee or the generating company in
respect of supply, transmission or distribution or wheeling
of electricity to him, the licensee or the generating
company may, after giving not less than fifteen clear
days notice in writing, to such person and without
prejudice to his rights to recover such charge or other
sum by suit, cut off the supply of electricity and for that
purpose cut or disconnect any electric supply line or
other works being the property of such licensee or the
generating company through which electricity may have
been supplied, transmitted, distributed or wheeled and
may discontinue the supply until such charge or other
sum, together with any expenses incurred by him in cutting
off and reconnecting the supply, are paid, but no longer:
Provided that the supply of electricity shall not be cut off
if such person deposits , under protest, -

(2)

(a)

an amount equal to the sum claimed from him, or

(b)

the electricity charges due from him for each month

calculated on the basis of average charge for
electricity paid by him during the preceding six
months, whichever is less, pending disposal of any
dispute between him and the licensee.

Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for

the time being in force, no sum due from any consumer,
under this section shall be recoverable after the period of
two years from the date when such sum became first due
unless such sum has been shown continuously as
recoverable as arrear of charges for electricity supplied
and the licensee shall not cut off the supply of the
electricity:

Consumer protection: Standards of performance

Standard of
performance of
licensee.

57.

(1)

The Appropriate Commission may, after consultation with

the licensees and persons likely to be affected, specify
39

standards of performance of a licensee or a class of

licensees.
(2)

If a licensee fails to meet the standards specified under

sub-section (1), without prejudice to any penalty which
may be imposed or prosecution be initiated, he shall be
liable to pay such compensation to the person affected
as may be determined by the Appropriate Commission:
Provided that before determination of compensation, the
concerned licensee shall be given a reasonable
opportunity of being heard.

(3)

The compensation determined under sub-section (2) shall

be paid by the concerned licensee within ninety days of
such determination.

Different
Standards of
performance
by licensee.

58.

The Appropriate Commission may specify different standards

under sub-section (1) of section 57 for a class or classes of
licensee.

Information
with respect to
levels of
performance.

59.

(1)

(2)

Market
domination

60.

Every licensee shall, within the period specified by the

Appropriate Commission, furnish to the Commission the
following information, namely:(a)

the level of performance achieved under subsection (1) of the section 57;

(b)

the number of cases in which compensation was

made under sub- section (2) of section 57 and the
aggregate amount of the compensation.

The Appropriate Commission shall at least once in every

year arrange for the publication, in such form and manner
as it considers appropriate, of such of the information
furnished to it under sub-section (1).

The Appropriate Commission may such issue directions as it

considers appropriate to a licensee or a generating company if
such licensee or generating company enters into any agreement
or abuses its dominant position or enters into a combination
which is likely to cause or causes an adverse effect on
competition in electricity industry.
PART VII
TARIFF

Tariff
Regulations.

61.

The Appropriate Commission shall, subject to the provisions

of this Act, specify the terms and conditions for the
determination of tariff, and in doing so, shall be guided by the
following, namely:(a)

the principles and methodologies specified by the Central

Commission for determination of the tariff applicable to
generating companies and transmission licensees;
40

54 of 1948

the generation, transmission, distribution and supply of

electricity are conducted on commercial principles;

(c)

the factors which would encourage competition,

efficiency, economical use of the resources, good
performance and optimum investments;

(d)

safeguarding of consumers interest and at the same time,

recovery of the cost of electricity in a reasonable manner;

(e)

the principles rewarding efficiency in performance;

(f)

multi year tariff principles;

(g)

that the tariff progressively reflects the cost of supply of

electricity and also reduces cross-subsidies in the manner
specified by the Appropriate Commission;

(h)

the promotion of co-generation and generation of

electricity from renewable sources of energy;

(i)

the National Electricity Policy and tariff policy:

Provided that the terms and conditions for determination of

tariff under the Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948, the Electricity
Regulatory Commission Act, 1998 and the enactments specified
in the Schedule as they stood immediately before the appointed
date, shall continue to apply for a period of one year or until the
terms and conditions for tariff are specified under this section,
whichever is earlier.

14 of 1998

Determination
of Tariff.

(b)

62.

(1)

The Appropriate Commission shall determine the tariff in

accordance with provisions of this Act for
(a)

supply of electricity by a generating company to a

distribution licensee:

Provided that the Appropriate Commission may, in case of

shortage of supply of electricity, fix the minimum and maximum
ceiling of tariff for sale or purchase of electricity in pursuance
of an agreement, entered into between a generating company
and a licensee or between licensees, for a period not exceeding
one year to ensure reasonable prices of electricity;
(b)

transmission of electricity ;

(c)

wheeling of electricity;

(d)

retail sale of electricity.

Provided that in case of distribution of electricity in the same

area by two or more distribution licensees, the Appropriate
Commission may, for promoting competition among distribution
licensees, fix only maximum ceiling of tariff for retail sale of
electricity.
(2)

The Appropriate Commission may require a licensee or a

generating company to furnish separate details, as may
41

be specified in respect of generation, transmission and

distribution for determination of tariff.
(3)

The Appropriate Commission shall not, while determining

the tariff under this Act, show undue preference to any
consumer of electricity but may differentiate according
to the consumers load factor, power factor, voltage, total
consumption of electricity during any specified period or
the time at which the supply is required or the
geographical position of any area, the nature of supply
and the purpose for which the supply is required.

(4)

No tariff or part of any tariff may ordinarily be amended

more frequently than once in any financial year, except in
respect of any changes expressly permitted under the
terms of any fuel surcharge formula as may be specified.

(5)

The Commission may require a licensee or a generating

company to comply with such procedures as may be
specified for calculating the expected revenues from the
tariff and charges which he or it is permitted to recover.

(6)

If any licensee or a generating company recovers a price

or charge exceeding the tariff determined under this
section, the excess amount shall be recoverable by the
person who has paid such price or charge along with
interest equivalent to the bank rate without prejudice to
any other liability incurred by the licensee.

Determination
of tariff by
bidding
process.

63.

Notwithstanding anything contained in section 62, the

Appropriate Commission shall adopt the tariff if such tariff
has been determined through transparent process of bidding
in accordance with the guidelines issued by the Central
Government.

Procedure for
tariff order.

64.

(1)

An application for determination of tariff under section

62 shall be made by a generating company or licensee in
such manner and accompanied by such fee, as may be
determined by regulations.

(2)

Every applicant shall publish the application, in such

abridged form and manner, as may be specified by the
Appropriate Commission.

(3)

The Appropriate Commission shall, within one hundred

and twenty days from receipt of an application under
sub-section (1) and after considering all suggestions
and objections received from the public,(a)

issue a tariff order accepting the application with

such modifications or such conditions as may be
specified in that order;

42

(b)

reject the application for reasons to be recorded in

writing if such application is not in accordance with
the provisions of this Act and the rules and
regulations made thereunder or the provisions of
any other law for the time being in force:

Provided that an applicant shall be given a reasonable

opportunity of being heard before rejecting his
application.

Provision of
subsidy by State
Government.

65.

(4)

The Appropriate Commission shall, within seven days of

making the order, send a copy of the order to the
Appropriate Government, the Authority, and the
concerned licensees and to the person concerned.

(5)

Notwithstanding anything contained in Part X, the tariff

for any inter-State supply, transmission or wheeling of
electricity, as the case may be, involving the territories of
two States may, upon application made to it by the parties
intending to undertake such supply, transmission or
wheeling, be determined under this section by the State
Commission having jurisdiction in respect of the licensee
who intends to distribute electricity and make payment
therefor:

(6)

A tariff order shall, unless amended or revoked, continue

to be in force for such period as may be specified in the
tariff order.

If the State Government requires the grant of any subsidy to

any consumer or class of consumers in the tariff determined by
the State Commission under section 62, the State Government
shall, notwithstanding any direction which may be given under
section 108, pay, in advance and in such manner as may be
specified , the amount to compensate the person affected by
the grant of subsidy in the manner the State Commission may
direct, as a condition for the licence or any other person
concerned to implement the subsidy provided for by the State
Government:
Provided that no such direction of the State Government shall
be operative if the payment is not made in accordance with the
provisions contained in this section and the tariff fixed by
State Commission shall be applicable from the date of issue of
orders by the Commission in this regard.

Development
of market.

66.

The Appropriate Commission shall endeavour to promote the

development of a market (including trading) in power in such
manner as may be specified and shall be guided by the National
Electricity Policy referred to in section 3 in this regard..

43

PART VIII
WORKS
Works of licensees
Provision as to
opening up of
streets,
railways etc.

67.

(1)

(2)

A licensee may, from time to time but subject always to

the terms and conditions of his licence, within his area of
supply or transmission or when permitted by the terms of
his licence to lay down or place electric supply lines
without the area of supply, without that area carry out
works such as (a)

to open and break up the soil and pavement of any

street, railway or tramway;

(b)

to open and break up any sewer, drain or tunnel in

or under any street, railway or tramway;

(c)

to alter the position of any line or works or pipes,

other than a main sewer pipe;

(d)

to lay down and place electric lines, electrical plant

and other works;

(e)

to repair, alter or remove the same;

(f)

to do all other acts necessary for transmission or

supply of electricity.

The Appropriate Government may, by rules made by it in

this behalf, specify, (a)

the cases and circumstances in which the consent

in writing of the Appropriate Government, local
authority, owner or occupier, as the case may be,
shall be required for carrying out works;

(b)

the authority which may grant permission in the

circumstances where the owner or occupier objects
to the carrying out of works;

(c)

the nature and period of notice to be given by the

licensee before carrying out works;

(d)

the procedure and manner of consideration of

objections and suggestion received in accordance
with the notice referred to in clause (c);

(e)

the determination and payment of compensation

or rent to the persons affected by works under this
section;

(f)

the repairs and works to be carried out when

emergency exists;

(g)

the right of the owner or occupier to carry out

certain works under this section and the payment
of expenses therefor;
44

(h)

the procedure for carrying out other works near

sewers, pipes or other electric lines or works;

(i)

the procedure for alteration of the position of pipes,

electric lines, electrical plant, telegraph lines, sewer
lines, tunnels, drains, etc.;

(j)

the procedure for fencing, guarding, lighting and

other safety measures relating to works on streets,
railways, tramways, sewers, drains or tunnels and
immediate reinstatement thereof;

(k)

the avoidance of public nuisance, environmental

damage and unnecessary damage to the public and
private property by such works;

(1)

the procedure for undertaking works which are not

reparable by the Appropriate Government, licensee
or local authority;

(m)

the manner of deposit of amount required for

restoration of any railways, tramways, waterways,
etc.;

(n)

the manner of restoration of property affected by

such works and maintenance thereof;

(o)

the procedure for deposit of compensation payable

by the licensee and furnishing of security; and

(p)

such other matters as are incidental or consequential

to the construction and maintenance of works under
this section.

(3)

A licensee shall, in exercise of any of the powers conferred

by or under this section and the rules made thereunder,
cause as little damage, detriment and inconvenience as
may be, and shall make full compensation for any damage,
detriment or inconvenience caused by him or by any one
employed by him.

(4)

Where any difference or dispute [including amount of

compensation under sub-section (3)] arises under this
section, the matter shall be determined by the Appropriate
Commission.

(5)

The Appropriate Commission, while determining any

difference or dispute arising under this section in addition
to any compensation under sub-section (3), may impose
a penalty not exceeding the amount of compensation
payable under that sub-section.

Provisions relating to overhead lines

Overhead lines.

68.

(1)

An overhead line shall, with prior approval of the

Appropriate Government, be installed or kept installed
45

above ground in accordance with the provisions of subsection (2).

(2)

The provisions contained in sub-section (1) shall not

apply(a)

in relation to an electric line which has a nominal

voltage not exceeding 11 kilovolts and is used or
intended to be used for supplying to a single
consumer;

(b)

in relation to so much of an electric line as is or will

be within premises in the occupation or control of
the person responsible for its installation; or

(c)

in such other cases as may be prescribed.

(3)

The Appropriate Government shall, while granting

approval under sub-section (1), impose such conditions
(including conditions as to the ownership and operation
of the line) as appear to it to be necessary

(4)

The Appropriate Government may vary or revoke the

approval at any time after the end of such period as may
be stipulated in the approval granted by it.

(5)

Where any tree standing or lying near an overhead line

or where any structure or other object which has been
placed or has fallen near an overhead line subsequent to
the placing of such line, interrupts or interferes with, or is
likely to interrupt or interfere with, the conveyance or
transmission of electricity or the accessibility of any
works, an Executive Magistrate or authority specified by
the Appropriate Government may, on the application of
the licensee, cause the tree, structure or object to be
removed or otherwise dealt with as he or it thinks fit.

(6)

When disposing of an application under sub-section (5),

an Executive Magistrate or authority specified under
that sub-section shall, in the case of any tree in existence
before the placing of the overhead line, award to the
person interested in the tree such compensation as he
thinks reasonable, and such person may recover the same
from the licensee.
Explanation. - For purposes of this section, the expression
tree shall be deemed to include any shrub, hedge,
jungle growth or other plant.

Notice to
telegraph
authority.

69.

(1)

A licensee shall, before laying down or placing, within

ten meters of any telegraph line, electric line, electrical
plant or other works, not being either service lines, or
electric lines or electrical plant, for the repair, renewal or
amendment of existing works of which the character or
position is not to be altered,46

(a)

submit a proposal in case of a new installation to

an authority to be designated by the Central
Government and such authority shall take a
decision on the proposal within thirty days;

(b)

give not less than ten days notice in writing to the

telegraph authority in case of repair, renewal or
amendment or existing works , specifying(i)

the course of the works or alterations

proposed ;

(ii)

the manner in which the works are to be

utilised ;

(iii)

the amount and nature of the electricity to be

transmitted;

(iv)

the extent to, and the manner in which (if at

all), earth returns are to be used , and the
licensee shall conform to such reasonable
requirements, either general or special, as may
be laid down by the telegraph authority
within that period for preventing any
telegraph line from being injuriously affected
by such works or alterations:

Provided that in case of emergency (which shall be stated by

the licensee in writing to the telegraph authority) arising from
defects in any of the electric lines or electrical plant or other
works of the licensee, the licensee shall be required to give only
such notice as may be possible after the necessity for the
proposed new works or alterations has arisen.
(2)

Where the works of the laying or placing of any service

line is to be executed the licensee shall, not less than
forty-eight hours before commencing the work, serve upon
the telegraph authority a notice in writing of his intention
to execute such works.
PART IX
CENTRALELECTRICITYAUTHORITY

Constitution and functions of Authority

Constitution,
etc., of Central
Electricity
Authority.

54 of 1948.

70.

(1)

There shall be a body to be called the Central Electricity

Authority to exercise such functions and perform such
duties as are assigned to it under this Act.

(2)

The Central Electricity Authority, established under

section 3 of the Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948 and
functioning as such immediately before the appointed
date, shall be the Central Electricity Authority for the
purposes of this Act and the Chairperson , Members,
47

Secretary and other officers and employees thereof shall

be deemed to have been appointed under this Act and
they shall continue to hold office on the same terms and
conditions on which they were appointed under the
Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948.
(3)

The Authority shall consist of not more than fourteen

Members (including its Chairperson) of whom not more
than eight shall be full-time Members to be appointed by
the Central Government.

(4)

The Central Government may appoint any person, eligible

to be appointed as Member of the Authority, as the
Chairperson of the Authority, or, designate one of the full
time Members as the Chairperson of the Authority.

(5)

The Members of the Authority shall be appointed from

amongst persons of ability, integrity and standing who
have knowledge of, and adequate experience and
capacity in, dealing with problems relating to engineering,
finance, commerce, economics or industrial matters, and
at least one Member shall be appointed from each of the
following categories, namely:(a)

engineering with specialisation in design,

construction, operation and maintenance of
generating stations;

(b)

engineering with specialisation in transmission and

supply of electricity;

(c)

applied research in the field of electricity;

(d)

applied economics, accounting, commerce or

finance.

(6)

The Chairperson and all the Members of the Authority

shall hold office during the pleasure of the Central
Government.

(7)

The Chairperson shall be the Chief Executive of the

Authority.

(8)

The head quarters of the Authority shall be at Delhi.

(9)

The Authority shall meet at the head office or any other

place at such time as the Chairperson may direct, and
shall observe such rules of procedure in regard to the
transaction of business at its meetings (including the
quorum at its meetings) as it may specify.

(10) The Chairperson, or if he is unable to attend a meeting of

the Authority, any other Member nominated by the
Chairperson in this behalf and in the absence of such
nomination or where there is no Chairperson, any Member
48

chosen by the Members present from among themselves

shall preside at the meeting.
(11) All questions which come up before any meeting of the
Authority shall be decided by a majority of votes of the
Members present and voting, and in the event of an
equality of votes, the Chairperson or the person presiding
shall have the right to exercise a second or casting vote.
(12) All orders and decisions of the Authority shall be
authenticated by the Secretary or any other officer of the
Authority duly authorised by the Chairperson in this
behalf.
(13) No act or proceedings of the Authority shall be questioned
or shall be invalidated merely on the ground of existence
of any vacancy in, or any defect in, the constitution of,
the Authority.
(14) The Chairperson of the Authority and other full time
Members shall receive such salary and allowances as
may be determined by the Central Government and other
Members shall receive such allowances and fees for
attending the meetings of the Authority, as the Central
Government may prescribe.
(15) The other terms and conditions of service of the
Chairperson and Members of the Authority including,
subject to the provisions of sub-section (6), their terms
of office shall be such as the Central Government may
prescribe.
Members not
to have certain
interest.

Officers and
staff of
Authority.

71. No Member of the Authority shall have any share or interest,

whether in his own name or otherwise, in any company or other
body corporate or an association of persons (whether
incorporated or not), or a firm engaged in the business of
generation, transmission, distribution and trading of electricity
or fuel for the generation thereof or in the manufacture of
electrical equipment.
72.

The Authority may appoint a Secretary and such other officers

and employees as it considers necessary for the performance
of its functions under this Act and on such terms as to salary,
remuneration, fee, allowance, pension, leave and gratuity, as
the authority may in consultation with the Central Government,
fix:
Provided that the appointment of the Secretary shall be subject
to the approval of the Central Government.

Functions and
duties of
Authority.

73.

The Authority shall perform such functions and duties as the

Central Government may prescribe or direct, and in particular
to-

49

(a)

advise the Central Government on the matters relating to

the national electricity policy, formulate short-term and
perspective plans for development of the electricity
system and co- ordinate the activities of the planning
agencies for the optimal utilisation of resources to
subserve the interests of the national economy and to
provide reliable and affordable electricity for all
consumers;

(b)

specify the technical standards for construction of

electrical plants, electric lines and connectivity to the
grid;

(c)

specify the safety requirements for construction,

operation and maintenance of electrical plants and electric
lines;

(d)

specify the Grid Standards for operation and maintenance

of transmission lines;

(e)

specify the conditions for installation of meters for

transmission and supply of electricity;

(f)

promote and assist in the timely completion of schemes

and projects for improving and augmenting the electricity
system;

(g)

promote measures for advancing the skill of persons

engaged in the electricity industry;

(h)

advise the Central Government on any matter on which

its advice is sought or make recommendation to that
Government on any matter if, in the opinion of the
Authority, the recommendation would help in improving
the generation, transmission, trading, distribution and
utilisation of electricity;

(i)

collect and record the data concerning the generation,

transmission, trading, distribution and utilisation of
electricity and carry out studies relating to cost, efficiency,
competitiveness and such like matters;

(j)

make public from time to time information secured under

this Act, and provide for the publication of reports and
investigations;

(k)

promote research in matters affecting the generation,

transmission, distribution and trading of electricity;

(l)

carry out, or cause to be carried out , any investigation

for the purposes of generating or transmitting or
distributing electricity;

(m)

advise any State Government, licensees or the generating

companies on such matters which shall enable them to
50

operate and maintain the electricity system under their

ownership or control in an improved manner and where
necessary, in co-ordination with any other Government,
licensee or the generating company owning or having
the control of another electricity system;
(n)

advise the Appropriate Government and the Appropriate

Commission on all technical matters relating to generation,
transmission and distribution of electricity; and

(o)

discharge such other functions as may be provided under

this Act.

Certain powers and directions

Power to
require
statistics and
returns.

74.

It shall be the duty of every licensee, generating company or

person generating electricity for its or his own use to furnish
to the Authority such statistics, returns or other information
relating to generation, transmission, distribution, trading and
use of electricity as it may require and at such times and in
such form and manner as may be specified by the Authority.

Directions by
Central
Government to
Authority.

75.

(1)

In the discharge of its functions, the Authority shall be

guided by such directions in matters of policy involving
public interest as the Central Government may give to it
in writing.

(2)

If any question arises as to whether any such direction

relates to a matter of policy involving public interest,
the decision of the Central Government thereon shall be
final.
PART X
REGULATORY COMMISSIONS

Constitution, powers and functions of Central Commission

Constitution of
Central
Commission.

14 of 1998.

76.

(1)

There shall be a Commission to be known as the Central

Electricity Regulatory Commission to exercise the powers
conferred on, and discharge the functions assigned to, it
under this Act.

(2)

The Central Electricity Regulatory Commission,

established under section 3 of the Electricity Regulatory
Commissions Act, 1998 and functioning as such
immediately before the appointed date, shall be deemed
to be the Central Commission for the purposes of this Act
and the Chairperson, Members, Secretary, and other
officers and employees thereof shall deemed to have
been appointed under this Act and they shall continue
to hold office on the same terms and conditions on which
they were appointed under the Electricity Regulatory
Commissions Act, 1998.

51

Provided that the Chairperson and other Members of the

Central Commission appointed, before the
commencement of this Act, under the Electricity
Regulatory Commissions Act, 1998, may, on the
recommendations of the Selection Committee constituted
under sub-section (1) of section 78, be allowed, to opt for
the terms and conditions under this Act by the Central
Government.
(3)

The Central Commission shall be a body corporate by the

name aforesaid, having perpetual succession and a
common seal with power to acquire, hold and dispose of
property, both movable and immovable, and to contract
and shall, by the said name, sue or be sued.

(4)

The head office of the Central Commission shall be at

such place as the Central Government may, by notification,
specify.

(5)

The Central Commission shall consist of the following

Members namely:-

(6)

Qualification
for
appointment
of Members of
Central
Commission.

77.

(a)

a Chairperson and three other Members;

(b)

the Chairperson of the Authority who shall be the

Member, ex officio.

The Chairperson and Members of the Central Commission

shall be appointed by the Central Government on the
recommendation of the Selection Committee referred to
in section 78.

(1) The Chairperson and the Members of the Central

Commission shall be persons having adequate knowledge
of, or experience in, or shown capacity in, dealing with,
problems relating to engineering, law, economics,
commerce, finance or, management and shall be appointed
in the following manner, namely:(a)

one person having qualifications and experience in

the field of engineering with specialisation in
generation, transmission or distribution of
electricity;

(b)

one person having qualifications and experience in

the field of finance;

c)

two persons having qualifications and experience

in the field of economics, commerce, law or
management:

Provided that not more than one Member shall be

appointed under the same category under clause (c).
(2)

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1),

the Central Government may appoint any person as the
52

Chairperson from amongst persons who is,or has been, a

Judge of the Supreme Court or the Chief Justice of a High
Court:
Provided that no appointment under this sub-section shall
be made except after consultation with the Chief Justice
of India.

Constitution
of Selection
Committee to
recommend
Members

78.

(3)

The Chairperson or any other Member of the Central

Commission shall not hold any other office.

(4)

The Chairperson shall be the Chief Executive of the Central

Commission.

(1)

The Central Government shall, for the purposes of

selecting the Members of the Appellate Tribunal and the
Chairperson and Members of the Central Commission,
constitute a Selection Committee consisting of
(a)

Member of the Planning Commission

incharge of the energy sector ......... Chairperson;

(b)

Secretary-in-charge of the Ministry of the

Central Government dealing with the
Department of the Legal Affairs ............ Member;

(c)

Chairperson of the Public Enterprises

Selection Board ..................................... Member;

(d)

a person to be nominated by the Central

Government in accordance with subsection (2) ............................................. Member ;

(e)

a person to be nominated by the Central

Government in accordance with subsection (3) ............................................. Member ;

(f)

Secretary-in-charge of the Ministry of

the Central Government dealing
with power .............................................. Member.

(2)

For the purposes of clause (d) of sub-section (1), the

Central Government shall nominate from amongst persons
holding the post of chairperson or managing director, by
whatever name called, of any public financial institution
specified in section 4A of the Companies Act, 1956.

(3)

For the purposes of clause (e) of sub-section (1), the

Central Government shall, by notification, nominate from
amongst persons holding the post of director or the head
of the institution, by whatever name called, of any
research, technical or management institution for this
purpose.

(4)

Secretary-in-charge of the Ministry of the Central

Government dealing with Power shall be the Convenor of
the Selection Committee.

1 of 1956

53

(5)

The Central Government shall, within one month from the

date of occurrence of any vacancy by reason of death,
resignation or removal of a Member of the Appellate
Tribunal or the Chairperson or a Member of the Central
Commission and six months before the superannuation
or end of tenure of the Member of the Appellate Tribunal
or Member of the Central Commission, make a reference
to the Selection Committee for filling up of the vacancy.

(6)

The Selection Committee shall finalise the selection of

the Chairperson and Members referred to in sub-section
(5) within three month from the date on which the
reference is made to it.

(7)

The Selection Committee shall recommend a panel of two

names for every vacancy referred to it.

(8)

Before recommending any person for appointment as

Member of the Appellate Tribunal or the Chairperson or
other Member of the Central Commission, the Selection
Committee shall satisfy itself that such person does not
have any financial or other interest which is likely to affect
prejudicially his functions as the Chairperson or Member.

(9)

No appointment of the Chairperson or other Member

shall be invalid merely by reason of any vacancy in the
Selection Committee:
Provided that nothing contained in this section shall apply
to the appointment of a person as the Chairperson of the
Central Commission where such person is, or has been , a
Judge of the Supreme Court or the Chief Justice of a High
Court.

Functions of
Central
Commission

79.

(1)

The Central Commission shall discharge the following

functions, namely:(a)

to regulate the tariff of generating companies

owned or controlled by the Central Government;

(b)

to regulate the tariff of generating companies other

than those owned or controlled by the Central
Government specified in clause (a), if such
generating companies enter into or otherwise have
a composite scheme for generation and sale of
electricity in more than one State;

(c)

to regulate the inter-State transmission of

electricity;

(d)

to determine tariff for inter-State transmission of

electricity;

(e)

to issue licenses to persons to function as

Transmission Licensee and electricity trader with
respect to their inter-State operations.
54

(2)

Central
Advisory
Committee

80

(f)

to adjudicate upon disputes involving generating

companies or transmission licensee in regard to
matters connected with clauses (a) to (d) above
and to refer any dispute for arbitration;

(g)

to levy fees for the purposes of this Act;

(h)

to specify Grid Code having regard to Grid

Standards;

(i)

to specify and enforce the standards with respect

to quality, continuity and reliability of service by
licensees.

(j)

to fix the trading margin in the inter-State trading of

electricity, if considered, necessary;

(k)

to discharge such other functions as may be

assigned under this Act.

The Central Commission shall advise the Central

Government on all or any of the following matters, namely:(i)

formulation of National Electricity Policy and tariff

policy;

(ii)

promotion of competition, efficiency and economy

in activities of the electricity industry;

(iii)

promotion of investment in electricity industry;

(iv)

any other matter referred to the Central Commission

by that Government.

(3)

The Central Commission shall ensure transparency while

exercising its powers and discharging its functions.

(4)

In discharge of its functions, the Central Commission

shall be guided by the National Electricity Policy, National
Electricity Plan and tariff policy published under section
3.

(1)

The Central Commission may, by notification, establish

with effect from such date as it may specify in such
notification, a Committee to be known as the Central
Advisory Committee.

(2)

The Central Advisory Committee shall consist of not more

than thirty-one members to represent the interests of
commerce, industry, transport, agriculture, labour,
consumers, non-governmental organisations and
academic and research bodies in the electricity sector.

(3)

The Chairperson of the Central Commission shall be the

ex-officio Chairperson of the Central Advisory Committee
and the Members of that Commission and Secretary to
the Government of India in charge of the Ministry or
55

Department of the Central Government dealing with

Consumer Affairs and Public Distribution System shall
be the ex-officio Members of the Committee.
Objects of
Central
Advisory
Committee

81.

The objects of the Central Advisory Committee shall be to advise

the Central Commission on:
(i)

major questions of policy;

(ii)

matters relating to quality, continuity and extent of service

provided by the licensees;

(iii) compliance by the licensees with the conditions and

requirements of their licence;
(iv) protection of consumer interest;
(v)

electricity supply and overall standards of performance

by utilities.

Constitution, powers and functions of the State Commissions

Constitution of
State
Commission

82.

(1)

Every State Government shall, within six months from

the appointed date, by notification, constitute for the
purposes of this Act, a Commission for the State to be
known as the (name of the State) Electricity Regulatory
Commission:
Provided that the State Electricity Regulatory Commission,
established by a State Government under section 17 of
the Electricity Regulatory Commissions Act, 1998 and
the enactments specified in the Schedule, and
functioning as such immediately before the appointed
date shall be the State Commission for the purposes of
this Act and the Chairperson, Members, Secretary, and
officers and other employees thereof shall continue to
hold office, on the same terms and conditions on which
they were appointed under those Acts.

14 of 1998

Provided further that the Chairperson and other Members

of the State Commission appointed before the
commencement of this Act under the Electricity Regulatory
Commissions Act, 1998 or under the enactments specified
in the Schedule, may on the recommendations of the
Selection Committee constituted under sub-section (1)
of section 85 be allowed to opt for the terms and conditions
under this Act by the concerned State Government.
(2)

The State Commission shall be a body corporate by the

name aforesaid, having perpetual succession and a
common seal, with power to acquire, hold and dispose of
property, both movable and immovable, and to contract
and shall, by the said name, sue or be sued.

56

Joint
Commission

83.

(3)

The head office of the State Commission shall be at such

place as the State Government may, by notification,
specify.

(4)

The State Commission shall consist of not more than

three Members, including the Chairperson.

(5)

The Chairperson and Members of the State Commission

shall be appointed by the State Government on the
recommendation of a Selection Committee referred to in
section 85.

(1)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in

section 82, a Joint Commission may be constituted by an
agreement to be entered into (a)

by two or more Governments of States; or

(b)

by the Central Government, in respect of one or

more Union territories, and one or more
Governments of States, and shall be in force for
such period and shall be subject to renewal for
each further period, if any, as may be stipulated in
the agreement:
Provided that the Joint Commission, constituted
under section 21 A of the Electricity Regulatory
Commissions Act, 1998 and functioning as such
immediately before the appointed day, shall be the
Joint Commission for the purposes of this Act and
the Chairperson, Members, Secretary and other
officers and employees thereof shall be deemed to
have been appointed as such under this Act and
they shall continue to hold office, on the same
terms and conditions on which they were
appointed under the Electricity Regulatory
Commissions Act, 1998.

14 of 1998

(2)

The Joint Commission shall consists of 1 Member from

each of the participating States and Union Territories
and the Chairperson shall be appointed from amongst
the Members by consensus, failing which by rotation.

(3)

An agreement under sub-section (1) shall contain

provisions as to the name of the Joint Commission, the
manner in which the participating States may be
associated in the selection of the Chairperson and
Members of the Joint Commission, manner of
appointment of Members and appointment of
Chairperson by rotation or consensus, places at which
the Commission shall sit, apportionment among the
participating States of the expenditure in connection with
the Joint Commission, manner in which the differences of
57

opinion between the Joint Commission and the State

Government concerned would be resolved and may also
contain such other supplemental, incidental and
consequential provisions not inconsistent with this Act
as may be deemed necessary or expedient for giving effect
to the agreement.
(4)

The Joint Commission shall determine tariff in respect of

the participating States or Union Territories separately
and independently.

(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, the

Central Government may, if so authorised by all the
participating States, constitute a Joint Commission and
may exercise the powers in respect of all or any of the
matters specified under sub-section (3) and when so
specifically authorized by the participating States.
Qualifications
for
appointment
of Chairperson
and Members
of State
Commission.

84.

(1)

The Chairperson and the Members of the State

Commission shall be persons of ability, integrity and
standing who have adequate knowledge of, and have
shown capacity in, dealing with problems relating to
engineering, finance, commerce, economics, law or
management.

(2)

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1),

the State Government may appoint any person as the
Chairperson from amongst persons who is, or has been, a
Judge of a High Court:
Provided that no appointment under this sub-section shall
be made except after consultation with the Chief Justice
of that High Court.

Constitution
of Selection
Committee to
select Members
of State
Commission.

85.

(3)

The Chairperson or any other Member of the State

Commission shall not hold any other office.

(4)

The Chairperson shall be the Chief Executive of the State

Commission.

(1)

The State Government shall, for the purposes of selecting

the Members of the State Commission, constitute a
Selection Committee consisting of
(a)

a person who has been a Judge of the

High Court ........................................ Chairperson;

(b)

the Chief Secretary of the concerned

State ...................................................... Member;

(c)

the Chairperson of the Authority or

the Chairperson of the Central
Commission ............................................ Member:

58

Provided that nothing contained in this section shall apply

to the appointment of a person as the Chairperson who is
or has been a Judge of the High Court.

Functions of
State
Commission

86.

(2)

The State Government shall, within one month from the

date of occurrence of any vacancy by reason of death,
resignation or removal of the Chairperson or a Member
and six months before the superannuation or end of tenure
of the Chairperson or Member, make a reference to the
Selection Committee for filling up of the vacancy.

(3)

The Selection Committee shall finalise the selection of

the Chairperson and Members within three months from
the date on which the reference is made to it.

(4)

The Selection Committee shall recommend a panel of two

names for every vacancy referred to it.

(5)

Before recommending any person for appointment as the

Chairperson or other Member of the State Commission,
the Selection Committee shall satisfy itself that such
person does not have any financial or other interest which
is likely to affect prejudicially his functions as
Chairperson or Member, as the case may be.

(6)

No appointment of Chairperson or other Member shall be

invalid merely by reason of any vacancy in the Selection
Committee.

(1)

The State Commission shall discharge the following

functions, namely: (a)

determine the tariff for generation, supply,

transmission and wheeling of electricity, wholesale,
bulk or retail, as the case may be, within the State:
Provided that where open access has been
permitted to a category of consumers under section
42, the State Commission shall determine only the
wheeling charges and surcharge thereon, if any,
for the said category of consumers;

(b)

regulate electricity purchase and procurement

process of distribution licensees including the price
at which electricity shall be procured from the
generating companies or licensees or from other
sources through agreements for purchase of power
for distribution and supply within the State;

(c)

facilitate intra-state transmission and wheeling of

electricity;

(d)

issue licences to persons seeking to act as

transmission licensees, distribution licensees and
electricity traders with respect to their operations
within the State;
59

(2)

State Advisory
Committee

87.

(e)

promote cogeneration and generation of electricity

from renewable sources of energy by providing
suitable measures for connectivity with the grid
and sale of electricity to any person, and also
specify, for purchase of electricity from such
sources, a percentage of the total consumption of
electricity in the area of a distribution licensee;

(f)

adjudicate upon the disputes between the

licensees, and generating companies and to refer
any dispute for arbitration;

(g)

levy fee for the purposes of this Act;

(h)

specify State Grid Code consistent with the Grid

Code specified under clause (h) of sub-section
(1) of section 79;

(i)

specify or enforce standards with respect to

quality, continuity and reliability of service by
licensees;

(j)

fix the trading margin in the intra-State trading of

electricity, if considered, necessary; and

(k)

discharge such other functions as may be assigned

to it under this Act.

The State Commission shall advise the State Government

on all or any of the following matters, namely :-.
(i)

promotion of competition, efficiency and economy

in activities of the electricity industry;

(ii)

promotion of investment in electricity industry;

(iii)

reorganization and restructuring of electricity

industry in the State;

(iv)

matters concerning generation, transmission ,

distribution and trading of electricity or any other
matter referred to the State Commission by that
Government.

(3)

The State Commission shall ensure transparency while

exercising its powers and discharging its functions.

(4)

In discharge of its functions the State Commission shall

be guided by the National Electricity Policy, National
Electricity Plan and tariff policy published under section
3.

(1)

The State Commission may, by notification, establish with

effect from such date as it may specify in such notification,
a Committee to be known as the State Advisory
Committee.
60

Objects of
State Advisory
Committee

88.

(2)

The State Advisory Committee shall consist of not more

than twenty-one members to represent the interests of
commerce, industry, transport, agriculture, labour,
consumers, non-governmental organisations and
academic and research bodies in the electricity sector.

(3)

The Chairperson of the State Commission shall be the exofficio Chairperson of the State Advisory Committee and
the Members of the State Commission and the Secretary
to State Government in charge of the Ministry or
Department dealing with Consumer Affairs and Public
Distribution System shall be the ex-officio Members of
the Committee.

The objects of the State Advisory Committee shall be to advise

the Commission on
(i)

major questions of policy;

(ii)

matters relating to quality, continuity and extent of service

provided by the licensees;

(iii)

compliance by licensees with the conditions and

requirements of their licence:

(iv)

protection of consumer interest; and

(v)

electricity supply and overall standards of performance

by utilities.

Appropriate Commission Other Provisions

Term of office
and conditions
of service of
Members

89.

(1)

The Chairperson or other Member shall hold office for a

term of five years from the date he enters upon his office;
Provided that the Chairperson or other Member in the
Central Commission or the State Commission shall not be
eligible for re-appointment in the same capacity as the
Chairperson or a Member in that Commission in which he
had earlier held office as such :
Provided further that no Chairperson or Member shall
hold office as such after he has attained the age of sixtyfive years.

(2)

The salary, allowances and other terms and conditions of

service of the Chairperson and Members shall be such as
may be prescribed by the Appropriate Government.
Provided that the salary, allowances and other terms and
conditions of service of the Members, shall not be varied
to their disadvantage after appointment.

(3)

Every Member shall, before entering upon his office, make

and subscribe to an oath of office and secrecy in such
form and in such manner and before such authority as
may be prescribed.
61

(4)

(5)

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1),

a Member may(a)

relinquish his office by giving in writing to the

Appropriate Government a notice of not less than
three months; or

(b)

be removed from his office in accordance with the

provisions of section 90.

Any member ceasing to hold office as such shall

(a)

not accept any commercial employment for a period

of two years from the date he ceases to hold such
office; and

(b)

not represent any person before the Central

Commission or any State Commission in any manner.
Explanation. - For the purposes of this sub-section
commercial employment means employment in
any capacity in any organisation which has been a
party to the proceedings before the Appropriate
Commission or employment in any capacity under,
or agency of, a person engaged in trading,
commercial, industrial or financial business in
electricity industry and includes a director of a
company or partner of a firm or setting up practice
either independently or as partner of a firm or as an
advisor or a consultant.

Removal of
member.

90.

(1)

No Member shall be removed from office except in

accordance with the provisions of this section.

(2)

The Central Government, in the case of a Member of the

Central Commission, and the State Government, in the
case of a Member of the State Commission, may by order
remove from office any Member, if he(a)

has been adjudged an insolvent;

b)

has been convicted of an offence which, in the

opinion of the Appropriate Government, involves
moral turpitude;

(c)

has become physically or mentally incapable of

acting as a Member;

(d)

has acquired such financial or other interest as is

likely to affect prejudicially his functions as a
Member;

(e)

has so abused his position as to render his

continuance in office prejudicial to the public
interest; or

(f)

has been guilty of proved misbehaviour:

62

Provided that no Member shall be removed from his office

on any ground specified in clauses (d), (e) and (f) unless
the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal on a reference
being made to him in this behalf by the Central
Government, or the State Government, as the case may
be, has, on an inquiry, held by him in accordance with
such procedure as may be prescribed by the Central
Government, reported that the Member ought on such
ground or grounds to be removed.
(3)

The Central Government or the State Government, as the

case may be, may, in consultation with the Chairperson
of the Appellate Tribunal suspend any Member of the
Appropriate Commission in respect of whom a reference
has been made to the Chairperson of the Appellate
Tribunal, under sub-section (2) until the Central
Government or the State Government, as the case may
be, has passed orders on receipt of the report of the
Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal, on such reference
:
Provided that nothing contained in this section shall apply
to the Chairperson of the Appropriate Commission who,
at the time of his appointment as such is a sitting Judge
of the Supreme court or the Chief Justice of a High Court
or a Judge of a High Court.

Proceedings and powers of the Appropriate Commission

Secretary
Officers and
other
employees of
Appropriate
Commission .

Proceedings of
Appropriate
Commission.

91.

92.

(1)

The Appropriate Commission may appoint a Secretary to

exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be
specified.

(2)

The Appropriate Commission may, with the approval of

the Appropriate Government, specify the numbers, nature
and categories of other officers and employees.

(3)

The salaries and allowances payable to, and other terms

and conditions of service of, the Secretary, officers and
other employees shall be such as may be specified with
the approval of the Appropriate Government.

(4)

The Appropriate Commission may appoint consultants

required to assist that Commission in the discharge of its
functions on the terms and conditions as may be
specified.

(1)

The Appropriate Commission shall meet at the head office

or any other place at such time as the Chairperson may
direct, and shall observe such rules of procedure in regard
to the transaction of business at its meetings (including
the quorum at its meetings) as it may specify.

63

(2)

The Chairperson, or if he is unable to attend a meeting of

the Appropriate Commission, any other Member
nominated by the Chairperson in this behalf and, in the
absence of such nomination or where there is no
Chairperson, any Member chosen by the Members
present from amongst themselves, shall preside at the
meeting.

(3)

All questions which come up before any meeting of the

Appropriate Commission shall be decided by a majority
of votes of the Members present and voting, and in the
event of an equality of votes, the Chairperson or in his
absence, the person presiding shall have a second or
casting vote.

(4)

Save as otherwise provided in sub-section (3), every

Member shall have one vote.

(5)

All orders and decisions of the Appropriate Commission

shall be authenticated by its Secretary or any other officer
of the Commission duly authorised by the Chairperson in
this behalf.

Vacancies, etc.,
not to
invalidate
proceedings.

93.

No act or proceeding of the Appropriate Commission shall be

questioned or shall be invalidated merely on the ground of
existence of any vacancy or defect in the constitution of the
Appropriate Commission.

Powers of
Appropriate
Commission .

94.

(1)

(2)

The Appropriate Commission shall, for the purposes of

any inquiry or proceedings under this Act, have the same
powers as are vested in a civil court under the Code of
Civil Procedure, 1908 in respect of the following matters,
namely: (a)

summoning and enforcing the attendance of any

person and examining him on oath;

(b)

discovery and production of any document or other

material object producible as evidence;

(c)

receiving evidence on affidavits;

(d)

requisitioning of any public record;

(e)

issuing commission for the examination of

witnesses;

(f)

reviewing its decisions, directions and orders;

(g)

any other matter which may be prescribed.

The Appropriate Commission shall have the powers to pass

such interim order in any proceeding, hearing or matter before
the Appropriate Commission, as that Commission may consider
appropriate.

64

5 of 1908

(3)

The Appropriate Commission may authorise any person,

as it deems fit, to represent the interest of the consumers
in the proceedings before it.

Proceedings
before
Commission.

95.

All proceedings before the Appropriate Commission shall be

deemed to be judicial proceedings within the meaning of sections
193 and 228 of the Indian Penal Code and the Appropriate
Commission shall be deemed to be a civil court for the purposes
of sections 345 and 346 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973.

Powers of
entry and
seizure.

96.

The Appropriate Commission or any officer, not below the rank

of a Gazetted Officer specially authorised in this behalf by the
Commission, may enter any building or place where the
Commission has reason to believe that any document relating
to the subject matter of the inquiry may be found, and may seize
any such document or take extracts or copies therefrom subject
to the provisions of section 100 of the Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973, insofar as it may be applicable.

Delegation.

97.

The Appropriate Commission may, by general or special order

in writing, delegate to any Member, Secretary, Officer of the
Appropriate Commission or any other person subject to such
conditions, if any, as may be specified in the order, such of its
powers and functions under this Act (except the powers to
adjudicate disputes under Section 79 and Section 86 and the
powers to make regulations under section 178 or section 181)
as it may deem necessary.

Grants, Fund, Accounts, Audit and Report

Grants and
loans by
Central
Government

98.

The Central Government may, after due appropriation made by

Parliament in this behalf, make to the Central Commission grants
and loans of such sums of money as that Government may
consider necessary.

Establishment
of Fund by
Central
Government

99.

(1)

(2)

There shall be constituted a Fund to be called the Central

Electricity Regulatory Commission Fund and there shall
be credited thereto(a)

any grants and loans made to the Central

Commission by the Central Government under
section 98;

(b)

all fees received by the Central Commission under

this Act;

(c)

all sums received by the Central Commission from

such other sources as may be decided upon by the
Central Government.

The Fund shall be applied for meeting

(a)

the salary, allowances and other remuneration of

Chairperson, Members, Secretary, officers and other
employees of the Central Commission;
65

45 of 1860
2 of 1974

2 of 1974

Accounts and
Audit of
Central
Commission.

Annual Report
of Central
Commission

(b)

the expenses of the Central Commission in discharge of

its functions under section 79;

(c)

the expenses on objects and for purposes authorised by

this Act.

(3)

The Central Government may, in consultation with the

Comptroller and Auditor-General of India, prescribe the
manner of applying the Fund for meeting the expenses
specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of sub-section (2).

100. (1)

The Central Commission shall maintain proper accounts

and other relevant records and prepare an annual
statement of accounts in such form as may be prescribed
by the Central Government in consultation with the
Comptroller and Auditor-General of India.

(2)

The accounts of the Central Commission shall be audited

by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India at such
intervals as may be specified by him and any expenditure
incurred in connection with such audit shall be payable
by the Central Commission to the Comptroller and Auditor
General of India.

(3)

The Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and any

person appointed by him in connection with the audit of
the accounts of the Central Commission under this Act
shall have the same rights and privileges and authority
in connection with such audit as the Comptroller and
Auditor-General of India has in connection with the audit
of the Government accounts and, in particular, shall have
the right to demand the production of books, accounts,
connected vouchers and other documents and papers
and to inspect any of the offices of the Central
Commission.

(4)

The accounts of the Central Commission, as certified by

the Comptroller and Auditor- General of India or any other
person appointed by him in this behalf, together with the
audit report thereon, shall be forwarded annually to the
Central Government and that Government shall cause the
same to be laid, as soon as may be after it is received,
before each House of Parliament.

101.

(1) The Central Commission shall prepare once every year, in

such form and at such time as may be prescribed, an
annual report giving a summary of its activities during
the previous year and copies of the report shall be
forwarded to the Central Government.
(2)

A copy of the report received under sub-section (1) shall

be laid, as soon as may be after it is received, before each
House of Parliament.
66

Grants and
Loans by State
Government

102. The State Government may, after due appropriation made by

Legislature of a State in this behalf, make to the State
Commission grants and loans of such sums of money as that
Government may consider necessary.

Establishment
of Fund by
State
Government

103. (1) There shall be constituted a Fund to be called the State

Electricity Regulatory Commission fund and there shall be
credited thereto-

(2)

Accounts and
audit of State
Commission

(a)

any grants and loans made to the State Commission

by the State Government under Section 102;

(b)

all fees received by the State Commission under

this Act;

(c)

all sums received by the State Commission from

such other sources as may be decided upon by the
State Government.

The Fund shall be applied for meeting

(a)

the salary, allowances and other remuneration of

Chairperson, Members, Secretary, officers and other
employees of the State Commission;

(b)

the expenses of the State Commission in discharge

of its functions under Section 86; and

(c)

the expenses on objects and for purposes

authorised by this Act.

(3)

The State Government may, in consultation with the

Comptroller and Auditor-General of India, prescribe the
manner of applying the Fund for meeting the expenses
specified in clause (b) or clause (c) of sub-section (2).

104. (1)

The State Commission shall maintain proper accounts

and other relevant records and prepare annual statement
of accounts in such forms as may be prescribed by the
State Government in consultation with the Comptroller
and Auditor-General of India.

(2)

The Accounts of the State Commission shall be audited

by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India at such
intervals as may be specified by him and any expenditure
incurred in connection with such audit shall be payable
by the State Commission to the Comptroller and AuditorGeneral of India.

(3)

The Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and any

person appointed by him in connection with the audit of
the accounts of the State Commission under this Act
shall have the same rights and privileges and authority in
connection with such audit as the Comptroller and
Auditor-General of India generally has in connection with
67

the audit of Government accounts and, in particular, shall

have the right to demand the production of books,
accounts, connected vouchers and other documents and
papers and to inspect any of the offices of the State
Commission.

Annual report
of State
Commission

Budget of
Appropriate
Commission

Directions by
Central
Government.

Directions by
State
Government.

Directions to
Joint
Commission.

(4)

The accounts of the State Commission, as certified by

the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India or any other
person appointed by him in this behalf, together with the
audit report thereon shall be forwarded annually to the
State Government and that Government shall cause the
same to be laid , as soon as may be after it is received,
before the State Legislature.

105. (1)

The State Commission shall prepare once every year in

such form and at such time as may be prescribed, an
annual report giving a summary of its activities during
the previous year and copies of the report shall be
forwarded to the State Government.

(2)

A copy of the report received under sub-section ( 1 ) shall

be laid, as soon as may be after it is received, before the
State Legislature.

106. The Appropriate Commission shall prepare, in such form and at

such time in each financial year as may be prescribed, its budget
for the next financial year, showing the estimated receipts and
expenditure of that Commission and forward the same to the
Appropriate Government.
107. (1)

In the discharge of its functions, the Central Commission

shall be guided by such directions in matters of policy
involving public interest as the Central Government may
give to it in writing.

(2)

If any question arises as to whether any such direction

relates to a matter of policy involving public interest, the
decision of the Central Government thereon shall be final.

108. (1)

In the discharge of its functions, the State Commission

shall be guided by such directions in matters of policy
involving public interest as the State Government may
give to it in writing.

(2)

If any question arises as to whether any such direction

relates to a matter of policy involving public interest, the
decision of the State Government thereon shall be final.

109. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, where any

Joint Commission is established under section 83
(a)

the Government of the State, for which the Joint

Commission is established, shall be competent to give
any direction under this Act only in cases where such
68

direction relates to matter within the exclusive territorial

jurisdiction of the State;
(b) the Central Government alone shall be competent to give
any direction under this Act where such direction relates
to a matter within the territorial jurisdiction of two or more
States or pertaining to a Union territory if the participating
Governments fail to reach an agreement or the
participating States or majority of them request the Central
Government to issue such directions.
CHAPTER XI
APPELLATE TRIBUNAL FOR ELECTRICITY
Establishment
of Appellate
Tribunal.

110. The Central Government shall, by notification, establish an

Appellate Tribunal to be known as the Appellate Tribunal for
Electricity to hear appeals against the orders of the adjudicating
officer or the Appropriate Commission under this Act.

Appeal to
Appellate
Tribunal.

111. (1)

Any person aggrieved by an order made by an

adjudicating officer under this Act (except under section
127) or an order made by the Appropriate Commission
under this Act may prefer an appeal to the Appellate
Tribunal for Electricity:
Provided that any person appealing against the order of
the adjudicating officer levying any penalty shall, while
filling the appeal , deposit the amount of such penalty:
Provided further that where in any particular case, the
Appellate Tribunal is of the opinion that the deposit of
such penalty would cause undue hardship to such person,
it may dispense with such deposit subject to such
conditions as it may deem fit to impose so as to safeguard
the realisation of penalty.

(2)

Every appeal under sub-section (1) shall be filed within a

period of forty-five days from the date on which a copy
of the order made by the adjudicating officer or the
Appropriate Commission is received by the aggrieved
person and it shall be in such form, verified in such manner
and be accompanied by such fee as may be prescribed:
Provided that the Appellate Tribunal may entertain an
appeal after the expiry of the said period of forty-five
days if it is satisfied that there was sufficient cause for
not filing it within that period.

(3)

On receipt of an appeal under sub-section (1), the

Appellate Tribunal may, after giving the parties to the
appeal an opportunity of being heard, pass such orders
thereon as it thinks fit, confirming, modifying or setting
aside the order appealed against.
69

(4)

The Appellate Tribunal shall send a copy of every order

made by it to the parties to the appeal and to the concerned
adjudicating officer or the Appropriate Commission, as
the case may be.

(5)

The appeal filed before the Appellate Tribunal under subsection (1) shall be dealt with by it as expeditiously as
possible and endeavour shall be made by it to dispose of
the appeal finally within one hundred and eighty days
from the date of receipt of the appeal:
Provided that where any appeal could not be disposed
off within the said period of one hundred and eighty
days, the Appellate Tribunal shall record its reasons in
writing for not disposing of the appeal within the said
period.

Composition
of Appellate
Tribunal.

(6)

The Appellate Tribunal may, for the purpose of examining

the legality, propriety or correctness of any order made
by the adjudicating officer or the Appropriate Commission
under this Act, as the case may be, in relation to any
proceeding, on its own motion or otherwise, call for the
records of such proceedings and make such order in the
case as it thinks fit.

112. (1)

The Appellate Tribunal shall consist of a Chairperson

and three other Members.

(2)

Subject to the provisions of this Act,(a)

the jurisdiction of the Appellate Tribunal may be

exercised by Benches thereof;

(b)

a Bench may be constituted by the Chairperson of

the Appellate Tribunal with two or more Members
of the Appellate Tribunal as the Chairperson of the
Appellate Tribunal may deem fit:
Provided that every Bench constituted under this
clause shall include at least one Judicial Member
and one Technical Member;

(3)

(c)

the Benches of the Appellate Tribunal shall

ordinarily sit at Delhi and such other places as the
Central Government may, in consultation with the
Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal, notify;

(d)

the Central Government shall notify the areas in

relation to which each Bench of the Appellate
Tribunal may exercise jurisdiction.

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (2),

the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal may transfer a
Member of the Appellate Tribunal from one Bench to
another Bench.
70

Explanation.- For the purposes of this Chapter,-

Qualifications
for
appointment
of Chairperson
and Member of
the Appellate
Tribunal.

Term of
office.

(i)

Judicial Member means a Member of the Appellate

Tribunal appointed as such under sub-clause (i) of caluse
(b) of sub-section (1) of section 113, and includes the
Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal;

(ii)

Technical Member means a Member of the Appellate

Tribunal appointed as such under sub-clause (ii) or subclause (iii) of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 113.

113. (1)

A person shall not be qualified for appointment as the

Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or a Member of the
Appellate Tribunal unless he(a)

in the case of the Chairperson of the Appellate

Tribunal, is, or has been, a judge of the Supreme
Court or the Chief Justice of a High Court; and

(b)

in the case of a Member of the Appellate Tribunal,(i)

is, or has been, or is qualified to be, a Judge

of a High Court; or

(ii)

is, or has been, a Secretary for at least one

year in the Ministry or Department of the
Central Government dealing with economic
affairs or matters or infrastructure; or

(iii)

is, or has been, a person of ability and

standing, having adequate knowledge or
experience in dealing with the matters relating
to electricity generation, transmission and
distribution and regulation or economics,
commerce, law or management.

(2)

The Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal shall be

appointed by the Central Government after consultation
with the Chief Justice of India.

(3)

The Members of the Appellate Tribunal shall be

appointed by the Central Government on the
recommendation of the Selection Committee referred to
in section 78.

(4)

Before appointing any person for appointment as

Chairperson or other Member of the Appellate Tribunal,
the Central Government shall satisfy itself that such
person does not have any financial or other interest which
is likely to affect prejudicially his functions as such
Chairperson or Member.

114. The Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or a Member of the

Appellate Tribunal shall hold office as such for a term of three
years from the date on which he enters upon his office:
71

Provided that such Chairperson or other Member shall be eligible

for reappointment for a second term of three years:
Provided further that no Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal
or Member of the Appellate Tribunal shall hold office as such
after he has attained,-

Terms and
conditions of
service.

(a)

in the case of the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal ,

the age of seventy years;

(b)

in the case of a Member of the Appellate Tribunal, the

age of sixty-five years.

115. The salary and allowances payable to, and the other terms and
conditions of service of, the Chairperson of the Appellate
Tribunal and Members of the Appellate Tribunal shall be such
as may be prescribed by the Central Government :
Provided that neither the salary and allowances nor the other
terms and conditions of service of the Chairperson of the
Appellate Tribunal or a Member of the Appellate Tribunal shall
be varied to his disadvantage after appointment.

Vacancies.

116. If, for reason other than temporary absence, any vacancy occurs
in the office of the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or a
Member of the Appellate Tribunal, the Central Government shall
appoint another person in accordance with the provisions of
this Act to fill the vacancy and the proceedings may be
continued before the Appellate Tribunal from the stage at which
the vacancy is filled.

Resignation
and removal

117. (1)

The Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or a Member

of the Appellate Tribunal may, by notice in writing under
his hand addressed to the Central Government, resign
his office:

Provided that the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or a

Member of the Appellate Tribunal shall, unless he is permitted
by the Central Government to relinquish his office sooner,
continue to hold office until the expiry of three months from the
date of receipt of such notice or until a person duly appointed
as his successor enters upon his office or until the expiry of
term of office, whichever is the earliest.
(2)

The Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or a Member

of the Appellate Tribunal shall not be removed from his
office except by an order by the Central Government on
the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity after an
inquiry made by a judge of the Supreme Court as the
Central Government may appoint for this purpose in
which the Chairperson or a Member of the Appellate
Tribunal concerned has been informed of the charges
against him and given a reasonable opportunity of being
heard in respect of such charges.
72

Member to act
as Chairperson
in certain
circumstances.

Officers and
other
employees of
Appellate
Tribunal..

Procedure and
powers of
Appellate
Tribunal.

118. (1)

In the event of the occurrence of any vacancy in the

office of the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal by
reason of his death, resignation or otherwise, the seniormost Member of the Appellate Tribunal shall act as the
Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal until the date on
which a new Chairperson, appointed in accordance with
the provisions of this Act to fill such vacancy, enters
upon his office.

(2)

When the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal is unable

to discharge his functions owing to absence, illness or
any other cause, the senior-most Member of the Appellate
Tribunal shall discharge the functions of the Chairperson
of the Appellate Tribunal until the date on which the
Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal resumes his duties.

119. (1)

The Central Government shall provide the Appellate

Tribunal with such officers and other employees as it
may deem fit.

(2)

The officers and other employees of the Appellate

Tribunal shall discharge their functions under the general
superintendence of the Chairperson of the Appellate
Tribunal.

(3)

The salaries and allowances and other terms and

conditions of service of the officers and other employees
of the Appellate Tribunal shall be such as may be
prescribed by the Central Government.

120. (1)

The Appellate Tribunal shall not be bound by the

procedure laid down by the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908,
but shall be guided by the principles of natural justice
and, subject to the other provisions of this Act, the
Appellate Tribunal shall have powers to regulate its own
procedure.

(2)

The Appellate Tribunal shall have, for the purposes of

discharging its functions under this Act, the same powers
as are vested in a civil court under the Code of Civil
Procedure, 1908, while trying a suit, in respect of the
following matters, namely:(a)

summoning and enforcing the attendance of any

person and examining him on oath;

(b)

requiring the discovery and production of

documents;

(c)

receiving evidence on affidavits;

(d)

subject to the provisions of sections 123 and 124

of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, requisitioning
73

5 of 1908

5 of 1908

1 of 1872

any public record or document or copy of such

record or document from any office;

45 of 1860.

(e)

issuing commissions for the examination of

witnesses or documents;

(f)

reviewing its decisions;

(g)

dismissing a representation of default or deciding

it ex parte;

(h)

setting aside any order of dismissal or any

representation for default or any order passed by it
ex parte;

(i)

any other matter which may be prescribed by the

Central Government.

(3)

An order made by the Appellate Tribunal under this Act

shall be executable by the Appellate Tribunal as a decree
of civil court and, for this purpose, the Appellate Tribunal
shall have all the powers of a civil court.

(4)

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (3),

the Appellate Tribunal may transmit any order made by it
to a civil court having local jurisdiction and such civil
court shall execute the order as if it were a decree made by
that court.

(5)

All proceedings before the Appellate Tribunal shall be

deemed to be judicial proceedings within the meaning of
sections 193 and 228 of the Indian Penal Code and the
Appellate Tribunal shall be deemed to be a civil court for
the purposes of section 345 and 346 of the Code of
Criminal Procedure, 1973 .

2 of 1974.

Power of
Appellate
Tribunal

121. The Appellate Tribunal may, after hearing the Appropriate

Commission or other interested party, if any, from time to time,
issue such orders, instructions or directions as it may deem fit,
to any Appropriate Commission for the performance of its
statutory functions under this Act.

Distribution of
business
amongst
Benches and
transfer of
cases from one
Bench to
another Bench.

122. (1)

Where Benches are constituted, the Chairperson of the

Appellate Tribunal may, from time to time, by notification,
make provisions as to the distribution of the business of
the Appellate Tribunal amongst the Benches and also
provide for the matters which may be dealt with by each
Bench.

(2)

On the application of any of the parties and after notice

to the parties, and after hearing such of them as he may
desire to be heard, or on his own motion without such
notice, the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal may
transfer any case pending before one Bench, for disposal,
to any other Bench.
74

Decision to be
by majority.

123. If the Members of the Appellate Tribunal of a Bench consisting

of two Members differ in opinion on any point, they shall state
the point or points on which they differ, and make a reference to
the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal who shall either hear
the point or points himself or refer the case for hearing on such
point or points by one or more of the other Members of the
Appellate Tribunal and such point or points shall be decided
according to the opinion of the majority of the Members of the
Appellate Tribunal who have heard the case, including those
who first heard it.

Right of
appellant to
take assistance
of legal
practitioner
and of
Appropriate
Commission
to appoint
presenting
officers.

124. (1)

A person preferring an appeal to the Appellate Tribunal

under this Act may either appear in person or take the
assistance of a legal practitioner of his choice to present
his case before the Appellate Tribunal, as the case may
be.

(2)

The Appropriate Commission may authorise one or

more legal practitioners or any of its officers to act as
presenting officers and every person so authorised may
present the case with respect to any appeal before the
Appellate Tribunal, as the case may be.

Appeal to
Supreme Court.

125. Any person aggrieved by any decision or order of the Appellate

Tribunal, may, file an appeal to the Supreme Court within sixty
days from the date of communication of the decision or order of
the Appellate Tribunal, to him, on any one or more of the grounds
specified in section 100 of the Code of Civil Procedure,1908:
Provided that the Supreme Court may, if it is satisfied that the
appellant was prevented by sufficient cause from filing the
appeal within the said period, allow it to be filed within a further
period not exceeding sixty days.
PART XII
INVESTIGATIONAND ENFORCEMENT

Assessment.

126

(1)

If on an inspection of any place or premises or after

inspection of the equipments, gadgets, machines, devices
found connected or used, or after inspection of records
maintained by any person, the assessing officer comes
to the conclusion that such person is indulging in
unauthorized use of electricity, he shall provisionally
assess to the best of his judgement the electricity charges
payable by such person or by any other person benefited
by such use.

(2)

The order of provisional assessment shall be served upon

the person in occupation or possession or in charge of
the place or premises in such manner as may be
prescribed.

75

5 of 1908

(3)

The person, on whom an order has been served under

sub- section (2) shall be entitled to file objections, if any,
against the provisional assessment before the assessing
officer, who shall, after affording a reasonable opportunity
of hearing to such person, pass a final order of assessment
within thirty days from the date of service of such order
of provisional assessment of the electricity charges
payable by such person.

(4)

Any person served with the order of provisional

assessment, may, accept such assessment and deposit
the assessed amount with the licensee within seven days
of service of such provisional assessment order upon
him:2

(5)

If the assessing officer reaches to the conclusion that

unauthorised use of electricity has taken place, the
assessment shall be made for the entire period during
which such unauthorized use of electricity has taken place
and if, however, the period during which such
unauthorised use of electricity has taken place cannot be
ascertained, such period shall be limited to a period of
twelve months immediately preceding the date of
inspection.

(6)

The assessment under this section shall be made at a rate

equal to 4twice the tariff applicable for the relevant
category of services specified in sub-section (5).

Explanation.- For the purposes of this section,(a) assessing officer means an officer of a State
Government or Board or licensee, as the case may
be, designated as such by the State Government ;
(b)

unauthorised use of electricity means the usage

of electricity
(i)
by any artificial means; or
(ii) by a means not authorised by the concerned
person or authority or licensee; or
(iii) through a tampered meter; or

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 11(i), for sub-section (3) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). Sub-section (3), before substitution,
stood as under:(3) The person, on whom an order has been served under sub- section (2) shall be entitled to file
objections, if any, against the provisional assessment before the assessing officer, who may, after affording a
reasonable opportunity of hearing to such person, pass a final order of assessment of the electricity charges
payable by such person.
2
The proviso omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 11(ii) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). The proviso, before omission, stood as
under:Provided that in case the person deposits the assessed amount, he shall not be subjected to any further
liability or any action by any authority whatsoever.
3
Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 11(iii), for sub-section (5) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). Sub-section (5), before substitution,
stood as under:
(5) If the assessing officer reaches to the conclusion that unauthorised use of electricity has taken place, it shall
be presumed that such unauthorized use of electricity was continuing for a period of three months immediately
preceding the date of inspection in case of domestic and agricultural services and for a period of six months
immediately preceding the date of inspection for all other categories of services, unless the onus is rebutted by the
person, occupier or possessor of such premises or place.
4
Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 11(iv), for one and half times (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).

76

(iv) for the purpose other than for which the

usage of electricity was authorised; or

(v)
Appeal to
Appellate
Authority.

Investigation
of certain
matters

for the premises or areas other than those for

which the supply of electricity was
authorised.

127. (1)

Any person aggrieved by a final order made under section

126 may, within thirty days of the said order, prefer an
appeal in such form, verified in such manner and be
accompanied by such fee as may be specified by the
State Commission, to an appellate authority as may be
prescribed.

(2)

No appeal against an order of assessment under subsection (1) shall be entertained unless an amount equal
to 2half of the assessed amount is deposited in cash or by
way of bank draft with the licensee and documentary
evidence of such deposit has been enclosed along with
the appeal.

(3)

The appellate authority referred to in sub-section (1) shall

dispose of the appeal after hearing the parties and pass
appropriate order and send copy of the order to the
assessing officer and the appellant.

(4)

The order of the appellate authority referred to in subsection (1) passed under sub-section (3) shall be final.

(5)

No appeal shall lie to the appellate authority referred to

in sub-section (1) against the final order made with the
consent of the parties.

(6)

When a person defaults in making payment of assessed

amount, he, in addition to the assessed amount shall be
liable to pay, on the expiry of thirty days from the date of
order of assessment, an amount of interest at the rate of
sixteen per cent per annum compounded every six months.

128. (1) The Appropriate Commission may, on being satisfied that

a licensee has failed to comply with any of the conditions of
licence or a generating company or a licensee has failed to
comply with any of the provisions of this Act or rules or
regulations made thereunder, at any time, by order in writing,
direct any person (hereafter in this section referred to as
Investigating Authority) specified in the order to investigate
the affairs of any generating company or licensee and to
report to that Commission on any investigation made by such
Investigating Authority:
Provided that the Investigating Authority may, wherever
necessary, employ any auditor or any other person for the
purpose of assisting him in any investigation under this section.
(2)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in

section 235 of the Companies Act, 1956, the Investigating

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 11(v), for sub-clause (iv) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007), sub-clause (iv), before substitution,
stood as under:
(iv) for the purpose other than for which the usage of electricity was authorized.
2
Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 12, for one-third of the assessed amount (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).

77

Authority may, at any time, and shall, on being directed

so to do by the Appropriate Commission, cause an
inspection to be made, by one or more of its officers, of
any licensee or generating company and his books of
account; and the Investigating Authority shall supply to
the licensee or generating company, as the case may be,
a copy of his report on such inspection.
(3)

It shall be the duty of every manager, managing director

or other officer of the licensee or generating company,
as the case may be, to produce before the Investigating
Authority directed to make the investigation under subsection (1), or inspection under sub-section (2), all such
books of account, registers and other documents in his
custody or power and to furnish him with any statement
and information relating to the affairs of the licensee or
generating company, as the case may be, as the said
Investigating Authority may require of him within such
time as the said Investigating Authority may specify.

(4)

Any Investigating Authority, directed to make an

investigation under sub-section (1), or inspection under
sub-section (2), may examine on oath any manager,
managing director or other officer of the licensee or
generating company, as the case may be, in relation to
his business and may administer oaths accordingly.

(5)

The Investigating Authority, shall, if it has been directed

by the Appropriate Commission to cause an inspection
to be made, and may, in any other case, report to the
Appropriate Commission on any inspection made under
this section.

(6)

On receipt of any report under sub-section (1) or subsection (5), the Appropriate Commission may, after giving
such opportunity to the licensee or generating company,
as the case may be, to make a representation in
connection with the report as in the opinion of the
Appropriate Commission, seems reasonable, by order in
writing

(7)

(a)

require the licensee or the generating company to

take such action in respect of any matter arising
out of the report as the Appropriate Commission
may think fit; or

(b)

cancel the licence; or

(c)

direct the generating company to cease to carry

on the business of generation of electricity.

The Appropriate Commission may, after giving reasonable

notice to the licensee or the generating company, as the
case may be, publish the report submitted by the
Investigating Authority under sub-section (5) or such
portion thereof as may appear to it to be necessary.
78

(8)

The Appropriate Commission may specify the minimum

information to be maintained by the licensee or the
generating company in their books, the manner in which
such information shall be maintained, the checks and other
verifications to be adopted by licensee or the generating
company in that connection and all other matters incidental
thereto as are, in its opinion, necessary to enable the
Investigating Authority to discharge satisfactorily its
functions under this section.
Explanation.- For the purposes of this section, the
expression licensee or the generating company shall
include in the case of a licensee incorporated in India

Orders for
securing
compliance

Procedure for
issuing
directions by
Appropriate
Commission.

129

(a)

all its subsidiaries formed for the purpose of

carrying on the business of generation or
transmission or distribution or trading of electricity
exclusively outside India; and

(b)

all its branches whether situated in India or outside

India.

(9)

All expenses of, and incidental to, any investigation made

under this section shall be defrayed by the licensee or
the generating company, as the case may be, and shall
have priority over that debts due from the licensee or the
generating company and shall be recoverable as an arrear
of land revenue.

(1)

Where the Appropriate Commission, on the basis of

material in its possession, is satisfied that a licensee is
contravening, or is likely to contravene, any of the
conditions mentioned in his licence or conditions for
grant of exemption or the licensee or the generating
company has contravened or is likely to contravene any
of the provisions of this Act, it shall, by an order, give
such directions as may be necessary for the purpose of
securing compliance with that condition or provision.

(2)

While giving direction under sub-section (1), the

Appropriate Commission shall have due regard to the
extent to which any person is likely to sustain loss or
damage due to such contravention.

130. The Appropriate Commission, before issuing any direction

under section 129, shall
(a)

serve notice in the manner as may be specified to the

concerned licensee or generating company;

(b) publish the notice in the manner as may be specified for the
purpose of bringing the matters to the attention of
persons, likely to be affected,or affected;
(c)

consider suggestions and objections from the concerned

licensee or generating company and the persons, likely
to be affected, or affected.
79

PART XIII
REORGANISATION OF BOARD
Vesting of
property of
Board in State
Government.

131. (1)

With effect from the date on which a transfer scheme,

prepared by the State Government to give effect to the
objects and purposes of this Act, is published or such
further date as may be stipulated by the State Government
(hereafter in this Part referred to as the effective date),
any property, interest in property, rights and liabilities
which immediately before the effective date belonged to
the State Electricity Board (hereafter referred to as the
Board) shall vest in the State Government on such terms
as may be agreed between the State Government and the
Board.

(2)

Any property, interest in property, rights and liabilities

vested in the State Government under sub-section (1)
shall be re-vested by the State Government in a
Government company or in a company or companies, in
accordance with the transfer scheme so published along
with such other property, interest in property, rights and
liabilities of the State Government as may be stipulated
in such scheme, on such terms and conditions as may be
agreed between the State Government and such company
or companies being State Transmission Utility or
generating company or transmission licensee or
distribution licensee, as the case may be :
Provided that the transfer value of any assets transferred
hereunder shall be determined, as far as may be, based on
the revenue potential of such assets at such terms and
conditions as may be agreed between the State
Government and the State Transmission Utility or
generating company or transmission licensee or
distribution licensee, as the case may be.

(3)

Notwithstanding anything contained in this section,

where,(a)

the transfer scheme involves the transfer of any

property or rights to any person or undertaking
not wholly owned by the State Government, the
scheme shall give effect to the transfer only for fair
value to be paid by the transferee to the State
Government;

(b)

a transaction of any description is effected in

pursuance of a transfer scheme, it shall be binding
on all persons including third parties and even if
such persons or third parties have not consented
to it.

80

(4)

The State Government may, after consulting the

Government company or company or companies being
State Transmission Utility or generating company or
transmission licensee or distribution licensee, referred to
in sub-section (2) (hereinafter referred to as the transferor),
require such transferor to draw up a transfer scheme to
vest in a transferee being any other generating company
or transmission licensee or distribution licensee, the
property, interest in property, rights and liabilities which
have been vested in the transferor under this section,
and publish such scheme as statutory transfer scheme
under this Act.

(5)

A transfer scheme under this section may(a)

provide for the formation of subsidiaries, joint

venture companies or other schemes of division,
amalgamation, merger, reconstruction or
arrangements which shall promote the profitability
and viability of the resulting entity, ensure
economic efficiency, encourage competition and
protect consumer interests;

(b)

define the property, interest in property, rights and

liabilities to be allocated (i)

by specifying or describing the property,

rights and liabilities in question; or

(ii)

by referring to all the property, interest in

property, rights and liabilities comprised in a
described part of the transferors
undertaking; or

(iii)

partly in one way and partly in the other;

(c)

provide that any rights or liabilities stipulated or

described in the scheme shall be enforceable by or
against the transferor or the transferee;

(d)

impose on the transferor an obligation to enter

into such written agreements with or execute such
other instruments in favour of any other subsequent
transferee as may be stipulated in the scheme;

(e)

mention the functions and duties of the transferee;

(f)

make such supplemental, incidental and

consequential provisions as the transferor
considers appropriate including provision
stipulating the order as taking effect; and

(g)

provide that the transfer shall be provisional for a

stipulated period.

81

(6)

All debts and obligations incurred, all contracts entered

into and all matters and things engaged to be done by the
Board, with the Board or for the Board, or the State
Transmission Utility or generating company or
transmission licensee or distribution licensee, before a
transfer scheme becomes effective shall, to the extent
specified in the relevant transfer scheme, be deemed to
have been incurred, entered into or done by the Board,
with the Board or for the State Government or the
transferee and all suits or other legal proceedings
instituted by or against the Board or transferor, as the
case may be, may be continued or instituted by or against
the State Government or concerned transferee, as the
case may be.

(7)

The Board shall cease to be charged with and shall not

perform the functions and duties with regard to transfers
made on and after the effective date.

Explanation.- For the purposes of this Part, -

Use of
proceeds of
sale or transfer
of the Board
etc.

Provisions
relating to
officers and
employees.

(a)

Government company means a Government Company

formed and registered under the Companies Act, 1956.

(b)

company means a company to be formed and registered

under the Companies Act, 1956 to undertake generation
or transmission or distribution in accordance with the
scheme under this Part.

132. In the event that a Board or any utility owned or controlled by

the Appropriate Government is sold or transferred in any manner
to a person who is not owned or controlled by the Appropriate
Government, the proceeds from such sale or transfer shall be
utilised in priority to all other dues in the following order,
namely:(a)

dues (including retirement benefits due) to the officers

and employees of such Board or utility, who have been
affected by the aforesaid sale or transfer;

(b)

payment of debt or other liabilities of the transferor as

may be required by the existing loan covenants.

133. (1)

The State Government may, by a transfer scheme, provide

for the transfer of the officers and employees to the
transferee on the vesting of properties, rights and liabilities
in such transferee as provided under section 131.

(2)

Upon such transfer under the transfer scheme, the

personnel shall hold office or service under the transferee
on such terms and conditions as may be determined in
accordance with the transfer scheme:
Provided that such terms and conditions on the transfer
shall not in any way be less favourable than those which
82

1 of 1956

1 of 1956

Payment of
compensation
or damages on
transfer.

Theft of
Electricity.

would have been applicable to them if there had been no

such transfer under the transfer scheme:
Provided further that the transfer can be provisional for a
stipulated period.
Explanation: - For the purposes of this section and the
transfer scheme, the expression officers and employees
shall mean all officers and employees who on the date
specified in the scheme are the officers and employees
of the Board or transferor, as the case may be.
134. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Industrial Disputes
Act, 1947 or any other law for the time being in force and except
for the provisions made in this Act, the transfer of the
employment of the officers and employees referred to in subsection (1) of section 133 shall not entitle such officers and
employees to any compensation or damages under this Act, or
any other Central or State law, save as provided in the transfer
scheme.
PART XIV
OFFENCES AND PENALTIES
135. 1(1) Whoever, dishonestly,
(a) taps, makes or causes to be made any connection
with overhead, underground or under water lines
or cables, or service wires, or service facilities of a
licensee or supplier as the case may be; or
(b) tampers a meter, installs or uses a tampered meter,
current reversing transformer, loop connection or
any other device or method which interferes with
accurate or proper registration, calibration or
metering of electric current or otherwise results in a
manner whereby electricity is stolen or wasted; or

14 of 1947

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 13(A), for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). Sub-section (1), before substitution,
stood as under:
(1) Whoever, dishonestly,
(a) taps, makes or causes to be made any connection with overhead, underground or under water lines or cables, or
service wires, or service facilities of a licensee; or
(b) tampers a meter, installs or uses a tampered meter, current reversing transformer, loop connection or any
other device or method which interferes with accurate or proper registration, calibration or metering of electric
current or otherwise results in a manner whereby electricity is stolen or wasted; or
(c) damages or destroys an electric meter, apparatus, equipment, or wire or causes or allows any of them to be so
damaged or destroyed as to interfere with the proper or accurate metering of electricity,
so as to abstract or consume or use electricity shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend
to three years or with fine or both.
Provided that in a case where the load abstracted, consumed, or used or attempted abstraction or attempted
consumption or attempted use (i) does not exceed 10 kilowatt, the fine imposed on first conviction shall not be less than three times the financial
gain on account of such theft of electricity and in the event of second or subsequent conviction the fine imposed
shall not be less than six times the financial gain on account of such theft of electricity;
(ii) exceeds 10 kilowatt, the fine imposed on first conviction shall not be less than three times the financial gain
on account of such theft of electricity and in the event of second or subsequent conviction, the sentence shall be
imprisonment for a term not less than six months, but which may extend to five years and with fine not less than
six times the financial gain on account of such theft of electricity:
Provided further that if it is proved that any artificial means or means not authorized by the Board or licensee,
exist for the abstraction, consumption or use of electricity by the consumer, it shall be presumed, until the
contrary is proved, that any abstraction, consumption or use of electricity has been dishonestly caused by such
consumer.

83

(c)

damages or destroys an electric meter, apparatus,

equipment, or wire or causes or allows any of them
to be so damaged or destroyed as to interfere with
the proper or accurate metering of electricity, or

(d)

uses electricity through a tampered meter; or

(e)

uses electricity for the purpose other than for which

the usage of electricity was authorised, so as to
abstract or consume or use electricity shall be
punishable with imprisonment for a term which may
extend to three years or with fine or with both:

Provided that in a case where the load abstracted, consumed,

or used or attempted abstraction or attempted consumption or
attempted use (i)

does not exceed 10 kilowatt, the fine imposed on first

conviction shall not be less than three times the financial
gain on account of such theft of electricity and in the
event of second or subsequent conviction the fine
imposed shall not be less than six times the financial gain
on account of such theft of electricity;

(ii)

exceeds 10 kilowatt, the fine imposed on first conviction

shall not be less than three times the financial gain on
account of such theft of electricity and in the event of
second or subsequent conviction, the sentence shall be
imprisonment for a term not less than six months, but
which may extend to five years and with fine not less
than six times the financial gain on account of such theft
of electricity:

Provided further that in the event of second and subsequent

conviction of a person where the load abstracted, consumed,
or used or attempted abstraction or attempted consumption or
attempted use exceeds 10 kilowatt, such person shall also be
debarred from getting any supply of electricity for a period
which shall not be less than three months but may extend to
two years and shall also be debarred from getting supply of
electricity for that period from any other source or generating
station:
Provided also that if it is proved that any artificial means or
means not authorized by the Board or licensee or supplier, as
the case may be, exist for the abstraction, consumption or use
of electricity by the consumer, it shall be presumed, until the
contrary is proved, that any abstraction, consumption or use of
electricity has been dishonestly caused by such consumer.
(1A) Without prejudice to the provisions of this Act, the
licensee or supplier, as the case may be, may, upon
detection of such theft of electricity, immediately
disconnect the supply of electricity:
Provided that only such officer of the licensee or supplier, as
authorized for the purpose by the Appropriate Commission or
any other officer of the licensee or supplier, as the case may be,
of the rank higher than the rank so authorised shall disconnect
the supply line of electricity:
84

Provided further that such officer of the licensee or supplier, as

the case may be, shall lodge a complaint in writing relating to
the commission of such offence in police station having
jurisdiction within twenty four hours from the time of such
disconnection:
Provided also that the licensee or supplier, as the case may be,
on deposit or payment of the assessed amount or electricity
charges in accordance with the provisions of this Act, shall,
without prejudice to the obligation to lodge the complaint as
referred to in the second proviso to this clause, restore the
supply line of electricity within forty-eight hours of such deposit
or payment.
(2)

(3)

Any officer of the licensee or supplier, as the case may

be, authorised in this behalf by the State Government
may
(a)

enter, inspect, break open and search any place or

premises in which he has reason to believe that
electricity 2has been or is being used unauthorisedly;

(b)

search, seize and remove all such devices,

instruments, wires and any other facilitator or article
which has been or is being used for unauthorized
use of electricity;

(c)

examine or seize any books of account or documents

which in his opinion shall be useful for or relevant
to, any proceedings in respect of the offence under
sub-section (1) and allow the person from whose
custody such books of account or documents are
seized to make copies thereof or take extracts
therefrom in his presence.

The occupant of the place of search or any person on his

behalf shall remain present during the search and a list of
all things seized in the course of such search shall be
prepared and delivered to such occupant or person who
shall sign the list:
Provided that no inspection, search and seizure of any
domestic places or domestic premises shall be carried out
between sunset and sunrise except in the presence of an
adult male member occupying such premises.

(4)

Theft of
electric lines
and materials.

1
2

136. (1)

The provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973,

relating to search and seizure shall apply, as far as may
be, to searches and seizure under this Act.
Whoever, dishonestly
(a)

cuts or removes or takes way or transfers any

electric line, material or meter from a tower, pole,
any other installation or place of installation or any
other place, or site where it may be rightfully or

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 13(B), for Any officer authorized (w.e.f. 15-6-2007)
Subs. By Act 57 of 2003, sec. 5, for has been, is being or is likely to be (w.e.f. 27-1-2004)

85

2 of 1974

lawfully stored, deposited, kept, stocked, situated

or located including during transportation, without
the consent of the licensee or the owner, as the
case may be, whether or not the act is done for
profit or gain; or

(2)

Punishment
for receiving
stolen property

(b)

stores, possesses or otherwise keeps in his

premises, custody or control, any electric line,
material or meter without the consent of the owner,
whether or not the act is committed for profit or
gain; or

(c)

loads, carries, or moves from one place to another

any electric line, material or meter without the
consent of its owner, whether or not the act is done
for profit or gain, is said to have committed an
offence of theft of electric lines and materials, and
shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term
which may extend to three years or with fine or with
both.

If a person, having been convicted of an offence

punishable under sub-section (1) is again guilty of an
offence punishable under that sub-section, he shall be
punishable for the second or subsequent offence for a
term of imprisonment which shall not be less than six
months but which may extend to five years and shall also
be liable to fine which shall not be less than ten thousand
rupees.

137. Whoever, dishonestly receives any stolen electric line or material

knowing or having reasons to believe the same to be stolen
property, shall be punishable with imprisonment of either
description for a term which may extend to three years or with
fine or with both.
Interference
with meters or
works of
licensee.

138. (1)

Whoever, (a)

unauthorisedly connects any meter, indicator or

apparatus with any electric line through which
electricity is supplied by a licensee or disconnects
the same from any such electric line; or

(b)

unauthorisedly reconnects any meter, indicator or

apparatus with any electric line or other works being
the property of a licensee when the said electric
line or other works has or have been cut or
disconnected; or

(c)

lays or causes to be laid, or connects up any works

for the purpose of communicating with any other
works belonging to a licensee; or

(d)

maliciously injures any meter, indicator, or apparatus

belonging to a licensee or willfully or fraudulently
alters the index of any such meter, indicator or
apparatus or prevents any such meter, indicator or
apparatus from duly registering, shall be punishable
with imprisonment for a term which may extend to
three years, or with fine which may extend to ten
86

Negligently
breaking or
damaging
works.
Penalty for
intentionally
injuring works.
Extinguishing
public lamps.

139.

140.

141.

Punishment
for noncompliance of
directions by
Appropriate
Commission.

142.

Power to
adjudicate.

143

thousand rupees, or with both, and , in the case of

a continuing offence, with a daily fine which may
extend to five hundred rupees; and if it is proved
that any means exist for making such connection
as is referred to in clause (a) or such re-connection
as is referred to in clause (b), or such communication
as is referred to in clause (c), for causing such
alteration or prevention as is referred to in clause
(d), and that the meter, indicator or apparatus is
under the custody or control of the consumer,
whether it is his property or not, it shall be presumed,
until the contrary is proved, that such connection,
reconnection, communication, alteration,
prevention or improper use, as the case may be,
has been knowingly and willfully caused by such
consumer.
Whoever, negligently breaks, injures, throws down or damages
any material connected with the supply of electricity, shall be
punishable with fine which may extend to ten thousand rupees.
Whoever, with intent to cut off the supply of electricity, cuts or
injures, or attempts to cut or injure, any electric supply line or
works, shall be punishable with fine which may extend to ten
thousand rupees.
Whoever, maliciously extinguishes any public lamp shall be
punishable with fine which may extend to two thousand rupees.
In case any complaint is filed before the Appropriate Commission
by any person or if that Commission is satisfied that any person
has contravened any of the provisions of this Act or rules or
regulations made thereunder, or any direction issued by the
Commission, the Appropriate Commission may after giving such
person an opportunity of being heard in the matter, by order in
writing, direct that, without prejudice to any other penalty to
which he may be liable under this Act, such person shall pay,
by way of penalty, which shall not exceed one lakh rupees for
each contravention and in case of a continuing failure with an
additional penalty which may extend to six thousand rupees
for every day during which the failure continues after
contravention of the first such direction.
(1) For the purpose of adjudging under this Act, the
Appropriate Commission shall appoint any of its
Members to be an adjudicating officer for holding an
inquiry in such manner as may be prescribed by the
Appropriate Government ,after giving any person
concerned a reasonable opportunity of being heard for
the purpose of imposing any penalty.
(2)

While holding an inquiry, the adjudicating officer shall

have power to summon and enforce the attendance of

Subs. By Act 57 of 2003, sec. 6, for sections 139 and 140 (w.e.f. 27-1-2004). Prior to substitution it stood as:
139. Whoever, negligently causes electricity to be wasted, or diverted or negligently breaks, injures, throws down
or damages any material connected with the supply of electricity, shall be punishable with fine which may extend
to ten thousand rupees.
140. Whoever, maliciously causes electricity to be wasted or diverted, or, with intent to cut off the supply of
electricity, cuts or injures, or attempts to cut or injure, any electric supply line or works, shall be punishable with
fine which may extend to ten thousand rupees.

87

any person acquainted with the facts and circumstances

of the case to give evidence or produce any document
which in the opinion of the adjudicating officer, may be
useful for or relevant to the subject-matter of the inquiry,
and if, on such inquiry, he is satisfied that the person
has failed to comply with the provisions of section 29 or
section 33 or section 43, he may impose such penalty as
he thinks fit in accordance with the provisions of any of
those sections.
Factors to be
taken into
account by
adjudicating
officer.

144. While adjudicating the quantum of penalty under section 29 or

section 33 or section 43, the adjudicating officer shall have due
regard to the following factors, namely:(a)

the amount of disproportionate gain or unfair advantage,

wherever quantifiable, made as a result of the default;

(b)

the repetitive nature of the default.

Civil court not

to have
jurisdiction

145. No civil court shall have jurisdiction to entertain any suit or

proceeding in respect of any matter which an assessing officer
referred to in section 126 or an appellate authority referred to in
section 127 or the adjudicating officer appointed under this
Act is empowered by or under this Act to determine and no
injunction shall be granted by any court or other authority in
respect of any action taken or to be taken in pursuance of any
power conferred by or under this Act.

Punishment for
noncompliance of
orders or
directions.

146. Whoever, fails to comply with any order or direction given

under this Act, within such time as may be specified in the said
order or direction or contravenes or attempts or abets the
contravention of any of the provisions of this Act or any rules
or regulations made thereunder, shall be punishable with
imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months or
with fine, which may extend to one lakh rupees, or with both in
respect of each offence and in the case of a continuing failure,
with an additional fine which may extend to five thousand rupees
for every day during which the failure continues after conviction
of the first such offence:
1

Provided that nothing contained in this section shall apply to

the orders, instructions or directions issued under section 121.

Penalties not
to affect other
liabilities.

147.

Penalty where
works belong
to
Government.

148. The provisions of this Act shall, so far as they are applicable,
be deemed to apply also when the acts made punishable
thereunder are committed in the case of electricity supplied by
or of works belonging to the Appropriate Government.

Offences by
companies.

149. (1)

The penalties imposed under this Act shall be in addition to,

and not in derogation of, any liability in respect of payment of
compensation or, in the case of a licensee, the revocation of his
licence which the offender may have incurred.

Where an offence under this Act has been committed by

Ins. By Act 57 of 2003, sec. 7 (w.e.f. 27-1-2004).

88

a company, every person who at the time the offence was

committed was in charge of and was responsible to the
company for the conduct of the business of the company,
as well as the company shall be deemed to be guilty of
having committed the offence and shall be liable to be
proceeded against and punished accordingly:
Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall
render any such person liable to any punishment if he
proves that the offence was committed without his
knowledge or that he had exercised all due diligence to
prevent the commission of such offence.
(2)

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1),

where an offence under this Act has been committed by a
company and it is proved that the offence has been
committed with the consent or connivance of or is
attributable to any neglect on the part of any director,
manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such
director, manager, secretary or other officer shall also be
deemed to be guilty of having committed such offence
and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished
accordingly.

Explanation. - For the purpose of this section,-

Abatement.

(a)

company means a body corporate and includes a firm

or other association of individuals; and

(b)

director, in relation to a firm, means a partner in the firm.

150. (1)

Whoever abets an offence punishable under this Act,

shall, notwithstanding anything contained in the Indian
Penal Code, be punished with the punishment provided
for the offence.

(2)

Without prejudice to any penalty or fine which may be

imposed or prosecution proceeding which may be initiated
under this Act or any other law for the time being in
force, if any officer or other employee of the Board or
the licensee enters intro or acquiesces in any agreement
to do, abstains from doing, permits, conceals or connives
at any act or thing whereby any theft of electricity is
committed, he shall be punishable with imprisonment for
a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or
with both.

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1)

of section 135, sub-section (1) of section136, section 137
and section 138, the licence or certificate of competency
or permit or such other authorisation issued under the
rules made or deemed to have been made under this Act
to any person who acting as an electrical contractor,

45 of 1860.

(3)

Ins. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 14 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007)

89

supervisor or worker abets the commission of an offence

punishable under sub-section (1) of section 135, subsection (1) of section 136, section 137, or section 138, on
his conviction for such abetment, may also be cancelled
by the licensing authority:
Provided that no order of such cancellation shall be made
without giving such person an opportunity of being heard.
Explanation. For the purposes of this sub-section,
licencing authority means the officer who for the time
being in force is issuing or renewing such licence or
certificate of competency or permit or such other
authorisation.
Cognizance of
offences.

151. No court shall take cognizance of an offence punishable under

this Act except upon a complaint in writing made by Appropriate
Government or Appropriate Commission or any of their officer
authorized by them or a Chief Electrical Inspector or an Electrical
Inspector or licensee or the generating company, as the case
may be, for this purpose.
Provided that the court may also take cognizance of an offence
punishable under this Act upon a report of a police officer filed
under section 173 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973:

2 of 1974

Provided further that a special court constituted under section

153 shall be competent to take cognizance of an offence without
the accused being committed to it for trial.
2

151A. For the purposes of investigation of an offence punishable

under this Act, the police officer shall have all the powers as
provided in Chapter XII of the Code of Criminal Procedure,
1973.

2 of 1974

151B. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal

Procedure, 1973, an offence punishable under sections 135 to
140 or section 150 shall be cognizable and non-bailable.

Compounding
of offences.
2 of 1974.

2
1

152. (1)

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of

Criminal Procedure 1973, the Appropriate Government or
any officer authorized by it in this behalf may accept from
any consumer or person who committed or who is
reasonably suspected of having committed an offence of
theft of electricity punishable under this Act, a sum of
money by way of compounding of the offence as specified
in the Table below:

Ins. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 15 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).

Ins. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 16 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).

90

2 of 1974

TABLE
Nature of Service

(1)

Rate at which the sum of money for

Compounding to be collected per Kilowatt(KW)/
Horse Power(HP) or part thereof for Low
Tension (LT) supply and per Kilo Volt
Ampere(KVA) of contracted
demand for High Tension (HT)
(2)

1. Industrial Service

twenty thousand rupees;

2. Commercial Service

ten thousand rupees;

3. Agricultural Service

two thousand rupees;

4. Other Services

four thousand rupees:

Provided that the Appropriate Government may, by

notification in the Official Gazette, amend the rates
specified in the Table above.
(2)

On payment of the sum of money in accordance with

sub-section (1), any person in custody in connection
with that offence shall be set at liberty and no proceedings
shall be instituted or continued against such consumer
or person in any criminal court.

(3)

The acceptance of the sum of money for compounding

an offence in accordance with sub-section (1) by the
Appropriate Government or an officer authorised in this
behalf empowered in this behalf shall be deemed to
amount to an acquittal within the meaning of section 300
of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973.

(4)

The Compounding of an offence under sub-section (1)

shall be allowed only once for any person or consumer.

2 of 1974

PART XV
SPECIAL COURTS
Constitution
of Special
Courts.

153. (1)

The State Government may, for the purposes of providing

speedy trial of offences referred to in sections 135 to 140
and 2section 150, by notification in the Official Gazette,
constitute as many Special Courts as may be necessary
for such area or areas, as may be specified in the
notification.

(2)

A Special Court shall consist of a single Judge who shall

be appointed by the State Government with the
concurrence of the High Court.

(3)

A person shall not be qualified for appointment as a Judge

of a Special Court unless he was, immediately before such
appointment, an Additional District and Sessions Judge.

(4)

Where the office of the Judge of a Special Court is vacant,

or such Judge is absent from the ordinary place of sitting

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 17, for sections 135 to 139 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007)

91

of such Special Court, or he is incapacitated by illness or

otherwise for the performance of his duties, any urgent
business in the Special Court shall be disposed of

Procedure and
power of
Special Court.

154. (1)

(2)

(a)

by a Judge, if any, exercising jurisdiction in the

Special Court;

(b)

where there is no such other Judge available, in

accordance with the direction of District and
Sessions Judge having jurisdiction over the
ordinary place of sitting of Special Court, as notified
under sub- section(1).

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of

Criminal Procedure, 1973, every offence punishable under
1
sections 135 to 140 and section 150 shall be triable only
by the Special Court within whose jurisdiction such
offence has been committed.

2 of 1974

Where it appears to any court in the course of any inquiry

or trial that an offence punishable under 2sections 135 to
140 and section 150 in respect of any offence that the
case is one which is triable by a Special Court constituted
under this Act for the area in which such case has arisen,
it shall transfer such case to such Special Court, and
thereupon such case shall be tried and disposed of by
such Special Court in accordance with the provisions of
this Act :
Provided that it shall be lawful for such Special Court to
act on the evidence, if any, recorded by any court in the
case of presence of the accused before the transfer of the
case to any Special Court :
Provided further that if such Special Court is of opinion
that further examination, cross-examination and reexamination of any of the witnesses whose evidence has
already been recorded, is required in the interest of justice,
it may re-summon any such witness and after such further
examination, cross-examination or re-examination, if any,
as it may permit, the witness shall be discharged.

(3)

The Special Court may, notwithstanding anything

contained in sub-section (1) of section 260 or section 262
of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, try the offence
referred to in 3sections 135 to 140 and section 150 in a
summary way in accordance with the procedure prescribed
in the said Code and the provisions of sections 263 to 265
of the said Code shall, so far as may be, apply to such
trial:
Provided that where in the course of a summary trial under
this sub-section, it appears to the Special Court that the
nature of the case is such that it is undesirable to try

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 18(i), for sections 135 to 139 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007)
Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 18(i), for sections 135 to 139 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007)
3
Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 18(i), for sections 135 to 139 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007)
2

92

2 of 1974

such case in summary way, the Special Court shall recall

any witness who may have been examined and proceed
to re-hear the case in the manner provided by the
provisions of the said Code for the trial of such offence:
Provided further that in the case of any conviction in a
summary trial under this section, it shall be lawful for a
Special Court to pass a sentence of imprisonment for a
term not exceeding five years.
(4)

A Special Court may, with a view to obtaining the evidence

of any person supposed to have been directly or indirectly
concerned in or privy to, any offence tender pardon to
such person on condition of his making a full and true
disclosure of the circumstances within his knowledge
relating to the offence and to every other person
concerned whether as principal or abettor in the
commission thereof, and any pardon so tendered shall ,
for the purposes of section 308 of the Code of Criminal
Procedure,1973, be deemed to have been tendered under
section 307 thereof.

(5)

The 4Special Court shall determine the civil liability against

a consumer or a person in terms of money for theft of
energy which shall not be less than an amount equivalent
to two times of the tariff rate applicable for a period of
twelve months preceding the date of detection of theft of
energy or the exact period of theft if determined which
ever is less and the amount of civil liability so determined
shall be recovered as if it were a decree of civil court.

(6)

In case the civil liability so determined finally by the

Special Court is less than the amount deposited by the
consumer or the person, the excess amount so deposited
by the consumer or the person, to the Board or licensee
or the concerned person, as the case may be, shall be
refunded by the Board or licensee or the concerned
person, as the case may be, within a fortnight from the
date of communication of the order of the Special Court
together with interest at the prevailing Reserve Bank of
India prime lending rate for the period from the date of
such deposit till the date of payment.

2 of 1974

Explanation. - For the purposes of this section, civil

liability means loss or damage incurred by the Board or
licensee or the concerned person, as the case may be,
due to the commission of an offence referred to in 1sections
135 to 140 and section 150.
2 of 1974.

4
1

155. Save as otherwise provided in this Act, the Code of Criminal

Procedure, 1973, in so far as they are not inconsistent with the
provisions of this Act, shall apply to the proceedings before
the Special Court and for the purpose of the provisions of the

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 18(ii), for Special Court may (w.e.f. 15-6-2007)
Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 18(i), for sections 135 to 139 (w.e.f. 15-6-2007)

93

Special Court
to have powers
of Court of
Session

said enactments, the Special Court shall be deemed to be a

Court of Session and shall have all powers of a Court of Session
and the person conducting a prosecution before the Special
Court shall be deemed to be a Public Prosecutor.
2 of 1974.

156. The High Court may exercise, so far as may be applicable, all the
powers conferred by Chapters XXIX and XXX of the Code of
Criminal Procedure, 1973, as if the Special Court within the local
limits of the jurisdiction of the High Court is a District Court, or
as the case may be , the Court of Session , trying cases within
the local limits of jurisdiction of the High Court.

Appeal and
revision

157. The Special Court may , on a petition or otherwise and in order

to prevent miscarriage of justice, review its judgment or order
passed under section 154, but no such review petition shall be
entertained except on the ground that it was such order passed
under a mistake of fact, ignorance of any material fact or any
error apparent on the face of the record :

Review

Provided that the Special Court shall not allow any review
petition and set aside its previous order or judgment without
hearing the parties affected.
Explanation.- For the purposes of this Part, Special Courts
means the Special Courts constituted under sub-section (1) of
section 153.
PART XVI
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Arbitration
Arbitration.

26 of 1996.

158. Where any matter is, by or under this Act, directed to be

determined by arbitration, the matter shall, unless it is otherwise
expressly provided in the licence of a licensee, be determined
by such person or persons as the Appropriate Commission
may nominate in that behalf on the application of either party;
but in all other respects the arbitration shall be subject to the
provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.
PART XVII
OTHER PROVISIONS
Protective clauses

Protection of
railways,
highways,
airports and
canals, docks,
wharfs and
piers.
Protection of
telegraphic,
telephonic and

159. No person shall, in the generation, transmission, distribution,

supply or use of electricity, in any way injure any railway,
highway, airports, tramway, canal or water-way or any dock,
wharf or pier vested in or controlled by a local authority, or
obstruct or interfere with the traffic on any railway, airway,
tramway, canal or water-way.
160. (1)

Every person generating, transmitting, distributing,

supplying or using electricity (hereinafter in this section
94

electric
signalling lines.

referred to as the operator) shall take all reasonable

precautions in constructing, laying down and placing his
electric lines, electrical plant and other works and in
working his system, so as not injuriously to affect, whether
by induction or otherwise, the working of any wire or line
used for the purpose of telegraphic, telephone or electric
signalling communication, or the currents in such wire or
line.
(2)

Where any difference or dispute arises between the

operator, and the telegraph authority as to whether the
operator has constructed, laid down or placed his electric
lines, electrical plant or other works, or worked his system,
in contravention of sub-section (1), or as to whether the
working of any wire, line or current is or is not injuriously
affected thereby, the matter shall be referred to the Central
Government and the Central Government, unless it is of
opinion that the wire or line has been placed in
unreasonable proximity to the electric lines, electrical plant
or works of the operator after the construction of such
lines, plant or works, may direct the operator to make
such alterations in, or additions to, his system as may be
necessary in order to comply with the provisions of this
section, and the operator shall make such alterations or
additions accordingly:
Provided that nothing in this sub-section shall apply to
the repair, renewal or amendment of any electric line or
electrical plant so long as the course of the electric line or
electrical plant and the amount and nature of the electricity
transmitted thereby are not altered.

(3)

Where the operator makes default in complying with the

requirements of this section, he shall make full
compensation for any loss or damage incurred by reason
thereof, and, where any difference or dispute arises as to
the amount of such compensation, the matter shall be
determined by arbitration.
Explanation. - For the purposes of this section, a
telegraph line shall be deemed to be injuriously affected
if telegraphic, telephonic or electric signalling
communication by means of such line is, whether through
induction or otherwise, prejudicially interfered with by
an electric line , electrical plant or other work or by any
use made thereof.

Notice of
accidents and
inquiries.

161. (1)

If any accident occurs in connection with the generation,

transmission, distribution, supply or use of electricity in
or in connection with, any part of the electric lines or
electrical plant of any person and the accident results or
is likely to have resulted in loss of human or animal life or
95

in any injury to a human being or an animal, such person

shall give notice of the occurrence and of any such loss
or injury actually caused by the accident, in such form
and within such time as may be prescribed, to the Electrical
Inspector or such other person as aforesaid and to such
other authorities as the Appropriate Government may by
general or special order, direct.
(2)

(3)

Appointment
of Chief
Electrical
Inspector and
Electrical
Inspector.

Power for
licensee to
enter premises
and to remove

The Appropriate Government may, if it thinks fit, require

any Electrical Inspector, or any other person appointed
by it in this behalf, to inquire and report(a)

as to the cause of any accident affecting the safety

of the public, which may have been occasioned by
or in connection with, the generation, transmission,
distribution, supply or use of electricity, or

(b)

as to the manner in, and extent to, which the

provisions of this Act or rules and regulations
made thereunder or of any licence, so far as those
provisions affect the safety of any person, have
been complied with.

Every Electrical Inspector or other person holding an

inquiry under sub-section (2) shall have all the powers of
a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 for
the purpose of enforcing the attendance of witnesses
and compelling the production of documents and material
objects, and every person required by an Electrical
Inspector be legally bound to do so within the meaning
of section 176 of the Indian Penal Code.

162. (1)

The Appropriate Government may, by notification,

appoint duly qualified persons to be Chief Electrical
Inspector or Electrical Inspectors and every such
Inspector so appointed shall exercise the powers and
perform the functions of a Chief Electrical Inspector or an
Electrical Inspector under this Act and exercise such other
powers and perform such other functions as may be
prescribed within such areas or in respect of such class
of works and electric installations and subject to such
restrictions as the Appropriate Government may direct.

(2)

In the absence of express provision to the contrary in

this Act, or any rule made thereunder, an appeal shall lie
from the decision of a Chief Electrical Inspector or an
Electrical Inspector to the Appropriate Government or if
the Appropriate Government, by general or special order
so directs, to an Appropriate Commission.

163. (1)

A licensee or any person duly authorised by a licence

may, at any reasonable time, and on informing the occupier
of his intention, enter any premises to which electricity
96

5 of 1908

45 of 1860

fittings or
other apparatus
of licensee.

is, or has been, supplied by him, of any premises or land,

under, over, along, across, in or upon which the electric
supply-lines or other works have been lawfully placed by
him for the purpose of

(2)

(3)

Exercise of
powers of
Telegraph
Authority in
certain cases.

(a)

inspecting, testing, repairing or altering the electric

supply lines, meters, fittings, works and apparatus
for the supply of electricity belonging to the
licensee; or

(b)

ascertaining the amount of electricity supplied or

the electrical quantity contained in the supply; or

(c)

removing where a supply of electricity is no longer

required, or where the licensee is authorised to take
away and cut off such supply, any electric supplylines, meters, fittings, works or apparatus belonging
to the licensee.

A licensee or any person authorised as aforesaid may

also, in pursuance of a special order in this behalf made
by an Executive Magistrate and after giving not less than
twenty-four hours notice in writing to the occupier, (a)

enter any premises or land referred to in sub-section

(1) for any of the purposes mentioned therein;

(b)

enter any premises to which electricity is to be

supplied by him, for the purpose of examining and
testing the electric wires fittings, works and
apparatus for the use of electricity belonging to
the consumer.

Where a consumer refuses to allow a licensee or any

person authorised as aforesaid to enter his premises or
land in pursuance of the provisions of sub-section (1) or,
sub-section (2), when such licensee or person has so
entered, refuses to allow him to perform any act which he
is authorised by those sub-sections to perform, or fails to
give reasonable facilities for such entry or performance,
the licensee may, after the expiry of twenty-four hours
from the service of a notice in writing on the consumer,
cut off the supply to the consumer for so long as such
refusal or failure continues, but for no longer.

164. The Appropriate Government may, by order in writing, for the

placing of electric lines or electrical plant for the transmission
of electricity or for the purpose of telephonic or telegraphic
communications necessary for the proper co-ordination of
works, confer upon any public officer, licensee or any other
person engaged in the business of supplying electricity under
this Act, subject to such conditions and restrictions, if any, as
the Appropriate Government may think fit to impose and to the
97

provisions of the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885, any of the powers

which the telegraph authority possesses under that Act with
respect to the placing of telegraph lines and posts for the
purposes of a telegraph established or maintained, by the
Government or to be so established or maintained.
Amendment of
Sections 40 and
41 of Act 1 of
1894.

165. (1)

(2)

In section 40, sub-section (1) of clause (b) and section 41,

sub-section (5) of the Land Acquisition Act, 1894, the
term work shall be deemed to include electricity supplied
or to be supplied by means of the work to be constructed.
The Appropriate Government may, on recommendation
of the Appropriate Commission in this behalf, if it thinks
fit, on the application of any person, not being a company
desirous of obtaining any land for its purposes, direct
that he may acquire such land under the provisions of
the Land Acquisition Act, 1894 in the same manner and
on the same conditions as it might be acquired if the
person were a company.
PART- XVIII
MISCELLANEOUS

Coordination
Forum

166. (1)

The Central Government shall constitute a Coordination

Forum consisting of the Chairperson of the Central
Commission and Members thereof, the Chairperson of
the Authority, representatives of generating companies
and transmission licensees engaged in inter-State
transmission of electricity for smooth and coordinated
development of the power system in the country.

(2)

The Central Government shall also constitute a forum of

regulators consisting of the Chairperson of the Central
Commission and Chairpersons of the State Commissions.

(3)

The Chairperson of the Central Commission shall be the

Chairperson of the Forum of regulators referred to in subsection (2).

(4)

The State Government shall constitute a Coordination

Forum consisting of the Chairperson of the State
Commission and Members thereof representatives of
the generating companies, transmission licensee and
distribution licensees engaged in generation, transmission
and distribution of electricity in that State for smooth and
coordinated development of the power system in the
State.

(5)

There shall be a committee in each district to be

constituted by the Appropriate Government (a)

to coordinate and review the extension of

electrification in each district;
98

13 of 1885

1 of 1894

1 of 1894

(b)

to review the quality of power supply and

consumer satisfaction;

(c)

to promote energy efficiency and its conservation.

Exemption of
electric lines
or electrical
plants from
attachment in
certain cases.

167. Where any electric lines or electrical plant, belonging to a

licensee are placed in or upon any premises or land not being in
the possession of the licensee, such electric lines or electrical
plant shall not be liable to be taken in execution under any
process of any civil court or in any proceedings in insolvency
against the person in whose possession the same may be.

Protection of
action taken in
good faith.

168. No suit, prosecution or other proceeding shall lie against the

Appropriate Government or Appellate Tribunal or the
Appropriate Commission or any officer of Appropriate
Government, or any Member, Officer or other employees of the
Appellate Tribunal or any Members, officer or other employees
of the Appropriate Commission or the assessing officer or any
public servant for anything done or in good faith purporting to
be done under this Act or the rules or regulations made
thereunder.

Members,
officers, etc.,
of Appellate
Tribunal,
Appropriate
Commission to
be public
servants 45 of
1860.

169. The Chairperson, Members, officers and other employees of

the Appellate Tribunal and the Chairperson, Members,
Secretary, officers and other employees of the Appropriate
Commission and the assessing officer referred to in section
126 shall be deemed, when acting or purporting to act in
pursuance of any of the provisions of this Act to be public
servants within the meaning of section 21 of the Indian Penal
Code.

Recovery
of
penalty payable
under Act.

170.

Services of
notices, orders
or documents

171. (1)

Any penalty payable by a person under this Act, if not paid,

may be recovered as if it were an arrear of land revenue.
Every notice, order or document by or under this Act
required, or authorised to be addressed to any person
may be served on him by delivering the same after
obtaining signed acknowledgement receipt therefor or
by registered post or such means of delivery as may be
prescribed (a)

where the Appropriate Government is the

addressee, at the office of such officer as the
Appropriate Government may prescribe in this
behalf;

(b)

where the Appropriate Commission is the

addressee, at the office of the Appropriate
Commission;

(c)

where a company is the addressee, at the registered

office of the company or, in the event of the
registered office of the company not being in India,
at the head office of the company in India;
99

(d)

(2)

Transitional
provisions.

where any other person is the addressee, at the

usual or last known place of abode or business of
the person.

Every notice, order or document by or under this Act

required or authorised to be addressed to the owner or
occupier of any premises shall be deemed to be properly
addressed if addressed by the description of the owner
or occupier of the premises (naming the premises), and
may be served by delivering it, or a true copy thereof, to
some person on the premises, or if there is no person on
the premises to whom the same can with reasonable
diligence be delivered, by affixing it on some conspicuous
part of the premises.

172. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this

Act,(a)

a State Electricity Board constituted under the repealed

laws shall be deemed to be the State Transmission Utility
and a licensee under the provisions of this Act for a period
of one year from the appointed date or such earlier date
as the State Government may notify, and shall perform
the duties and functions of the State Transmission Utility
and a licensee in accordance with the provisions of this
Act and rules and regulations made thereunder:
Provided that the State Government may, by notification,
authorise the State Electricity Board to continue to
function as the State Transmission Utility or a licensee
for such further period beyond the said period of one
year as may be mutually decided by the Central
Government and the State Government.

(b)

all licences, authorisations approvals, clearances and

permissions granted under the provisions of the repealed
laws may, for a period not exceeding one year from the
appointed date or such earlier period; as may be notified
by the Appropriate Government, continue to operate as
if the repealed laws were in force with respect to such
licence, authorisations, approvals, clearances and
permissions, as the case may be, and thereafter such
licences, authorisations, approvals, clearances and
permissions shall be deemed to be licences, authorisation,
approvals, clearances and permission under this Act and
all provisions of this Act shall apply accordingly to
such licences, authorisations approvals, clearances and
permissions.

(c)

the undertaking of the State Electricity Boards established

under section 5 of the Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948 may
after the expiry of the period specified in clause (a) be
100

54 of 1948

transferred in accordance with the provisions of Part

XIII of this Act;
(d)

Inconsistency
in laws

Act to have
overriding
effect.

Provisions of
this Act to be
in addition to
and not in
derogation of
other laws.
Power of
Central
Government to
make rules.

173.

the State Government may, by notification, declare that

any or all the provisions contained in this Act, shall not
apply in that State for such period, not exceeding six
months from the appointed date, as may be stipulated in
the notification.

Nothing contained in this Act or any rule or regulation made

thereunder or any instrument having effect by virtue of this
Act, rule or regulation shall have effect in so far as it is
inconsistent with any other provisions of the Consumer
Protection Act, 1986 or the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 or the
Railways Act, 1989.

174. Save as otherwise provided in section 173, the provisions of

this Act shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent
therewith contained in any other law for the time being in force
or in any instrument having effect by virtue of any law other
than this Act.
175. The provisions of this Act are in addition to and not in
derogation of any other law for the time being in force.
176. (1) The Central Government may, by notification, make rules
for carrying out the provisions of this Act.
(2)

In particular and without prejudice to the generality of

the foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or
any of the following matters, namely: (a)

(b)

(c)
(d)

(e)

(f)

the time within which the objection and

suggestions on the draft National Electricity Plan
to be invited by the Authority under the proviso to
sub-section (4) of section 3;
the additional requirements 1relating to the capital
adequacy, creditworthiness or code of conduct
under sixth proviso to section 14;
the payment of fees for application for grant of
licence under sub-section (I) of section 15;
the constitution and functions of the National
Load Despatch Centre under sub-section (2) of
section 26;
the works of licensees affecting the property of
owner or occupier under sub-section (2) of section
67;
such other cases which may be prescribed under
clause (c) of sub-section (2) of Section 68;

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 19, for (including the capital adequacy, creditworthiness or code
of conduct) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007)

101

68 of 1986

33 of 1962
24 of 1989

(g)

allowances and fees payable to others Members

for attending the meetings of Authority under subsection (14) of section 70.

(h)

other terms and conditions of service of the

Chairperson and Members of the Authority under
sub-section (15) of section 70;

(i)

the functions and duties of the Central Electricity

Authority under section 73;

(j)

the salary, allowances and other conditions of

service of Chairperson and Member of Central
Commission under sub-section (2) of section 89;

(k)

the form and manner in which and the authority

before whom oath of office and secrecy should be
subscribed under sub-section (3) of section 89;

(l)

the procedure to be prescribed by the Central

Government under the proviso to sub- section (2)
of section 90;

(m)

any other matter required to be prescribed under

clause (g) of sub-section (1) of section 94;

(n)

the form in which the Central Commission shall

prepare its annual statements of accounts under
sub-section (1) of section 100;

(o)

the form in which and time at which the Central

Commission shall prepare its annual report under
sub-section (1) of section 101;

(p)

the form in which and time at which the Central

Commission shall prepare its budget under section
106;

(q)

the form and the manner of verifying such form,

and fee for filing appeal under sub-section (2) of
section 111;

(r)

the salary and allowances payable to and the other

terms and conditions of service of the Chairperson
of the Appellate Tribunal and Members of the
Appellate Tribunal under section 115;

(s)

the salary and allowances and other conditions of

service of the officers and employees of the
Appellate Tribunal under sub-section (3) of section
119;

(t)

the additional matters in respect of which the

Appellate Tribunal may exercise the powers of a
civil court under clause (i) of sub-section (2) of
section 120;
102

Powers of
Authority to
make
regulations.

(u)

the authority to whom the appeal shall be filed

under sub-section (1) of section 127;

(v)

manner of holding inquiry by an adjudicating

officer under sub-section (1) of section 143;

(w)

the form in which and the time at which service of

notices to any person or to the Central Government
for the purpose under sub-section (1) of section
161;

(x)

the powers to be exercised and the functions to be

performed by the Inspectors under sub-section (1)
of section 162;

(y)

the manner of delivery of every notice, order or

document to be served under sub-section (1) of
section 171;

(z)

any other matter which is required to be, or may be,

prescribed.

177. (1)

The Authority may, by notification, make regulations

consistent with this Act and the rules generally to carry
out the provisions of this Act.

(2)

In particular and without prejudice to the generality of

the power conferred in sub-section (1), such regulations
may provide for all or any of the following matters,
namely:

(3)

(a)

the Grid Standards under section 34;

(b)

suitable measures relating to safety and electric

supply under section 53;

(c)

the installation and operation of meters under

section 55;

(d)

the rules of procedure for transaction of business

under sub-section (9) of section 70;

(e)

the technical standards for construction of

electrical plants and electric lines and connectivity
to the grid under clause (b) of section 73;

(f)

the form and manner in which and the time at which

the State Government and licensees shall furnish
statistics, returns or other information under section
74.

(g)

any other matter which is to be, or may be,

specified;

All regulations made by the Authority under this Act

shall be subject to the conditions of previous publication.

103

Powers of
Central
Commission to
make
regulations.

1
2

178. (1)

The Central Commission may, by notification make

regulations consistent with this Act and the rules
generally to carry out the provisions of this Act.

(2)

In particular and without prejudice to the generality of

the power contained in sub-section (1), such regulations
may provide for all or any of following matters, namely:(a)

period to be specified under the first proviso to

section 14;

(b)

the form and the manner of the application under

sub-section (1) of section 15;

(c)

the manner and particulars of notice under subsection (2) of section 15;

(d)

the conditions of licence under section 16;

(e)

the manner and particulars of notice under clause

(a) of sub-section (2) of section 18;

(f)

publication of alterations or amendments to be

made in the licence under clause(c) of sub-section
(2) of section 18;

(g)

Grid Code under sub-section (2) of section 28;

(h)

levy and collection of fees and charge from

generating companies or transmission utilities or
licensees under sub-section (4) of section 28;

(i)

rates, charges and terms and conditions in respect

of intervening transmission facilities under
proviso to section 36;

(j)

payment of the transmission charges and a

surcharge under-sub-clause (ii) of clause (d) of
sub-section (2) of section 38;

(k)

reduction 1of surcharge and cross subsidies under

second proviso to sub-clause (ii) of clause (d) of
sub-section (2) of section 38;

(l)

payment of transmission charges and a surcharge

under sub-clause (ii) of clause(c) of section 40;

(m)

reduction 2of surcharge and cross subsidies under

the second proviso to sub-clause (ii) of clause (c)
of section 40;

(n)

proportion of revenues from other business to be

utilised for reducing the transmission and wheeling
charges under proviso to section 41;

(o)

duties of electricity trader under sub-section (2) of

section 52;

The words and elimination omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 20(i) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).
The words and elimination omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 20(ii) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).

104

(p)

standards of performance of a licensee or class of

licensees under sub-section (1) of section 57;

(q)

the period within which information to be furnished

by the licensee under sub-section (1) of section
59;

(r)

the manner for reduction of cross-subsidies under

clause (g) of section 61;

(s)

the terms and conditions for the determination of

tariff under section 61;

(t)

details to be furnished by licensee or generating

company under sub-section (2) of section 62;

(u)

the procedures for calculating the expected revenue

from tariff and charges under sub-section (5) of
section 62;

(v)

the manner of making an application before the

Central Commission and the fee payable therefor
under sub-section (1) of section 64;

(w)

the manner of publication of application under

sub-section (2) of section 64;

(x)

issue of tariff order with modifications or

conditions under sub-section (3) of section 64;

(y)

the manner by which development of market in

power including trading specified under section
66;

(z)

the powers and duties of the Secretary of the Central

Commission under sub-section (1) of section 91;

(za) the terms and conditions of service of the Secretary,

officers and other employees of Central
Commission under sub-section (3) of section 91;
(zb) the rules of procedure for transaction of business
under sub-section (1) of section 92;
(zc) minimum information to be maintained by a licensee
or the generating company and the manner of such
information to be maintained under sub-section (8)
of section 128;
(zd) the manner of service and publication of notice
under section 130;
(ze) any other matter which is to be, or may be specified
by regulations.
(3)

All regulations made by the Central Commission under

this Act shall be subject to the conditions of previous
publication.

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 20(iii), for clause (r) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). Clause (r), before substitution, stood
as under:
(r) the period within which the cross-subsidies shall be reduced and eliminated under clause (g) of section 61;.

105

Rules and
regulations to
be laid before
Parliament.

179. Every rule made by the Central Government, every regulation

made by the Authority, and every regulation made by the Central
Commission shall be laid, as soon as may be after it is made,
before each House of the Parliament, while it is in session, for a
total period of thirty days which may be comprised in one session
or in two or more successive sessions, and if, before the expiry
of the session immediately following the session or the
successive sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making
any modification in the rule or regulation or agree that the rule
or regulation should not be made, the rule or regulation shall
thereafter have effect only in such modified form or be of no
effect, as the case may be; so, however, that any such
modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the
validity of anything previously done under that rule or
regulation.

Powers of
State
Governments
to make rules

180. (1)

The State Government may, by notification, make rules

for carrying out the provisions of this Act.

(2)

In particular and without prejudice to the generality of

foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or any of
the following matters, namely: (a)

the payment of fees for application for grant of

licence under sub-section (1) of section 15;

(b)

the works of licensees affecting the property of

other persons under sub- section(2) of section 67;

(c)

such other matters which may be prescribed under

clause (c) of sub-section (2) of section 68;

(d)

the salary, allowances and other terms and

conditions of service of the Chairperson and
Members of the State Commission under subsection (2) of section 89;

(e)

the form and manner in which and the authority

before whom oath of office and secrecy should be
subscribed under sub-section (3) of section 89;

(f)

any other matter required to be prescribed by the

State Commission under clause (g) of sub- section
(1) of section 94;

(g)

the manner of applying the Fund under subsection (3) of section 103;

(h)

the form in which and time at which the State

Commission shall prepare its annual accounts
under sub-section (1) of section 104;

(i)

the form in which and time at which the State

Commission shall prepare its annual report under
sub-section (1) of section 105;
106

Powers of
State
Commissions
to make
regulations.

(j)

the form in which and time at which the State

Commission shall prepare its budget under section
106;

(k)

manner of service of provisional order of

assessment under sub-section (2) of section 126;

(l)

manner of holding inquiry by an adjudicating

officer under sub-section (1) of section 143;

(m)

the form in which and the time at which notice to

the Electrical Inspector under sub-section (1) of
section 161;

(n)

the manner of delivery of every notice, order or

document under sub-section (1) of section 171;
and

(o)

any other matter which is required to be, or may be,

prescribed.

181. (1)

The State Commissions may, by notification, make

regulations consistent with this Act and the rules
generally to carry out the provisions of this Act.

(2)

In particular and without prejudice to the generality of

the power contained in sub-section (1), such regulations
may provide for all or any of the following matters,
namely: (a)

period to be specified under the first proviso of

section 14;

(b)

the form and the manner of application under subsection (1) of section 15;

(c)

the manner and particulars of application for

licence to be published under sub-section (2) of
section 15;

(d)

the conditions of licence under section 16;

(e)

the manner and particulars of notice under

clause(a) of sub-section (2) of section 18;

(f)

publication of the alterations or amendments to be

made in the licence under clause (c) of sub-section
(2) of section 18;

(g)

levy and collection of fees and charges from

generating companies or licensees under subsection (3) of section 32;

(h)

rates, charges and the terms and conditions in

respect of intervening transmission facilities under
proviso to section 36;

107

(i)

(j)

(k)

(l)

(m)

(n)

(o)

(p)
(q)
(r )
(s)
(t)

(u)

(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)

payment of the transmission charges and a

surcharge under sub-clause (ii) of clause(d) of subsection (2) of section 39;
reduction 1of surcharge and cross subsidies under
second proviso to sub-clause (ii) of clause (d) of
sub-section (2) of section 39;
manner and utilisation of payment and surcharge
under the fourth proviso to sub-clause(ii) of clause
(d) of sub-section (2) of section 39;
payment of the transmission charges and a
surcharge under sub-clause(ii) of clause (c) of
section 40;
reduction 2of surcharge and cross subsidies under
second proviso to sub-clause (ii) of clause (c) of
section 40;
the manner of payment of surcharge under the
fourth proviso to sub-clause (ii) of clause (c) of
section 40;
proportion of revenues from other business to be
utilised for reducing the transmission and wheeling
charges under proviso to section 41;
reduction 1of surcharge and cross-subsidies under
the third proviso to sub-section (2) of section 42;
payment of additional charges on charges of
wheeling under sub-section (4) of section 42;
guidelines under sub-section (5) of section 42;
the time and manner for settlement of grievances
under sub-section (7) of section 42;
the period to be specified by the State Commission
for the purposes specified under sub-section (1) of
section 43;
methods and principles by which charges for
electricity shall be fixed under sub-section (2) of
section 45;
reasonable security payable to the distribution
licensee under sub-section (1) of section 47;
payment of interest on security under sub-section
(4) of section 47;
electricity supply code under section 50;
the proportion of revenues from other business to
be utilised for reducing wheeling charges under
proviso to section 51;

The words and elimination omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 20(i) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).
The words and elimination omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 20(ii) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).
1
The words and elimination omitted by Act 26 of 2007, sec. 20(iii) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007).
2

108

(z)

duties of electricity trader under sub-section (2) of

section 52;

(za) standards of performance of a licensee or a class of

licensees under sub-section (1) of section 57;
(zb) the period within which information to be furnished
by the licensee under sub-section (1) of section
59;
2

(zc) the manner of reduction of cross-subsidies under

clause (g) of section 61;

(zd) the terms and conditions for the determination of

tariff under section 61;
(ze) details to be furnished by licensee or generating
company under sub-section (2) of section 62;
(zf)

the methodologies and procedures for calculating

the expected revenue from tariff and charges under
sub-section (5) of section 62;

(zg) the manner of making an application before the

State Commission and the fee payable therefor
under sub-section (1) of section 64;
(zh) issue of tariff order with modifications or conditions
under sub-section(3) of section 64;
(zi)

the manner by the which development of market in

power including trading specified under section
66;

(zj)

the powers and duties of the Secretary of the State

Commission under sub-section (1) of section 91;

(zk) the terms and conditions of service of the secretary,

officers and other employees of the State
Commission under sub-section (2) of section 91;
(zl)

rules of procedure for transaction of

under sub-section (1) of section 92;

business

(zm) minimum information to be maintained by a licensee

or the generating company and the manner of such
information to be maintained under sub-section
(8) of section 128;
(zn) the manner of service and publication of notice
under section 130;
(zo) the form of preferring the appeal and manner in
which such form shall be verified and the fee for
preferring the appeal under sub-section (1) of
section 127;
2

Subs. By Act 26 of 2007, sec. 21(iv), for clause (zc) (w.e.f. 15-6-2007). Clause (zc), before substitution, stood
as under:
(zc) the period within which the cross-subsidies shall be reduced and eliminated under clause (g) of section 61;

109

(zp) any other matter which is to be, or may be,

specified.
(3)

All regulations made by the State Commission under this

Act shall be subject to the condition of previous
publication.

Rules and
regulations to
be laid before
State
Legislature

182. Every rule made by the State Government and every regulation
made by the State Commission shall be laid, as soon as may be
after it is made, before each House of the State Legislature
where it consists of two Houses, or where such Legislature
consists of one House, before that House.

Power to
remove
difficulties.

183. (1)

If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions

of this Act, the Central Government may, by order
published, make such provisions not inconsistent with
the provisions of this Act, as may appear to be necessary
for removing the difficulty:
Provided that no order shall be made under this section
after the expiry of two years from the date of
commencement of this Act.

(2)

Every order made under this section shall be laid, as

soon as may be after it is made, before each House of
Parliament.

Provisions of
Act not to
apply in
certain cases.

184. The provisions of this Act shall not apply to the Ministry or
Department of the Central Government dealing with Defence,
Atomic Energy or such other similar Ministries or Departments
or undertakings or Boards or institutions under the control of
such Ministries or Departments as may be notified by the
Central Government.

Repeal and
saving.

185. (1)

(2)

Save as otherwise provided in this Act, the Indian

Electricity Act, 1910, the Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948
and the Electricity Regulatory Commissions Act, 1998 are
hereby repealed.

9 of 1910
54 of 1948
14 of 1998

Notwithstanding such repeal, (a)

anything done or any action taken or purported to

have been done or taken including any rule,
notification, inspection, order or notice made or
issued or any appointment, confirmation or
declaration made or any licence, permission,
authorisation or exemption granted or any
document or instrument executed or any direction
given under the repealed laws shall, in so far as it is
not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, be
deemed to have been done or taken under the
corresponding provisions of this Act.

(b)

the provisions contained in sections 12 to 18 of the

110

9 of 1910

Indian Electricity Act, 1910 and rules made

thereunder shall have effect until the rules under
section 67 to 69 of this Act are made;.
(c)

Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 made under section

37 of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 as it stood
before such repeal shall continue to be in force till
the regulations under section 53 of this Act are
made.

9 of 1910

(d)

all rules made under sub-section (1) of section 69

of the Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948 shall continue
to have effect until such rules are rescinded or
modified, as the case may be;

54 of 1948

(e)

all directives issued, before the commencement of

this Act, by a State Government under the
enactments specified in the Schedule shall continue
to apply for the period for which such directions
were issued by the State Government..

(3)

The provisions of the enactments specified in the

Schedule, not inconsistent with the provisions of this
Act, shall apply to the States in which such enactments
are applicable.

(4)

The Central Government may, as and when considered

necessary, by notification, amend the Schedule.

(5)

Save as otherwise provided in sub-section (2), the mention

of particular matters in that section, shall not be held to
prejudice or affect the general application of section 6 of
the General Clauses Act, 1897, with regard to the effect of
repeals.

111

10 of 1897

THESCHEDULE
ENACTMENTS
( See sub-Section (3) of Section 185)
1.

The Orissa Electricity Reform Act, 1995 (Orissa Act no. 2 of

1996)

2.

The Haryana Electricity Reform Act, 1997 (Haryana Act no. 10

of 1998)

3.

The Andhra Pradesh Electricity Reform Act, 1998 (Andhra

Pradesh Act no. 30 of 1998)

4.

The Uttar Pradesh Electricity Reform Act, 1999 (Uttar Pradesh

Act no. 24 of 1999)

5.

The Karnataka Electricity Reform Act, 1999 (Karnataka Act no.

25 of 1999)

6.

The Rajasthan Electricity Reform Act, 1999 (Rajasthan Act no.

23 of 1999)

7.

The Delhi Electricity Reforms Act, 2000 (Delhi Act No.2 of

2001)

8.

The Madhya Pradesh Vidyut Sudhar Adhiniyam, 2000 (Madhya

Pradesh Act No. 4 of 2001)

The Gujarat Electricity Industry (Reorganisation and

Regulation) Act, 2003 (Gujarat Act No. 24 of 2003)

9.

1
Ins. By S.O. 1039(E), dated 5th September, 2003, published in the Gazette of India, Extra., Pt.II, sec. 3(ii),
dated 10th September, 2003.

112

EXTRAORDINARY
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
NEW DELHI, TUESDAY, JUNE 10, 2003/JYAISTHA 20, 1925
MINISTRY OF POWER
NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 10th June, 2003
S.O. 669(E).-In exercise of the power conferred by Sub-section (3) of Section I of the Electricity Act,
2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby appoints the 10th day of June, 2003, as the date on
which the following provisions of the said Act shall come into force, namely:Sections 1 to 120 and Sections 122 to 185

{F. No. 23/24/99-R&R (Vol.XV)}

AJAY SHANKAR, Jt. Secy.

113

EXTRAORDINARY
PART II-Section I, No. 71
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
NEW DELHI, WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 31, 2003/PAUSA 10,1925
MINISTRY OF LAW AND JUSTICE
(Legislative Department)
New Delhi, the 31st December, 2003/Pausa 10, 1925 (Saka)
The following Act of Parliament received the assent of the President
on the 30th December, 2003 and is hereby published for general information:THE ELECTRICITY (AMENDMENT) ACT, 2003
No. 57 of 2003
{30th December, 2003}
An Act to amend the Electricity Act, 2003.
BE it enacted by Parliament in the Fifty-fourth Year of the Republic
of India as follows:1.

(I) This Act may be called the Electricity (Amendment) Act,

2003.
(2) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint.

36 of 2003.

2.

In section 14 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (hereinafter referred to as

the principal Act), in the sixth proviso, for the brackets and words
(including the capital adequacy, creditworthiness, or code of
conduct), the words relating to the capital adequacy, creditworthiness, or code of conduct shall be substituted.

Amendment of
section 42

3.

In section 42 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2), after the

fourth proviso, the following proviso shallbe inserted, namely:Provided also that the State Commission shall, not later than
five years from the date of commencement of the Electricity
(Amendment) Act, 2003, by regulations, provide such open ac114

Short title and

commencement.
Amendment of
section 14

cess to all consumers who require a supply of electricity where

the maximum power to be made available at any time exceeds one
megawatt.
Substitution of
new section for
section 121.
Power of
Appellate
Tribunal.

4.

Amendment of
section 135.

5.

For section 121 of the principal Act, the following section shall
be substituted, namely:121. The Appellate Tribunal may, after hearing the Appropriate
Commisssion or other interested party, if any, from time to time,
issue such orders, instructions or directions as it may deem fit, to
any Appropriate Commission for the performance of its statutory
functions under this Act.
In section 135 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2),
(i) in clause (a), for the words has been, is being, or is likely to
be, the words has been or is being shall be substituted;
(ii) in clause (b), for the words has been, is being, or is likely to
be, the words has been or is being shall be substituted.

Substitution of
new sections
for sections
139 and 140

6.

For sections 139 and 140 of the principal Act, the following sections shall be substituted, namely:

Negligently
breaking or
damaging
works

139. Whoever, negligently breaks, injures, throws down or damages any material connected with the supply of electricity, shall
be punishable with fine which may extend to ten thousand rupees.

Penalty for
intentionally
injuring works

140. Whoever, with intent to cut off the supply of electricity, cuts
or injures, or attempts to cut or injure, any electric supply line or
works, shall be punishable with fine which may extend to ten
thousand rupees.

Amendment of
section 146.

7.

In section 146 of the principal Act, the following proviso shall be

inserted, namely:
Provided that nothing contained in this section shall apply to
the orders, instructions or directions issued under section 121.

T.K. VISWANATHAN,
Secy. to the Govt. of India

115

EXTRAORDINARY
PART II-Section 3-Sub-section (ii) No. 97
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
NEW DELHI, TUESDAY, JANUARY 27, 2004/ MAGHA, 1925
MINISTRY OF POWER
NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 27th January, 2004
S.O. 119 (E)- In exercise of the powers conferred by Sub-section (2) of Section 1 of the Electricity
(Amendment) Act, 2003 (57 of 2003), the Central Government hereby appoints the 27th January, 2004,
as the date on which the provisions of the said Act shall come into force.

{F.No. 23/23/2004-R&R}
AJAY SHANKAR, Jt Secy.

116

EXTRAORDINARY
PART II-Section I
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
No. 31 NEW DELHI, TUESDAY, MAY 29, 2007/JYAISTHA 8,1929
MINISTRY OF LAW AND JUSTICE
(Legislative Department)
New Delhi, the 29th May, 2007/Jyaistha 8, 1929 (Saka)
The following Act of Parliament received the assent of the President
on the 28th May, 2007 and is hereby published for general information:THE ELECTRICITY (AMENDMENT) ACT, 2007
No. 26 of 2007
{28th May, 2007}
An Act further to amend the Electricity Act, 2003.
BE it enacted by Parliament in the Fifty-eighth Year of the Republic of
India as follows:1.

(1) This Act may be called the Electricity (Amendment) Act,

2007.

Short title and

commencement.

(2) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint.
Substitution of
new section for
section 6
Joint
responsibility
of State
Government
and Central
Government in
rural
electrification

2.

For section 6 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (hereinafter referred to

as the principal Act), the following section shall be substituted;
namely:
6. The concerned State Government and the Central Government shall jointly endeavour to provide access to electricity to
all areas including villages and hamlets through rural electricity
infrastructure and electrification of households.

117

36 of 2003.

Amendment of
section 9.

3.

In section 9 of the principal Act, in sub-section (1), after the

proviso, the following proviso shall be inserted, namely:Provided further that no licence shall be required under this Act
for supply of electricity generated from a captive generating plant
to any licensee in accordance with the provisions of this Act and
the rules and regulations made thereunder and to any consumer
subject to the regulations made under sub-section (2) of section
42.

Amendment of
section 38.

4.

Amendment of
section 39.

5.

Amendment of
section 40.

6.

Amendment of
section 42.

7.

In section 38 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2), in clause

(d)
(i) in the second proviso, the words and eliminated shall be
omitted;
(ii) the third proviso shall be omitted.
In section 39 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2), in clause
(d),
(i) in the second proviso, the words and eliminated shall be
omitted;
(ii) the third proviso shall be omitted.
In section 40 of the principal Act,
(i) in the second proviso, the words and eliminated shall be
omitted;
(ii) the third proviso shall be omitted.
In section 42 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2),
(i) in the first proviso, for the words such open access may be
allowed before the cross-subsidies are eliminated on payment of a surcharge, the words such open access shall be
allowed on payment of a surcharge shall be substituted;
(ii) in the third proviso, the words and eliminated shall be
omitted.

Amendment of
section 43.

8.

In section 43 of the principal Act, in sub-section (1),

(i) for the words Every distribution, the words Save as otherwise provided in this Act, every distributions shall be
substituted; .
(ii) after the second proviso, the following Explanation shall
be inserted, namely:
Explanation.-For the purposes of this sub-section, application means the application complete in all respects in the
appropriate form, as required by the distribution licensee,
along with documents showing payment of necessary
charges and other compliances:.

Substitution of
new section for
section 50.
The electricity
supply code.

9.

For section 50 of the principal Act, the following section shall be

substituted, namely:50. The State Commission shall specify an electricity supply
code to provide for recovery of electricity charges, intervals for
118

billing of electricity charges, disconnection of supply of electricity for non-payment thereof, restoration of supply of electricity,
measures for preventing tampering, distress or damage to electrical plant or electrical line or meter, entry of distribution licensee
or any person acting on his behalf for diconnecting supply and
removing the meter, entry for replacing, altering or
maintaining electric lines or electrical plants or meter and such
other matters.
10. In section 61 of the principal Act, for clause (g), the following
clause shall be substituted, namely:

Amendment of
section 61.

(g) that the tariff progressively reflects the cost of supply of

electricity and also reduces cross-subsidies in the manner specified by the Appropriate Commission.
11. In section 126 of the principal Act,
(i) for sub-section (3), the following sub-section shall be substituted, namely:
(3) The person, on whom an order has been served under subsection (2), shall be entitled to file objections, if any, against the
provisional assessment before the assessing officer, who shall,
after affording a reasonable opportunity of hearing to such person, pass a final order of assessment within thirty days from the
date of service of such order of provisional assessment, of the
electricity charges payable by such person;
(ii) in sub-section (4), the proviso shall be omitted;
(iii) for sub-section (5), the following sub-section shall be substituted, namely:
(5) If the assessing officer reaches to the conclusion that
unauthorised use of electricity has taken place, the assessment
shall be made for the entire period during which such unauthorised
use of electricity has taken place and if, however, the period
during which such unauthorised use of electricity has taken place
cannot be ascertained, such period shall be limited to a period of
twelve months immediately preceding the date of inspection.;
(iv) in sub-section (6), for the words one-and-halftimes, the
word twice shall be substituted;
(v) in the Explanation occurring at the end, in clause (b), for
sub-clause (iv), the following sub-clauses shall be substituted, namely:
(iv) for the purpose other than for which the usage of electricity
was authorised; or
.
(v) for the premises or areas other than those for which the
supply of electricity was authorised.

119

Amendment of
section 126.

12. In section 127 of the principal Act, in sub-section(2), for the

words one-third of the assessed amount, the words half of
the assessed amount shall be substituted.

Amendment of
section 127.

13. In section 135 of the principal Act,

Amendment of
section 135.

(A) for sub-section (1,), the following sub-sections shall be substituted, namely:
(1) Whoever, dishonestly,
(a) taps, makes or causes to be made any connection with overhead, underground or under water lines or cables, or service
wires, or service facilities of a licensee or supplier, as the
case may be; or
(b) tampers a meter, installs or uses a tampered meter, current
reversing transformer, loop .connection or any other device
or method which interferes with accurate or proper registration, calibration or metering of electric current or otherwise
results in a manner whereby electricity is stolen or wasted;
or
(c) damages or destroys an electric meter, apparatus, equipment, or wire or causes or allows any of them to be so damaged or destroyed as to interfere with the proper or accurate
metering of electricity; or
(d) uses electricity through a tampered meter; or
(e) uses electricity for the purpose other than for which the
usage of electricity was authorised,
so as to abstract or consume or use electricity shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to
three years or with fine or with both:
Provided that in a case where the load abstracted, consumed,
or used or attempted abstraction or attempted consumption
or attempted use
(i) does not exceed 10 kilowatt, the fine imposed on first
conviction shall not be less than three times the financial gain on account of such theft of electricity and in
the event of second or subsequent conviction the fine
imposed shall not be less than six times the financial
gain on account of such theft of electricity;
(ii) exceeds 10 kilowatt, the fine imposed on first conviction shall not be less than three times the financial gain
on account of such theft of electricity and in the event
of second or subsequent conviction, the sentence shall
be imprisonment for a term not less than six months, but
which may extend to five years and with fine not less
than six times the financial gain on account of such
theft of electricity:
Provided further that in the event of second and subsequent conviction of a person where the load abstracted,
120

consumed, or used or attempted abstraction or attempted

consumption or attempted use exceeds 10 kilowatt, such
person shall also be debarred from getting any supply
of electricity for a period which shall not be less than
three months but may extend to two years and shall
also be debarred from getting supply of electricity for
that period from any other source or generating station:
Provided also that if it is proved that any artificial means
or means not authorised by the Board or licensee or
supplier, as the case may be, exist for the abstraction,
consumption or use of electricity by the consumer, it
shall be presumed, until the contrary is proved, that any
abstraction, consumption or use of electricity has been
dishonestly caused by such consumer.
(1A) Without prejudice to the provisions of this Act,
the licensee or supplier, as the case may be, may, upon
detection of such theft of electricity, immediately disconnect the supply of electricity:
Provided that only such officer of the licensee or supplier, as .authorised for the purpose by the Appropriate
Commission or any other officer of the licensee or supplier, as the case may be, of the rank higher than the
rank so authorised shall disconnect the supply line of
electricity:
Provided further that such officer of the licensee or supplier, as the case may be, shall lodge a complaint in
writing relating to the commission of such offence in
police station having jurisdiction within twenty-four
hours from the time of such disconnection:
Provided also that the licensee or supplier, as the case
may be, on deposit or payment of the assessed amount
or electricity charges in accordance with the provisions
of this Act, shall, without prejudice to the obligation to
lodge the complaint as referred to in the second proviso
to this clause, restore the supply line of electricity within
forty-eight hours of such deposit or payment.;
(B) in sub-section (2), for the words Any officer
authorised, the words Any officer of the licensee or
supplier as the case may be, authorised shall be substituted.
Amendment of
section 150.

14. In section 150 of the principal Act, after sub-section (2), the following shall be inserted, namely:
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) of
section 135, sub-section (1) of section 136, section 137 and section 138, the licence or certificate of competency or permit or
such other authorisation issued under the rules made or deemed
121

to have been made under this Act to any person who acting as an
electrical contractor, supervisor or worker abets the commission
of an offence punishable under sub-section (I) of section 135,
sub-section (1) of section 136, section 137, or section 138, on his
conviction for such abetment, may also be cancelled by the licensing authority:
Provided that no order of such cancellation shall be made without giving such person an opportunity of being heard.
Explanation.- For the purposes of this sub-section, licensing
authority means the officer who for the time being in force is
issuing or renewing such licence or certificate of competency or
permit or such other authorisation..
15. In section 151 of the principal Act, the following provisos shall
be inserted, namely:2 of 1974.

Amendment of
section 151

Provided that the court may also take cognizance of an offence

punishable under this Act upon a report of a police officer filed
under section 173 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973:
Provided further that a special court constituted under section
153 shall be competent to take cognizance of an offence without
the accused being committed to it for trial.
16. After section 151 of the principal Act, the following sections
shall be inserted, namely:

Insertion of
new sections
151A and 151B

2 of 1974.

I5lA. For the purposes of investigation of an offence punishable under this Act, the police officer shall have all the powers as
provided in Chapter XII of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973.

Power of
police to
investigate

2 of 1974.

15 lB. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, an offence punishable under sections 135 to
140 or section 150 shall be cognizable and non-bailable.

Certain
offences to be
cognizable and
non-bailable.

17. In section 153 of the principal Act, in sub-section (1), for the
words and figures sections 135 to 139", the words and figures
sections 135 to 140 and section 150 shall be substituted.

Amendment of
section 153.

18. In section 154 of the principal Act,

Amendment of
section 154.

(i) for the words and figures sections 135 to 139 wherever
they occur, the words and figures sections 135 to 140 and
section 150 shall be substituted;
(ii) in sub-section (5), for the words Special Court may, the
words Special Court shall shall be substitued.
.
19. In section 176 of the principal Act, in clause (2), in clause (b), for
the brackets and words (including the capital adequacy, credit
worthiness or code of conduct), the words relating to the capital adequacy, credit worthiness or code of conduct shall be
substituted.

122

Amendment of
section 176.

20. In section 178 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2),

Amendment of
section 178.

(i) in clause (k), the words and elimination shall be omitted;

(ii) in clause (m), the words and elimination shall be omitted;
(iii) for clause (r), the following clause shall be substituted,
namely:
(r) the manner for reduction of cross-subsidies under clause
(g) of section 61 ;
21. In section 181 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2),
(i) in clause (j), the words and elimination shall be omitted;
(ii) in clause (m), the words and elimination shall be omitted;
(iii) in clause (p), the words and elimination shall be omitted;
(iv) for clause (zc), the following clause shall be substituted,
namely:(zc) the manner of reduction of cross-subsidies under
clause (g) of section 61;.

K.N. CHATURVEDI,
Secy. to the Govt. of India

123

Amendment of
section 181.

EXTRAORDINARY
PART II-Section 3Sub-section (ii)
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
No. 709 NEW DELHI, TUESDAY, JUNE 12, 2007/JYAISTHA 22, 1929
MINISTRY OF POWER
NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 12th June, 2007
S.O. 950(E).In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (2) of Section 1 of the Electricity
(Amendment) Act, 2007 (26 of 2007), the Central Government hereby appoints the 15th June, 2007, as
the date on which the provisions of the said Act shall come into force.

[F. No. 42/2/2005-R&R (Vol-IV)]

ANIL KUMAR,
Addl. Secy

124

Chapter 2

Rules under Electricity Act

125

126

(Published in Part II, Section 3, Sub-section (i) of the Gazette of India, Extraordinary)
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 8th, June, 2005
(Contains amendment made vide notification dated 26.10.2006)
NOTIFICATION
G.S.R. 379(E). - In exercise of powers conferred by section 176 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (Act 36
of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules, namely:
1.

Short title and commencement.

(1) These rules shall be called the Electricity Rules, 2005.
(2) These Rules shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions.
In these rules, unless the context otherwise, requires:
(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) the words and expressions used and not defined herein but defined in the Act shall have the
meaning assigned to them in the Act.

3.

Requirements of Captive Generating Plant.

(1) No power plant shall qualify as a captive generating plant under section 9 read with clause (8)
of section 2 of the Act unless
(a) in case of a power plant
(i) not less than twenty six percent of the ownership is held by the captive user(s), and
(ii) not less than fifty one percent of the aggregate electricity generated in such plant,
determined on an annual basis, is consumed for the captive use:
Provided that in case of power plant set up by registered cooperative society, the
conditions mentioned under paragraphs at (i) and (ii) above shall be satisfied collectively
by the members of the cooperative society:
Provided further that in case of association of persons, the captive user(s) shall hold not
less than twenty six percent of the ownership of the plant in aggregate and such captive
user(s) shall consume not less than fifty one percent of the electricity generated,
determined on an annual basis, in proportion to their shares in ownership of the power
plant within a variation not exceeding ten percent;
(b) in case of a generating station owned by a company formed as special purpose vehicle for
such generating station, a unit or units of such generating station identified for captive use
127

and not the entire generating station satisfy (s) the conditions contained in paragraphs (i)
and (ii) of sub-clause (a) above includingExplanation :
(1) The electricity required to be consumed by captive users shall be determined with reference
to such generating unit or units in aggregate identified for captive use and not with reference
to generating station as a whole; and
(2) the equity shares to be held by the captive user(s) in the generating station shall not be less
than twenty six per cent of the proportionate of the equity of the company related to the
generating unit or units identified as the captive generating plant.
Illustration: In a generating station with two units of 50 MW each namely Units A and B, one
unit of 50 MW namely Unit A may be identified as the Captive Generating Plant. The captive
users shall hold not less than thirteen percent of the equity shares in the company (being the
twenty six percent proportionate to Unit A of 50 MW) and not less than fifty one percent of
the electricity generated in Unit A determined on an annual basis is to be consumed by the
captive users.
(2) It shall be the obligation of the captive users to ensure that the consumption by the Captive
Users at the percentages mentioned in sub-clauses (a) and (b) of sub-rule (1) above is maintained
and in case the minimum percentage of captive use is not complied with in any year, the entire
electricity generated shall be treated as if it is a supply of electricity by a generating company.
Explanation.- (1) For the purpose of this rule.
a.

Annual Basis shall be determined based on a financial year;

b.

Captive User shall mean the end user of the electricity generated in a Captive Generating
Plant and the term Captive Use shall be construed accordingly;

c.

Ownership in relation to a generating station or power plant set up by a company or any

other body corporate shall mean the equity share capital with voting rights. In other cases
ownership shall mean proprietary interest and control over the generating station or power
plant;

d.

Special Purpose Vehicle shall mean a legal entity owning, operating and maintaining a
generating station and with no other business or activity to be engaged in by the legal entity.

4.

Distribution System.- The distribution system of a distribution licensee in terms of sub-section

(19) of section 2 of the Act shall also include electric line, sub-station and electrical plant that are
primarily maintained for the purpose of distributing electricity in the area of supply of such
distribution licensee notwithstanding that such line, sub-station or electrical plant are high pressure
cables or overhead lines or associated with such high pressure cables or overhead lines; or used
incidentally for the purposes of transmitting electricity for others.

5.

Compliance with the directions by Transmission Licensee.

(1) The National Load Despatch Centre, Regional Load Despatch Centre, as the case may be, or
the State Load Despatch Centre, may, under section 26, sub-section (3) of section 28, subsection (1) of section 29, sub-section (2) of section 32 and sub-section (1) of section 33 read
with clause (b) of section 40 of the Act, give such directions, as it may consider appropriate
for maintaining the availability of the transmission system of a Transmission Licensee and
the Transmission Licensee shall duly comply with all such directions.

128

(2) The Appropriate Commission, on an application filed by the National Load Despatch Centre,
the Regional Load Despatch Centre or the State Load Despatch Centre and after hearing the
Transmission Licensee, if satisfied that the Transmission Licensee has persistently failed to
maintain the availability of the transmission system, may issue such directions to the National
Load Despatch Centre, the Regional Load Despatch Centre or the State Load Despatch
Centre to take control of the operations of the transmission system of such Transmission
Licensee for such period and on such terms, as the Commission may decide.
(3) The direction under sub-rules (1) and (2) above shall be without prejudice to any other action
which may be taken against the Transmission Licensee under other provisions of the Act.
6.

The surcharge under section 38 : The surcharge on transmission charges under section 38, the
manner of progressive reduction of such surcharge and the manner of payment and utilization of
such surcharge to be specified by the Central Commission under sub-clause (ii) of clause (d) of
sub-section (2) of section 38 shall be in accordance with surcharge on the charges for wheeling,
the manner of progressive reduction of such surcharge and the manner of payment and utilization
of such surcharge as may be specified by the Appropriate Commission of the State in which the
consumer is located under sub-section (2) of section 42 of the Act.

7.

Consumer Redressal Forum and Ombudsman.- (1) The distribution licensee shall establish a
Forum for Redressal of Grievances of Consumers under sub-section (5) of section 42 which shall
consist of officers of the licensee. The Appropriate Commission shall nominate one independent
member who is familiar with the consumer affairs.
Provided that the manner of appointment and the qualification and experience of the persons to
be appointed as member of the Forum and the procedure of dealing with the grievances of the
consumers by the Forum and other similar matters would be as per the guidelines specified by the
State Commission
(2) The Ombudsman to be appointed or designated by the State Commission under sub-section
(6) of section 42 of the Act shall be such person as the State Commission may decide from time to
time.
(3) The Ombudsman shall consider the representations of the consumers consistent with the
provisions of the Act, the Rules and Regulations made hereunder or general orders or directions
given by the Appropriate Government or the Appropriate Commission in this regard before
settling their grievances.
(4) (a) The Ombudsman shall prepare a report on a six monthly basis giving details of the nature
of the grievances of the consumer dealt by the ombudsman, the response of the Licensees in the
redressal of the grievances and the opinion of the ombudsman on the Licensees compliance of
the standards of performance as specified by the Commission under section 57 of the Act during
the preceding six months.
(b) The report under sub-clause (a) above shall be forwarded to the State Commission and the
State Government within 45 days after the end of the relevant period of six months.

8.

Tariffs of generating companies under section 79.- The tariff determined by the Central Commission
for generating companies under clause (a) or (b) of sub-section (1) of section 79 of the Act shall
not be subject to re-determination by the State Commission in exercise of functions under clauses
(a) or (b) of sub-section (1) of section 86 of the Act and subject to the above the State Commission
may determine whether a Distribution Licensee in the State should enter into Power Purchase
Agreement or procurement process with such generating companies based on the tariff determined
by the Central Commission.
129

9.

Inter-State trading Licence.- A licence issued by the Central Commission under section 14 read
with clause (e) of sub-section (1) of section 79 of the Act to an electricity trader for Inter-State
Operations shall also entitle such electricity trader to undertake purchase of electricity from a
seller in a State and resell such electricity to a buyer in the same State, without the need to take a
separate licence for intra-state trading from the State Commission of such State.

10. Appeal to the Appellate Tribunal.- In terms of sub-section (2) of section 111 of the Act, the appeal
against the orders passed by the adjudicating officer or the appropriate commission after the
coming into force of the Act may be filed within forty-five days from the date, as notified by the
Central Government, on which the Appellate Tribunal comes into operation.
11. Jurisdiction of the courts.- The Jurisdiction of courts other than the special courts shall not be
barred under sub-section (1) of section 154 till such time the special court is constituted under
sub-section (1) of section 153 of the Act.
12. Cognizance of the offence- (1) The police shall take cognizance of the offence punishable under
the Act on a complaint in writing made to the police by the Appropriate Government or the
Appropriate Commission or any of their officer authorized by them in this regard or a Chief
Electrical Inspector or an Electrical Inspector or an authorized officer of Licensee or a Generating
Company, as the case may be.
(2) The police shall investigate the complaint in accordance with the general law applicable to the
investigation of any complaint. For the purposes of investigation of the complaint the police shall
have all the powers as available under the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973.
(3) The police shall, after investigation, forward the report along with the complaint filed under
sub-clause (1) to the Court for trial under the Act.
(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, the complaint for
taking cognizance of an offence punishable under the Act may also be filed by the Appropriate
Government or the Appropriate Commission or any of their officer authorized by them or a Chief
Electrical Inspector or an Electrical Inspector or an authorized officer of Licensee or a Generating
Company, as the case may be directly in the appropriate Court.
(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973, every special
court may take cognizance of an offence referred to in sections 135 to 139 of the Act without the
accused being committed to it for trial.
(6) The cognizance of the offence under the Act shall not in any way prejudice the actions under
the provisions of the Indian Penal Code.
13. Issue of Orders and Practice Directions.
The Central Government may from time to time issue Orders and practice directions in regard to
the implementation of these rules and matters incidental or ancillary thereto as the Central
Government may consider appropriate.
[F.No. 23/54/2004-R&R]

Sd/
(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary

130

[Published in Part II, Section 3, Sub-section (i) of the Gazette of India, Extraordinary]
Government of India
MINISTRY OF POWER
NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, dated the 26th October, 2006
G.S.R.667(E).- In exercise of the powers conferred by section 176 of the Electricity Act, 2003
(36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules to amend the Electricity Rules,
2005, namely:1.

2.

(1)

These rules may be called the Electricity (Amendment) Rules, 2006.

(2)

They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

In the Electricity Rules, 2005, in rule 7, for sub-rule (1) the following sub-rule shall be substituted, namely: (1)

The distribution licensee shall establish a Forum for Redressal of Grievances of Consumers under sub-section (5) of section 42 which shall consist of officers of the
licensee. The Appropriate Commission shall nominate one independent member who
is familiar with the consumer affairs.
Provided that the manner of appointment and the qualification and experience of the
persons to be appointed as member of the Forum and the procedure of dealing with the
grievances of the consumers by the Forum and other similar matters would be as per
the guidelines specified by the State Commission.
[F.No. 23/23/2005-R&R]

Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India

Note:- The Principal Rules were published vide GSR 379(E), dated the 8th June, 2005 in the Gazette of
India dated the 8th June, 2005.

131

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 8th March, 2004.

Notification
G.S.R. 177(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clauses (j) and (k) of sub-section (2) of
section 176 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) the Central Government hereby makes the following
rules, namely:1.

Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission (Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of Chairperson and Members)
Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions - In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires, (a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003; and
(b) words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Act, shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.

3. Oath of office and secrecy - The Chairperson and Members shall, before entering upon his office,
subscribe to an oath of office and secrecy before the Minister-in-charge of the Ministry of Power.
The oath of office and secrecy shall be administered in the following form:Oath of secrecy
I ,...................... do swear in the name of God and solemnly affirm that I shall not directly or indirectly,
communicate or reveal to any person or persons any matter which shall be brought under my
consideration or shall become known to me as Chairperson/Member of the Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission except as may be required for the due discharge of my duties as such
Chairperson/Member.
Oath and affirmation of allegiance to Constitution
I ,........................... having been appointed Chairperson/Member of the Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission, do swear in the name of God and solemnly affirm that I shall bear true faith and allegiance
to the Constitution of India as by law established, that I shall uphold the sovereignty and integrity of
India, that I shall duly and faithfully and to the best of my ability, knowledge and judgement perform
the duties of my office without fear or favour, affection or ill will and that I will uphold the Constitution
and the laws of the land
132

4. Pay The Chairperson and a Member shall be entitled to receive a pay of rupees twenty six
thousand per month:
Provided that if the Chairperson has been a Judge of the Supreme Court or Chief Justice of a High
Court, he shall receive pay as admissible to a Judge of the Supreme Court or the Chief Justice of a High
Court, as the case may be:
Provided further that in case a person appointed as the Chairperson or a Member is in receipt of
any pension, the pay of such person shall be reduced by the gross amount of pension drawn by him:
Provided also that the Chairperson or a Member shall be entitled to receive allowances on the
original basic pay before such fixation of pay.
5.

Dearness allowance and city compensatory allowance - The Chairperson and a Member shall be
entitled to receive dearness allowance and city compensatory allowance, and other allowances at
the rate admissible to a Group A Officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay:

Provided that in case the Chairperson is or has been a Judge of the Supreme Court or Chief Justice
of a High Court, he shall receive dearness allowance at the rate admissible to a Judge of the Supreme
Court or the Chief Justice of a High Court, as the case may be.
6.

Leave - The Chairperson or a Member shall be entitled to thirty days earned leave for every year
of service. The payment of leave salary, during leave, shall be governed under the provisions of
rule 40 of Central Civil Services (Leave) Rules, 1972. A person may be entitled to encashment of
fifty per cent of earned leave to his credit at any time.

7.

Leave sanctioning authority - In the case of the Chairperson, the Minister-in-charge of the
Ministry of Power, and in the case of a Member, the Chairperson, shall be the leave sanctioning
authority.

8.

Provident fund - The Chairperson and a Member shall be governed by the provisions of the
Contributory Provident Fund (India) Rules, 1962 and no option to subscribe under the provisions
of the General Provident Fund Rules (Central Services), 1960 shall be available. Additional pension and gratuity shall not be admissible for service rendered in the Commission.

9.

Travelling allowances (1) The Chairperson and a Member while on tour within India or on
transfer (including the journey undertaken by self and family to join the Commission or on the
expiry of term with the Commission to proceed to his home town with family) shall be entitled to
the journey allowance, daily allowance and transportation of personal effects at the same scales
and at the same rates as are applicable to a Group A Officer of the Central Government drawing
an equivalent pay.
(2) Foreign tours to be undertaken by the Chairperson or a Member shall require prior approval of
the Minister-in-charge of the Ministry of Power and of the Screening Committee of the Secretaries and clearance from the Ministry of External Affairs from political angle and from the Ministry
of Home Affairs for acceptance of foreign hospitality, if any, under the provisions of the Foreign
Contribution (Regulation) Act, 1976 :
Provided that the daily allowance and provision for hotel accommodation during the period of
tour abroad, shall be in accordance with such orders of the Central Government as are applicable
to a Group A officer of the Central Government, drawing an equivalent pay and as per the
economy instructions or other instructions issued by the Ministry of Finance from time to time.

10. Leave travel concession - The Chairperson and a Member shall be entitled to leave travel concession at the same scale and at the same rate as applicable to Group A Officers of the Central
Government drawing an equivalent pay:
133

Provided that if the Chairperson has been a Judge of the Supreme Court or a Chief Justice of a
High Court, he shall be entitled to leave travel concession at the same scale and at the same rate
as applicable to a Judge of the Supreme Court or the Chief Justice of High as the case may be.
11. Accommodation - (1) The Chairperson and a Member shall have the option of claiming house rent
allowance for residence located in Delhi or in one of the satellite towns surrounding the National
Capital Territory of Delhi at the rate of thirty per cent of the basic pay drawn but no house will be
allotted by the Central Government.
(2) In the case of a leased accommodation, the entitlement shall be determined by the Central
Government keeping in view the entitlements of the Chairman and Managing Director of a Schedule A public sector enterprise in terms of plinth area and rental ceiling specified by the Department of Public Enterprises from time to time and also taking into consideration the market rents
and plinth area specified by the Ministry of Urban Development for type VI accommodation:
Provided that for such leased accommodation which is according to and within the entitlement of
the Chairperson or the Member, the standard license fee shall be the same as in the case of a
Group A officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay:
Provided further that for leased accommodation which is higher than the entitlement, recovery at
the rate of ten per cent of the basic pay i.e., without deducting pension shall be made from the
salary of the Chairperson or Member, as the case may be.
12. Transport - The Chairperson and a Member shall be allowed the option to make use of an official
vehicle or reimbursement of such amount as may be fixed by the Central Government from time to
time in respect of a Group A officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay for
the use and maintenance of his personal car.
13. Medical treatment - The Chairperson and a Member shall be entitled to medical reimbursement
and facility as may be applicable to a Group A officer of the Central Government drawing an
equivalent pay.
14. Telephone facility, official meetings and entertainment expenses - The Chairperson and a Member shall be eligible for telephone facilities, official meetings and entertainment expenses as
admissible to a Group A officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay.
15. Other conditions of services - Other conditions of service of the Chairperson and a Member, with
respect to which no express provision has been made in these rules, shall be such as are admissible to a Group A officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
(F.No. 23/22/2003-R&R)

134

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 19th March, 2010

Notification
G.S.R.196(E). In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (j) of sub-section (2) of section 176 of
the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules to
amend the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of
Service of Chairperson and Members) Rules, 2004, namely:1.

(1) These rules may be called the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Salary,
Allowances and other Conditions of Service of Chairperson and Members) Amendment
Rules, 2010.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

In the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of
Service of Chairperson and Members) Rules, 2004 (hereinafter referred to as the said rules), for
rule 4, the following rule shall be substituted, namely:4. Pay . - The Chairperson shall be entitled to receive a pay of rupees three lakhs per mensem
and the full-time Members shall receive a pay of rupees two lakh fifty thousand per mensem,
without facility of Government Accommodation and Staff Car:
Provided that where the Chairperson has been a Judge of the Supreme Court or Chief Justice of
a High Court, he shall be entitled to receive pay as admissible to a Judge of the Supreme Court
or the Chief Justice of a High Court, as the case may be..

3.

For rule 5 of the said rules, the following rule shall be substituted, namely:5. Dearness allowance. where the Chairperson is or has been a Judge of the Supreme
Court or Chief Justice of a High Court, he shall be entitled to receive dearness allowance
at the rate admissible to a Judge of the Supreme Court or the Chief Justice of a High Court,
as the case may be. .

4.

In rule 9 of the said rules, (a) in sub-rule (1), for the words an equivalent pay , the words, letters, figures and brackets
pay in the pay scale of Rs.80,000/-(fixed) shall be substituted;
135

(b) in sub-rule (2), (i) the words and of the Screening Committee of the Secretaries shall be omitted;
(ii) in the proviso, for the word an equivalent pay and as per the economy instructions or
other instructions issued by the Ministry of Finance from time to time., the words,
letters, figures and brackets pay in the pay scale of Rs.80,000/- (fixed). shall be
substituted;
5.

In rule 10 of the said rules, for the words an equivalent pay , the words, letters, figures and
brackets pay in the pay scale of Rs.80,000/-(fixed) shall be substituted.

6.

For rule 11 of the said rules, the following rule shall be substituted, namely:11. Accommodation. - Where the Chairperson has been a Judge of the Supreme Court or a
Chief Justice of a High Court, he shall be entitled to accommodation as is admissible to a Judge
of the Supreme Court or a Chief Justice of a High Court, as the case may be..

7.

For rule 12 of the said rules, the following rule shall be substituted, namely.12. Transport. - Where the Chairperson has been a Judge of the Supreme Court or a Chief
Justice of a High Court, he shall be entitled to transport facility as is admissible to a Judge of the
Supreme Court or a Chief Justice of a High Court, as the case may be..

8.

For rule 14, the following rule shall be substituted, namely.14. Telephone facility. The Chairperson and a full-time Member shall be eligible for telephone
facility as admissible to a Group A officer of the Central Government drawing pay in the pay
scale of Rs.80,000/- (fixed) :
Provided that where the Chairperson has been a Judge of the Supreme Court or a Chief Justice
of a High Court, he shall be entitled to Telephone facility as admissible to a Judge of the Supreme
Court or a Chief Justice of a High Court, as the case may be. .

9.

In rule 15 of the said rules, (a) for the words an equivalent pay, the words, letters, figures and brackets pay in the pay
scale of Rs.80,000/-(fixed) shall be substituted ;
(b) at the end, the following proviso shall be added, namely:Provided that where the Chairperson has been a Judge of the Supreme Court or a Chief Justice
of a High Court, the other conditions of service of the Chairperson, with respect to which no
express provision has been made in these rules shall be as applicable to a Judge of the Supreme
Court or a Chief Justice of a High Court, as the case may be..
[F.No.25/1/2009-R&R]
(I.C.P. Keshari)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India

Foot Note :- The principal rules were published vide number G.S.R. 177(E),
dated the 8th March, 2004 .

136

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 23rd March, 2004.

Notification
G.S.R. 206(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (c) of sub-section (2) of section 176
of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules
regarding payment of fees for application for grant of licence under sub-section (1) of section 15,
namely:
1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Fees for Making Application
for Grant of Licence Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) section means a section of the Act; and
(c) expression used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of
2003), shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.

3.

Fees for making application for grant of licence - (1) Every application under section 14 for grant
of licence by the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission, shall be accompanied by a fee of
rupees one lakh only.
(2) The fee shall be remitted through demand draft in favour of the Assistant Secretary, Central
Electricity Regulatory Commission .
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
(F.No. 23/19/2003-R&R)

137

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 6th April, 2004

Notification
G.S.R. 254(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 176
of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules
stipulating the time for inviting suggestions and objections by the Central Electricity Authority on the
draft National Electricity Plan, namely:1. Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the National Electricity Plan
Notification Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
2.

Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) Words and expression used here in and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.

3.

Notification of National Electricity Plan - (1) A National Electricity Plan prepared under the
provisions of sub-section (4) of section 3 of the Act shall be published in the Official Gazette and
in at least two daily vernacular language newspapers.
(2) For inviting suggestions and objections of licensee, generating companies and general
public a period of ninety days, from the date of publication of such Plan, shall be provided by
the Authority.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
(F.No. 23/17/2003-R&R)

138

Ministry of Power
Government of India
New Delhi, 13th April, 2004.

Notification
G.S.R. 259(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (r) of sub-section (2) of section 176 of the
Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules, namely:
1. Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Appellate Tribunal for
Electricity (Salaries, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of Chairperson and Members)
Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
2. Definitions In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires, (a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) Appellate Tribunal means the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity established under section
110 of the Act;
(c) Chairperson means the Chairperson the Appellate Tribunal appointed under section 113
of the Act;
(d) Member means a Member of the Appellate Tribunal appointed under section 113 of the
Act;
(e) Words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.
3. Salary, allowances, payable to the Chairperson The Chairperson shall be entitled to a monthly
salary and to such allowances and other benefits, as are admissible to a Judge of the Supreme
Court:
Provided that in case a person appointed as the Chairperson is in receipt of any pension, the pay
of such Chairperson shall be reduced by the gross amount of pension drawn by him:
Provided further that the Chairperson shall be entitled to draw allowances on the original basic
pay before such fixation of pay.
4. Contribution to contributory provident fund The Chairperson shall be entitled to subscribe to
the Contributory Provident Fund which shall be governed by the Contributory Provident Fund
Rules, (India), 1962.
5. Other conditions of service The other conditions of service of Chairperson shall be governed
by the Supreme Court Judges (Conditions of Service) Act, 1958 and the rules made there under.
6. Salary and allowances payable to Member A Member of the Appellate Tribunal shall be entitled
to a monthly salary, and such allowances and other benefits as are admissible to a serving Judge
of the High Court of Delhi:
139

Provided that in case a person appointed as the Member is in receipt of any pension, the pay of
such Member shall be reduced by the gross amount of pension drawn by him:
Provided further that the Member shall be entitled to draw allowances on the original basic pay
before such fixation of pay.
7. Contribution to contributory provident fund The Member shall be entitled to subscribe to the
Contributory Provident Fund which shall be governed by the Contributory Provident Fund Rules
(India), 1962.
8. Other conditions of service of Member The other conditions of service of a Member shall be
governed by the High Court Judges (Salaries and conditions of Service) Act, 1954, and the rules
made there under for a serving Judge of the High Court of Delhi.
9. Oath of office and secrecy Every person appointed as the Chairperson or a Member shall,
before entering upon his office, make and subscribe an oath of office and secrecy in Form I and
Form II respectively annexed to these rules.
10. Declaration of financial or other interest Every person, on his appointment as the Chairperson
or Member, as the case may be, shall give a declaration in Form III annexed to these rules, to the
satisfaction of the Central Government, that he does not have any such financial or other interest
as is likely to affect prejudicially his functions as such Chairperson or Member, as the case may
be.
11. Residuary provision Matter relating to the terms and conditions of service of the Chairperson
or Member with respect to which no express provision has been made in these rules, shall be
referred by the Appellate Tribunal to the Central Government for its decision.
FORM- I
(See Rule 9)
Form of Oath of Office for the Chairperson/Members of the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity)
I,____________________________, having been appointed as the Chairperson/Member (cross
out portion not applicable) do solemnly affirm and do swear in the name of God that I will faithfully
and conscientiously discharge my duties as the Chairperson/Member (cross out portion not applicable), of the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity, to the best of my ability, knowledge and judgement,
without fear or favour, affection or ill-will and that I will uphold the Constitution and the laws of the
land.

Dated:

(Name of the Chairperson/Member)

APPELLATE TRIBUNAL FOR ELECTRICITY
FORM-II
(See rule 9)

Form of Oath of Secrecy for the Chairperson/Members of the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity.
I,___________________________, having been appointed as the Chairperson/a Member (Cross
out portion not applicable) do solemnly affirm and swear in the name of God that I will not directly or
indirectly communicate or reveal to any person or persons any matter which shall be brought under
my consideration or shall become known to me as the Chairperson/a Member (cross out portion not
applicable) of the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity except as may be required for the due discharge of
my duties as the Chairperson/a Member (cross out portion not applicable).
140

Dated

(Name of the Chairperson/Member)

APPELLATE TRIBUNAL FOR ELECTRICITY
FORM - III
(See rule 10)

Declaration against acquisition of any adverse financial or other interest

I,_____________________, having been appointed as the Chairperson/Member (cross out portion
not applicable) of the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity, do solemnly affirm and declare that I do not
have, nor shall have in future any financial or other interest which is likely to affect prejudicially my
functioning as the Chairperson/Member (cross out portion not applicable) of the Appellate Tribunal
for Electricity.
Dated

(Name of the Chairperson/Member)

APPELLATE TRIBUNAL FOR ELECTRICITY
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
[F.No.23/12/2003-R&R (Vol.III)(Pt.III)]

141

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i), No. 533

NEW DELHI, TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 30, 2008
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
New Delhi, the 29th September, 2008
G.S.R. 700(E). In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (r) of sub-section (2) of section 176 of
the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) , the Central Government hereby makes the following rules to
amend the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Salaries, Allowances and other conditions of service of
Chairperson and Members) Rules, 2004, namely:
1.

(1) These rules may be called the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Salaries, Allowances and
other conditions of service of Chairperson and Members) (Amendment) Rules, 2008.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

In the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Salaries, Allowances and other conditions of service of
Chairpersion and Members) Rules, 2004, in Rule 9, the words before the Minister in charge of the
Ministry of Power shall be omitted.
[F. No. 46/7/2007-R&R]
MALAY SHRIVASTAVA, Director
Note :

The Principal Rules were published vide G.S.R. 259(E), dated the 13th April, 2004 in the
Gazette of India dated the 13th April, 2004.

142

[Published in Part II, Section 3, sub-section (i) of the Gazette of India, Extraordinary]
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
Notification
New Delhi, the 22nd January, 2007
G.S.R. 33(E).- In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of section 176 and clauses(q), (t)
and (z) of sub-section (2) of section 176 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) and in supersession of
the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Form, Verification and fee for filing an appeal) Rules, 2004,
except as respects things done or omitted to be done before such supersession, the Central Government hereby makes the following rules, namely:1.

Short title and commencement.- (1)These rules may be called the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Procedure, Form, Fee and Record of Proceedings) Rules, 2007.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003);
(b) Advocate means a person who is entitled to practice the profession of law under the
Advocates Act, 1961 (25 of 1961) ;
(c) Chairperson means the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal appointed under sub-section (2) of section 113 of the Act;
(d) Member means, Members of the Tribunal appointed under sub-section (3) of section 113
of the Act;
(e) Interlocutory Application means an application in any appeal or original petition on proceeding already instituted in the Tribunal, but not being a proceeding for execution of the
order or direction of Tribunal;
(f) Registrar means, the Registrar of the Tribunal and includes any other officer or staff
member of the Tribunal to whom the Power and functions of the Registrar may be delegated
or assigned or who is authorized to act as such by the Chairperson from time to time;
(g) Registry means the Registry of the Tribunal;
(h) Tribunal means the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity established under section 110 of the
Act;
(i) Section means a section of the Act;
143

(j) The words and expressions used herein and not defined, but defined in the Act, shall have
the meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.
3.

Computation of time period.- Where a period is prescribed by the Act and these rules or under
any other law or is fixed by the Tribunal for doing any act, in computing the time, the day from
which the said period is to be reckoned shall be excluded, and if the last day expires on a day when
the office of the Tribunal is closed, that day and any succeeding days on which the Tribunal
remains closed shall also be excluded.

4.

Forms.- The forms prescribed by these rules with such modifications or variations as the circumstances of each case may require shall be used for the purpose mentioned therein and where no
form is prescribed to cover a contingency, a form as may be approved by the Registrar, shall be
used.

5.

Format of order or direction or rule.- Every rule, direction, order, summons, warrant or other
mandatory process shall be issued in the name of the Chairperson and shall be signed by the
Registrar or any other officer specifically authorized in that behalf by the Chairperson, with the
day, month and year of signing and shall be sealed with the seal of the Tribunal.

6.

Official seal of the Tribunal.- The official seal of the Tribunal shall be such, as the Chairperson
may from time to time specify and shall be in the custody of the Registrar.

7.

Custody of the records.- The Registrar shall have the custody of the records of the Tribunal and
no record or document filed in any cause or matter shall be allowed to be taken out of the custody
of the Tribunal without the leave of the Tribunal.
Provided a member of the establishment with prior written approval of the Registrar may remove
any official paper or record for official purposes from the Tribunal.

8.

Sitting hours of the Tribunal.- The sitting hours of the Tribunal shall ordinarily be from 10.30
AM. to 1.15 P.M. and from 2.15 P.M. to 5.00 p.m. subject to any order made by the Chairperson and
this will not disable the Bench of the Tribunal to extend its sitting as it deems fit.

9.

Working hours of the Tribunal.- (1) The office of the Tribunal shall remain open on all working
days from 10.00 A.M. to 5.30 P.M.
(2) The Filing Counter of the Registry shall be open on all working days from 10.30 AM to 5.00
P.M.

10. Calender.- The Calendar of days of working of Tribunal in a year shall be as decided by the
Chairperson and Members of the Tribunal.
11. Motion cases.- All urgent matters filed before 12 noon shall be listed before the Tribunal on the
following working day, if it is complete in all respects as provided in these rules and in exceptional
cases, it may be received after 12 noon but before 3.00 P.M. for listing on the following day, with
the specific permission of the Tribunal or Chairperson.
12. Power to exempt.- The Tribunal may on sufficient cause being shown, exempt the parties from
compliance with any requirement of these rules and may give such directions in matters of
practice and procedure, as it may consider just and expedient on the application moved in this
behalf to render substantial justice.
13. Power to extend time.- The Tribunal may extend the time appointed by these rules or fixed by any
order, for doing any act or taking any proceeding, upon such terms, if any, as the justice of the
case may require, and any enlargement may be ordered, although the application therefore is not
made until after the expiration of the time appointed or allowed.
144

CHAPTER-II
POWERS OF THE REGISTRAR
14. Powers and functions of the Registrar.- The Registrar shall have the following powers and
functions, namely:(a) registration of appeals, petitions and applications;
(b) to receive applications for amendment of appeal or the petition or application or subsequent
proceedings.
(c ) to receive applications for fresh summons or notices and regarding services thereof;
(d) to receive applications for fresh summons or notice and for short date summons and notices;
(e)

to receive applications for substituted service of summons or notices;

(f) to receive applications for seeking orders concerning the admission and inspection of documents;
(g) transmission of a direction/ order to the civil court as directed by Tribunal with the prescribed certificate(s) for execution etc; and
(h) such other incidental/matters as the Chairperson may direct from time to time.
15. Power of adjournment.- All adjournments shall normally be sought before the concerned bench
in court and in extraordinary circumstances, the Registrar may, if so directed by the Tribunal in
chambers, shall at any time adjourn any matter and lay the same before the Tribunal in chambers.
16. Delegation powers of the Chairperson.- The Chairperson may assign or delegate to a Deputy
Registrar or to any other suitable officer all or some of the functions required by these rules to be
exercised by the Registrar.
CHAPTER-III
INSTITUTION OF PROCEEDINGS/PETITION/APPEALS ETC.
17. Procedure for proceedings. -(1) Every appeal or petition or application or caveat petition or
objection or counter presented to the Tribunal shall be in English and in case it is in some other
Indian language, it shall be accompanied by a copy translated in English and shall be fairly and
legibly type written, lithographed or printed in double spacing on one side of standard petition
paper with an inner margin of about four centimeters width on top and with a right margin of 2.5
cm, and left margin of 5 cm, duly paginated, indexed and stitched together in paper book form;
(2)

The cause title shall state In the Appellate Tribunal For Electricity and shall specify the
jurisdiction Appellate, Original or Special Original respectively under section 111(1) and
section 121 of the Act in which it is presented and also set out the proceedings or order of
the authority against which it is preferred.

(3) Appeal or petition or application or counter or objections shall be divided into paragraphs
and shall be numbered consecutively and each paragraph shall contain as nearly as may be,
a separate fact or allegation or point.
(4) Where Saka or other dates are used, corresponding dates of Gregorian Calendar shall also be
given.
(5) Full name, parentage, description of each party and address and in case a party sues or being
sued in a representative character, shall also be set out at the beginning of the appeal or
145

petition or application and need not be repeated in the subsequent proceedings in the same
appeal or petition or application.
(6) The names of parties shall be numbered consecutively and a separate line should be allotted
to the name and description of each party. These numbers shall not be changed and in the
event of the death of a party during the pendency of the appeal or petition or matter, his legal
heirs or representative, as the case may be, if more than one shall be shown by sub-numbers.
Where fresh parties are brought in, they may be numbered consecutively in the particular
category, in which they are brought in.
(7) Every proceeding shall state immediately after the cause title the provision of law under
which it is preferred.
18. Particulars to be set out in the address for service.- The address for service of summons shall be
filed with every appeal or petition or application or caveat on behalf of a party and shall as far as
possible contain the following items namely:(a) the name of the road, street, lane and Municipal Division/Ward, Municipal Door and other
number of the house;
(b) the name of the town or village;
(c) the post office, postal district and PIN Code; and
(d) any other particular necessary to identify the addressee such as fax number, mobile number
and e-mail address, if any.
19. Initialing alteration.- Every interlineation, eraser or correction or deletion in any appeal or
petition or application or document shall be initialed by the party or his recognized agent or
advocate presenting it.
20. Presentation of appeal or petition.- (1) Every appeal, petition, caveat, interlocutory application
and documents shall be presented in triplicate by the appellant or petitioner or applicant or
respondent, as the case may be, in person or by his duly authorized agent or by an advocate duly
appointed in this behalf in the prescribed form with stipulated fee at the filing counter and non
compliance of this may constitute a valid ground to refuse to entertain the same.
(2) Every appeal or petition shall be accompanied by a certified copy of the impugned order.
(3 ) All such documents filed in the Tribunal shall be accompanied by an index in triplicate
containing their details and the amount of fee paid thereon.
(4) Sufficient number of copies of the appeal or petition or application shall also be filed for
service on the opposite party as prescribed.
(5) In the pending matters, all applications shall be presented after serving copies thereof in
advance on the opposite side or his/her advocate on record.
(6) The processing fee prescribed by the rules, with required number of envelopes of sufficient
size and notice forms as prescribed shall be filled alongwith memorandum of appeal.
21. Number of copies to be filed.- The appellant or petitioner or applicant or respondent shall file
three authenticated copies of appeal or petition or application or counter or objections, as the
case may be, and shall deliver one copy to each of the opposite party.
22. Lodging of caveat.- (1) The respondent may lodge a caveat in triplicate in any appeal or petition
or application that may be instituted before this Tribunal by paying the prescribed fee after
146

forwarding a copy by registered post or serving the same on the expected petitioner or appellant
and the caveat shall be in form prescribed and contain such details and particulars or orders or
directions, details of authority against whose orders or directions the appeal or petition is being
instituted by the expected appellant or petitioner with full address for service on other side, so
that the appeal or petition could be served before the appeal or petition or interim application
is taken up:
Provided, this will not affect the jurisdiction of the Tribunal to pass interim orders in case of
urgency.
(2) The caveat shall remain valid for a period of ninety days from the date of its filling.
23. Endorsement and Verification.- At the foot of every petition or appeal or pleading there shall
appear the name and signature of the advocate on record, if any, who has drawn the same and
also the name of the senior advocate, who may have settled it. Every appeal or petition shall be
signed and verified by the party concerned in the manner provided by these rules.
24. Translation of document.- (1) A document other than English language intended to be used in
any proceeding before the Appellate Tribunal shall be received by the Registry accompanied by
a copy in English, which is agreed to by both the parties or certified to be a true translated copy
by an advocate engaged on behalf of parties in the case or by any other counsel whether
engaged in the case or not or if the counsel engaged in the case authenticates such certificate or
prepared by a translator approved for the purpose by the Registrar on payment of such charges
as he may order.
(2) Appeal or petition or other proceeding will not be set down for hearing until and unless all
parties confirm that all the documents filed on which they intend to rely are in English
or have been translated into English and required number of copies are filed into Tribunal.
25. Endorsement and scrutiny of petition or appeal or document.-(1) The person in charge of the
filing-counter shall immediately on receipt of petition or appeal or application or document affix
the date stamp of Tribunal thereon and also on the additional copies of the index and return the
acknowledgement to the party and he shall also affix his initials on the stamp affixed on the first
page of the copies and enter the particulars of all such documents in the register after daily filing
and assign a diary number which shall be entered below the date stamp and thereafter cause it
to be sent for scrutiny.
(2) If, on scrutiny, the appeal or petition or application or document is found to be defective,
such document shall, after notice to the party, be returned for compliance and if there is a
failure to comply within seven days from the date of return, the same shall be placed before
the Registrar who may pass appropriate orders.
(3) The Registrar may for sufficient cause return the said document for rectification or amendment to the party filing the same, and for this purpose may allow to the party concerned such
reasonable time as he may consider necessary or extend the time for compliance.
(4) Where the party fails to take any step for the removal of the defect within the time fixed for
the same, the Registrar may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, decline to register the
pleading or document.
26. Registration of proceedings admitted.- On admission of appeal or petition or caveat or application, the same shall be numbered and registered in the appropriate register maintained in this
behalf and its number shall be entered therein.
27. Exparte amendments.- In every appeal or petition or application, arithmetical, grammatical, clerical and such other errors may be rectified on the orders of the Registrar without notice to Parties.
147

28. Calling for records.- On the admission of appeal or petition or application the Registrar shall, if
so directed by the Tribunal, call for the records relating to the proceedings from the respective
Commission or adjudicating authority and retransmit the same at the conclusion of the proceedings or at any time.
29. Production of authorization for and on behalf of an association.- Where an appeal or application
or petition or other proceeding purported to be instituted by or on behalf of an association, the
person or persons who sign (s) or verify(ies) the same shall produce along with such
application, for verification by the Registry, a true copy of the resolution of the association
empowering such person(s) to do so:
Provided that the Registrar may at any time call upon the party to produce such further
materials as he deems fit for satisfying himself about due authorization:
Provided further that it shall set out the list of members for whose benefit the proceedings are
instituted.
30. Interlocutory applications.- Every Inter-locutory application for stay, direction, condonation of
delay, exemption from production of copy of order appealed against or extension of time prayed
for in pending matters shall be in prescribed form and the requirements prescribed in that behalf
shall be complied with by the applicant, besides filing a affidavit supporting the application.
31. Procedure on production of defaced, torn or damaged documents.- When a document produced
along with any pleading appears to be defaced, torn, or in any way damaged or otherwise its
condition or appearance requires special notice, a mention regarding its condition and appearance shall be made by the party producing the same in the Index of such a pleading and the same
shall be verified and initialed by the officer authorized to receive the same.
CHAPTER IV
CAUSE LIST
32. Preparation and publication of daily cause list.- (1) The Registry shall prepare and publish on the
Notice Board of the Registry before the closing of working hours on each working day the cause
list for the next working day and subject to the directions of the Chairperson, listing of cases in
the Daily Cause List shall be in the following order of priority, unless otherwise ordered by the
concerned Bench; namely;a)

cases for pronouncement of orders;

b) cases for clarification;

c)

cases for admission;

d) cases for orders or directions;

e)

part-heard cases, latest part-heard having precedence;and

f)

cases posted as per numerical order or as directed by the Bench;

(2) The title of the daily cause list shall consist of the number of the appeal or petition, the day,
date and time of the court sitting, court hall number and the coram indicating the names of the
Chairperson, Judicial member and Technical members constituting the Bench.
(3) Against the number of each case listed in the daily cause list, the following shall be
shown, namely;-

148

(a) names of the legal practitioners appearing for both sides and setting out in brackets the
rank of the parties whom they represent;
(b) names of the parties, if unrepresented, with their ranks in brackets.
(4) The objections and special directions, if any, of the Registry shall be briefly indicated in the
daily cause list in remarks column, whenever compliance is required.
33. Carry forward of cause list and adjournment of cases on account of non sitting of a Bench.- (1)
If by reason of declaration of holiday or for any other unforeseen reason, the Bench does not
function for the day, the Daily Cause List for that day shall, unless otherwise directed, be treated
as the Daily Cause List for the next working day in addition to the cases already posted for that
day.
(2) When the sitting of a particular Bench is cancelled for the reason of inability of Member (s)
of the Bench, the Registrar shall, unless otherwise directed, adjourn the cases posted before
that Bench to a convenient date. The adjournment or posting or directions shall be notified
on the Notice Board.
CHAPTER-V
RECORD OF PROCEEDINGS
34. Diaries.- Diaries shall be kept by the clerk-in-charge in such form as may be prescribed in each
appeal or petition or application and they shall be written legibly. The diary in the main file shall
contain a concise history of the appeal or petition or application, the substance of the order(s)
passed thereon and in execution proceedings it shall contain a complete record of all proceedings
in execution of order or direction or rule and shall be checked by the Deputy Registrar and
initialed once in a fortnight.
35. Order sheet.- (1)
Order sheet shall be maintained in every proceedings and shall contain all
orders passed by the Tribunal from time to time .
(2) All orders passed by the Tribunal shall be in English and the same shall be signed by the
members of the Tribunal constituting the Bench:
Provided that the routine orders, such as call for of the records, put up with records, adjourned and any other order as may be directed by the Member of the Tribunal shall be
signed by the Court Master.
(3) The order sheet shall also contain the reference number of the appeal or petition or
application, date of order and all incidental details including short cause title thereof.
36. Maintenance of court diary.- (1) The Court Master of the Bench concerned shall maintain
legibly a Court Diary, wherein he shall record the proceedings of the court for each sitting with
respect to the applications or petitions or appeals listed in the daily cause list.
(2) The matters to be recorded in the court Diary shall include details as to whether the case
is adjourned, or part-heard or heard and disposed of or heard and orders reserved, as the case
may be, along with dates of next sitting wherever applicable.
37. Statutes or citations for reference.- The parties or legal practitioners shall, before the commencement of the proceedings for the day, furnish to the Court Master a list of law journals, reports,
statutes and other citations, which may be needed for reference or xerox copy of full text thereof.
38. Calling of cases in court.- Subject to the orders of the Bench, the Court Master shall call the
cases listed in the cause list in the serial order.
149

39. Regulation of court work.- (1) When the Tribunal is holding a sitting, the Deputy Registrar
shall ensure :( a) that no inconvenience or wastage of time is caused to the Bench in making available
the services of Court Master or Stenographer or peon or attender;
(b) the Court Master shall ensure that perfect silence is maintained in and around the Court Hall
and no disturbance whatsoever is caused to the functioning of the Bench and that proper
care is taken to maintain dignity and decorum of the court.
(2) When the Bench passes order or issues directions, the Court Master shall ensure that the
records of the case along with proceedings or orders of the Bench are transmitted immediately to the Registry and the Registry shall verify the case records received from the Court
Master with reference to the cause list and take immediate steps to communicate the directions or orders of the Bench.
CHAPTER VI
MAINTENANCE OF REGISTERS
40. Registers to be maintained.- The following Registers shall be maintained and posted on a day to
day basis by the Registry of the Tribunal by such ministerial officer or officers as the Registrar
may, subject to any order of the Chairperson, direct:a)

Register of Appeals;

b) Register of Petitions;
c)

Register of original Petitions;

d) Register of original special Petitions;

e)

Register of unnumbered Petitions or Appeals;

f)

Register of Caveats lodged; and

g) Register of Interlocutory Applications;

41. Arrangement of records in pending matters. The record of appeal or petition shall be divided
into the following four parts and shall be collated and maintained.
(a) Main file : (Appeal or Petition being kept separately);
(b) Miscellaneous application file;
(c) Process file; and
(d) Execution file
42. Contents of main file.- The main file shall be kept in the following order and it shall be maintained
as permanent record till ordered to be destroyed under the rules:(a) Index;
(b) Order sheet;
(c) Final order or judgement;
(d) Memo of appeal or petition as the case may be together with any schedule annexed thereto;
(e) Counter or reply or objection, if any;
150

(f) (i) Oral evidence or proof of affidavit

(ii) Evidence taken on commission; and
(iii) Documentary evidence.
(g) Written arguments.
43. Contents of process file.- The process file shall contain the following items; namely,a.

index;

b.

powers of attorney or vakalatnama;

c.

summons and other processes and affidavits relating thereof;

d.

applications for summoning witness;

e.

letters calling records; and

f.

all other miscellaneous papers such as postal acknowledgements

44. Execution file.- The execution file shall contain the following items, namely,a.

index;

b.

the order sheet;

c.

the execution application;

d.

all processes and other papers connected with such execution proceedings;

e.

transmission of order to civil court, if ordered; and

f.

result of execution;

45. File for miscellaneous applications.- For all miscellaneous applications there may be only one
file with a title page prefixed to it and immediately after the title page, the diary, the miscellaneous
applications, supporting affidavit, the order sheet and all other documents shall be filed.
46. Destruction of record.- Record of tribunal, except permanent record, shall be ordered to be
destroyed by the Registrar or Deputy Registrar after six years from the final conclusion of the
proceedings and if any appeal is filed under section 125 of the Act, the same shall be destroyed
after obtaining prior order of the Chairperson.
For purpose of Rule 46 Permanent record shall include order; appeal register, petition register
and such other record as may be ordered to be included by the Chairperson.
CHAPTER-VII
SERVICE OF PROCESS / APPEARANCE OF RESPONDENTS AND OBJECTIONS
47. Issue of notice.- (1) Where notice of an appeal or petition for caveat or inter-locutory application
is issued by the Tribunal, copies of the same, the affidavit in support thereof and if so ordered by
the Tribunal the copy of other documents filed therewith, if any, shall be served along with the
notice on the other side.
(2) The aforesaid copies shall show the date of presentation of the appeal or petition for caveat
or inter-locutory application and the name of the advocate, if any, of such party with his full
address for service and the interim order, if any, made thereon.

151

(3) The Tribunal may order for issuing notice in appropriate cases and also permit the party
concerned for service of said notice on the other side by Dasti and in such case, deliver the
notice to such party and it is for such party to file affidavit of service with proof.
(4) Acknowledgement before the date fixed for return of notice.
48. Summons.- Whenever summons or notice is ordered by private service, the appellant or applicant or petitioner as the case may be, unless already served on the other side in advance, shall
arrange to serve the copy of all appeals or petitions or applications by registered post or courier
service and file affidavit of service with its proof of acknowledgement before the date fixed for
hearing.
49. Steps for issue of fresh notice.- If any notice is returned unserved in the circumstances not
specified in rule 47, that fact and the reason thereof shall be notified immediately on the notice
board of the Registry. The applicant or petitioner or his advocate shall within seven days from
the date of such notification take steps to serve the notice afresh.
50. Consequence of failure to take steps for issue of fresh notice.- Where, after a summon has been
issued to the other side, and returned unserved, and the applicant or petitioner or appellant, as
the case may be, fails to take necessary steps within a period as ordered by the Tribunal from the
date of return of the notice on the respondent(s), the Registrar shall post the case before the
Bench for further directions or for dismissal for non prosecution.
51. Entries regarding service of notice or process.- The Judicial Branch of the Registry shall record
in the column in the order sheet Notes of the Registry, the details regarding completion of
service of notice on the respondents, such as date of issue of notice, date of service, date of
return of notice, if unserved, steps taken for issuing fresh notice and date of completion of
services etc.
52. Default of appearance of respondent and consequences.- Where the respondent, despite effective service of summons or notice on him does not appear before the date fixed for hearing, the
Tribunal may proceed to hear the appeal or application or petition exparte and pass final order on
merits.
Provided that it is open to the Tribunal to seek the assistance of any counsel as it deems fit in case
the matter involves intricate and substantial questions of law having wide ramifications.
53. Filing of objections by respondent, form and consequences.- (1)The respondent, if so directed,
shall file objections or counter within the time allowed by the Tribunal. The objections or counter
shall be verified as an appeal or petition and wherever new facts are sought to be introduced with
the leave of the Tribunal for the first time, the same shall be affirmed by a supporting affidavit.
(2) The respondent, if permitted to file objections or counter in any proceeding shall also file
three copies thereof after serving copies of the same on the appellant or petitioner or their
Counsel on record or authorized representative, as the case may be.
54. Sitting of vacation Bench and posting of cases.- (1) When the Tribunal is closed for vacation, the
vacation Bench shall sit on such days as may be specified by Chairperson or in his absence the
seniormost member available.
(2) During the vacation, only the matters which are required to be immediately or promptly dealt
with, shall be received in the Registry and the Registrar on being satisfied about the urgency,
shall order registration and posting of such cases.
(3) Inspection of records may be permitted during the vacation according to the rules.
152

(4) Certified copies may also be supplied during the vacation according to the rules.
( 5) Nothing in this rules shall disable the vacation Bench from taking the appeal or petition for
final hearing, if so directed by the Bench.
CHAPTER VIII
FEE ON PETITION / APPEAL, PROCESS FEE AND AWARD OF COSTS
55. Fee payable on appeal or petition etc.- (1) Fee for filing appeal or petition either under subsection(2) of section 111 or section 121, interlocutory application, application, enclosures or
annexures, lodging caveat and process fee shall be, as prescribed in the Schedule of fee appended to these rules.
(2) The fee and process fee shall be deposited by separate demand draft favouring the Pay and
Accounts Officer, Ministry of Power payable at New Delhi.
(3 ) The Tribunal may, to advance the cause of justice and in suitable cases, waive payment of
such fee or portion thereof, taking into consideration the economic condition or indigent
circumstances of the petitioner or appellant or applicant or such other reason, as the case
may be.
(4) The Central Government shall review the fee prescribed for various purposes after every two
years and the Schedule of fee may be amended by a notification.
56. Award of costs in the proceedings.- (1) Whenever the Tribunal deems fit, it may award cost for
meeting the legal expenses of the respondent of defaulting party.
(2) The Tribunal may in suitable cases direct appellant or respondent to bear the cost of litigation of the other side, and in case of abuse of process of court, impose exemplary costs on
defaulting party.
CHAPTER IX
INSPECTION OF RECORD
57. Inspection of the records.- (1) The parties to any case or their counsel may be allowed to inspect the record of the case by making an application in writing to the Registrar and fee prescribed therein.
(2) Subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Chairperson by a general
or special order, a person who is not a party to the proceeding, may also be allowed to inspect
the proceedings after obtaining the permission of the Registrar in writing.
58. Grant of inspection.- Inspection of records of a pending or decided case before the Tribunal
shall be allowed only on the order of the Registrar.
59. Application for grant of inspection.- (1) Application for inspection of record under sub- rule (1)
and (2) of rule 57, shall be in the form prescribed and presented at the filing counter of the
Registry between 10.30 AM and 3.00 PM on any working day and two days before the date on
which inspection is sought, unless otherwise permitted by the Registrar.
(2) The Registry shall submit the application with its remarks before the Registrar, who shall on
consideration of the same, pass appropriate orders.
(3) Inspection of records of a pending case shall not ordinarily be permitted on the date fixed for
hearing of the case or on the preceding day.

153

60. Fee payable for inspection.- Fee as given in the Schedule of the fees appended to these rules shall
be payable by way of Demand Draft or Indian Postal Order to be drawn in favour of the Pay and
Accounts Officer, Ministry of Power, New Delhi on any application for inspection of records of a
pending or decided case.
61. Mode of inspection.- (1) On grant of permission for inspection of the records, the Deputy Registrar shall arrange to procure the records of the case and allow inspection of such records on the
date and time fixed by the Registrar between 10.30 AM and 12.30 PM and between 2.30 PM and
4.30 PM in the immediate presence of an officer authorized in that behalf.
(2) The person inspecting the records shall not in any manner cause dislocation, mutilation,
tampering or damage to the records in the course of inspection.
(3) The person inspecting the records shall not make any marking on any record or paper so
inspected and taking notes, if any, of the documents or records inspected may be done only
in pencil.
(4) The person supervising the inspection, may at any time prohibit further inspection, if in his
opinion, any of the records are likely to be damaged in the process of inspection or the
person inspecting the records has violated or attempted to violate the provisions of these
rules and shall immediately make a report about the matter to the Registrar and seek further
orders from the Registrar and such notes shall be made in column (8) of the Inspection
Register.
62. Maintenance of register of inspection.- The Deputy Registrar shall cause to maintain a Register
for the purpose of inspection of documents or records and shall obtain therein the signature of
the person making such inspection on the Register as well as on the application on the conclusion of inspection.
CHAPTER X
APPEARANCE OF LEGAL PRACTITIONER
63. Appearance of legal practitioners.- Subject to as hereinafter provided, no legal practitioner shall
be entitled to appear and act, in any proceeding before the Tribunal unless he files into Tribunal
a vakalatnama in the prescribed form duly executed by or on behalf of the party for whom he
appears.
64. Nomination or engagement of another legal practitioner.- Where a legal practitioner who has
filed the Vakalatnama engages or nominates another legal practitioner to appear and argue his
clients case but not to act for the client, the Tribunal may permit such other legal practitioner to
appear and argue on an oral request being made before commencement of the proceedings.
65. Consent for engaging another legal practitioner.-: A legal practitioner proposing to file a
Vakalatnama in any pending case or proceeding before the Tribunal in which there is already a
legal practitioner on record, shall do so only with the written consent of the legal practitioner on
record or when such consent is refused, with the permission of the Tribunal after revocation of
Vakalatnama on an application filed in this behalf, which shall receive consideration only after
service of such application on the counsel already on record.
66. Restrictions on appearance.- A legal practitioner who has tendered advice in connection with the
institution of any case or other proceeding before the Tribunal or has drawn pleadings in connection with any such matter or has during the progress of any such matter acted for a party, shall
not, appear in such case or proceeding or other matter arising therefrom or in any matter con-

154

nected therewith for any person whose interest is opposed to that of his former client, except with
the prior permission of the Tribunal.
67. Form and execution of Vakalatnama.- (1) Every Vakalatnama authorizing a legal practitioner to
plead and act shall be in the prescribed Form and the name of the legal practitioner so appointed
shall be inserted in the Vakalatnama before it is executed and it shall be dated at the time of its
execution and acceptance and its execution shall be attested by an advocate or notary or a
gazetted officer serving in connection with the affairs of the Union or of any State in India or a
legal practitioner other than the legal practitioner accepting the Vakalatnama.
(2) The authority attesting the Vakalatnama under sub rule (1) shall certify that it has been duly
executed in his presence and subscribe his signature giving his name and designation.
Attestation shall be made only after the name of the legal practitioner is inserted in the
Vakalatnama before its execution. When a Vakalatnama is executed by a party who appears
to be illiterate, blind or not acquainted with the language of the Vakalatnama, the attestor
shall certify that the Vakalatnama was read, translated and explained in his presence to the
executant, in the language known to such executant, that he seemed to understand it and
that he signed or affixed his thumb mark in his presence with full knowledge and understanding.
(3) Every Vakalatnama shall contain an endorsement of acceptance by the legal practitioner in
whose favour it is executed and shall also bear his address for service and if the Vakalatnama
is in favour of more than one legal practitioner, it shall be signed and accepted by all of them,
giving the address for service of any one of them.
68. Restriction on partys right to be heard.- The party who has engaged a legal practitioner to
appear for him before the Tribunal shall not be entitled to be heard in person unless permitted by the Tribunal.
69. Professional dress for the advocate.- While appearing before the Tribunal, the Advocate shall
wear the same professional dress as prescribed for appearance before the Court or wear a coat
with a tie or a close coat.
CHAPTER XI
AFFIDAVITS
70. Title of affidavits.- Every affidavit shall be titled as In the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity.
followed by the cause title of the application or other proceeding in which the affidavit is sought
to be used.
71. Form and contents of the affidavit.- The affidavit shall conform to the requirements of order XIX,
rule 3 of Civil Procedure Code, 1908 (5 of 1908).
72. Persons authorized to attest.- Affidavits shall be sworn or affirmed before any Judicial Magistrate or Civil Judge or Registrar and Deputy Registrar of the Tribunal or Notary or District
Registrar or Sub-Registrar, who shall affix his official seal or the Chief Ministerial Officer of any
civil or criminal court in the state or any advocate.
73. Affidavits of illiterate, blind persons.- Where an affidavit is sworn or affirmed by any person who
appears to be illiterate, blind or unacquainted with the language in which the affidavit is written,
the attestor shall certify that the affidavit was read, explained or translated by him or in his
presence to the deponent and that he seemed to understand it, and made his signature or mark in
the presence of the attestor in Form No. VIII.

155

74. Identification of deponent.- If the deponent is not known to the attestor, his identity shall be
testified by a person known to him and the person identifying shall affix his signature in token
thereof.
75. Annexures to the affidavit.- Document accompanying an affidavit shall be referred to therein as
Annexure number and the attestor shall make the endorsement thereon that this is the document
marked putting the Annexure number in the affidavit. The attestor shall sign therein and shall
mention the name and his designation.
CHAPTER XII
DISCOVERY, PRODUCTION AND RETURN OF DOCUMENTS
76. Application for production of documents, form of summons.-(1)Except otherwise provided hereunder, discovery or production and return of documents shall be regulated by the provisions of
the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908.
(2) An application for summons to produce documents shall be on plain paper setting out the
document/s the production of which is sought, the relevancy of the document/s and in case
where the production of a certified copy would serve the purpose, whether application was
made to the proper officer and the result thereof.
(3) A summons for production of documents in the custody of a public officer other than a court
shall be in Form No. IX and shall be addressed to the concerned Head of the Department or
such other authority as may be specified by the Tribunal.
77. Suo motu summoning of documents.- Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules, the
Tribunal may, suo motu, issue summons for production of public document or other documents
in the custody of a public officer.
78. Marking of documents.- (1)The documents when produced shall be marked as follows :
(a) If relied upon by the appellants or petitioners side, they shall be numbered as A series.
(b) If relied upon by the respondents side, they shall be marked as B series.
(c) The Tribunal exhibits shall be marked as C series.
(2) The Tribunal may direct the applicant to deposit in Tribunal by way of Demand Draft or
Indian Postal Order drawn in favour of the Pay and Accounts Officer, Ministry of Power,
New Delhi, a sum sufficient to defray the expenses for transmission of the records before the
summons is issued.
79. Return and transmission of documents.- (1) An application for return of the documents produced shall be numbered. No such application shall be entertained after the destruction of
the records.
(2) The Tribunal may, at any time, direct return of documents produced subject to such conditions as it deems fit.
CHAPTER XIII
EXAMINATION OF WITNESSES AND ISSUE OF COMMISSIONS
80. Procedure for examination of witnesses, issue of Commissions.- The provisions of the
Orders XVI and XXVI of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, shall mutatis mutandis apply in
the matter of summoning and enforcing attendance of any person and examining him on oath
and issuing commission for the examination of witnesses or for production of documents.
156

81. Examination in camera.- The Tribunal may in its discretion examine any witness in camera.
82 Form of oath or affirmation to witness.- Oath shall be administered to a witness in the following
form :
I do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that what I shall state shall be truth, the whole
truth and nothing but the truth.
83. Form of oath or affirmation to interpreter.- Oath or solemn affirmation shall be administered
to the Interpreter in the following form before his assistance is taken for examining a witness :
I do swear in the name of God/solemnly affirm that I will faithfully and truly interpret and explain
all questions put to and evidence given by witness and translate correctly and accurately all
documents given to me for translation.
84. Officer to administer oath.- The oath or affirmation shall be administered by the Court
Officer or the Commissioner of Oaths.
85. Form recording of deposition.- (1) The Deposition of a witness shall be recorded in Form No. X.
(2)

Each page of the deposition shall be initialed by the Members constituting the Bench.

(3) Corrections, if any, pointed out by the witness may, if the Bench/Commissioner is satisfied,
be carried out and duly initialled. If not satisfied, a note to the effect be appended at the
bottom of the deposition.
86. Numbering of witnesses.- The witnesses called by the applicant or petitioner shall be
numbered consecutively as PWs and those by the respondents as RWs.
87. Grant of discharge certificate.- Witness discharged by the Tribunal may be granted a certificate
in Form No. XI by the Registrar.
88. Witness batta payable.- (1) Where the Tribunal issues summons to a Government servant to give
evidence or to produce documents, the person so summoned may draw from the Government
traveling and daily allowances admissible to him as per rules.
(2) Where there is no provision for payment of TA and DA by the employer to the person
summoned to give evidence or to produce documents, he shall be entitled to be paid as batta,
(a sum found by the Registrar sufficient to defray the traveling and other expenses), having
regard to the status and position of the witness. The party applying for the summons shall
deposit with the Registrar the amount of batta as estimated by the Registrar well before the
summons is issued. If the witness is summoned as a court witness, the amount estimated by
the Registrar shall be paid as per the directions of the Tribunal.
(3) The aforesaid provisions would govern the payment of batta to the interpreter as well.
89. Records to be furnished to the commissioner.- The Commissioner shall be furnished by the
Tribunal with such of the records of the case as the Tribunal considers necessary for executing
the Commission. Original documents will be furnished only if a copy does not serve the purpose
or cannot be obtained without unreasonable expense or delay. Delivery and return of records
shall be made under proper acknowledgement.
90. Taking of specimen handwriting, signature etc..-The Commissioner may, if necessary, take
specimen of the handwriting, signature or fingerprint of any witness examined before him.

157

CHAPTER XIV
PRONOUNCEMENT OF ORDERS
91. Order.- The final decision of the Tribunal on an application/petition before the Tribunal shall
be described as Judgement.
92. Operative portion of the order.-All orders or directions of the Bench shall be stated in clear
and precise terms in the last paragraph of the order.
93. Corrections.- The Member of the Bench who has prepared the order shall initial all
corrections and affix his initials at the bottom of each page.
94. Pronouncement of order.- (1) The Bench shall as far as possible pronounce the order immediately
after the hearing is concluded.
(2) When the orders are reserved, the date for pronouncement of order shall be notified in the
cause list which shall be a valid notice of intimation of pronouncement.
(3) Reading of the operative portion of the order in the open court shall be deemed to be
pronouncement of the order.
(4) Any order reserved by a Circuit Bench of the Tribunal may also be pronounced at the
principal place of sitting of the Bench in one of the aforesaid modes as exigencies of the
situation require.
95. Pronouncement of order by any one member of the bench.- (1) Any Member of the Bench may
pronounce the order for and on behalf of the Bench.
(2) When an order is pronounced under this rule, the Court Master shall make a note in the order
sheet, that the order of the Bench consisting of Chairperson and Members was pronounced
in open court on behalf of the Bench consisting of Two/Three Members.
96. Authorizing any member to pronounce order.- (1) If the Members of the Bench who heard the
case are not readily available or have ceased to be Members of the Tribunal, the Chairperson may
authorize any other Member to pronounce the order on his behalf after being satisfied that the
order has been duly prepared and signed by all the Members who heard the case. The order
pronounced by the Member so authorized shall be deemed to be duly pronounced.
(2) The Member so authorized for pronouncement of the order shall affix his signature in the
order sheet of the case stating that he has pronounced the order as provided in this rule.
(3) If the order cannot be signed by reason of death, retirement or resignation or for any other
reason by any one of the Members of the Bench who heard the case, it shall be deemed to
have been released from part-heard and listed afresh for hearing.
97. Making of entries by Court Master.- Immediately on pronouncement of an order by the Bench,
the Court Master shall make necessary endorsement on the case file regarding the date of such
pronouncement, the nature of disposal and the constitution of the Bench pronouncing the order
and he shall also make necessary entries in the court diary maintained by him.
98. Transmission of order by the Court Master.- (1) The Court Master shall immediately on pronouncement of order, transmit the order with the case file to the Deputy Registrar..
(2) On receipt of the order from the Court Master, the Deputy Registrar shall after due scrutiny,
satisfy himself that the provisions of these rules have been duly compiled with and in token
thereof affix his initials with date on the outer cover of the order. The Deputy Registrar shall
158

thereafter cause to transmit the case file and the order to the Registry for taking steps to
prepare copies and their communication to the parties.
99. Format of order.- (1) All orders shall be neatly and fairly typewritten in double space on one side
only on durable foolscap folio paper of metric A-4 size (30.5 cm long and 21.5 cm wide) with left
side margin of 5 cm and right side margin of 2.5 cm. Corrections, if any, in the order shall be carried
out neatly. Sufficient space may be left both at the bottom and at the top of each page of the order
to make its appearance elegant.
(2) Members constituting the Bench shall affix their signatures in the order of their seniority
from right to left.
100. Indexing of case files after disposal.- After communication of the order to the parties or legal
practitioners, the official concerned shall arrange the records with pagination and prepare in the
Index Sheet in Form no. to be prescribed by the Tribunal. He shall affix initials and then transmit
the records with the Index initials to the records room.
101. Transmission of files or records or orders.- Transmission of files or records of the cases or
orders shall be made only after obtaining acknowledgement in the movement register maintained at different sections or levels as per the directions of the Registrar.
102. Copies of orders in library.- (1) The officer in charge of the Registry shall send copies of every
order (final ) to the library.
(2)

Copies of all orders received in each month shall be kept at the library in a separate folder,
arranged in the order of date of pronouncement, duly indexed and stitched.

(3)

At the end of every year, a consolidated index shall also be prepared and kept in a
separate file in the library.

(4)

The order folders and the indices may be made available for reference in the library to the
legal practitioners.
CHAPTER XV
SUPREME COURT ORDERS

103. Register of SLPs/Appeal.- (1) A Register in Form no. XII shall be maintained in regard to SLPs
or Appeals against the orders of the Tribunal to the Supreme Court and necessary entries
therein be promptly made by the Judicial Branch.
(2)

The register shall be placed for scrutiny by the Chairperson in the first week of every
month.

104. Placing of Supreme Court orders before Tribunal.- Whenever an interim or final order passed
by the Supreme Court of India in an appeal or other proceeding preferred against a decision of
the Tribunal is received, the same shall forthwith be placed before the Chairperson / Members
for information and kept in the relevant case file. Immediate attention of the Registrar shall be
drawn to the directions requiring compliance.
105. Registrar to ensure compliance of Supreme Court orders.- It shall be the duty of the Registrar
to take expeditious steps to comply with the directions of the Supreme Court.

159

CHAPTER XVI
MISCELLANEOUS
106. Filing through electronic media.- The Tribunal may allow filing of appeal or petition or application through electronic media such as online filing and provide for rectification of defects by email or net and in such filing, these rules shall be adopted as nearly as possible on and from a
date to be notified separately and the Chairperson may issue instructions in this behalf from
time to time.
107. Removal of difficulties and issue of directions.- Notwithstanding anything contained in the
rules, wherever the rules are silent or no provision is made, the Chairperson may issue appropriate directions to remove difficulties and issue such orders or circulars to govern the situation or
contingency that may arise in the working of the Tribunal.

160

SCHEDULE
(FEES)
The fee payable shall be
(i)

(ii)

(iii)

in respect of appeal under sub(2) of section 111 of the Act

where the respondents are four or less Rs. One lakh
and where Respondents exceed four,
an additional fee of Rs.10,000/- shall be paid
for each respondent
For petition under section121 of the Act, if the Respondents
are four or less
Rs. One lakh
And where Respondents exceed four,
Additional Fee of Rs. 10,000/- for each respondent

If proceedings are instituted by more than one

Appellants/Petitioners, or association fee payable on such
Appeal/petition

Rs. 1,00,000/-

(iv)

Review petition fee

Rs.30,000/-

(v)

Execution Petition

Rs.5,000/-

(vi)

Transmission of order or direction to Civil Court

for execution.

Rs.3,000/-

(vii) For lodging caveat

Rs.3000/-

(viii) Interlocutory application

Rs.1000/-

(ix)

Vakalat/authorization Court fee payable

Rs. 25/-

(x)

Copying charges for furnishing certified copy

per page

Rs. 25/-

(xi)

One time process fee payable with each appeal/

petition/interlocutory application/every proceeding
instituted.

Rs.2000/-

(xii) Inspection Fee

Rs. 500/-

(xiii) Enclosure/Annexure Court fee

Rs. 25/-

161

FORM - I
{ See Rule 20 ]
Memorandum of Appeal Preferred under sub-section 1 and 2 of Section 111 of
The Electricity Act, 2003
IN THEAPPELLATE TRIBUNAL FOR ELECTRICITY
AT NEW DELHI
APPELLATE JURISDICTION
APPEAL NO. _____OF 200
CAUSE TITLE
Between
A.B.

..Appellant (s)
And

C.D.

..Respondent(s)

[ including appropriate commission/adjudicating officer ]

( with short address )
1.

Details of Appeal
[ appeal under section of the Electricity Act, 2003 against impugned order of the (adjudicating officer/appropriate commission ) dated ..passed under section of the
Electricity Act, 2003.

2.

Date on which the order appealed against is communicated and proof thereof, if any.

3.

The address of the appellant for service is as set out hereunder:

i)

Postal address including PIN code

ii)

Phone number including mobile number.

iii) E-mail
iv) Fax No.
v) Address of Counsel with Phone No., Fax No., e-mail
4.

The address of the respondents for service of all notices in the appeal are as set out hereunder :
i)

Postal address including PIN code

ii)

Phone number

iii) E-mail
iv) Fax Number
v) Mobile Number
vi) Address of Counsel with Phone number, Fax number, e-mail and mobile number.
5.

Jurisdiction of the Appellate Tribunal

The appellant declares that the subject matter of the appeal is within the jurisdiction of this
Tribunal.
162

6.

Limitation
The Appellant/s declare that the appeal is within the period specified in sub-section (2) of section
111 of the Act. ( Explain how the appeal is within the period prescribed in case the appeal is
preferred after the expiry of 45 days from the date of order/direction/decision against which this
appeal is preferred ). In case the appeal barred by limitation, the number of days of delay should
be given along with interlocutory application for condonation of delay.

7.

Facts of the case

The facts of the case are given below :
(give here a concise statement of facts in a chronological order followed by elaboration of issues
including the question of law arising in the appeal. Each paragraph should deal with, as far as
possible a separate issue. )

8.

Formulate (i) the facts in issue or specify the dispute between the parties and (ii) summarize the
questions of law that arise for consideration in the appeal :
(a) Facts in issue
(b) Question of law

9.

Grounds raised with legal provisions

10. Matters not previously filed or pending with any other court
The appellant further declares that the appellant had not previously filed any writ petition or suit
regarding the matter in respect of which this appeal is preferred before any court or any other
authority nor any such writ petition or suit is pending before any of them.
[ In case the appellant previously had filed any such writ petition or suit, the stage at which it is
pending and, if decided, the outcome of the same should be specified and a copy of the order
should also be annexed ].
11. Specify below explaining the grounds for such relief (s) and the legal provisions, if any, relied
upon.
12. Details of Interim Application, if any, preferred along with appeal.
13. Details of appeal/s, if any preferred before this Appellate Tribunal against the same impugned
order/direction, by Respondents with numbers, dates and interim order, if any passed in that
appeal (if known).
14. Details of Index
[ An index containing the details of the documents in chronological order relied upon is enclosed].
15. Particulars of fee payable and details of bank draft in favour of Pay and Accounts Officer, Ministry of Power, New Delhi.
In respect of the fee for appeal.
Name of the Bank _____________________Branch________payable at Delhi.
_________________Date.

163

DD No.

16. List of enclosures :

1.
2.
3.
4.
17. Whether the order appealed as communicated in original is filed ? If not, explain the reason for
not filing the same.
18. Whether the appellant/s is ready to file written submissions/arguments before the first hearing
after serving the copy of the same on Respondents.
19. Whether the copy of memorandum of appeal with all enclosures has been forwarded to all
respondents and all interested parties, if so, enclose postal receipt/courier receipt in addition to
payment of Prescribed process fee.
20. Any other relevant or material particulars / details which the appellant(s) deems necessary to set
out :
21. Reliefs Sought
In view of the facts mentioned in para 7 above, points in dispute and questions of law set out in
Para 8, the appellant prays for the following relief (s) :
a)
b)
c)
Dated at ____________________this ________day of __________200 .
Counsel for Appellant(s)

Appellant (s)
DECLARATION BYAPPELLANT

The appellant(s) above named hereby solemnly declare (s) that nothing material has been concealed
or suppressed and further declare(s) that the enclosures and typed set of material papers relied upon
and filed herewith are true copies of the original(s)/fair reproduction of the originals / true translation
thereof.

Verified at ________________on this at ____________day of ___________200 .

Counsel for Appellant (s)

APPELLANT(S)

164

Verification

I _____________________(Name of the appellant ) S/o. W/o. D/o. [ indicate any one, as the case
may be ] ___________age_______________working as _______________in the office of
_______________resident of _____________do hereby verify that the contents of the
paras_________to ________________are true to my personal knowledge/derived from official
record) and para _______________to ___________are believed to be true on legal advice and that
I have not suppressed any material facts.

Date

Place

Signature of the appellant or authorized officer

165

FORM II
[ See Rule 20 ]
Petition under Sections 121/111 (6) of the Electricity Act 2003
Before the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity, New Delhi
(Original Jurisdiction )
Original/Original Special Petition No..of 200 ..
Between
A.B.

..Petitioner(s)

And
C.D.

..Respondent(s)

[ including appropriate commission/adjudicating officer ]

( with address )
The petitioner/s above named beg/s to prefer this original petition for issue of orders or instructions
or directions under section 121 of the Electricity Act and state as follows :
1.

The address for service on the petitioner is

2.

The address for service on Respondent/s appropriate commission/adjudicating officer is /

are..

3.

Whether direction/order/rule/instruction sought for is within jurisdiction of the Tribunal under

section 121.
Set out the details and explain the circumstances under which the present original petition is
being moved.

4.

Set out the details of representations/demands made on the Respondent appropriate Commission and reply/order is any received.

5.

Set out the grievance or prejudice caused to the petitioner and consequences of not issuing
directions/orders/instructions prayed for.

6.

Set out the basis of claims, legal contentions/grounds based on which reliefs are sought for.

7.

Whether proceedings, if any already instituted before other forums and the result of the proceedings.

8.

Whether any other remedy is available under the Electricity Act 2003 or any other Statutory
Provision of Law or Rule, If so, why not invoked.
(set out in detail )

9.

Whether petition in respect of reliefs prayed for any proceeding in pending before the Appellate
Tribunal at the instance of Respondents / or any other third party.

10. Particulars of fee payable and details of bank draft in favour of the Pay and Accounts Officer,
Ministry of Power, New Delhi.
In respect of the fee for appeal.
Name of the Bank __________________Branch _________payable _______________

166

1.

DD No.___________dated

2.
11. List of enclosures and copies filed :
1.
2.
3.
12. Whether the copy of memorandum of petition with all enclosures has been forwarded to all
respondents and all interested parties, if so, enclose postal receipt/comer receipt in addition to
payment of process fee as prescribed by the rules.
13. Any other material particular which the Petitioner deems relevant for the petition may also be set
out.
14. Relief sought for :
a)
b)
c)

Dated at ______________this day_______________of 200

Counsel for Petitioner

Petitioner
DECLARATION

The petitioner (s) above named hereby solemnly declare (s) that nothing material has been concealed
or suppressed and further declare that the enclosures and typed set of material papers relied upon
and filed herewith are original and fair reproduction of originals or true translation thereof.

Verified at ____________dated at _________this day_________of ____200 .

Counsel for Petitioner(s)

Petitioner (s)

167

VERIFICATION

I __________________(Name of the petitioner) S/o.W/o.D/o. (indicate any one, as the case may be
) ___________age ____________working as __________ in the office of _______________resident of _______________ do hereby verify that the contents of the paras _____________to
___________are true to my personal knowledge / derived from official record ) and para
_________ to _______are believed to be true on legal advice and that I have not suppressed any
material facts.

Date

Place

Signature of the Petitioner or authorized officer

168

FORM III
[ See Rule 20 ]
INTERLOCUTORYAPPLICATION
BEFORE THEAPPELLATE TRIBUNAL FOR ELECTRICITY
IA NO. ______OF 200
In
Appeal/Original Petition No. ________of 200

CAUSE TITLE
Set out the Appeal No. _________________of 200
Appeal / Petition short cause title

Set out the 1.

Appeal No.____________200

Cause Title Interlocutory Application

Petition for stay/direction/dispense with/condone delay/calling records
The applicant above named state/s as follows :
1.

Set out the relief (s)

2.

Brief facts

3.

Basis on which interim orders prayed for

4.

Balance of convenience, if any :

(All interlocutory applications shall be supported by an affidavit sworn by the Applicant/on its behalf
and attested by a Notary Public).
DECLARATION
The applicant above named hereby solemnly declare that nothing material has been concealed
or suppressed and further declare that the enclosures and typed set of material papers relied upon
and filed herewith are true copies of the originals or fair reproduction of the originals or true translation thereof.

Verified at_________dated at _______this day __________of _______200 .

Counsel for Applicant

Applicant
169

VERIFICATION
I __________________(Name of the applicant) S/o.W/o.D/o. (indicate any one, as the case may be
) ___________age ____________working as __________ in the office of _______________resident of _______________ do hereby verify that the contents of the paras _____________to
___________are true to my personal knowledge / derived from official record ) and para
_________ to _______are believed to be true on legal advice and that I have not suppressed any
material facts.

Date

Place

Signature of the Appellant/Petitioner or authorized officer

170

CAVEAT PETITION IV
FORM [ See Rule 22 ]
Memorandum of Caveat
Before the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity
(Caveat No. ____of 200 )
CAUSE TITLE
Between
AB

.Caveat or

And
CD

.Expected Appellant/Petitioner

1.

Set out details of the order against which appeal/application/petition is expected, in the matter
of dispute between AB and CD.

2.

a)

Address for service on the caveator

b) Address for service on the Counsel for the caveator

3.

Specify the authority who passed the order with reference number and date (enclose copy of
order appealed against ).

4.

Set out the details of expected Appellant (s)/Petitioner (s)

With address

(i)
(ii)
(iii)

5.

Prayer : Let no orders be passed in the appeal expected to be filed or any interlocutory application
that may be preferred by the expected Appellant/Petitioner without service of notice on the
caveator.
The caveator undertakes to accept service of appeal or petition or application and appear
before this Tribunal on the date and time at which the appeal/petition/application is moved by
Respondent/expected appellant/petitioner.

Dated at New Delhi ___________Day_________of (Month) 200 .

Counsel for Caveator

Caveator
Verification

The caveator above named state and verify that the contents of this caveat lodged are true and
correct.
Verified at New Delhi on
This __________day of _________200 .
Caveator
171

FORM NO. V
[ See Rule 57]
Pending/Disposed of
APPELLATE TRIBUNALFOR ELECTRICITY
_______________BENCH
Application No.

in

of 200 _________
rd

Applicant/s/3 party/Appellant/Petitioner
vs
Respondent/s
Application for Inspection of Documents/Records under Rule 57
I hereby apply for grant of permission to inspect the documents/records in the above case.
The details are as follows :1.

Name and address of the person seeking inspection :

2.

Whether he is a party to the case/his Legal Practitioner and if so, his rank therein.

3.

Details of the papers/documents sought to be inspected.

4.

Reasons for seeking the Inspection .

5.

The date and duration of the inspection sought for .

6.

Whether fee is paid and if so, the mode of payment.

7.

If a third party, whether a vakalat has been filed with Court Fee Stamp
Verification :

I.state that the above facts are true and correct.

Place

Date

Office Use

Applicant

Granted inspection for _____hours on __________/rejected.

Registrar
APTEL .
Endorsement after inspection:
I, the applicant above named inspected the documents/records on .in the presence of
Mr.between ..to ..Hrs on ..and inspection is completed/concluded.
Dated ..day2006.
Applicant/Counsel
172

Form No. VI
[ See Rule 67 ]
FORM OF VAKALATHNAMA
APPELLATE TRIBUNALFOR ELECTRICITY
______________BENCH
Appeal/Petition /No.

of

200_________
Appellant/s

vs
Respondent/s
I, ..Appellant No./Respondent No..in the above
appeal/petition do hereby appoint and retain Shri ......................................
.Advocate/s to appear, plead and act for me/us in the above appeal/
petition and to conduct and prosecute all proceedings that may be taken in respect thereof and
applications for return of documents, enter into compromise and to draw any moneys payable to me/
us in the said proceeding and also to appear in all applications for review and for leave to the Supreme
Court of India in all applications for review of judgement.

Place

Date

Signature of the Party

Executed in my presence.

Accepted

*Signature with date

(Name and Designation)

*Signature with date

(Name and Designation)

(Address for service on the Counsel for

Appellant/Respondent. Furnish
Full Address..
Phone No .
Fax No.
*

The following certification to be given when the party is unacquainted with the language of
the vakalat or is blind or illiterate:-

The contents of the vakalatnama were truly and audibly read over/translated into language
known to the party executing the vakalatnama and he seems to have understood the same.

Signature with date

(Name and Designation)
173

Form No. VII

[ See Rule 70 ]
APPELLATE TRIBUNALFOR ELECTRICITY
______________BENCH
Appeal/Petition/

/NO.

of

200_________
Appellant/Applicant

vs
Respondent/s
AFFIDAVIT
I, .aged..years, son/daughter/wife of
..(name and occupation of the deponent).
residing at (Full address) .do hereby swear in the name of God solemnly
affirm and state as follows :
Para. 1
Para. 2
Para. 3
.
..
..
Contents of Paragraphs Nos. .are within my personal knowledge and contents of
Paragraphs Nosare based on information received by me which I believe the same to be
true (state the source of information wherever possible and the grounds for belief, if any ).
..
..
Place
Date

:
:

Signature of the Deponent

Name in Block Letters

No. of corrections on page nos.

Identified by :

Before me

*.
Sworn/solemnly affirmed before me on this the ..day of 200.
Signature

(Name and Designation of the

Attesting Authority with Seal)
*To add endorsement in Form No.
when necessary
174

APPELLATE TRIBUNALFOR ELECTRICITY

FORM NO. VIII
[ See Rule 73 ]

Certification when deponent is unacquainted with the language of the affidavit or is blind or
illiterate.

Contents of the affidavit were truly and audibly read over/translated into ...............language known to the deponent and he seems to have understood the same and affixed his LTI/
Signature/Mark.

(Signature )
Name and designation with date.

175

FORM NO. IX
[ See Rule 77 ]
APELLATE TRIBUNALFOR ELECTRICITY
BENCH
Appeal/Petition No

OF 200

Between
..

.Appellant/Petitioner

(By Advocate Shri.)

and

Respondent/s

(By Advocate Shri )

Under Section 120 of Electricity Act 2003 r/w C.P.C.

Whereas the Tribunal suo motu or on consideration of the request made by Shri ..(
Appellant/Petitioner No. ) having been satisfied that production of the following documents/records
under your control/custody is necessary for proper decision of the above case, you are hereby
directed to cause production of the said documents/records before this Tribunal /forward duly authenticated copies thereof on or before the day of..200

(Enter description of documents requisitioned )

By Order of Tribunal
Registrar

Date :

176

FORM NO. X
[ See Rule 85 ]
APPELLATE TRIBUNALFOR ELECTRICITY
..BENCH
Appeal/Petition No

of 200

Deposition of PW/RW
1.

Name

2.

Fathers/Mothers/Husbands Name

3.

Age

4.

Occupation

5.

Place of Residence and address

6.

Name of the Officer administering the

Oath / affirmation

7.

Name of the Interpreter if any, duly

Sworn/ solemnly affirmed

:
Duly sworn/ solemnly/ affirmed

Examination-in-chief :

By
Date

.
.
Cross examination : By

Re-examination, if any:

(Signature of the witness on each page)

Statement of witness as recorded was read over/translated to the witness, who admitted it to be
correct.
Signature of the Member of the Tribunal with date

177

FORM NO. XI
[ See Rule 87 ]
CERTIFICATE OF DISCHARGE

Certified that appeared before this Tribunal as a witness/in/

No. ..of 20, on behalf of the appellant/petitioner/respondent/as Court witness on
this day of .200 and that he was relieved at .on
He was paid/not paid any T.A. and D.A./Batta of Rs.

Date

Signature of the Registrar

(Seal of theTribunal)

178

FORM NO. XII

[ See Rule 103 ]
APPELLATE TRIBUNALFOR ELECTRICITY
.BENCH
REGISTER OF SLPs/APPEALS TO SUPREME COURT
Sl.
No

No. of
SLP/
appeal
Before
the
Supreme
Court

No.of
the
case
appealed
against

Name
of the
Applicant/
Respondent

Date
of
dispatch
Of
records

Date
of
receipt
of
records
from

to SC

SC

SLP
dismisssed/
allowed
with
date

Interim
Direction
If any,
with
date

Final
order
In the
appeal
with
date

Direct-ion
If any,
for
compliance
by the

Steps Remarks
Taken
for
compliance

Tribunal

[F.No. 46/6/2005-R&R]

Sd/(AJAY SHANKAR)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India
179

[Contains amendment vide Notification No. GSR 537(E) dated 7th September, 2006)]
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
Notification
New Delhi, the 16th April, 2004
G.S.R. 265(E).- In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (u) of sub-section (2) of section 176 of the
Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) the Central Government hereby makes the following rules prescribing
the appellate authority for preferring appeal against the orders of the assessing officer, namely:1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called Appeal to the Appellate Authority
Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003 ;
(b) Section means a section of the Act.
(2) Words and expression used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Act, 2003 shall
have the meanings respectively assigned to them in Act.

3.

Appellate Authority - For the purpose of appeal under section 127, the State Government may, by
notification in the Official Gazette, constitute an Appellate Authority consisting of one or more
prsons such that one of the persons shall have knowledge of matters related to assessment of
electricity charges and none of them shall be directly related to the affairs of the territorial
jurisdiction of the licensee or supplier of the electricity.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India
F.No. 23/63/2003-R&R

To
The Manager,
Government of India Press,
Mayapuri, New Delhi

180

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 21st June, 2004

Notification
G.S.R. 370(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (l) of sub-section (2) of section 176
of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) the Central Government hereby makes the following rules for
regulating the procedure for conducting an inquiry against a Member of the Appropriate Commission,
namely:1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the procedure for conducting
Inquiry against a Member of Appropriate Commission Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) section means section of the Act;
(c) Registrar means Registrar of the Appellate Tribunal.
(2) Words and expression used herein and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the
meaning respectively assigned to them in the Act.

3.

Procedure for conducting inquiry - (1) The Appropriate Government shall make a reference
along with imputation of charges and other relevant information for the purpose of conducting
such inquiry to the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal in pursuance of the provisions of subsection (2) of section 90 of the Act.
(2) On receipt of a reference under sub-rule (1) the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal shall
issue a notice to the Member concerned to appear before him on the time and date specified
in the notice.
(3) A copy of the charges preferred against the Member shall be supplied along with the notice.
(4) The Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal may seek assistance of an expert or expert agency
for investigating into the charges against the Member.
181

(5) For the purposes of discharging his functions under these rules, the Chairperson of the
Appellate Tribunal may summon such witnesses or records as he may consider necessary.
(6) After hearing the views of the Member, Chairperson shall forward his findings to the Appropriate Government.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
(F.No. 23/61/2003-R&R)

182

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 21st June, 2004.

Notification
G.S.R. 371(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (y) of sub-section (2) of section 176
of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) the Central Government hereby makes the following rules
regarding the manner of delivery of notice, order or document under the Act, namely :
1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Means of delivery of Notice,
Order or Document Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) section means a section of the Act.
(2) Words and expression used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Electricity Act,
2003 (36 of 2003), shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.

3.

Means of delivery of notice, order or document - Every notice, order or document by or under
this Act required, or authorised to be addressed to any person may in addition to the means
provided in sub-section (1) of section 171 may also be delivered by any of the following means:(a) through special messenger and obtaining signed acknowledgement; or
(b) by telegraphic message, or
(c) by fax, or
(d) by e-mail.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
(F.No. 23/7/2004-R&R)
183

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Government Of India
Ministry of Power
New Delhi, the 31st August, 2004.

Notification
G.S.R. 563(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (v) of sub-section (2) of section
176 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following
rules regulating the procedure for holding the inquiry by an adjudicating officer, namely: 1.

Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Procedure for Holding Inquiry
by Adjudicating Officer Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) adjudicating officer means the adjudicating officer appointed under sub-section (1) of
section 143 of the Act;
(c) section means a section of the Act.
(2) Words and expression used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Act shall have
the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.

3.

Procedure for holding Inquiry by adjudicating officer - (1) Whenever the Central Commission
appoints an adjudicating officer, a copy of the appointment order shall be provided to the person
concerned.
(2) In holding an inquiry under the Act, the adjudicating officer shall, in the first instance, issue
a notice to the person concerned requiring him to show cause within twenty one days from
the date of issue of such notice, as to why an inquiry should not be held against him.
(3) Every notice under sub-rule (2) shall indicate the nature of contravention alleged to have
been committed.
(4) If, after considering the cause, if any, shown by concerned person or where no cause is
shown, the adjudicating officer is of the opinion that an inquiry should be held, he shall for
reasons to be recorded in writing, issue a notice for fixing a date for the appearance of that
person either personally or through an authorised representative.
(5) The adjudicating officer shall provide an opportunity to the concerned person to produce
such evidence as he may consider relevant and necessary for the inquiry.
184

(6) If any person fails, neglects or refuses to appear before the adjudicating officer as required
under sub-rule (2), the adjudicating officer may proceed with the inquiry in the absence of
such person after recording the reasons for doing so.
(7) The adjudicating officer, while holding an inquiry, shall follow as far as possible the same
procedure as is followed in the proceedings of the Central Commission in exercise of its
powers and in discharge of its functions under the provisions of the Act.
(8) The adjudicating officer shall complete the inquiry within sixty days from the date of his
appointment.
(9) Where the inquiry may not be completed within the period of sixty days, the adjudicating
officer may, after recording reasons in writing, seek extension of time from the Central Commission for a further period of sixty days.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India
F.No. 23/31/2003-R&R

185

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
(Amendments made vide notifications dated 06.05.2005 and 22.07.2008 incorporated)
New Delhi, the 28th October, 2004
G.S.R. 721(E) In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (s) of sub-section (2) of section 176
of the Electricity Act, 2003, the Central Government hereby makes the following rules regulating the
method of recruitment to certain posts in the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity, namely:1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Appellate Tribunal for
Electricity Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of the Officers and Employees
Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Application - These rules shall apply to the posts specified in column 1 of the Schedule annexed
to these rules.

3.

Number of posts, classification and scale of pay - The number of posts, their classification and
the scale of pay attached thereto shall be as specified in columns 2 to 4 of the said Schedule.

4.

Method of recruitment, age limit and other qualifications, etc.- The method of recruitment, age
limit, qualifications and other matters relating to the said posts shall be as specified in columns 5
to 14 of the aforesaid Schedule.

5.

Disqualification - No person,i)

who has entered into or contracted a marriage with a person having a spouse living; or

ii)

who having a spouse living, has entered into or contracted a marriage with any person, shall
be eligible for appointment to the said post:

Provided that the Central Government may, if satisfied that such marriage is permissible under the
personal law applicable to such person and the other party to the marriage and that there are other
grounds for so doing, exempt any person from the operation of this rule.
6.

Power to relax - Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient
so to do, it may, by order and for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax any of the provisions of
these rules with respect to any class or category or persons.

7.

Saving - Nothing in these rules shall affect reservations, relaxation of age limit and other concessions required to be provided for the Scheduled Castes, the Scheduled Tribes ex-servicemen and
other special categories of persons in accordance with the orders issued by the Central Government from time to time in this regard.
186

8.

Other conditions of service - Other conditions of service of the officers and employees of the
Appellate Tribunal for Electricity, for which no specific provisions have been provided, shall be
regulated in accordance with such rules as are, from time to time, applicable to officers and
employees of the Central Government Group drawing the pay and allowances in corresponding
scales of pay.
SCHEDULE

Name of the Post

No. of the Post

Classification

Scale of pay

Whether Selection Post Whether benefit of

or non selection post
added years of service
is admissible under
rule 30 of Central
Civil Services
(Pension) Rules, 1972

1. Registrar

1*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group A
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 18400500-22400

Not applicable

Not applicable

Age limit for

direct recruitment

Education and other

Whether age and
qualifications required educational qualifor direct recruitment
fications prescribed
for direct recruits
will apply in the
case of promotees

Period of
probation,
if any

Method of recruitment
whether by direct recruitment
or by promotion or by
deputation or absorption and
percentage of vacancies to be
filled by various methods

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

In case of recuitment by promotion/

deputation/absorption to be made

If a Departmental Promotion
Committee exists, what is its
composition

12

13

1. Officers of the Central Government or State

Government possessing degree in law and holding
(a)

Circumstances in which Union Public

Service Commission is to be consulted
in making recruitment

analogous posts in Central Government/State

Government/High Court on regular basis; or

14

Selection shall be based on the

recommendations of a Search-cum Selection
Committee consisting of :
(i) Chairperson, Appellate

Chairperson

(b) Post in Central/State Government/High

Court with two years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 16400-20000 or equivalent;

Tribunal for Electricity

(ii) Member, Appellate
Tribunal for Electricity

(c)

(iii) Additional Secretary or above

Member
in the Ministry of law and justice,
Legislative Department to be
nominated by the Secretary,
Legislative Department

Post in Central/State Government/High Court

with three years regular service in the scale of
Rs. 14300-18300 or equivalent or

Not applicable

Member

Officers holding posts of District Judge/Additional

District Judge/Registrar/Additional Registrar/
Joint Registrar of High Courts.

2. Deputy
Registrar

1*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group A
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 12000375-16500

Not applicable

Not applicable

187

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

12

13

1. Officers possessing degree in law and holding

(a) analogous posts in Central Government/State
Government/High Court on regular basis; or
(b) with five years regular service in the scale of
Rs. 10000-325-15200 or equivalent; or
judicial officers with minimum service of 8 years
officers holding posts of Additional Registrar/
Joint Registrar/Deputy Registrar in High
Courts with at least five years regular service.

14

Selection will be made by the

Selection Committee (comprising
Chairperson 2 members and
Registrar of the Appellate Tribunal)

Not applicable

3. Court
Master

1*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group A
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 6500200-10500

Not applicable

Not applicable

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

12

13

(1) Officers possessing a bachelors degree or

equivalent
(2) having speed of 120 wpm in shorthand
(English)
(i)

14

Selection will be made by the

Selection Committee (comprising
Registrar and Administrative-cumAccounts Officer of the Appellate
Tribunal)

holding analogous posts on regular

basis or

Not applicable

(ii) with five years regular service in the

scale of Rs. 5500-175-9000 or equivalent

4. Administrativecum-Accounts
Officer

1*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group A
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 10000325-15200

Not applicable

Not applicable

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

188

12

13

Officer under the Central Government

(a) (i) holding analogous posts on regular
basis; or
(ii) with five years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 8000-275-13500 or equivalent;

14

Selection will be made by the

Selection Committee (comprising
chairperson two Members and
Registrar of the Tribunal)

Not applicable

(iii) with eight years regular service in the

scale of Rs. 6500-200-10500 or equivalent
(b) Possessing a Bachelor degree with at least five
years experience in administrative and establishment matters at the executive or supervisory level.

5. Principal
Private
Secretary

4*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group A
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 10000325-15200

Not applicable

Not applicable

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

12

13

Officers under the Central Government

(a) (i) holding analogous posts on regular
basis; or
(ii) with eight years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 6500-10500 or equivalent;

14

Selection will be made by the

Selection Committee (comprising
chairperson two Members and
Registrar of the Tribunal)

Not applicable

(b) Possessing speed of stenography 100 wpm

(English/Hindi).

6. Private
Secretary

1*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group B
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 6500200-10500

Not applicable

Not applicable

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

12
Officers under the Central Government
(a) (i) holding analogous posts on regular
basis; or
(ii) with three years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 5500-9000 or equivalent; or
(iii) with six years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 5000-8000 or equivalent; or
(iv) with eight years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 4500-7000 or equivalent.
(b) Possessing speed of stenography 100 wpm
(English/Hindi).

13
Selection will be made by the
Selection Committee (comprising
Registrar and Administrative-cum
Accounts Officer of the Tribunal)

189

14
Not applicable

7. Librarian

1*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group B
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 5500-175
9000

Not applicable

Not applicable

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

12

13

Officers under the Central Government

(a) (i) holding analogous posts on regular
basis; or
(ii) with 3 years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 5000-8000 or equivalent; or
(iii) with 10 years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 4000-6000 or equivalent; or

14

Selection will be made by the

Selection Committee (comprising
Registrar and Administrative-cum
Accounts Officer of the Appellate
Tribunal)

Not applicable

(b) (i)

Possessing a degree or equivalent diploma in Library

Science from a recognized University or institute.
(ii) 5 years experience as Librarian or Assistant
Librarian in a reputed Library.

8. Accountant

1*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group B
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 5500175-9000

Not applicable

Not applicable

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

12

13

Officers under the Central Government

(a) (i) holding analogous posts on regular
basis; or
(ii) with ten years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 4000-6000 or equivalent;
(b) should be well versed with Accounts/
Establishment/Administration work etc.

14

Selection will be made by the

Selection Committee (comprising
Registrar and Administrative-cum
Accounts Officer of the Appellate
Tribunal)

Not applicable

9. Assistant

1*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group B
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 5500175-9000

Not applicable

Not applicable

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

190

12

13

Officers under the Central Government

(a) (i) holding analogous posts on regular
basis; or
(ii) with ten years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 4000-6000 or equivalent;

14

Selection will be made by the

Selection Committee (comprising
Registrar and Administrative-cum
Accounts Officer of the Appellate
Tribunal)

Not applicable

10. Personal
Assistant

5*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group B
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 5500175-9000

Not applicable

Not applicable

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

12

13

Officers under the Central Government

(a) (i) holding analogous posts on regular
basis; or
(ii) with eight years regular service in the
scale of Rs. 4000-6000 or equivalent;
(b) Possessing speed of stenography of
100 w.p.m. (English/Hindi)

14

Selection will be made by the

Selection Committee (comprising
Registrar and Administrative-cum
Accounts Officer of the Appellate
Tribunal)

Not applicable

1
11. Steno
Gr. D

2
1*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

3
Equivalent to
Group C
post in the
Central
Government

4
Rs. 4000100-6000

5
Not applicable

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

12

13

Officers under the Central Government

(a) (i) holding analogous posts on regular
basis; or
(ii) Lower Division Clerk with five years regular
service in the scale of Rs. 30504590 or
equivalent
(b) Possessing speed of stenography of
100 w.p.m. (English/Hindi)

6
Not applicable

14

Selection will be made by the

Selection Committee (comprising
Registrar and Administrative-cum
Accounts Officer of the Appellate
Tribunal)

Not applicable

12. Cashier

1*(2004)
*Subject to
variation
dependant on
workload

Equivalent to
Group C
post in the
Central
Government

Rs. 305075-4590

Not applicable

Not applicable

10

11

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Deputation

12
Officer under the Central Government
(a) (i) holding analogous posts on regular
basis;
(ii) Experience of cash and accounts in the
Ministry/Department

13
Selection will be made by the
Selection Committee (comprising
Registrar and Administrative-cum
Accounts Officer of the Appellate
Tribunal)

191

14
Not applicable

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 6th May, 2005.

Notification
G.S.R. 281(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (s) of sub-section (2) of section 176
of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules to
amend the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of the
Officers and Employees Rules, 2004, namely:
1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of the Officers and Employees
(Amendment) Rules, 2005.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

In the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of the
Officers and Employees Rules, 2004, in the Schedule; at serial number 7 for the post of Librarian
(i) for the entries under column 4, the following shall be substituted, namely :
5500-175-9000
(ii) for the entries under column 12, the following shall be substituted, namely :
Officers under the Central Government :
(a) (i) holding analogous posts on regular basis; or
(ii) with 3 years regular service in the scale of Rs. 50008000 or equivalent; or
(iii) with 10 years regular service in the scale of Rs. 40006000 or equivalent;
(b) (i) possessing a degree or equivalent diploma in Library Science from a recognized
University or institute.
(ii) 5 years experience as Librarian or Assistant Librarian in a reputed library.
[F.No. 23/64/2003-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl Secy.

Note :- The principal rules were published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, dated the 28th
October, 2004, Part II, Section (3) (i) vide number G.S.R. 721(E).

192

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

No. 409 NEW DELHI, TUESDAY, JULY 22, 2008
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 22nd July, 2008.

Notification
G.S.R. 548(E). In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (s) of sub-section (2) of section 176
of the Electricity Act, 2003 the Central Government hereby makes the following rules to amend the
Appellate Tribunal for Electricity Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of the Officers
and Employees Rules, 2004, namely:
1. Short title and commencement:(1) These rules may be called the Appellate Tribunal for
Electricity Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of the Officers and Employees (Second
Amendment) Rules, 2008.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
In the Schedule to the Appellate Tribunal for Electricity Salary, Allowances and other Conditions
of Service of the Officers and Employees Rules, 2004, against serial number 1 relating to the post of
Registrar, for the entries under column 13, the following entries shall be substituted namely:
Selection shall be based on the recommendations of a Search-cum-Selection Committee
consisting of :
(i) Chairperson, Appellate Tribunal for Electricity
Chairperson
(ii) Member, Appellate Tribunal for Electricity
Member
(iii) Additional Secretary or above in the Ministry of Law and Justice, Legislative
Member
Department to be nominated by the Secretary, Legislative Department
[F. No. 23/64/2003-R&R]
MALAY SHRIVASTAVA, Director
Foot Note : The principal rules were published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary dated the 30th
October, 2004 in Part II, Section 3(i) vide number G.S.R. 721(E) and subsequently amended
vide G.S.R. 281(E) dated 6th May, 2005.

193

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 22nd December, 2004.

Notification
G.S.R. 1(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (w) of sub-section (2) of section 176 of the
Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) the Central Government hereby makes the following rules regarding
the form and time of service of notices of electrical accidents, namely:
1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Intimation of Accidents (Form
and Time of service of Notice) Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) Inspector means the Chief Electrical Inspector or the Electrical Inspector appointed under
sub-section (1) of section 162 of the Act.
(2) Words and expression used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Electricity Act,
2003 (36 of 2003), shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.

3.

Intimation of accidents - (1) If any accident occurs in connection with the generation, transmission, supply or use of electricity in or in connection with, any part of the electric lines or other
works of any person and the accident results in or is likely to have resulted in loss of human or
animal life or in any injury to a human being or an animal, such person or any authorized person
of the generating company or licensee, not below the rank of a Junior Engineer or equivalent shall
send to the Inspector a telegraphic report within 24 hours of the knowledge of the occurrence of
the fatal accident and a report in writing in Form A within 48 hours of the knowledge of occurrence
of fatal and all other accidents. Where possible a telephonic message should also be given to the
Inspector immediately, if the accident comes to the knowledge of the authorized officer of the
generating company/licensee or other person concerned.
(2) For the intimation of the accident, telephone numbers, fax numbers and addresses of Chief
Electrical Inspector or Electrical Inspectors, District Magistrate, police station, Fire Brigade
and nearest hospital shall be displayed at the conspicuous place in the generating station,
sub-station, enclosed sub-station/switching station and maintained in the Office of the incharge/owner of the Medium Voltage (MV)/High Voltage (HV)/Extra High Voltage (EHV)
installations.
194

Form A
Form for reporting electrical accidents
1.
2.

5.

Date and time of accident.

Place of accident.
(Village/Town, Tehsil/Thana, District and State).
System and voltage of supply (Whether Extra High Voltage (EHV)/High Voltage (HV)/Low Voltage (LV) Line, sub-station/generation station/consumers installations/service lines/other installations).
Designation of the Officer-in-charge of the generating company/licensee in whose jurisdiction
the accident occurred.
Name of owner/user of energy in whose premises the accident occurred.

6.

Details of victim(s):

3.

4.

(a) Human
Sl.No

Name

Fathers Name

Sex of victim

Full Postal address

Approximate age Fatal/non-fatal

(b) Animal
Sl.No.

Description of animal(s)

Number(s)

Name(s) of owner(s) Address(es) of

owner(s)

Fatal/non-fatal

7.

8.

9.
10.

11.
12.
13.

In case the victim(s) is/are employee(s) of supplier:(a) designation of such person(s);

(b) brief description of the job undertaken, if any;
(c) whether such person/persons was/were allowed to work on the job.
In case the victim(s) is/are employee(s) of a licensed contractor, (a) did the victim(s) possess any electric workmens permit(s), supervisors certificate of
competency?
If yes, give number and date of issue and the name of issuing authority;
(b) name and designation of the person who assigned the duties of the victim(s).
In case of accident in the system of the generating company/licensee, was the permit to work
(PTW) taken?
(a) Describe fully the nature and extent of injuries, e.g. , fatal/disablement (permanent or temporary) of any portion of the body or burns or other injuries.
(b) In case of fatal accident, was the post mortem performed?
Detailed causes leading to the accident.
(To be given in a separate sheet annexed to this form).
Action taken regarding first aid, medical attendance etc. immediately after the occurrence of the
accident (give details).
Whether the District Magistrate and Police Station concerned have been informed of the accident (if so, give details).
195

14. Steps taken to preserve the evidence in connection with the accident to extent possible.
15. Name and designation(s) of the person(s) assisting, supervising the person(s) killed or injured.
16. What safety equipments were given to or used by the person(s) who met with this accident (e.g.
rubber gloves, rubber mats, safety belts and ladders etc.)?
17. Whether isolating switches and other sectionalizing devices were employed to deaden the sections for working on the same? Whether working section was earthed at the site of work?
18. Whether the work on the live lines was undertaken by authorised person(s)? If so, the name and
the designation of such person(s) may be given.
19. Whether artificial resuscitation treatment was given to the person(s) who met with the electric
accident? If yes, how long was it continued before its abandonment?
20. Names and designations of persons present at, and witnessed, the accident.
21. Any other information/remarks.
Signature
Name
Designation
Address of the person reporting

Place:
Time:
Date:

(F.No. 23/2/2004-R&R)
Sd/Ajay Shankar,
Additional Secretary to the Government of India.

196

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Government of India
Ministry of Power
New Delhi, dated 11th August, 2005

Notification
G.S.R. 529(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (w) of sub-section (2) of section 176
of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following amendment to the Intimation of Accidents (Form and Time of Service of Notice) Rules, 2004, namely:
1.

(1) These rules may be called Intimation of Accidents (Form and Time of Service of Notice)
(Amendment)
(ii) These Rules shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

In the Intimation of Accidents (Form and Time of Service of Notice) Rules, 2004, for sub-rule (1)
of the Rule (1) the following shall be substituted namely:
(1) These rules may be called the Intimation of Accidents (Form and Time of Service of Notice)
Rules, 2005.
[F.No. 23/2/2004-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secy.

Note :- The Principal Rules were published vide G.S.R. 1(E), dated the 22nd December, 2004 in the
Gazette of India dated the 1st January, 2005.

197

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Government of India
Ministry of Power
New Delhi, dated 28th January, 2005

Notification
G.S.R. 48(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (o) of sub-section (2) of section 176
of the Electricity Act, 2003 (No. 36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules,
namely: 1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Preparation of Annual Reports) Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions - In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) Schedule means the Schedule annexed to these rules;
(c) Words and expressions used and not defined but defined in the said Act shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the said Act.

3.

Preparation of annual report (1) Every year the Central Commission shall prepare an annual
report giving/containing a summary of its activities during the previous year commencing from
the 1st day of April to the 31st day of March of the following year in the form specified in the
Schedule.
(2) The Annual Report shall give an account of the activities during the previous financial year,
containing inter alia (a) A statement of goals and objectives of the Central Commission;
(b) Annual targets set for various activities in the background of clause (a) together with a brief
review of actual performance with reference to those targets and including in particular a
report on the number of cases filed before the Central Commission during the year, number of
cases disposed of, time taken to dispose of the cases and number of cases pending;
(c) Important additions/ changes in the regulations of the Central Commission;
(d) Functioning of the Central Advisory Committee and other consultation with the
stakeholders;
198

(e) Trends of important parameters such as capital cost, cost of electricity, new investment,
efficiency gains;
(f) Number and details of cases in which orders/regulations of the Commission were challenged
in Courts/Appellate Tribunal and the outcome of such cases.
(g) Resolution of disputes including the disputes pending at the end of the year.
4.

Submission of annual report The copies of the annual report shall be forwarded by the Central
Commission to the Central Government by the end of October each year.
SCHEDULE

THE CENTRAL ELECTRICITY REGULATORY COMMISSION (PREPARATION OFANNUAL

REPORTS) RULES, 2004
(See rule 3)
FORM OFANNUAL REPORT OF THE CENTRAL ELECTRICITY REGULATORY
COMMISSION.
1.

THE COMMISSION IN BRIEF.

2.

THE MANDATE OF THE COMMISSION

3.

MISSION STATEMENT.

4.

THE YEAR IN RETROSPECT.

5.

ANNUAL ACCOUNTS OF THE COMMISSION SHOWING RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE.

6.

OUTCOME OF REGULATORY PROCESS IN TERMS OF BENEFITS TO CONSUMERS AND

DEVELOPMENT OF SECTOR.

7.

WORK PLAN FOR THE YEAR AHEAD.

[F.No. 23/74/2003-R&R]
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India

199

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 11th August, 2005

Notification
G.S.R. 528(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (o) of sub-section (2) of section
176 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following
amendment to the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Preparation of Annual Reports)
Rules, 2004, namely:
1.

(1) These rules may be called the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Preparation of
Annual Report) (Amendment) Rules, 2005.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

In the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Preparation of Annual Report) Rules, 2004, for
sub-rule (1) of the Rule (1) the following shall be substituted namely:
(1) These rules may be called the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Preparation of
Annual Report) Rules, 2005.
[F.No. 23/74/2003-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secy.

Note : The Principal Rules were published vide G.S.R. 48(E), dated the 28th January, 2004 in the Gazette
of India dated the 28th January, 2005.

200

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Government Of India
Ministry Of Power
New Delhi, the 16th February, 2005

Notification
G.S.R. 75 (E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of section 176 read with subsections (2) and (3) of section 166 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (No.36 of 2003), the Central Government
hereby makes the following rules, namely:1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Forum of Regulators Rules,
2005.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions - In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,(1) Forum means Forum of regulators as constituted under rule 3;
(2) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003 (No.36 of 2003).
(3) Words and expressions used herein and not defined, but defined in the Act, shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the said Act.

3.

Constitution of the Forum - (1) The Forum shall consist of the Chairperson of the Central
Commission and Chairpersons of the State Commissions. The Chairperson of the Central Commission shall be the Chairperson of the Forum of Regulators.
(2) The Secretary to the Central Commission shall be the ex-officio Secretary to the Forum.
(3) Secretarial assistance to the Forum shall be provided by the Central Commission.
(4) The headquarter of the Forum will be located at New Delhi.

4.

Functions of the Forum - The Forum shall discharge the following functions, namely:(i) analysis of the tariff orders and other orders of Central Commission and State Commissions
and compilation of data arising out of the said orders, highlighting, especially the efficiency
improvements of the utilities;
(ii) harmonization of regulation in power sector;
(iii) laying of standards of performance of licensees as required under the Act.
(iv) sharing of information among the members of the Forum on various issues of common
interest and also of common approach.
(v) undertaking research work in-house or through outsourcing on issues relevant to power
sector regulation;
201

(vi) evolving measures for protection of interest of consumers and promotion of efficiency,
economy and competition in power sector; and
(vii) such other functions as the Central Government may assign to it, from time to time.
5.

Finances of the Forum - (1) The Central Commission may take necessary financial contributions
from the State Commissions for carrying out the activities of the Forum.
(2) The Central Commission will keep separate accounts for the activities of the Forum.

6.

Meetings of the Forum - (1) The Forum shall meet at least twice in a year.
(2) The Forum will frame its own rules of business for the conduct of its meetings.

Annual Report - The Forum of Regulators shall prepare every year, an annual report, giving a
summary of its activities during the previous financial year and copies of the report shall be
forwarded to the Central Government.
[F.No. 23/35/2003-R&R]
Sd/Ajay Shankar,
Additional Secretary to the Government of India.

202

EXTRAORDINARY PART II SECTION 3(i)

MINISTRY Of POWER

Notification
New Delhi, the 2nd March, 2005
G.S.R. 158(E) In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (d) of sub-section (2) of section 176
of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules
regarding the constitution and functions of the National Load Despatch Centre, namely:1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the National Load Despatch
Centre Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,

(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) Words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the
meaning respectively assigned to them in the Act.

3.

Constitution of National Load Despatch Centre (1) There shall be a centre at the national level
to be known as National Load Despatch Centre for optimum scheduling and despatch of electricity among the Regional Load Despatch Centres.
(2) Functions of National Load Despatch Centre The National Load Despatch Centre shall be
the apex body to ensure integrated operation of the national power system and shall discharge
the following functions, namely :(a) supervision over the Regional Load Despatch Centres;
(b) scheduling and despatch of electricity over inter-regional links in accordance with grid
standards specified by the Authority and grid code specified by Central Commission in
coordination with Regional Load Despatch Centres;
(c) coordination with Regional Load Despatch Centres for achieving maximum economy and
efficiency in the operation of National Grid;
(d) monitoring of operations and grid security of the National Grid;
(e) supervision and control over the inter-regional links as may be required for ensuring stability
of the power system under its control;
(f) coordination with Regional Power Committees for regional outage schedule in the national
perspective to ensure optimal utilization of power resources;
203

(g) coordination with Regional Load Despatch Centres for the energy accounting of interregional exchange of power;
(h) coordination for restoration of synchronous operation of national grid with Regional Load
Despatch Centres;
(i)

coordination for trans-national exchange of power;

(j)

providing operational feed back for national grid planning to the Authority and the Central
Transmission Utility;

(k) levy and collection of such fee and charges from the generating companies or licensees
involved in the power system, as may be specified by the Central Commission.
(l)

dissemination of information relating to operations of transmission system in accordance

with directions or regulations issued by Central Electricity Regulatory Commission and the
Central Government from time to time.
[F. No. 23/24/2003- R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secy.

204

[Published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 3, Sub Section (i)].
Government of India
Ministry of Power
New Delhi, the 23rd March, 2005.

Notification
G.S.R. 188(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of, and clause (b) of subsection (2) of, section 176 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (Act 36 of 2003), the Central Government
hereby makes the following rules, namely:1.

Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Distribution of Electricity
Licence (additional requirements of Capital Adequacy, Creditworthiness and Code of Conduct)
Rules, 2005.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions - In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires, (a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) Words and expression used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Electricity
Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.

3.

Requirements of capital adequacy and creditworthiness - (1) The Appropriate Commission

shall, upon receipt of an application for grant of licence for distribution of electricity under subsection (1) of section 15 of the Electricity Act, 2003, decide the requirement of capital investment for distribution network after hearing the applicant and keeping in view the size of the area
of supply and the service obligation within that area in terms of section 43.
(2) The applicant for grant of licence shall be required to satisfy the Appropriate Commission
that on a norm of 30% equity on cost of investment as determined under sub-rule (1), he
including the promoters, in case the applicant is a company, would be in a position to make
available resources for such equity of the project on the basis of networth and generation
of internal resources of his business including of promoters in the preceding three years
after excluding his other committed investments.

Explanation :- For the grant of a licence for distribution of electricity within the same area in
terms of sixth proviso to section 14 of the Act, the area falling within a Municipal Council or a
Municipal Corporation as defined in the article 243(Q) of the Constitution of India or a revenue
district shall be the minimum area of supply.
4.

Requirement of Code of Conduct - The applicant for grant of licence shall satisfy the Appropriate Commission that he has not been found guilty or has not been disqualified under any of the
205

following provisions within the last three years from the date of the application for the grant of
licence:
(a) section 203, section 274, section 388B or section 397 of the Companies Act, 1956;
(b) section 276, section 276B, section 276BB, section 276C, section 277 or section 278 of the
Income tax Act, 1961;
(c) section 15C, section 15G, section 15H or section 15HA of the Securities and Exchange Board
of India Act 1992;
(d) clause (b), (bb), (bbb), (bbbb), (c) or (d) of sub-section (1) of section 9 of the Excise Act 1944;
(e) section 132 or section 135 of the Customs Act 1962,
and that the applicant is not a person in whose case licence was suspended under section 24 or
revoked under section 19 of the Act, within the last three years from the date of application:
Provided that where the applicant is a company, it shall satisfy the Appropriate Commission in
addition to provisions of this rule that no petition for winding up of the company or any other
company of the same promoter has been admitted under section 443 (e) of the Companies Act,
1956 on the ground of its being unable to pay its debts.
[F.No. 23/18/2003-R&R]
Sd/Ajay Shankar,
Additional Secretary to the Government of India.

206

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
New Delhi, the 24TH November, 2005.
G.S.R.686(E) - In exercise of the powers, conferred by clauses (g) and (h), of sub-section (2) of
section 176 read with sub-section (2) of Section 185 of the Electricity Act, 2003, (36 of 2003), and in
supersession of the Central Electricity Authority (Terms and Conditions of Chairman and other Members) Rules, 1988, published in the Gazette of India, Part-II, Section-3, sub-section (i), vide number
GSR 123, dated the 27th February, 1988, as amended from time to time, except as respects things done
or omitted to be done before such supersession, the Central Government hereby makes the following
rules, namely:1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Central Electricity Authority
(Terms and Conditions of Service of Chairperson and other Members) Rules, 2005.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires:(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003, (36 of 2003);
(b) Authority means the Central Electricity Authority established under section 70 of the
Act;
(c) Chairperson means the Chairperson of the Authority;
(d) Member means a full-time member of the Authority, including Chairperson, where the
context so requires;
(e) other Member means a Member other than a full-time Member;
(2) All other words and expressions used herein but not defined shall have the same meanings
respectively assigned to them in the Act.

3.

Constitution of the Authority - (1) Subject to the provisions contained under sub-section (5) of
sections 70 and 73 of the Act, the Authority shall consist of the following: (a) Chairperson
(b) Member (Economic & Commercial)
(c) Member (Grid Operations & Distribution)
(d) Member (Hydro)
207

(e) Member (Planning)

(f) Member (Power Systems)
(g) Member (Thermal).
(2) The Chairperson and the Members of the Authority shall be appointed by an order either on
deputation basis or on short-term contract basis, subject to the fulfilling of the eligibility conditions laid down in these Rules.
4.

Eligibility and term of office of the Members (1) No person shall be eligible for appointment to
the office of a Member, including the Chairperson, of the Authority unless he has held (a) the post of Chief Engineer or equivalent in the scale of pay of Rs. 18400-500-22400 or higher
post or scale of pay on a regular basis for at least five years under the Central Government or
a State Government;
or
a post equivalent to that of a post mentioned above, under a State Electricity Board or a semiGovernment organisation or a public sector undertaking or an autonomous body or a statutory
body or a university or an Indian Institute of Technology or an Indian Institute of Management
on a regular basis for at least five years; and
(b) possesses a minimum of three years field experience in the relevant field;

Explanation. For the purpose of the sub-Rule, the expression relevant field means relevant
field as defined in sub-section (5) of section 70 of the Act:
Provided that whenever a post of Member or any vacancy thereof is required to be filled up, area
of specialisation or discipline shall be decided from amongst the categories listed under sub-section
(5) of Section 70 of the Act
(2) Subject to the provisions of Sub-section (6) of Section 70 of the Act, a Member shall normally
hold office for a period not exceeding five years or till he attains the age of superannuation:
Provided that where the prescribed term of office of a Member as provided in sub-Rule (2) expires
before he attains the age of superannuation, the Central Government may extend the term of office of
such a Member for a further period not exceeding the date of his superannuation in the Central
Government.
(3) A person shall cease to be Member of the Authority if he (a) remains absent, without the prior permission of the Authority, from three consecutive meetings of the Authority; or
(b) having been appointed on deputation, ceases to be in service of the respective State Government, Central Government or any other lending authority; or
(c) has been convicted and sentenced to imprisonment for an offence which is in the opinion of
the Central Government, involves moral turpitude; or
(d) is an un-discharged insolvent.
5.

Resignation - (1) The Chairperson of the Authority may resign from his office by giving notice of
at least three months to the Central Government, in writing, and on such resignation being
accepted by the Government, he shall be deemed to have vacated his office.
(2) A Member of the Authority may resign from his office after giving notice of at least three
months, in writing, to the Chairperson of the Authority who shall forward the same to the
Central Government and on such resignation being accepted by the Government, he shall be
deemed to have vacated his office.
208

6.

Pay and Allowances and other terms of the Members including the Chairperson (1) The
Chairperson of the Authority shall enjoy the status of ex-officio, Secretary to the Government of
India and shall carry the same pay and allowances as available to the Secretary to the Government
of India;
(2) A Member of the Authority shall enjoy the status of ex-officio, Additional Secretary to the
Government of India and shall carry the same pay and allowances as available to the Additional Secretary to the Government of India;
(3)

The other terms and conditions of service of Chairperson and Members, including entitlement of leave, leave salary, leave travel concession, travelling allowance, medical benefits
etc. shall be as are applicable to the Central Government officers of corresponding status.

(4) The pension and leave salary contribution in respect of the Chairperson and Member (s), if
they are on deputation to the Authority, shall be paid by the Authority to the respective
lending authority in accordance with their rules.
7.

Allowances and fees payable to other Members The other Members shall receive such allowances and fees for attending the meetings of the Authority as may be determined by the Central
Government.

8.

Power to relax - Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient
so to do, it may, by order and for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax any of the provisions of
these Rules with respect to any class or category of persons.
[F.No. A-35020/3/2003-Adm.I]
Sd/R.C. Arora
Under Secretary to the Government of India

209

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 18TH April, 2006.

Notification
G.S.R.217(E) - In exercise of the powers, conferred by clauses (e) of Sub-section (2) of Section
176 read with Sub-section (2) of Section 67 of the Electricity Act, 2003, (36 of 2003), the Central
Government hereby makes the following rules regarding the works of licensees, namely :
1.

Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Works of Licensees Rules,
2006.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,

(a) The Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;.

(b) occupier of any building or land means a person in lawful occupation of that building or
land.
(2) All other words and expression used herein and not defined in these rules, shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act. .
3.

Licensee to carry out works - (1) A licensee may :

(a) carry out works, lay down or place any electric supply line or other works in, through, or
against, any building, or on, over or under any land whereon, whereover or whereunder any
electric supply-line or works has not already been lawfully laid down or placed by such
licensee, with the prior consent of the owner or occupier of any building or land;
(b) fix any support of overhead line or any stay or strut required for the purpose of securing in
position any support of an overhead line on any building or land or having been so fixed,
may alter such support:
Provided that in case where the owner or occupier of the building or land raises objections in
respect of works to be carried out under this rule, the licensee shall obtain permission in writing
from the District Magistrate or the Commissioner of Police or any other officer authorised by the
State Government in this behalf, for carrying out the works:
Provided further that if at any time, the. owner or occupier of any building or land on which
any works have been carried out or any support of an overhead line, stay or strut has been fixed
shows sufficient cause, the District. Magistrate or the Commissioner of Police, or the officer
authorised may by order in writing direct for any such works, support, stay or strut to be removed
or altered.
210

(2) When making an order under sub-rule (1), the District Magistrate or the Commissioner of
Police or the officer so authorised, as the case may be, shall fix , after considering the
representations of the concerned persons, if any, the amount of compensation or of annual
rent, or of both, which should in his opimon be paid by the licensee to the owner or occupier.
(3) Every order made by a District Magistrate or a Commissioner of Police or an authorised
officer under sub-rule (1) shall be subject to revision by the Appropriate Commission.
(4) Nothing contained in this rule shall effect the powers conferred upon any licensee under
section 164 of the Act.
4.

Works affecting streets, railway, tramway, canal or waterway - (1) Where the exercise of any of
the powers of a licensee in relation to the execution of any works involves the placing of any
works in, under, over, along or across any street, part of a street, railway, tramway, canal or
waterway, the liceJlsee shall serve upon the person responsible for the repair of the street or part
of a street (hereinafter referred to as the repairing authority) or upon the person for the time
being entitled to work the railway, tramway, canal or waterway (hereinafter referred to as works
authority), as the case may be, a notice in writing, not less than 15 days before commencing the
execution of the works describing the proposed works, together with a section and plan thereof
on a scale sufficiently large to show clearly the details of the proposed works, and not in any case
smaller than one inch to eight feet vertically and sixteen inches to the mile horizontally and
intimating the manner in which, and the time at which, it is proposed to interfere with or alter any
existing works, and shall, upon being required to do so by the repairing authority or works
authority, as the case may be, from time to time give such further information in relation thereto as
may be desired.
(2) If the repairing authority intimates. to the licensee that it disapproves of such works, section
or plan giving reasons for disapproval, or approves thereof subject to amendment, the
licensee may, ooless settled by an agreement, appeal to the Appropriate Commission within
one week of receiving such intimation, whose decision, after considering the reasons given
by the repairing authority for its action, shall be final.
(3) If the repairing authority fails to give notice in writing of its approval or disapproval to the
licensee within 15 days of the receipt of the notice, it shall be deemed to have approved of the
works, section and plan, and the licensee, after giving not less than forty-eight hours notice
in writing to the repairing authority, may proceed to carry out the works in accordance with
the notice and the section and plan served under sub-rule(l);
(4) If the works authority disapproves of such works, section or plan giving reasons for disapproval, or approves thereof subject to amendment, he may, within 15 days after the service of
the notice under sub-rule (1) of rule 5, serve a requisition upon the licensee demanding that
any question in relation to the works or to compensation, or to the obligations of the works
authority to others in respect thereof, shall be determined, unless settled by agreement, by
the Appropriate Commission.
(5) Where no requisition has been served by the works authority upon the, licensee within the
time period provided under sub-rule (4), the works authority shall be deemed to have approved of the works, section and plan, and in that case, or where after the matter has been
determined by the Appropriate Commission, the works may, upon payment or securing of
compensation, be executed according to the notice and the section and plan, subject to such
modifications as may have been determined by the Appropriate Commission or agreed upon
between the parties:
Explanation.-In sub-rules (1) to (5), the word works includes a service line in, under, over,
211

along or across a railway even if such line is immediately attached or intended to be immediately attached to a distributing main, but does not include any other service line so attached
or intended to be so attached to a distributing main, or works which consist of the repair,
renewal or amendment of existing works of which the character or position is not to be
altered.
(6) Where the works to be executed consist of the laying of any underground service line
immediately attached, or intended to be immediately attached, to a distributing main, the
licensee shall give to the repairing authority or the works authority, as the case may be, not
less than forty-eight hours notice in writing of his intention to execute such works;
(7) Where the works to be executed consist of the repair, renewal or amendment of existing
works of which the character or position is not to be altered, the licensee shall, except in
cases of emergency, give to the repairing authority, or to the works authority, as the case.may
be, not less than forty-eight hours notice in writing of his intention to execute such works,
and, on the expiry of such notice, such. works shall be commenced forthwith and shall be
carried on with all reasonable despatch, and, if possible, both by day and by night until
completed.
5.

Repairs and works during emergency - The licensee may, in case of emergency due to the
breakdown of an underground electric supply-line, after informing the repairing authority or the
works authority, as the case may be, of his intention to. do so, place an overhead line without
complying with the provisions of rule 4 :
Provided that such overhead line shall be used only until the defect in the underground
electric supply-line can be made good, and in no . case (unless with the written consent of the
repairing authority, work~authority or occupier as the case may be) for a period exceeding six
weeks, and shall be removed as soon as .may be after such defect is removed.

6.

Procedure for carrying out other works near sewers, pipes or other electric lines or works (1) The licensee or any duly authorised person, as the case may be (hereinafter in this rule referred
to as the operator), shall (a) where the licensee requires to dig or sink any trench for laying down any new electric
supply-lines or other works, near to which any sewer, drain, water-course or work under the
control of the State Government or of any local authority, or any pipe, syphon, electric
supply-line or other work belonging to any duly authorised person, has been lawfully placed,
or
(b) where any duly authorised person is required to dig or sink any trench for laying down or
constructing any new pipes or other works, near to which any electric supply-lines or works
of a licensee have been lawfully placed;
unless it is otherwise agreed. upon between the parties interested or in case of sudden emergency,
give to the State Government or local authority, or to such. duly authorized person or to the
licensee, as the case may be (hereinafter in this Rule referred to as the owner), not less than
forty-eight hours notice in writing before commencing to dig or sink the trench and the owner
shall have the right to be present during the execution of the work, which shall be executed to the
reasonable satisfaction of the owner.
(2) Where the operator finds it necessary to undermine, but not to alter, the position of any pipe,
electric supply-line or work, he shall support it in position during the execution of the work,
and before completion shall provide a suitable and proper foundation for it where so
undermined.
212

(3) Where the operator (being the licensee) lays any electric supply-line across, or so as to be
liable to touch, any pipes, lines or service-pipes or service-lines belonging to any duly
authorised person or to any person supplying, transmitting or using energy under the Act,
he shall not, except with the written consent of such person and in accordance with the
regulations on safety as specified under section 53 of the Act, lay his electric supply-lines so
as to come into contact with any such pipes, lines or service-pipes or service-lines.
(4) Where the operator makes default in complying with any of the provisions of this rule, he
shall make full compensation for any loss or damage incurred by reason thereof.
(5) Where any difference or dispute arises under this rule, the matter shall be determined by the
Appropriate Commission.
(6) Where the licensee is a local authority, the references in this rule to the local authority and
to sewers, drains, water-courses or works under its control shall not apply.
7.

Alteration of the position of pipes, electric line, etc. - ( 1) Any licensee may alter the position of
any pipe (not forming part of a local authoritys main sewer), or of any wire under or over any
place which he is authorised to open or break up, if such pipe or wire is likely to interfere with the
exercise of his powers under the Act; and any person may alter the position of any electric
supply-lines or works of a licensee under or over any such place as aforesaid, if such electric
supply-lines or works are likely to interfere with the lawful exercise of any powers vested in him.
(2) The licensee or otber person desiring to make the alteration, unless otherwise agreed, shall,
not less than one month before commencing any alteration, serve upon the person for the
time being entitled to the pipe, wire, electric supply- lines or works, as the case may be
(hereinafter in this rule referred to as the owner), a notice in writing, describing the proposed alteration, together with a section and plan thereof on a scale sufficiently large to
show clearly the details of the proposed works, and . not in any case smaller than one inch to
eight feet vertically and sixteen inches to the mile horizontally, and intimating the time when
it is to be commenced, and shall subsequently give such further information in relation
thereto as the owner may desire;
(3) The owner may, within fourteen days after the service of the notice, section and plan, serve
upon the operator a requisition to the effect that any question arising upon the notice,
section or plan, shall, unless settled by agreement, be determined by Appropriate Commission, and thereupon the matter shall be determined by the Appropriate Commission.
(4) The Appropriate Commission to whom a reference is made under sub-rule (3), shall have
regard to any duties or obligations which the owner is under, and may require the operator to
execute any temporary or.other works so as. to avoid, as far as possible, interference therewith.
(5) Where no requisition is served upon the operator under sub-rule (3) within the time limit, or
where such a requisition has been served and the matter has been settled by agreement or
determined by the Appropriate Commission, the alteration may, upon payment or securing of
any compensation accepted or determined by the Appropriate Commission, be executed in
accordance with the notice, section and plan and subject to such modifications agreed upon
between the parties or as may have been determined by the Appropriate Commission.
(6) Where the operator desiring to make the alteration makes default in complying with any of
these provisions, he shall make full compensation for any loss or damage incurred by reason
thereof, and, where any difference or dispute arises as to the amount of such compensation,
the matter shall be determined by the Appropriate Commission.
213

(7) Where the owner or occupier desires to carry out certain works himself,
(i) he may, at least ten days before the operator desiring to make the alteration of pipes or
wires is entitled to commence the alteration, serve upon the operator a statement in
writing to the effect that he desires to execute the alteration himself and requires the
operator to give such security for the repayment of any expenses as may be agreed
upon or, in default of agreement, determined by the Appropriate Commission;
(ii) where a statement is served upon the operator under clause (i), he shall, not less than
forty-eight hours before the execution of the alteration is required to be commenced,
furnish such security and serve upon the owner a notice in writing intimating the time
when the alteration is required to be commenced, and the manner in which it is required
to be made; and thereupon the owner may proceed to execute the alteration as required
by the operator.
(iii) where the owner declines to comply, or does not, within the time and in the manner
prescribed by a notice served upon him under clause (ii), comply with the notice, the
operator may himself execute the alteration;
(iv) all expenses incurred by the owner in complying with a notice served upon him by the
operator under clause (ii) may be recovered by him from the operator.
8.

Works not repairable by the Appropriate Government, licensee or local authority - The licensee
shall open or break up any street not repairable by the Central Government or the State Government or a local authority only with the written consent of the person by whom the street is
repairable or with the written consent of the Appropriate Government:
Provided that the Appropriate Government shall not give any such consent as aforesaid,
until the licensee has given notice by advertisement or otherwise as that Government may direct,
and within such period as the that Government may fix in this behalf, to the person above referred
to, and until all representations or objections received in accordance with the notice, have been
considered by the that ,Government.

9.

Procedure for fencing, guarding, lighting and other safety measures relating to works and immediate reinstatement of streets, railways, sewers, drains or tunnels.
(1) Where any person, in exercise of any of the powers conferred by or under these rules opens
or breaks up the soil or pavement of any street, railway or tramway, or any sewer, drain or
tunnel, he shall
(a) immediately cause the part opened or broken up to be fenced and guarded and fix
caution boards to alert traffic;
(b) cause a light or lights, sufficient for the warning of passengers before sunset, to be set
up and maintained until sunrise against or near the part opened or broken up;
(c) make suitable arrangements for smooth flow of traffic;
(d) fill in the ground and reinstate and make good the soil or pavement, or the sewer, drain
or tunnel, opened or broken up with all reasonable speed, and carry away the rubbish
occasioned by such opening or breaking up; and
(e) after reinstating and making good the soil or pavement, or the sewer, drain or tunnel
broken or opened up, keep the same in good repair for three months and for any further
period, not exceeding nine months,. during which subsidence continues.

214

(2) Where any person fails to comply with any of the provisions of sub-rule (1), the person
having the control or management of the street, railway, tramway, sewer, drain or tunnel in
respect of which the default has occurred, may cause to be executed the work which the
defaulter has delayed or omitted to execute, and may recover from him the axpenses incurred
in such execution.
(3) Where any difference or dispute arises as to the amount of the expenses incurred under subrule (2), the matter shall be determined by the Appropriate Commission.
10. Avoidance of public nuisance, environmental damage and unnecessary damage to the public and
private property by such works - The licensee shall, while carrying out works, ensure that such
works do not cause public nuisance, environmental damage and unnecessary damage to the
public or private property.
11. Manner of deposit of amount for restoration of railways, tramways, waterways etc - The licensee
shall deposit the amount for restoration of railways, tramways, waterways etc. under these rules
by means of demand draft in favour of the officer-in-charge of the maintenance of the works
concerned.
12. Manner of restoration of property affected by such works and maintenance thereof - The
licensee shall carry out the restoration of.property affected by works and undertake necessary
maintenance thereof for one month.
13. Determination and payment of compensation to affected persons - (1) Where the licensee makes
default in complying with any of the provisions of these rules, he shall make full compensation for
any loss or damage incurred by reason thereof to the person affected, as may be determined by
the District Magistrate or by any other officer authorised by the State Government in this behalf
,if not agreed mutually between the parties concerned.
(2) Where any difference and dispute arises as to the amount of compensation determined
under sub-rule (1), the matter shall be determined by the Appropriate Commission.
14. Procedure for deposit of compensation payable by the licensee and furnishing of security (1) The amount of compensation payable by the licensee under these rules shall be deposited by
means of demand draft.
(2) The security required to be furnished under these rules shall be in the form of Bank Guarantee from a Scheduled Bank or in any other form as may be notified by the Appropriate
Government from time to time.
15. Determination of dispute or difference by the Appropriate Commission .When a matter is brought
to the Appropriate Commission for determination under these rules, the matter shall be determined by the Appropriate Commission within a period of thirty days and after hearing the parties
concerned.
16. Service of notice etc. - Whenever a notice or intimation is required to be served upon a person
under these rules, the procedure provided under section 171 of the Act and rules made thereunder shall be followed.
[F. No. 23/8/2004-R&R]
U. N. PANJIAR, Addl. Seey.

215

[Published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 3, Sub Section (i)].
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 17 August, 2006

Notification
G.S.R. 481 (E) In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of section 162 and clause
(z) of sub-section (2) of section 176 of the Electricity Act, 2003, (36 of 2003), the Central Government
hereby makes the following rules for Qualifications, Powers and Functions of Chief Electrical Inspector and Electrical Inspectors.
1.

Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Qualifications, Powers and
Functions of Chief Electrical Inspector and Electrical Inspectors Rules, 2006.
(2)

2.

They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

Definitions - (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires, (a)

Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;

(b)

Appellate Authority in respect of an appeal against the order of an Electrical Inspector,

means the Chief Electrical Inspector, and in respect of an appeal against the order of the
Chief Electrical Inspector, means the Central Government.

(c)

Section means section of the Act.

(d)

Inspector means a Chief Electrical Inspector or Electrical Inspector as the case may be.

(2) Words and expression used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Electricity Act,
2003 (36 of 2003), shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.
3.

4.

Applicability of Rules - These rules shall apply in respect of following:

(i)

a generating company wholly or partly owned by the Central Government;

(ii)

any inter-State generation, transmission, trading or supply of electricity and with respect to
any mines, oil-fields, railways, national highways, airports, telegraphs, broadcasting stations and any works of defence, dockyard, nuclear power installations;

(iii)

National Load Despatch Centre and Regional Load Despatch Centre; and

(iv)

any works or electric installation belonging to the Central Government or under its control.

Qualification for Chief Electrical Inspector - No person shall be appointed to be a Chief Electrical Inspector unless
(a)

he possesses a degree in electrical engineering or its equivalent from a recognized University or Institution; and
216

(b)

5.

he has been regularly engaged for a period of at least twenty years in the practice of
electrical engineering of which not less than two years have been spent in an electrical or
mechanical engineering workshop or in generation or transmission or distribution of electricity, or in the administration of the Act and rules thereunder, in a position of responsibility.

Qualifications for Electrical Inspectors - (1) No person shall be appointed to be an Electrical

Inspector unless
(a)

he possesses a degree in Electrical Engineering or its equivalent from a recognized

University or Institution; and

(b)

he has been regularly engaged for a period of at least ten years in the practice of electrical
engineering, of which not less than one year has been spent in an electrical or mechanical
engineering workshop or in generation or transmission or distribution of electricity, or in
the administration of the Act and rules thereunder, in a position of responsibility.

(2)

The person appointed as Electrical Inspector shall undergo such training as the Central
Government may consider it necessary for the purpose and such training shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Government.

6.

Powers of the Chief Electrical Inspector and Electrical Inspector - The Chief Electrical Inspector
and the Electrical Inspector shall have powers to inspect the works and electrical installations in
his area in respect of which, such an Inspector has been directed by the Central Government to
exercise his powers and perform functions under sub-section (1) of the Section 162 of the Act.

7.

Powers of Entry and inspection - For carrying out inspections as referred to in rule 6 above,
(1) The Inspector may enter, inspect and examine any place, carriage or vessel in which he has
reason to believe that there is any appliance or apparatus used in the generation, transmission, transformation, conversion, distribution or use of energy and may carry out tests
therein.
(2) Every supplier, consumer, owner and occupier shall afford all reasonable facilities to any
such Inspector to make such examinations and tests as may be necessary to satisfy himself
as to the due observance of the safety regulations as specified by the Authority under
section 53 of the Act. The Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 made under section 37 of the Indian
Electricity Act, 1910 (now repealed) shall continue to be in force till the regulations under
section 53 of the Act are made.
(3) An Inspector may require a supplier of the electricity to submit to him a list of all persons
supplied with energy by him, the addresses at which such energy is supplied, the month of
connecting services, the voltage of supply, the connected load and the purpose of supply
and the supplier shall comply with such requisitions.
(4) Every licensee and every owner of a generating station shall, if required so to do by an
Inspector, provide reasonable means for carrying out all tests, specified under the Act or
regulations thereunder, of the appliances or apparatus used for the supply or use of energy
by him, as the case may be.
(5) Upon such inspection, an Inspector may serve an order, within 15 days from the date of such
inspection, in the Form A, to any licensee, consumer, owner or occupier, calling upon him to
comply with any specified regulation and the person so served shall thereupon comply with
the order within the period specified therein, and shall report in writing to the Inspector
serving the order mentioning therein as to when the order has been complied with:
217

Provided that, if within the period specified in the aforesaid order an appeal is filed against the
order by the person on whom such order has been served, the appellate authority may suspend its
operation pending the decision of the appeal.
8.

Appeals (1) An appeal against an order served under these rules shall lie
(a)

if the order is served by an Electrical Inspector, to the Chief Electrical Inspector;

(b)

if the order is served by a Chief Electrical Inspector, to the Central Government.

(2)

In the case of an order of Chief Electrical Inspector on an appeal preferred to him under
clause ( a) of sub-rule (1), a further appeal shall lie to the Central Government.

(3)

Every appeal made under sub-rule (1) shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by a
copy of the order appealed against and shall be presented within three months of the date
on which such order has been served or delivered, as the case may be.

(4)

An appeal shall be disposed off within ninety days from the date of receipt of the appeal.
FORM A
FORM OF ORDER

To
15. Whereas the installation was inspected on ... ..and whereas it appears to me that you have not
complied with the rules made under sub-section (1) of section 162 and the regulations made under
section 53 of the Act, in the following respect (particulars to be given where necessary) namely
you are hereby called upon to comply with the said rule( s )/regulations( s) on or before .. .. . .. . .
. Day of . . . . . . .and to report compliance in writing to me.
16. An appeal may be filed against this order under rule 8 of the aforesaid Rules, within three months
of the date on which this order is served or delivered but this order must be complied with,
notwithstanding such appeal, unless the appellate authority on or before the date specified in
paragraph above, suspends its operation.
Dated at
The ..day of. ......
Signature Chief Electrical Inspector or
Electrical Inspector

[F.No.23/3/2004-R&R]
Sd/
(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India

218

(Published in Part II, Section 3, sub-section (i) of the Gazette of India, Extraordinary)
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 22nd October, 2007
NOTIFICATION
G.S.R. 675 (E).-In exercise of powers conferred by section 98 and 99 and clause (p) of sub-section (2)
of section 176 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (No.36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the
following rules namely:1.

Short title and commencement. (1) These rules may be called the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission Fund (Constitution and the manner of application, of the Fund) and Form and
Time for Preparation of Budget Rules, 2007.
(2)

2.

3.

They shall come into force from the date of publication in the Official Gazette.

Definitions. - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,

(a)

Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;

(b)

Central Commission means the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission constituted under section 76 of the Act;

(c)

Secretary means the Secretary of the Central Commission;

(d)

Form means a form appended to these rules;

(e)

Fund means the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission Fund.

(2)

Words and expressions used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Electricity
Act, 2003, shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.

Constitution of the Fund. (1) The Central Government hereby constitutes a Fund to be
called the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission Fund.
(2)

The Fund shall be opened under the Public Account of India and this shall be a nonlapsable and non-interest bearing account.

(3)

The Central Commission shall, by the 30th September of each year, submit to the Central
Government its requirement of funds for the next financial year taking into account the
estimated receipts of the Commission.

(4)

The Central Government may, after due appropriation made by the Parliament, make to the
Central Commission grants and loans of such sums of money as the Government considers necessary after having due regard to the requirement communicated by the Central
Commission under sub-rule (3).
219

(5)

4.

5.

6.

7.

The Fund shall comprise of

(i)

any grants and loans made to the Central Commission by the Central Government
under section 98 of the Act;

(ii)

all fees received by the Central Commission under the Act;

(iii)

all sums received by the Central Commission from other sources as may be decided
upon by the Central Government from time to time.

Application of the Fund. - The Fund shall be applied for meeting (a)

the salary, allowances and other remuneration of the Chairperson, Members, Secretary,
Officers and other employees of the Central Commission;

(b)

the expenses of the Central Commission in discharge of its functions under section 79 of
the Act;

(c)

the expenses on objects and for purposes authorised by the Act.

Release of amount from the Fund. - (1) The Central Commission shall seek release of amount
from the Fund against its annual budget twice (in the month of April, and September) in a
financial year. Upon receiving such a requisition from the Central Commission, the Central
Government shall (a)

transfer the appropriate part of the sums of grants and loans for the Central Commission
approved by the Parliament in the annual budget of the Ministry of Power to the Fund and
simultaneously;

(b)

release the amount as requisitioned from the Fund to the Central Commission by account
payee cheque through its Pay and Accounts Office.

(2)

The Central Commission shall maintain proper accounts and other records of the grants
and loans in the manner as may be prescribed by the Central Government in this behalf.

(3)

At the close of Financial Year the Central Commission shall furnish a utilisation certificate stating therein the opening balance, amount (including of grants and loans) received
from the Fund and utilised and the balance remaining unutilised.

Opening of Bank Account.(1)

The Central Commission shall open account(s) in one or more nationalised banks.

(2)

The Central Commission shall make available the specimen signatures of two of its
officers to be the authorised signatories to the nominated bank/(s) for their information
and records.

(3)

The link branch of the nominated bank/(s) shall furnish daily payments and receipts
scrolls to the Central Commission which will ensure that the cheques appearing in the
payment scrolls are those issued by the Central Commission and reconcile each transaction with the bank(s).

Manner of applying the Fund.(1)

All amount released from the Fund shall be paid into the Central Commissions account(s)
in the bank(s) and shall not be withdrawn except on presentation of a cheque signed
jointly by Deputy Director (Accounts) and Accounts Officer or such other officer as
authorised by the Central Commission.
220

(2)

These officers shall be responsible for monitoring the proper transactions of receipts and
payments on behalf of the Central Commission.

8.

Budget Estimates and Revised Estimates. - The Central Commission shall prepare its budget
estimates and revised estimates in the format as at Annexure I and Final Grant statement in
format as at Annexure - II and submit them to the Central Government by the 30th September and
15th January of each Financial Year.

9.

Delegation of Powers. - (1) The Chairperson of the Central Commission shall have the powers
of the Central Government relating to items as given in schedule II, V, VI and VII of Delegation
of Financial Powers Rules, except in the following matters:(i)

Creation of posts,

(ii)

re-appropriation of funds from one head to another,

(iii)

purchase of vehicles,

(iv)

permitting any officer of the Commission to participate in seminars, conferences or training programme abroad;

Provided that the exercise of these powers will be subject to the general restrictions and conditions contained in the Delegation of Financial Power Rules, 1978 and other general rules and
orders issued by the Government of India from time to time.
(2) The Central Commission shall lay down the detailed procedure for sanction of various
expenditure and delegation of power among the Central Commission, Chairman and Secretary of
the Central Commission.
10.

Audit of the Accounts. - (1) The accounts of the Central Commission shall be audited by the
Comptroller and Auditor-General of India at such intervals as may be specified by him.
(2)

The accounts of the Central Commission as certified by the Comptroller and AuditorGeneral of India or any other person appointed by him in this behalf, together with audit
report thereon shall be forwarded annually to the Central Government by the Central
Commission to enable it to place the audit report before each House of Parliament.

221

ANNEXURE I
Revised Estimates of (Current Year)/
Budget Estimates of (Next Year)
Head of
Account
1

Actuals Last
two Years
2

Budget
Allotment

Actuals of first 6 months

(prev 2 years and FY)

Actuals for the last

6 months (prev 2 years)

Estimate last 6
months (FY)

Total Revised
Estimate

Budget Estimate

Difference between
Allotment & RE (11-4)

10

11

12

13

Difference between (BE & RE)

Reasons for Variation

(12-11)
14

15

Note1: Heads of Account shall be as per list at Appendix A

Note 2: Budgetary provisions shall be explained with detailed memoranda as listed at Appendix B.

222

ANNEXURE II

Final Grant Statement (Financial Year)

Head of
Account

Revised
Allotment
received

Actuals of
first 10
months

Requirement
last 2
months

Total Final
Grant

Net
Savings/
Excess

Remarks

Note 1: Heads of Account shall be as per list at Appendix A.

Note 2: Budgetary provisions shall be explained with detailed memoranda as listed at Appendix B.

223

Appendix A
Detailed Heads of Account (with description) under which CERC shall furnish budget Statements and Explanatory Memoranda thereto
A/c Description
Code
REVENUE
2.

Fee and Charges

2.1

Fee

2.2

Charges

2.3

Fines

Total
2.4

Others (Specify)

Grand Total
3.

Grants

3.1

From Government

3.2

From others

Total
4.

Gifts

5.

Seminars and Conferences

6.

Sales of Publications

7.

Income on Investments and Deposits

7.1

Income on investments

7.2

Income on Deposits

8.

Loans

8.1

From Government

8.2

From Others (specify)

9.

Sale of Assets

10.

Sale of Investments

11.

Recoveries from pay bills

11.1 Principal amount of Loans and Advances

11.2 Interest on Loans and Advances
12

Miscellaneous Income

12.1 Gain on sale of assets

12.2 Any Others (specify)
224

EXPENDITURE
13.

Chairperson and Members

13.1 Pay and Allowances

13.2 Other benefits
13.3 Travelling expenses
13.3.1 Overseas
13.3.2 Domestic
14.

Officers

14.1 Pay and Allowances

14.2 Retirement benefits
14.3 Other benefits
14.4 Travelling expenses
14.4.1 Overseas
14.4.2 Domestic
15.

Staff

15.1 Pay and Allowances

15.2 Retirement Benefits
15.3 Other benefits
15.4 Travelling expenses
15.4.1 Overseas
15.4.2 Domestic
16.

Hire of Conveyance

17.

Wages

18.

Overtime

19.

Honorarium

20.

Other Office Expenses

21.

Expenditure on Research

22.

Consultation fee

23.

Seminars and Conferences

24.

Publications of CERC

25.

Rent and Taxes

26.

Interest on Loans

27.

Promotional Expenses
225

28.

Membership fee

29.

Subscription

30.

Purchase of fixed assets

31.

Investments and Deposits

31.1 Investments
31.2 Deposits
32.

Security Deposits

33.

Loans and Advances

33.1 To employees
33.1.1 Bearing Interest
33.1.2 Not-bearing interest
33.2 To Suppliers and Contractors
33.3 Others (to specify)
34.

Repayment of Loans

35.

Others

35.1 Leave salary and pension contribution

35.2 Audit fee
35.3 Miscellaneous
36.

Description

37.

Loss on sale of assets

38.

Bad debt written off

39.

Provision for bad & doubtful debts

Total

226

Appendix B
Explanatory Memoranda to RE/BE Statements of
Central Electricity Regulatory Commission
1.

Statement showing grade wise details of establishment with provision sought therefor in the
estimates, with actual establishment strength and cost thereof in previous year.

2.

Estimates of individual projects/consultancies costing over Rs.5 lakhs indicating original cost,
revisions if any and provisions sought for the project in the budget grants.

3.

Details of Foreign exchange component in the Budget/Revised estimates.

4.

Estimates of Revenue Receipts in Budget Year and previous year.

5.

Statement showing financial results of CERC for the budget year and previous year.

(F.No. 23/76/2003-R&R)

Sd/Alok Kumar
Director

227

(Published in Part II, Section 3, sub-section (i) of the Gazette of India, Extraordinary)
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 22nd October, 2007
NOTIFICATION
G.S.R. 676 (E). - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (n) of sub-section (2) of section 176
read with sub-section (1) of section 100 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (No.36 of 2003) the Central
Government, in consultation with the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India, hereby makes the
following rules, namely:1.

Short title and commencement. (1) These rules may be called the Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission (Form of Annual Statement of Accounts and Records) Rules, 2007.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions. - (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,

(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003);
(b) Central Commission means the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission constituted
under section 76 of the Act;
(c) Audit Officer means the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India or any person appointed
by him in connection with the audit of accounts of the Commission;
(d) Secretary means the Secretary of the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission;
(e) Schedule means a schedule appended to these rules;
(f) Form means a form appended to these rules.
(2) Words and expressions used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Electricity Act,
2003 (36 of 2003), shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.

3.

Accounts of the Commission. (1) The Central Commission shall prepare the annual statement
of accounts for every financial year commencing with 2004-05. The Secretary of the Central
Commission may authorise an officer of the Central Commission to prepare the account on his
behalf.
(2) The Secretary of the Central Commission shall supervise the maintenance of the accounts of
the Central Commission, the compilation of financial statement and return, and shall ensure that
all accounts, books, connected vouchers and other documents and papers of the Central

228

Commission required by the audit officer for the purpose of auditing the accounts of the Central
Commission are placed at the disposal of that officer.
(3) The annual statement of accounts duly approved by the Central Commission and after
certification by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India or his authorised representative,
shall be submitted by the Secretary of the Central Commission to the Central Government by such
date as may be specified by the Central Government.
(4)

(i)

The Central Commission shall prepare the following accounts in the forms mentioned
below:(a) Receipt and Payment Accounts in Form A;
(b) Income and Expenditure Accounts in Form B;
(c) Balance Sheet in Form C.

(ii)

The authorised signatory to sign and authenticate the Receipt and Payment
Accounts, Income and Expenditure Accounts and Balance Sheet shall be the
Secretary of the Commission.

(iii)

The annual statement of accounts shall be submitted to the Audit Officer on or

before the 30th June following the year to which the accounts relate and the Audit
Officer shall audit the accounts of the Central Commission and report thereon.

(iv)

The Central Commission shall, on receipt of the audit report, correct any defect or
irregularity pointed out therein and report to the Central Government and the Audit
Officer about the action taken by it thereon.

229

230

Purchases
Labour and rocessing expenses
Cartage and Carriage Inwards
Electricity & power
Water charges
Insurance
Repair and maintenance
Excise Duty
Rent, Rates and Taxes
Vehicles Running and Maintenance
Postage, Telephone and Communication Charges
Printing and Stationery

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)

(a)
(b)
(c)

From Min of Power

From State Government
From Other Sources
(Details) (Grants for Capital
and Revenue Expenditure to
be shown separately)

2. By Administrative expenses

To Grants Received

PAYMENTS

2.

Previous Year
1. By Expenses
(a)
Establishment expenses
(i) Salaries (Chairman & Members of the
Commission)
(ii) Salaries (Officers and establishment)
(iii) Allowances and Bonus
(iv) Payment for professional and other services
(b)
Travel Expenses
(i) Foreign Travels
(ii) Domestic Travels
(c)
Overtime Allowance
(d)
Medical and Health care facilities
(e)
Other establishment charges
(i) Tuition fees
(ii) LTC
(iii) Any other (to be specified)
(f)
Contribution to Provident Fund
(g)
Contribution to Other Funds (to be specified)
(h) Staff welfare expenses
Expenses on employees retirement and terminal benefits
(i)

Current Year

1. To Opening Balances
(a) Cash in Hand
(b) Bank Balance
(i) In Current Accounts
(ii) In Deposit Accounts
(iii) Saving Accounts

RECEIPTS

RECEIPT AND PAYMENT ACCOUNTS FOR THE PERIOD/YEAR ENDED ______________

FORM - A

Current Year

Previous Year

(Amount Rs)

231

4.

3.

4.

To Receipts of the Commission

(a) Interest Received
(i)
On Bank deposits
(ii)
On Loans, advances to
employees etc.
(iii) Sale of Publications
(iv) Sale of Newspapers
(v) Fee charged by the
Commission
(vi) Contributions of Medical,
Health care beneficiaries
(vii) Miscellaneous receipts
(b) Investments
(i) To Face value of
investments encashed
(ii) To Interests on investment

(I) By Advances to Staff

(a)
House Building Advance
(b)
Motor Car/Personal Computer Advance
(c) Scooter/Motor Cycle Advance
(d)
Other Advances (to be specified)
(II) By Contingent Advances
(a)
Advance to CPWD
(b)
Advance to Suppliers/Contractors
(c)
Other Advances (to be specified)
(III) By Other Adjustments/Remittances
(a)
GPF/CPF etc. recovered from the deputationists.
(b)
Licence fee
(c)
Income Tax
(d)
Sales Tax
(e)
Central Govt. Health Scheme
(f) Postal Life Insurance
(g)
CGEGIS/CEEIS
(h) House building advance
(i)
Motor car/Computer Advances
(j)
Scooter/Motor cycle Advances
(k) Other recoveries (to be specified)

3. By Investments and Deposits Made

(i)
Investments
(ii) Deposits
(a) Security Deposit
(b) Earnest Money Deposit

To Income on Investments from

(a) Earmarked/Endow. Funds
(b) Own Funds (Other
investments)

(m)Travelling and Conveyance Expenses

(n) Expenses on Seminar/Workshops
(o) Subscription Expenses
(p) Expenses on Fee
(q) Auditors Remuneration/Legal Fee
(r) Hospitality Expenses
(s) Professional Charges
(t) Provision for Bad and Doubtful Debts/Advances
(u) Irrecoverable Balances return off
(v) Packing Charges
(w) Freight and Forwarding Expenses
(x) Distribution Expenses
(y) Advertisement and Publicity
(z) Others (to be specified)

232

To Remittance Receipts
(a) Recovery from deputationists
(b) Licence Fee
(c) Income Tax
(d) Surcharge
(e) Sales Tax
(f) Central Govt Health Scheme
(g) Postal Life Insurance
(h) Central Govt Employees
Group Insurance Scheme
(i) Any other (to be specified)

6.

Internal Financial Adviser

TOTAL

To Debt/Deposit Receipts
(a) Recovery of advance from staff
(i) House Building advance
(ii) Motor Car/personal
computer advance
(iii)Scooter/Motor cycle advance
(iv)Other advances (to be
specified)
(v) Recoupment of GPF
Advance paid to
deputationists.
(b) Recovery of contingent advances
(i) Advances to CPWD
(ii) Advances to suppliers
(iii)Other Advances
(to be specified)
(c) Other Deposits
(i) Security deposit
(ii) Earnest Money deposit
(iii)Any other deposit (to be
specified).

5.

Secretary

Member (Finance)

Chairman

By Expenditure on Fixed Assets and Capital Work-in-progress

(a)
Land
(b)
Buildings
(c)
Furniture & Fixtures
(d)
Machinery & Equipment
(e)
Motor Vehicles
(f)
Books & Publications
(g)
Any other (to be specified)

7. By Closing Balances
(a)
Cash in Hand
(b)
Bank Balances
(i) In Current Accounts
(ii) In Deposit Accounts
(iii) Savings Accounts
TOTAL

6.

5. By Contributions
(a)
Pension and Gratuity
(b) Leave Salary & Pension Contributions
(c) Other Contribution (to be specified)

233

13

By Sales/Services

By Seminars and Conferences

By Consultancy

By
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4

2.

3.

4.

5.

17

18

9. By Other Income
9.1 Medical Health Care facilities
9.2 Sale of Newspapers
9.3 Gifts
9.4 Gains on sale of assets
9.5 Staff Car recoveries

16

7. By Royalty, Publications etc.

7.1 Royalty
7.2 Publications

8. By Interest
8.1 Interest on Deposits (to be specified)
8.2 Interest on Loans and Advances
8.3 Interest on Investment
8.4 Interest on Cash at Bank
8.5 Any other (to be specified)

15

6. By Investment (Income on invest, from earmarked/endow funds transferred to funds).

14

12

1. By Grants/Subsidies
1.1 Ministry of Power
1.2 Other Sources (to be specified)

Fees/Subscriptions/fines
Fee for Petitions
Other Charges
Fines
Any others (to be specified)

Schedule

INCOME

FOR THE PERIOD/YEAR ENDED ______________

INCOME AND EXPENDITURE ACCOUNTS

FORM - B

Current Year

Previous Year

(Amount Rs)

234

5. To Stationery & Printing

5.1 Stationery
5.2 Printing

4. To Other Administrative Expenses, etc

4.1 Seminar and Conference
4.2 Telephone and Fax
4.3 Rent, Rate & Taxes
4.4 News Paper/Periodicals
4.5 Advertisement and Publicity
4.6 Postage and Telegram
4.7 Liveries
4.8 Water & Electricity
4.9 Any other (to be specified)

3. To Travel Expenses
3.1 Domestic Travels - Chairman, Members & Other Officers
- Staff
3.2 Foreign Travels
- Chairman, Members & Other Officers
- Staff

2. To Payment on Professional & Other Services

21

20

1. To
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8

Establishment Expenses
Pay & Allowances of Chairperson & Members
Pay & Allowances of officers and establishments
Pay & Allowances of Staff
Honorarium
Overtime Allowance
Medical and Health Care facilities
Bonus
Any Other Establishment Charges (to be specified)

Schedule

19

EXPENDITURE

1 2 Total (A)

1 1 By Excess of Expenditure over Income (transferred to Capital fund account)

1 0 By Increase/(Decrease) in stock of finished goods and Works in Progress

Current Year

Previous Year

235

Internal Financial Adviser

20. TOTAL (B)

Secretary

Member (Finance)

19.To Excess of Income over Expenditure (Transferred to Capital Fund Account)

18.To Bad-debts return of

17.To Loss on sale of Assets

16.To Depreciation

15.To Group Insurance Scheme

15.1 CGEGIS Saving Fund
- Insurance Fund
15.2 CGEIS - Saving Fund
- Insurance Fund

14.To Interest
14.1 Interest on GPF
14.2 Interest on CPF
14.3 Any other (to be specified)

13.To Provident Fund & Other Contributions

13.1 Pension & Gratuity (including Commuted Value of Pension)
13.2 Contribution to CPF
13.3 Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme
13.4 Pension Contribution
13.5 Leave Salary Contribution
13.6 Gratuity Contribution

12.To Legal Charges

11.To Audit Fees

10.To Hospitality Expenses

9. To Petrol & Lubricants

8. To Repair and Maintenance

8.1 Buildings
8.2
Machinery & Equipment
8.3
Furniture & Fixture
8.4 Vehicles

7. To Miscellaneous and Other Expenses

6. To Publications

22

Chairman

236

1
2

1. Corpus/Capital Fund

2. Add excess of Income over Expenditure/Less excess of Expenditure over Income

4
5
6
7

6. Secured Loans and Borrowings

6.1 From Government
6.2 From Others

7. Unsecured Loans and Borrowings

8. Deferred Credit Liabilities

9. Current Liabilities and Provisions

5. Deposits
5.1 Security Deposits
5.2 Petrol Account

4. Advances
4.1 Festival Advance.
4.2 Other Advance (to be specified)

13

2. Investments From Earmarked/Endowment Funds of CERC

3. Capital Work-in-Progress

1. Fixed Assets

ASSETS

TOTAL

5. Earmarked/Endowment Funds

4. Reserves and Surplus

3. Other Funds
3.1 Provident Funds
3.2 Others (to be specified)

Schedule

CORPUS/CAPITAL FUND AND LIABILITIES

FOR THE PERIOD/YEAR ENDED ______________

BALANCE SHEET

FORM - C

Current Year

Previous Year

(Amount Rs.)

237

18

19
20

9. Payment Made to CPWD for Works

10.Cash and Bank Balance

10.1 Cash at Bank
10.2 Cash in Hand
10.3 Imprest

11.Other Current Assets

Member (Finance)

17

8. Sundry Debtors

Secretary

16

7. Gifts and Donations

Internal Financial Adviser

TOTAL

15

14

6. Loans and Advances

5.3 Telephone Account

5.4 Any other (to be specified)

Chairman

238

Internal Financial Adviser

BALANCE AS AT THE YEAR END

Secretary

Member (Finance)

Add/(Deduct): Balance of net income/(expenditure) transferred from the Income and Expenditure Account

Add: Contributions towards Corpus/Capital Fund

Balance as at the beginning of the year

Schedule 1 Corpus,Capital Fund

Chairman

Current Year

SCHEDULES FORMING PART OF BALANCE SHEET AS AT _________________________

Previous Year

239

Revaluation Reserve
As per last Account
Addition during the year
Less: Deductions during the year

Special Reserves
As per last Account
Addition during the year
Less: Deductions during the year

General Reserve
As per last Account
Addition during the year
Less: Deductions during the year

2.

3.

4.

Internal Financial Adviser

TOTAL

Capital Reserve
As per last Account
Addition during the year
Less: Deductions during the year

1.

Secretary

Member (Finance)

Current Year

Chairman

Schedule 2 : Add excess of Income over Expenditure/Less excess of Expenditure over Income
Previous Year

240

Total (a+b)

Revenue Expenditure
Salaries, Wages and allowances etc.
Rent
Other Administrative Expenses

Current Year

Internal Financial Adviser

Secretary

Member (Finance)

Chairman

Plan Funds received from the Central/State Governments are to be shown as separate Funds and not to be mixed up with any other Funds.

Fund ZZ

2)

Fund YY

Disclosures shall be made under relevant heads based on conditions attaching to the grants.

Fund XX

1)

Notes

NET BALANCE AS AT THE YEAR END (a+b-c)

TOTAL (c)

Total

ii)

Total

Utilisation/Expenditure towards objectives of funds

i)
Capital Expenditure
Fixed Assets
Others

Additions to the Funds:

(i)
Donations/grants
(ii)
Income from investments made on account of funds
(iii) Other additions (specify nature)

b)

c)

Opening balance of the funds

a)

Fund WW

Schedule 3 : EARMARKED/ENDOWMENT FUNDS

Previous Year

241

Financial Institutions
a)
Terms Loans
b)
Interest accrued and due

Banks
a)
Term Loans
- Interest accrued and due
c)
Other Loans (specify)
- Interest accrued and due

3.

4.

Internal Financial Adviser

Note: Amounts due within one year

TOTAL

7. Others (Specify)

6. Debentures and loans

Other Institutions and Agencies

State Government (Specify)

2.

5.

Central Government

1.

Secretary

Member (Finance)

Schedule 4 : SECURED LOANS BORROWINGS

Current Year

Chairman

Previous Year

(Amount Rs.)

242

State Government

Financial Institutions

Banks:
a)
Term Loans
b)
Other Loans (specify)

Other Institutions and Agencies

Debentures and Bonds

Fixed Deposits

Others (specify)

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Internal Financial Adviser

Note: Amounts due within one year

TOTAL

Central Government

1.

Secretary

Member (Finance)

Schedule 5 : UNSECURED LOANS AND BORROWINGS

Current Year

Chairman

Previous Year

243

Internal Financial Adviser

Note: Amounts due within one year.

Secretary

Others

b)

TOTAL

Acceptances secured by hypothecation of capital equipment and other assets

a)

Member (Finance)

Schedule 6: DEFERRED CREDIT LIABILITES

Current Year

Chairman

Previous Year

244

CURRENT LIABILITIES
1.
Acceptances
2.
Sundry Creditors:(a)
For Goods
(b)
Others
3.
Advances Received
4.
Interest accrued but not due on:
(a)
Secured Loans/borrowings
(b)
Unsecured Loans/borrowings
5.
Statutory Liabilities:
(a)
Overdue
(b)
Others
6.
Other current Liabilities

PROVISIONS
For Taxation
Gratuity
Superannuation/Pension
Accumulated Leave Encashment
Trade Warranties/Claims
Others (Specify)

Internal Financial Adviser

TOTAL (A+B)

TOTAL (B)

B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

TOTAL (A)

A.

Secretary

Member (Finance)

Schedule 7 : CURRENT LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS

Current Year

Chairman

Previous Year

245

Gifted/Donated Assets

Other (to be specified)

7.

8.

Internal Financial Adviser

TOTAL

Books & Publications

Machinery & Equipment

4.

6.

Furniture & Fixtures

3.

Motor Vehicles

Building (Renovation)

2.

5.

Land

1.

Sl. No. Description

Previous Year

Add : Contributions towards

Corpus/Capital Fund
(Rs)

Add (Deduct): Balance of the Balance as at the Year End

Net Income/(Expenditure)
(Rs)
transferred from Income
and Expenditure Account
(Rs)

(Amount Rs.)

Secretary

Member (Finance)

Chairman

Current Year Previous Year Current Year Previous Year Current Year Previous Year Current Year

Balance as at the
beginning of the Year
(Rs.)

Schedule 8 : FIXED ASSETS

246

Other approved Securities

Shares

Debentures and Bonds

Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures

Others (to be specified)

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Internal Financial Adviser

TOTAL

In Government Securities

1.

Secretary

Member (Finance)

Current Year

Schedule 9 : INVESTMENTS FROM EARMARKED/ENDOWMENT FUNDS

Chairman

Previous Year

(Amount Rs.)

247

Other approved Securities

Shares

Debentures and Bonds

Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures

Others (to be specified)

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Internal Financial Adviser

TOTAL

In Government Securities

1.

Secretary

Member (Finance)

Schedule 10 : INVESTMENT - OTHER

Current Year

Chairman

Previous Year

(Amount Rs.)

248

3.

2.

1.

Loose Tools

Stock-in-trade

(b)

(c)

Others

(b)

5.

1.

-On Deposit Accounts

-On Savings Accounts

(a)

(a)

Post Office-Savings Accounts

With non-Scheduled Banks:

-On Current Accounts

(a)

-On Savings Accounts

(a)

(b)

-On Current Accounts

-On Deposit Accounts (includes margin money)

(a)

With Scheduled Banks:

(a)

(a)

Bank Balances:

Cash balances in hand (including cheques/drafts and imprest

Debts Outstanding for a period exceeding six months

(a)

Sundry Debtors:

(iii) Raw Materials

(ii) Work-in-progress

(i) Finished Goods

Stores and Spares

(a)

Inventories:

CURRENT ASSETS:

TOTAL (A)

A.

Current Year

Schedule 11 : CURRENT ASSETS, LOANS, ADVANCES ETC

Previous Year

(Amount Rs.)

249

4.

3.

2.

1.

Other(Specify)

(b)

(c)

Prepayments

Others

(b)

(c)

Internal Financial Adviser

TOTAL (A+B)

Secretary

Others (includes income due unrealised Rs..)

(d)

Claims Receivable

On Investments Others

On Loans and Advances

(c)

On Investments from Earmarked/Endowment Funds

(b)

(a)

Income Accrued:

On Capital Account

(a)

Member (Finance)

Advances and other amounts recoverable in cash or in kind or for value to be received:

Staff

Other Entities engaged in activities/objectives similar to that of the Entity

(a)

Loans:

LOANS, ADVANCES AND OTHER ASSETS

TOTAL (B)

B.

Chairman

Current Year

Sd/Alok Kumar
Director

(F.No. 23/76/2003-R&R)

Previous Year

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section-3 Sub-section (ii)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 9th June, 2005

Notification
G.S.R 387(E). - In exercise of powers conferred by sub-section (1) and clause (z) of sub-section
(2) of section 176 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (Act 36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes
the following rules, namely:
1.

Short title and commencement (1) These rules shall be called the Electricity (Procedure for Previous Publication) Rules 2005,
(2) These Rules shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions In these rules, unless the context otherwise, requires,(c) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003 (Act 36 of 2003);
(d) the words and expressions used and not defined herein but defined in the Act shall have the
meaning assigned to them in the Act.

3.

Procedure of Previous Publication For the purpose of previous publication of regulations

under sub-section (3) of section 177, sub-section (3) of section 178 and the sub-section (3) of
section 181 of the Act, the following procedure shall apply:(1) the Authority or the Appropriate Commission shall, before making regulations, publish a
draft of the regulations for the information of persons likely to be affected thereby;
(2) the publication shall be made in such manner as the Authority or the Appropriate Commission deems to be sufficient;
(3) there shall be published with the draft regulations, a notice specifying a date on or after
which the draft regulations will be taken into consideration;
(4) the Authority or the Appropriate Commission having powers to make regulations shall
consider any objection or suggestion which may be received by the Authority or the Appropriate Commission from any person with respect to the draft before the date so specified.

4.

The publication in the Official Gazette of the regulations made in exercise of a power to make
regulations after previous publication shall be conclusive proof that the regulations have been
duly made.
F.No. 23/26/2004-R&R
Ajay Shankar,
Additional Secretary to the Government of India.
250

Chapter 3

National Electricity Policy

251

252

EXTRAORDINARY PART ISECTION 1

MINISTRY OF POWER
RESOLUTION
New Delhi, the 12th February, 2005
No. 23/40/2004-R&R (Vol.II)
National Electricity Policy
1.0

INTRODUCTION

1.1

In compliance with section 3 of the Electricity Act 2003 the Central Government hereby
notifies the National Electricity Policy.
Electricity is an essential requirement for all facets of our life. It has been recognized as a
basic human need. It is a critical infrastructure on which the socio-economic development of
the country depends. Supply of electricity at reasonable rate to rural India is essential for its
overall development. Equally important is availability of reliable and quality power at competitive rates to Indian industry to make it globally competitive and to enable it to exploit the
tremendous potential of employment generation. Services sector has made significant contribution to the growth of our economy. Availability of quality supply of electricity is very
crucial to sustained growth of this segment.
Recognizing that electricity is one of the key drivers for rapid economic growth and poverty
alleviation, the nation has set itself the target of providing access to all households in next
five years. As per Census 2001, about 44% of the households do not have access to electricity. Hence meeting the target of providing universal access is a daunting task requiring
significant addition to generation capacity and expansion of the transmission and distribution network.
Indian Power sector is witnessing major changes. Growth of Power Sector in India since its
Independence has been noteworthy.
However, the demand for power has been outstripping the growth of availability. Substantial
peak and energy shortages prevail in the country. This is due to inadequacies in generation,
transmission & distribution as well as inefficient use of electricity. Very high level of technical and commercial losses and lack of commercial approach in management of utilities has led
to unsustainable financial operations. Cross-subsidies have risen to unsustainable levels.
Inadequacies in distribution networks has been one of the major reasons for poor quality of
supply.
Electricity industry is capital-intensive having long gestation period. Resources of power
generation are unevenly dispersed across the country. Electricity is a commodity that can
not be stored in the grid where demand and supply have to be continuously balanced. The

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

253

1.6

1.7

widely distributed and rapidly increasing demand requirements of the country need to be
met in an optimum manner.
Electricity Act, 2003 provides an enabling framework for accelerated and more efficient development of the power sector. The Act seeks to encourage competition with appropriate
regulatory intervention. Competition is expected to yield efficiency gains and in turn result in
availability of quality supply of electricity to consumers at competitive rates.
Section 3 (1) of the Electricity Act 2003 requires the Central Government to formulate, inter
alia, the National Electricity Policy in consultation with Central Electricity Authority (CEA)
and State Governments. The provision is quoted below:
The Central Government shall, from time to time, prepare the National Electricity Policy
and tariff policy, in consultation with the State Governments and the Authority for development of the power system based on optimal utilization of resources such as coal, natural
gas, nuclear substances or materials, hydro and renewable sources of energy.
Section 3 (3) of the Act enables the Central Government to review or revise the National
Electricity Policy from time to time.

1.8

The National Electricity Policy aims at laying guidelines for accelerated development of the
power sector, providing supply of electricity to all areas and protecting interests of consumers and other stakeholders keeping in view availability of energy resources, technology
available to exploit these resources, economics of generation using different resources, and
energy security issues.

1.9

The National Electricity Policy has been evolved in consultation with and taking into account views of the State Governments, Central Electricity Authority (CEA), Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (CERC) and other stakeholders.

2.0

AIMS & OBJECTIVES

The National Electricity Policy aims at achieving the following objectives:

Access to Electricity - Available for all households in next five years

Availability of Power - Demand to be fully met by 2012. Energy and peaking shortages
to be overcome and adequate spinning reserve to be available.

Supply of Reliable and Quality Power of specified standards in an efficient manner and
at reasonable rates.

Per capita availability of electricity to be increased to over 1000 units by 2012.

Minimum lifeline consumption of 1 unit/household/day as a merit good by year 2012.

Financial Turnaround and Commercial Viability of Electricity Sector.

Protection of consumers interests.

3.0

NATIONALELECTRICITY PLAN

3.1

Assessment of demand is an important pre-requisite for planning capacity addition. Section

3 (4) of the Act requires the Central Electricity Authority (CEA) to frame a National Electricity
Plan once in five years and revise the same from time to time in accordance with the National
Electricity Policy. Also, section 73 (a) provides that formulation of short-term and perspective plans for development of the electricity system and coordinating the activities of various planning agencies for the optimal utilization of resources to subserve the interests of the
254

national economy shall be one of the functions of the CEA. The Plan prepared by CEA and
approved by the Central Government can be used by prospective generating companies,
transmission utilities and transmission/distribution licensees as reference document.
3.2

Accordingly, the CEA shall prepare short-term and perspective plan. The National Electricity Plan would be for a short-term framework of five years while giving a 15 year perspective
and would include:

Short-term and long term demand forecast for different regions;

Suggested areas/locations for capacity additions in generation and transmission keeping in view the economics of generation and transmission, losses in the system, load
centre requirements, grid stability, security of supply, quality of power including voltage profile etc. and environmental considerations including rehabilitation and resettlement;

Integration of such possible locations with transmission system and development of

national grid including type of transmission systems and requirement of redundancies; and

Different technologies available for efficient generation, transmission and distribution.

Fuel choices based on economy, energy security and environmental considerations.

3.3

While evolving the National Electricity Plan, CEA will consult all the stakeholders including
state governments and the state governments would, at state level, undertake this exercise in
coordination with stakeholders including distribution licensees and STUs. While conducting studies periodically to assess short-term and long-term demand, projections made by
distribution utilities would be given due weightage. CEA will also interact with institutions
and agencies having economic expertise, particularly in the field of demand forecasting.
Projected growth rates for different sectors of the economy will also be taken into account in
the exercise of demand forecasting.

3.4

The National Electricity Plan for the ongoing 10th Plan period and 11th Plan and perspective
Plan for the 10th, 11th & 12th Plan periods would be prepared and notified after reviewing and
revising the existing Power Plan prepared by CEA. This will be done within six months.

4.0

ISSUES ADDRESSED
The policy seeks to address the following issues:

Rural Electrification

Generation

Transmission

Distribution

Recovery of Cost of services & Targetted Subsidies.

Technology Development and Research and Development (R&D)

Competition aimed at Consumer Benefits

Financing Power Sector Programmes Including Private Sector Participation.

Energy Conservation
255

Environmental Issues

Training and Human Resource Development

Cogeneration and Non-Conventional Energy Sources

Protection of Consumer interests and Quality Standards

5.1

RURALELECTRIFICATION

5.1.1

The key development objective of the power sector is supply of electricity to all areas
including rural areas as mandated in section 6 of the Electricity Act. Both the central government and state governments would jointly endeavour to achieve this objective at the earliest. Consumers, particularly those who are ready to pay a tariff which reflects efficient costs
have the right to get uninterrupted twenty four hours supply of quality power. About 56% of
rural households have not yet been electrified even though many of these households are
willing to pay for electricity. Determined efforts should be made to ensure that the task of
rural electrification for securing electricity access to all households and also ensuring that
electricity reaches poor and marginal sections of the society at reasonable rates is completed
within the next five years.

5.1.2

Reliable rural electrification system will aim at creating the following:

(a)

Rural Electrification Distribution Backbone (REDB) with at least one 33/11 kv (or 66/11
kv) substation in every Block and more if required as per load, networked and connected appropriately to the state transmission system

(b)

Emanating from REDB would be supply feeders and one distribution transformer at
least in every village settlement.

(c)

Household Electrification from distribution transformer to connect every household

on demand.

(d)

Wherever above is not feasible (it is neither cost effective nor the optimal solution to
provide grid connectivity) decentralized distributed generation facilities together with
local distribution network would be provided so that every household gets access to
electricity. This would be done either through conventional or non-conventional methods of electricity generation whichever is more suitable and economical. Non-conventional sources of energy could be utilized even where grid connectivity exists provided it is found to be cost effective.

(e)

Development of infrastructure would also cater for requirement of agriculture & other
economic activities including irrigation pump sets, small and medium industries, khadi
and village industries, cold chain and social services like health and education.

5.1.3

Particular attention would be given in household electrification to dalit bastis, tribal areas
and other weaker sections.

5.1.4

Rural Electrification Corporation of India, a Government of India enterprise will be the nodal
agency at Central Government level to implement the programme for achieving the goal set
by National Common Minimum Programme of giving access to electricity to all the households in next five years. Its role is being suitably enlarged to ensure timely implementation
of rural electrification projects.

5.1.5

Targetted expansion in access to electricity for rural households in the desired timeframe can
be achieved if the distribution licensees recover at least the cost of electricity and related
256

O&M expenses from consumers, except for lifeline support to households below the poverty
line who would need to be adequately subsidized. Subsidies should be properly targeted at
the intended beneficiaries in the most efficient manner. Government recognizes the need for
providing necessary capital subsidy and soft long-term debt finances for investment in rural
electrification as this would reduce the cost of supply in rural areas. Adequate funds would
need to be made available for the same through the Plan process. Also commensurate
organizational support would need to be created for timely implementation. The Central
Government would assist the State Governments in achieving this.
5.1.6

Necessary institutional framework would need to be put in place not only to ensure creation
of rural electrification infrastructure but also to operate and maintain supply system for
securing reliable power supply to consumers. Responsibility of operation & maintenance
and cost recovery could be discharged by utilities through appropriate arrangements with
Panchayats, local authorities, NGOs and other franchisees etc.

5.1.7

The gigantic task of rural electrification requires appropriate cooperation among various
agencies of the State Governments, Central Government and participation of the community.
Education and awareness programmes would be essential for creating demand for electricity
and for achieving the objective of effective community participation.

5.2

GENERATION

5.2.1

Inadequacy of generation has characterized power sector operation in India. To provide

availability of over 1000 units of per capita electricity by year 2012 it had been estimated that
need based capacity addition of more than 1,00,000 MW would be required during the period
2002-12.

5.2.2

The Government of India has initiated several reform measures to create a favourable environment for addition of new generating capacity in the country. The Electricity Act 2003 has
put in place a highly liberal framework for generation. There is no requirement of licensing for
generation. The requirement of techno-economic clearance of CEA for thermal generation
project is no longer there. For hydroelectric generation also, the limit of capital expenditure,
above which concurrence of CEA is required, would be raised suitably from the present level.
Captive generation has been freed from all controls.

5.2.3

In order to fully meet both energy and peak demand by 2012, there is a need to create
adequate reserve capacity margin. In addition to enhancing the overall availability of installed capacity to 85%, a spinning reserve of at least 5%, at national level, would need to be
created to ensure grid security and quality and reliability of power supply.

5.2.4

The progress of implementation of capacity addition plans and growth of demand would
need to be constantly monitored and necessary adjustments made from time to time. In
creating new generation capacities, appropriate technology may be considered keeping in
view the likely widening of the difference between peak demand and the base load.

Hydro Generation
5.2.5

Hydroelectricity is a clean and renewable source of energy. Maximum emphasis would be

laid on the full development of the feasible hydro potential in the country. The 50,000 MW
hydro initiative has been already launched and is being vigorously pursued with DPRs for
projects of 33,000 MW capacity already under preparation.

5.2.6

Harnessing hydro potential speedily will also facilitate economic development of States,
particularly North-Eastern States, Sikkim, Uttaranchal, Himachal Pradesh and J&K, since a
257

large proportion of our hydro power potential is located in these States. The States with
hydro potential need to focus on the full development of these potentials at the earliest.
5.2.7

Hydel projects call for comparatively larger capital investment. Therefore, debt financing of
longer tenure would need to be made available for hydro projects. Central Government is
committed to policies that ensure financing of viable hydro projects.

5.2.8

State Governments need to review procedures for land acquisition, and other approvals/
clearances for speedy implementation of hydroelectric projects.

5.2.9

The Central Government will support the State Governments for expeditious development of
their hydroelectric projects by offering services of Central Public Sector Undertakings like
National Hydroelectric Power Corporation (NHPC).

5.2.10

Proper implementation of National Policy on Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) would

be essential in this regard so as to ensure that the concerns of project-affected families are
addressed adequately.

5.2.11 Adequate safeguards for environmental protection with suitable mechanism for monitoring of
implementation of Environmental Action Plan and R&R Schemes will be put in place.
Thermal Generation
5.2.12

Even with full development of the feasible hydro potential in the country, coal would necessarily continue to remain the primary fuel for meeting future electricity demand.

5.2.13

Imported coal based thermal power stations, particularly at coastal locations, would be
encouraged based on their economic viability. Use of low ash content coal would also help
in reducing the problem of fly ash emissions.

5.2.14

Significant Lignite resources in the country are located in Tamil Nadu, Gujarat and Rajasthan
and these should be increasingly utilized for power generation. Lignite mining technology
needs to be improved to reduce costs.

5.2.15

Use of gas as a fuel for power generation would depend upon its availability at reasonable
prices. Natural gas is being used in Gas Turbine /Combined Cycle Gas Turbine (GT/CCGT)
stations, which currently accounts for about 10 % of total capacity. Power sector consumes
about 40% of the total gas in the country. New power generation capacity could come up
based on indigenous gas findings, which can emerge as a major source of power generation
if prices are reasonable. A national gas grid covering various parts of the country could
facilitate development of such capacities.

5.2.16

Imported LNG based power plants are also a potential source of electricity and the pace of
their development would depend on their commercial viability. The existing power plants
using liquid fuels should shift to use of Natural Gas/LNG at the earliest to reduce the cost of
generation.

5.2.17

For thermal power, economics of generation and supply of electricity should be the basis for
choice of fuel from among the options available. It would be economical for new generating
stations to be located either near the fuel sources e.g. pithead locations or load centres.

5.2.18

Generating companies may enter into medium to long-term fuel supply agreements specially
with respect to imported fuels for commercial viability and security of supply.

258

Nuclear Power
5.2.19

Nuclear power is an established source of energy to meet base load demand. Nuclear power
plants are being set up at locations away from coalmines. Share of nuclear power in the
overall capacity profile will need to be increased significantly. Economics of generation and
resultant tariff will be, among others, important considerations. Public sector investments to
create nuclear generation capacity will need to be stepped up. Private sector partnership
would also be facilitated to see that not only targets are achieved but exceeded.

Non-conventional Energy Sources

5.2.20

Feasible potential of non-conventional energy resources, mainly small hydro, wind and biomass would also need to be exploited fully to create additional power generation capacity.
With a view to increase the overall share of non-conventional energy sources in the electricity mix, efforts will be made to encourage private sector participation through suitable promotional measures.

Renovation and Modernization (R&M)

5.2.21

One of the major achievements of the power sector has been a significant increase in availability and plant load factor of thermal power stations specially over the last few years.
Renovation and modernization for achieving higher efficiency levels needs to be pursued
vigorously and all existing generation capacity should be brought to minimum acceptable
standards. The Govt. of India is providing financial support for this purpose.

5.2.22

For projects performing below acceptable standards, R&M should be undertaken as per
well-defined plans featuring necessary cost-benefit analysis. If economic operation does
not appear feasible through R&M, then there may be no alternative to closure of such plants
as the last resort.

5.2.23

In cases of plants with poor O&M record and persisting operational problems, alternative
strategies including change of management may need to be considered so as to improve the
efficiency to acceptable levels of these power stations.

Captive Generation
5.2.24

The liberal provision in the Electricity Act, 2003 with respect to setting up of captive power
plant has been made with a view to not only securing reliable, quality and cost effective
power but also to facilitate creation of employment opportunities through speedy and efficient growth of industry.

5.2.25

The provision relating to captive power plants to be set up by group of consumers is

primarily aimed at enabling small and medium industries or other consumers that may not
individually be in a position to set up plant of optimal size in a cost effective manner. It needs
to be noted that efficient expansion of small and medium industries across the country would
lead to creation of enormous employment opportunities.

5.2.26

A large number of captive and standby generating stations in India have surplus capacity
that could be supplied to the grid continuously or during certain time periods. These plants
offer a sizeable and potentially competitive capacity that could be harnessed for meeting
demand for power. Under the Act, captive generators have access to licensees and would get
access to consumers who are allowed open access. Grid inter-connections for captive generators shall be facilitated as per section 30 of the Act. This should be done on priority basis
to enable captive generation to become available as distributed generation along the grid.

259

Towards this end, non-conventional energy sources including co-generation could also
play a role. Appropriate commercial arrangements would need to be instituted between
licensees and the captive generators for harnessing of spare capacity energy from captive
power plants. The appropriate Regulatory Commission shall exercise regulatory oversight
on such commercial arrangements between captive generators and licensees and determine
tariffs when a licensee is the off-taker of power from captive plant.
5.3

TRANSMISSION

5.3.1

The Transmission System requires adequate and timely investments and also efficient and
coordinated action to develop a robust and integrated power system for the country.

5.3.2

Keeping in view the massive increase planned in generation and also for development of
power market, there is need for adequately augmenting transmission capacity. While planning new generation capacities, requirement of associated transmission capacity would
need to be worked out simultaneously in order to avoid mismatch between generation capacity and transmission facilities. The policy emphasizes the following to meet the above objective:

5.3.3

The Central Government would facilitate the continued development of the National
Grid for providing adequate infrastructure for inter-state transmission of power and to
ensure that underutilized generation capacity is facilitated to generate electricity for its
transmission from surplus regions to deficit regions.

The Central Transmission Utility (CTU) and State Transmission Utility (STU) have the
key responsibility of network planning and development based on the National Electricity Plan in coordination with all concerned agencies as provided in the Act. The
CTU is responsible for the national and regional transmission system planning and
development. The STU is responsible for planning and development of the intra-state
transmission system. The CTU would need to coordinate with the STUs for achievement of the shared objective of eliminating transmission constraints in cost effective
manner.

Network expansion should be planned and implemented keeping in view the anticipated transmission needs that would be incident on the system in the open access
regime. Prior agreement with the beneficiaries would not be a pre-condition for network expansion. CTU/STU should undertake network expansion after identifying the
requirements in consultation with stakeholders and taking up the execution after due
regulatory approvals.

Structured information dissemination and disclosure procedures should be developed

by the CTU and STUs to ensure that all stakeholders are aware of the status of
generation and transmission projects and plans. These should form a part of the
overall planning procedures.

The State Regulatory Commissions who have not yet notified the grid code under the
Electricity Act 2003 should notify the same not later than September 2005.

Open access in transmission has been introduced to promote competition amongst the
generating companies who can now sell to different distribution licensees across the country. This should lead to availability of cheaper power. The Act mandates non-discriminatory
open access in transmission from the very beginning. When open access to distribution
networks is introduced by the respective State Commissions for enabling bulk consumers to
buy directly from competing generators, competition in the market would increase the avail260

ability of cheaper and reliable power supply. The Regulatory Commissions need to provide
facilitative framework for non-discriminatory open access. This requires load dispatch facilities with state-of-the art communication and data acquisition capability on a real time basis.
While this is the case currently at the regional load dispatch centers, appropriate State
Commissions must ensure that matching facilities with technology upgrades are provided at
the State level, where necessary and realized not later than June 2006.
5.3.4

The Act prohibits the State transmission utilities/transmission licensees from engaging in
trading in electricity. Power purchase agreements (PPAs) with the generating companies
would need to be suitably assigned to the Distribution Companies, subject to mutual agreement. To the extent necessary, such assignments can be done in a manner to take care of
different load profiles of the Distribution Companies. Non-discriminatory open access shall
be provided to competing generators supplying power to licensees upon payment of transmission charge to be determined by the appropriate Commission. The appropriate Commissions shall establish such transmission charges no later than June 2005.

5.3.5

To facilitate orderly growth and development of the power sector and also for secure and
reliable operation of the grid, adequate margins in transmission system should be created.
The transmission capacity would be planned and built to cater to both the redundancy levels
and margins keeping in view international standards and practices. A well planned and
strong transmission system will ensure not only optimal utilization of transmission capacities but also of generation facilities and would facilitate achieving ultimate objective of cost
effective delivery of power. To facilitate cost effective transmission of power across the
region, a national transmission tariff framework needs to be implemented by CERC. The tariff
mechanism would be sensitive to distance, direction and related to quantum of flow. As far as
possible, consistency needs to be maintained in transmission pricing framework in interState and intra-State systems. Further it should be ensured that the present network deficiencies do not result in unreasonable transmission loss compensation requirements.

5.3.6

The necessary regulatory framework for providing non-discriminatory open access in transmission as mandated in the Electricity Act 2003 is essential for signalling efficient choice in
locating generation capacity and for encouraging trading in electricity for optimum utilization of generation resources and consequently for reducing the cost of supply.

5.3.7

The spirit of the provisions of the Act is to ensure independent system operation through
NLDC, RLDCs and SLDCs. These dispatch centers, as per the provisions of the Act, are to be
operated by a Government company or authority as notified by the appropriate Government.
However, till such time these agencies/authorities are established the Act mandates that the
CTU or STU, as the case may be, shall operate the RLDCs or SLDC. The arrangement of CTU
operating the RLDCs would be reviewed by the Central Government based on experience of
working with the existing arrangement. A view on this aspect would be taken by the Central
Government by December 2005.

5.3.8

The Regional Power Committees as envisaged in section section 2(55) would be constituted
by the Government of India within two months with representation from various stakeholders.

5.3.9

The National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) along with its constitution and functions as
envisaged in Section 26 of the Electricity Act 2003 would be notified within three months.
RLDCs and NLDC will have complete responsibility and commensurate authority for smooth
operation of the grid irrespective of the ownership of the transmission system, be it under
CPSUs, State Utility or private sector.
261

5.3.10

Special mechanisms would be created to encourage private investment in transmission sector so that sufficient investments are made for achieving the objective of demand to be fully
met by 2012.

5.4 DISTRIBUTION
5.4.1

Distribution is the most critical segment of the electricity business chain. The real challenge
of reforms in the power sector lies in efficient management of the distribution sector.

5.4.2

The Act provides for a robust regulatory framework for distribution licensees to safeguard
consumer interests. It also creates a competitive framework for the distribution business,
offering options to consumers, through the concepts of open access and multiple licensees
in the same area of supply.

5.4.3

For achieving efficiency gains proper restructuring of distribution utilities is essential. Adequate transition financing support would also be necessary for these utilities. Such support should be arranged linked to attainment of predetermined efficiency improvements and
reduction in cash losses and putting in place appropriate governance structure for insulating the service providers from extraneous interference while at the same time ensuring transparency and accountability. For ensuring financial viability and sustainability, State Governments would need to restructure the liabilities of the State Electricity Boards to ensure that
the successor companies are not burdened with past liabilities. The Central Government
would also assist the States, which develop a clear roadmap for turnaround, in arranging
transition financing from various sources which shall be linked to predetermined improvements and efficiency gains aimed at attaining financial viability and also putting in place
appropriate governance structures.

5.4.4

Conducive business environment in terms of adequate returns and suitable transitional

model with predetermined improvements in efficiency parameters in distribution business
would be necessary for facilitating funding and attracting investments in distribution. MultiYear Tariff (MYT) framework is an important structural incentive to minimize risks for utilities
and consumers, promote efficiency and rapid reduction of system losses. It would serve
public interest through economic efficiency and improved service quality. It would also
bring greater predictability to consumer tariffs by restricting tariff adjustments to known
indicators such as power purchase prices and inflation indices. Private sector participation
in distribution needs to be encouraged for achieving the requisite reduction in transmission
and distribution losses and improving the quality of service to the consumers.

5.4.5

The Electricity Act 2003 enables competing generating companies and trading licensees,
besides the area distribution licensees, to sell electricity to consumers when open access in
distribution is introduced by the State Electricity Regulatory Commissions. As required by
the Act, the SERCs shall notify regulations by June 2005 that would enable open access to
distribution networks in terms of sub-section 2 of section 42 which stipulates that such open
access would be allowed, not later than five years from 27th January 2004 to consumers who
require a supply of electricity where the maximum power to be made available at any time
exceeds one mega watt. Section 49 of the Act provides that such consumers who have been
allowed open access under section 42 may enter into agreement with any person for supply
of electricity on such terms and conditions, including tariff, as may be agreed upon by them.
While making regulations for open access in distribution, the SERCs will also determine
wheeling charges and cross-subsidy surcharge as required under section 42 of the Act.

5.4.6

A time-bound programme should be drawn up by the State Electricity Regulatory Commissions (SERC) for segregation of technical and commercial losses through energy audits.
262

Energy accounting and declaration of its results in each defined unit, as determined by
SERCs, should be mandatory not later than March 2007. An action plan for reduction of the
losses with adequate investments and suitable improvements in governance should be
drawn up. Standards for reliability and quality of supply as well as for loss levels shall also
be specified ,from time to time, so as to bring these in line with international practices by year
2012.
5.4.7

One of the key provisions of the Act on competition in distribution is the concept of multiple
licensees in the same area of supply through their independent distribution systems. State
Governments have full flexibility in carving out distribution zones while restructuring the
Government utilities. For grant of second and subsequent distribution licence within the
area of an incumbent distribution licensee, a revenue district, a Municipal Council for a
smaller urban area or a Municipal Corporation for a larger urban area as defined in the Article
243(Q) of Constitution of India (74th Amendment) may be considered as the minimum area.
The Government of India would notify within three months, the requirements for compliance
by applicant for second and subsequent distribution licence as envisaged in Section 14 of
the Act. With a view to provide benefits of competition to all section of consumers, the
second and subsequent licensee for distribution in the same area shall have obligation to
supply to all consumers in accordance with provisions of section 43 of the Electricity Act
2003. The SERCs are required to regulate the tariff including connection charges to be
recovered by a distribution licensee under the provisions of the Act. This will ensure that
second distribution licensee does not resort to cherry picking by demanding unreasonable
connection charges from consumers.

5.4.8

The Act mandates supply of electricity through a correct meter within a stipulated period.
The Authority should develop regulations as required under Section 55 of the Act within
three months.

5.4.9

The Act requires all consumers to be metered within two years. The SERCs may obtain from
the Distribution Licensees their metering plans, approve these, and monitor the same. The
SERCs should encourage use of pre-paid meters. In the first instance, TOD meters for large
consumers with a minimum load of one MVA are also to be encouraged. The SERCs should
also put in place independent third-party meter testing arrangements.

5.4.10

Modern information technology systems may be implemented by the utilities on a priority

basis, after considering cost and benefits, to facilitate creation of network information and
customer data base which will help in management of load, improvement in quality, detection
of theft and tampering, customer information and prompt and correct billing and collection .
Special emphasis should be placed on consumer indexing and mapping in a time bound
manner. Support is being provided for information technology based systems under the
Accelerated Power Development and Reforms Programme (APDRP).

5.4.11

High Voltage Distribution System is an effective method for reduction of technical losses,
prevention of theft, improved voltage profile and better consumer service. It should be
promoted to reduce LT/HT ratio keeping in view the techno economic considerations.

5.4.12

SCADA and data management systems are useful for efficient working of Distribution Systems. A time bound programme for implementation of SCADA and data management system
should be obtained from Distribution Licensees and approved by the SERCs keeping in view
the techno economic considerations. Efforts should be made to install substation automation equipment in a phased manner.

263

5.4.13

The Act has provided for stringent measures against theft of electricity. The States and
distribution utilities should ensure effective implementation of these provisions. The State
Governments may set up Special Courts as envisaged in Section 153 of the Act.

5.5

RECOVERY OF COST OF SERVICES & TARGETTED SUBSIDIES

5.5.1

There is an urgent need for ensuring recovery of cost of service from consumers to make the
power sector sustainable.

5.5.2

A minimum level of support may be required to make the electricity affordable for consumers
of very poor category. Consumers below poverty line who consume below a specified level,
say 30 units per month, may receive special support in terms of tariff which are crosssubsidized. Tariffs for such designated group of consumers will be at least 50 % of the
average (overall) cost of supply. This provision will be further re-examined after five years.

5.5.3

Over the last few decades cross-subsidies have increased to unsustainable levels. Crosssubsidies hide inefficiencies and losses in operations. There is urgent need to correct this
imbalance without giving tariff shock to consumers. The existing cross-subsidies for other
categories of consumers would need to be reduced progressively and gradually.

5.5.4

The State Governments may give advance subsidy to the extent they consider appropriate
in terms of section 65 of the Act in which case necessary budget provision would be required
to be made in advance so that the utility does not suffer financial problems that may affect its
operations. Efforts would be made to ensure that the subsidies reach the targeted beneficiaries in the most transparent and efficient way.

5.6

TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENTAND R&D

5.6.1

Effective utilization of all available resources for generation, transmission and distribution of
electricity using efficient and cost effective technologies is of paramount importance. Operations and management of vast and complex power systems require coordination among the
multiple agencies involved. Effective control of power system at state, regional and national
level can be achieved only through use of Information Technology. Application of IT has
great potential in reducing technical & commercial losses in distribution and providing
consumer friendly services. Integrated resource planning and demand side management
would also require adopting state of the art technologies.
Special efforts would be made for research, development demonstration and commercialization of non-conventional energy systems. Such systems would need to meet international
standards, specifications and performance parameters.

5.6.2

Efficient technologies, like super critical technology, IGCC etc and large size units would be
gradually introduced for generation of electricity as their cost effectiveness is established.
Simultaneously, development and deployment of technologies for productive use of fly ash
would be given priority and encouragement.

5.6.3

Similarly, cost effective technologies would require to be developed for high voltage power
flows over long distances with minimum possible losses. Specific information technology
tools need to be developed for meeting the requirements of the electricity industry including
highly sophisticated control systems for complex generation and transmission operations,
efficient distribution business and user friendly consumer interface.

5.6.4

The country has a strong research and development base in the electricity sector which
would be further augmented. R&D activities would be further intensified and Missions will
be constituted for achieving desired results in identified priority areas. A suitable funding
264

mechanism would be evolved for promoting R& D in the Power Sector. Large power companies should set aside a portion of their profits for support to R&D.
5.7

COMPETITIONAIMED AT CONSUMER BENEFITS

5.7.1

To promote market development, a part of new generating capacities, say 15% may be sold
outside long-term PPAs. As the power markets develop, it would be feasible to finance
projects with competitive generation costs outside the long-term power purchase agreement
framework. In the coming years, a significant portion of the installed capacity of new generating stations could participate in competitive power markets. This will increase the depth of
the power markets and provide alternatives for both generators and licensees/consumers
and in long run would lead to reduction in tariff.
For achieving this, the policy underscores the following:(a)

It is the function of the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission to issue license for
inter-state trading which would include authorization for trading throughout the country.

(b)

The ABT regime introduced by CERC at the national level has had a positive impact. It
has also enabled a credible settlement mechanism for intra-day power transfers from
licenses with surpluses to licenses experiencing deficits. SERCs are advised to introduce the ABT regime at the State level within one year.

(c)

Captive generating plants should be permitted to sell electricity to licensees and consumers when they are allowed open access by SERCs under section 42 of the Act .

(d)

Development of power market would need to be undertaken by the Appropriate Commission in consultation with all concerned.

(e)

The Central Commission and the State Commissions are empowered to make regulations under section 178 and section 181 of the Act respectively. These regulations will
ensure implementation of various provisions of the Act regarding encouragement to
competition and also consumer protection. The Regulatory Commissions are advised
to notify various regulations expeditiously.

(f)

Enabling regulations for inter and intra State trading and also regulations on power
exchange shall be notified by the appropriate Commissions within six months.

5.8

FINANCING POWER SECTOR PROGRAMMES INCLUDING PRIVATE SECTOR

PARTICIPATION

5.8.1

To meet the objective of rapid economic growth and power for all including household
electrification, it is estimated that an investment of the order of Rs.9,00,000 crores at 2002-03
price level would be required to finance generation, transmission, sub-transmission, distribution and rural electrification projects. Power being most crucial infrastructure, public
sector investments, both at the Central Government and State Governments, will have to be
stepped up. Considering the magnitude of the expansion of the sector required, a sizeable
part of the investments will also need to be brought in from the private sector. The Act
creates a conducive environment for investments in all segments of the industry, both for
public sector and private sector, by removing barrier to entry in different segments. Section
63 of the Act provides for participation of suppliers on competitive basis in different segments which will further encourage private sector investment. Public service obligations like
increasing access to electricity to rural households and small and marginal farmers have
highest priority over public finances.
265

5.8.2

The public sector should be able to raise internal resources so as to at least meet the equity
requirement of investments even after suitable gross budgetary support from the Government at the Centre and in the states in order to complete their on-going projects in a timebound manner. Expansion of public sector investments would be dependent on the financial
viability of the proposed projects. It would, therefore, be imperative that an appropriate
surplus is generated through return on investments and, at the same time, depreciation
reserve created so as to fully meet the debt service obligation. This will not only enable
financial closure but also bankability of the project would be improved for expansion
programmes, with the Central and State level public sector organizations, as also private
sector projects, being in a position to fulfil their obligations toward equity funding and debt
repayments.

5.8.3

Under sub-section (2) of Section 42 of the Act, a surcharge is to be levied by the respective
State Commissions on consumers switching to alternate supplies under open access. This is
to compensate the host distribution licensee serving such consumers who are permitted
open access under section 42(2), for loss of the cross-subsidy element built into the tariff of
such consumers. An additional surcharge may also be levied under sub-section (4) of Section 42 for meeting the fixed cost of the distribution licensee arising out of his obligation to
supply in cases where consumers are allowed open access. The amount of surcharge and
additional surcharge levied from consumers who are permitted open access should not
become so onerous that it eliminates competition that is intended to be fostered in generation and supply of power directly to consumers through the provision of Open Access under
Section 42(2) of the Act. Further it is essential that the Surcharge be reduced progressively
in step with the reduction of cross-subsidies as foreseen in Section 42(2) of the Electricity
Act 2003.

5.8.4

Capital is scarce. Private sector will have multiple options for investments. Return on investment will, therefore, need to be provided in a manner that the sector is able to attract adequate investments at par with, if not in preference to, investment opportunities in other
sectors. This would obviously be based on a clear understanding and evaluation of opportunities and risks. An appropriate balance will have to be maintained between the interests of
consumers and the need for investments.

5.8.5

All efforts will have to be made to improve the efficiency of operations in all the segments of
the industry. Suitable performance norms of operations together with incentives and disincentives will need to be evolved along with appropriate arrangement for sharing the gains of
efficient operations with the consumers . This will ensure protection of consumers interests
on the one hand and provide motivation for improving the efficiency of operations on the
other.

5.8.6

Competition will bring significant benefits to consumers , in which case, it is competition

which will determine the price rather than any cost plus exercise on the basis of operating
norms and parameters. All efforts will need to be made to bring the power industry to this
situation as early as possible, in the overall interest of consumers. Detailed guidelines for
competitive bidding as stipulated in section 63 of the Act have been issued by the Central
Government.

5.8.7

It will be necessary that all the generating companies, transmission licensees and distribution licensees receive due payments for effective discharge of their operational obligations
as also for enabling them to make fresh investments needed for the expansion programmes.
Financial viability of operations and businesses would, therefore, be essential for growth
and development of the sector. Concerted efforts would be required for restoring the finan266

cial health of the sector. For this purpose, tariff rationalization would need to be ensured by
the SERCs. This would also include differential pricing for base, intermediate and peak
power.
5.8.8

Steps would also be taken to address the need for regulatory certainty based on independence of the regulatory commissions and transparency in their functioning to generate
investors confidence.

5.8.9

Role of private participation in generation, transmission and distribution would become

increasingly critical in view of the rapidly growing investment needs of the sector. The
Central Government and the State Governments need to develop workable and successful
models for public private partnership. This would also enable leveraging private investment
with the public sector finances. Mechanisms for continuous dialogue with industry for
streamlining procedures for encouraging private participation in power sector need to be put
in place.

Transmission & Distribution Losses

5.8.10

It would have to be clearly recognized that Power Sector will remain unviable until T&D
losses are brought down significantly and rapidly. A large number of States have been
reporting losses of over 40% in the recent years. By any standards, these are unsustainable
and imply a steady decline of power sector operations. Continuation of the present level of
losses would not only pose a threat to the power sector operations but also jeopardize the
growth prospects of the economy as a whole. No reforms can succeed in the midst of such
large pilferages on a continuing basis.
The State Governments would prepare a Five Year Plan with annual milestones to bring down
these losses expeditiously. Community participation, effective enforcement, incentives for
entities, staff and consumers, and technological upgradation should form part of campaign
efforts for reducing these losses. The Central Government will provide incentive based
assistance to States that are able to reduce losses as per agreed programmes.

5.9

ENERGY CONSERVATION

5.9.1

There is a significant potential of energy savings through energy efficiency and demand
side management measures. In order to minimize the overall requirement, energy conservation and demand side management (DSM) is being accorded high priority. The Energy
Conservation Act has been enacted and the Bureau of Energy Efficiency has been setup.

5.9.2

The potential number of installations where demand side management and energy conservation measures are to be carried out is very large. Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) shall
initiate action in this regard. BEE would also make available the estimated conservation and
DSM potential, its staged implementation along with cost estimates for consideration in the
planning process for National Electricity Plan.

5.9.3

Periodic energy audits have been made compulsory for power intensive industries under the
Energy Conservation Act. Other industries may also be encouraged to adopt energy audits
and energy conservation measures. Energy conservation measures shall be adopted in all
Government buildings for which saving potential has been estimated to be about 30% energy. Solar water heating systems and solar passive architecture can contribute significantly
to this effort.

5.9.4

In the field of energy conservation initial approach would be voluntary and self-regulating
with emphasis on labelling of appliances. Gradually as awareness increases, a more regulatory approach of setting standards would be followed.
267

5.9.5

In the agriculture sector, the pump sets and the water delivery system engineered for high
efficiency would be promoted. In the industrial sector, energy efficient technologies should
be used and energy audits carried out to indicate scope for energy conservation measures.
Motors and drive system are the major source of high consumption in Agricultural and
Industrial Sector. These need to be addressed. Energy efficient lighting technologies should
also be adopted in industries, commercial and domestic establishments.

5.9.6

In order to reduce the requirements for capacity additions, the difference between electrical
power demand during peak periods and off-peak periods would have to be reduced. Suitable
load management techniques should be adopted for this purpose. Differential tariff structure for peak and off peak supply and metering arrangements (Time of Day metering) should
be conducive to load management objectives. Regulatory Commissions should ensure adherence to energy efficiency standards by utilities.

5.9.7

For effective implementation of energy conservation measures, role of Energy Service Companies would be enlarged. Steps would be taken to encourage and incentivise emergence of
such companies.

5.9.8

A national campaign for bringing about awareness about energy conservation would be
essential to achieve efficient consumption of electricity.

5.9.9.

A National Action Plan has been developed. Progress on all the proposed measures will be
monitored with reference to the specific plans of action.

5.10

ENVIRONMENTALISSUES

5.10.1

Environmental concerns would be suitably addressed through appropriate advance action

by way of comprehensive Environmental Impact Assessment and implementation of Environment Action Plan (EAP).

5.10.2

Steps would be taken for coordinating the efforts for streamlining the procedures in regard to
grant of environmental clearances including setting up of Land Bank and Forest Bank.

5.10.3

Appropriate catchment area treatment for hydro projects would also be ensured and monitored.

5.10.4

Setting up of coal washeries will be encouraged. Suitable steps would also be taken so that
utilization of fly ash is ensured as per environmental guidelines.

5.10.5

Setting up of municipal solid waste energy projects in urban areas and recovery of energy
from industrial effluents will also be encouraged with a view to reducing environmental
pollution apart from generating additional energy.

5.10.6

Full compliance with prescribed environmental norms and standards must be achieved in
operations of all generating plants.

5.11

TRAININGAND HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT

In the new reforms framework ushered by Electricity Act 2003, it is particularly important that
the electricity industry has access to properly trained human resource. Therefore, concerted
action would be taken for augmenting training infrastructure so that adequate well-trained
human resource is made available as per the need of the industry. Special attention would
need to be paid by the industry for establishing training infrastructure in the field of electricity distribution, regulation, trading and power markets. Efforts should be made so that personnel of electricity supply industry both in the private and public sector become more costconscious and consumer-friendly.
268

5.12

COGENERATION AND NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES

5.12.1

Non-conventional sources of energy being the most environment friendly there is an urgent
need to promote generation of electricity based on such sources of energy. For this purpose,
efforts need to be made to reduce the capital cost of projects based on non-conventional and
renewable sources of energy. Cost of energy can also be reduced by promoting competition
within such projects. At the same time, adequate promotional measures would also have to
be taken for development of technologies and a sustained growth of these sources.

5.12.2

The Electricity Act 2003 provides that co-generation and generation of electricity from nonconventional sources would be promoted by the SERCs by providing suitable measures for
connectivity with grid and sale of electricity to any person and also by specifying, for
purchase of electricity from such sources, a percentage of the total consumption of electricity in the area of a distribution licensee. Such percentage for purchase of power from nonconventional sources should be made applicable for the tariffs to be determined by the
SERCs at the earliest. Progressively the share of electricity from non-conventional sources
would need to be increased as prescribed by State Electricity Regulatory Commissions.
Such purchase by distribution companies shall be through competitive bidding process.
Considering the fact that it will take some time before non-conventional technologies compete, in terms of cost, with conventional sources, the Commission may determine an appropriate differential in prices to promote these technologies.

5.12.3

Industries in which both process heat and electricity are needed are well suited for cogeneration of electricity. A significant potential for cogeneration exists in the country, particularly in the sugar industry. SERCs may promote arrangements between the co-generator and
the concerned distribution licensee for purchase of surplus power from such plants. Cogeneration system also needs to be encouraged in the overall interest of energy efficiency and
also grid stability.

5.13

PROTECTION OF CONSUMER INTERESTS AND QUALITY STANDARDS

5.13.1

Appropriate Commission should regulate utilities based on pre-determined indices on quality of power supply. Parameters should include, amongst others, frequency and duration of
interruption, voltage parameters, harmonics, transformer failure rates, waiting time for restoration of supply, percentage defective meters and waiting list of new connections. The
Appropriate Commissions would specify expected standards of performance.

5.13.2

Reliability Index (RI) of supply of power to consumers should be indicated by the distribution licensee. A road map for declaration of RI for all cities and towns up to the District
Headquarter towns as also for rural areas, should be drawn by up SERCs. The data of RI
should be compiled and published by CEA.

5.13.3

It is advised that all State Commissions should formulate the guidelines regarding setting up
of grievance redressal forum by the licensees as also the regulations regarding the Ombudsman and also appoint/designate the Ombudsman within six months.

5.13.4

The Central Government, the State Governments and Electricity Regulatory Commissions
should facilitate capacity building of consumer groups and their effective representation
before the Regulatory Commissions. This will enhance the efficacy of regulatory
process.

269

6.0

COORDINATED DEVELOPMENT

6.1

Electricity being a concurrent subject, a well-coordinated approach would be necessary for

development of the power sector. This is essential for the attainment of the objective of
providing electricity-access to all households in next five years and providing reliable uninterrupted quality power supply to all consumers. The State Governments have a major role,
particularly in creation of generation capacity, state level transmission and distribution. The
Central Government would assist the States in the attainment of this objective. It would be
playing a supportive role in fresh capacity addition and a major role in development of the
National Grid. The State Governments need to ensure the success of reforms and restoration
of financial health in distribution, which alone can enable the creation of requisite generation
capacity. The Regulatory Commissions have the responsibility of ensuring that the regulatory processes facilitate the attainment of this objective. They also have a developmental
role whose fulfillment would need a less formal and a consultative process.
The Electricity Act, 2003 also provides for mechanisms like Coordination forum and Advisory Committees to facilitate consultative process. The Act also requires the Regulatory
Commissions to ensure transparency in exercise of their powers and in discharge of their
functions. This in no way means that the Regulatory Commissions should follow formal
judicial approach. In fact, quick disposal of matters would require an approach involving
consultations with stakeholders.

6.2

Under the Act, the Regulatory Commissions are required to perform wide-ranging responsibilities. The appropriate Governments need to take steps to attract regulatory personnel with
required background. The Govt. of India would promote the institutional capability to provide training to raise regulatory capacity in terms of the required expertise and skill sets. The
appropriate Governments should provide financial autonomy to the Regulatory Commissions. The Act provides that the appropriate Government shall constitute a Fund under
section 99 or section 103 of the Act, as the case may be, to be called as Regulatory Commission Fund. The State Governments are advised to establish this Fund expeditiously.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India

270

Chapter 4

Tariff Policy
(Amendments made in the Tariff Policy vide resolution
31.3.2008 and 20.1.2011 in corporated)

271

272

The Gazette of India

EXTRAORDINARY
PART I - Section 1
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
Ministry of Power
New Delhi,
Dated the 6th January, 2006
RESOLUTION
( Amendments made in the Tariff Policy vide resolution dated 31.3.2008 and 20.1.2011
in corporated)
No.23/2/2005-R&R(Vol.III)
TARIFF POLICY
1.0

INTRODUCTION
1.1.

In compliance with section 3 of the Electricity Act 2003 the Central Government hereby
notifies the Tariff policy in continuation of the National Electricity Policy (NEP) notified
on 12th February 2005.

1.2.

The National Electricity Policy has set the goal of adding new generation capacity of more
than one lakh MW during the 10th and 11th Plan periods to have per capita availability of
over 1000 units of electricity per year and to not only eliminate energy and peaking
shortages but to also have a spinning reserve of 5% in the system. Development of the
power sector has also to meet the challenge of providing access for electricity to all
households in next five years.

1.3.

It is therefore essential to attract adequate investments in the power sector by providing

appropriate return on investment as budgetary resources of the Central and State Governments are incapable of providing the requisite funds. It is equally necessary to ensure
availability of electricity to different categories of consumers at reasonable rates for
achieving the objectives of rapid economic development of the country and improvement
in the living standards of the people.

1.4.

Balancing the requirement of attracting adequate investments to the sector and that of
ensuring reasonability of user charges for the consumers is the critical challenge for the
regulatory process. Accelerated development of the power sector and its ability to attract
necessary investments calls for, inter alia, consistent regulatory approach across the
country. Consistency in approach becomes all the more necessary considering the large
number of States and the diversities involved.
273

2.0

3.0

LEGAL POSITION
2.1

Section 3 (1) of the Electricity Act 2003 empowers the Central Government to formulate the
tariff policy. Section 3 (3) of the Act enables the Central Government to review or revise
the tariff policy from time to time.

2.2

The Act also requires that the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (CERC) and
State Electricity Regulatory Commissions (SERCs) shall be guided by the tariff policy in
discharging their functions including framing the regulations under section 61 of the Act.

2.3

Section 61 of the Act provides that Regulatory Commissions shall be guided by the
principles and methodologies specified by the Central Commission for determination of
tariff applicable to generating companies and transmission licensees.

2.4

The Forum of Regulators has been constituted by the Central Government under the
provisions of the Act which would, inter alia, facilitate consistency in approach specially
in the area of distribution.

EVOLUTION OF THE POLICY

The tariff policy has been evolved in consultation with the State Governments and the Central
Electricity Authority (CEA) and keeping in view the advice of the Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission and suggestions of various stakeholders.

4.0

OBJECTIVES OF THE POLICY

The objectives of this tariff policy are to:

5.0

(a)

Ensure availability of electricity to consumers at reasonable and competitive rates;

(b)

Ensure financial viability of the sector and attract investments;

(c)

Promote transparency, consistency and predictability in regulatory approaches across

jurisdictions and minimise perceptions of regulatory risks;

(d)

Promote competition, efficiency in operations and improvement in quality of supply.

GENERAL APPROACH TO TARIFF

5.1

Introducing competition in different segments of the electricity industry is one of the key
features of the Electricity Act, 2003. Competition will lead to significant benefits to consumers through reduction in capital costs and also efficiency of operations. It will also
facilitate the price to be determined competitively. The Central Government has already
issued detailed guidelines for tariff based bidding process for procurement of electricity
by distribution licensees for medium or long-term period vide gazette notification dated
19th January, 2005.
All future requirement of power should be procured competitively by distribution licensees except in cases of expansion of existing projects or where there is a State controlled/
owned company as an identified developer and where regulators will need to resort to
tariff determination based on norms provided that expansion of generating capacity by
private developers for this purpose would be restricted to one time addition of not more
than 50% of the existing capacity.

274

Even for the Public Sector projects, tariff of all new generation and transmission projects
should be decided on the basis of competitive bidding after a period of five years or when
the Regulatory Commission is satisfied that the situation is ripe to introduce such competition.
Provided that a developer, of a hydroelectric project, not being a State controlled/ owned
company, would have the option of getting the tariff determined by the appropriate
Commission on the basis of performance based cost of service regulations if the following conditions are fulfilled:
a)

The appropriate Commission is satisfied that the project site has been allotted to the
developer by the concerned State Government after following a transparent two stage
process. The first stage should be for prequalification on the basis of criteria such as
financial strength as measured by networth, past experience of developing infrastructure
projects of similar size, past track record of developing projects on time and within estimated costs, turnover and ability to meet performance guarantee etc. In the second stage,
bids are to be called on the basis of only one single quantifiable parameter, such as, free
power in excess of 13%, equity participation offered to the State Government, or upfront
payment etc.

b)

Projects of more than 100 MW design capacity for which sites have been awarded earlier
by following a transparent process and on the basis of predetermined set of criteria would
also be covered in this dispensation.

c)

Concurrence of CEA (if required under Section 8 of the Act), financial closure, award of
work and long term PPA (of more than 35 Years) of the capacity specified in (d) below with
distribution licensees are completed by 31.12.2010.

d)

Long term PPA would be at least for 60% of the total saleable design energy. However,
this figure of 60% would get enhanced by 5% for delay of every six months in commissioning of the last unit of the project against the scheduled date approved by the Appropriate Commission before commencement of the construction. The time period for commissioning of all the units of the project shall be four years from the date of approval of
the commissioning schedule by the Appropriate Commission. However, the Appropriate
Commission may, after recording reasons in writing, fix longer time period for large storage projects and run-off-the river projects of more than 500 MW capacity. Adherence to
the agreed timelines to achieve the fixed commissioning schedule shall be verified through
independent third party verification.

e)

Award of contracts for supply of equipment and construction of the project, either through
a turnkey or through well defined packages, are done on the basis of international competitive bidding.
In cases, where the conditions mentioned above at (a) to (e) are fulfilled, the Appropriate
Commission shall determine tariff ensuring the following:
(i)

Any expenditure incurred or committed to be incurred by the project developer for

getting project site allotted (except free power up to 13%) would neither be included
in the project cost, nor any such expenditure shall be passed through tariff.

(ii)

The project cost shall include the

275

cost of the approved R&R plan of the Project which shall be in conformity
with the following:

(a)

the National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy currently in force;

(b)

the R&R package as enclosed at appendix; and

the cost of project developers 10% contribution towards RGGVY project in the
affected area as per the project report sanctioned by the Ministry of Power.

(iii)

Annual fixed charges shall be taken pro-rate to the saleable design energy tied up
on the basis of long term PPAs with respect to total saleable design energy. The
total saleable design energy shall be arrived at by deducting the following from the
design energy at the bus bar:
a)

13% of free power (12% for the host Government and 1% for contribution
towards Local Area Development Fund as constituted by the State Government). This 12% free power may be suitably staggered as decided by the
State Government

b)

Energy corresponding to 100 units of electricity to be provided free of cost

every month to every Project Affected Family notified by the State Government to be offered through the concerned distribution licensee in the designated resettlement area/ projects area for a period of ten years from the date
of commissioning.

5.2

The real benefits of competition would be available only with the emergence of appropriate market conditions. Shortages of power supply will need to be overcome. Multiple
players will enhance the quality of service through competition. All efforts will need to be
made to bring power industry to this situation as early as possible in the overall interests
of consumers. Transmission and distribution, i.e. the wires business is internationally
recognized as having the characteristics of a natural monopoly where there are inherent
difficulties in going beyond regulated returns on the basis of scrutiny of costs.

5.3

Tariff policy lays down following framework for performance based cost of service regulation in respect of aspects common to generation, transmission as well as distribution.
These shall not apply to competitively bid projects as referred to in para 6.1 and para 7.1
(6). Sector specific aspects are dealt with in subsequent sections.

a)

Return on Investment
Balance needs to be maintained between the interests of consumers and the need for
investments while laying down rate of return. Return should attract investments at par
with, if not in preference to, other sectors so that the electricity sector is able to create
adequate capacity. The rate of return should be such that it allows generation of reasonable surplus for growth of the sector.
The Central Commission would notify, from time to time, the rate of return on equity for
generation and transmission projects keeping in view the assessment of overall risk and
the prevalent cost of capital which shall be followed by the SERCs also. The rate of return
notified by CERC for transmission may be adopted by the State Electricity Regulatory
Commissions (SERCs) for distribution with appropriate modification taking into view the
higher risks involved. For uniform approach in this matter, it would be desirable to arrive
at a consensus through the Forum of Regulators.
276

While allowing the total capital cost of the project, the Appropriate Commission would
ensure that these are reasonable and to achieve this objective, requisite benchmarks on
capital costs should be evolved by the Regulatory Commissions.
Explanation: For the purposes of return on equity, any cash resources available to the
company from its share premium account or from its internal resources that are used to
fund the equity commitments of the project under consideration should be treated as
equity subject to limitations contained in (b) below.
The Central Commission may adopt the alternative approach of regulating through return
on capital.
The Central Commission may adopt either Return on Equity approach or Return on Capital approach whichever is considered better in the interest of the consumers.
The State Commission may consider distribution margin as basis for allowing returns in
distribution business at an appropriate time. The Forum of Regulators should evolve a
comprehensive approach on distribution margin within one year. The considerations
while preparing such an approach would, inter-alia, include issues such as reduction in
Aggregate Technical and Commercial losses, improving the standards of performance
and reduction in cost of supply.
b)

Equity Norms
For financing of future capital cost of projects, a Debt : Equity ratio of 70:30 should be
adopted. Promoters would be free to have higher quantum of equity investments. The
equity in excess of this norm should be treated as loans advanced at the weighted average rate of interest and for a weighted average tenor of the long term debt component of
the project after ascertaining the reasonableness of the interest rates and taking into
account the effect of debt restructuring done, if any. In case of equity below the normative level, the actual equity would be used for determination of Return on Equity in tariff
computations.

c)

Depreciation
The Central Commission may notify the rates of depreciation in respect of generation and
transmission assets. The depreciation rates so notified would also be applicable for
distribution with appropriate modification as may be evolved by the Forum of Regulators.
The rates of depreciation so notified would be applicable for the purpose of tariffs as well
as accounting.
There should be no need for any advance against depreciation.
Benefit of reduced tariff after the assets have been fully depreciated should remain available to the consumers.

d)

Cost of Debt
Structuring of debt, including its tenure, with a view to reducing the tariff should be
encouraged. Savings in costs on account of subsequent restructuring of debt should be
suitably incentivised by the Regulatory Commissions keeping in view the interests of the
consumers.
277

e)

Cost of Management of Foreign Exchange Risk

Foreign exchange variation risk shall not be a pass through. Appropriate costs of hedging
and swapping to take care of foreign exchange variations should be allowed for debt
obtained in foreign currencies. This provision would be relevant only for the projects
where tariff has not been determined on the basis of competitive bids.

f)

Operating Norms
Suitable performance norms of operations together with incentives and dis-incentives
would need be evolved along with appropriate arrangement for sharing the gains of
efficient operations with the consumers. Except for the cases referred to in para 5.3 (h)(2),
the operating parameters in tariffs should be at normative levels only and not at lower
of normative and actuals. This is essential to encourage better operating performance.
The norms should be efficient, relatable to past performance, capable of achievement and
progressively reflecting increased efficiencies and may also take into consideration the
latest technological advancements, fuel, vintage of equipments, nature of operations,
level of service to be provided to consumers etc. Continued and proven inefficiency must
be controlled and penalized.
The Central Commission would, in consultation with the Central Electricity Authority,
notify operating norms from time to time for generation and transmission. The SERC
would adopt these norms. In cases where operations have been much below the norms
for many previous years, the SERCs may fix relaxed norms suitably and draw a transition
path over the time for achieving the norms notified by the Central Commission.
Operating norms for distribution networks would be notified by the concerned SERCs.
For uniformity of approach in determining such norms for distribution, the Forum of
Regulators should evolve the approach including the guidelines for treatment of state
specific distinctive features.

g)

Renovation and Modernatisation

Renovation and modernization (it shall not include periodic overhauls) for higher efficiency levels needs to be encouraged. A multi-year tariff (MYT) framework may be prescribed which should also cover capital investments necessary for renovation and modernization and an incentive framework to share the benefits of efficiency improvement
between the utilities and the beneficiaries with reference to revised and specific performance norms to be fixed by the Appropriate Commission. Appropriate capital costs required for pre-determined efficiency gains and/or for sustenance of high level performance would need to be assessed by the Appropriate Commission.

(h)

Multi Year Tariff

1)

Section 61 of the Act states that the Appropriate Commission, for determining the
terms and conditions for the determination of tariff, shall be guided inter-alia, by
multi-year tariff principles. The MYT framework is to be adopted for any tariffs to be
determined from April 1, 2006. The framework should feature a five-year control
period. The initial control period may however be of 3 year duration for transmission and distribution if deemed necessary by the Regulatory Commission on account of data uncertainties and other practical considerations. In cases of lack of
reliable data, the Appropriate Commission may state assumptions in MYT for first
278

control period and a fresh control period may be started as and when more reliable
data becomes available.
2)

In cases where operations have been much below the norms for many previous
years the initial starting point in determining the revenue requirement and the
improvement trajectories should be recognized at relaxed levels and not the
desired levels. Suitable benchmarking studies may be conducted to establish the
desired performance standards. Separate studies may be required for each utility
to assess the capital expenditure necessary to meet the minimum service standards.

3)

Once the revenue requirements are established at the beginning of the control
period, the Regulatory Commission should focus on regulation of outputs and not
the input cost elements. At the end of the control period, a comprehensive review
of performance may be undertaken.

4)

Uncontrollable costs should be recovered speedily to ensure that future consumers are not burdened with past costs. Uncontrollable costs would include (but not
limited to) fuel costs, costs on account of inflation, taxes and cess, variations in
power purchase unit costs including on account of hydro-thermal mix in case of
adverse natural events.

5)

Clear guidelines and regulations on information disclosure may be developed by

the Regulatory Commissions. Section 62 (2) of the Act empowers the Appropriate
Commission to require licensees to furnish separate details, as may be specified in
respect of generation, transmission and distribution for determination of tariff.

(i)

Benefits under CDM

Tariff fixation for all electricity projects (generation, transmission and distribution)
that result in lower Green House Gas (GHG) emissions than the relevant base line
should take into account the benefits obtained from the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) into consideration, in a manner so as to provide adequate incentive to
the project developers.

5.4

While it is recognized that the State Governments have the right to impose duties, taxes,
cess on sale or consumption of electricity, these could potentially distort competition and
optimal use of resources especially if such levies are used selectively and on a nonuniform basis.
In some cases, the duties etc. on consumption of electricity is linked to sources of generation (like captive generation) and the level of duties levied is much higher as compared to
that being levied on the same category of consumers who draw power from grid. Such a
distinction is invidious and inappropriate. The sole purpose of freely allowing captive
generation is to enable industries to access reliable, quality and cost effective power.
Particularly, the provisions relating to captive power plants which can be set up by group
of consumers has been brought in recognition of the fact that efficient expansion of small
and medium industries across the country will lead to faster economic growth and creation of larger employment opportunities.
For realizing the goal of making available electricity to consumers at reasonable and
competitive prices, it is necessary that such duties are kept at reasonable level.

279

5.5

6.0

Though, as per the provisions of the Act, the outer limit to introduce open access in
distribution is 27.1.2009, it would be desirable that, in whichever states the situation so
permits, the Regulatory Commissions introduce such open access earlier than this deadline.

GENERATION
Accelerated growth of the generation capacity sector is essential to meet the estimated growth
in demand. Adequacy of generation is also essential for efficient functioning of power markets.
At the same time, it is to be ensured that new capacity addition should deliver electricity at most
efficient rates to protect the interests of consumers. This policy stipulates the following for
meeting these objectives.
6.1

Procurement of power
As stipulated in para 5.1, power procurement for future requirements should be through
a transparent competitive bidding mechanism using the guidelines issued by the Central
Government vide gazette notification dated 19th January, 2005. These guidelines provide
for procurement of electricity separately for base load requirements and for peak load
requirements. This would facilitate setting up of generation capacities specifically for
meeting peak.

6.2

Tariff structuring and associated issues

(1)

A two-part tariff structure should be adopted for all long term contracts to facilitate Merit
Order dispatch. According to National Electricity Policy, the Availability Based Tariff
(ABT) is to be introduced at State level by April 2006. This framework would be extended
to generating stations (including grid connected captive plants of capacities as determined by the SERC). The Appropriate Commission may also introduce differential rates of
fixed charges for peak and off peak hours for better management of load.

(2)

Power Purchase Agreement should ensure adequate and bankable payment security
arrangements to the Generating companies. In case of persisting default in spite of the
available payment security mechanisms like letter of credit, escrow of cash flows etc. the
generating companies may sell to other buyers.

(3)

In case of coal based generating stations, the cost of project will also include reasonable
cost of setting up coal washeries, coal beneficiation system and dry ash handling &
disposal system.

6.3

Harnessing captive generation

Captive generation is an important means to making competitive power available. Appropriate Commission should create an enabling environment that encourages captive power
plants to be connected to the grid.
Such captive plants could inject surplus power into the grid subject to the same regulation as applicable to generating companies. Firm supplies may be bought from captive
plants by distribution licensees using the guidelines issued by the Central Government
under section 63 of the Act.
The prices should be differentiated for peak and off-peak supply and the tariff should
include variable cost of generation at actual levels and reasonable compensation for
capacity charges.
280

Alternatively, a frequency based real time mechanism can be used and the captive generators can be allowed to inject into the grid under the ABT mechanism.
Wheeling charges and other terms and conditions for implementation should be determined in advance by the respective State Commission, duly ensuring that the charges are
reasonable and fair.
Grid connected captive plants could also supply power to non-captive users connected
to the grid through available transmission facilities based on negotiated tariffs. Such sale
of electricity would be subject to relevant regulations for open access.
6.4

Non-conventional sources of energy generation including Co-generation:

(1)

Pursuant to provisions of section 86(1)(e) of the Act, the Appropriate Commission shall
fix a minimum percentage of the total consumption of electricity in the area of a distribution licensee for purchase of energy from such sources, taking into account availability of
such resources in the region and its impact on retail tariffs. Such percentage for purchase
of energy should be made applicable for the tariffs to be determined by the SERCs latest
by April 1, 2006.
(i)

Within the percentage so made applicable, to start with, the SERCs shall also reserve a minimum percentage for purchase of solar energy from the date of notification in the Official Gazette which will go up to 0.25% by the end of 2012-2013 and
further up to 3% by 2022.

(ii)

It is desirable that purchase of energy from non-conventional sources of energy

takes place more or less in the same proportion in different States. To achieve this
objective in the current scenario of large availability of such resources only in
certain parts of the country, an appropriate mechanism such as Renewable Energy
Certificate (REC) would need to be evolved. Through such a mechanism, the
renewable energy based generation companies can sell the electricity to local
distribution licensee at the rates for conventional companies can sell the electricity
to local distribution licensee at the rates for conventional power and can recover
the balance cost by selling certificates to other distribution companies and obligated
entities enabling the latter to meet their renewable power purchase obligations. In
view of the comparatively higher cost of electricity from solar energy currently, the
REC mechanism should also have a solar specific REC.

(iii)

It will take some time before non-conventional technologies can compete with
conventional sources in terms of cost of electricity. Therefore, procurement by
distribution companies shall be done at preferential tariffs determined by the
Appropriate Commission.

(2)

Such procurement by Distribution Licensees for future requirements shall be done,

s far as possible, through competitive bidding process under Section 63 of the Act
within suppliers offering energy from same type of non-conventional sources. In the
long-term, these technologies would need to compete with other sources in terms
of full costs.

(3)

The Central Commission should lay down guidelines within three months for pricing nonfirm power, especially from nonconventional sources, to be followed in cases where
such procurement is not through competitive bidding.
281

7.0

TRANSMISSION
The transmission system in the country consists of the regional networks, the inter-regional
connections that carry electricity across the five regions, and the State networks. The national
transmission network in India is presently under development. Development of the State
networks has not been uniform and capacity in such networks needs to be augmented. These
networks will play an important role in intra-State power flows and also in the regional and
national flows. The tariff policy, insofar as transmission is concerned, seeks to achieve the
following objectives:
1.

Ensuring optimal development of the transmission network to promote efficient utilization

of generation and transmission assets in the country;

2.

Attracting the required investments in the transmission sector and providing adequate
returns.

7.1

Transmission pricing

(1)

A suitable transmission tariff framework for all inter-State transmission, including transmission of electricity across the territory of an intervening State as well as conveyance
within the State which is incidental to such inter-state transmission, needs to be implemented with the objective of promoting effective utilization of all assets across the
country and accelerated development of new transmission capacities that are required.

(2)

The National Electricity Policy mandates that the national tariff framework implemented
should be sensitive to distance, direction and related to quantum of power flow. This
would be developed by CERC taking into consideration the advice of the CEA. Such tariff
mechanism should be implemented by 1st April 2006.

(3)

Transmission charges, under this framework, can be determined on MW per circuit kilometer basis, zonal postage stamp basis, or some other pragmatic variant, the ultimate
objective being to get the transmission system users to share the total transmission cost
in proportion to their respective utilization of the transmission system. The overall tariff
framework should be such as not to inhibit planned development/augmentation of the
transmission system, but should discourage non-optimal transmission investment.

(4)

In view of the approach laid down by the NEP, prior agreement with the beneficiaries
would not be a pre-condition for network expansion. CTU/STU should undertake network expansion after identifying the requirements in consonance with the National Electricity Plan and in consultation with stakeholders, and taking up the execution after due
regulatory approvals.

(5)

The Central Commission would establish, within a period of one year, norms for capital
and operating costs, operating standards and performance indicators for transmission
lines at different voltage levels. Appropriate baseline studies may be commissioned to
arrive at these norms.

(6)

Investment by transmission developer other than CTU/STU would be invited through

competitive bids. The Central Government will issue guidelines in three months for bidding process for developing transmission capacities. The tariff of the projects to be
developed by CTU/STU after the period of five years or when the Regulatory Commis282

sion is satisfied that the situation is right to introduce such competition (as referred to in
para 5.1) would also be determined on the basis of competitive bidding.
(7)

After the implementation of the proposed framework for the inter-State transmission ,a
similar approach should be implemented by SERCs in next two years for the intra-State
transmission, duly considering factors like voltage, distance, direction and quantum of
flow.

(8)

Metering compatible with the requirements of the proposed transmission tariff framework should be established on priority basis. The metering should be compatible with
ABT requirements, which would also facilitate implementation of Time of Day (ToD)
tariffs.

7.2 Approach to transmission loss allocation

(1)

Transactions should be charged on the basis of average losses arrived at after appropriately
considering the distance and directional sensitivity, as applicable to relevant voltage
level, on the transmission system. Based on the methodology laid down by the CERC in
this regard for inter- state transmission, the Forum of Regulators may evolve a similar
approach for intra-state transmission.
The loss framework should ensure that the loss compensation is reasonable and linked to
applicable technical loss benchmarks. The benchmarks may be determined by the
Appropriate Commission after considering advice of CEA.
It would be desirable to move to a system of loss compensation based on incremental
losses as present deficiencies in transmission capacities are overcome through network
expansion.

(2)

7.3

8.0

The Appropriate Commission may require necessary studies to be conducted to establish

the allowable level of system loss for the network configuration, and the capital expenditure
required to augment the transmission system and reduce system losses. Since additional
flows above a level of line loading leads to significantly higher losses, CTU/STU should
ensure upgrading of transmission systems to avoid the situations of overloading. The
Appropriate Commission should permit adequate capital investments in new assets for
upgrading the transmission system.
Other issues in transmission

(1)

Financial incentives and disincentives should be implemented for the CTU and the STU
around the key performance indicators (KPI) for these organisations. Such KPIs would
include efficient network construction, system availability and loss reduction.

(2)

All available information should be shared with intending users by the CTU/STU and the
load dispatch centers, particularly information on available transmission capacity and
load flow studies.

DISTRIBUTION
Supply of reliable and quality power of specified standards in an efficient manner and at
reasonable rates is one of the main objectives of the National Electricity Policy. The State
Commission should determine and notify the standards of performance of licensees with respect
283

to quality, continuity and reliability of service for all consumers. It is desirable that the Forum of
Regulators determines the basic framework on service standards. A suitable transition framework
could be provided for the licensees to reach the desired levels of service as quickly as possible.
Penalties may be imposed on licensees in accordance with section 57 of the Act for failure to
meet the standards.
Making the distribution segment of the industry efficient and solvent is the key to success of
power sector reforms and provision of services of specified standards. Therefore, the Regulatory
Commissions need to strike the right balance between the requirements of the commercial
viability of distribution licensees and consumer interests. Loss making utilities need to be
transformed into profitable ventures which can raise necessary resources from the capital
markets to provide services of international standards to enable India to achieve its full growth
potential. Efficiency in operations should be encouraged. Gains of efficient operations with
reference to normative parameters should be appropriately shared between consumers and
licensees.
8.1 Implementation of Multi-Year Tariff (MYT) framework
1)

This would minimise risks for utilities and consumers, promote efficiency and appropriate
reduction of system losses and attract investments and would also bring greater predictability to consumer tariffs on the whole by restricting tariff adjustments to known indicators on power purchase prices and inflation indices. The framework should be applied for
both public and private utilities.

2)

The State Commissions should introduce mechanisms for sharing of excess profits and
losses with the consumers as part of the overall MYT framework .In the first control
period the incentives for the utilities may be asymmetric with the percentage of the excess
profits being retained by the utility set at higher levels than the percentage of losses to be
borne by the utility. This is necessary to accelerate performance improvement and reduction in losses and will be in the long term interest of consumers by way of lower tariffs.

3)

As indicated in para 5.3 (h), the MYT framework implemented in the initial control period
should have adequate flexibility to accommodate changes in the baselines consequent to
metering being completed.

4)

Licensees may have the flexibility of charging lower tariffs than approved by the State
Commission if competitive conditions require so without having a claim on additional
revenue requirement on this account in accordance with Section 62 of the Act .

5)

At the beginning of the control period when the actual costs form the basis for future
projections, there may be a large uncovered gap between required tariffs and the tariffs
that are presently applicable. The gap should be fully met through tariff charges and
through alternative means that could inter-alia include financial restructuring and transition
financing.

6)

Incumbent licensees should have the option of filing for separate revenue requirements
and tariffs for an area where the State Commission has issued multiple distribution licenses,
pursuant to the provisions of Section 14 of the Act read with para 5.4.7 of the National
Electricity Policy.

284

7)

Appropriate Commissions should initiate tariff determination and regulatory scrutiny on

a suo moto basis in case the licensee does not initiate filings in time. It is desirable that
requisite tariff changes come into effect from the date of commencement of each financial
year and any gap on account of delay in filing should be on account of licensee.

8.2 Framework for revenue requirements and costs

8.2.1 The following aspects would need to be considered in determining tariffs:
(1)

All power purchase costs need to be considered legitimate unless it is

established that the merit order principle has been violated or power has been
purchased at unreasonable rates. The reduction of Aggregate Technical &
Commercial (ATC) losses needs to be brought about but not by denying
revenues required for power purchase for 24 hours supply and necessary
and reasonable O&M and investment for system upgradation. Consumers,
particularly those who are ready to pay a tariff which reflects efficient costs
have the right to get uninterrupted 24 hours supply of quality power. Actual
level of retail sales should be grossed up by normative level of T&D losses as
indicated in MYT trajectory for allowing power purchase cost subject to
justifiable power purchase mix variation (for example, more energy may be
purchased from thermal generation in the event of poor rainfall) and fuel
surcharge adjustment as per regulations of the SERC.

(2)

ATC loss reduction should be incentivised by linking returns in a MYT

framework to an achievable trajectory. Greater transparency and nurturing of
consumer groups would be efficacious. For government owned utilities
improving governance to achieve ATC loss reduction is a more difficult and
complex challenge for the SERCs. Prescription of a MYT dispensation with
different levels of consumer tariffs in succeeding years linked to different
ATC loss levels aimed at covering full costs could generate the requisite
political will for effective action to reduce theft as the alternative would be
stiffer tariff increases. Third party verification of energy audit results for
different areas/localities could be used to impose area/locality specific
surcharge for greater ATC loss levels and this in turn could generate local
consensus for effective action for better governance. The SERCs may also
encourage suitable local area based incentive and disincentive scheme for
the staff of the utilities linked to reduction in losses.
The SERC shall undertake independent assessment of baseline data for various
parameters for every distribution circle of the licensee and this exercise should
be completed latest by March, 2007.
The SERC shall also institute a system of independent scrutiny of financial
and technical data submitted by the licensees.
As the metering is completed upto appropriate level in the distribution network,
latest by March, 2007, it should be possible to segregate technical losses.
Accordingly technical loss reduction under MYT framework should then be
treated as distinct from commercial loss reduction which require a different
285

approach.
(3)

Section 65 of the Act provides that no direction of the State Government

regarding grant of subsidy to consumers in the tariff determined by the State
Commission shall be operative if the payment on account of subsidy as
decided by the State Commission is not made to the utilities and the tariff
fixed by the State Commission shall be applicable from the date of issue of
orders by the Commission in this regard. The State Commissions should
ensure compliance of this provision of law to ensure financial viability of the
utilities. To ensure implementation of the provision of the law, the State
Commission should determine the tariff initially, without considering the
subsidy commitment by the State Government and subsidised tariff shall be
arrived at thereafter considering the subsidy by the State Government for the
respective categories of consumers.

(4)

Working capital should be allowed duly recognising the transition issues

faced by the utilities such as progressive improvement in recovery of bills.
Bad debts should be recognised as per policies developed and subject to the
approval of the State Commission.

(5)

Pass through of past losses or profits should be allowed to the extent caused
by uncontrollable factors. During the transition period controllable factors
should be to the account of utilities and consumers in proportions determined
under the MYT framework.

(6)

The contingency reserves should be drawn upon with prior approval of the
State Commission only in the event of contingency conditions specified
through regulations by the State Commission. The existing practice of
providing for development reserves and tariff and dividend control reserves
should be discontinued.

8.2.2. The facility of a regulatory asset has been adopted by some Regulatory Commissions in
the past to limit tariff impact in a particular year. This should be done only as exception,
and subject to the following guidelines:
a.

The circumstances should be clearly defined through regulations, and should only
include natural causes or force majeure conditions. Under business as usual
conditions, the opening balances of uncovered gap must be covered through
transition financing arrangement or capital restructuring;

b.

Carrying cost of Regulatory Asset should be allowed to the utilities;

c.

Recovery of Regulatory Asset should be time-bound and within a period not

exceeding three years at the most and preferably within control period;

d.

The use of the facility of Regulatory Asset should not be repetitive.

e.

In cases where regulatory asset is proposed to be adopted, it should be ensured

that the return on equity should not become unreasonably low in any year so that
the capability of the licensee to borrow is not adversely affected.

286

8.3

Tariff design : Linkage of tariffs to cost of service

It has been widely recognised that rational and economic pricing of electricity can be one
of the major tools for energy conservation and sustainable use of ground water resources.
In terms of the Section 61 (g) of the Act, the Appropriate Commission shall be guided by
the objective that the tariff progressively reflects the efficient and prudent cost of supply
of electricity.
The State Governments can give subsidy to the extent they consider appropriate as per
the provisions of section 65 of the Act. Direct subsidy is a better way to support the
poorer categories of consumers than the mechanism of cross-subsidizing the tariff across
the board. Subsidies should be targeted effectively and in transparent manner. As a
substitute of cross-subsidies, the State Government has the option of raising resources
through mechanism of electricity duty and giving direct subsidies to only needy consumers. This is a better way of targetting subsidies effectively.
Accordingly, the following principles would be adopted:
1.

In accordance with the National Electricity Policy, consumers below poverty line
who consume below a specified level, say 30 units per month, may receive a special
support through cross subsidy. Tariffs for such designated group of consumers
will be at least 50% of the average cost of supply. This provision will be re-examined
after five years.

2.

For achieving the objective that the tariff progressively reflects the cost of supply
of electricity, the SERC would notify roadmap within six months with a target that
latest by the end of year 2010-2011 tariffs are within 20 % of the average cost of
supply. The road map would also have intermediate milestones, based on the
approach of a gradual reduction in cross subsidy.
For example if the average cost of service is Rs 3 per unit, at the end of year 20102011 the tariff for the cross subsidised categories excluding those referred to in para
1 above should not be lower than Rs 2.40 per unit and that for any of the crosssubsidising categories should not go beyond Rs 3.60 per unit.

3.

While fixing tariff for agricultural use, the imperatives of the need of using ground
water resources in a sustainable manner would also need to be kept in mind in
addition to the average cost of supply. Tariff for agricultural use may be set at
different levels for different parts of a state depending of the condition of the
ground water table to prevent excessive depletion of ground water. Section 62 (3) of
the Act provides that geographical position of any area could be one of the criteria
for tariff differentiation. A higher level of subsidy could be considered to support
poorer farmers of the region where adverse ground water table condition requires
larger quantity of electricity for irrigation purposes subject to suitable restrictions
to ensure maintenance of ground water levels and sustainable ground water usage.

4.

Extent of subsidy for different categories of consumers can be decided by the State
Government keeping in view various relevant aspects. But provision of free elec287

tricity is not desirable as it encourages wasteful consumption of electricity besides,

in most cases, lowering of water table in turn creating avoidable problem of water
shortage for irrigation and drinking water for later generations. It is also likely to
lead to rapid rise in demand of electricity putting severe strain on the distribution
network thus adversely affecting the quality of supply of power. Therefore, it is
necessary that reasonable level of user charges are levied. The subsidized rates of
electricity should be permitted only up to a pre-identified level of consumption
beyond which tariffs reflecting efficient cost of service should be charged from
consumers. If the State Government wants to reimburse even part of this cost of
electricity to poor category of consumers the amount can be paid in cash or any
other suitable way. Use of prepaid meters can also facilitate this transfer of subsidy
to such consumers.
5.

8.4

Metering of supply to agricultural / rural consumers can be achieved in a consumer

friendly way and in effective manner by management of local distribution in rural
areas through commercial arrangement with franchisees with involvement of
panchayat institutions, user associations, cooperative societies etc. Use of self
closing load limitors may be encouraged as a cost effective option for metering in
cases of limited use consumers who are eligible for subsidized electricity.

Definition of tariff components and their applicability

1.

Two-part tariffs featuring separate fixed and variable charges and Time differentiated
tariff shall be introduced on priority for large consumers (say, consumers with
demand exceeding 1 MW) within one year. This would also help in flattening the
peak and implementing various energy conservation measures.

2.

The National Electricity Policy states that existing PPAs with the generating
companies would need to be suitably assigned to the successor distribution
companies. The State Governments may make such assignments taking care of
different load profiles of the distribution companies so that retail tariffs are uniform
in the State for different categories of consumers. Thereafter the retail tariffs would
reflect the relative efficiency of distribution companies in procuring power at
competitive costs, controlling theft and reducing other distribution losses.

3.

The State Commission may provide incentives to encourage metering and billing
based on metered tariffs, particularly for consumer categories that are presently
unmetered to a large extent. The metered tariffs and the incentives should be given
wide publicity.

4.

The SERCs may also suitably regulate connection charges to be recovered by the
distribution licensee to ensure that second distribution licensee does not resort to
cherry picking by demanding unreasonable connection charges. The connection
charges of the second licensee should not be more than those payable to the
incumbent licensee.

8.5 Cross-subsidy surcharge and additional surcharge for open access

8.5.1 National Electricity Policy lays down that the amount of cross-subsidy surcharge
and the additional surcharge to be levied from consumers who are permitted open
288

access should not be so onerous that it eliminates competition which is intended to

be fostered in generation and supply of power directly to the consumers through
open access.
A consumer who is permitted open access will have to make payment to the generator, the transmission licensee whose transmission systems are used, distribution
utility for the wheeling charges and, in addition, the cross subsidy surcharge. The
computation of cross subsidy surcharge, therefore, needs to be done in a manner
that while it compensates the distribution licensee, it does not constrain introduction of competition through open access. A consumer would avail of open access
only if the payment of all the charges leads to a benefit to him. While the interest of
distribution licensee needs to be protected it would be essential that this provision
of the Act, which requires the open access to be introduced in a time-bound manner, is used to bring about competition in the larger interest of consumers.
Accordingly, when open access is allowed the surcharge for the purpose of sections 38,39,40 and sub-section 2 of section 42 would be computed as the difference
between (i) the tariff applicable to the relevant category of consumers and (ii) the
cost of the distribution licensee to supply electricity to the consumers of the applicable class. In case of a consumer opting for open access, the distribution licensee
could be in a position to discontinue purchase of power at the margin in the merit
order. Accordingly, the cost of supply to the consumer for this purpose may be
computed as the aggregate of (a) the weighted average of power purchase costs
(inclusive of fixed and variable charges) of top 5% power at the margin, excluding
liquid fuel based generation, in the merit order approved by the SERC adjusted for
average loss compensation of the relevant voltage level and (b) the distribution
charges determined on the principles as laid down for intra-state transmission
charges.
Surcharge formula:
S = T [ C (1+ L / 100) + D ]
Where
S is the surcharge
T is the Tariff payable by the relevant category of consumers;
C is the Weighted average cost of power purchase of top 5% at the margin excluding
liquid fuel based generation and renewable power
D is the Wheeling charge
L is the system Losses for the applicable voltage level, expressed as a percentage
The cross-subsidy surcharge should be brought down progressively and, as far as
possible, at a linear rate to a maximum of 20% of its opening level by the year 201011.

289

8.5.2 No surcharge would be required to be paid in terms of sub-section (2) of Section 42

of the Act on the electricity being sold by the generating companies with consent
of the competent government under Section 43(A)(1)(c) of the Electricity Act, 1948
(now repealed) and on the electricity being supplied by the distribution licensee on
the authorisation by the State Government under Section 27 of the Indian Electricity
Act, 1910 (now repealed), till the current validity of such consent or authorisations.
8.5.3 The surcharge may be collected either by the distribution licensee, the transmission
licensee, the STU or the CTU, depending on whose facilities are used by the
consumer for availing electricity supplies. In all cases the amounts collected from
a particular consumer should be given to the distribution licensee in whose area the
consumer is located. In case of two licensees supplying in the same area the licensee
from whom the consumer was availing supply shall be paid the amounts collected.
8.5.4

The additional surcharge for obligation to supply as per section 42(4) of the Act
should become applicable only if it is conclusively demonstrated that the obligation
of a licensee, in terms of existing power purchase commitments, has been and
continues to be stranded, or there is an unavoidable obligation and incidence to
bear fixed costs consequent to such a contract. The fixed costs related to network
assets would be recovered through wheeling charges.

8.5.5 Wheeling charges should be determined on the basis of same principles as laid
down for intra-state transmission charges and in addition would include average
loss compensation of the relevant voltage level.
8.5.6 In case of outages of generator supplying to a consumer on open access, standby
arrangements should be provided by the licensee on the payment of tariff for
temporary connection to that consumer category as specified by the Appropriate
Commission.
9.0

Trading Margin
The Act provides that the Appropriate Commission may fix the trading margin, if considered
necessary. Though there is a need to promote trading in electricity for making the markets
competitive, the Appropriate Commission should monitor the trading transactions continuously
and ensure that the electricity traders do not indulge in profiteering in situation of power
shortages. Fixing of trading margin should be resorted to for achieving this objective.
Sd/(U.N. PANJIAR)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India

290

APPENDIX
SALIENT FEATURES OFTHEAPPROVED R&R PROVISIONS FOR HYDRO POWER PROJECTS
1.

SCOPE OF COVERAGE
The following provisions shall be applicable even if one family is affected by the development
of a Hydro Power Project.

2.

DEFINITION OF PROJECTAFFECTED FAMILIES (PAFs)

A Project Affected Family (PAF) shall mean a family whose place of residence or other
property, or source of livelihood has been affected by the development of a hydro project
and who have been residing in the affected zone for two years preceding the date of
declaration of notification under Section-4 of the LA Act. The affected family would also
include squatters.

3.

DEFINITION OFAGRICULTURALLABOURER
A person normally residing in the affected zone for two years preceding the date of declaration
of the affected zone and earns his/her livelihood principally by manual labour on agricultural
land.

4.

DEFINITION OF NONAGRICULTURALLABOURER
A person normally residing in the affected zone for two years preceding the date of declaration
of the affected zone and who does not hold any land in the affected zone but earns his/ her
livelihood principally by manual labour or as rural artisan or a service provider to the
community.

5.

DEFINITION OF SQUATTERS
A family occupying Government land in the affected zone without a legal title, at least for 5 years
prior to the date of declaration of notification under Section-4 of L.A. Act.

6.

REHABILITATION / RESETTLEMENT COLONIES

This policy aims to provide built up houses to Project Affected Families (PAFs) who get displaced due to the development of hydro projects to the extent possible. However, wherever
opted for, liberal House Construction Allowance would be given in lieu.

7.

TRAININGAND CAPACITY BUILDING

This policy also emphasizes the need to provide training to the Project Affected Families as well
as to the local population for a sustained livelihood. Special training programmes from ITIs
aimed at providing the required skills to the local population would be undertaken by the Project
developers at least six months prior to commencement of construction. This is expected to
boost the employability of the PAFs and other people residing in the vicinity of the
project.

291

8.

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
This policy envisages additional provisions for Project Affected Families such as:
o

scholarships for meritorious students,

extension of medical facilities,

marriage grants,

subsistence grants,

support for income generation schemes for cooperative and self help groups,

seed, pesticides and fertilizer subsidies, and irrigation support.

Besides the additional provisions mentioned above, the normally applicable provisions of
the National Policy on Rehabilitation and resettlement, currently in force, would be applicable.

292

[Published in Part I, Section 1, of the Gazette of India, Extraordinary)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
RESOLUTION
New Delhi, 31st March, 2008
F.No.23/2/2005-R&R (Vol. IV).- In this Ministry's Resolution F.No. 23/2/2005-R&R (Vol. III) dated
6th January, 2006 published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part I, Section 1, notifying the
Tariff Policy under the provisions of Section 3 of the Electricity Act 2003, the following amendment is
hereby made:
The following proviso is added at the end of Para 5.1 of the Tariff Policy:
Provided that a developer, of a hydroelectric project, not being a State controlled/owned
company, would have the option of getting the tariff determined by the appropriate Commission on
the basis of performance based cost of service regulations if the following conditions are fulfilled:
a)

The appropriate Commission is satisfied that the project site has been allotted to the developer
by the concerned State Government after following a transparent two stage process. The first
state should be for pre qualification on the basis of criteria such as financial strength as measured by networth, past experience of developing infrastructure project of similar size, past
track record of developing projects on time and within estimated costs, turnover and ability to
meet performance guarantee etc. In the second stage, bids are to be called on the basis of only
one single quantificable parameter, such as, free power in excess of 13%, equity participation
offered to the State Government, or upfront payment etc.

b)

Projects of more than 100 MW design capacity for which sites have been awarded earlier by
following a transparent process and on the basis of predetermined set of criteria would also be
covered in this dispensation.

c)

Concurrence of CEA (if required under section 8 of the Act), financial closure, award of work and
long term PPA (of more than 35 years) of the capacity specified in (d) below with distribution
licensees are completed by 31.12.2010.

d)

Long term PPA would be at least for 60% of the total saleable design energy. However, this
figure of 60% would get enhanced by 5% for delay of every six months in commissioning of the
last unit of the project against the scheduled date approved by the Appropriate Commission
before commencement of the consruction. The time period for commissioning of all the units of
the project shall be four years from the date of approval of the commissioning schedule by the
Appropriate Commission. However, the Appropirate Commission may, after recording reasons
in writing, fix longer time period for large storage projects and run-off-the river projects of more
than 500 MW capacity. Adherence to the agreed timelines to achieve the fixed commissioning
schedule shall be verified through independent third party verification.
293

e)

Award of contracts for supply of equipment and construction of the project, either through a
turnkey or through well defined packages, are done on the basis of international competitive
bidding.
In cases, where the conditions mentioned above at (a) to (e) are fulfilled, the Appropriate
Commission shall determine tariff ensuring the following :

i)

Any expenditure incurred or committed to be incurred by the project developer for getting
project site allotted (except free power upto 13%) would neither be included in the project cost,
nor any such expenditure shall be passed through tariff.

ii)

The project cost shall include the

-

cost of the approved R&R plan of the Project which shall be in conformity with the
following:
(a)

The National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy currently in force;

(b)

the R&R package as enclosed at appendix;

and
the cost of project developers' 10% contribution towards RGGVY project in the affected area as
per the project report sanctioned by the Ministry of Power.
iii)

Annual fixed charges shall be taken pro-rata to the saleable design energy tied up on the basis
of long term PP As with respect of total saleable design energy. The total saleable design energy
shall be arrived at by deducting the following from the design energy at the bus bar:
a)

13% of free power (12% for the host Government and 1% for contribution towards Local
Area Development Fund as constituted by the State Government). This 12% free power
may be suitably staggered as decided by the State Government.

b)

Energy corresponsing to 100 units of electricity to be provided free of cost every Project
Affected family notified by the State Government to be offered through the concered
distribution licensee in the designated resettlement area/projects area for a period of ten
years from the date of commissioning.
(I.C.P. Keshari)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India

294

APPENDIX
SALIENT FEATURES OF THE APPROVED R&R PROVISIONS FOR HYDRO POWER
PROJECTS.
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

SCOPE OF COVERAGE
The following provisions shall be applicable even if one family is affected by the development
of a Hydro Power Project.
DEFINITION OF PROJECTAFFECTED FAMILIES (PAFs)
A Project Affected Family (PAF) shall mean a family whose place of residence or other property,
or source of livelihood has been affected by the development of a hydro project and who have
been residing int he affected zone for two years preceding the date of declaration of notification
under Section-4 of LA Act. The affected family would also include squatters.
DEFINITION OFAGRICULTURALLABOURER
A person normally residing in the affected zone for two years preceding the date of declaration
of the affected zone and earn his/her livelihood principally by manual labour on agricultural
land.
DEFINITION OF NONAGRICULTURALLABOURER
A person normally residing in the affected zone for two years preceding the date of declaration
of the affected zone and who does not hold any land in the affected zone but earns his/her
livelihood principally by manual labour or as rural artisan or a service provider to the community.
DEFINITION OF SQUATTERS
A family occupying government land inthe affected zone without a legal title, at least for 5 years
prior to the date of declaration of notification under Section-4 of L.A. Act.
REHABILITATION/RESETTLEMENT COLONIES
This policy aims to provide built up houses to Project Affected Families (PAFs) who get displaced due to the development of hydro projects to the extent possible. However, wherever
opted for, liberal House Construction Allowance would be given in lieu.
TRAININGAND CAPACITY BUILDING
This policy also emphasizes the need to provide training to the Project Affected Familis as well
as to the local population for a sustained livelihood. Special training programmes from ITIs
aimed at providing the required skills to the local population would be undertaken by the Project
developers at least six months prior to commencement of construction. This is expected to
boost the employability of the PAFs and other people residing in the vicinity of the project.
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
This policy envisages additional provisions for Project Affected Families such as:

scholarships for meritorious students,

extension of medical facilities,

marriage grants,

subsistence grants,

support for income generation schemes for cooperatives and self help groups,

seed, pesticides and fertilizer subsidies, and irrigation support.

Besides the additional provisions mentioned above, the normally applicable provisions
of the National Policy on Rehabilitationa nd resettlement, currently in force, would be
applicable.
295

[Published in Part I, Section 1 of the Gazette of India, Extraordinary)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
RESOLUTION
New Delhi, the 20th January, 2011
F.No.23/17/2009-R&R In this Ministry's Resolution F.No. 23/2/2005-R&R (Vol. III) dated
6th January, 2006 published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part I, Section 1, notifying the
Tariff Policy under the provisions of Section 3 of the Electricity Act 2003, which was subsequently
amended vide Resolution dated 31st March, 2008, the following amendment is hereby made:
The following provisions will replace the title of Para 6.4 and contents of Para 6.4 (1) :
6.4 Non-conventional and renewable sources of energy generation including
co-generation :
(1) Pursuant to provisions of section 86(l)(e) of the Act, the Appropriate Commission shall fix
a minimum percentage of the total consumption of electricity in the area of a distribution
licensee for purchase of energy from such sources, taking into account availability of such
resources in the region and its impact on retail tariffs. Such percentage for purchase of energy
should be made applicable for the tariffs to be determined by the SERCs latest by April I, 2006.
(i)

Within the percentage so made applicable, to start with, the SERCs shall also reserve a
minimum percentage for purchase of solar energy from the date of notification in the
Official Gazette which will go up to 0.25% by the end of 2012-2013 and further up to 3%
by 2022

(ii)

It is desirable that purchase of energy from non-conventional sources of energy takes

place more or less in the same proportion in different States. To achieve this objective in
the current scenario of large availability of such resources only in certain parts of the
country, an appropriate mechanism such as Renewable Energy Certificate (REC) would
need to be evolved. Through such a mechanism, the renewable energy based generation
companies can sell the electricity to local distribution licensee at the rates for conventional
power and can recover the balance cost by selling certificates to other distribution
companies and obligated entities enabling the latter to meet their renewable power
purchase obligations. In view of the comparatively higher cost of electricity from solar
energy currently, the REC mechanism should also have a solar specific REC.

(iii)

It will take some time before non-conventional technologies can compete with conventional
sources in terms of cost of electricity. Therefore, procurement by distribution companies shall be
done at preferential tariffs determined by the Appropriate Commission.
ASHOK LAVASA, Addl. Secy.

296

Chapter 5

Rural Electrification Policy

297

298

EXTRAORDINARY, PART I SECTION 1

MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi,
Dated the 23rd August, 2006
RESOLUTION
No.44/26/05-RE(Vol.-II)
Rural Electrification Policy
In compliance with Section 4 & 5 of the Electricity Act, 2003, the Central Government hereby
notifies the Rural Electrification Policy.
Introduction
1.1

Electricity is an essential requirement for all facets of our life and it has been recognized as a
basic human need. It is the key to accelerating economic growth, generation of employment,
elimination of poverty and human development specially in rural areas.

1.2

Under the National Common Minimum Programme, provision of access to electricity for all
households is envisaged within five years and in order to achieve this objective the Rajiv
Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana has been launched.

1.3

India is endowed with a wealth of rich natural resources and sources of energy. The sources of
energy for India are fossil fuels like gas, coal, oil etc, nuclear, hydel and, non-conventional
energy sources such as solar, wind, biomass, small hydro, geo-thermal, tidal etc. These can be
appropriately and optimally utilized to make available reliable supply of electricity to each and
every household. Electricity supply at globally competitive rates would also make economic
activity in the country competitive in the globalized environment. Consumers, particularly those
who are ready to pay a tariff which reflects efficient costs have the right to get uninterrupted 24
hours supply of quality power.

1.4

Rural Electrification (RE) is viewed as the key for accelerating rural development . Provision
of electricity is essential to cater for requirements of agriculture and other important activities
including small and medium industries, khadi and village industries, cold chains, health care,
education and information technology.

1.5

The National Electricity Policy states that the key development objective of the power sector is
supply of electricity to all areas including rural areas as mandated in section 6 of the Electricity
Act. Both the central government and state governments would jointly endeavour to achieve
this objective at the earliest. Accordingly, the Central Government has launched in April, 2005
an ambitious scheme Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidhyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) with the goal of
electrifying all un-electrified villages/un-electrified hamlets and providing access to electricity
to all households in next five years for fulfillment of the NCMP.
299

1.6

These National Policies for [a] Permitting Stand Alone Systems and [b] Rural Electrification and
Bulk Power Purchase & Management of Local Distribution in Rural Areas, have been prepared
and framed-up through an extensive consultative process undertaken by the Ministry of Power,
Government of India, involving not only the State Governments and the State Electricity
Regulatory Commissions, but also other stakeholders such as non-Governmental organizations, technology providers, existing utilities etc. Relevant provisions of the Act are at
annexure.

2.

Goals

2.1

The Policy aims at :-

Provision of access to electricity to all households by year 2009.

Quality and reliable power supply at reasonable rates.

Minimum lifeline consumption of 1 unit per household per day as a merit good by year 2012.

2.2

The progress of Rural Electrification would be reviewed in terms of the achievements vis--vis
the above Goal.

3.

Approach to Rural Electrification

3.1

Grid connectivity is the normal way of electrification of villages. While this policy covers
distribution network upto 33/11 or 66/11 KV level, appropriate development and augmentation
of sub-transmission and transmission system at higher voltage levels will also be necessary.

3.2

For villages/habitations, where grid connectivity would not be feasible or not cost effective,
off-grid solutions based on stand-alone systems may be taken up for supply of electricity so
that every household gets access to electricity. Where neither standalone systems nor grid
connectivity is feasible and if only alternative is to use isolated lighting technologies like solar
photovoltaic, these may be adopted. However such remote villages may not be designated as
electrified till the time appropriate solutions are found to provide electricity in these villages to
meet the requirements of the definition of village electrification.

3.3

Decentralised distributed generation facilities together with local distribution network may be
based either on conventional or non-conventional methods of electricity generation whichever
is more suitable and economical. Non-conventional sources of energy could be utilized even
where grid connectivity exists provided it is found to be cost effective.

3.4

The State Governments should, within 6 months prepare and notify a Rural Electrification Plan
to achieve the goal of providing access to all households. The Rural Electrification Plan should
map and detail the electrification delivery mechanisms (grid or stand alone) considering inter
alia the available technologies, environmental norms, fuel availability, number of un-electrified
households, distance from the existing grid etc. The Plan may be linked to and integrated with
District Development Plans as and when such plans become available. The Plan should also be
intimated to the Appropriate Commission.
Under proviso to Section 43 of the Electricity Act 2003 (hereinafter referred to as Act), the
Appropriate Commission while giving additional time, if any, for discharge of the universal
service obligations would ensure that the national goal of providing access to households by
year 2009 is complied with.

3.5

For the purpose of rural electrification, a village would mean a census village.

300

4.

Scheme for Rural Electricity Infrastructure & Household Electrification - RGGVY

4.1

The Central Government has reviewed the existing schemes of rural electrification recently and
has launched a comprehensive programme RGGVY. Under the scheme, projects could be financed with 90% capital subsidy for provision of
Rural Electricity Distribution Backbone (REDB)


Provision of 33/11 KV (or 66/11 KV) sub-stations of adequate capacity and lines in
blocks where these do not exist.

Creation of Village Electrification Infrastructure (VEI)

Electrification of un-electrified villages.


Electrification of un-electrified habitations


Provision of distribution transformers of appropriate capacity in electrified villages/ habitation(s).

Decentralised Distributed Generation (DDG) and Supply

Decentralised generation cum-distribution from conventional sources for villages

where grid connectivity is either not feasible or not cost effective provided it is not
covered under the programme of Ministry of Non-conventional Energy Sources for
providing electricity from non-conventional energy sources under their remote
village electrification programme.

REDB, VEI and DDG would also cater to the requirement of agriculture and other activities including

irrigation pumpsets

small and medium industries

khadi and village industries

cold chains

healthcare

education and IT.

This would facilitate overall rural development, employment generation and poverty alleviation.

Rural Household Electrification of Below Poverty Line Households :

Electrification of un-electrified Below Poverty Line (BPL) households would be financed
with 100% capital subsidy as per norms of Kutir Jyoti Programme in all rural habitations.
Households above poverty line would be paying for their connections at prescribed
connection charges and no subsidy would be available for this purpose.

A separate programme is being implemented by the Ministry of Non-conventional Energy

Resources (MNES) for electrification of remote villages.
4.2

Rural Electrification Corporation Limited (REC), a Government of India enterprise under the
Ministry of Power, is the nodal agency at Central Government level to implement the rural
electrification programme. REC is also providing loan assistance for projects of rural electrification. REC apart from its role as financial institutions has the prime responsibility of coordinating the rural electrification programme with the State Governments, State Utilities and other
concerned agencies for effective implementation of schemes.
301

4.3

Ministry of Power will put in place a coordination mechanism between the agencies / Ministries
implementing various schemes to ensure that the villages are selected for coverage in different
schemes in a manner so as to ensure the attainment of the objectives of this Policy. Ministry of
Panchayati Raj would also be associated with this coordination mechanism.

5.

Definition of Electrified Village

5.1

The definition of an Electrified Village was specified under the Ministry of Powers O.M.
No.42/1/2001-D(RE) dated 5th February 2004 as given below.
A village would be classified as electrified based on a Certificate issued by the Gram Panchayat,
certifying that
a)

Basic infrastructure such as Distribution Transformer and Distribution Lines are provided in the inhabited locality as well as a minimum of one Dalit Basti / hamlet where it
exists; and

b)

Electricity is provided to public places like Schools, Panchayat Office, Health Centers,
Dispensaries, Community Centers etc.; and

c)

The number of households electrified are at least 10% of the total number of households
in the village.

5.2

The Gram Panchayat/ Village Council or equivalent shall issue the first Certificate at the time of
the village becoming eligible for declaration as electrified. Subsequent to the village being
declared as Electrified, the Gram Panchayat shall certify and confirm the electrified status of
the village as on 31st March each year. If the Gram Panchayat unduly delays certification, the
State Government may get verified the status of electrification through another appropriate
independent agency.

5.3

Though the requirement for categorizing a village as electrified is electrification of atleast 10%
households, this policy aims at providing access to all the households.

6.

Involvement of Local Community in Rural Electrification

6.1

The State Government should set up a committee at the District level pursuant to Section 166(5)
of the Act within three months.

6.2

The District Committee should be constituted under the Chairmanship of the Chairperson of the
Zila Panchayat/Chairperson of the District Planning Committee/ Collector of the district and
should inter alia have representations from various concerned district level agencies, consumer
associations and other important stakeholders.
The maximum burden of the absence of supply of commercial energy, including electrical energy
to households falls on women. Therefore, participation of women in meeting rural energy needs,
especially electricity, is essential for effective, efficient and sustainable implementation of rural
electrification programs. Accordingly, the representation of women in District Committee should
be ensured.

6.3

The Act provides that the District Committees would coordinate and review the extension of
electrification in the district, review the quality of power supply and consumer satisfaction and
promote energy efficiency and conservation.
Panchayati Raj Institutions would have a supervisory/ advisory role in rural electrification and
electricity supply. Subject to commercial viability and revenue sustainability of the rural electricity supply business not being affected, the State Governments may assign larger role and
responsibilities to Panchayati Raj Institutions.
302

6.4

The District Committee should also facilitate the Rural Electrification projects, both through
stand-alone systems and grid extension and local management projects, as may be required.

6.5

The State Governments should take steps for bringing awareness on electricity related issues
including generation, distribution, energy conservation and energy efficiency and energywater nexus among elected Panchayat representatives.

7.

Financial Assistance for Rural Electrification Projects

7.1

For attainment of the objective of providing all households with access to electricity by year
2009, it is necessary to seek least cost options after taking into account full life cycle costs and
explicit as well as implicit subsidies in different delivery options and mechanisms.

7.2

Assistance from public funds to village electrification projects would be one time dispensation.
Special efforts should be made to develop load by promoting economic activities with active
involvement of consumers so that not only adequate revenue is generated to cover the cost of
power supplied, O&M expenses and loan servicing but also to ensure that the assets can be
replaced in future without the requirement of any capital subsidy. The State Governments
should facilitate coordination in policy and planning between electricity supply institutions
and other sectors such as rural industries, food processing, cold chain, various economic
services to promote such economic load development. Supply of electricity at specified voltage
also at evening peak hours would be required to achieve this aim.

7.3

To ensure the revenue sustainability of the rural electricity supply, RGGVY requires
deployment of franchisees for the management of rural distribution in projects financed
under the scheme with a stipulation that if conditionalities of the scheme are not
implemented satisfactorily, the capital subsidy could be converted into interest bearing
loans. It is necessary that system of franchisee is implemented in phased manner by the
State Governments in other areas also in order to bring down commercial losses, improve
collection efficiency and to provide doorstep services to the consumers.

7.4

The Rural Electrification projects seeking financial support should also demonstrate the arrangements proposed for regular maintenance and up-gradation support as also the measures
for minimization of Aggregate Technical and Commercial losses.

7.5

Realising from the past experience that higher capital subsidy is necessary for successful
implementation of rural electrification programmes, RGGVY provides for 90% capital subsidy for
creating/ augmenting a basic rural electrification backbone and village electrification infrastructure. Similar capital subsidy is necessary for the distribution networks in the unelectrified
remote villages to be covered by stand alone systems.
If the State Government/SERC decides to permit a licensee to use assets created with subsidy,
it must be ensured that the benefit of capital subsidy is passed on to the consumers.

7.6

An annuity based approach for provision of capital subsidy is desirable for decentralized
generation systems to ensure enforcement of performance guarantees, efficient operation and
maintenance along with repairs and reliable power supply. The extent of such capital subsidy to
these systems should be determined to achieve objective of parity, as far as possible, in consumer tariffs between remote villages yet to be electrified and adjoining grid connected villages.

7.7

The Government of India would, in consultation with NABARD and Reserve Bank of India,
evolve model schemes and related facilitative norms, guidelines and limits for eligible capital
costs to encourage widespread participation by the lending community in Rural Electricity
Supply initiatives.
303

7.8

In order to maximize benefits from the limited resources available. It is essential that energy
efficiency is promoted as a mass campaign in the rural areas.

7.9

The use of inefficient and energy intensive equipment by the agricultural sector distorts the
consumption pattern and results in non-optimal utilization of tariff subsidies. The Government
of India would evolve programs for encouraging use of economically viable energy efficient
farm equipment, especially irrigation pump-sets. The Energy Conservation Act 2001 has provided necessary legal framework for this.

7.10 The use of information technology for supply of electricity in rural areas through both grid and
off-grid measures would lead to efficiency and reduction in costs. Special efforts for widespread
use of information technology would be made.
7.11 A suitable mass media communication program should be evolved at the earliest to encourage
communities take up management of local electricity distribution.
8.

Policy Provisions for Permitting Stand Alone Systems for Rural Areas

8.1

For the purposes of the eighth proviso to section 14 of the Act, rural areas would mean all rural
areas as defined / specified pursuant to the Seventy-Third Amendment to the Constitution of
India [Article 243 of the Constitution of India].

8.2

In connection with Section 14 of the Act, the State Governments, shall notify the rural areas in
accordance with the Seventy-Third Amendment to the Constitution of India preferably within 2
months of the date of notification of this Policy.

8.3

Notwithstanding the notification of rural areas for the purpose of Section 14 of the Act, the
obligations to endeavour to supply electricity to all areas including villages and hamlets under
Section 6 of the Act and the universal service obligations of the distribution licensee in his
license area under Section 43 shall remain.

8.4

A person exempted under eighth proviso to section 14 of the Act would have a choice to enter
into a outsourcing arrangement for distribution of power, with the responsibility for generation
and distribution of power continuing to be with such person.

8.5

Person exempted under eighth proviso to Section 14 from licensing would be free from the
licensing obligations and purview of the Appropriate Commissions in matters pertaining to
determination of tariffs and universal supply obligations applicable to licensees. However, the
provisions of the Act in so far as they pertain to technical standards, safety measures etc. (e.g.
Sections 10, 53 etc.) shall continue to be applicable.

8.6

The retail tariffs for electricity supply by persons exempt under eighth proviso to Section 14
would be set, based on mutual agreement between such person and the consumers. Since
these would be micro enterprises with low capital expenditure, short gestation periods and no
entry barriers, competitive market forces would ensure reasonable prices reflecting actual costs.
But the benefit of financial assistance / subsidies by the government (central or state) or other
agencies, if any, must be fully passed on to the consumers. The Appropriate Commission would
lay down guidelines for this purpose for various types of projects (for different fuels, technology and size) receiving subsidy as opposed to tariff determination on case to case basis. The
Appropriate Commission shall have right to intervene by scrutinizing tariff if these guidelines
are not implemented in any particular case.

8.7

Potential for local resource based decentralized generation exists in large parts of rural India. For
example, in rural areas, biomass based fuels provides 81% of domestic energy. But to use it as
304

modern commercial energy, improvement in efficiency and increasing convenience of using it,
for example through gasification, is essential.
Many State Governments have already put in place administrative mechanisms like single
window clearance within easy access for giving necessary approvals and clearances in time
bound manner to facilitate development of medium and small scale industries. Such dispensation needs to be extended to standalone systems/ decentralized generation projects also to
exploit the potential of our local resources.
8.8

Special enabling dispensation would be put in place for standalone systems of upto 1 MW
which are based on cost effective proven technology and use locally available resource such as
biomass. These projects would have automatic approval for

land use change for area as per norms

pollution clearance if technology is proven to be within laid down norms and

safety clearances on the basis of self certification conveyed to concerned authorities

(such certification making the developer fully liable for any breach of safety regulations).

Necessary orders shall be issued with respect to relevant laws/rules.

8.9

Institutional arrangements for back-up services and technical support to systems based on
non-conventional sources of energy will have to be created by the State Governments. Such
services would be provided on cost basis so as to make the arrangements sustainable.

9.

Policy Provisions for Bulk Power Purchase & Management of Local Distribution in
Rural Areas

9.1

Section 5 of the Act primarily aims at extending the coverage of grid-connected (on-grid) power
and management of electricity distribution in rural areas by enlisting local level participation.
Provisions of Section 5 would also operationalize the scheme of the Eleventh Schedule (Article
243G) of the Constitution of India that has empowered local level institutions to undertake the
business of electricity distribution.

9.2

Section 5 of the Act finds its facilitative guidelines in Section 13, which specifies the facilitative
treatment as well as exemptions from licensing under certain conditions.

9.3

For the purposes of the Act and applicability of the Policy, rural areas would mean all rural areas
as defined / specified pursuant to the Seventy-Third Amendment to the Constitution of India.

9.4

In connection with Section 13 of the Act, the State Governments shall, within 6 months of the
notification of this Policy, recommend to the Appropriate Commission, for category of cases as
considered appropriate, that the provisions of Section 12 shall not be applicable to the persons
mentioned in the said Section-13, for a minimum period of 5 years from the date of notification
under section 13, subject to periodic review by the State Government in public interest thereafter.

Management of local distribution :9.5

Deployment of franchisees for management of local distribution in rural areas is considered

necessary in order to ensure revenue sustainability and improve services to the consumers.
Franchisee arrangement is not revenue model per se but it is envisaged as a mechanism to
ensure that commercial losses reduce, energy supplied is billed and revenue is collected.
Franchisees for the management of rural distribution could be non-governmental organisations
(NGOs), users associations, cooperatives or individual entreprenures. Panchayati Raj institu305

tions will have an important role of overseeing ,in advisory capacity, the delivery of service by
the franchisees according to their identified responsibilities.
The State Government could also encourage the Panchayati Raj Institutions to take on responsibility of franchisee as and when such institutions have developed to the extent that they can
undertake contractual obligations, raise resources from market and can discharge associated
legal responsibilities. In such cases, appropriate mechanisms should be put in place by the
state government for independent overseeing the franchisee function of these institutions.
9.6

A franchisee would be responsible for distribution of electricity within an identified contiguous

area for a prescribed duration and for collecting revenues directly from the consumers. The
franchisee arrangement could be for system beyond and including feeders from sub-station or
from and including distribution transformer(s).

9.7

There can be many variants of franchisee model. But the arrangement must at least entail
purchase of bulk power (input based) and routine operation and maintenance of distribution
infrastructure. The arrangement may also include grid extension and undertaking of capital
expenditure programs and in such cases the distribution system of the existing distribution
licensee may be transferred to the franchisee. Assets may be leased to the selected franchisee
at a nominal rent in order that consumer tariff is not loaded with additional burden. The margins
to be provided for each of these functions should ensure commercial viability of the micro
enterprises / local management to be created .

9.8

Franchisees would be selected following a transparent process on the basis of clearly laid down
criteria. Wherever feasible, the franchisees should be selected on the basis of competitive
bidding for the most favourable bulk supply tariff for the distribution licensee. The State Government may adopt alternative basis such as revenue sharing, if considered appropriate.

9.9

The contractual arrangement with the franchisee should provide for adequate bankable security, such as bank guarantee, which may be equivalent to the value of energy supplied for a
duration of three months. A review of the working of the franchisee should be done without any
delay if the franchisee fails to honour the contractual obligations, particularly of collecting the
bills from the consumers and paying the cost of the energy supplied. The contract should
provide clear stipulations for termination of arrangement in case of failure of either party to
honour the agreed commitments and also for taking over the assets, if applicable.
The contractual arrangement must also set norms for various services to be delivered by Franchisee to the consumers.

9.10 The concept of undertaking electricity distribution through franchisee is relatively new to the
rural population. It would be therefore necessary that the concept is properly explained both to
the intending franchisees and also to the consumers.
9.11 To ensure the success of franchisee arrangement, it would be necessary that the distribution
licencee follows non-discriminatory approach towards the franchisees in case of power supply
shortage.
9.12 The State Governments should come out with time-bound programs of suitable capacity building of franchisees, consumer associations and Panchayat institutions..
Bulk purchase of power and retail tariffs:9.13 Persons exempt under Section 13 may procure power from the existing licensee of the area or
from any other source.

306

9.14 Where such persons purchase power from the licensee of the area, they would be treated as a
separate category by the Appropriate Commission for the determination of the Bulk Purchase
Price (BPP) to be paid by them to the licensees.
In such cases the tariff for retail sale to the consumers in the area of such persons would be
as determined for the licensee by the Appropriate Commission.
9.15 If not determined competitively, the BPP should be set on a normative basis based on
representative consumer mix and should not vary on a case-to-case basis. The BPP set
alongwith margins prescribed for the local distribution enterprise should be such that
consumers tariff is maintained at the same level. This BPP would be fully factored into the
submissions of the State Utilities to the State Electricity Regulatory Commissions for their
revenue requirements.
9.16 Where the said persons purchase power from a source other than the distribution licensee of
the area, the procurement price would be mutually agreed between such persons and the
suppliers. In such cases the retail tariff shall be determined in accordance with the guidelines
laid down by the SERCs with oversight of the District Committee.
Universal Service Obligation:9.17 Where local distribution, including activities of grid extension and undertaking of capital expenditure programs, has been handed over to users association, co-operative society, panchayat
Institutions or non-Government organization, such persons will have the universal service
obligation for the area of their operation and the supply obligation of the licensee, if any, in that
area, would be residual i.e. taking timely action to ensure supply in case franchisee fails to
discharge their contractual obligations.
9.18 Where the persons exempt under Section 13 build their own distribution systems, the supply
obligation of the licensee of the area would continue.
Other issues:9.19 The Act allows the distribution licensees, non-discriminatory open access to the transmission
systems without the requirement of payment of any surcharge. Those exempted under Section
13 for management of local distribution in rural areas also discharge the functions of a distribution licensee and hence would not be liable for payment of any surcharge on wheeling/ transmission charges in case they avail of open access to transmission and distribution networks for
procurement of power.
9.20 The provisions contained in section 53 of the Act shall continue to be applicable to persons
exempt from the provisions of Section 12 pursuant to Section 13. The Appropriate Commissions
may stipulate such other conditions and restrictions as deemed necessary in the interest of the
rural consumers and for compliance with technical standards and safety measures.
10.

Review
The Government would review the National Rural Electrification Policies under Sections 4 and
5 of the Act, as and when required.

307

Annexure
Relevant provisions of the Electricity Act 2003
Section 2(63). stand alone system means the electricity system set up to generate power and
distribute electricity in a specified area without connection to the grid;
Section 4. The Central Government shall, after consultation with the State Governments, prepare and
notify a national policy, permitting stand alone systems (including those based on renewable sources
of energy and non-conventional sources of energy ) for rural areas.
Section 5. The Central Government shall also formulate a national policy, in consultation with the
State Governments and the State Commissions, for rural electrification and for bulk purchase of power
and management of local distribution in rural areas through Panchayat Institutions, users associations, co-operative societies, non-Governmental organisations or franchisees.
Section 6. The Appropriate Government shall endeavour to supply electricity to all areas including
villages and hamlets.
Section 13. The Appropriate Commission may, on the recommendations, of the Appropriate Government, in accordance with the national policy formulated under section 5 and in public interest, direct,
by notification that subject to such conditions and restrictions, if any, and for such period or
periods, as may be specified in the notification, the provisions of section 12 shall not apply to any
local authority, Panchayat Institution, users association, co-operative societies, non-governmental
organizations, or franchisees:
Section 14. The Appropriate Commission may, on application made to it under section 15, grant any
person licence to any person (a)

to transmit electricity as a transmission licensee; or

(b)

to distribute electricity as a distribution licensee; or

(c) to undertake trading in electricity as an electricity trader, in any area which may be
specified in the licence:
Provided also that where a person intends to generate and distribute electricity in a rural area to
be notified by the State Government, such person shall not require any licence for such generation
and distribution of electricity, but he shall comply with the measures which may be specified by the
Authority under section 53

( Ajay Shankar )
Additional Secretary to the Government of India

308

Chapter 6

Notification for removal of

Difficulties-issued under
the Electricity Act, 2003.

309

310

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section-3 Sub-section (ii)

Ministry of Power
ORDER
New Delhi, the 8th June, 2005.
S.O. 790(E) - Whereas the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) (hereinafter referred to as the Act)
came into force on the 10th June, 2003;
And whereas section 50 of the Act provides that the State Commission shall specify an Electricity
Supply Code to provide for recovery of electricity charges, intervals for billing of electricity charges,
disconnection of supply of electricity for non-payment thereof, restoration of supply of electricity,
tampering, distress or damage to electrical plant, electric lines or meter, entry of distribution licensee
or any person acting on his behalf for disconnecting supply and removing the meter, entry for
replacing, altering or maintaining electric lines or electrical plant or meter;
And whereas the distribution licensees have expressed difficulties in controlling theft of electricity and in taking appropriate action in this regard;
And whereas enabling the distribution licensees for taking timely and appropriate action in cases
of theft or diversion of electricity has become necessary for the development of electricity industry
and ensuring supply of electricity to all areas;
And whereas taking measures conducive to development of electricity industry and supply of
electricity to all areas are objectives, amongst others, of the Act, as stated in its preamble;
And whereas the difficulties have arisen in giving effect to the provisions of the Act in controlling theft of electricity by the distribution licensees;
Now, therefore, the Central Government, in exercise of its powers conferred by section 183 of the
Act hereby makes the following order in respect of electricity supply code in terms of section 50 of the
Act, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act, to remove the difficulties, namely.
1.

Short title and commencement.(1) This order may be called the Electricity (Removal of Difficulties) order, 2005.
(2) It shall come into force on the date of publication in the Official Gazette.

311

2.

Inclusions of measures to control theft in Electricity Supply Code. (1) The Electricity Supply Code as specified by the State Commission under section 50 of the
Act shall also include the following, namely:(i) method of assessment of the electricity charges payable in case of theft of electricity
pending adjudication by the appropriate court;
(ii) disconnection of supply of electricity and removing the meter, electric line, electric plant
and other apparatus in case of theft or unauthorized use of electricity; and
(iii) measures to prevent diversion of electricity, theft or unauthorized use of electricity or
tampering, distress or damage to electrical plant, electric lines or meter.
(2) The above provisions in the Electricity Supply Code shall be without prejudice to other
rights of the licensee under the Act or any other applicable laws to recover the sum due and
to protect the assets and interests of the licensee.

[F.No.23/54/2004-R&R]
(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary

312

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section-3 Sub-section (ii)

Ministry of Power
ORDER
New Delhi, the 8th, June, 2005.
S.O. 789(E) Whereas the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) (hereinafter referred to as the Act)
came into force on the 10th June, 2003;
And whereas sub-section (2) of section 42 of the Act provides that the State Commission shall
introduce open access in such phases and subject to such conditions, (including the cross subsidies,
and other operational constraints) as may be specified within one year of the appointed date by it and
in specifying the extent of open access in successive phases and in determining the charges for
wheeling, it shall have due regard to all relevant factors including such cross subsidies, and other
operational constraints;
And whereas the first proviso to sub-section (2) of section 42 of the Act provides that such open
access may be allowed before the cross subsidies are eliminated on payment of a surcharge in
addition to the charges for wheeling as may be determined by the State Commission ;
And whereas the second proviso to sub-section (2) of section 42 of the Act provides that such
surcharge shall be utilized to meet the requirements of current level of cross subsidy within the area of
supply of the distribution licensee;
And whereas generating companies were allowed to enter into a contract for sale of electricity
with any other person with the consent of the competent governments under the provisions of clause
(c) of sub-section (1) of section 43A of the Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948 (repealed by the Act), and
sale of electricity by such companies was not subject to payment of any surcharge under that repealed law;
And whereas distribution licensees were authorized by the State Governments to supply energy
to any person outside the area of supply under section 27 of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 (repealed
by the Act), and supply of energy (electricity) by such distribution licensee was not subject to
payment of any surcharge under the said repealed law;
And whereas in case of electricity being sold or supplied under permissions from competent
government or authorizations of the State Government, as the case may be, under the said repealed
laws, there was no element of cross subsidy and, therefore, there was no requirement of any surcharge
for the same;
And whereas difficulties have arisen regarding the applicability of the provisions of section 42 of
the Act with regard to the levy of surcharge on the sale of electricity by a generating company under
clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 43A of the Electricity (Supply) Act 1948 (repealed law) and also
313

on the electricity being supplied by licensees to any person outside the area of their supply under
section 27 of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 (repealed law);
Now, therefore, the Central Government in exercise of its power conferred by section 183 of the
Act, hereby makes this order to make provisions in respect of such electricity being sold or supplied
under the repealed laws, being not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act, to remove the difficulties, namely:1.

Short title and commencement.(1) This order may be called the Electricity [Removal of Difficulties] second Order, 2005.
(2) It shall come into force on the date of publication in the official gazette.

2.

Exemption from payment of surcharge on the sale or supply of electricity.No surcharge would be required to be paid, in terms of sub-section (2) of section 42 of the Act on
the electricity being sold by the generating companies with consent of the competent government under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 43A of the Electricity Act, 1948 (now repealed
by the Act), and on the electricity being supplied by the distribution licensee on the authorization
by the State Government under section 27 of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 (now repealed by the
Act), till the current validity of such consent or authorizations.
[F.No.23/18/2004-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secretary

314

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section-3 Sub-section (ii)

Ministry of Power
ORDER
New Delhi, the 8th June, 2005
S.O. 792(E) Whereas the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) (hereinafter referred to as the Act),
came into force on the 10th June, 2003;
And whereas the clause (b) of the sub-section (1) of section 86 of the Act provides that the State
Commission shall have powers to regulate electricity purchase and procurement process of distribution licensees including the price at which electricity shall be procured from the generating companies
or licensees or from other sources through agreements for purchase of power for distribution and
supply within the State;
And whereas the Appropriate Commission has the power to determine the tariff for supply of
electricity by a generating company to a distribution licensee in terms of clause (a) of sub-section (1)
of section 62 of the Act;
And whereas some of the State Governments are getting free electricity from the power generated
by various hydro power generating companies in pursuance of the conditions relating to the development of the hydro power site;
And whereas such a State Government is not covered in the definition of the generating company in terms of sub-section (28) of section 2 of the Act, for the purpose of clause (a) of sub-section
(1) of section 62 of the Act;
And whereas difficulties have arisen in respect of disposal of free electricity received by the State
Government from hydro power generating companies and related matters;
Now, therefore, the Central Government in exercise of its powers conferred by section 183 of the
Act hereby makes this order in respect of discretion of the State Government to dispose off such
electricity, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act, namely:1.

Short title and commencement:(1) This order may be called the Electricity [Removal of Difficulty] (Third) Order, 2005.
(2) It shall come into force on the date of publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Disposal of free electricity received by a State Government from hydro power generating stations:The State Government receiving free electricity from hydro power generating stations shall have
discretion to dispose off such electricity in the manner it deems fit according to the provisions of
the Act:
315

Provided that if such electricity is sold by the State Government to a distribution licensee, the
concerned State Commission shall have powers to regulate the price at which such electricity is
procured by the distribution licensee.
[F.No.25/25/2004-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secretary

316

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section-3 Sub-section (ii)

Ministry of Power
ORDER
New Delhi, the 8th June, 2005
S.O. 793(E) Whereas the provisions of the Electricity Act 2003 (36 of 2003) (hereinafter referred
to as the Act) came into force on the 10th June, 2003;
And whereas generating station has been defined in sub-section (30) of section 2 of the Act as
any station for generating electricity, including any building and plant with step-up transformer,
switch yard, switch-gear, cables or other appurtenant equipment, if any used for that purpose and the
site thereof, a site intended to be used for a generating station, and any building used for housing the
operating staff of a generating station, and where electricity is generated by water-power, includes
penstocks, head and tail works, main and regulating reservoirs, dams and other hydraulic works, but
does not in any case include any sub-station;
And whereas no licence is required for a generating company to establish, operate and maintain
a generating station as per the provisions of the section 7 of the Act;
And whereas providing the housing to the operating staff of a generating station in the vicinity
of the generating station is essential for operation and maintenance of the generating station and
forms an integral part of the generating station;
And whereas difficulties have arisen regarding the requirement of licence for supplying power to
the housing colonies or townships housing the operating staff of the generating stations by the
generating companies;
Now, therefore, the Central Government in exercise of its powers conferred by section 183 of the
Act hereby makes this order in respect of supply of electricity by the generating companies to the
housing colonies of its operating staff, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act, to remove
difficulties, namely:1.

Short Title & Commencement :- (1) This order shall be called the Electricity [Removal of
Difficulty] (Fourth) Order 2005.
(2) This order shall come into force on the date of its publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Supply of electricity by the generating companies to the housing colonies of its operating staff:The supply of electricity by a generating company to the housing colonies of, or townships
housing, the operating staff of its generating station will be deemed to be an integral part of its
activity of generating electricity and the generating company shall not be required to obtain
licence under this Act for such supply of electricity.
[F.No.25/25/2004-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secretary
317

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section-3 Sub-section (ii)

Ministry of Power
ORDER
New Delhi, the 8th June, 2005.
S.O. 794(E) Whereas the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) (hereinafter referred to as the Act)
came into force on the 10th June, 2003;
And whereas section 7 of the Act provides that any generating company may establish, operate
and maintain a generating station without obtaining a licence under this Act if it complies with the
technical standards relating to connectivity with the grid referred in clause (b) of section 73;
And whereas sub-section (1) of section 10 of the Act provides that subject to the provisions of
this Act, the duties of a generating company shall be to establish, operate and maintain generating
stations, tie-lines, sub-stations and dedicated transmission lines connected therewith in accordance
with the provisions of this Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder;
And whereas sub-section (1) of section 9 of the Act provides that notwithstanding anything
contained in this Act, a person may construct, maintain or operate a captive generating plant and
dedicated transmission lines;
And whereas a dedicated transmission line in terms of sub-section (16) of section 2 of the Act is
an electrical supply line for point-to-point transmission for connecting a captive generating plant or a
generating station to any transmission line or sub-stations or generating stations or the load centre,
as the case may be;
And whereas such a dedicated transmission line is neither a transmission line in terms of subsection (72) of section 2 of the Act nor it is a distribution system connecting the point of a connection
to the installation of consumer in terms of sub-section (19) of section 2 of the Act;
And whereas difficulties have arisen regarding the requirement of a transmission licence for
establishing, operating or maintaining a dedicated transmission line;
Now, therefore, the Central Government in exercise of its powers conferred by section 183 of the
Act hereby makes the order in respect of establishing, operating or maintaining a dedicated transmission line, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act, to remove the difficulties, namely;
1.

Short title and commencement.(1) This order may be called the Electricity [Removal of Difficulty] (fifth) Order, 2005.
(2) It shall come into force on the date of publication in the Official Gazette.
318

2.

Establishment, operation or maintenance of dedicated transmission lines.A generating company or a person setting up a captive generating plant shall not be required to
obtain license under the Act for establishing, operating or maintaining a dedicated transmission
line if such company or person complies with the following:
(a) Grid code and standards of grid connectivity;
(b) Technical standards for construction of electrical lines;
(c) System of operation of such a dedicated transmission line as per the norms of system
operation of the concerned State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC) or Regional Load Despatch
Centre (RLDC).
(d) Directions of concerned SLDC or RLDC regarding operation of the dedicated transmission
line.
[F.No.25/25/2004-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR,
Addl. Secretary
[Published in the Gazette of India Extraordinary, Part II, section 3(ii)]

319

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section-3 Sub-section (ii)

Ministry of Power
ORDER
New Delhi, the 8th June, 2005.
S.O. 795(E) Whereas the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) (hereinafter referred to as the Act)
came into force on the 10th June, 2003;
And whereas the sub-section (4) of section 28 of the Act provides that the Regional Load
Despatch Centre may levy and collect such fee and charges from the generating companies or licensees engaged in inter-State transmission of electricity as may be specified by the Central Commission;
And whereas the sub-section (3) of section 32 of the Act provides that the State Load Despatch
Centre may levy and collect such fee and charges from the generating companies and licensees
engaged in intra-State transmission of electricity as may be specified by the State Commission;
And whereas difficulties have arisen in levying and collecting of fees and charges from the
licensees using the inter-state or intra-state transmission systems;
Now, therefore, the Central Government in exercise of its powers conferred by section 183 of the
Act hereby makes this order in respect of levy and collection of fees and charges for using the
transmission systems, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act, to remove the difficulties,
namely:1.

Short Title and Commencement:(1) This order shall be called the Electricity (Removal of Difficulty) (sixth) Order 2005.
(2) This order shall come into force on the date of its publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Levy and collection of fees and charges for using transmission system.(1) The Regional Load Despatch Centre may levy and collect such fee and charges from the
licensees using the inter-state transmission system as may be specified by the Central
Commission.
(2) The State Load Despatch Centre may levy and collect such fee and charges from the licensees using the intra-state transmission system as may be specified by the State Commission.

[F.No.25/25/04-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secretary
[Published in the Gazette of India Extraordinary, Part II, section 3(ii)]

320

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section-3 Sub-section (ii)

Ministry of Power
ORDER
New Delhi, the 8th June, 2005
S.O. 796(E) Whereas the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) (hereinafter referred to as the Act)
came into force on the 10th June, 2003;
And whereas sub-section (73) of section 2 of Act defines a transmission licensee as a licensee
authorized to establish or operate transmission lines;
And whereas sub-section (72) of section 2 of the Act provides that transmission lines means all
high pressure cables and overhead lines (not being an essential part of the distribution system of a
licensee) transmitting electricity from a generating station to another generating station or a substation, together with any step-up and step-down transformers, switch-gear and other works necessary to and used for the control of such cables or overhead lines, and such buildings or part thereof
as may be required to accommodate such transformers, switch-gear and other works;
And whereas supply of electricity to the housing colonies of the operating staff of sub-stations
located in the same premises is an integral part of the activity of transmission of electricity by a
transmission licensee;
And whereas housing the operating staff in the premises, where such sub-station is located, is
absolutely necessary in the interest of satisfactory operation of such sub-station;
And whereas difficulties have arisen regarding the requirement of taking licence for supplying
power to the housing units of the operating staff of the sub-stations by transmission licensees;
Now, therefore, the Central Government in exercise of its powers conferred by section 183 of the
Act hereby makes this order in respect of supply of electricity to the housing colonies of the operating
staff of sub-station, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act, to remove the difficulties, namely.1.

Short title and commencement.(1) This order may be called the Electricity [Removal of Difficulty] (Seventh) Order, 2005.
(2) It shall come into force on the date of its publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Supply of electricity to housing colony of sub-station.The supply of electricity by a transmission licensee to the housing colonies of the operating
staff, located in the premises of that sub-station, of sub-station will be deemed to be an integral
part of the activity of transmitting electricity and such licensee shall not be required to obtain
licence under this Act for such supply of electricity.
[F.No.25/25/04-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secretary
321

[Published in the Gazette of India Extraordinary, Part II, section 3(ii)]

Ministry of Power
ORDER
New Delhi, the 9th June, 2005.
S.O. 798(E) Whereas the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) (hereinafter referred to as the Act)
came into force on the 10th June, 2003;
And whereas the sub-section (1) of section 43 of the Act provides that every distribution licensee, shall, on an application by the owner or occupier of any premises, give supply of electricity to
such premises, within one month after receipt of the application requiring such supply;
And whereas difficulties have arisen in obtaining the supply of electricity at single point from the
distribution licensee;
Now, therefore, the Central Government in exercise of its powers conferred by section 183 of the
Act hereby makes this order in respect of obtaining supply of electricity at single point from the
distribution licensee by the Cooperative Group Housing Societies or by any person for their members
or his employees residing in the same premises, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act, to
remove the difficulties, namely.1.

Short Title and Commencement.(1) This order shall be called the Electricity [Removal of Difficulties] (Eighth) Order 2005.
(2) This order shall come into force on the date of its publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Supply of electricity at single point by the distribution licensee to a Cooperative Group Housing
Society.A distribution licensee shall give supply of electricity for residential purposes on an application
by a Cooperative Group Housing Society which owns the premises at a single point for making
electricity available to the members of such Society residing in the same premises on such terms
and conditions as may be specified by the State Commission:
Provided that the provisions of this clause shall not in any way affect the right of a person
residing in the housing unit sold or leased by such a Cooperative Group Housing Society to
demand supply of electricity directly from the distribution licensee of the area on such terms and
conditions as may be specified by the State Commission.

322

3.

Supply of electricity by distribution licensee at single point to a person for his employees.A distribution licensee shall give supply of electricity for residential purposes on an application
by a person at a single point for making electricity available to his employees residing in the same
premises on such terms and conditions as may be specified by the State Commission.
[F.No.25/4/2004-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secretary
[Published in the Gazette of India Extraordinary, Part II, section 3(ii)]

323

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section-3 Sub-section (ii)

Ministry of Power
ORDER
New Delhi, the 9th June, 2005.
S.O. 799(E) Whereas the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) (hereinafter referred to as the Act)
came into force on the 10th June, 2003;
And whereas sub-section (3) of section 181 of the Act requires that the regulations made by the
State Commissions shall be subject to the conditions of previous publication;
And whereas there is no specific provision in the Act for such previous publication;
And whereas some State Commissions have made regulations without meeting the requirement
of previous publication under sub-section (3) of section 181 of the Act and various actions have been
taken under such regulations;
And whereas difficulties have arisen regarding the validity of various actions taken under the
regulations made by State Commissions without meeting the requirement of previous publication;
Now, therefore, the Central Government in exercise of its powers conferred by section 183 of the
Act hereby makes this order, in respect of such regulations and actions taken thereunder, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act, to remove the difficulties, namely:
1.

Short title and commencement.(1) This order may be called the Electricity [Removal of Difficulties] (Ninth) Order, 2005.
(2) It shall come into force on the date of publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Previous publication of regulations made by the State Commissions.Regulations made by the State Commissions, before the commencement of this order, without
meeting the requirement of the previous publication under sub-section (3) of section 181 of the
Act shall again be published as draft regulations for the information of persons likely to be
affected thereby for inviting the objections or suggestions following the procedure prescribed
under the Electricity (Procedure for Previous Publication) Rules 2005, and shall be finalised after
considering such objections or suggestions received.

3.

Actions taken under regulations.Any action taken under the regulations made by the State Commissions, before the commencement of this order, without following the requirement of previous publication shall not be deemed
invalid merely on the ground of non-compliance of previous publication of regulations.
[F.No.23/26/2004-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secretary
(Published in Part II, Section 3, Sub-section (i) of the Gazette of India, Extraordinary )
324

Chapter 7

Clarifications under the

Electricity Act, 2003.

325

326

ALOK KUMAR

Hkkjr ljdkj
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

Director

fo|qr ea=ky;

2371 4000

MINISTRY OF POWER

28 th August 2006

DO No. 23/23/05-R&R
Dear Dr. Aditi,

Please refer to your DO letter dated 16.5.06 in which you have sought
clarification as to which Regulatory Commission should approve the PPA in case of interState projects.
2. Your attention is drawn to Rule 8 of Electricity Rules 2005 which prescribes
that the tariff determined by CERC for generating companies under clause (a) or (b) of subsection 1 section 79 of the Act shall not be subject to re-determination by SERC and with this
condition, the State Commission may determine whether a distribution license in the State
should enter into PPA or procurement process with such generating companies based on the
tariff determined by CERC.
3. Therefore, the concerned SERC has the jurisdiction to regulate electricity purchase
and procurement process of a distribution license under section 81(1)(b) of the Act except
the tariff and tariff related matters of the PPA.
4. It is further clarified that the PPA, in cases where tariff has been determined through
competitive bidding process under section 63 of the Act and in accordance with the relevant
guidelines issued by the Central Government, is finalised within the bidding process and the
Appropriate Commission is required to adopt the tariff in accordance with the provisions of
the law.
With regards,
Yours sincerely,
Sd/(Alok Kumar)
Dr. Aditi Raja,
Director (Fin.)
Karnataka Power Transmission Corp. Ltd.
Kaveri Bhawan,
Bangalore-560 009

Je 'kfDr Hkou] jQh ekxZ] ubZ fnYyh&110 001

Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg, New Delhi-110 001
327

Fax : 2371-7519
Tel. :

No. V-1/2007-IPC(Pt.)
Government of India
Minister of Power
Shram Shakti Bhavan
New Delhi, dated 9th August, 2007
To
Principal Secretary (Energy)
All States and Union Territories
Subject : Signing of State Support Agreement/MOU for facilitating setting up of Power Plants
including those using imported coal.
Sir,
I am directed to state that numerous enquiries have been received on the requests by entrepreneurs for signing State Support Agreement/MOU with States for facilitating setting up power stations
including those to be set up on imported coad.
2 Section 7 of the Electricity Act, 2003 provides that a generating station may be established,
operated and maintained without obtaining a license under the Act. The States could assist the
developers through MOUs for securing land, obtaining the requisite environment and other clearances and in achieving financial closure.
3. These projects could thereafter tie up sale of power in accordance with the provisions of the
Electricity Act, 2003 and Tariff Policy, 2006:a)

under provisions of Section 63 of the Electricity Act, 2003 i.e. by responding to tariff based
bids from the distribution companies, or
b) making use of open access for transmissionand operate as merchant power plants selling
their power:i) directly to a consumer (u/s 49 of the Act) or to a distribution licensee for short term
sales (under provisio to Section 62(1) (a) of the Act), or
ii) to an electricity trader u/s 10 of the Act.
c) functioning as a capitve/group captive power plant wheeling surplus power to open access
consumers (u/s 49) or to a distribution company in short term {under proviso to Section
62(1) (a)}, making use of open access in transmission. Surplus power will be determined
as per the Electricity Rules, 2005.
4.

The power plant can also operate as a captive power plant, and the power can be consumed by
the owners in terms of the provisions of the Electricity Act, 2003 and the Electricity Rules, 2005.
Yours faithfully,
(S. Narayanan)
Under Secretary to the Government of India

328

No. 23/23/05-R&R (Vol.II)

Government of India
Minister of Power
(R&R Cell)
dated 6th August, 2007
To
The CMD, PTC India Ltd.
2nd Floor, NBCC Tower
15, Bhikaji Cama Place
New Delhi-110 006
Subject : Regarding provisions of the Electricity Act, 2003
Sir,
I am directed to refer to your letter dated 7th May, 2007 on the above subject and to convey
that;
(i) Section 9(2) of the Electricity Act, 2003 gives the right to open access to a person who has
constructed a capitve generating plant and maintains and operates such a plant (as defined under
Electricity Act, 2003 and the Rules made hereunder), for the purposes of carrying electricity from
the captive generating plant to the destination of his use, subject to availability of adequate
transmission facility. This provision is distinct from the open access which is to be introduced in
phases by the State Electricity Regulatory Commissions (SERCs) under Section 42 for the consumers other than captive users on payment of cross subsidy surcharge, if any. Therefore, the
right to open access for capitve generating plants flows from Section 9(2) and not from Section
42(2) and hence is not dependent upon introudction of open access by SERCs under Section 42
of the Act.
(ii) However, supply of surplus power from a captive generating plant to non captive consumers will
be covered by the provisions of Section 42 of the Act.
Yours faithfully

(Alok Kumar)
Director
Ph: 23714000
Copy to Joint Secretary (IPC), Ministry of Power

329

No.25/27/2004-R&R
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhavan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, the 2nd June, 2005.
To
Shri A.K. Basu
Secretary
Damodar Valley Corporation
KOLKATA
Sub: Regulatory jurisdiction over the DVC under the Electricity Act 1003.
Sir,
I am directed to refer to DVC's message dated 26th October 2004 and the letter No. 25/27/
2004-R&R dated 27th August 2004 of this Ministry on the above subject and to say that the matter of
regulatory jurisdiction over the DVC under the Electricity Act 2003 has been examined in the Ministry.
Following is being conveyed for necessary action :
i)

The Central Electricity Regulatory Commission has jurisdiction under section 79 of the
Electricity Act 2003 in respect of the generating stations of the DVC and the inter-state
transmission of electricity undertaken by the DVC.

ii)

The concerned State Electricity Regulatory Commission has juridiction in terms of section 86
of the Act in respect of distribution of electricity and intra-state transmission of electricity
undertaken by the DVC.

Sd/
(Alok Kumar)
Director (R&R)
Copy to
1. Secretary (Energy), Govt. of West Bengal
2. Secretary (Energy), Govt. of Jharkand
3. Secretary, CERC, New Delhi
4. Secretary, Jharkand ERC
5. Secretary, West Bengal ERC
6. JS (Thermal), Ministry of Power

330

No.25/27/2004-R&R
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhavan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, the 27th Nov., 2007.
The Chairman
Damodar Valley Corporation
DVC Towers, VIP Road
Kolkatta-700 054.
Sub:

Applicability of the provisions of the Electricity Act, 2003 on DVC-Clarification regarding

supply obligation.

Sir,
I am directed to refer to D.O. No. CHN/PS-130/64 dated 5.6.2007 addressed to Secretary
(Power) on the above subject and to state that the matter has been examined in this Ministry in
consultation with the Deptt. of Legal Affairs, M/o Law and following is clarified :
a)

The SEB/successor companies of the concerned State (Jharkhand or West Bengal, as the
case may be) shall have duty and powers to supply electricity to any consumer even in the
valley area in accordance with the provisions of the Electricity Act 2003. For doing so, it
would not require any permission from the DVC even if the concerned consumer in question
is to be supplied energy at a pressure of 30,000 volts or more. This is imperative as SEB/
successor company has to discharge obligation u/s 43 of Electricity Act 2003.

b) DVC will have powers to supply electricity to consumer at a pressure of 30,000 Volts or more
in the valley area in accordance with the section 18 of the DVC Act 1948. It will also be duty
bound to do so as a deemed licensee in accordance with the provisions of section 43 of the
Electricity Act, 2003.
c)

DVC will also be able to sell electricity to consumer at a pressure of less than 30,000 Volts with
the permission of the concerned State Government in terms of section 18 of the DVC Act
1948. But it will not have any obligation to do so.
Yours faithfully,

Sd/
(Alok Kumar)
Director
Ph: 2371 4000
Copy to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Secretary (Energy), Govt. of West Bengal.

Secretary (Energy), Govt. of Jharkhand
Secretary, CERC, New Delhi.
Secretary, Jharkhand ERC.
Secretary, WB ERC
Joint Secretary, (Th.), MoP.

331

No.42/2/2005-R&R
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, the 12th November, 2007
To
The Pr. Secretary/Secretary (Energy) of all the States
The Secretary of all SERCs
Subject: Applicability fo provisions of Section 126 and 135 of the Electricty Act 2003
Sir,
Subsequent to the enactment to the Electricity (Amendment) Act, 2007, references have
been received from the M.P. Electricity Regulatory Commission and the UP Electricity Regulatory
Commission seeking clarification regarding applicability of the provisions of Section 126 and 135 of
the Electricity Act. The matter has been examined in consultation with the Deptt. of Legal Affairs and
accordingly following is clarified:
(i)

Key difference between the two provisions of sections 126 and 135 is that dishonest intention as mentioned u/s 135 is the necessary ingredient for the offence of
theft of electricity.

(ii)

For prosecuting someone u/s 135, a complaint or a report by police to the court is
necessary u/s 151.

(iii)

Section 126 is for assessment of the charges for unauthorized use of electricity.
This provision would also be applicable to those cases where action is taken for
offences under section 135 and the situation of alleged commitment of offence is
covered under the provisions of Section 126.
Yours faithfully,

Sd/( Alok Kumar )

Director (R&R)

332

No.23/48/2005-R&R
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, the 26th October, 2005
To
The Principal Secretary (Energy), All States.
Subject: Clarification relating to compounding of offences u/s 152 of the Electricity Act, 2003 and
receipt of payment thereof Reference from Govt. of NCT of Delhi Regarding
Sir,
I am directed to draw attention towards the provisions of section 152 of the Electricity Act,
2003 regarding compounding of offences and to say that a clarification has been sought from this
Ministry as to whether the money deposited as compounding fee should go to the State Government
Treasury or whether it should go to the concerned distribution licensee.
2.
The matter has been examined in consultation with the Ministry of Law and Justice and
accordingly it is clarified that:(i)

The appropriate Govt. or any officer authorized by the appropriate Government

may accept from any consumer or person who committed or reasonably suspected
of having committed an offence of theft of electricity a sum of money by way of
compounding of the offence. Accordingly, the compounding fee will go to the
credit of the State Government.

(ii)

The licensee may receive the assessed amount. The Electricity (Removal of Difficulties) order, 2005 notified by this Ministry on 8.6.2005 under section 183 of the
Act empowers the State Electricity Regulatory Commissions to include in the Electricity Supply Code, inter-alia, the method of assessment of the electricity charges
payable in case of theft of electricity pending adjudication by the appropriate court.
Yours faithfully,

Sd/( Alok Kumar )

Director
Tel:2371 4000

333

N 0.45/2/2006-R&R
Government of India
Ministry of Power
New Delhi, the 28th March 2006
To
Shri A.K. Sachan,
Secretary ,
Central Electricity Regulatory Commission,
SCOPE Complex, Lodhi Road,
New Delhi
Subject: Tariff Policy under the Electricity Act 2003
Sir,
I am directed to refer to CERCs letter No. 1/20(6)2006 Tariff/Policy/CERC dated 2.2.06 requesting
for clarification under the provisions of para 5.1 of the Tariff Policy (notified on 6.1.06) which reads as
under:
. . . . . . .All future requirement of power should be procured competitively by distribution
licensees except in cases of expansion of existing projects or where there is a State controlled/owned
company as an identified developer and where regulators will need to resort to tariff determination
based on norms provided that expansion of generating capacity by private developers for this purpose would be restricted to one time addition of not more than 50% of the existing capacity. . . . . . .
2. This matter has been considered taking into account the suggestions of the CERC and all relevant aspects. Accordingly, it is hereby clarified that the power generation projects which satisfy any
of the following conditions would be well within this provision of the Tariff Policy:
i)

Where the Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) has been signed and approved by the Appropriate Commission prior to 6.1.06 or PP A has been signed and is pending before the Appropriate Commission on 6.1.06, such procurement would be treated as falling outside the scope
of clause 5.1 of Tariff Policy as contractual obligation for procurement of power has been
firmly established in such cases.

ii)

Similarly, where the appraisal of any power project has started before 6.1.2006 by the relevant
financial institutions for lending funds to the project on the basis of appropriate evidence of
process of procurement of power by any utility, such procurement would be treated as falling
outside the scope of clause 5.1 of the Tariff Policy provided that in all such cases final PP A
is filed before the Appropriate Commission by 30th September, 2006.

334

iii) In case of hydro projects where detailed project report (DPR) has been submitted to the
CEA/CWC before 6.1.06 for concurrence (except for projects where concurrence of DPR is
not mandatory) and appropriate evidence of process of procurement of power by any utility
exists before 6.1.2006, such procurement would be treated as falling outside the scope of
clause 5.1 of Tariff Policy, provided that in all such cases the final PP A is filed before the
Appropriate Commission by 30th September, 2006.

Yours faithfully,

Sd/
(Alok Kumar)
Director (R&R)
Ph.: 2371 4000

335

No. 45/2/2006-R&R
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, 15th February, 2008
To
The Secretary,
Central Electricity Regulatory Commission,
Core-3, Scope Complex,
Lodhi Road, New Delhi.
Subject: Tariff Policy under Electricity Act, 2003 Clarification.
Sir,
Please refer to the clarification issued by the Ministry of Power under the provisions of the
para 5.1 of the Tariff Policy vide letter No. 45/2/2006-R&R dated 28.3.2006.
2.
An issue had arisen recently as to what would be the status of those PPAs which stood
legally concluded before the notification of the Tariff Policy on 6th January, 2006. The issue has been
examined in consultation with the Department of Legal Affairs. It has been advised that the provisions of the Tariff Policy would not alter the legal enforceability of the already concluded contracts
unless until it is mutually altered on agreeable terms and conditions.

Yours faithfully,

Sd/(Alok Kumar)
Director
Tel: 2371 4000
Copy to: Secretaries of all the SERCs.

336

No. 23/2/2005-R&R (Vol-V)

Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, 29th November, 2010
To
The Chief Secretary,
Government of Karnataka,
Bangalore.
Subject: Clarification sought by Government of Karnataka regarding provisions of Tariff Policy.
Sir,
I am directed to refer to the Government of Karnatakas letter No. EN 52:PPC 2010 dated 8.11.2010
seeking clarification whether procurement of power by the distribution companies from the developers
with whom MoUs have been signed, is legally permissible in view of the provisions of the Tariff Policy
and to say that provision of clause 5.1 of the Tariff Policy notified on 6.1.2006 stipulate as under:
All future requirement of power should be procured competitively by distribution licensees
except in cases of expansion of existing projects or where there is a State controlled/owned
company as an identified developer and where regulators will need to resort to tariff determination
based on norms provided that expansion of generating capacity by private developers for this
purpose would be restricted to one time addition of not more than 50% of the existing capacity.
Even for the Public Sector projects, tariff of all new generation and transmission projects should
be decided on the basis of competitive bidding after a period of five years or when the Regulatory
Commission is satisfied that the situation is ripe to introduce such competition.
2. In view of the above provisions it is clear that procurement of power by distribution licensees is
to, be done, through competitive bidding as mentioned above. As regards the MOUs signed by PSUs/
CPSUs are concerned, unless these are converted into PPAs by the stipulated date further procurement
only on MOU/cost plus basis would be incorrect.

Yours faithfully
Sd/(C.J. Jose)
Under Secretary to the Government of India
Tel: 2373 0265

337

No. 23/2/2005-R&R (Vol-V)

Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, 9th December, 2010
To
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Chairperson, Central Electricity Authority, New Delhi.

Principal Secretary/Secretary(Energy) of State Governments/UTs.
Secretary, Central Electricity Regulatory Commission, New Delhi.
Secretary, State Electricity Regulatory Commissions.
Chairmen, State Power Utilities/SEBs.
Chairmen, CPSUs under Ministry of Power.

Subject: Clarification regarding clause 5.1 and 7.1 of Tariff Policy regarding.
Sir,
The issue of competitive bidding route for PSUs/CPSUs beyond five years after the
implementation of Tariff Policy as provided in para 5.1 and 7.1 of the Tariff Policy was discussed in the
meeting of Group of Ministers on Power Sector Issues held on 29.10. 2010 and the following decision
was taken:
States should fully migrate to procurement of power by Discoms through tariff based
competitive bidding both for public & private sector generation and transmission projects.
For the sake of abundant clarity, MoP would issue a clarification regarding the permitted
exemptions in the Tariff Policy for the expansion/upgradation of projects, excluding the
hydro sector.
2.

The Central Government notified Tariff Policy under section 3 of the Electricity Act, 2003 on
6th January, 2006. The relevant provisions of the Clause 5.1 of Tariff Policy is reproduced as
under:
..... All future requirement of power should be procured competitively by distribution
licensees except in cases of expansion of existing projects or where there is a State
controlled/owned company as an identified developer and where regulators will need to
resort to tariff determination based on norms provided that expansion of generating
capacity by private developers for this purpose would be restricted to one time addition
of not more than 50% of the existing capacity.
Even for the Public Sector projects, tariff of all new generation and transmission projects
should be decided on the basis of competitive bidding after a period of five years or when
the Regulatory Commission is satisfied that the situation is ripe to introduce such
competition.....
The sub-clause 6 of Clause 7.1 of the Tariff Policy provides that:
....The tariff of the projects to be developed by CTU/STU after the period of five years or
when the Regulatory Commission is satisfied that the situation is right to introduce such
competition (as referred to in para 5.1) would also be determined on the basis of competitive
bidding.
338

3.

The above provisions are sufficiently clear with regard to the applicability of tariff based
competitive bidding for the projects in the generation and transmission sectors and clarifications
in this regard have also been issued in the past. However, in view of the decision taken in the
meeting of the Group of Minister on Power Sector held on 29.10.2010, it is clarified that the
following are exempted from the tariff based competitive bidding route.
.
(A)

(B)

Generation (excluding hydro) projects of PSUs/CPSU:

i)

The expansion of already commissioned projects.

ii)

Projects for which the PPA(s) have been signed on or before 5.1.2011.

Transmission Projects of STUs/CTU:

i)

The upgradation/strengthening of the existing transmission lines and associated

sub-stations.

ii)

Projects for which BPTA(s)/TSA(s) have been signed on or before 5.1.2011.

4.

These clarifications are to be read alongwith the relevant provisions in the Electricity Act, 2003
and the Tariff Policy.

5.

This issues with the approval of Honble Minister of Power.

Yours faithfully,
Sd/(Pranay Kumar)
Director
Tel : 2371 5250

339

No. 23/2/2005-R&R (Vol-V)

Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, 19th April, 2011
To
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Chairperson, Central Electricity Authority, New Delhi.

Principal Secretary/Secretary(Energy) of State Governments/UTs.
Secretary, Central Electricity Regulatory Commission, New Delhi.
Secretary, State Electricity Regulatory Commissions.
Chairmen, State Power Utilities/SEBs.
Chairmen, CPSUs under Ministry of Power.

Subject: Clarification regarding para 6.4 of the Tariff Policy regarding.

Sir,
A clarification regarding clause 5.1 and 7.1 of the Tariff Policy was issued by.this
Ministry Vide communication dated 9.12.2010 which is available on the website of the Ministry
(www.powermin.nic.in).
2.

Representations have been received for seeking further clarification regarding provisions for
procurement of power from hydro projects and non-conventional sources of energy generation.

3.

The provisions of Tariff Policy under para 6.4 in respect of Non-conventional sources of
energy generation including Co-generation (as amended vide resolution dated 20.1.2011)
are as under:
(1)

Pursuant to provisions of section 86(1)(e) of the Act, the Appropriate Commission shall
fix a minimum percentage of the total consumption of electricity in the area of a distribution
licensee for purchase of energy from such sources, taking into account availability of
such resources in the region and its impact on retail tariffs. Such percentage for purchase
of energy should be made applicable for the tariffs to be determined by the SERCs latest
by Aprill,2006.
(i)

Within the percentage so made applicable, to start with, the SERCs Sha1l also
reserve a minimum percentage for purchase of solar energy from the date of
notification in the Official Gazette which will go up to 0.25% by the end of 2012-13
and further up to 3% by 2022.

(ii)

It is desirable that purchase of energy from non-conventional sources of energy

takes place more or less in the same proportion in different States. To achiev this
objective in the current scenario of large availability of such resources only in
certain parts of the country, an appropriate mechanism such as Renewable Energy
Certificate (REC) would need to be evolved. Through such a mechanism, the
renewable energy based generation companies can sell the electricity to local
distribution licensee at the rates for conventional power and can recover the balance
cost by selling certificates to other distribution companies and obligated entities
enabling the latter to meet their renewable power purchase obligations. In view of
340

the comparatively higher cost of electricity from solar energy currently, the REC
mechanism should also have a solar specific REC.
(iii)

It will take some time before non-converitional technologies can compete with
conventional sources in terms of cost of electricity. Therefore, procurement by
distribution companies shall be done at preferential tariffs determined by the
Appropriate Commission.

(2)

Such procurement by Distribution Licensees for future requirements shall be done as far
as possible, through competitive bidding process under Section 63 of the Act within
suppliers offering energy from same type of non-conventional sources. In the long-term,
these technologies would need to compete with other sources in terms of full costs.

(3)

The Central Commission should lay down guidelines within three months for pricing nonfirm power, especially from non-conventional sources, to be followed in cases where such
procurement is not through competitive bidding.

4.

Further, CERC has already notified Terms and Conditions for Tariff determination from Renewable
Energy Sources Regulations on 16th September, 2009 (amended vide notification dated 25th
February, 2010), which are applicable for generation of power from renewable sources such as
small hydro, wind, solar including its integration with combined cycle, biomass, bio fuel generation,
urban or municipal waste and other such sources as approved by the MNRE. These regulations
are available on the website of CERC i.e. www.cercind.gov.in.

5.

It is clear from the provisions of the Tariff Policy that as far as possible, future procurement of
power from non-conventional sources of energy shall be done through competitive bidding
process under section 63 of the Act within suppliers offering energy from same type of nonconventional sources. In the long term, these technologies would need to compete with other
sources in terms of full costs. However, keeping in view the less developed non-conventional
technologies presently vis--vis technologies of conventional sources in terms of cost of
electricity, the policy provides that procurement by distribution companies may be done at
preferential tariffs determined by the Appropriate Commission depending on the circumstances
at the time of procurement.

6.

The clarification issued vide this Ministrys letter dated 9.12.2010 does not in any way alter the
existing provisions of Tariff Policy.

7.

The above clarification may be read alongwith the relevant provisions of the Electricity Act,
2003, Policies and other applicable regulations issued by the Appropriate Commission.
Yours faithfully,
Sd/(Pranay Kumar)
Director
Tel : 2371 5250

341

No. 29/6/2008-R&R
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, 13th April, 2011
To
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Chairperson, Central Electricity Authority, New Delhi.

Principal Secretary/Secretary (Energy/Power), State Governments/UTs.
Secretary, Central Electricity Regulatory Commission, New Delhi.
Chairmen, State Power Utilities/SEBs.
Secretary, State Electricity Regulatory Commissions.
Chairmen, CPSUs under Ministry of Power.

Subject: Issue of Need to stabilize the power market in the interest of consumers
Sir,
I am directed to say that the issue of regulation of short-term purchase of power by a DISCOM
and fixation of a ceiling on the procurement cost of such short-term power has been examined in
consultation with Central Electricity Regulatory Commission.
2.
Section 86 (1) (b) of the Electricity Act 2003 empowered SERCs to regulate electricity purchase
and procurement process of distribution licensees including the price at which electricity shall be
procured from the generating companies or licensees or from other sources through agreements for
purchase of power for distribution and supply within the State.
3.
As per Section 62(1) of the Act Appropriate Commission shall determine the tariff in accordance
with provisions of this Act for supply of electricity by a generating company to a distribution
licensee:
Provided that the Appropriate Commission may, in case of shortage of supply of electricity, fix
the minimum and maximum ceiling of tariff for sale or purchase of electricity in pursuance of an
agreement, entered into between a generating company and a licensee or between licensees, for a
period not exceeding one year to ensure reasonable prices of electricity;
4.
In view of the above, provisions for short-term procurement of power by DISCOMs under
Electricity Act are being clarified as under:
i)
The Electricity Act and various policies made by the Government under the Act permit the
SERCs to regulate the short-term purchase of power by a DISCOM.
ii)
The SERC can also prescribe a ceiling on the procurement cost of such short-term power.
iii) SERCs can issue regulation or issue an order while considering the ARR of that DISCOM
to the effect that the short-term power procured by a DISCOM during a given year shall
not be more than a certain percentage of its annual energy supply if this power is contracted
at a price more than the average power purchase cost determined in the ARR.
5.
The provisions of Electricity Act, 2003 regarding regulation of short-term purchase of power by
a DISCOM are very clear. In view of the above provisions, the State Electricity Regulatory
Commissions are requested to take necessary action in this regard.
Yours faithfully,
Sd/(Pranay Kumar)
Director
Tel : 2371 5250
342

No. 23/4/2011-R&R
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, 28th February, 2011
To
1.

Chairperson, Central Electricity Authority, New Delhi.

2.

Principal Secretary/Secretary (Energy), State Governments/UTs.

3.

Secretary, Central Electricity Regulatory Commission, New Delhi.

4.

Secretary, State Electricity Regulatory Commissions.

5.

Chairmen, State Power Utilities/SEBs.

6.

Chairmen, CPSUs under Ministry of Power.

Subject : References from various stakeholders regarding abolition of meter rent in Power Sector.
Sir,
I am directed to say that Ministry of Power has received references from various stakeholders
regarding abolition of meter rent in Power Sector. The matter has been examined and it has been
decided not to review the existing provisions of the Act.
2.
The consumer has the option to purchase its own meter or have it installed by the DISCOM for
supply of electricity under the provisions of the Electricity Act, 2003. Section 55 of the Electricity Act,
2003 provides liberty to the consumer to purchase his own meter. In such cases, no meter rent is
charged from consumers by the DISCOMS. If the consumer asks the distribution licensee to provide
meter then the licensee under section 45(3)(b) of the Electricity Act, 2003 shall charge meter rent as he
has invested his capital for the purchase of meter. Many SERCs have also incorporated in their Supply
Codes the provision that after realization of the cost of the meter the distribution licensee shall not
charge any meter rent. The Act has balanced both the interests of the consumer as well as the
suppliers. With regard to harassment of the consumer, they have the remedy available at Consumer
Grievance Redressal Forum (CGRF), Ombudsman or other consumer forums.

Yours faithfully,
Sd/(Pranay Kumar)
Director
Tel : 2371 5250

343

No. 33/1/2009-R&R (E) Part

Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, 7th October, 2010
To
1.

Power Energy Secretaries, All State Governments UTs

2.

Secretary CERC/State Electricity Regulatory Commissions

3.

Chairman, State Power Utilities/SEBs

4.

Chairmen, CPSUs under Ministry of Power

5.

Secretary, CEA, New Delhi.

Subject : Forwarding of Clarification of Annual Basis as defined in Explanation (1) a to rule 3 of the
Electricity Rules 2005.
Sir,
I am directed to intimate the clarification on the definition of Annual Basis given in Explanation
(1) a to Rule 3 of the Electricity Rules 2005 that :
In any Power Purchase Agreement (PPAs), the first year is counted from the date of commercial
Operation date (COD) of the plant to the last date of that financial year and subsequently full financial
year i.e. from 1st April to 31st March is considered full year. As such, the requirement of consumption for
qualifying as captive use may be considered on pro-rata basis for the initial year (i.e. for Partial year)
and on Annual Basis for subsequent year as mentioned in Electricity Rules, 2005.
This Clarification to be read alongwith the Electricity Rules 2005 notified on 8.6.2005 and amended
on 26.10.2006.
Yours faithfully,
Sd/(Pranay Kumar)
Director
Tel : 2371 5250

344

Chapter 8

Competitive Bidding
Guidelines for procurement
of Electricity
(Contains amendments dated 30.3.2006, 18.8.2006,
27.9.2007, 27.3.2009 and 21.7.2010)

345

346

Guidelines for Determination of Tariff by Bidding Process for

Procurement of Power by Distribution Licensees
Ministry of Power
New Delhi,
Dated the 19 January, 2005
th

RESOLUTION
No. 23/11/2004-R&R (Vol.II)
(Contains amendments dated 30.3.2006, 18.8.2006, 27.9.2007, 27.3.2009 and 21.7.2010)
Guidelines for Determination of Tariff by Bidding Process for Procurement of
Power by Distribution Licensees
1.

Preamble
Promotion of competition in the electricity industry in India is one of the key objectives of the
Electricity Act, 2003 (the Act). Power purchase costs constitute the largest cost element for
distribution licensees. Competitive procurement of electricity by the distribution licensees is
expected to reduce the overall cost of procurement of power and facilitate development of
power markets. Internationally, competition in wholesale electricity markets has led to reduction in prices of electricity and in significant benefits for consumers.
Section 61 & 62 of the Act provide for tariff regulation and determination of tariff of generation,
transmission, wheeling and retail sale of electricity by the Appropriate Commission. Section 63
of the Act states that
Notwithstanding anything contained in section 62, the Appropriate Commission shall
adopt the tariff if such tariff has been determined through transparent process of bidding in
accordance with the guidelines issued by the Central Government.
These guidelines have been framed under the above provisions of section 63 of the Act. The
specific objectives of these guidelines are as follows:
1

Promote competitive procurement of electricity by distribution licensees;

Facilitate transparency and fairness in procurement processes;

Facilitate reduction of information asymmetries for various bidders;

Protect consumer interests by facilitating competitive conditions in procurement of

electricity;

Enhance standardization and reduce ambiguity and hence time for materialization of
projects;

Provide flexibility to suppliers on internal operations while ensuring certainty on

availability of power and tariffs for buyers.
347

2.

Scope of the Guidelines

2.1.

Section 10 of the Electricity Act provides that a generating company may supply electricity to
any licensee in accordance with the Act and rules and regulations made there under and may,
subject to the regulations made under sub-section (2) of Section 42, supply electricity to any
consumer. The National Electricity Policy stipulates that a part of new generating capacity, say
fifteen percent (15%) may be sold outside longterm PPAs in order to promote market
development. The Tariff Policy (as amended in March 2008) also provides for hydro electricity
projects to have their tariffs determined by the Appropriate Commission provided inter-alia, it
has long-term PPA for at least sixty percent (60%) of the total saleable design energy of the
project. The sale of electricity outside long-term PPAs is usually for a period less than one (1)
year.
These guidelines are being issued under the provisions of Section 63 of the Electricity Act,
2003 for procurement of electricity by distribution licensees (Procurer) for:
(a)

long-term procurement of electricity for a period of 7 years and above;

(b)

Medium term procurement for a period of up to 7 years but exceeding 1 year.

Explanation: For the purpose of these Guidelines, the term Procurer(s) shall mean, as the
context may require, the distribution licensee(s), or the authorised representative of the
licensee(s) or a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) constituted for the purpose of carrying out the
bidding process. SPV shall be a company established under the Indian Companies Act 1956,
authorized by the distribution licensee(s) to perform all tasks for carrying out the bidding
process in accordance with these Guidelines. The distribution licensee(s) may also entrust
initial project preparation activities (proposed to be undertaken before completion of the bid
process) to the SPV. The SPV may be transferred to the successful bidder selected pursuant to
the bid process.
As and when considered appropriate, the Central Government would issue the guidelines for
procurement of electricity for a period of less than one (1) year under the provisions of Section
63 of the Electricity Act. Those guidelines would be applicable to the electricity to be procured
outside the long-term PPA as stipulated, from time to time, in the National Electricity Policy and
Tariff Policy.
2.2.

The guidelines shall apply for procurement of base-load, peak-load and seasonal power
requirements through competitive bidding, through the following mechanisms:
(i)

Where the location, technology, or fuel is not specified by the procurer (Case 1);

(ii)

For hydro-power projects, load center projects or other location specific projects with
specific fuel allocation such as captive mines available, which the procurer intends to set
up under tariff based bidding process (Case 2).

However separate RFP shall be used for procuring base load or peak load or seasonal load
requirements as the case may be.
2.3.

Unless explicitly specified in these guidelines, the provisions of these guidelines shall be
binding on the procurer. The process to be adopted in event of any deviation proposed from
these guidelines is specified later in these guidelines under para 5.16.
348

2.4.

Procurement by more than one distribution licensee through a combined bid process shall be
permitted and in such a case the Procurers shall have the option to conduct the bid process
through an authorized representative. The authorized representative may be one of the procurers
or for Case 2, a special purpose vehicle (SPV) may be incorporated for such purpose. For such
combined procurement, each procurer shall provide the necessary information required as per
these guidelines. To ensure standardization in evaluation of bids, the payment security and
other commercial terms offered to the bidders by the various procurers shall not vary.
The price offered by the bidders shall also be the same for the distribution licensees inviting
the bid.
In case of combined procurement where the distribution licensees are located in more than one
State, the Appropriate Commission for the purpose of these bidding guidelines, except for the
purpose of para 3.1(iii)(a), shall be the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission. For the
purpose of para 3.1(iii)(a), the State Electricity Regulatory Commission shall be the Appropriate
Commission.

2.5.

All obligations on part of the procurers for the bid process shall be considered to be met only
when each and every procurer meets such obligations set out in the Request for Proposal
(RFP). This shall, however, not preclude the bidder from waiving such stipulation if the bidder
finds it reasonable to do so, and the same shall not be construed to be violation of these
guidelines.

3.

Preparation for inviting bids

3.1.

To expedite the bid process, the following conditions shall be met by the procurer:
(i)

The bid documentation shall be prepared in accordance with these guidelines and the
approval of the appropriate Regulatory Commission shall be obtained unless the bid
documents are as per the standard bid documents issued by the Central Government. In
such cases, an intimation shall be sent by the procurer to the appropriate Regulatory
Commission about initiation of the bidding process.

(ii)

Approval of the Appropriate Commission shall be sought in event of the deviations from
the bidding conditions contained in these guidelines, following the process described in
para 5.16 of these guidelines.

(iii)

Approval of the Appropriate Commission shall be sought prior to initiating the bidding
process in respect of the following aspects:
(a)

For the quantum of capacity / energy to be procured, in case the same is exceeding
the projected additional demand forecast for next three years following the year of
expected commencement of supply proposed to be procured. Such demand forecast
shall be based on the latest available (at the time of issue of RFQ) Electric Power
Survey published by Central Electricity Authority (Both for Case 1 and Case 2).

(b)

For the transfer price of fuel, in case of fuel specific procurement enquiry, if such
price has not been determined by government, the concerned governmentowned coal company, government approved mechanism or a fuel regulator
(under Case 2).
349

3.2

(I) In order to ensure timely commencement of supply of electricity being procured and to
convince the bidders about the irrevocable intention of the procurer, it is necessary that
various project preparatory activities are completed in time. For long-term procurement for
projects for which pre-identified sites are to be utilized (Case 2), the following project preparatory
activities should be completed by the procurer, or authorized representative of the procurer,
simultaneously with bid process adhering to the milestones as indicated below:
(i)

Site identification and land acquisition: If land is required to be acquired for the power
station, the notification under section 4 of the Land Acquisition Act, 1894 should have
been issued before the publication of RFQ. The notification under section 6 of the Land
Acquisition Act, 1894 should have been issued before the issue of RFP. If the provisions
of section 17 of the Land Acquisition Act, 1894 regarding emergency have not been
applied, the Award under the Land Acquisition Act should have been declared before
the PPA becomes effective.

(ii)

Environmental clearance for the power station: Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) report should be available before the publication of RFQ. Requisite proposal for
the environmental clearance should have been submitted before the concerned
administrative authority responsible for according final approval in the Central/ State
Govt., as the case may be, before the issue of RFP. Environmental clearance should have
been obtained before PPA becomes effective.

(iii)

Forest Clearance (if applicable) for the land for the power station: Requisite proposal for
the forest clearance should have been submitted before the concerned administrative
authority responsible for according final approval in the Central/ State Govt., as the case
may be, before the issue of RFP.

(iv)

Fuel Arrangements: If fuel linkage or captive coal mine(s) are to be provided, the same
should be available before the publication of RFQ. In case, bidders are required to
arrange fuel, the same should be clearly specified in the RFQ.

(v)

Water linkage: It should be available before the publication of RFQ.

(vi)

Requisite Hydrological, geological, meteorological and seismological data necessary for

preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR), where applicable: These should be available
before the issue of RFP. The bidder shall be free to verify geological data through his
own sources, as the geological risk would lie with the project developer.

The project site shall be transferred to the successful bidder at a price to be intimated at least
15 days before the due date for submission of RFP bids.
(II) In Case-1 procurement, to ensure serious participation in the bid process and timely
completion of commencement of supply of power, the bidder, in case the supply is proposed
from a station to be set-up, should be required to submit along with its bid, documents in
support of having undertaken specific actions for project preparatory activities in respect of
matters mentioned in (i) to (v) below.
i)

Site identification and land acquisition: Requirement of land would be considered as

indicated in the proposal filed with the competent authority for seeking environmental
clearance. (I) To the extent land to be acquired under the Land Acquisition Act, 1894, the
Bidder shall submit copy of notification issued for such land under Section 4 of the Land
Acquisition Act, 1894. (II) For the part of land excluding that to be acquired under Land
350

Acquisition Act 1894, the Bidder shall furnish documentary evidence in the form of
certificate by concerned and competent revenue/ registration authority for the allotment/
lease (lease period more than the life of power plant)/ ownership/ vesting of at least onethird of the area of such land. These evidences shall be supported by a sworn affidavit
from the developer listing the total land allotted/ in possession/ lease acquired for the
power station. The affidavit shall certify that the documentary evidence provided by the
bidder in relation to land is true and correct.
ii)

Environmental clearance for the power station: The Bidder shall have submitted the
requisite proposal, for the environmental clearance, to the concerned administrative
authority responsible for according final approval in the central/state govt. as the case
may be.

iii)

Forest Clearance (if applicable) for the land for the power station: The Bidder shall have
submitted the requisite proposal, for the forest clearance, to the concerned administrative
authority responsible for according final approval in the central/state govt. as the case
may be.

iv)

Fuel Arrangements: (a) In the following cases fuel arrangements shall have to be made
for the quantity of fuel required to generate power from the phase of the power station
from which power is proposed to be supplied at Normative Availability for the term of the
PPA.

b)

In case of domestic coal, the Bidder shall have made firm arrangements for fuel tie
up either by way of coal block allocation or fuel linkage

In case of domestic gas, the Bidder shall have made firm arrangements for fuel tie
up by way of long term fuel supply agreement for the term & quantity as per
Government of India gas allocation policy

Fuel arrangements in the following cases shall have to be made for the quantity of fuel
required to generate power from the power station for the total installed capacity.

In case of imported coal, the Bidder shall have either acquired mines having proven
reserves for at least 50% of the quantity of coal required OR shall have a fuel
supply agreement for at least 50% of the quantity of coal required for a term of at
least five (5) years or the term of the PPA, which ever is less.

In case of RLNG, the Bidder shall have made firm arrangements for fuel tie up by
way of fuel supply agreement for at least 50% of the quantity of fuel required for a
term of at least five (5) years or the term of the PPA, which ever is less.

Blending of Imported and Domestic coal may be used in which case, criteria for imported
and domestic coal shall be met separately in the ratio of blending
v)

Water linkage: The Bidder shall have obtained in-principle approval from the concerned
state irrigation department or any other relevant authority for the quantity of water
required for the power station.

If the Bidder is a trading licensee, it shall have executed exclusive power purchase agreement(s)
for the quantity of power offered in its Bid and shall provide a copy of the same as part of its
Bid. In such a case, the Bidder shall ensure that the entity with whom it has executed the
exclusive power purchase agreement for supply of power under the bid process has completed
351

the project preparatory activities as mentioned in (i) to (v) above. Furthermore, the Bidder shall
be responsible for procuring from the entity developing the power station and submitting in its
Bid, all the documentary evidence to establish that the project preparatory activities as in (i) to
(v) above have been completed. In case of supply being proposed from an existing generating
station, the Bidder should submit evidence in the form of a declaration sent to RLDC/SLDC, as
the case may be, in support of commercial operation of the generating station.
3.3

It is recommended that the procurer should obtain the transmission clearances necessary for
receiving power at the delivery points prior to inviting bids. However this shall not be a
binding condition for the bid process. Unless otherwise specified in the bid documents, it shall
be the responsibility of the selected bidder to obtain transmission linkage for evacuation and
inter-State transmission of power (where applicable).

3.4

In the case of projects under Case 2 from which more than one distribution licensees located in
different States intend to procure power by carrying out bidding process through a SPV, the
PPA and other required project agreements (such as escrow agreement, hypothecation agreement
and other project specific agreements) may be entered into between the concerned parties
prior to the last date of submission of the RFP bids with the proviso that these agreements
shall be effective from the date of acquisition of the SPV by the successful bidder.

4. Tariff Structure
4.1.

For procurement of electricity under these guidelines, tariff shall be paid and settled for each
payment period (not exceeding one month). A multi-part tariff structure featuring separate
capacity and energy components of tariff shall ordinarily form the basis for bidding.
Procurement under case-2 where procurer offers a captive fuel source (such as captive coal
mine) for concurrent development and use for power production covered under the procurement
query would also have a multi-part tariff structure featuring separate capacity and energy
components of tariff.

4.2.

In case of long term procurement with specific fuel allocation (Case 2), the procurer shall invite
bids on the basis of capacity charge and net quoted heat rate. The net heat rate shall be ex-bus
taking into account internal power consumption of the power station. The energy charges
shall be payable as per the following formula:

Energy Charges = Net quoted heat

rate Scheduled Generation

Monthly Average Gross Calorific Value of Feul

Monthly Weighted Average Price of Fuel

If the price of the fuel has not been determined by the Government of India, government
approved mechanism or the Fuel Regulator, the same shall have to be approved by the
appropriate Regulatory Commission.
In case of coal / lignite fuel, the cost of secondary fuel oil shall be factored in the capacity
charges.
4.3.

Tariffs shall be designated in Indian Rupees only. Foreign exchange risks, if any, shall be borne
by the supplier. Transmission charges in all cases shall be borne by the procurer.
Provided that the foreign exchange rate variation would be permitted in the payment of energy
charges [in the manner stipulated in para 4.11(iii)] if the procurer mandates use of imported fuel
for coastal power station in case-2.
352

Provided further that the foreign exchange rate variation would also be permitted in the
payment of energy charges [stipulated in para 4.11 (iii)] if the bidder chooses to supply
power using domestic gas or RLNGor both or imported coal for long term procurement under
Case-1.
Capacity charges
4.4

Capacity charge shall be paid based on actual availability, as per charges quoted in Rs/kwh
and shall be limited to the normative availability. The normative availability for Case 1 and
thermal stations under Case 2 shall be a maximum of 85%. For hydro electric stations under
case-2, the normative availability shall be at the level of normative annual plant availability
factor as specified in the tariff regulations of the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission
(CERC) prevailing at the time of the bid process. The capacity component of tariffs may feature
separate non-escalable (fixed) and escalable (indexed) components. The indices to be adopted
for escalation of the escalable component shall only be Wholesale Price Index (WPI), Consumer
Price Index (CPI) or a combination of both WPI and CPI and the Base year shall be specified in
the bid document.

4.5

Capacity charges for availability beyond the normative availability shall be a prespecified
percentage of the non-escalable component of the capacity charges. The percentage applicable
shall be specified in the RFP, and shall be limited to a 40% of the non-escalable component of
the capacity charges. The procurer shall have first right of refusal on energy generated beyond
normative availability. In case actual availability is less than the normative availability,
capacity charges shall not be payable for the shortfall compared to the normative availability.
In case availability is lower than a predetermined level (which is identified in the RFP and may
be about 5% below normative availability), penalty at the rate of 20% of the capacity
charge shall also be applicable to the extent of the shortfall in availability below such
predetermined level.

4.6

The seller (successful bidder) shall declare availability on a daily basis in accordance with the
scheduling procedure as stipulated in the Indian Electricity Grid Code (IEGC) from time to time.
Further the seller and procurer shall comply with all relevant provisions of the IEGC. If the
procurer does not avail generation up to declared availability, the same can be sold in market
by the seller, and sale realization in excess of variable charges shall be equally shared with the
procurer.

4.7

Any change in law impacting cost or revenue from the business of selling electricity to the
procurer with respect to the law applicable on the date which is 7 days before the last date for
RFP bid submission shall be adjusted separately. In case of any dispute regarding the impact
of any change in law, the decision of the Appropriate Commission shall apply.

4.8

At the bid evaluation stage, ratio of minimum and maximum capacity charge (including both
the non-escalable component and the escalable component incorporating escalation as per
index being used for the purpose of evaluation) over the term of the Power Purchase Agreement
(PPA) shall not be less than 0.7 to avoid excessive front loading or back loading during the
period of contract.

4.9

In case peakload or seasonal requirements are distinct from baseload requirements, the bidders
shall indicate distinct prices for such peakload or seasonal supply which shall be evaluated
separately. Differential rates quoted for the same source of power for base and peak/seasonal
load shall not constitute violation of guideline or unfair practice.

4.10 Adequate payment security shall be made available to the bidders. The payment security may
constitute:
(i)
Letter of Credit (LC)
(ii) Letter of Credit (LC) backed by credible escrow mechanism.
353

In the case the seller does not realize full payment from the procurer by the due date as per
payment cycle, the seller may after 7 days, take recourse to payment security mechanism by
encashing the LC to the extent of short fall or take recourse to escrow mechanism. The procurer
shall restore the payment security mechanism prior to the next date of payment. Failure to
realize payment even through payment security mechanism shall constitute an event of payment
default. In the event of payment default the seller, after giving 7 days notice, can sell up to 25%
of the contracted power to other parties withoutloosing claim on the capacity charges due
from the procurer. If the payment security mechanism is not fully restored within 30 days of the
event of the payment default, the seller can sell full contracted power to other parties without
loosing claim on the capacity charges due from the procurer. The surplus over energy charges
recovered from sale to such other parties shall be adjusted against the capacity charge liability
of the procurer. In case the surplus over energy charges is higher than the capacity charge
liability of the procurer, such excess over the capacity charge liability shall be retained by the
seller.
Energy Charges
4.11 Where applicable, the energy charges payable during the operation of the contract shall be
related on the base energy charges specified in the bid with suitable provision for escalation.
In case the bidder provides firm energy charge rates for each of the years of the contract term,
the same shall be permitted in the tariffs.
(i)

In cases other than the cases where captive fuel source is offered or cases where the
procurer mandates use of imported fuels in case 2 queries, the energy charges shall be
payable in accordance with fuel escalation index used for evaluation of the bid. In case
of bids based on net heat rate, the price of fuel shall be taken as stipulated under para 4.2.
However, the fuel escalation will be subject to any administered price mechanism of
Government or independent regulatory price fixation in case of fuel produced within the
country. The applicable indices for relevant fuels shall be identified in the RFP documents.

(ii)

The energy charges may feature separate non-escalable (fixed) and escalable (indexed)
components in case of a procurement query where the procurer offers a captive fuel
source (such as a captive coal mine) for concurrent development and production of
power. The ratio of minimum and maximum energy charges (including both the nonescalable component and escalable component incorporating escalation as per index
being used for evaluation) over the term of PPA shall not be less than 0.5 to avoid
excessive frontloading or backloading. The index for escalable component of energy
charge in such a case would be as notified by the CERC under para 5.6(vi).

(iii)

In cases where the procurer mandates use of imported fuel for use in a coastal power
station in case-2 procurement query or where the bidder chooses to supply from a power
station using imported fuel under case-1, the bids may be invited for base energy charge
for the first year to be escalated as per the indices identified in the RFP. Such energy
charge would have following three components:
(a)
(b)
(c)

(iv)

Imported fuel component in US Dollars/unit.

Transportation of fuel component in US Dollars/unit.
Inland fuel handling component in Indian Rupees/unit

In case of linkage-based domestic coal/gas/imported fuel based projects, involving

substantial inland transportation, a separate escalation component for inland
transportation in Rupees / unit would be applicable.
354

(v)

In cases where the bidder chooses to supply power from a power station using blended
coal under Case I, the bids may be invited for base energy charge for the first year to be
escalated as per the indices identified in the RFP, such energy charges would have the
following sub components
a)
Domestic fuel component in Indian Rupees/Unit
b)
Inland transportation component in Indian Rupees/Unit
c)
Imported fuel component in USD/Unit
d)
Transportation fuel component in USD/Unit
e)
Inland fuel handling component in Indian Rupees/Unit
Each of these components in (iii), (iv) and (v) above may have separate nonescalable
(fixed) and escalable (indexed) sub-components. The escalation indices forescalable
sub-components of these components would be as notified by the CERC under
para 5.6(vi).

It is clarified that the bidders would have option to quote firm energy charge rates
for each of the years of the contract.
4.12 No adjustment shall be provided for heat rate degradation of the generating stations. Even in
case of bids based on net heat rate, the bidder shall factor in site conditions, loading conditions,
frequency variations etc and no adjustment shall be allowed on the quoted net heat rate for the
duration of the contract.
4.13 In case a procurer invites bids of hydro power under Case 2, the hydrological risk shall be
borne by the Procurer, provided the hydrological data of such a project is based on authentic
sources and is known to the parties in advance. Any hydrological advantages under Case 2,
resulting in energy availability beyond the design energy shall be passed on to the Procurer
without any charge. In case a bidder offers hydro power under Case 1, the hydrological risk
shall be borne by the Bidder. The geological risk for the hydro project in both Case 1 and in
Case 2 shall be borne by the developer.
4.14 Energy charges shall be payable by the procurer to the seller for the scheduled
energy. Deviations beyond agreed energy schedules shall be settled under the ABT/UI
mechanism.
Combined capacity and energy charges
4.15 In cases where the procurement process permits bidders to submit combined capacity and
energy charges, the charges proposed shall be firm for each of the years of the term of the
Power Purchase Agreement (PPA), and no escalation of tariffs shall be permitted over and
above the rates proposed by the seller in the price bid.
4.16 The bidder shall specify the normative availability from the project on an annual basis.
The model PPA made available to the bidders at the RFQ/RFP stage shall feature appropriate
provisions for penalties in event of the normative availability not being met by the seller.
The RFQ/RFP shall also specify minimum offtake conditions for procurement from such
stations.
4.17 The per kwh rates payable to the seller for offtake by the procurer over and above the normative
levels shall be the same as the rates applicable till normative availability. In case the procurer
does not schedule the energy made available by the seller as per the contract, the seller shall
be free to sell to other parties. The seller shall not be required to make any payments to the
procurer for such sales to third parties.

355

Bidding Process
5.1

5.2

5.3

5.4

For long-term procurement under Case 2, a two-stage process featuring separate Request for
Qualification (RFQ) and Request for Proposal (RFP) stages shall be adopted for the bid process
under these guidelines. The procurer may, at his option, adopt a single stage tender process
for long term or medium term procurement under Case 1, combining the RFP and RFQ processes.
However, as specified earlier in para 2.2, the Procurer shall adopt separate RFP processes for
procuring base load or peak load or seasonal load requirements, as the case may be. Procurer
or authorized representative shall prepare bid documents including the RFQ and RFP (only
RFP in single stage process) in line with these guidelines and standard bid documents.
The procurer shall publish a RFQ (RFP in single stage process) notice in at least two national
newspapers, company website and preferably in trade magazines also to accord it wide publicity.
The bidding shall necessarily be by way of International Competitive Bidding (ICB). For the
purpose of issue of RFQ (RFP in single stage process) minimum conditions to be met by the
bidder shall be specified by the procurer in the RFQ (RFP in single stage process) notice.
Procurer shall provide only written interpretation of the tender document to any bidder /
participant and the same shall be made available to all other bidders. All parties shall rely solely
on the written communication and acceptances from the bidders.
Standard documentation to be provided by the procurer in the RFQ (RFP in single stage
process) shall include,
(i)
Definition of Procurers requirements, including:

Quantum of electricity proposed to be bought in MW. To provide flexibility to the
bidders, this may be specified as a range, within which bids would be accepted.
Further, the procurer may also provide the bidders the flexibility to bid for a part of
the tendered quantity, subject to a given minimum quantity;

The procurer shall specify the nature of load requirement (either base load or
seasonal load or diurnal load), the duration in months for which proposed power is
being contracted for seasonal procurement, and duration in hours for which power
is proposed to be contracted for diurnal requirement;

Term of contract proposed: As far as possible in Case 2, it is advisable to go for
contract coinciding with life of the project in case of long term procurement. The
bidder shall be required to quote tariff structure for expected life of the project
depending upon fuel proposed by him. The expected life project is estimated to be
15 years for gas/liquid fuel based projects, 25 years for coal based projects and 35
years for hydro projects.
In Case 1, the procurer shall be free to specify the term of the contract for a specific
bid process irrespective of the source of supply of power.

Normative availability requirement to be met by seller (separately for peak and offpeak hours, if necessary);

Definition of peak and off-peak hours, if relevant for the procurement query;

Expected date of commencement of supply;

Point(s) where electricity is to be delivered;

Wherever applicable, the procurer may require construction milestones to be
specified by the bidders;

Financial requirements to be met by bidders including minimum net-worth etc with
necessary proof of the same as required in the bid documents.
356

(ii)

Model PPA proposed to be entered into with the seller of electricity. The PPA shall
include necessary details on:

Risk allocation between parties;

Technical requirements on minimum load conditions;

Assured offtake levels;

Force majeure clauses as per industry standards;

Lead times for scheduling of power;

Default conditions and cure thereof, and penalties;

Payment security proposed to be offered by the procurer.

(iii)

Period of validity of offer of bidder;

(iv)

Requirement of transfer of assets by the selected bidder (if any) to the procurer at the
end of the term of the PPA.

(v)

Other technical, operational and safety criteria to be met by bidder, including the
provisions of the IEGC/State Grid Code, relevant orders of the Appropriate Commission
(e.g., the ABT Order of the CERC), emission norms, etc., as applicable.

(vi)

The procurer may, at his option, require demonstration of financial commitments from
lenders at the time of submission of the bids. This would accelerate the process of
financial closure and delivery of electricity;

(vii) The procurer or the supplier may exercise exit option subject to the condition that the
new party satisfies all RFQ and RFP conditions and also undertakes to accept all the
obligations and responsibilities of the PPA.
5.5

RFP shall be issued to all bidders who have qualified at the RFQ stage in a two-stage bidding
process. In case the bidders seek any deviations and the procurer finds that the deviations are
reasonable, the procurer shall obtain approval of the Appropriate Commission before agreeing
to the deviations. The clarification/revised-bidding document shall be distributed to all who
had bought the RFP document informing about the deviations and clarifications and an intimation
shall also be sent to the Appropriate Commission. Final PPA shall also be displayed on the
website of the procurer. Wherever revised bidding documents/amendments are issued, the
procurer shall provide bidders at least sixty (60) days in case of two stage bidding process and
at least forty-five (45) days in case of a single stage bidding process after issue of such
documents for submission of bids. However, a lesser time may be given for submission of RFP
bids after any such revision/amendments in the RFP documents, with the written consent of all
the prequalified bidders who have bought the RFP.

5.6

Standard documentation to be provided by the procurer in the RFP shall include,

(i)

Structure of tariff to be detailed by bidders;

(ii)

PPA proposed to be entered with the selected bidder.

The model PPA proposed in the bidding documents may be amended based on the
inputs received from the interested parties, and shall be provided to all parties responding
to the RFP. No further amendments shall be carried out beyond the RFP stage;

(iii)

Payment security to be made available by the procurer.

The payment security indicated in the bidding documents could be modified based on
feedback received during the bid process and as specified in the bid documents. However
no further amendment to payment security would be permissible beyond the RFP stage.
357

(iv)

Bid evaluation methodology to be adopted by the procurer including the discount rates
for evaluating the bids.
The bids shall be evaluated for the composite levellised tariffs combining the capacity
and energy components of the tariff quoted by the bidder. In case of assorted enquiry for
procurement of base load, peak load and seasonal power, the bid evaluation for each
type of requirement shall be carried out separately. The capacity component of tariffs
may feature separate non-escalable (fixed) and escalable (indexed) components. The
index to be adopted for escalation of the escalable component shall be specified in the
RFP.
For the purpose of bid evaluation in cases other than where a captive fuel source is
offered, escalation rate, as notified by the CERC from time to time on the basis of historical
data, of the relevant fuel index (as identified in the RFP) in the international market or
domestic market as the case may be, shall be used for escalating the energy charge (or
the derived energy charge in cases referred to in clause 4.2) quoted by the bidders. The
provisions of clauses 4.11(iii), (iv) and (v) would also apply to evaluation of bids in cases
where the procurer mandates use of imported fuel for coastal power stations. However,
in cases where the bidder quotes firm energy charges for each of the years of proposed
supply, the energy charges proposed by the bidder shall be adopted for bid evaluation.
Where the procurer offers a captive fuel source (such as a captive coal mine) for concurrent
development and production of power, the provisions of para 4.11(ii) would apply.
The rate for discounting the combination of fixed and variable charges for computing the
levellised tariff shall be as notified by CERC keeping in view prevailing rate for 10 year
Government of India securities. This rate is to be specified in the RFP.

(v)

The RFP shall provide the maximum period within which the selected bidder must
commence supplies after the PPA becomes effective, subject to the obligations of the
procurer being met. This shall ordinarily not be less than four years from the date of the
PPA becoming effective in case supply is called for long term procurement. The model
PPA which forms a part of the RFP documents shall also specify the liquidated damages
that would apply in the event of delay in supplies.

(vi)

Following shall be notified and updated by the CERC every six months:
1.
Escalation rate for domestic coal. (Separately for evaluation and payment)
2.
Escalation rate for domestic gas. (Separately for evaluation and payment)
3.
Escalation rates for different escalable sub-components of energy charge for plants
based on imported coal. (Separately for evaluation and payment)
4.
Escalation rates for inland transportation charges for coal (Separately for evaluation
and payment)
5.
Escalation rates for inland transportation charges for gas (Separately for evaluation
and payment)
6.
Escalation rate for different escalable sub-components of energy charge for plants
based on imported gas. (Separately for evaluation and payment)
7.
Inflation rate to be applied to indexed capacity charge component.
8.
Inflation rate to be applied to indexed energy charge component in cases of captive
fuel source.
9.
Discount rate to be used for bid evaluation.
10. Dollar-Rupee exchange variation rate. (For the purpose of evaluation)
11.

Escalation for normative transmission charges (For the purpose of evaluation)

Bid submission and evaluation

358

5.7

To ensure competitiveness, the minimum number of qualified bidders should be at least two
other than any affiliate company or companies of the procurer. If the number of qualified
bidders responding to the RFQ/RFP is less than two, and procurer still wants to continue with
the bidding process, the same may be done with the consent of the Appropriate Commission.

5.8

Formation of consortium by bidders shall be permitted. In such cases the consortium shall
identify a lead member and all correspondence for the bid process shall be done through the
lead member. The procurer may specify technical and financial criteria, and lock in requirements
for the lead member of the consortium, if required.

5.9

The procurer shall constitute a committee for evaluation of the bids with at least one member
external to the procurers organisation and affiliates. The external member shall have expertise
in financial matters / bid evaluation. The procurer shall reveal past associations with the
external member - directly or through its affiliates - that could create potential conflict of
interest.

5.10. Eligible bidders shall be required to submit separate technical and price bids. Bidders shall also
be required to furnish necessary bid-guarantee along with the bids. Adequate and reasonable
bid-guarantee shall be called for to eliminate non-serious bids. The bids shall be opened in
public and representatives of bidders desiring to participate shall be allowed to remain present.
5.11 The technical bids shall be scored to ensure that the bids submitted meet minimum eligibility
criteria set out in the RFP documents on all technical evaluation parameters. Only the bids that
meet all elements of the minimum technical criteria set out in the RFP shall be considered for
further evaluation on the price bids.
5.12 The price bid shall be rejected if it contains any deviation from the tender conditions for
submission of price bids.
5.13 Wherever applicable, the price bid shall also specify the terminal value payable by the Procurer
for the transfer of assets by the selected bidder in accordance with the terms of the RFP.
5.14 In the case of procurement under Case-1,
(i)
the bidder shall quote the price of electricity at the interconnection point, i.e., being the
point where the electric lines of the generating station connect to inter/intra state transmission
network. For the purposes of standardisation in the process of bid evaluation, the tariffs shall
be compared at the delivery point, i.e., the interface with the STU network in the procurers
state where power is delivered to the procurers. For generation source in the state of the
procurer, the delivery point shall be the generation switchyard. Bid evaluation shall duly
consider normative transmission charges, if any, from the injection point, i.e., the CTU interface
point, to the delivery point with respective escalations provided by the CERC. Transmission
losses from the interconnection point to the delivery point, as specified by the Appropriate
Commission shall also be considered for evaluation and reflected in the final levelised tariff;
(ii) actual transmission charges, as specified by the Appropriate Commission, from the
injection point to the delivery point shall be borne by the procurers. Charges up to the injection
point shall be borne by the bidder.
5.15 The bidder who has quoted lowest levellised tariff as per evaluation procedure, shall be
considered for the award. The evaluation committee shall have the right to reject all price bids
if the rates quoted are not aligned to the prevailing market prices.
Deviation from process defined in the guidelines
5.16 In case there is any deviation from these guidelines, the same shall be with the prior approval
of the Appropriate Commission. The Appropriate Commission shall decide on the modifications
to the bid documents within a reasonable time not exceeding 90 days.
359

Arbitration
5.17 Where any dispute arises claiming any change in or regarding determination of the tariff or any
tariff related matters, or which partly or wholly could result in change in tariff, such dispute
shall be adjudicated by the Appropriate Commission. All other disputes shall be resolved by
arbitration under the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.
Time Table for Bid Process
5.18 In the two stage bid process, (i) a minimum period of 45 days shall be allowed between the
publication of RFQ and last date of submission of responses to RFQ and (ii) a minimum period
of 150 days shall be allowed between the issuance of RFP and the last date of RFP bid
submission.
Subject to the completion of necessary milestones in respect of project preparatory activities
as given in clause 3.2 of these guidelines, the timetable for the bid process is indicated in
Annexure-I. In normal circumstances, the bid process is likely to be completed in a period of
270 days.
The Procurer may give extended timeframe than indicated in the Annexure-I. However, if the
bidding process is likely to take more than 730 days, approval of the Appropriate Commission
shall be obtained in accordance with clause 5.16.
5.19 In the single stage bid process, a minimum period of 75 days shall be allowed between the
issuance of RFP documents and the last date of bid submission. The timetable for the bid
process is indicated in Annexure-II. In normal circumstances, the bid process is likely to be
completed in a period of 120 days.
The Procurer may give extended timeframe than indicated in the Annexure-II. However, if the
bidding process is likely to take more than 195 days, approval of the Appropriate Commission
shall be obtained in accordance with clause 5.16.
6.

Contract award and conclusion

6.1

The PPA shall be signed with the selected bidder/SPV (after its acquisition by the selected
bidder under Case-2) consequent to the selection process in accordance with the terms and
conditions as finalized in the RFP bid documents.
For cases referred to in clause 3.4 of these Guidelines, the PPA and other project documents
may be executed by the SPV and the concerned parties prior to the last date of submission of
RFP bids.

6.2

After the conclusion of bid process, the Evaluation Committee constituted for evaluation of
RFP bids shall provide appropriate certification on conformity of the bid process evaluation
according to the provisions of the RFP document. The procurer shall provide a certificate on
the conformity of the bid process to these guidelines.

6.3

For the purpose of transparency, the procurer shall make the bids public by indicating all the
components of tariff quoted by all the bidders, after signing of the PPA or PPA becoming
effective, whichever is later. While doing so, only the name of the successful bidder shall be
made public and details of tariffs quoted by other bidders shall be made public anonymously.
The procurer shall also make public the PPA signed in accordance with clause 6.1.
For above purpose, a notice will be published in at least two national newspapers and full
details shall be posted on the website of the procurer for at least thirty days.

6.4

The signed PPA along with the certification certificates provided by the evaluation committee
and by the procurer as provided in clause 6.2 shall be forwarded to the Appropriate Commission
for adoption of tariffs in terms of Section 63 of the Act.
360

361

Final clarification and

revision of RFP

Issuance of RFP

5.

Land: Section.6 notification under the Land Acquisition Act, 1894

should have been issued for land of power station.
Environmental clearance: The proposal for environmental clearance
for power station should have been submitted before the concerned
authority responsible for according final approval.
Forest Clearance (if applicable):Requisite proposal for forest
clearance for the land for the power station should have been
submitted before the concerned authority responsible for according
final approval.
Data: For preparation of DPR, following data should be available:Hydrological, geological, meteorological, seismological data

Bid clarification,
conferences etc

Submission of Responses
of RFQ

4.

3.

2.

Publication of RFQ

1.

Land: Section 4 notification under the Land Acquisition Act, 1894

should have been issued for land of power station.
Environmental clearance: Rapid EIA report for power station should
be available.
Fuel arrangements: Fuel linkage or allocation of coal mine(s) should
be available, if applicable.
Water linkage should be available.

Event

Activities to be completed before Event in next column takes place

Sl.No.

Annexure-I : Time Table for two stage bid process

75 days

45 days

Zero date

Elapsed Time from Zero

date

362

270 days

240 days

225 days

Note : It is clarified that if the procurer gives extended time for any of the events in the bidding process, on account of delay in achieving the activities
required to be completed before the event, such extension of time shall not in any way be deviation from the these Guidelines. However, if the bidding
process is likely to take more than 730 days, approval of the Appropriate Commission shall be obtained in accordance with clause 5.16.

*In case of any change in RFP document, the procurer shall provide bidders additional time in accordance with clause 5.5.

PPA becomes effective:

Signing of Agreements:
i) Power purchase
agreement, escrow
agreement,
hypothecation agreement
and any other agreement
as applicable (if these
have not been already
signed under clause 3.4).
ii) Signing of share
purchase agreement and
transfer of SPV, if
applicable.

8.

Environmental clearance for the power station should have been

obtained.
If the provisions of section 17 of the Land Acquisition Act,1894
regarding emergency have not been applied, the Award for the
power station land under Land Acquisition Act should have
been declared.

Evaluation of bids and

issue of (Letter of
Intent) LOI

7.

RFP bid submission

6.

363

Evaluation of bids and issue

of LOI

4.

Bid clarification, conferences

etc. & revision of RFP

2.

RFP Bid submission

Date of issue of RFP

1.

3.

Event

Sl.No.

Forest Clearance (if required) : Requisite proposal for the environmental

clearance to the concerned authority should have been submitted.
Fuel Arrangement : Fuel arrangements by way of mine allocation/fuel
linkage/fuel supply agreements should be available
Water linkage : In principle approval from the concerned
state irrigation department or any other relevant authority should
be available.

Environmental clearance : Requisite proposal for the

environmental clearance to the concerned authority should have
been subimitted

Land : For land to be acquired under Land Acquisition Act 1894,

notification under Section 4 should have been issued. Out of the
remaining land, one-third of the land should be under allotment/lease
(lease period more than life of power plant)/ownership
of the bidder.

Activities to be completed by the Bidder prior to submission of Bid

Annexure-II : Time Table for single stage bid process for Case-1

100 days

75 days

**

Zero date

Elapsed Time
from Zero date

364

PPA becomes effective :

Signing of Agreements:

5.

Activities to be completed by the Bidder prior to submission of Bid

120 days

Elapsed Time
from Zero date

(Pranay Kumar)
Director

Note : It is clarified that if the procurer gives extended time for any of the events in the bidding process, on account of delay in achieving the
activities required to be completed before the event, such extension of time shall not in any way be deviation from these Guidelines. However, if the
bidding process under Case-1 procurement is likely to take more than 195 days, approval of the Appropriate Commission shall be obtained in
accordance with clause 5.16.

** In case of any change in RFP document, the procurer shall provide bidders additional time in accordance with clause 5.5.

ii) Signing of share purchase

agreement and transfer of
SPV, if applicable.

i) Power purchase agreement,

escrow agreement,
hypothecation agreement
and any other agreement
as applicable (if these
have not been already
signed under clause 3.4).

Event

Sl.No.

Chapter 9

Resolution on
Establishment of Regional
Power Committee for the
five regions
(dated 25.5.2005)

365

366

(Published in Part I, Section 1 of the Gazette of India, Extraordinary)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 25th May, 2005.
RESOLUTION
F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R
(Contains amendments made vide resolution dated 29.11.2005 and 9.5.2008)
Sub-section (55) of section 2 of the Electricity Act, 2003 envisages establishment of Regional
Power Committees (RPCs) by a resolution of the Central Government for a specified region for facilitating the integrated operation of the power system in that region.
2. Section 29 (4) of the Act further provides that the Regional Power Committee in the region may,
from time to time, agree on matters concerning the stability and smooth operation of the integrated
grid and economy and efficiency in the operation of the power system in that region.
3. In pursuance of the aforesaid provisions, the Central Government hereby establishes the Northern Regional Power Committee (NRPC) comprising the States of Delhi, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh,
Jammu & Kashmir, Punjab, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh and Uttaranchal and the Union Territory of
Chandigarh with the following members:i) Member (Grid Operations) Central Electricity Authority (CEA).
ii) One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission Utility
(CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the Northern Regional Load Despatch
Centre (NRLDC).
iii) From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, State Transmission
Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC), one of the State owned distribution
companies as nominated by the State Government and one distribution company by alphabetical rotation out of the private distribution companies functioning in the region.
iv) From each of the Union Territories in the region, a representative nominated by the administration of the Union Territory concerned out of the entities engaged in generation/ transmission/ distribution of electricity in the Union Territory.
v) A representative each of every generating company (other than central generating companies or State Government owned generating companies) having more than 1000 MW installed capacity in the region.
vi) A representative of the generating companies having power plants in the region (not covered in (ii) to (v) above) by alphabetical rotation.
vii) One member representing the electricity traders in the region by alphabetical rotation, which
have trading volume of more than 500 million units during the previous financial year.
viii) Member Secretary, NRPC Convenor
367

Wherever a member is represented by rotation, the nomination would be for a period of one year.
The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organization or at
least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/ corporate entity except
for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the level of
Executive Director.
4. Chairperson of the NRPC would represent the States of the region by rotation in alphabetical
order. Members of the NRPC from that particular State would nominate the Chairperson of NRPC from
amongst themselves. Term of the Chairperson would be for a period of one year.
5.

The Headquarters of the Committee will be located at New Delhi.

6.

The Committee shall discharge following functions:

(1) To undertake Regional Level operation analysis for improving grid performance.
(2) To facilitate inter-state/inter-regional transfer of power.
(3) To facilitate all functions of planning relating to inter-state/ intra-state transmission system
with CTU/STU.
(4) To coordinate planning of maintenance of generating machines of various generating companies of the region including those of inter-state generating companies supplying electricity to the Region on annual basis and also to undertake review of maintenance programme on
monthly basis.
(5) To undertake planning of outage of transmission system on monthly basis.
(6) To undertake operational planning studies including protection studies for stable operation
of the grid.
(7) To undertake planning for maintaining proper voltages through review of reactive compensation requirement through system study committee and monitoring of installed capacitors.
(8) To evolve consensus on all issues relating to economy and efficiency in the operation of
power system in the region.
7. As NRLDC would be represented as one of the member of the Committee, the decisions of
Committee arrived at by consensus regarding operation of the regional grid and scheduling and
dispatch of electricity will be followed by NRLDC subject to directions of the Central Commission, if any.
8. The Committee shall have a secretariat of its own which will be headed by the Member Secretary
of the Committee. The Member Secretary as well as other staff for the secretariat shall be provided
by the Central Electricity Authority in the manner as was being provided to the erstwhile Northern Regional Electricity Board.
9. The Committee will frame its own rules of business for the conduct of its meeting and other
related matters.
10. The Committee may constitute its Sub-committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees, as deemed necessary for efficient functioning. It may also set up, if required,
Groups / Committees of eminent experts to advise it on issues of specific nature. The level of the
representative to the Sub Committees etc would depend on the nature of the issue concerned.
11. The NRPC shall meet at least once in six months. Sub Committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees of the NRPC could meet as and when required.
12. The principal resolution dated 25th May, 2005 shall come into force from the date of publication of
this resolution in the Gazette.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India
368

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 25th May, 2005.
RESOLUTION
Sub-section (55) of section 2 of the Electricity Act, 2003 envisages establishment of Regional
Power Committees (RPCs) by a resolution of the Central Government for a specified region for facilitating the integrated operation of the power system in that region.
2. Section 29 (4) of the Act further provides that the Regional Power Committee in the region may,
from time to time, agree on matters concerning the stability and smooth operation of the integrated grid and economy and efficiency in the operation of the power system in that region.
3. In pursuance of the aforesaid provisions, the Central Government hereby establishes the Southern Regional Power Committee (SRPC) comprising the States of Kerala, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka,
Tamil Nadu and the Union Territory of Puducherry with the following members:i) Member (Grid Operations) Central Electricity Authority (CEA).
ii) One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission Utility
(CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the Southern Regional Load Despatch
Centre (SRLDC).
iii) From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, State Transmission
Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC), one of the State owned distribution
companies as nominated by the State Government and one distribution company by alphabetical rotation out of the private distribution companies functioning in the region.
iv) From each of the Union Territories in the region, a representative nominated by the administration of the Union Territory concerned out of the entities engaged in generation/ transmission/ distribution of electricity in the Union Territory.
v) A representative each of every generating company (other than central generating companies or State Government owned generating companies) having more than 1000 MW installed capacity in the region.
vi) A representative of the generating companies having power plants in the region (not covered in (ii) to (v) above) by alphabetical rotation.
vii) One member representing the electricity traders in the region by alphabetical rotation, which
have trading volume of more than 500 million units during the previous financial year.
viii) Member Secretary, SRPC Convenor
Wherever a member is represented by rotation, the nomination would be for a period of one year.
The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organization or at
least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/ corporate entity except
for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the level of
Executive Director.
369

4.

Chairperson of the SRPC would represent the States of the region by rotation in alphabetical
order. Members of the SRPC from that particular State would nominate the Chairperson of SRPC
from amongst themselves. Term of the Chairperson would be for a period of one year.

5.

The Headquarters of the Committee will be located at Bangalore.

6.

The Committee shall discharge following functions:

(1) To undertake Regional Level operation analysis for improving grid performance.
(2) To facilitate inter-state/inter-regional transfer of power.
(3) To facilitate all functions of planning relating to inter-state/ intra-state transmission system
with CTU/STU.
(4) To coordinate planning of maintenance of generating machines of various generating companies of the region including those of inter-state generating companies supplying electricity to the Region on annual basis and also to undertake review of maintenance programme on
monthly basis.
(5) To undertake planning of outage of transmission system on monthly basis.
(6) To undertake operational planning studies including protection studies for stable operation
of the grid.
(7) To undertake planning for maintaining proper voltages through review of reactive compensation requirement through system study committee and monitoring of installed capacitors.
(8) To evolve consensus on all issues relating to economy and efficiency in the operation of
power system in the region.

7.

As SRLDC would be represented as one of the member of the Committee, the decisions of
Committee arrived at by consensus regarding operation of the regional grid and scheduling and
dispatch of electricity will be followed by SRLDC subject to directions of the Central Commission,
if any.

8.

The Committee shall have a secretariat of its own which will be headed by the Member Secretary
of the Committee. The Member Secretary as well as other staff for the secretariat shall be provided
by the Central Electricity Authority in the manner as was being provided to the erstwhile Southern Regional Electricity Board.

9.

The Committee will frame its own rules of business for the conduct of its meeting and other
related matters.

10. The Committee may constitute its Sub-committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees, as deemed necessary for efficient functioning. It may also set up, if required,
Groups / Committees of eminent experts to advise it on issues of specific nature. The level of the
representative to the Sub Committees etc would depend on the nature of the issue concerned.
11. The SRPC shall meet at least once in six months. Sub Committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees of the SRPC could meet as and when required.
12. The principal resolution dated 25th May, 2005 shall come into force from the date of publication of
this resolution in the Gazette.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India
370

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 25th May, 2005.
RESOLUTION
Sub-section (55) of section 2 of the Electricity Act, 2003 envisages establishment of Regional
Power Committees (RPCs) by a resolution of the Central Government for a specified region for facilitating the integrated operation of the power system in that region.
2.

Section 29 (4) of the Act further provides that the Regional Power Committee in the region may,
from time to time, agree on matters concerning the stability and smooth operation of the integrated grid and economy and efficiency in the operation of the power system in that region.

3.

In pursuance of the aforesaid provisions, the Central Government hereby establishes the Eastern
Regional Power Committee (ERPC) comprising the States of Bihar, Jharkhand, Orissa, West Bengal and Sikkim with the following members:i) Member (Grid Operations) Central Electricity Authority (CEA).
ii) One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission Utility
(CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the Eastern Regional Load Despatch
Centre (ERLDC).
iii) From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, State Transmission
Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC), one of the State owned distribution
companies as nominated by the State Government and one distribution company by alphabetical rotation out of the private distribution companies functioning in the region.
iv) A representative each of every generating company (other than central generating companies or State Government owned generating companies) having more than 1000 MW installed capacity in the region.
v) A representative of the generating companies having power plants in the region (not covered in (ii) to (iv) above) by alphabetical rotation.
vi) One member representing the electricity traders in the region by alphabetical rotation, which
have trading volume of more than 500 million units during the previous financial year.
vii) Member Secretary, ERPC Convenor

Wherever a member is represented by rotation, the nomination would be for a period of one year.
The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organization or at
least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/ corporate entity except
for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the level of
Executive Director.
371

4.

Chairperson of the ERPC would represent the States of the region by rotation in alphabetical
order. Members of the ERPC from that particular State would nominate the Chairperson of ERPC
from amongst themselves. Term of the Chairperson would be for a period of one year.

5.

The Headquarters of the Committee will be located at Kolkata.

6.

The Committee shall discharge following functions:

(1) To undertake Regional Level operation analysis for improving grid performance.
(2) To facilitate inter-state/inter-regional transfer of power.
(3) To facilitate all functions of planning relating to inter-state/ intra-state transmission system
with CTU/STU.
(4) To coordinate planning of maintenance of generating machines of various generating companies of the region including those of inter-state generating companies supplying electricity to the Region on annual basis and also to undertake review of maintenance programme on
monthly basis.
(5) To undertake planning of outage of transmission system on monthly basis.
(6) To undertake operational planning studies including protection studies for stable operation
of the grid.
(7) To undertake planning for maintaining proper voltages through review of reactive compensation requirement through system study committee and monitoring of installed capacitors.
(8) To evolve consensus on all issues relating to economy and efficiency in the operation of
power system in the region.

7.

As ERLDC would be represented as one of the member of the Committee, the decisions of
Committee arrived at by consensus regarding operation of the regional grid and scheduling and
dispatch of electricity will be followed by ERLDC subject to directions of the Central Commission,
if any.

8.

The Committee shall have a secretariat of its own which will be headed by the Member Secretary
of the Committee. The Member Secretary as well as other staff for the secretariat shall be provided
by the Central Electricity Authority in the manner as was being provided to the erstwhile Eastern
Regional Electricity Board.

9.

The Committee will frame its own rules of business for the conduct of its meeting and other
related matters.

10. The Committee may constitute its Sub-committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees, as deemed necessary for efficient functioning. It may also set up, if required,
Groups / Committees of eminent experts to advise it on issues of specific nature. The level of the
representative to the Sub Committees etc would depend on the nature of the issue concerned.
11. The ERPC shall meet at least once in six months. Sub Committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees of the ERPC could meet as and when required.
12. The principal resolution dated 25th May, 2005 shall come into force from the date of publication of
this resolution in the Gazette.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India
372

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 25th May, 2005.
RESOLUTION
Sub-section (55) of section 2 of the Electricity Act, 2003 envisages establishment of Regional
Power Committees (RPCs) by a resolution of the Central Government for a specified region for facilitating the integrated operation of the power system in that region.
2.

Section 29 (4) of the Act further provides that the Regional Power Committee in the region may,
from time to time, agree on matters concerning the stability and smooth operation of the integrated grid and economy and efficiency in the operation of the power system in that region.

3.

In pursuance of the aforesaid provisions, the Central Government hereby establishes the Western Regional Power Committee (WRPC) comprising the States of Chhatisgarh, Gujarat, Madhya
Pradesh, Maharashtra, Goa and the Union Territories of Dadra & Nagar Haveli and Daman & Diu
with the following members:i) Member (Grid Operations) Central Electricity Authority (CEA).
ii) One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission Utility
(CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the Western Regional Load Despatch
Centre (WRLDC).
iii) From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, State Transmission
Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC), one of the State owned distribution
companies as nominated by the State Government and one distribution company by alphabetical rotation out of the private distribution companies functioning in the region.
iv) From each of the Union Territories in the region, a representative nominated by the administration of the Union Territory concerned out of the entities engaged in generation/ transmission/ distribution of electricity in the Union Territory.
v) A representative each of every generating company (other than central generating companies or State Government owned generating companies) having more than 1000 MW installed capacity in the region.
vi) A representative of the generating companies having power plants in the region (not covered in (ii) to (v) above) by alphabetical rotation.
vii) One member representing the electricity traders in the region by alphabetical rotation, which
have trading volume of more than 500 million units during the previous financial year.
viii) Member Secretary, WRPC Convenor

Wherever a member is represented by rotation, the nomination would be for a period of one year.
The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organization or at
373

least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/ corporate entity except
for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the level of
Executive Director.
4.

Chairperson of the WRPC would represent the States of the region by rotation in alphabetical
order. Members of the WRPC from that particular State would nominate the Chairperson of
WRPC from amongst themselves. Term of the Chairperson would be for a period of one year.

5.

The Headquarters of the Committee will be located at Mumbai.

6.

The Committee shall discharge following functions:

(1) To undertake Regional Level operation analysis for improving grid performance.
(2) To facilitate inter-state/inter-regional transfer of power.
(3) To facilitate all functions of planning relating to inter-state/ intra-state transmission system
with CTU/STU.
(4) To coordinate planning of maintenance of generating machines of various generating companies of the region including those of inter-state generating companies supplying electricity to the Region on annual basis and also to undertake review of maintenance programme on
monthly basis.
(5) To undertake planning of outage of transmission system on monthly basis.
(6) To undertake operational planning studies including protection studies for stable operation
of the grid.
(7) To undertake planning for maintaining proper voltages through review of reactive compensation requirement through system study committee and monitoring of installed capacitors.
(8) To evolve consensus on all issues relating to economy and efficiency in the operation of
power system in the region.

7.

As WRLDC would be represented as one of the member of the Committee, the decisions of
Committee arrived at by consensus regarding operation of the regional grid and scheduling and
dispatch of electricity will be followed by WRLDC subject to directions of the Central Commission, if any.
8. The Committee shall have a secretariat of its own which will be headed by the Member Secretary
of the Committee. The Member Secretary as well as other staff for the secretariat shall be provided
by the Central Electricity Authority in the manner as was being provided to the erstwhile Western
Regional Electricity Board.
9. The Committee will frame its own rules of business for the conduct of its meeting and other
related matters.
10. The Committee may constitute its Sub-committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees, as deemed necessary for efficient functioning. It may also set up, if required,
Groups / Committees of eminent experts to advise it on issues of specific nature. The level of the
representative to the Sub Committees etc would depend on the nature of the issue concerned.
11. The WRPC shall meet at least once in six months. Sub Committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees of the WRPC could meet as and when required.
12. The principal resolution dated 25th May, 2005 shall come into force from the date of publication of
this resolution in the Gazette.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India

374

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 25th May, 2005.
RESOLUTION
Sub-section (55) of section 2 of the Electricity Act, 2003 envisages establishment of Regional
Power Committees (RPCs) by a resolution of the Central Government for a specified region for facilitating the integrated operation of the power system in that region.
2. Section 29 (4) of the Act further provides that the Regional Power Committee in the region may,
from time to time, agree on matters concerning the stability and smooth operation of the integrated grid and economy and efficiency in the operation of the power system in that region.
3. In pursuance of the aforesaid provisions, the Central Government hereby establishes the North
Eastern Regional Power Committee (NERPC) comprising the States of Assam, Arunachal Pradesh,
Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland and Tripura with the following members:i) Member (Grid Operations) Central Electricity Authority (CEA).
ii) One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission Utility
(CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the North Eastern Regional Load Despatch Centre (NERLDC).
iii) From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, State Transmission
Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC), one of the State owned distribution
companies as nominated by the State Government and one distribution company by alphabetical rotation out of the private distribution companies functioning in the region.
iv) A representative each of every generating company (other than central generating companies or State Government owned generating companies) having more than 1000 MW installed capacity in the region.
v) A representative of the generating companies having power plants in the region (not covered in (ii) to (iv) above) by alphabetical rotation.
vi) One member representing the electricity traders in the region by alphabetical rotation, which
have trading volume of more than 500 million units during the previous financial year.
vii) Member Secretary, NERPC Convenor
Wherever a member is represented by rotation, the nomination would be for a period of one year.
The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organization or at
least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/ corporate entity except
for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the level of
Executive Director.

375

4.

Chairperson of the NERPC would represent the States of the region by rotation in alphabetical
order. Members of the NERPC from that particular State would nominate the Chairperson of
NERPC from amongst themselves. Term of the Chairperson would be for a period of one year.

5.

The Headquarters of the Committee will be located at Shillong.

6.

The Committee shall discharge following functions:

(1) To undertake Regional Level operation analysis for improving grid performance.
(2) To facilitate inter-state/inter-regional transfer of power.
(3) To facilitate all functions of planning relating to inter-state/ intra-state transmission system
with CTU/STU.
(4) To coordinate planning of maintenance of generating machines of various generating companies of the region including those of inter-state generating companies supplying electricity to the Region on annual basis and also to undertake review of maintenance programme on
monthly basis.
(5) To undertake planning of outage of transmission system on monthly basis.
(6) To undertake operational planning studies including protection studies for stable operation
of the grid.
(7) To undertake planning for maintaining proper voltages through review of reactive compensation requirement through system study committee and monitoring of installed capacitors.
(8) To evolve consensus on all issues relating to economy and efficiency in the operation of
power system in the region.

7.

As NERLDC would be represented as one of the member of the Committee, the decisions of
Committee arrived at by consensus regarding operation of the regional grid and scheduling and
dispatch of electricity will be followed by NERLDC subject to directions of the Central Commission, if any.

8.

The Committee shall have a secretariat of its own which will be headed by the Member Secretary
of the Committee. The Member Secretary as well as other staff for the secretariat shall be provided
by the Central Electricity Authority in the manner as was being provided to the erstwhile North
Eastern Regional Electricity Board.

9.

The Committee will frame its own rules of business for the conduct of its meeting and other
related matters.

10. The Committee may constitute its Sub-committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees, as deemed necessary for efficient functioning. It may also set up, if required,
Groups / Committees of eminent experts to advise it on issues of specific nature. The level of the
representative to the Sub Committees etc would depend on the nature of the issue concerned.
11. The NERPC shall meet at least once in six months. Sub Committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc
Committees and Standing Committees of the NERPC could meet as and when required.
12. The principal resolution dated 25th May, 2005 shall come into force from the date of publication of
this resolution in the Gazette.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India
F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R
376

ORDER
ORDERED that a copy of the resolution be communicated to all the Ministries/ Departments of the
Government of India, Chairman, Central Electricity Authority (CEA), Chairman, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission (CERC), Chief Secretaries of all State Governments, Administrators of all UTs,
Chairman, State Electricity Regulatory Commissions (SERCs), all State utilities and CMDs/ Chairman
of all the Central Power Sector Undertakings and Secretary General, IPPAI.
ORDERED also that the resolution be published in the Gazette of India for general information.
Sd/(Ajay Shankar)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India

377

EXTRAORDINARY PART I SECTION 1

RESOLUTION
New Delhi, the 29th November, 2005
F. No. 23/1/2004-R & R- In this Ministrys Resolution F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R dated 25th May,
2005 published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part 1, Section 1, (1596 GI/2005) establishing the
Southern Regional Power Committee (SRPC) under the provisions of Sub-section(55) of section 2 of
the Electricity Act, 2003, the following amendments are hereby made:Para 3 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 3:3.

In pursuance of the aforesaid provision, the Government of India hereby establishes the Southern Regional Power Committee (SRPC) comprising the States of Kerala, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka,
Tamil Nadu and the Union Territory of Pondicherry with the following members:
i)

Member (Grid Operations), Central Electricity Authority (CEA)

ii)

One representative each of Central G~nerating Companies, Central Transmission Utility

(CTU), National Load Despatch Center (NLDC) and the Southern Regional Load Despatch
Center (SRLDC).

iii)

From each of the States. in the region, the State Generating Company, Transmission Utility
(STU), State Load Despatch Center (SLDC) and one Distribution company by. rotation
(where more than one such company exists) would be represented.

iv)

Every Independent Power Producer (IPP) having more than 1000 MW installed capacity in
the region would have one representative each.

v)

One member representing all other IPPs operating in the region;

vi)

One member representing the electricity traders in the region.

vii)

Member Secretary, SRPC - Convenor.

In categories (v) & (vi), respective associations would send their representative to the SRPC. The
representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organisation or at
least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/corporate entity
except for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the
level of Executive Director.
Para 4 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 4:
4.

Chairperson of the SRPC would represent the States of the region by rotation in alphabetical
order. Members of the SRPC from that particular State would nominate the Chairperson of SRPC
from amongst themselves. Term of the Chairperson would be for a period of one year.
378

Para 10 ofthe resolution is replaced by the following para 10:

10. The Committee may constitute its Sub-committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees, as deemed necessary for efficient functioning. It may also set up, if required,
Groups / Committees of eminent experts to advise it on issues of specific nature. The level of the
representative to the Sub Committees etc would depend on the nature of the issue concerned.
Para 11 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 11:
11. The SRPC shall meet at least once in six months. Sub Committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees of the SRPC could meet as and when required.
The following para may be inserted as a new para :
12. The principal resolution dated 25th May, 2005 shall come into force from the date of publication
of this resolution in the Gazette.
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secy.

379

EXTRAORDINARY PART I SECTION 1

RESOLUTION
New Delhi, the 29th November, 2005
F. No. 23/1/2004-R & R.- In this Ministrys Resolution F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R dated 25th May,
2005 published in the Gazette ofIndia (Extraordinary), Part 1, Section 1, (1596 GI/2005-3) establishing
the Western Regional Power Committee (WRPC) under the provisions of Sub-section(55) of section
2 of the Electricity Act, 2003, the following amendments are hereby made:
Para 3 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 3:
3.

In pursuance of the aforesaid provision, the Government of India hereby establishes. the Western Regional Power Committee (WRPC) comprising the States of Chhatisgarh, Gujarat, Madhya
Pradesh, Maharashtra, Goa and the Union Territories of Dadar Nagar Havaeli and Daman & Diu
with the following members:
i)

Member(Grid Operations), Central Electricity Authority (CEA)

ii)

One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission Utility

(CTU), National Load Despatch Center (NLDC) and the Western Regional Load Despatch Center (WRLDC).

iii)

From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, Transmission
Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Center (SLDC) and one Distribution company by
rotation (where more than one such company exists) would be represented.

iv)

Every Independent Power Producer (IPP) having more than 1000 MW installed capacity
in the region would have one representative each.

v)

One member representing all other IPPs operating in the region.

vi)

One member representing the electricity traders in the region.

vii)

Member Secretary, WRPC - Convenor.

In categories (v) & (vi), respective associations would send their representative to the WRPC
The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organisation or
at least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/corporate entity
except for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the
level of Executive Director.
Para 4 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 4:
4.

Chairperson of the WRPC would represent the States of the region by rotation in alphabetical
order. Members of the WRPC from that particular State would nominate the Chairperson of
WRPC from amongst themselves. Term of the Chairperson would be for a period of one year.
380

Para 10 ofthe resolution is replaced by the following para 10:

10. The Committee may constitute its Sub-committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees, as deemed necessary for efficient functioning. It may also set up, if required,
Groups / Committees of eminent experts to advise it on issues of specific nature. The level of the
representative to the Sub Committees etc would depend on the nature of the issue concerned.
Para 11 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 11:
11. The WRPC shall meet at least once in six months. Sub Committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and St~ding Committees of the WRPC could meet as and when required. .
The following para may be inserted as a new para :
12. The principal resolution dated 25th May, 2005 shall come into force from the date of publication of this resolution in the Gazeette.
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secy.

381

EXTRAORDINARY PART I SECTION 1

RESOLUTION
New Delhi, the 29th November, 2005
F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R-In this Ministrys Resolution F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R dated 25th May, 2005
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part 1, Section 1, (1956 GI/2005-4) establishing the
Eastern Regional Power Committee (ERPC) under the provisions of Sub-section (55) of section 2 of
the Electricity Act, 2003 the following amendments are hereby made:Para 3 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 3:3. In pursuance of the aforesaid provision, the Government of India hereby establishes the Eastern
Power Committee (ERPC) comprising the States of Bihar, Jharkhand, Orissa, West Bengal and Sikkim
with the following members:i)

Member (Grid Operations), Central Electricity Authority (CEA)

ii)

One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission Utility

(CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the Eastern Regional Despatch Center
(ERLDC).

iii)

From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, Transmission Utility
(STU), State Load Despatch Center (SLDC) and one Distribution company by rotation
(where more than one such company exists) would be represented.

iv)

Every Independent Power Producer (IPP) having more than 1000 MW installed capacity in
the region would have one representative each.

v)

One member representing all other IPPs operating in the region.

vi)

One member representing the electricity traders in the region.

vii)

Member Secretary, ERPC - Convenor.

In categories (v) & (vi), respective associations would send their representative to the ERPC.
The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organisation
or at least a person not bellow the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/corporate
entity except for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be
at the level of Executive Director.
Para 4 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 4:4.

Chairperson of the ERPC would represent the State of the region by rotation in alphabetical order.
Members of the ERPC from that particular State would nominate the Chairperson of ERPC from
that particular State would nominate the Chairperson of ERPC from amongst themselves. Term of
the Chairperson would be for a period of one year.
382

Para 10 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 10:10. The Committee may constitute its Sub-committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees, as deemed necessary for efficient functioning. It may also set up, if required,
Groups/Committees of eminent experts to advise it on issues of specific nature. The level of the
representative to the Sub Committees etc would depend on the nature of the issue concerned.
Para 11 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 11:11. The ERPC shall meet at least once in six months. Sub Committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees of the ERPC could meet as and when required.
The following para may be inserted as a new para:12. The principal resolution dated 25th May, 2005 shall come into from the date of publication of this
resolution in the Gazette.
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secy.

383

EXTRAORDINARY PART I SECTION 1

RESOLUTION
New Delhi, the 29th November, 2005
F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R-In this Ministrys Resolution F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R dated 25th May, 2005
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part 1, Section 1, (1956 GI/2005-5) establishing the
North Eastern Regional Power Committee (NERPC) under the provisions of Sub-section (55) of section 2 of the Electricity Act, 2003 the following amendments are hereby made:Para 3 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 3:3. In pursuance of the aforesaid provision, the Government of India hereby establishes the North
Eastern Power Committee (NERPC) comprising the States of Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur,
Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland and Tripura with the following members:i)

Member (Grid Operations), Central Electricity Authority (CEA)

ii)

One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission Utility

(CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the North Eastern Regional Load
Despatch Center (NERLDC).

iii)

From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, Transmission Utility
(STU), State Load Despatch Center (SLDC) and one Distribution company by rotation
(where more than one such company exists) would be represented.

iv)

Every Independent Power Producer (IPP) having more than 1000 MW installed capacity in
the region would have one representative each.

v)

One member representing all other IPPs operating in the region.

vi)

One member representing the electricity traders in the region.

vii)

Member Secretary, NERPC - Convenor.

In categories (v) & (vi), respective associations would send their representative to the NERPC.
The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organisation or
at least a person not bellow the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/corporate entity
except for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the
level of Executive Director.
Para 4 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 4:4.

Chairperson of the NERPC would represent the States of the region by rotation in alphabetical
order. Members of the NERPC from that particular State would nominate the Chairperson of
NERPC from amongst themselves. Term of the Chairperson would be for a period of one year.
384

Para 10 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 10:10. The Committee may constitute its Sub-committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees, as deemed necessary for efficient functioning. It may also set up, if required,
Groups/Committees of eminent experts to advise it on issues of specific nature. The level of the
representative to the Sub Committees etc would depend on the nature of the issue concerned.
Para 11 of the resolution is replaced by the following para 11:11. The NERPC shall meet at least once in six months. Sub Committees, Task Forces, Ad hoc Committees and Standing Committees of the NERPC could meet as and when required.
The following para may be inserted as a new para:12. The principal resolution dated 25th May, 2005 shall come into force from the date of publication of
this resolution in the Gazette.
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secy.

385

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA

EXTRAORDINARY
PART-1 SECTION 1
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
MINISTRY OF POWER
RESOLUTION
Dated 9th May, 2008
F.No.23/1/2004-R&R(Vol-II) - In this Ministrys Resolution F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R dated 25th May,
2005 published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part 1, Section 1, (1596 GI/2005) establishing the
Northern Regional Power Committee (NRPC) under the provisions of sub-section(55) of section 2 of
the Electricity Act, 2003 and the subsequent amendment made vide Resolution dated 29th November,
2005, the following amendments are hereby made:Para 3 of the resolution dated 29.11.2005 is replaced by the following para 3:3. In pursuance of the aforesaid provisions, the Central Government hereby establishes the Northern Regional Power Committee (NRPC) comprising the States of Delhi, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh,
Jammu & Kashmir, Punjab, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh and Uttaranchal and the Union Territory of
Chandigarh with the following members:i)

Member (Grid Operations) Central Electricity Authority (CEA).

ii)

One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission Utility

(CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the Northern Regional Load Despatch Centre (NRLDC).
From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, State Transmission Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC), one of the State owned distribution companies as nominated by the State Government and one distribution company
by alphabetical rotation out of the private distribution companies functioning in the
region.
From each of the Union Territories in the region, a representative nominated by the
administration of the Union Territory concerned out of the entities engaged in generation/ transmission/ distribution of electricity in the Union Territory.
A representative each of every generating company (other than central generating
companies or State Government owned generating companies) having more than 1000
MW installed capacity in the region.
A representative of the generating companies having power plants in the region (not
covered in (ii) to (v) above) by alphabetical rotation.
One member representing the electricity traders in the region by alphabetical rotation,
which have trading volume of more than 500 million units during the previous financial
year.
Member Secretary, NRPC Convenor

iii)

iv)

v)

vi)
vii)

viii)

Wherever a member is represented by rotation, the nomination would be for a period of one year.
The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organization or at
least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/ corporate entity except
for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the level of
Executive Director.
(I.C.P. Keshari)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
386

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA

EXTRAORDINARY
PART-1 SECTION 1
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
MINISTRY OF POWER
RESOLUTION
Dated 9th May, 2008
F.No.23/1/2004-R&R(Vol-II) - In this Ministrys Resolution F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R dated 25th May,
2005 published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part 1, Section 1, (1596 GI/2005) establishing the
Southern Regional Power Committee (SRPC) under the provisions of sub-section(55) of section 2 of
the Electricity Act, 2003 and the subsequent amendment made vide Resolution dated 29th November,
2005, the following amendments are hereby made:Para 3 of the resolution dated 29.11.2005 is replaced by the following para 3:3. In pursuance of the aforesaid provisions, the Central Government hereby establishes the
Southern Regional Power Committee (SRPC) comprising the States of Kerala, Andhra Pradesh,
Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and the Union Territory of Puducherry with the following members:i)
ii)

iii)

iv)

v)

vi)
vii)

viii)

Member (Grid Operations) Central Electricity Authority (CEA).

One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission
Utility (CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the Southern Regional
Load Despatch Centre (SRLDC).
From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, State Transmission Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC), one of the State owned
distribution companies as nominated by the State Government and one distribution
company by alphabetical rotation out of the private distribution companies functioning in the region.
From each of the Union Territories in the region, a representative nominated by the
administration of the Union Territory concerned out of the entities engaged in
generation/ transmission/ distribution of electricity in the Union Territory.
A representative each of every generating company (other than central generating
companies or State Government owned generating companies) having more than
1000 MW installed capacity in the region.
A representative of the generating companies having power plants in the region
(not covered in (ii) to (v) above) by alphabetical rotation.
One member representing the electricity traders in the region by alphabetical rotation, which have trading volume of more than 500 million units during the previous
financial year.
Member Secretary, SRPC Convenor

Wherever a member is represented by rotation, the nomination would be for a period of one
year. The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organization
or at least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/ corporate entity
except for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the level
of Executive Director.
(I.C.P. Keshari)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India

387

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA

EXTRAORDINARY
PART-1 SECTION 1
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
MINISTRY OF POWER
RESOLUTION
Dated 9th May, 2008
F.No.23/1/2004-R&R(Vol-II) - In this Ministrys Resolution F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R dated 25th May,
2005 published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part 1, Section 1, (1596 GI/2005) establishing the
Western Regional Power Committee (WRPC) under the provisions of sub-section(55) of section 2 of
the Electricity Act, 2003 and the subsequent amendment made vide Resolution dated 29th November,
2005, the following amendments are hereby made:Para 3 of the resolution dated 29.11.2005 is replaced by the following para 3:3. In pursuance of the aforesaid provisions, the Central Government hereby establishes the
Western Regional Power Committee (WRPC) comprising the States of Chhatisgarh, Gujarat, Madhya
Pradesh, Maharashtra, Goa and the Union Territories of Dadra & Nagar Haveli and Daman & Diu with
the following members:i)
ii)

iii)

iv)

v)

vi)
vii)

viii)

Member (Grid Operations) Central Electricity Authority (CEA).

One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission
Utility (CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the Western Regional
Load Despatch Centre (WRLDC).
From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, State Transmission Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC), one of the State owned
distribution companies as nominated by the State Government and one distribution
company by alphabetical rotation out of the private distribution companies functioning in the region.
From each of the Union Territories in the region, a representative nominated by the
administration of the Union Territory concerned out of the entities engaged in
generation/ transmission/ distribution of electricity in the Union Territory.
A representative each of every generating company (other than central generating
companies or State Government owned generating companies) having more than
1000 MW installed capacity in the region.
A representative of the generating companies having power plants in the region
(not covered in (ii) to (v) above) by alphabetical rotation.
One member representing the electricity traders in the region by alphabetical rotation, which have trading volume of more than 500 million units during the previous
financial year.
Member Secretary, WRPC Convenor

Wherever a member is represented by rotation, the nomination would be for a period of one
year. The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organization
or at least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/ corporate entity
except for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the level
of Executive Director.
(I.C.P. Keshari)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
388

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA

EXTRAORDINARY
PART-1 SECTION 1
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
MINISTRY OF POWER
RESOLUTION
Dated 9th May, 2008
F.No.23/1/2004-R&R(Vol-II) - In this Ministrys Resolution F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R dated 25th May, 2005
published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part 1, Section 1, (1596 GI/2005) establishing the
Eastern Regional Power Committee (ERPC) under the provisions of sub-section(55) of section 2 of the
Electricity Act, 2003 and the subsequent amendment made vide Resolution dated 29th November, 2005,
the following amendments are hereby made:Para 3 of the resolution dated 29.11.2005 is replaced by the following para 3:3. In pursuance of the aforesaid provisions, the Central Government hereby establishes the
Eastern Regional Power Committee (ERPC) comprising the States of Bihar, Jharkhand, Orissa, West
Bengal and Sikkim with the following members:i)
ii)

iii)

iv)

v)
vi)

vii)

Member (Grid Operations) Central Electricity Authority (CEA).

One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission
Utility (CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the Eastern Regional
Load Despatch Centre (ERLDC).
From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, State Transmission Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC), one of the State owned
distribution companies as nominated by the State Government and one distribution
company by alphabetical rotation out of the private distribution companies functioning in the region.
A representative each of every generating company (other than central generating
companies or State Government owned generating companies) having more than
1000 MW installed capacity in the region.
A representative of the generating companies having power plants in the region
(not covered in (ii) to (iv) above) by alphabetical rotation.
One member representing the electricity traders in the region by alphabetical rotation, which have trading volume of more than 500 million units during the previous
financial year.
Member Secretary, ERPC Convenor

Wherever a member is represented by rotation, the nomination would be for a period of one
year. The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organization
or at least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/ corporate entity
except for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the level
of Executive Director.
(I.C.P. Keshari)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India

389

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA

EXTRAORDINARY
PART-1 SECTION 1
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
MINISTRY OF POWER
RESOLUTION
Dated 9th May, 2008
F.No.23/1/2004-R&R(Vol-II) - In this Ministrys Resolution F.No. 23/1/2004-R&R dated 25th May,
2005 published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part 1, Section 1, (1596 GI/2005) establishing the
North Eastern Regional Power Committee (NERPC) under the provisions of sub-section(55) of section
2 of the Electricity Act, 2003 and the subsequent amendment made vide Resolution dated 29th November, 2005, the following amendments are hereby made:Para 3 of the resolution dated 29.11.2005 is replaced by the following para 3:3. In pursuance of the aforesaid provisions, the Central Government hereby establishes the
North Eastern Regional Power Committee (NERPC) comprising the States of Assam, Arunachal
Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland and Tripura with the following members:i)
ii)

iii)

iv)

v)
vi)

vii)

Member (Grid Operations) Central Electricity Authority (CEA).

One representative each of Central Generating Companies, Central Transmission
Utility (CTU), National Load Despatch Centre (NLDC) and the North Eastern Regional Load Despatch Centre (NERLDC).
From each of the States in the region, the State Generating Company, State Transmission Utility (STU), State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC), one of the State owned
distribution companies as nominated by the State Government and one distribution
company by alphabetical rotation out of the private distribution companies functioning in the region.
A representative each of every generating company (other than central generating
companies or State Government owned generating companies) having more than
1000 MW installed capacity in the region.
A representative of the generating companies having power plants in the region
(not covered in (ii) to (iv) above) by alphabetical rotation.
One member representing the electricity traders in the region by alphabetical rotation, which have trading volume of more than 500 million units during the previous
financial year.
Member Secretary, NERPC Convenor

Wherever a member is represented by rotation, the nomination would be for a period of one
year. The representative from respective organizations should be either the head of the organization or
at least a person not below the rank of a Director on the Board of the company/ corporate entity except
for Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) where representative could also be at the level of
Executive Director.
(I.C.P. Keshari)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India

390

Chapter 10

Resolution on Constitution
of Coordination Forum
by the Central Government
(dated 19.2.2008)

391

392

(Published in Part I, Section I of the Extraordinary Gazette of India)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 19th February, 2008.
RESOLUTION
F.No.23/26/2003-R&R- Sub-section (1) of Section 166 of the Electricity Act, 2003 provides that the
Central Government shall constitute a Coordination Forum for smooth and coordinated development
of the power system in the country.
2. In pursuance of the aforesaid provision, the Government of India hereby constitutes the
Coordination Forum with the following as members:
i)

Chairperson of the Central Electricity Regulatory

Commission

- Chairman

ii)

Chairperson of the Central Electricity Authority

- Member

iii)

All the Members of the Central Electricity Regulatory

Commission

- Members

iv)

Representative of a Central Public Sector Undertaking (CPSU) - Member

involved in thermal generation of power to be nominated
by the Ministry of Power for one year

v)

Representative of a CPSU involved in the

generation of hydroelectricity to be nominated
by the Ministry of Power for one year

- Member

vi)

One representative of a generating company (not owned/

controlled by the Central Government/ State Government)
either having existing capacity of, or in the process of
setting up, thermal generating station of more than 500 MW
capacity to be nominated by the Ministry of Power
for one year from amongst such companies in
alphabetical order

- Member

vii)

One representative of a generating company (not owned/

controlled by the Central Government/ State Government)
either having existing capacity of, or in the process of
setting up, hydroelectric generating station of more than
250 MW capacity to be nominated by the Ministry of

- Member

393

Power for one year from amongst such companies in

alphabetical order
viii) Chief Executive Officer of the Central Transmission
Utility

- Member

ix)

Member (Power Systems), Central Electricity Authority

- Member

x)

Additional Secretary/ Joint Secretary, Ministry of

Power, incharge of the transmission matters

- Member Convenor

The representatives in the categories from (iv) to (vii) above would be either the head of the
organization or a Director on the Board of the Company.
3.

Central Electricity Authority shall provide the Secretariat for the Forum.

4.
The Forum shall meet atleast once in every two months. The quorum for the meetings of the
Forum shall be six members including Chairman.
5.

The Forum would have following functions:

i)

To facilitate attracting adequate investments for development of the power system in

the country;

ii)

To facilitate smooth and reliable operation of the electricity grid at inter-State level;

iii)

To facilitate connectivity to the grid for the generating companies and the open access
to the transmission system;

iv)

To deliberate and evolve consensus on any other aspect of the development of power
system as referred to the Forum by the Central Government.

Sd/(Alok Kumar)
Director

394

Chapter 11

Notification on
Joint Electricity Regulatory
Commissions

395

Blank

396

Published in Part II, Section 3, sub-section (ii) No. 461

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
(Amendments made vide notification dated 30.05.2008 incorporated)
New Delhi, 6th May, 2005
S.O. 643(E). In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section 5 of section 83 of the Electricity
Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby constitutes a Joint Electricity Regulatory
Commission for the State of Goa and all Union Territories except Delhi with effect from the date of
publication of this notification. The Joint Commission shall be known as Joint Electricity Regulatory
Commission for the State of Goa and Union Territories and its headquarters shall be at Delhi.
[F. No. 23/52/2003-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secy.

397

Published in Part II, Section 3, sub-section (ii) No. 740

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
New Delhi, 30th May, 2008
S.O. 1271(E). In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (5) of Section 83 of the
Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the following amendment in
the notification of the Government of India, in the Ministry of Power, number S.O. 643(E), dated the
2nd May, 2005 namely:
In the said notification for the words Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for, the words
Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for the State of Goa and shall be substituted.
[F. No. 23/52/2003-R&R(Vol.II]
MALAY SHRIVASTAVA, Director
Foot Note : The principal notification was published vide number S.O. 643(E) dated 2nd May, 2005
in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, dated the 6th May, 2005.

398

MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
New Delhi, the 19th March, 2008
G.S.R. 211(E). In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (2) and (3) of Section 89 of the
Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003) the Central Government hereby makes the following rules, namely:
1. Short title and commencement. (1) These rules may be called the Joint Electricity Regulatory
Commission for Union Territories except Delhi (Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of
Chairperson and Member) Rules, 2007.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
2.

Definitions. (1) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,

(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003; and
(b) Commission means Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for Union Territories.
(2) Words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the act, shall have
the meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.

3. Oath of office and secrecy. The Chairperson and Member of the Commission shall, before
entering upon his office, subscribe to an oath of office and secrecy before the Minister-in-charge of
the Ministry of Power. The oath of office and secrecy shall be administered in the following forms:
Oath of Secrecy
I, .................do swear in the name of God and solemnly affirm that I shall not directly or indirectly,
communicate or reveal to any person or persons any matter which shall be brought under my
consideration or shall become known to me as Chairperson/Member of the Joint Electricity
Regulatory Commission for Union Territories except Delhi, except as may be required for the due
discharge of my duties as such Chairperson/Member.
Oath and affirmation of allegiance to Constitution
I, .....................having been appointed Chairperson/Member of the Joint Electricity Regulatory
Commission for Union Territories except Delhi, do swear in the name of God and solemnly affirm
that I shall bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, that I
shall uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India, that I shall duly and faithfully and to the best
of my ability, knowledge and judgement perform the duties of my office without fear or favour,
affection or ill will and that I will uphold the Constitution and the laws of the land.
4. Pay. The Chairperson and Member of the Joint Commission shall be entitled to receive a pay of
rupees twenty six thousand per month :
Provided that incase a person appointed as the Chairperson or Member is in receipt of pension
from;
(a) Union Government including Railways, Defence, Posts and Telecommunication; or
(b) State Governments and Union Territory Administrations; or
(c) Public Sector Undertakings, Local Bodies, Autonomous Bodies like Universities or
Semi-Government Organizations like Port Trusts; they pay of such person shall be reduced
by the gross amount of pension drawn by him :
399

Provided further that the Chairperson or Member shall be entitled to receive allowances on the
original basic pay before such fixation of pay.
5. Dearness allowance and city compensatory allowance.The Chairperson and Member shall be
entitled to receive dearness allowance and city compensatory allowance, and other allowances at the
rate admissible to a Group A Officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay :
6. Leave. The Chairperson or Member, shall be entitled to thirty days earned leave for every year
of service. The payment of leave salary, during leave, shall be governed under the provisions of rule
40 of Central Civil Services (Leave) Rules, 1972.
7. Leave sanctioning authority. In the case of the Chairperson, the Minister-in-charge of the
Ministry of Power, and in the case of Member, the Chairperson, shall be the leave sanctioning
authority.
8. Provident Fund. The Chairperson and Member shall be governed by the provisions of the
Contributory Provident Fund (India) rules, 1962 and no option to subscribe under the provisions of
the General Provident Fund Rules (Central Services), 1960 shall be available. Additional pension and
gratuity shall not be admissible for service rendered in the Commission.
9. Travelling allowances. (1) The Chairperson and Member while on tour within India or for the
journey undertaken by self and family to join the Commission or on the expiry of term with the
Commission to proceed to his home town with family shall be entitled to the journey allowance, daily
allowance and transportation of personal effects at the same scales and at the same rates as are
applicable to a Group A Officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay.
(2) Foreign tours to be undertaken by the Chairperson or Member shall require prior approval of
the Minister-in-charge of the Ministry of Power and of the Screening Committee of the Secretaries and
clearance from the Ministry of External Affairs from political angle and from the Ministry of Home
Affairs for acceptance of foreign hospitality, if any, under the provisions of the Foreign Contribution
(Regulation) Act, 1976:
Provided that the daily allowance and provision for hotel accommodation during the period of
tour abroad, shall be in accordance with such orders of the Central Government as are applicable to a
Group A officer of the Central Government, drawing an equivalent pay and as per the economy
instructions or other instructions issued by the Ministry of Finance from time to time.
10. Leave travel concession. The Chairperson and Member shall be entitled to leave travel concession
at the same scale and at the same rate as applicable to Group A Officers of the Central Government
drawing an equivalent pay.
11. Accommodation. (1) The Chairperson and Member shall be entitled for House Rent Allowance
for residence located at the headquarter of the Joint Commission at the rate as applicable in the case
of a Central Government officer drawing equivalent pay.
(2) In the case of a leased accommodation, the entitlement shall be determined by the Central
Government keeping in view the entitlements of the Chairman and Managing Director of a Schedule
A public sector enterprise in terms of plinth area and rental ceiling specified by the Department of
Public Enterprises from time to time and also taking into consideration the market rent and plinth area
specified by the Ministry of Urban Development for Type VI accommodation :
400

Provided that for such leased accommodation which is according to and within the entitlement of
the Chairperson or the Member, the standard license fee shall be the same as in the case of a Group
A officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay :
Provided further that for leased accommodation which is higher than the entitlement, recovery at
the rate of ten per cent of the basic pay i.e., without deducting pension shall be made from the salary
of the Chairperson or Member, as the case may be.
12. Transport. The Chairperson and Members shall be allowed the option to make use of an official
vehicle or reimbursement of such amount as may be fixed by the Central Government from time to time
in respect of a Group A officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay for the use and
maintenance of his personal car.
13. Medical treatment.The Chairperson and Members shall be entitled to medical reimbursement
and facility as may be applicable to a Group A officer of the Central Government drawing an
equivalent pay.
14. Telephone facility, official meetings and entertainment expenses. The Chairperson and a Member shall be eligible for telephone facilities, official meetings and entertainment expenses as admissible
to a Group A officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay.
15. Other conditions of services. Other conditions of service of the Chairperson and a Member with
respect to which no express provision has been made in these rules, shall be such as are admissible to
a Group A officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay.
16. Power to relax. Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient
so to do, it may, in the public interest by order and for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax any of
the provisions of these rules.

[F. No. 47/1/2005-R&R]

GIREESH B. PRADHAN, Jt. Secy.

401

[Published in Part II, Section 3, sub-section (ii) No. 51

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
New Delhi, 18 th January, 2005
S.O. 62(E). Whereas the States of Manipur and Mizoram have authorized Government of India
to constitute a Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for the States of Manipur and Mizoram.
2. Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by Sub-section (5) of Section 83 of the
Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby constitutes a Joint Electricity
Regulatory Commission for the State Manipur and Mizoram with effect from the date of publication of
this notification. The Joint Commission shall be known as Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission
for Manipur and Mizoram and its headquarters shall be at Aizawl.
[F. No. 23/3/2002-R&R]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secy.

402

MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
New Delhi, the 14th August, 2006
G.S.R. 480(E). In exercise of the powers conferred by section 89 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003)
the Central Government hereby makes the following rules, namely:
1.

Short title and commencement. (1) These rules may be called the Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for the States of Manipur and Mizoram (Salaries, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of
Chairperson and Members) Rules, 2006.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Electricity Act 2003;
(b) Commission means the Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for the States of Manipur and
Mizoram constituted under section 83 of the Act;
(c) Words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Act, shall have the meanings
respectively assigned to them in the Act.

3.

Oath of Office and secrecy.A Member of the Commission shall, before entering upon his office, subscribe to an oath of office and secrecy before the Minister in-charge of the Ministry of Power (Union
Government) and the oath of office and secrecy shall be administered in the following form:
Oath of Secrecy
I,______________do swear in the name of God and solemnly affirm that I shall not directly or indirectly,
communicate or reveal to any person or persons any matter which shall be brought under my consideration
or shall become known to me as Chairperson or Member of the Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for
the states of Manipur and Mizoram except as may be required for the due discharge of my duties as such
Chairperson or Member.
Oath and affirmation of allegiance to Constitution
I,_____________having been appointed Member of the Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for the
States of Manipur and Mizoram, do swear in the name of God and do solemnly affirm that I shall bear true
faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established, that I shall uphold the sovereignty and
integrity of India, that I shall duly and faithfully and to the best of my ability, knowledge and judgement
perform the duties of my office without fear or favour, affection or ill-will and that I will uphold the
Constitution and the laws of the land

4.

5.

6.

Pay. A Member shall be entitled to receive pay in the scale of pay of Rs. 22400-525-24500
per month.
Provided that in case a person appointed as the Member is in receipt of pension from;
(a) Union Government including Railways, Defence, Posts and Telecommunication; or
(b) State Governments or Union Territory Administrations; or
(c) Public Sector Undertaking, Local Body, Autonomous Body like University or SemiGovernment Organizations like Port Trusts;.
the pay of such person shall be reduced by the gross amount of pension [as illustrated in the Central Civil
Services (fixtion of pay of re-employed pensioners) Orders, 1986] drawn by him:
Provided further that a Member shall be entitled to receive admissible allowances on the original basic pay
before such fixation of pay.
Dearness allowance and city compensatory allowance.A Member shall be entitled to receive dearness
allowances and city compensatory allowance, and other allowances at the rate admissible to a Group A
Officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay.
Leave. A Member shall be entitled to 30 days of earned leave for every year of service and the payment of
leave salary, during leave, shall be governed under the provisions of rule 40 of the Central Civil Services
(Leave) Rules, 1972.

403

7.

8.

9.

10.
11.

12.

13.
14.

15.

Leave sanctioning authority. In the case of the Chairperson, the Minister-in-charge of the State Government which he represents in the Commission, and in the case of a Member, the Chairperson, shall be the
leave sanctioning authority.
Provident Fund. A Member shall be governed by the Contributory Provident Fund Rules (India), 1962
and no option to subscribe under the provisions of the General Provident Fund Rules (Central Services),
1960 shall be available. No pension or gratuity shall be admissible for service rendered in the Commission.
Travelling allowances. (1) A Member while on tour within India or on transfer (including the journey
undertaken by self and family to join the Commission or on the expiry of term with the Commission to
proceed to his home town with family) shall be entitled to the journey allowance, daily allowance and
transportation of personal effects at the same scales and at the same rates as are applicable to a Group A
Officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay.
(2) Foreign tours to be undertaken by a Member shall require prior approval of the State Government which
he represents in the Commission and necessary clearances of the Central Government.
Provided that the daily allowance and provision of hotel accommodation during the period of tour abroad,
shall be in accordance with such orders of the Central Government as are applicable to Group A officers
of the Central Government, drawing an equivalent pay and as per the economy instructions or other
instructions issued by the Ministry of Finance from time to time.
Leave travel concession. A Member shall be entitled to leave travel concession at the same scale and at the
same rate as admissible to group A Officers of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay.
Accommodation. (1) A Member shall be entitled for residential accommodation as per norms of Government of Mizoram.
Provided that for such accommodation which is according to and within the entitlement of the Member the
standard licence fee shall be the same as in the case of a Group A officer of similar status of the Central
Government posted at Aizwal.
(2) In case Government of Mizoram do not provide residential accommodation to a Member, he shall have
the option of claming house rent allowance as admissible to Group A officers of similar status of the
Central Government posted at Aizwal.
Transport. A Member shall be allowed the option to make use of an official vehicle or reimbursement of
such amount as may be fixed by the Central Government from time to time in respect of a Group A officer
of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay for the use and maintenance of his personal car.
Medical treatment.A Member shall be entitled to medical reimbursement and facility as admissible to a
Group A officer of the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay.
Telephone facility, official meetings and entertainment expenses. A Member shall be eligible for
telephone facilities, official meetings and entertainment expenses as admissible to a Group A officer of
the Central Government drawing an equivalent pay.
Other conditions of services. Other conditions of service of a Member with respect to which no express
provision has been made in these rules, shall be such as are admissible to a Group A officer of the Central
Government drawing an equivalent pay.
[F. No. 47/2/2004-R&R(Pt. II]
AJAY SHANKAR, Addl. Secy.

Tariff Based Bidding Case-I & Tariff Based Bidding Case-II

In compliance with section 63 of the Electricity Act, 2003, the Central Government had notified guidelines
for procurement of power by Distribution Licensees through competitive bidding on 19.1.2005.
Tariff Based Bidding Case-II
The Standard Bidding Documents containing RfQ, RfP and model PPA for long term procurement of power
from projects (Case-2) having specified site and location have been issued. In view of the decisions of the
EGOM the legal vetting of SBD for Case-2 carried out by an international firm M/s K&L Gates alongwith
Indian Law firm M/s Fox Mandal & Co though Power Finance Corporation is under finalization.
Tariff Based Bidding Case-I
The Standard Bidding Documents for long term procurement of power from Case-I projects, where the
location, technology or fuel is not specified, are under finalization.

404

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 21st June, 2010

Notification
G.S.R. 525(E).Whereas the State Government of Goa, prior to its joining the Joint Electricity
Regulatory Commission for Union territories constituted vide notification S.O.643(E) dated
the 2nd May, 2005, has agreed to the structure of the said Commission and has authorized
Government of India to take all necessary action under section 83 of the Electricity Act, 2003
(36 of 2003);
And whereas vide notification S.O.1271(E) dated the 30th May, 2008 the Central Government has
amended the said notification dated the 2nd May, 2005 facilitating the State of Goa to join the said
Joint Commission;
Now, therefore, in exercise of powers conferred by section 105 and clause (i) of sub-section (2) of
section 180 of the Electricity Act, 2003, the Central Government hereby makes the following rules
namely:1.

Short title and commencement. (1) These rules may be called the Joint Electricity Regulatory
Commission for the State of Goa and Union territories (Preparation of Annual Report)
Rules, 2010.
(2) They shall come into force from the date of publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions. - (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires, (a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) Joint Commission means the Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for the State of Goa
and Union territories, constituted under section 83 of the Act;
(c) Participating States means the State of Goa and the Union territories;
(d) Schedule means the Schedule annexed to these rules.
(2) Words and expressions used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Electricity
Act, 2003, shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.
405

3.

Preparation of Annual Report. (1) Every year, the Joint Commission shall prepare an Annual
Report giving a summary of its activities during the previous year commencing
from the 1st day of April to the 31st day of March of the following year in the form specified in the
Schedule.
(2) The Annual Report shall give an account of the activities during the previous financial year,
containing, inter-alia, (a) a statement of goals and objectives of the Joint Commission;
(b) annual targets set for various activities in the background of clause (a) together with a brief
review of actual performance with reference to those targets and including in particular a
report on the number of cases filed before the Joint Commission during the year, number of
cases disposed of, time taken to dispose of the cases and number of cases pending;
(c) important additions or changes in the regulations of the Joint Commission;
(d) functioning of the State Advisory Committees and other consultation with the stakeholders;
(e) trends of important parameters such as capital cost, cost of electricity, new investment,
efficiency gains;
(f) number and details of cases in which orders or regulations of the Commission were challenged
in Courts or Appellate Tribunal and the outcome of such cases.
(g) resolution of disputes including the disputes pending at the end of the year.

4.

Submission of Annual Report The copies of the annual report shall be forwarded by the Joint
Commission to the Central Government and to the Governments of Participating State/ Union
territories by the end of October each year.
SCHEDULE
(See rule 3)
FORM OF ANNUAL REPORT OF THE JOINT COMMISSION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

THE COMMISSION IN BRIEF.

THE MANDATE OF THE COMMISSION
MISSION STATEMENT.
THE YEAR IN RETROSPECT.
ANNUAL ACCOUNTS OF THE COMMISSION SHOWING RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE.
OUTCOME OF REGULATORY PROCESS IN TERMS OF BENEFITS TO CONSUMERS AND
DEVELOPMENT OF SECTOR.
WORK PLAN FOR THE YEAR AHEAD.

[F.No. 47/4/2010-R&R]
PRANAY KUMAR,
Director

406

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 (i)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER
New Delhi, the 21st June, 2010
G.S.R. 526(E).- Whereas the States of Manipur and Mizoram have authorized the Central Government,
through a Memorandum of Agreement, to constitute a Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for
States of Manipur and Mizoram and to frame rules to carry out the provisions of the Electricity Act
2003 relating to the Joint Commission;
And whereas the Central Government vide Notification No. S.O.62(E) dated 18th January 2005 has
constituted the Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for Manipur and Mizoram;
Now therefore in exercise of powers conferred by section 105 and clause (i) of sub-section (2) of
section 180 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (No.36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby makes the
following rules namely:1.

Short title and commencement. (1) These rules may be called the Joint Electricity Regulatory
Commission for Manipur and Mizoram (Preparation of Annual Report) Rules, 2010.
(2)

2.

They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

Definitions. - (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Electricity Act, 2003;
(b) Joint Commission means the Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for Manipur and
Mizoram, constituted under section 83 of the Act;
(c) Participating State means the State of Manipur or the State of Mizoram ;
(d) Schedule means the Schedule annexed to these rules.
(2) Words and expressions used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Electricity
Act, 2003, shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in that Act.

3.

Preparation of Annual Report. (1) Every year the Joint Commission shall prepare an Annual
Report containing a summary of its activities during the previous year commencing from the 1st
day of April to the 31st day of March of the following year in the form specified in the Schedule.
(2) The Annual Report shall give an account of the activities during the previous financial year,
containing, inter-alia, (a) a statement of goals and objectives of the Joint Commission;

407

(b) annual targets set for various activities in the background of clause (a) together with a brief
review of actual performance with reference to those targets and including in particular a
report on the number of cases filed before the Joint Commission during the year, number of
cases disposed of, time taken to dispose of the cases and number of cases pending;
(c) important additions/ changes in the regulations of the Joint Commission;
(d) functioning of the State Advisory Committee and other consultation with the stakeholders;
(e) trends of important parameters such as capital cost, cost of electricity, new investment,
efficiency gains;
(f) number and details of cases in which orders/regulations of the Commission were challenged
in Courts/Appellate Tribunal and the outcome of such cases; and
(g) resolution of disputes including the disputes pending at the end of the year.
4.

Submission of Annual Report The copies of the annual report shall be forwarded by the Joint
Commission to the Central Government and the Participating State Governments by the end of
October each year.
SCHEDULE
(See rule 3)
FORM OF ANNUAL REPORT OF THE JOINT COMMISSION.

1.

THE COMMISSION IN BRIEF.

2.

THE MANDATE OF THE COMMISSION

3.

MISSION STATEMENT.

4.

THE YEAR IN RETROSPECT.

5.

ANNUAL ACCOUNTS OF THE COMMISSION SHOWING RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE.

6.

OUTCOME OF REGULATORY PROCESS IN TERMS OF BENEFITS TO CONSUMERS AND

DEVELOPMENT OF SECTOR.

7.

WORK PLAN FOR THE YEAR AHEAD.

[F.No. 47/5/2010-R&R]
PRANAY KUMAR
Director

408

Chapter 12

Energy Conservation
Act, 2001

409

410

EXTRAORDINARY III SECTION 1

MINISTRY OF LAW, JUSTICE AND COMPANY AFFAIRS
(Legislative Department)
New Delhi, the 1st October, 2001/ Asvina 9, 1923 (Saka)
The following Act of Parliament received the assent of the President on the 29th September, 2001, and is hereby published for general
information:
THE ENERGY CONSERVATION ACT, 2001
No 52 OF 2001
[29th September 2001]
An Act to provide for efficient use of energy and its conservation and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.
BE it enacted by Parliament in the Fifty second Year of the
Republic of India as
follows:
CHAPTER I
PRELIMINARY
1.

(1) This Act may be called the Energy Conservation Act,

2001.
(2) It extends to the whole of India except the state of Jammu
and Kashmir
(3) It shall come into force on such dates as the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint;
and different dates may be appointed for different provisions
of this Act and any reference in any such provision to the
commencement of this Act shall be construed as a reference to
the coming into force of that provision.

Definitions

2.

In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)

accredited energy auditor means an auditor possessing qualifications specified under clause (p) of sub-section (2) of section 13;

(b)

Appellate Tribunal means Appellate Tribunal for Energy Conservation established under section 30;
411

Short title,
extent and
commencement

(c)

building means any structure or erection or part of a

structure or erection, after the rules relating to energy
conservation building codes have been notified under
clause (a) of section 15 of clause (l) of sub-section (2) of
section 56, which is having a connected load of 500kW or
contract demand of 600 kVA and above and is intended to
be used for commercial purposes;

(d)

Bureau means the Bureau of Energy Efficiency established under subsection (l) of section 3;

(e)

Chairperson means the Chairperson of the Governing

council;

(f)

designated agency means any agency designated under clause (d) of section 15;

(g)

designated consumer means any consumer specified

under clause (e) of section 14;

(h)

energy means any form of energy derived from fossil

fuels, nuclear substances or materials, hydro-electricity
and includes electrical energy or electricity generated from
renewable sources of energy or bio-mass connected to
the grid;

(i)

energy audit means the verification, monitoring and

analysis of use of energy including submission of technical report containing recommendations for improving
energy efficiency with cost benefit analysis and an action plan to reduce energy consumption;

(j)

energy conservation building codes means the norms

and standards of energy consumption expressed in terms
of per square meter of the area wherein energy is used
and includes the location of the building;

(k)

energy consumption standards means the norms for

process and energy consumption standards specified
under clause (a) of section 14;

(l)

Energy Management Centre means the Energy Management Centre set up under the Resolution of the Government of India in the erstwhile Ministry of Energy, Department of Power No. 7(2)/87-EP (Vol. IV), dated the 5th
July, 1989 and registered under the Societies Registration
Act, 1860;

(m)

energy manager means any individual possessing the

qualifications prescribed under clause (m) of section 14;

(n)

Governing Council means the Governing Council referred to in section 4;

412

21 of 1860

9 of 1940
54 of 1948

(o)

member means the member of the Governing Council

and includes the Chairperson;

(p)

notification means a notification in the Gazette of India

or, as the case may be, the Official Gazette of a State;

(q)

prescribed means prescribed by rules made under this

Act;

(r)

regulations means regulations made by the Bureau

under this Act;

(s)

schedule means the Schedule of this Act;

(t)

State Commission means the State Electricity Regulatory Commission established under sub-section (l) of
section 17 of the Electricity Regulatory Commissions Act,
1998;

(u)

words and expression used and not defined in this Act

but defined in the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 or the Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948 or the Electricity Regulatory
Commissions Act, 1998 shall have meanings respectively
assigned to them in those Acts.

14 of 1998

14 of 1998

CHAPTER II
BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY
3.

4.

(1)

With effect from such date as the Central Government

may, by notification, appoint, there shall be established,
for the purposes of this Act, a Bureau to be called the
Bureau of Energy Efficiency

(2)

The Bureau shall be a body corporate by the name aforesaid having perpetual succession and a common seal,
with power subject to the provisions of this Act, to acquire, hold and dispose of property, both movable and
immovable, and to contract, and shall, by the said name,
sue or be sued.

(3)

The head office of the Bureau shall be at Delhi.

(4)

The Bureau may establish offices at other places in India.

(1)

The general superintendence, direction and management

of the affairs of the Bureau shall vest in the Governing
Council which shall consists of not less than twenty, but
not exceeding twenty-six members to be appointed by
the Central Government.

(2)

The Governing Council shall consist of the following

members, namely:(a)

the Minister in charge of the ex officio

Ministry or Department of the Chairperson;
Central Government dealing
with the Power
413

Establishment
and incorporation of Bureau
of Energy
Efficiency

Management
of Bureau

(b)

the Secretary to the Government

ex officio
of India, in charge of the Ministry member;
or Department of the Central
Government dealing with the Power

(c)

the Secretary to the Government

ex officio
of India, in charge of the Ministry member;
or Department of the Central
Government dealing with the
Petroleum and Natural Gas

(d)

the Secretary to the Government

ex officio
of India, in charge of the Ministry member;
or Department of the Central
Government dealing with the Coal

(e)

the Secretary to the Government ex officio

of India, in charge of the Ministry member;
or Department of the Central
Government dealing with the
Non- conventional Energy Sources

(f)

the Secretary to the Government

ex officio
of India, in charge of the Ministry member;
or Department of the Central
Government dealing with the
Atomic Energy

(g)

the Secretary to the Government

ex officio
of India, in charge of the Ministry member;
or Department of the Central
Government dealing with the
Consumer Affairs

54 of 1948

(h)

Chairman of the Central Electricity ex officio

Authority established under the
member;
Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948

Karnataka Act
17 of 1960

(i)

Director-General of the Central

Power Research Institute
registered under the Karnataka
Societies Act, 1960

XXI of 1860

(j)

Executive Director of the Petroleum ex officio

Conservation Research
member;
Association, a society registered
under the Societies Registration
Act, 1860

1 of 1956

(k)

Chairman-cum-Managing Director ex officio

of the Central Mine Planning and member;
Design Institute Limited, a
company incorporated under the
Companies Act, 1956
414

ex officio
member;

(l)

Director-General of the Bureau of

Indian Standards established
under the Bureau of Indian
Standards Act, 1986

ex officio
member;

(m)

Director-General of the National

Test House, Department of
Supply, Ministry of Commerce
and Industry, Kolkata

ex officio
member;

(n)

Managing Director of the Indian

ex officio
Renewable Energy Development member;
Agency Limited, a company
incorporated under the Companies
act, 1956

(o)

one member each from five power

regions representing the States
of the region to be appointed by
the Central Government

members;

(p)

such number of persons, not

exceeding four as may be
prescribed, to be appointed by
the Central Government as
members from amongst persons
who are in the opinion of the
Central Government capable of
representing industry, equipment
and appliance manufacturers,
architects and consumers

members;

(q)

such number of persons, not

exceeding two as may be
nominated by the Governing
Council as members

members;

(r)

Director-General of Bureau

ex officio member
secretary;

(3)

The Governing Council may exercise all powers and do

all acts and things which may be exercised or done by the
Bureau.

(4)

Every member referred to in clause (o), (p) and (q) of subsection (2) shall hold office for a term of three years from
the date on which he enters upon his office.

(5)

The fee and allowances to be paid to the members referred to in clauses (o), (p) and (q) of sub-section (2) and
the manner of filling up of vacancies and the procedure
to be followed in the discharge of their functions shall be
such as may be prescribed.

415

63 of 1986

1 of 1956

Meetings of
Governing
Council

Vacancies etc.,
not to
invalidate
proceedings of
Bureau,
Governing
Council or
Committee

Removal of
member from
office

5.

6.

7.

(1)

The Governing Council shall meet at such times and

places, and shall observe such rules of procedure in regard to the transaction of business as its meetings (including quorum of such meetings) as may be provided
by regulations.

(2)

The Chairperson or, if for any reason, he is unable to

attend a meeting of the Governing Council, any other
member chosen by the members present from amongst
themselves at the meeting shall preside at the meeting.

(3)

All questions which come up before any meeting of the

Governing Council shall be decided by a majority vote of
the members present and voting, and in the event of an
equality of votes, the Chairperson or in his absence, the
person presiding, shall have second or casting vote.

No act or proceeding of the Bureau or the Governing Council or

any Committee shall be invalid merely by reason of (a)

any vacancy in, or any defect in the constitution of, the

Bureau or the Governing Council or the Committee; or

(b)

any defect in the appointment of a person acting as a

Director-General or Secretary of the Bureau or a member
of the Governing Council or the Committee; or

(c)

any irregularity in the procedure of the Bureau or the

Governing Council or the Committee not affecting the
merits of the case.

The Central Government shall remove a member referred to in

clause (o), (p) and (q) of sub-section (2) of section 4 from office
if he
(a)

is, or at any time has been, adjudicated as insolvent;

(b)

is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court;

(c)

has been convicted of an offence which, in the opinion of

the Central Government, involves a moral turpitude;

(d)

has, in the opinion of the Central Government, so abused

his position as to render his continuation in office detrimental to the public interest:

Provided that no member shall be removed under this clause

unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in
the matter.
8.

(1)

Subject to any regulations made in this behalf, the Bureau shall, within six months from the date of commencement of this Act, constitute Advisory Committees for the
efficient discharge of its functions.

416

Constitution of
Advisory
Committees
and other
committees

9.

10.

11.

(2)

Each Advisory Committee shall consist of a Chairperson

and such other members as may be determined by regulations.

(3)

Without prejudice to the powers contained in sub-section (1), the Bureau may constitute, such number of technical committees of experts for the formulation of energy
consumption standards or norms in respect of equipment or processes, as it considers necessary.

(1)

The Central Government shall, by notification, appoint a

Director-General from amongst persons of ability and
standing, having adequate knowledge and experience in
dealing with the matters relating to energy production,
supply and energy management, standardisation and
efficient use of energy and its conservation

(2)

The Central Government shall, by notification appoint

any person not below the rank of Deputy Secretary to the
Government of India as Secretary of the Bureau

(3)

The Director-General shall hold office for a term of three

years from the date on which he enters upon his office or
until he attains the age of sixty years, whichever is earlier

(4)

The salary and allowances payable to the Director-General and other terms and conditions of his service and
other terms and conditions of service of the Secretary of
the Bureau shall be such as may be prescribed

(5)

Subject to general superintendence, direction and management of the affairs by the Governing Council, the Director-General of the Bureau shall be the Chief Executive
Authority of the Bureau

(6)

The Director-General of the Bureau shall exercise and

discharge such powers and duties of the Bureau as may
be determined by regulations

(1)

The Central Government may appoint such other officers

and employees in the Bureau as it considers necessary
for the efficient discharge of its functions under this Act.

(2)

The terms and conditions of service of officers and other

employees of the Bureau appointed under sub-section
(1) shall be such as may be prescribed.

All orders and decisions of the Bureau shall be authenticated

by the signature of the Director-General or any other officer of
the Bureau authorised by the Director-General in this behalf.

417

DirectorGeneral of
Bureau

Officers and
employees of
Bureau

Authentication
of orders and
decisions of
Bureau

CHAPTER III
TRANSFER OFASSETS, LIABILITIES ETC, OF ENERGY
MANAGEMENTCENTRE
TO BUREAU
12.

(1)

(2)

On and from the date of establishment of the Bureau (a)

any reference to the Energy Management Centre in

any law other than this Act or in any contract or
other instrument shall be deemed as a reference to
the Bureau;

(b)

all properties and assets, movable and immovable

of, or belonging to, the Energy Management Centre shall vest in the Bureau;

(c)

all the rights and liabilities of the Energy Management Centre shall be transferred to, and be the right
and liabilities of, the Bureau;

(d)

without prejudice to the provisions of clause (c),

all debts, obligations and liabilities incurred, all
contracts entered into and all matters and things
engaged to be done by, with or for the Energy
Management Centre immediately before that date
for or in connection with the purposes of the said
Centre shall be deemed to have been incurred, entered into, or engaged to be done by, with or for,
the Bureau;

(e)

all sums of money due to the Energy Management

Centre immediately before that date shall be deemed
to be due to the Bureau;

(f)

all suits and other legal proceedings instituted or

which could have been instituted by or against the
Energy Management Centre immediately before that
date may be continued or may be instituted by or
against the Bureau; and

(g)

every employee holding any office under the Energy Management Centre immediately before that
date shall hold his office in the Bureau by the same
tenure and upon the same terms and conditions of
service as respects remuneration, leave, provident
fund, retirement or other terminal benefits as he
would have held such office if the Bureau had not
been established and shall continue to do so as an
employee of the Bureau or until the expiry of six
months from the date if such employee opts not to
be the employee of the Bureau within such period.

Not withstanding anything contained in the Industrial

Disputes Act, 1947 or in any other law for the time being
418

Transfer of
assets,
liabilities and
employees of
Energy
Management
Centre

14 of 1947

in force, the absorption of any employees by the Bureau

in its regular service under this section shall not entitle
such employees to any compensation under that Act or
other law and no such claim shall be entertained by any
court, tribunal or other authority.
CHAPTER IV
POWERS AND FUNCTIONS OF BUREAU
Powers and
functions of
Bureau

13.

(1)

The Bureau shall, effectively co-ordinate with designated

consumers, designated agencies and other agencies,
recognise and utilise the existing resources and infrastructure, in performing the functions assigned to it by or
under this Act

(2)

The Bureau may perform such functions and exercise

such powers as may be assigned to it by or under this
Act and in particular, such functions and powers include
the function and power to (a)

recommend to the Central Government the norms

for processes and energy consumption standards
required to be notified under clause (a) of section
14 ;

(b)

recommend to the Central Government the particulars required tobe displayed on label on equipment
or on appliances and manner of their display under
clause (d) of section 14;

(c)

recommend to the Central Government for notifying any user or class of users of energy as a designated consumer under clause (e) of section 14;

(d)

take suitable steps to prescribe guidelines for energy conservation building codes under clause (p)
of section 14;

(e)

take all measures necessary to create awareness

and disseminate information for efficient use of
energy and its conservation;

(f)

arrange and organize training of personnel and specialists in the techniques for efficient use of energy
and its conservation;

(g)

strengthen consultancy services in the field of energy conservation;

(h)

promote research and development in the field of

energy conservation;

(i)

develop testing and certification procedure and

promote testing facilities for certification and testing for energy consumption of equipment and appliances;
419

(j)

formulate and facilitate implementation of pilot

projects and demonstration projects for promotion
of efficient use of energy and its conservation;

(k)

promote use of energy efficient processes, equipment, devices and systems;

(l)

promote innovative financing of energy efficiency

projects;

(m)

give financial assistance to institutions for promoting efficient use of energy and its conservation;

(n)

levy fee, as may be determined by regulations, for

services provided for promoting efficient use of
energy and its conservation;

(o)

maintain a list of accredited energy auditors as may

be specified by regulations;

(p)

specify, by regulations, qualifications for the accredited energy auditors;

(q)

specify, by regulations, the manner and intervals

of time in which the energy audit shall be conducted
;

(r)

specify, by regulations, certification procedures for

energy managers to be designated or appointed by
designated consumers;

(s)

prepare educational curriculum on efficient use of

energy and its conservation for educational institutions, boards, universities or autonomous bodies and coordinate with them for inclusion of such
curriculum in their syllabus;

(t)

implement international co-operation programmes

relating to efficient use of energy and its conservation as may be assigned to it by the Central Government;

(u)

perform such other functions as may be prescribed.

CHAPTER V

POWER OF CENTRALGOVERNMENT TO FACILITATE

AND ENFORCE EFFICIENT USE OF ENERGYAND ITS
CONSERVATION
14.

The Central Government may, by notification, in consultation

with the Bureau
(a)

specify the norms for processes and energy consumption standards for any equipment, appliances which consumes, generates, transmits or supplies energy;

420

Power of
Central
Government
to enforce
efficient use of
energy and its
conservation

(b)

specify equipment or appliance or class of equipments or

appliances, as the case may be, for the purposes of this
Act;

(c)

prohibit manufacture or sale or purchase or import of

equipment or appliance specified under clause (b) unless
such equipment or appliances conforms to energy consumption standards;

Provided that no notification prohibiting manufacture or

sale or purchase or import or equipment or appliance shall be
issued within two years from the date of notification issued
under clause (a) of this section;
(d)

direct display of such particulars on label on equipment

or on appliance specified under clause (b) and in such
manner as may be specified by regulations;

(e)

specify, having regarding to the intensity or quantity of

energy consumed and the amount of investment required
for switching over to energy efficient equipments and
capacity or industry to invest in it and availability of the
energy efficient machinery and equipment required by
the industry, any user or class of users of energy as a
designated consumer for the purposes of this Act;

(f)

alter the list of Energy Intensive Industries specified in

the Schedule;

(g)

establish and prescribe such energy consumption norms

and standards for designated consumers as it may consider necessary:

Provided that the Central Government may prescribe different

norms and standards for different designated consumers having regard to such factors as may be prescribed;
(h)

direct, having regard to quantity of energy consumed or

the norms and standards of energy consumption specified under clause (a) the energy intensive industries specified in the Schedule to get energy audit conducted by an
accredited energy auditor in such manner and intervals
of time as may be specified by regulations;

(i)

direct, if considered necessary for efficient use of energy

and its conservation, any designated consumer to get
energy audit conducted by an accredited energy auditor;

(j)

specify the matters to be included for the purposes of

inspection under sub-section (2) of section 17;

(k)

direct any designated consumer to furnish to the designated agency, in such form and manner and within such
period, as may be prescribed, the information with regard

421

to the energy consumed and action taken on the recommendation of the accredited energy auditor;
(l)

direct any designated consumer to designate or appoint

energy manger in charge of activities for efficient use of
energy and its conservation and submit a report, in the
form and manner as may be prescribed, on the status of
energy consumption at the end of the every financial
year to designated agency;

(m)

prescribe minimum qualification for energy managers to

be designated or appointed under clause (l);

(n)

direct every designated consumer to comply with energy

consumption norms and standards;

(o)

direct any designated consumer, who does not fulfil the

energy consumption norms and standards prescribed
under clause (g), to prepare a scheme for efficient use of
energy and its conservation and implement such scheme
keeping in view of the economic viability of the investment in such form and manner as may be prescribed;

(p)

prescribe energy conservation building codes for efficient use of energy and its conservation in the building
or building complex;

(q)

amend the energy conservation building codes to suit

the regional and local climatic conditions;

(r)

direct every owner or occupier of the building or building

complex, being a designated consumer to comply with
the provisions of energy conservation building codes
for efficient use of energy and its conservation;

(s)

direct, any designated consumer referred to in clause (r),

if considered necessary, for efficient use of energy and
its conservation in his building to get energy audit conducted in respect of such building by an accredited energy auditor in such manner and intervals of time as may
be specified by regulations;

(t)

take all measures necessary to create awareness and disseminate information for efficient use of energy and its
conservation;

(u)

arrange and organise training of personnel and specialists in the techniques for efficient use of energy and its
conservation;

(v)

take steps to encourage preferential treatment for use of

energy efficient equipment or appliances: Provided that
the powers under clauses (p) and (s) shall be exercised in
consultation with the concerned State.

422

CHAPTER VI
POWER OF STATE GOVERNMENT TO FACILITATE AND
ENFORCE EFFICIENT USE OF ENERGYAND ITS
CONSERVATION
Power of State
Government to
enforce certain
provisions for
efficient use of
energy and its
conservation

15.

16.

The State Government may, by notification, in consultation with

the Bureau (a)

amend the energy conservation building codes to suit

the regional and local climatic conditions and may, by
rules made by it, specify and notify energy conservation
building codes with respect to use of energy in the buildings;

(b)

direct every owner or occupier of a building or building

complex being a designated consumer to comply with the
provisions of the energy conservation building codes;

(c)

direct, if considered necessary for efficient use of energy

and its conservation, any designated consumer referred
to in clause (b) to get energy audit conducted by an
accredited energy auditor in such manner and at such
intervals of time as may be specified by regulations;

(d)

designate any agency as designated agency to coordinate, regulate and enforce provisions of this Act within
the State;

(e)

take all measures necessary to create awareness and disseminate information for efficient use of energy and its
conservation;

(f)

arrange and organise training of personnel and specialists in the techniques for efficient use of energy and its
conservation;

(g)

take steps to encourage preferential treatment for use of

energy efficient equipment or appliances;

(h)

direct, any designated consumer to furnish to the designated agency, in such form and manner and within such
period as may be specified by rules made by it, information with regard to the energy consumed by such consumer;

(i)

specify the matters to be included for the purposes of

inspection under sub-section (2) of section 17;

(1)

The State Government shall constitute a Fund to be called

the State Energy Conservation Fund for the purposes of
promotion of efficient use of energy and its conservation
within the State.

423

Establishment
of Fund by
State Government

17.

(2)

To the Fund shall be credited all grants and loans that

may be made by the State Government or, Central Government or any other organization or individual for the
purposes of this Act.

(3)

The Fund shall be applied for meeting the expenses incurred for implementing the provisions of this Act.

(4)

The Fund created under sub-section (l) shall be administered by such persons or any authority and in such manner as may be specified in the rules made by the State
Government.

(1)

The designated agency may appoint, after the expiry of

five years from the date of commencement of this Act, as
many inspecting officers as may be necessary for the
purpose of ensuring compliance with energy consumption standard specified under clause (a) of section 14 or
ensure display of particulars on label on equipment or
appliances specified under clause (b) of section 14 or for
the purpose of performing such other functions as may
be assigned to them.

(2)

Subject to any rules made under this Act, an inspecting

officer shall have power to (a)

inspect any operation carried on or in connection

with the equipment or appliance specified under
clause (b) of section 14 or in respect of which energy standards under clause (a) of section 14 have
been specified;

(b)

enter any place of designated consumer at which

the energy is used for any activity and may require
any proprietor, employee, director, manager or secretary or any other person who may be attending in
any manner to or helping in, carrying on any activity with the help of energy (i)

to afford him necessary facility to inspect (A)

any equipment or appliance as he may

require and which may be available at
such place;

(B)

any production process to ascertain

the energy consumption norms and
standards;

(ii)

to make an inventory of stock of any equipment or appliance checked or verified by him;

(iii)

to record the statement of any person which

may be useful for, or relevant to, for efficient

424

Power of
inspection

use of energy and its conservation under this

Act.
(3) An inspecting officer may enter any place of designated
consumer -

(4)

Power of
Central
Government or
State Government to issue
directions

18.

(a)

where any activity with the help of energy is carried on; and

(b)

where any equipment or appliance notified under

clause (b) of section 14 has been kept, during the
hours at which such places is open for production
or conduct of business connected therewith.

An inspecting officer acting under this section shall, on

no account, remove or cause to be removed from the
place wherein he has entered, any equipment or appliance or books of accounts or other documents.

The Central Government or the State Government may, in the

exercise of its powers and performance of its functions under
this Act and for efficient use of energy and its conservation,
issue such directions in writing as it deems fit for the purposes
of this Act to any person, officer, authority or any designated
consumer and such person, officer or authority or any designated consumer shall be bound to comply with such directions.
Explanation For the avoidance of doubts, it is hereby declared that the power to issue directions under this section
includes the power to direct
(a)

regulation of norms for process and energy consumption

standards in any industry or building or building complex; or

(b)

regulation of the energy consumption standards for equipment and appliances.

CHAPTER VII

FINANCE, ACCOUNT S AND AUDIT OF BUREAU

Grants and
loans by
Central
Government

19.

The Central Government may, after due appropriation made by

Parliament by law in this behalf, make to the Bureau or to the
State Government grants and loans of such sums or money as
the Central Government may consider necessary.

Establishment
of Fund by
Central
Government

20.

(1)

There shall be constituted a Fund to be called as the

Central Energy Conservation Fund and there shall be
credited thereto (a)

any grants and loans made to the Bureau by the

Central Government under section 19;

(b)

all fees received by the Bureau under this Act;

425

(c)

(2)

Borrowing
powers of
Bureau

21.

all sums received by the Bureau from such other

sources as may be decided upon by the Central
Government.

The Fund shall be applied for meeting (a)

the salary, allowances and other remuneration of

Director-General, Secretary officers and other employees of the Bureau,

(b)

expenses of the Bureau in the discharge of its functions under section 13;

(c)

fee and allowances to be paid to the members of

the Governing Council under sub-section (5) or
section 4;

(d)

expenses on objects and for purposes authorised

by this Act

(1)

The Bureau may, with the consent of the Central Government or in accordance with the terms of any general or
special authority given to it by the Central Government
borrow money from any source as it may deem fit for
discharging all or any of its functions under this Act.

(2)

The Central Government may guarantee, in such manner

as it thinks fit, the repayment of the principle and the
payment of interest thereon with respect to the loans
borrowed by the Bureau under sub-section (l).

22.

The Bureau shall prepare, in such form and at such time in each
financial year as may be prescribed, its budget for the next
financial year, showing the estimated receipts and expenditure
of the Bureau and forward the same to the Central Government.

Budget

23.

The Bureau shall prepare, in such form and at such time in each
financial year as may be prescribed, its annual report, giving
full account of its activities during the previous financial year,
and submit a copy thereof to the Central Government.

Annual report

24.

The Central Government shall cause the annual report referred

to in section 23 to be laid, as soon as may be after it is received,
before each House of Parliament. Annual report tobe laid before Parliament

Annual report
to be laid
before
Parliament

25.

(1)

The Bureau shall maintain proper accounts and other

relevant records and prepare an annual statement of accounts in such form as may be prescribed by the Central
Government in consultation with the Comptroller and
Auditor-General of India.

Accounts and
Audit

(2)

The accounts of the Bureau shall be audited by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India at such intervals as
may be specified by him and any expenditure incurred in
426

connection with such audit shall be payable by the Bureau to the Comptroller and Auditor-General.
(3)

The Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and any

other person appointed by him in connection with the
audit of the accounts of the Bureau shall have the same
rights and privileges and authority in connection with
such audit as the Comptroller and Auditor-General generally has in connection with the audit of the Government
accounts and in particular, shall have the right to demand
the production of books, accounts, connected vouchers
and other documents and papers and to inspect any of
the offices of the Bureau.

(4)

The accounts of the Bureau as certified by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India or any other person appointed by him in this behalf together with the audit report thereon shall forward annually to the Central Government and that Government shall cause the same to be
laid before each House of Parliament.
CHAPTER VIII
PENALTIES AND ADJUDICATION

26.

(1)

If any person fails to comply with the provision of clause

(c) or the clause (d) or clause (h) or clause (i) or clause (k)
or clause (l) or clause (n) or clause (r) or clause (s) of
section 14 or clause (b) or clause (c) or clause (h) of
section 15, he shall be liable to a penalty which shall not
exceed ten thousand rupees for each such failures and, in
the case of continuing failures, with an additional penalty which may extend to one thousand rupees for every
day during which such failures continues:

Penalty

Provided that no person shall be liable to pay penalty

within five years from the date of commencement of this
Act.

27.

(2)

Any amount payable under this section, if not paid, may

be recovered as if it were an arrear of land revenue.

(1)

For the purpose of adjudging section 26, the State Commission shall appoint any of its members to be an adjudicating officer for holding an inquiry in such manner as
may be prescribed by the Central Government, after giving any person concerned a reasonable opportunity of
being heard for the purpose of imposing any penalty.

(2)

While holding an inquiry the adjudicating officer shall

have power to summon and enforce the attendance of
any person acquainted with the facts and circumstances
of the case of give evidence or produce any document
which in the opinion of the adjudicating officer, may be
427

Power to
adjudicate

useful for or relevant to the subject-matter of the inquiry,

and if, on such inquiry, he is satisfied that the person has
failed to comply with the provisions of any of the clauses
of the sections specified in section 26, he may impose
such penalty as he thinks fit in accordance with the provisions of any of those clauses of that section:
Provided that where a State Commission has not been established in a State, the Government of that State shall appoint any
of its officer not below the rank equivalent to a Secretary dealing with legal affairs in that State to be an adjudicating officer
for the purposes of this section and such officer shall cease to
be an adjudicating officer immediately on the appointment of
an adjudicating officer by the State Commission on its establishment in that State:
Provided further that where an adjudicating officer appointed
by a State Government ceased to be an adjudicating officer, he
shall transfer to the adjudicating officer appointed by the State
Commission all matters being adjudicated by him and thereafter
the adjudicating officer appointed by the State Commission
shall adjudicate the penalties on such matters.
Factors to be
taken into
account by
adjudicating
officer

28.

While adjudicating the quantum of penalty under section 26,

the adjudicating officer shall have due regard to the following
factors, namely:(a) the amount of disproportionate gain or unfair advantage,
wherever quantifiable, made as a result of the default;
(b)

Civil court not

to have
jurisdiction

29.

the repetitive nature of the default.

No civil court shall have jurisdiction to entertain any suit or

proceeding in respect of any matter which an adjudicating officer appointed under this Act or the Appellate Tribunal is empowered by or under this Act to determine and no injunction
shall be granted by any court or other authority in respect of
any action taken or to be taken in pursuance of any power
conferred by or under this Act.
CHAPTER IX
APPELLATE TRIBUNAL FOR ENERGY CONSERVATION

Establishment
of Appellate
Tribunal

30.

The Central Government shall, by notification, establish an

Appellate Tribunal to be known as the Appellate Tribunal for
Energy Conservation to hear appeals against the orders of the
adjudicating officer or the Central Government or the State Government or any other authority under this Act.

Appeal to
Appellate
Tribunal

31.

(1)

Any person aggrieved, by an order made by an

adjudicating officer or the Central Government or the State
Government or any other authority under this Act, may
prefer an appeal to the Appellate Tribunal for Energy
Conservation:
428

Provided that any person appealing against the order of the

adjudicating officer levying any penalty, shall while filing the
appeal, deposit the amount of such penalty:
Provided further that where in any particular case, the Appellate Tribunal is of the opinion that the deposit of such penalty
would cause undue hardship to such person, the Appellate
Tribunal may dispense with such deposit subject to such conditions as it may deem fit to impose so as to safeguard the
realisation of penalty.
(2)

Every appeal under sub-section (1) shall be filed within a

period of forty-five days from the date on which a copy
of the order made by the adjudicating officer or the Central Government or the State Government or any other
authority is received by the aggrieved person and it shall
be in such form, verified in such manner and be accompanies by such fee as may be prescribed:

Provided that the Appellate Tribunal may entertain an appeal

after the expiry of the said period of forty-five days if it is satisfied that there was sufficient cause for not filing it within that
period.
(3)

On receipt of an appeal under sub-section (1), the Appellate Tribunal may, after giving the parties to the appeal an
opportunity of being heard, pass such orders thereon as
it thinks fit, confirming, modifying or setting aside the
order appealed against

(4)

The Appellate Tribunal shall send a copy of every order

made by it to the parties to the appeal and to the concerned adjudicating officer or the Central Government or
the State Government or any other authority.

(5)

The appeal filed before the Appellate Tribunal under subsection (l) shall be dealt with by it as expeditiously as
possible and endeavour shall be made by it to dispose of
the appeal finally within one hundred and eighty days
from the date of receipt of the appeal:

Provided that where an appeal could not be disposed of within

the said period of one hundred and eighty days, the Appellate
Tribunal shall record its reasons in writing for not disposing of
the appeal within the said period.
(6)

The Appellate Tribunal may, for the purpose of examining the legality, propriety or correctness of any order
made by the adjudicating officer or the Central Government or the State Government or any other authority under this Act, as the case may be in relation to any proceeding, on its own motion or otherwise, call for the
records of such proceedings and make such order in the
case as it thinks fit.
429

32.

(1)

The Appellate Tribunal shall consist of a Chairperson

and such number of Members not exceeding four, as the
Central Government may deem fit.

(2)

Subject to the provisions of this Act, (a)

the jurisdiction of the Appellate Tribunal maybe

exercised by Benches thereof;

(b)

a Bench may be constituted by the Chairperson of

the Appellate Tribunal with two or more Members
of the Appellate Tribunal as the Chairperson of the
Appellate Tribunal may deem fit:

Composition
of Appellate
Tribunal

Provided that every Bench constituted under this

clause shall include at least one Judicial Member
and one Technical Member;

(3)

(c)

The Benches of the Appellate Tribunal shall ordinarily sit at Delhi and such other places as the Central Government may, in consultation with the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal, notify;

(d)

The Central Government shall notify the areas in

relation to which each Bench of the Appellate Tribunal may exercise jurisdiction,

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (2),

the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal may transfer a
Member of the Appellate Tribunal from one Bench to
another Bench
Explanation For the purposes of this Chapter,

33.

(1)

(i)

Judicial Member means a Member of the Appellate Tribunal appointed as such under item (i) or
item (ii) or clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section
33, and includes the Chairperson of the Appellate
Tribunal;

(ii)

Technical Member means a Member of the Appellate Tribunal appointed as such under item (iii)
or item (iv) or item (v) or item (vi) of clause (b) of
sub-section (l) of section 33

A person shall not be qualified for appointment as the

Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or a Member of the
Appellate Tribunal unless he (a)

in the case of Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal, is or has been, a judge of the Supreme Court or
the Chief Justice of a High Court; and

(b)

in the case of a Member of the Appellate Tribunal,(i)

is, or has been, or is qualified to be, a Judge

of a High Court; or
430

Qualifications
for appointment of
Chairperson
and Members
of Appellate
Tribunal

Term of office

34.

(ii)

is, or has been, a Member of the Indian Legal

Service and has held a post in Grade I in that
service for atleast three years; or

(iii)

is, or has been, a Secretary for at least one

year in Ministry or Department or the Central
Government dealing with the Power, or Coal,
or Petroleum and Natural Gas, or Atomic Energy; or

(iv)

is, or has been Chairman of the Central Electricity Authority for at least one year; or

(v)

is, or has been, Director-General of Bureau or

Director-General of the Central Power Research Institute or Bureau of Indian Standards for atleast three years or has held any
equivalent post for atleast three years; or

(vi)

is, or has been, a qualified technical person

of ability and standing having adequate
knowledge and experience in dealing with the
matters relating to energy production and
supply, energy management, standardisation
and efficient use of energy and its conservation, and has shown capacity in dealing with
problems relating to engineering, finance,
commerce, economics, law or management

The Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal and every Member

of the Appellate Tribunal shall hold office as such for a term of
five years from the date on which he enters upon his office:
Provided that no Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or Member of the Appellate Tribunal shall hold office as such after he
has attained,

Terms and
conditions of
service

35.

(a)

in the case of the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal,

the age of seventy years;

(b)

in the case of any Member of the Appellate Tribunal, the

age of sixty-five years.

The salary and allowances payable to and the other terms and
conditions of service of the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal, Members of the Appellate Tribunal shall be such as may
be prescribed:
Provided that neither the salary and allowances nor the other
terms and conditions of service of the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or a Member of the Appellate Tribunal shall be
varied to his disadvantage after appointment.

Vacancies

36.

If for reason other than temporary absence any vacancy occurs

in the office of the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or the
431

Member of the Appellate Tribunal, the Central Government shall

appoint another person in accordance with the provisions of
this Act to fill the vacancy and the proceedings may be continued before the Appellate Tribunal from the stage at which the
vacancy is filled.
Registration
and removal

37.

(1)

The Chairperson or a Member of the Appellate Tribunal

may, by notice in writing under his hand addressed to the
Central Government, resign his office:

Provided that the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or a

Member of the Appellate Tribunal shall, unless he is permitted
by the Central Government to relinquish his office sooner, continue to hold office until the expiry of three months from the
date of receipt of such notice or until a person duly appointed
as his successor enters upon his office or until the expiry of
term of office, whichever is the earliest.

38.

39.

(2)

The Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or a Member

of the Appellate Tribunal shall not be removed from his
office except by an order by the Central Government on
the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity after an
inquiry made by such persons as the President may appoint for this purpose in which the Chairperson or a Member of the Appellate Tribunal concerned has been informed of the charges against him and given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in respect of such charges.

(1)

In the event of the occurrence of vacancy in the office of

the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal by reason of
his death, resignation or otherwise, the senior-most member of the Appellate Tribunal shall act as the Chairperson
of the Appellate Tribunal until the date on which a new
Chairperson appointed in accordance with the provisions
of this Act to fill such vacancy enters upon his office.

(2)

When the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal is unable to discharge his functions owing to his absence,
illness or any other cause, the senior most Member of the
Appellate Tribunal shall discharge the functions of the
Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal until the date on
which the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal resumes
his duties.

(1)

The Central Government shall provide the Appellate Tribunal with such officers and employees as it may deem
fit.

(2)

The officers and employees of the Appellate Tribunal

shall discharge their functions under the general superintendence of the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal
as the case may be.

432

Member to act
as Chairperson
in certain
circumstances

Staff of
Appellate
Tribunal

5 of 1908

40.

(3)

The salaries and allowances and other conditions of service of the officers and employees of the Appellate Tribunal shall be such as may be prescribed.

(1)

The Appellate Tribunal shall not be bound by the procedure laid down by the Code of civil Procedure, 1908 but
shall be guided by the principles of natural justice and
subject to the other provisions of this Act, the Appellate
Tribunal shall have powers to regulate it own procedure.

(2)

The Appellate Tribunal shall have, for the purposes of

discharging its functions under this Act, the same powers as are vested in the civil court under the Code of Civil
Procedure 1908, while trying to suit in respect of the following matters, namely:-

5 of 1908

1 of 1872

(a)

summoning and enforcing the attendance of any

person and examining him on oath;

(b)

requiring the discovery and production of documents;

(c)

receiving evidence of affidavits;

(d)

subject to the provisions of section 123 and 124 of

the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, requisitioning any
public record or document or copy of such record
or document from any office

(e)

issuing commissions for the examination of witnesses or documents;

(f)

reviewing its decisions;

(g)

dismissing a representation of default or deciding

it, ex parte;

(h)

setting aside any order of dismissal or any representation for default or any order passed by it, ex
parte;

(i)

any other matter which may be prescribed by the

Central Government.

(3)

An order made by the Appellate Tribunal under this Act

shall be executable by the Appellate Tribunal as a decree
of civil court and, for this purpose, the Appellate Tribunal shall have all the powers of a civil court.

(4)

Not withstanding anything contained in sub-section (3),

the Appellate Tribunal may transmit any order made by it
to a civil court having local jurisdiction and such civil
court shall execute the order as if it were a decree made by
the that court.

433

Procedure and
powers of
Appellate
Tribunal

45 of 1860

(5)

2 of 1974

All proceedings before the Appellate Tribunal shall be

deemed to be judicial proceedings within the meaning of
sections 193 and 228 of the Indian Penal Code and the
Appellate Tribunal shall be deemed to be civil court for
the purposes of section 345 and 346 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973.

Distribution of
business
amongst
Benches.

41.

Where Benches are constituted, the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal may, from time to time, by notification, make provisions as to the distribution of the business of the Appellate
Tribunal amongst the Benches and also provide for the matters
which may be dealt with by each Bench.

Power of
Chairperson
to transfer
cases

42.

On the application of any of the parties and after notice to the

parties, and after hearing such of them as he may desire to be
heard, or on his own motion without such notice, the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal may transfer any case pending
before one Bench for disposal, to any other Bench.

Decision to be
by majority

43.

If the Members of the Appellate Tribunal of a Bench consisting

of two Members differ in opinion on any point, they shall state
the point or points on which they differ, and make a reference to
the Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal who shall either hear
the point or points himself or refer the case for hearing on such
point or points by one or more of the other Members of the
Appellate Tribunal and such point or points shall be decided
according to the opinion of the majority of the Members of the
Appellate Tribunal who have heard the case, including those
who first heard it.

Right to
appellant to
take assistance
of legal
practitioner or
accredited
auditor and of
Government to
appoint
presenting
officers

44.

(1)

A person preferring an appeal to the Appellate Tribunal

under this Act may either appear in person or take assistance of a legal practitioner or an accredited energy auditor of his choice to present his case before the Appellate
Tribunal, as the case may be.

(2)

The Central Government or the State Government may

authorise one or more legal practitioners or any of its
officers to act as presenting officers and every person so
authorised may present the case with respect to any appeal before the Appellate Tribunal as the case may be.

Appeal to
Supreme Court

45.

Any person aggrieved by any decision or order of the

Appellate Tribunal may, file an appeal to the Supreme court
within sixty days from the date of communication of the
decision or order of the Appellate Tribunal to him, on any one
or more of the ground specified in section 100 of the Code of
Civil Procedure, 1908:
434

5 of 1908

Provided that the Supreme Court may, if it is satisfied that the

appellant was prevented by the sufficient cause from the filing
the appeal within the said period, allow it to be filed within a
further period of not exceeding sixty days.
CHAPTER X
MISCELLANEOUS
Power of
Central
Government to
issue directions
to Bureau

46.

(1)

Without prejudice to the foregoing provisions of this

Act, the Bureau shall, in exercise of its powers or the
performance of its functions under this Act, be bound by
such directions on questions of policy as the Central
Government may give in writing to it from time to time:

Provided that the Bureau shall, as far as practicable, be given

an opportunity to express his views before any direction is
given under this sub-section.

Power of
Central
Government to
supersede
Bureau

47.

(2)

The decision of the Central Government, whether a question is one of policy or not, shall be final.

(1)

If at any time the Central Government is of opinion -

(2)

(a)

that on account of grave emergency, the Bureau is

unable to discharge the functions and duties imposed on it by or under the provisions of this Act;
or

(b)

that the Bureau has persistently made default in

complying with any direction issued by the Central
Government under this Act or in discharge of the
functions and duties imposed on it by or under the
provisions of this Act and as a result of such default, the financial position of the Bureau had deteriorated or the administration of the Bureau had
deteriorated; or

(c)

that circumstances exist which render it necessary

in the public interest so to do, the Central Government may, by notification, supersede the Bureau
for such period, not exceeding six months, as may
be specified in the notification.

Upon the publication of a notification under sub-section

(1) superseding the Bureau (a)

all the members referred to in clauses (o), (p) and

(q) of sub-section (2) of section 4 shall, as from the
date of supersession, vacate their offices as such;

(b)

all the powers, functions and duties which may, by

or under the provisions of this Act, be exercised or
discharged by or on behalf of the Bureau, shall
until the Bureau is reconstituted under sub-sec435

tion (3), be exercised and discharged by such person or persons as the Central Government may direct; and
(c)

(3)

all property owned or controlled by the Bureau

shall, until the Bureau is reconstituted under subsection (3), vest in the Central Government.

On the expiration of the period of supersession specified

in the notification issued under sub-section (1), the Central Government may reconstitute the Bureau by a fresh
appointment and in such case any person or persons
who vacated their offices under clause (a) of sub-section
(2), shall not be deemed disqualified for appointment:

Provided that the Central Government may, at any time, before

the expiration of the period of supersession, take action under
this sub-section
(d)

48.

(1)

the Central Government shall cause a notification

issued under sub-section (1) and full report of any
action taken under this section and the circumstances leading to such action to be laid before
each House of Parliament at the earliest.

Where a company makes a default in complying with the

provisions of clause (c) or clause (d) or clause (h) or
clause (i) or clause (k) or clause (l) or clause (n) or clause
(r) or clause (s) of section 14 or clause (b) or clause (c) or
clause (h) of section 15, every person who at the time of
such contravention was incharge of, and was responsible to the company for the conduct of the business of
the company, as well as the company, shall be deemed to
have acted in contravention of the said provisions and
shall be liable to be proceeded against and imposed penalty under section 26 accordingly:

Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any such person liable for penalty provided in this Act if he
proves that the contravention of the aforesaid provisions was
committed without his knowledge or that he exercised all due
diligence to prevent the contravention of the aforesaid provision. Default by companies
(2)

Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (l),

where any contravention of the provisions of clause (c)
or clause (d) or clause (h) or clause (i) or clause (k) or
clause (l) or clause (n) or clause (r) or clause (s) of section
14 or clause (b) or clause (c) or clause (h) of section 15
has been committed with the consent or connivance of,
or in attributable to, any neglect on the part of , any
director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or other officer
436

Default by
companies

shall also be deemed to have contravened the said provisions and shall be liable to be proceeded for imposition
of penalty accordingly.
Explanation For the purposes of this section, company
means a body corporate and includes a firm or other association of individuals.
43 of 1961

49.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Income-tax Act,

1961 or any other enactment for the time being in force relating
to tax on income, profits or gains - Exemption from tax on
income
(a)

the Bureau;

(b)

the existing Energy Management Centre from the date of

its constitution to the date of establishment of the Bureau, shall not be liable to pay any income tax or any tax in
respect of their income, profits or gains derived.

Protection of
action taken in
good faith

50.

No suit, prosecution or other legal proceedings shall lie against

the Central Government or Director-General or Secretary or State
Government or any officer of those Governments or State Commission or its members or any member or officer or other employee of the Bureau for anything which is in good faith done
or intended to be done under this Act or the rules or regulations
made thereunder.

Delegation

51.

The Bureau may, by general or special order in writing, delegate

to any member, member of the committee, officer of the Bureau
or any other person subject to such conditions, if any, as may
be specified in the order, such of its powers and functions
under this Act (except the powers under section (58) as it may
deem necessary

Power to
obtain
information

52.

Every designated consumer or manufacturer of equipment or

appliances specified under clause (b) of section 14 shall supply
the Bureau with such information, and with such samples of
any material or substance used in relation to any equipment or
appliance, as the Bureau may require.

Power to
exempt

53.

If the Central Government or the State Government is of the

opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do in the public
interest, it may, by notification and subject to such conditions
as may be specified in the notification, exempt any designated
consumer or class of designated consumers from application of
all or any of the provisions of this Act:
Provided that the Central Government or the State Government,
as the case may be, shall not grant exemption to any designated
consumer or class of designated consumers for the period exceeding five years:

437

Exemption
from tax on
income

Provided further that the Central Government or State Government, as the case may be shall consult the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency before granting such exemption.
Chairperson,
Members,
officers and
employees of
the Appellate
Tribunal,
Members of
State Commission, DirectorGeneral,
Secretary,
members,
officers and
employees to
be public
servants.

54.

The Chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal or the Members of

the Appellate Tribunal or officers or employees of the Appellate Tribunal or the members of the State Commission or the
members, Director-General, Secretary, officers and other employees of the Bureau shall be deemed, when acting or purporting to act in pursuance of any of the provisions of the Act, to be
public servants within the meaning of section 21 of the Indian
Penal Code.

Power of
Central
Government to
issue directions.

55.

The Central Government may give directions to a State Government or the Bureau as to carrying out into execution of this Act
in the State

Power of
Central
Government to
make rules.

56.

(1)

The Central Government may, by notification, make rules

for carrying out the provisions of this Act.

(2)

In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of

the foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or
any of the following matters, namely:(a)

such number of persons to be appointed as members by the Central Government under clauses (o),
(p) and (q) of sub-section (2) of section 4;

(b)

the fee and allowances to be paid to the members

under sub-section (5) of section 4;

(c)

the salary and allowances payable to the DirectorGeneral and other terms and conditions of his service and other terms and conditions of service of
the Secretary of the Bureau under sub-section (4)
of section 9;

(d)

the terms and conditions of service of officer and

other employees of the Bureau under sub-section
(2) of section 10;

(e)

performing such other functions by the Bureau, as

may be prescribed, under clause(u) of sub-section
(2) or section 13;

(f)

the energy consumption norms and standards

for designated consumers under clause (g) of
section 14;

438

45 0f 1860

(g)

prescribing the different norms and standards for

different designated consumers under the proviso
to clause (g) of section 14;

(h)

the form and manner and the time within which

information with regard to energy consumed and
the action taken on the recommendations of the
accredited energy auditor be furnished under clause
(k) of section 14;

(i)

the form and manner in which the status of energy

consumption be submitted under clause (l) of section 14;

(j)

the minimum qualification for energy managers

under clause (m) of section 14;

(k)

the form and manner for preparation of scheme and

its implementation under clause (o) of section 14;

(l)

the energy conservation building codes under

clause (p) of section 14;

(m)

the matters relating to inspection under sub-section (2) of section 17;

(n)

the form in which, and the time at which, the Bureau shall prepare its budget under section 22;

(o)

the form in which, and the time at which, the Bureau shall prepare its annual report under section
23;

(p)

the form in which the accounts of the Bureau shall

be maintained under section 25;

(q)

the manner of holding inquiry under sub-section

(l) of section 27;

(r)

the form of and fee for filing such appeal under

sub-section (2) of section 31;

(s)

the salary and allowances payable to and other

terms and conditions of service of the Chairperson
of the Appellate Tribunal and Member of the Appellate Tribunal under section 35;

(t)

the salary and allowances and other conditions of

service of the officers and other employees of the
Appellate Tribunal under sub-section (3) of section 39;

(u)

the additional matters in respect of which the Appellate Tribunal may exercise the powers of a civil
court under clause (i) of sub-section (2) of section
40;
439

(v)

57.

Power of
Bureau to make
regulations

58.

any other matters which is to be, or may be, prescribed, or in respect of which provision is to be
made, or may be made by rules.

(1)

The State Government may, by notification, makes rules

for carrying out the provisions of this Act and not inconsistent with the rules, if any, made by the Central Government.

(2)

In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of

the foregoing power, such rules may provide for all or
any of the following matters, namely: (a)

energy conservation building codes under clause

(a) of section 15;

(b)

the form, the manner and the period within which

information with regard to energy consumption
shall be furnished under clause (h) of section 15;

(c)

the person or any authority who shall administer

the Fund and the manner in which the Fund shall
be administered under sub-section (4) of section
16;

(d)

the matters to be included for the purposes of inspection under sub-section (2) of section 17

(e)

any other matter which is to be, or may be, prescribed, or in respect of which provision is to be
made, or may be made, by rules.

(1)

The Bureau may, with the previous approval of the Central Government and subject to the condition of previous
publication, by notification, make regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act and the rules made
thereunder to carry out the purposes of this Act.

(2)

In particular, and without prejudice to the generality of

the foregoing power, such regulations may provide for all
or any of the following matters, namely:(a)

the times and places of the meetings of the Governing Council and the procedure to be followed at
such meetings under sub-section (1) of section 5;

(b)

the members of advisory committees constituted

under sub-section (2) of section 8;

(c)

the powers and duties that maybe exercised and

discharged by the Director-General of the Bureau
under sub-section (6) of section 9;

(d)

the levy of fee for services provided for promoting

efficient use of energy and its conservation under
clause (n) of sub-section (2) of section 13;
440

Power of State
Government to
make rules

Rules and
regulations to
be laid before
Parliament and
State Legislature

Application of
other laws not
barred.

59.

60.

(e)

the list of accredited energy auditors under clause

(o) of sub-section (2) of section 13;

(f)

the qualifications for accredited energy auditors

under clause (p) of sub-section (2) of section 13;

(g)

the manner and the intervals or time in which the

energy audit shall be conducted under clause (q)
of sub-section (2) of section 13;

(h)

certification procedure for energy managers under

clause (r) of sub-section (2) of section (13);

(i)

particulars required to be displayed on label and

the manner of their display under clause (d) of section 14;

(j)

the manner and the intervals of time for conduct of

energy audit under clause (h) or clause (s) of section 14;

(k)

the manner and the intervals of time for conducting

energy audit by an accredited energy auditor under clause (c) of section 15;

(l)

any other matter which is required to be, or may be,

specified.

(1)

Every rule made by the Central Government and every

regulation made under this Act shall be laid, as soon as
may be after it is made, before each House of Parliament
while it is in session, for a total period of thirty days
which may be comprised in one session or in two or more
successive session, and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the session or the successive
sessions aforesaid, both Houses agree in making any
modification in the rule or regulation, or both Houses
agree that the rule or regulation should not be made, the
rule or regulation shall thereafter have effect only in such
modified form or be of no effect, as the case may be; so
however that any such modification or annulment shall
be without prejudice to the validity of anything previously done under that rule or regulation.

(2)

Every rule made by the State Government shall be laid, as

soon as may be after it is made, before each House of the
State Legislature where it consists of two Houses, or
where such Legislature consists of one House, before
that House.

The provisions of this Act shall be in addition to, and not in

derogation of, the provisions of any other law for the time being in force.

441

61.

The provisions of this Act shall not apply to the Ministry or

Department of the Central Government dealing with Defence,
Atomic Energy or such other similar Ministries or Departments
undertakings or Boards or institutions under the control of
such Ministries or Departments as may be notified by the Central Government.

Provisions of
Act not to
apply in
certain cases

62.

(1)

Power to
remove
difficulty.

If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions

of this Act, the Central Government may, by order, published in the Official Gazette, make such provisions not
inconsistent with the provisions of this Act as may appear to be necessary for removing the difficulty:

Provided that no such order shall be made under this section

after the expiry of two years from the date of commencement of
this Act.
(2)

Every order made under this section shall be laid, as soon

as may be after it is made, before each House of Parliament.
THESCHEDULE

[See section 2 (s)]

List of Energy Intensive Industries and other establishments specified
as designated consumers
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Aluminium;
Fertilizers;
Iron and Steel;
Cement;
Pulp and paper;
Chlor Akali;
Sugar;
Textile;
Chemicals;
Railways;
Port Trust;
Transport Sector (industries and services);
Petrochemicals, Gas Crackers, Naphtha Crackers and Petroleum Refineries;
Thermal Power Stations, hydel power stations, electricity transmission companies
and distribution companies;
Commercial buildings or establishments;
SUBHASH C.JAIN,
Secy. to the Govt. of India.

MGIP(PLU)MRND2995GI19-10-2001
442

EXTRAORDINARY PART II SECTION 1 No. 37

MINISTRY OF LAW AND JUSTICE
(Legislative Department)
New Delhi, August 25, 2010/Bhadra 3, 1932 (Saka)
The following Act of Parliament received the assent of the President on the 24th August, 2010, and is hereby published for general
information:
THE ENERGY CONSERVATION (AMENDMENT) ACT, 2010
No 28 OF 2010
[24th August 2010]
An Act to amend the Energy Conservation Act, 2001.
BE it enacted by Parliament in the Sixty-first Year of the Republic of
India as follows:

52 of 2001

1.

This Act may be called the Energy Conservation (Amendment)

Act, 2010.

Short title

2.

In section 2 of the Energy Coservation Act, 2001 (hereinafter

referred to as the principal Act),

Amendment
of section 2

(i) in clause (a), for the words an auditor possessing

qualifications specified under, the words an energy auditor
accredited in accordance with the provisions of shall be
substituted;
(ii) in clause (b), for the words, and figures established
under sectior 30, the words and figures referred to in section
30 shall be substituted;
(iii) for clause (c), the following clause shall be substituted,
namely:(c) building means any structure or erection or part of
structure or erection after the rules relating to energy
conservation building codes have been notified under clause
(P) of section 14 and clause (a) of section 15 and includes any
existing structure or erection or part of structure or erection,
which is having a connected load of 100 Kilowatt (kW) or
contract demand of 120 Kilo- volt Ampere (kVA) and above and
is used or intended to be used for commercial purposes;;
443

(iv) after clause (m), the following clauses shall be inserted,

namely:(ma) energy savings certificate means any energy savings
certificate issued to the designated consumers tinder
sub-section (1) of section 14A;
(maa) equipment or appliance means any equipment or
appliance which consumes, generates, transmits or supplies
energy and includes any device that consumes any form of
energy and produces a desired work; .
Amendment
of section 9

3.

In section 9 of the principal Act, in sub-section (3), for the

words three years, the words five years shall be substituted.

Amendment
of section 10

4.

In section 10 of the principal Act, in sub-section (1), for the

words The Central Government, the words The Bureau
shall be substituted.

Amendment
of section 13

5.

In section 13 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2),(i) after clause (a), the following clause shall be inserted,
namely:(aa) recommend to the Central Government for issuing of
the energy savings certificate under section 14A;;
(ii) for clause (p), the following clause shall be substituted,
namely:(p) specify, by regulations, the qualifications, criteria and
conditions subject to which a person may be accredited as an
energy auditor and the procedure for such accreditation;;
(iii) in clause (r), for the words energy managers, the words
energy auditors and energy managers shall be substituted;
(iv) after clause(s), the following clause shall be inserted,
namely:(sa) conduct examination for capacity building and
strengthening of services in the field of energy conservation
including certification of energy managers and energy
auditors..

Amendment
of section 14

6.

In section 14 of the principal Act,(i) in clause (c), for the proviso, the following provisos shall
be substituted, namely:Provided that no notification prohibiting manufacture or
sale or purchase or import of equipment or appliance shall be
issued within a period of six months from the date of notification
issued under clause (a) of this section:
444

Provided further that the Central Government may, having

regard to the market share and the technological development
having impact on equipment or appliance, and for reasons to be
recorded in writing, extend the said period of six months referred
to in the first proviso by a further period not exceeding six
months;;
(ii) in clause (e), for the words any user or class of users of
energy as a designated consumer, the words any user or
class of users of energy in the energy intensive industries and
other establishments as specified in the Schedule as a
designated consumer shall be substituted;
(iii) in clause (m), for the words energy managers, the words
energy auditors and energy managers shall be substituted;
(iv) in clause (o), for the words such form and manner, the
words such form, the time within which and the manner shall
be substituted.
7.

After section 14 of the principal Act, the following sections

shall be inserted, name1y:14A. (1) The Central Government may issue the energy
savings certificate to the designated consumer whose energy
consumption is less than the prescribed norms and standards
in accordance with the procedure as may be prescribed.
(2) The designated consumer whose energy consumption is
more than the prescribed norms and standards shall be entitled
to purchase the energy savings certificate to comply with the
prescribed norms and standards.

8.

Insertion of
new sections
14A and 14B.
Power of
Central
Government
to issue
energy
savings
certificate

14B. The Central Government may, in consultation with the

Bureau, prescribe the value of per metric ton of oil equivalent of
energy consumed for the purposes of this Act..

Power of
Central
Government
to specify
value of
energy

In section 26 of the principal Act,-

Amendment
of section 26

(a) in sub-section (1),(i) the words, brackets and letter or clause (n) shall be
omitted;
(ii) for the words ten thousand rupees, the words ten lakh
rupees shall be substituted;
(iii) for the words one thousand rupees, the words
ten thousand rupees shall be substituted;
(b) after sub-section (1), the following sub-section shall be
inserted, namely:445

(1A) If any person fails to comply with the provisions of

clause (n) of section 14, he shall be liable to a penalty which
shall not exceed ten lakh rupees and, in the case of continuing
failure, with an additional penalty which shall not be less than
the price of every metric ton of oil equivalent of energy,
prescribed under this Act, that is in excess of the prescribed
norms.".
9.

36 of 2003

10.
36 of 2003

For section 30 of the principal Act, the following section shall

be substituted, namely :-

Substitution of
new section
for section 30

30. The Appellate Tribunal established under section 110 of

the Electricity J Act, 2003 shall, without prejudice to the
provisions ofthe Electricity Act, 2003, be the Appellate Tribunal
for the purposes of this Act and hear appeals against the orders
of the adjudicating officer or the Central Government or the
State Government or any other authority under this Act.".

Appellate
Tribunal

After section 3 1 of the principal Act, the following section shall

be inserted, namely:-

Insertion of
new section
31A

3IA. The provisions of sections 120 to 123 (both inclusive)

of the Electricity Act, 2003 shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to the
Appellate Tribunal in the discharge of its functions under this
Act as they apply to it in the discharge of its function under the
Electricity Act, 2003..

Procedure
and powers of
Appellate
Tribunal

Omission of
sections
32 to 43.

11.

Sections 32 to 43 of the principal Act shall be omitted.

Amendment
of section 54

12.

In section 54 of the principal Act, the words Chairperson of

the Appellate Tribunal or the Members of the Appellate Tribunal
or officers or employees of the Appellate Tribunal or the Members
of the State Commission or the shall be omitted.

Amendment
of section 56

13.

In section 56 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2),(i) in clause ( j), for the words energy managers,
the words energy auditors and energy managers shall be
substituted;
(ii) after sub-clause (t), the following clauses shall be inserted,
namely:(la) prescribing the procedure for issuing
the energy savings certificate under sub-section (I) of
section 14A;
(laa) the value of per metric ton of oil equivalent of
energy consumed under section 148;;
(iii) clauses (s), (t) and (u) shall be omitted.
446

Amendment
of section 58

14.

In section 58 of the principal Act, in sub-section (2),(a) for clause (f), the following clause shall be substituted,
namely:(f) the qualifications, criteria and conditions subject to which
a person may be accredited as an energy auditor and the
procedure for such accreditation under clause (p) of sub-section
(2) of section 13;;
(b) in clause (h), for the words energy managers, the words
energy auditors and energy managers shall be substituted.

Amendment
of the
Schedule

15.

In the Schedule to the principal Act, in the heading, the words

specified as designated consumers shall be omitted.

Amendment
of certain
enactment

16.

The enactment specified in the Schedule to this Act shall be

amended in the manner specified therein.

447

THE SCHEDULE
(See section 16)
AMENDMENT

TO THE

(36

ELECTRICITY ACT, 2003

OF

2003)

In section 110, for the words under this Act, the worlds under
this Act or any other law for the time being in force shall be
substituted.
V. K. BHASIN
Secy. to the Govt. of India

448

Amendment of
Section 110,

Chapter 13

Rules & Regulation under

Energy Conservation Act

449

450

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
New Delhi, the 24th September, 2003
G.S.R. 761(E) In exercise of the powers conferred by section 56 of the Energy Conservation
Act, 2001 (52 of 2001); the Central Government hereby makes the following rules for regulating the
appointment and other terms and conditions of service of the Director General of the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency, namely. _
1.

Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Appointment and Terms and Conditions of Service of the Director-General Rules, 2003.
(2)

2.

They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

Definitions - In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,

(a)

Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001(52 of 2001);

(b) Director General means the Director-General of the Bureau appointed under Sub-section (1) of Section 9 of the Act;

3.

4.

(c)

Section means a section of the Act, and

(d)

all other words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Act, shall
have the meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.

Appointment of Director General- (I) The Central Government shall appoint a person possessing the qualifications and experience laid down in sub-section (1) of section 9 as the Director
General
(2)

The term of the office of Director General shall be determined from the date on which he
enters upon his office.

(3)

Where an officer of the Central Government or a State Government is appointed as the

Director General, his appointment, till the date he attains the age of superannuation, shall
be deemed to have been made on deputation and after the date of superannuation, till he
attains the age of sixty year, his appointment shall be deemed to have been made on short
term contract.

(4)

Where a person working under a public sector undertaking or autonomous or statutory

organization or form any private company or society or institution is appointed as the
Director General, his appointment shall be deemed to have been made on short term
contract.

Scale of pay and allowances - (I) The Director-General shall be entitled to draw a salary in the pay
scale of Rs. 22400-525-24500.
451

Provided that where an officer of the Central or State Government is appointed as Director
General his pay being drawn form the parent Government shall be protected.

5.

(2)

The pension and the leave salary contribution in respect of a person appointed under
sub-rule (4) of rule 3 shall be paid by the Bureau to the lending Government.

(3)

The Director-General shall be entitled to dearness allowance appropriate to his pay at the
rate admissible to a Group A officer of the corresponding status in the Central Government.

(4)

The other terms and conditions of the service of the Director-General for which the
provisions have not been made in these rules, including entitlement of leave salary, leave
travel concession traveling allowance, medical facilities, shall be such as are admissible to
a Group A officer of the corresponding status in the Central Government.

Resignation and removal of Director General - (1) The Director General may relinquish his
office has giving in writing under his hand to the Central Government a notice of not less than
ninety days.
(2)

The Director General may be removed from his office by the Central Government if he is
subject to any of the disqualifications mentioned in rule 6.

Provided that the Director General shall, unless he is permitted by the Central Government to
relinquish his office sooner, continue to hold office until the expiry of ninety days from the date
of receipt of such notice or within the said period of ninety days until a person duly appointed
as his successor enters upon his office or until the expiry of term of office, whichever is the
earliest.
6.

Grounds for removal - (1) The Central Government may remove from office the Director General
who
a)

is, or at any time has been adjudged as an insolvent; or

b)

is/or becomes, of unsound mind or is so declared by a competent court; or

c)

has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as the Director General; or

d)
has been convicted of any offence which, in the opinion of the Central Government,
involves moral turpitude; or
e)
has acquired such financial or other interest as is likely to affect prejudicially his functions as the Director General; or
f)
has so abused his position as to render his continuation in office detrimental to the
public, interest.
(2)

7.

The Director General shall not be removed ftom service under the provisions of sub-rule
(2) of rule 5 unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in the
matter.

Entitlement for staff car - The Director General shall be entitled to the use of staff car in
accordance with the instructions issued from time to time by the Central Government.
[F. No. 13137Z001-EM]
SHASHI SHEKHAR, Jt. Secy

452

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
New Delhi, the 2nd September, 2005
G.S.R 567(E) -In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 56 of the Energy Conservation
Act, 2001 (52 of 2), the .Central Government hereby makes the following amendments in the Bureau of
Energy Efficiency Appointment and Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General Rules, 2003,
namely :
1.
(1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Energy Efficiency Appointment and Terms and
Conditions of Service of Director General (Amendment) Rules, 2005.
(2) These rules shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
2.
In the Bureau of Energy Efficiency Appointment and Terms and Conditions of Service of Director General Rules, 2003, in rule 3, for sub-rule (l), the following shall be substituted, namely ;
The Central Government shall appoint a person possessing the following qualifications and
experience;
(i)
Essential Qualifications and Experience :
(a) a candidate must be a Graduate in Engineering or Post-Graduate in Physics or
Chemistry or Geology or Geophysics or Energy Studies or Energy Management or
Energy Economics; and
(b) shall have the experience of 25 years of service in the Central Government or the
State Government in Group A with at least 3 years experience in the pay scale of
Rs. 18,400-22,400 in the parent cadre of service.
or
at least 25 years of post qualification experience in any public sector undertaking or
an autonomous body or any statutory body or any private firm, out of which 5
years should be at a senior level in a organization of a repute, and
(c) the candidate must have adequate knowledge and experience in dealing with the
matters relating to energy) production, supply and energy management, standardization and efficient use of energy and its conservation
(ii) Desirable qualification and experience :
A candidate possessing a Post-Graduate Engineering or Doctorate degree in Physics or Chemistry or Geology or Geophysics or Energy Studies or Energy Management or Energy & Economics
and having experience in policy formulation or planning in the field of energy management shall be
preferred.
[F. No. 13/3/2001-EM]
D.C. SRIVASTAV, Director
Note: The principal rules were published in the Gazette of India Extraordinary, dated the 24th September, 2003, Part II, Section 3 (i), vide No. G.S.R 761 (E).
453

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Notification
New Delhi, the 5th September, 2005
G.S.R. 317 - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (0) of Sub-section (2) of Section 56 of
the Energy Conservation Act, 200 I (52 of 2001), the Central Government hereby makes the following
rules regulating the preparation Annual Report by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency namely :
1.

Short title and Commencement - (1) These Rules may be called the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(Annual Report) Rules, 2005.
(2)

2.

3.

They shall come in to force on the date of publication in the Official Gazette.

Definitions - (1 ) In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires,

(a)

Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001;

(b)

Annual Report means the report referred to in Section 23 of the Act;

(c)

Annual Statement of Accounts means annual statement of accounts referred to in

Section 25 of the Act;

(d)

Bureau means the Bureau of Energy Efficiency established under Sub-section (1) of
Section 3 of the Act;

(e)

Director-General means the Director-General of the Bureau appointed under Sub-section (1) of Section 3 of the Act;

(f)

Secretary means the Secretary of the Bureau appointed under Sub-section (2) of Section 9 of the Act;

(g)

Schedule means the Schedule annexed to these Rules;

(h)

Year means the financial year.

(2)

Words and expression used herein and not defined in these rules but defined in the
Energy Conservation Act, 200 I shall have the meaning as assigned to them in that Act.

Preparation of Annual Report -(1) The Bureau shall prepare its Annual Report each year giving
a full account of its activities undertaken during the relevant year. The annual report shall
include in it details of activities likely to be undertaken by the Bureau during the next financial
year, Annual Statement of Accounts duly certified by the Comptroller and Auditor General of
India Audit Report, action taken report thereon, Report of the Director General and such other
documents as may be prescribed by the Central Government in this regard.
(2) The Annual Report shall be prepared in the format specified in Form A contained in the
Schedule.
454

4.

Authority for preparation of Annual Report - Secretary of the Bureau shall supervise the
preparation of the Annual Report to ensure that it faithfully reflects the activities undertaken or
planned to be undertaken by the Bureau and it is submitted to the Central Government in time.

5.

Submission of Annual Report - The Bureau shall submit the Annual Report to the Central
Government duly approved by the Governing Council before 15th September of each year for
being laid before each House of the Parliament under Section 24 of the Act :
Provided that on a request from the Bureau in this behalf, the Central Government for reasons to
be recorded in writing may extend the date of submission of Annual Report to the Central
Government by such period, as it may consider necessary.

6.

Delay in submission of Annual Report -Whenever there is delay in submission of the Annual
Report to the Central Government, the Bureau shall also submit to the Central Government a
statement explaining the reasons for delay along with the Annual Report, duly approved by the
Governing Council or such other authority as may be prescribed by the Governing Council in
this regard.
Schedule
FORM A
(See Sub-role (2) of Rule 3)
FORMAT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT

1.

2.

3.

General
(i)

The Mission

(ii)

The Objectives of Bureau of Energy Efficiency and its Role

(iii)

Report of the Director General

(iv)

Governing Council/Executive Committee composition, changes in composition/membership

(v)

Sector-wise view-Agriculture, Industrial, Transport and Domestic and Commercial and

such other sectors as may be specified by the Government.

Programmes and Projects

(i)

Progress in the execution of the sanctioned Projects/Schemes/Programmes with reference to targets

(ii)

New Projects/Schemes/Programmes contemplated together with their advantages, financial implications and Programmes for execution

(iii)

Significant events and happenings such as National Energy Conservation Award. .

(iv)

An account of the activities having been implemented with regard to the Energy Conservation Act, such as Standards and Labelling, Designated Consumers, Certification of
Energy Manager, Energy Conservation Building Code, Accreditation of Energy Audit
Firms.

International Co-operation
Details of Multi-lateral/Bilateral Programmes and their contribution

4.

Administration and Accounts of the Bureau

455

(i)

Capital structure of the Bureau

(ii)

Summary of the financial results

(iii)

Measures taken for improving or strengthening the functioning of the Bureau

(iv)

Annual Statement of Accounts, viz, Balance Sheet, Receipt and Payment Accounts and
Income-Expenditure Statement duly audited.

5.

Grievance redressal

6.

Welfare of SC/ST/OBC

7.

Welfare of Minority

8.

Progressive Use of Hindi

9.

Vigilance
[F. No. 10/7/2004-EM]
GIREESH B. PRADHAN, Jt. Secy.

456

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Notification
New Delhi, the 29th November, 2006
G.S.R. 296 - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (o) of sub-section (2) of Section 56 of
the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001), the Central Government hereby makes the following
rules to amend the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Annual Report) Rules, 2005, namely:
1.

Short title and Commencement(1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (Annual Report) Amendment Rules, 2006.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

In the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Annual Report) Rules, 2005, in rule 5, after the
submit the words English and Hindi version of shall be inserted.
[F. No. 10/7/2004-EM]
U.N. PANJIAR, Addl. Secy.

Footnote:The principal rules were published vide G.S.R. 317 dated the 5th September, 2005.

457

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

MINISTRY OF POWER

Notification
New Delhi, the 15th June, 2004
G.S.R. 362(E) - In exercise of the powers confected by Section 56 of the Energy Conservation
Act, 200 I (52 of 2001), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules regulating the
appointment of Secretary, Bureau of Energy Efficiency, a body corporate under the Ministry of Power,
namely:~
1.
Short title and commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(Appointment of Secretary) Rules, 2004.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
2.
Number of post, classification and scale of pay - The number of post, its classification and the
scale of pay attached thereto shall be as specified in columns 2 to 4 of the Schedule annexed to
these rules.
3.
Method of recruitment, age limit, qualifications, etc. -The method of recruitment to the said
post, age limit, qualifications and other matters relating thereto shall be as specified in columns
5 to 14 of the said Schedule aforesaid.
4.
Disqualification - No person,
(a) who has entered into or contracted a marriage with a person having a spouse living; or
(b) who, having a spouse living, has entered into or contracted a marriage with any person,
shall be eligible for appointment to the said post:
Provided that the Central Government may, if satisfied that such marriage is punishable under
the personal law applicable to such person and the other party to the marriage and that there are
other grounds for so doing, exempt any person from the operation of this rule.
5.
The conditions of service for which the provisions have not been made in these rules, including
entitlement of leave salary, leave travel concession, travelling allowances, medical facilities,
shall be such as are admissible to a Group A officer of the corresponding status in the Central
Government.
.
6.
Power to relax - Where the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do, it may, by order, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax any of the provisions
of these rules with respect to any class or category of persons.
7.
Savings Nothing in these rules shall affect reservations, relaxation of age limit and other
concessions required to be provided for the Scheduled Castes, the Scheduled Tribes and other
special categories of persons in accordance with the orders issued by the Central Government
from time to time in this regard.
458

SCHEDULE
Name of the Post

No. of the Post

Classification

Scale of pay

Whether Selection Post

or non selection post

Age limit for direct

recruits

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Secretary

1 (One)

Group A

Rs.14,300.400-18,300

Selection

Not applicable

Whether benefit of added

years of service admissible
under rule 30 of the Central
Civil Services (pension)
Rules. 1972

Educational and other

qualifications required
for direct recruits
the case of promotee

Whether age and educational

qualifications prescribed for
direct recruits will apply in

Period of probation,
if any

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Method of recruitment
whether by direct
recruitment or by
promotion or by
deputation or transfer
and percentage of the
vacancies to be filled

In case of recruitment by
promotion or deputation or
transfer, grades from which
promotion or deputation or
transfer to be made

If Departmental Promotion
Committee exists, what is its
composition

Circumstances in which
Union Public Service
Commission is to be
Consulted in making
recruitment

(11)

(12)

(13)

(14)

By deputation

Deputation.- The officers of

Central or State Governments
holding a post not below the
rank of Deputy Secretary to
the Government of India.
Desirable.(i) Experience in the field of
generation transmission
distribution of power or
enegy conservation;
(ii) Experience in
administrative, financial and
Conservation -Member
budgetary matters.
Period of deputation.- The
term of office of Secretary
shall be three years, from
the date on which he enters
upon his office or the date
of his superannuation in
his parent cadre, whichever
is earlier. The term of
deputation may be extended
where considered necessary

Departmental Promotion
Committee for deputation
1. Secretary/Special Secretary
Ministry of Power

Consultation with
Union Public Service
Commission not
necessary.

by various methods

2. Director-General, Breau of
Energy Efficiency.
Member
3. Additional Secretary/Joint
Secretary, Ministry of Power
in-charge of Energy .

upto a period of five years,

[F. No. 13/7/2001-EM]

GIREESH B. PRADHAN, Jt. Secy.

459

EXTRAORDINARY PART III Section 4

BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY

Notification
New Delhi, the 27th September, 2005
F.No. 02-11(1)/03-BEE Whereas draft of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Procedure for conduct of Business of the Governing Council Regulations, 2004 was published vide notification No. 02/
11(1)/03-BEE dated the 6th July, 2004 in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part III< Section 4 as
required under sub-section 1 of Section 58 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001) for the
information of all persons likely to be affected thereby;
And whereas notice was given that the said draft regulations will be taken into consideration
together with any objection or suggestion received on or after the expirty of a period of forty
five days from the date when the Gazettee copies were made available;
And whereas the Gazette copies of the said draft regulation were made available to the public on
6th July, 2004;
And whereas no objection or suggestion with respect to the said draft has been received within
the period aforesaid;
Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (2) of section 58 of the
Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001), the Bureau of Energy Efficiency with the previous
approval of the Central Government, hereby makes the following regulations, namely
1.

Short title and commencement - (1) These regulations may be called the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (Procedures for Conduct of Business of the Governing Council) Regulations, 2005.
(2)

2.

They shall come into force on the date of their final publication in the Official Gazette.

Definitions - (1) In these regulations,unless the context otherwise requires,

(a)

Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001;

(b)

Director General means the Director General of the Bureau appointed under sub-section (1) of section 9 of the Act;

(c)

Member-secretary means the member secretary of the Governing Council appointed

under sub-section (1) of section 4;

(d)

section means as section of the Act;

(e)

Year means the period of twelve months beginning with, the 1st day of January and
ending with the 31st day of December.

460

(2)
3.

Date of time of meeting (1) The Governing Council of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency shall meet
at least twice in a year.
(2)

4.

Words and expressions used herein and hot defined but defined in the Act shall have the
meaning respectively assigned to them in the Act.

The member-Secretary after consultation with the Chairperson shall fix the date, time and
place of a meeting of the Governing Council.

Notice of meeting - (1) Each member shall be given in writing seven days clear notice of a
meeting fixed under regulation, 3 and the agenda of business to be transacted therein at his
registered or usual address:
Provided that in the case of urgency a special meeting may be convened at a short notice
informing each member of the business to be transacted and reasons for convening such
meeting.

5.

6.

7.

Quorum and procedure at meeting - (1) The quorum necessary for transaction of business at a
meeting of the Governing Council shall be one third of the total number of members of the
Governing Council.
(2)

If at any meeting there is no quorum, the Chairperson shall adjourn the meeting and fix
another date.

(3)

When a meeting has been ajourned under sub-regulation (2), on the other date fixed for
the meeting, only the business of the adjourned meeting shall be transacted and the
provisions of sub-regulation (1) shall not be applicable.

Minutes of the meeting - (1) The member secretary shall draw the minutes of the meeting and
record the same in minute book kept for this purpose.
(2)

All the records in respect of meeting shall be signed by the member-secretary.

(3)

A copy of the minutes of each meeting shall be sent to each member.

Conduct of business by the Committee

(1)

In case of committee set up by the Governing Council to assist it in the conduct of its
business, the quorum to constitute a sitting of such committee shall be one-third of the
total number of members of the committee.

(2)

If at any meeting of the Committee there is no quorum, the Chairperson of the Committee
shall adjourn the meeting to another date to transact the business of the adjorned meeting.

(3)

The provisions contained in regulation 6 shall also be applicable in case of meetings of

such Committees.

(4)

The Governing Council may issue directions to the Chairperson of the Committee for
regulating other procedure, not covered under these regulations.

(5)

The provisions contained in section (5) of the Act shall be applicable.

V.S. VERMA, Director General
[Advt. III/IV/185/2005/Exty.]

461

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Notification
New Delhi, the 28th February, 2007
G.S.R. 173(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (p) of Sub-section (2) of Section 56
and sub-section (1) of Section 25 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001), the Central
Government, in consultation with the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India, hereby makes the
following rules, namely:1.

Short title and Commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(Form of Annual Statement of Accounts and Records) Rules, 2007.
(2)

2.

3.

They shall come in to force on the date of publication in the Official Gazette.

Definitions - (1 ) In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires,

(a)

Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001);

(b)

Audit Officer means the Comptroller and Auditor General of India or any person appointed by him in connection with the audit of accounts of the Bureau;

(c)

Bureau means the Bureau of Energy Efficiency constituted under Section 3 of the Act;

(d)

Director-General means the Director-General of the Bureau appointed under Section 9

of the Act;

(e)

Finance and Accounts Officer means the Finance and Accounts Officer of the Bureau
or any other officer authorized to exercise the powers of the Finance and Accounts
Officer;

(f)

Form means a form appended to these rules;

(g)

Secretary means the Secretary of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency appointed under
Section 9 of the Act.

(2)

Words and expressions used and not defined in these rules but defined in the Act, shall
have the same meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.

Accounts of the Bureau(1) The Bureau shall prepare the annual statement of accounts for
every financial year commencing with 2004-05. The Director General of the Bureau may authorize the Finance and Accounts Officer to prepare the accounts on his behalf.
(2)

The Secretary of the Bureau shall supervise the maintenance of the accounts of the
Bureau, the compilation of financial statement and return, and shall ensure that all accounts, book, connected vouchers and other documents and papers of the Bureau required by the audit officer for the purpose of auditing the accounts of the Bureau are
placed at the disposal of that officer.

(3)

The annual statement of accounts duly approved by the Governing Council of the Bureau
and after certification by the Comptroller and Auditor General of India or his authorized
462

representative, shall be submitted by the Director-General of the Bureau to the Central

Government by 15th November of each year or such other date as may be specified by the
Central Government from time to time.
(4) (a)

4.

The Bureau shall prepare the following financial statements alongwith necessary
Schedules, notes on accounts and significant accounting policies in accordance with the
common format of financial statements prescribed by the Government of India, Ministry
of Finance, Controller General of Accounts, namely:
(i)

Balance Sheet in Form-A.

(ii)

Income and Expenditure Account in Form-B,

(iii)

Receipt and Payment Account in Form-C.

(b)

The authorized signatories to sign and authenticate the Receipts and Payment Accounts,
Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet shall be Finance and Account
Officer, Secretary and Director-General of the Bureau:

(c)

The Bureau shall prepare these financial statements in accordance with the notes,
instructions and accounting policies for compilation of financial statements as detailed in
the common format of financial statements and the instruction issued by the Central
Government from time to time.

Audit of Accounts.(1) The Annual statement of accounts shall be submitted to the Audit
officer on or before the 30th June, following year to which the accounts relate and the Audit
Officer shall audit the accounts of the Bureau and report thereon.
(2)

The Bureau shall, on receipt of the Audit Report, take action to remedy any defect or
irregularity pointed out therein and submit the Annual Statement of Accounts together
with the Audit Report and action taken note thereon to the Governing Council for
approval.

(3)

The Annual Statement of Accounts, together with the Audit Report and action taken
note thereon, duly approved by the Governing Council, shall be included in the Annual
Report of the Bureau and submitted to the Central Government by 15th November of
each year or such other date as may be specified by the Central Government from time to
time.
FORM A
[See Rule 3(4)(a)(i)]
BALANACE SHEET AS AT 31st MARCH
(Amount Rs.)

Corpus/Capital Fund and Liabilities

Schedule

Current Year

Previous Year

Corpus/Capital Fund

Reserve and Surplus

Earmarked/Endowment Funds

Secured Loans and Borrowings

Unsecured Loans and Borrowings

Deferred Credit Liabilities

Current Liabilities and Provisions

TOTAL
463

ASSETS
Fixed Assets

Investmentsfrom Earmarked/Endowment Funds

InvestmentsOthers

10

Current Assets, Loans, Advances etc.

11

Miscellaneous Expenditure
(to the extent not written off or adjusted)

TOTAL

Significant Accounting Policies

25

Contingent Liabilities and Notes on Accounts

26

FORM B
[See Rule 3(4)(a)(ii)]
INCOME AND EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st MARCH
(Amount Rs.)
Income

Schedule

Current Year

Previous Year

12
13
14
15

16
17
18
19

EXPENDITURE
Establishment Expenses
20

Other Administrative Expenses etc/

21

Expenditure on Grants, Subsidies etc.

22

Interest
23

Testing
24

Depreciation (Net total at the year endcorresponding to schedule 8)

TOTAL (B)

Income from Sales/Services

Grants/Subsidies
Fees/Subscriptions
Income from Investments (Income on Investment
from earmarked/endowment funds transferred
to funds).
Income from Royalty, Publication etc.
Interest Earned
Other Income
Increase/(decrease) in stock of Finished
goods and work-in-progress
TOTAL (A)

Balance being excess of Income over Expenditure (AB)

Transfer to Special Reserve (Specify each)
Transfer to/from General Reserve
464

BALANCE BEING SURPLUS/(DEFICIT) CARRIED

TO CORPUS CAPITAL FUND
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

25

CONTINGENT, LIABILITIES AND

NOTES ON ACCOUNTS

26
FORM C
[See Rule 3(4)(a)(iii)]

RECEIPTS AND PAYMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH

(Amount Rs.)
RECEIPTS

Current Previous PAYMENTS

Year
Year

I. Opening Balances
(a) Cash in Hand

Current Previous
Year
Year

I. Expenses

(b) Bank Balances

(a) Establishment Expenses

(Corresponding to Schedule 20)

(b) Administrative Expenses

(Corresponding to Schedule 21)

(i) In current accounts

(ii) In deposit accounts

(iii) Savings accounts

II. Grants Received

(a) From Government of India

(b) From State Government

(c) From other sources (details)

II. Payments made against funds

for various projects

(Name of the fund or project should

be shown alongwith the particualrs
of payments made for each project)

(Grants of Capital & revenue

expenditure to be shown separately)
III. Income to Investments from

III. Investments and deposits made

(a) Earmarked/Endowment Funds

(a) Out of Earmarked/Endowment Funds

(b) Own Funds (Other Investment)

(b) Out of Own Funds (Investment-Others)

IV. Interest Received

IV. Expenditure on Fixed Assets &

Capital Work-in-Progress

(a) On Bank deposits

(a) Purchase of Fixed Assets

(b) Loans, Advances etc.

(b) Expenditure on capital

work-in-progress

V. Refund of surplus money/loans

(a) To the Government of India

(b) To the State Government

(c) To other providers of funds

VI. Finance Charges (Interest)

V. Other Income (Specify)

VI. Amount Borrowed

465

VII. Any other receipts (give

details)

Total

VII. Other Payments (Specify)

a) Cash in Hand

b) Bank Balances

i) in current accounts

ii) in deposit accounts

iii) Savings accounts

Total

SCHEDULES FORMING PART OF BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31ST MARCH

(Amount Rs.)
Schedule 1 Corpus Fund/Capital Fund

Current Year

Balance as at the beginning of the year

Previous Year

Add: Contributions towards Corpus/Capital Fund

Add/(Deduct) : Balance of net income/(expenditure)

transferred from the Income and Expenditure Account

As per last Account

Addition during the year

()

()

As per last Account

Addition during the year

()

()

As per last Account

Addition during the year

()

()

As per last Account

Addition during the year

()

()

BALANCE AS AT THE YEAR-END

SCHEDULE 2 RESERVES AND SURPLUS
1.

Capital Reserve:

Less : Deductions during the year

2.

Revaluation Reserve:

Less : Deductions during the year

3.

Special Reserve:

Less : Deductions during the year

4.

General Reserve:

Less : Deductions during the year

TOTAL

466

(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 3 EARMARKED/ENDOWMENT FUND
FUND-WISE BREAK-UP
TOTALS
Fund Fund Fund Fund Current Previous
WW
XX
YY
ZZ
Year
Year
(a) Opening balance of the funds

(b) Additions to the Funds

i. Donations/grants
ii. Income from investments made on account of India

iii. Other additions (specify nature)

Fixed Assets

Others

(c) Utilisation/Expenditure towards objectives of funds

i. Capital Expenditure

Total
ii. Revenue Expenditure
Salaries, wages and allowances etc.
Rent

Other Administrative expenses

Total

TOTAL (C)

Net Balance as at the year end (a+b+c)

Notes :(1) Disclosures shall be made under relevant heads based on conditions attaching to the grants.
(2) Plan Funds received from the Central/State Governments are to be shown as separate Funds and
not to be mixed up with any other Funds.
(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 4 SECURED LOANS AND BORROWINGS

Current Year

Previous Year

1. Central Government

2. State Government (Specify)

3. Financial Institutions
(a) Term Loans

(b) Interest Accrued and due

4. Banks :
(a) Term Loans
Interest accrued and due
(b) Other Loans (Specify)

5. Other Institutions and Agencies

6. Debentures and Bonds

7. Others (Specify)

Interest accrued and due

TOTAL
Note : Amounts due within one year.

467

(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 5 UNSECURED LOANS AND BORROWINGS

Current Year

Previous Year

Current Year

Previous Year

(a) Acceptance secured by hypothecation of capital equipment

and other assets

(b) Others

1. Central Government
2. State Government (Specify)
3. Financial Institutions
(a) Term Loans
(b) Interest Accrued and due
4. Banks :
(a) Term Loans
(b) Other Loans (Specify)
5. Other Institutions and Agencies
6. Debentures and Bonds
7. Fixed Deposits
8. Others (Specify)
TOTAL
Note : Amounts due within one year.
SCHEDULE 6 DEFERRED CREDIT LIABILITIES

TOTAL
Note : Amounts due within one year.

(Amounts - Rs.)
SCHEDULE 7 CURRENT LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS
A. CURRENT LIABILITIES
1. Acceptances
2. Sundry Creditors:
(a) For Goods
(b) Others
3. Advances Received
4. Interest accrued but not due on
(a) Secured Loans/borrowings
(b) Unsecured Loans/borrowings
5. Statutory Liabilities :
(a) Overdue
(b) Others
6. Other current Liabilities
TOTAL (A)
B. PROVISIONS
1. For Taxation
2. Gratuity
3. Superannuation/Pension
4. Accumulated Leave Encashment
5. Trade Warranties/Claims
6. Others (Specify)
TOTAL (B)
TOTAL (A+B)

468

Current Year

Previous Year

469

Cost/
valuation
as at
beginning
year of the
year

FIXEDASSETS:
LAND
(a) Freehold

(b) Leasehold

2. BUILDINGS
(a) On Free Hold Land

(b) On Leasehold Land

(c) Ownership Fiats/Premises

(d) Superstructures on Land

not belonging to the entity

3. PLANTMACHINERY&EQUIPMENT

4. VEHICLES

5. FURNITURE,FIXTURES

6. OFFICEEQUIPMENT

7. COMPUTER/SOFTWARE/PERIPHERALS

8. ELECTRICINSTALLATIONS

9. LIBRARYBOOKS

10. TUBEWELLS & W. SUPPLY

11. OTHER FIXED ASSETS

TOTALOF CURRENT YEAR

PREVIOUSYEAR

B.CAPITALWORK-IN-PROGRESS

TOTAL

(Note to be given as to cost of assets on hire purchase basis included above)

A.
1.

Depreciation

SCHEDULE 8 - FIXED ASSETS BLOCK

()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()
()

Additions Deductions
Cost/
As at
during
during valuation beginning
the year
the year
at the
of the
year-end
year

GROSS BLOCK

Depreciation duing the year

Other than
on assets
grant-in- (grants-inkind assets
kind)
[effect
shown in
balance sheet]

DEPRECIATION

As at the
Previous
year-end

NET

(Amount - Rs.)

Total up to As at the
the yearCurrent
end year-end

SCHEDULES FORMING PART OF BALANCE SHEETS AS AT 31ST MARCH, 2007

(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 9 INVESTMENTS FROM EARMARKED/
ENDOMENT FUND
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Current Year

Previous Year

In Government Securities
Other approved Securities
Share
Debentures and Bonds
Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures
Others (to be specified)

TOTAL

Current Year

Previous Yea

In Government Securities
Other approved Securities
Share
Debentures and Bonds
Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures
Others (to be specified)

TOTAL

SCHEDULE 10 INVESTMENTS OTHERS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 11 CURRENT ASSETS, LOANS,
ADVANCES ETC.

Current Year

Previous Year

A. CURRENT ASSETS
1. Inventories
(a) Stores and Spares
(b) Loose Tools
(c) Stock-in-trade
Finished Goods
Work-in-progress
Raw Materials
2. Sundry Debtors
(a) Debts Outstanding for a period exceeding six months
(b) Others
3. Cash balances in hand (including cheques/drafts and imprest)
4. Bank Balances
(a) With Scheduled Banks
On Current Accounts
On Deposit Accounts (includes margin money)
On Savings Accounts
470

(b) With Non-Scheduled Banks

On Current Accounts

On Deposit Accounts (includes margin money)

On Savings Accounts

5. Post Office-Savings Accounts

TOTAL (A)

(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 11 CURRENT ASSETS, LOANS,
ADVANCES ETC. (Contd.)

Current Year

Previous Year

B. LOANS ADVANCES AND OTHER ASSETS

(b) On Investments-Others

(c) On Loans and Advances

(d) Others

TOTAL (B)

TOTAL (A+B)

(Amount -Rs.)

Current Year

Previous Year

(a) Sales of Finished Goods

(b) Sale of Raw Material

(c) Sale of Scraps

1. Loans
(a) Staff
(b) Other Entities engaged in activities/objectives similar
to that of the Entity
(c) Other (specify)
2. Advances and other amounts recoverable in cash or
in kind or for value to be received
(a) On Capital Account
(b) Prepayments
(c) Others
3. Income Accrued
(a) On Investments from Earmarked/Endowment Funds

(included income due unrealised Rs.........)

4. Claims Receivable

SCHEDULE 12 INCOME FROM SALES/SERVICES

1. Income from Sales

2. Income from Services

(a) Labour and Processing Charges
(b) Professional/Consultancy Services
471

(c) Agency Commission and Brokerage

(d) Maintenance Services (Equipment/Property)
(e) Others (specify)

TOTAL

(Amount -Rs.)

SCHEDULE 13 GRANTS/SUBSIDIES

Current Year

Previous Year

(Irrevocable Grants and Subsidies received)

1. Central Government
2. State Government(s)
3. Government Agencies
4. Institutions/Welfare Bodies
5. International Organisations
6. Others (specified)
TOTAL

(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 14 FEES/SUBSCRIBERS

Current Year

Previous Year

1. Entrance Fees

2. Annual Fees/Subscriptions

3. Seminar/Program Fees

4. Consultancy Fees

5. Others (specified)

TOTAL
Note : Accounting Policies towards each item are to be disclosed.

(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 15 INCOME FROM INVESTMENTS

(Income on Investment from Earmarked/Endowment

Funds transferred to Funds)
1. Interest
(a) On Govt. Securities
(b) Other Bonds (Debentures)
2. Dividends
(a) On Shares
(b) On Mutual Fund Securities
3. Rents
4. Others (Specify)
TOTAL
Tramsfered to Earmarked/Endowment Funds

472

Investment from
Earmarked fund

Investment-Others

Current Previous
Year
Year

Current Previous
Year
Year

(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 16 INCOME FROM ROYALTY,
PUBLICATIONS ETC.
(a) Income from Royalty
(b) Income from Publications
(c) Others (Specify)
TOTAL

Current Year

Previous Year

(Amount -Rs.)

SCHEDULE 17 INTEREST EARNED

1. On Term Deposits
(a) With Scheduled Banks
(b) With Non-Scheduled Banks
(c) With Institutions
(d) Others
2. On Savings Accounts
(a) With Scheduled Banks
(b) With Non-Scheduled Banks
(c) Post Office Savings Accounts
(d) Others
3. On Loans
(a) Employees/Staff
(b) Others
4. Interest on Debtors and Other Receivables

Current Year

Previous Year

TOTAL
Note : Tax detacted at source to be indicated

(Amount -Rs.)

SCHEDULE 18 OTHER INCOME

1. Profit on sale/disposal of Assets
(a) Owned assets
(b) Assets acquired out of grants, or received free of cost
2. Export Incentives realized
3. Fees for Miscellaneous Services
4. Miscellaneous Income
TOTAL
SCHEDULE 19 INCREASE/DECREASED IN
(a) Closing Stock
Finished Goods
Work-in-progress
(b) Less : Opening stock
Finished Goods
Work-in-progress
Net Increase/Decrease [a+b]
473

Current Year

Previous Year

Current Year

Previous Year

(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 20 ESTABLISHMENT EXPENSES
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)

Salaries and Wages

Allowances and Bonus
Contribution to Provident Fund
Contribution to Other Fund (Specify)
Staff Welfare Expenses
Expenses on Employees Retirement and
Terminal Benefits
(g) Others (specify)
TOTAL

Current Year
(I & E) (R & P)

Previous Year
(I & E) (R & P)

(Amount -Rs.)

SCHEDULE 21 OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE

EXPENSES
(a) Purchase
(b) Labour and Processing Expenses
(c) Cartage and Carriage Inwards
(d) Electricity and Power
(e) Water Charges
(f) Insurance
(g) Repairs and Maintenance
(h) Excise Duty
(i) Rent, Rates and Taxes
(j) Vehicle Running and Maintenance
(k) Postage, Telephone & Communication Charges
(l) Printing & Stationery
(m) Travelling and Conveyance Expenses
Overseas Committee
Officers & Staff Members
(n) Expenses on Seminars/Workshops
(o) Subscription Expenses
(p) Expenses on Fees
(q) Auditor Remuneration
(r) Hospitality Expenses
(s) Professional Charges
(t) Provision for Bad and Doubtful Debts/
Advances
(u) Irrecoverable Balances Written-off
474

Current Year
(I & E) (R & P)

Previous Year
(I & E) (R & P)

(v) Packing Charges

(w) Freight and Forwarding Expenses
(x) Distribution Expenses
(y) Advertisement and Publicity
(z) Others (specify)
TOTAL

(Amount -Rs.)

SCHEDULE 22 EXPENDITURE ON GRANT,

SUBSIDIES ETC.

Current Year

Previous Year

(a) Grants given to Institutions/Organisations

(b) Subsidies given to Institutions/Organisations

TOTAL

Note Name of the Entities alongwith the amount of Grants/Subsidies are to be disclosed.
(Amount -Rs.)
SCHEDULE 23 INTEREST
(a) On Fixed Loans
(b) On Other Loans (including bank charges)
(c) Other (specify)
TOTAL
SCHEDULE 24 EXPENDITURE ON TESTING
(a) Testing fee paid to outside laboratories
(b) Market Samples
(c) Laboratory apparatus and stores
TOTAL

Current Year

Previous Year

Current Year

Previous Year

SCHEDULES FORMING PART OF THE ACCOUNTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

AS AT 31ST MARCH
SCHEDULES 25 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (ILLUSTRATIVE)
1.

ACCOUNTING CONVENTION
The financial statements are prepared on the basis of historical cost convention, unless
otherwise stated and on the accreal method of accounting.

2.

INVENTORY VALUATION
2.1 Stores and Spares (including machinery spares) are valued at cost.
2.2 Raw materials, semi-finished goods and finished goods are valued at lower of cost and
net reliable value. The cost are based on weighted averaged cost. Cost of finished goods
and semi-finished goods is determined by considering material, labour and related
overheads.

475

3.

INVESTMENTS
3.1 Investments classified as long term investment are carried at cost. Provision for decline,
other than temporary, is made in carrying of such investments.
3.2 Investment classified as current are carried at lower of cost and fair value.
Provision for shortfall on the value of such investments is made for each investment
considered individually and not on a global basis.
3.3 Cost includes acqisition expenses like brokerage, transfer stamps.

4.

Excise Duty
Liability for excise duty in respect of goods produced by the entity, other than for exports,
is accounted upon completion of manufacture and provision is made for excisable manufactured
goods at the year-end.

5.

FIXED ASSETS
5.1 Fixed Assets are stated at cost of acquisition inclusive of inward freight, duties and taxes
and incidental and direct expenses related to acquisition. In respect of projects involving
construction, related pre-operational expenses (including interest on loans for specific
project prior to its completion), from part of the value of the assets capitalized.
5.2 Fixed Assets received by way of non-monetary grants (other than towards the Corpus
Fund), are capitalized at value stated, by corresponding credites Capital Reserve.

6.

DEPRECIATION
6.1 Depreciation is provided on straight-line method as per rates specified in the Income Tax
Act, 1961 except depreciation on cost adjustments arising on account of conversion of
foreign currency, liabilities for acquisition of fixed assets, which is amortized over the
residual life of the respective assets.
6.2 In respect of additions to/deductions from fixed assets during the year, depreciation is
considered on prorata basis.
6.3 Assets costing Rs. 5,000 less each are fully provided.

7.

MISCELLANEOUS EXPENDITURE
Deferred revenue expenditure is written off over a period of 5 years from the year it is incurred.

8.

ACCOUNTING FOR SALES

Sales include excise duty are are net of sales returns, rebate and trade discount.

9.

GOVERNMENT GRANTS FOR SUBSIDIES

9.1 Government grants of the nature of contribution towards capital cost of setting up
projects are treated as Capial Reserve.
9.2 Grants in respect of specific fixed assets acquired are shown as a deduction from the cost
of the related assets.
9.3 Government grants/subsidy are accounted on realization basis.

10. FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

10.1 Transactions denominated in foreign currency are accounted at the exchange rate prevailing
at the date of the transaction.
476

10.2 Current assets, foreign currency loans and current liabilities are converted at the exchange
rate prevailing as at the year end and the resultant gain/loss is adjusted to cost of fixed
assets, if the foreign currency liability relates to fixed assets, and in other cases is
considered to revenue.
11. LEASE
Lease rentals are expensed with reference to lease terms.
12. RETIREMENT BENEFITS
12.1 Liability towards gratuity payable on death/retirement of employees is accrued based on
actuarial valuation.
12.2 Provision for accumulated leave encashment benefit to the employees is accrued and
computed on the assumption that employees are entitled to receive the benefit as at each
year end.
1.

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
1.1

Claims against the Entity not acknowledged as debts Rs.........................(Previous year

Rs............................)

1.2

In respect of
Bank guarantee given by/on behalf of the Entity Rs........................... (Previous year
Rs............................)
Letter of Credit opened by Bank on behalf of the Entity Rs.................... (Previous year
Rs............................)
Bills discounted with Banks Rs........................... (Previus year Rs..................)
Disputed demands in respect of :
Income Tax Rs............................. (Previous year Rs.......................)
Sales Tax Rs............................... (Previous year Rs.......................)
Municipal Taxes Rs..................... (Previous year Rs.....................)
In respect of claims from parties for non-execution of orders but contested by the Entity
Rs.......................... (Previous Rs...........................)

1.3

1.4
2.

CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
Estimated value of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account and not provided
for (net of advances) Rs........................ (Previous year Rs................................)

3.

LEASE OBLIGATIONS
Future obligations for rentals under finance lease arrangements for plant and machinery
amount to Rs.......................... (Previous year Rs...........................)

4.

CURRENT ASSETS, LOANS AND ADVANCES

In the opinion of the Management, the current assets, loan and advances have a value on
realization in the ordinary course of business, equal at least to the aggregate amount shown
in the Balance Sheet.

5.

TAXATION
In view of there being no taxable income under Income Tax Act, 1961, no provision for Income
Tax has been considered necessary.

477

6.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

(Amount Rs.)
Current Year

Previous Year

6.1 Value of imports calculated on C.I.F. Basis

Purchase of finished goods
Raw materials & components (including in transit)
Capital Goods
Stores, Spares and Consumables
6.2 Expenditure in foreign currency
a)

Travel

b) Remittances and Interest payment to Financial Institutions/Banks in Foreign Currency

c)

Other expenditure
Commission on Sales
Legal and professional expenses
Miscellaneous Expenses

6.3 Earnings
Value of Exports on FOB basis
6.4 Remuneration to auditors
As Auditors
Taxation matters
For Management services
For certification
Others
7.

Corresponding figures for the previous year have been regrouped rearranged/wherever
necessary.

8.

Schedules 1 to 26 are annexed to and form on integral part of the Balance Sheet as
at________and the Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended on that date.

NOTES, INSTRUCTIONS AND ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR COMPILATION OF

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) The financial statements (viz. Balance Sheet and Income and Expenditure Account) shall be
prepared on accrual basis, and shall be in the form suggested, or as near thereto as possible.
If the information required to be given under any of the item or sub-item in this Form cannot
be conveniently included in the Balance Sheet or the Income and Expenditure account itself,
as the case may be, it can be funished in a separate Schedule or Schedules to be annexed
to and forming part of the Balance Sheet or the Income and expenditure Account. This is
recommended where items are numerous.
478

(2) A statement of all significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the Balance
Sheet and the Income and Expenditure Account shall be included in the financial statements,
and the significant Accounting Policies should be disclosed at one place. Accounting Policies
refer to the specific accounting principles and the method of applying those principles
adopted by the Entity in the preparation of the financial Statements. Where any of the
accounting policies is not in conformity with accounting standards, and the effect of departures
from accounting standards is material, the particulars of the departure shall be disclosed,
together with the reasons therefore and the financial effect thereof, except where such effect
is not ascertainable.
(3) Accounting policies shall be applied consistently from one financial year to the next. Any
change in the accounting policies which has a material effect in the current period or which
is reasonably expected to have a material effect in latter periods, shall be disclosed. In case
of change in accounting policies which has a material effect in the current period, the amount
by which any item in the financial statements is affected by such change shall also be
disclosed to the extent ascertainable. Where such amount is not ascertainable wholly or in
part, the fact shall be disclosed.
(4) The accounting treatment and presentation in the Balance Sheet and the Income and Expenditure
Account of transactions and events shall be governed by their substance and not merely by
the legal form.
(5) In determining the accounting treatment and manner of disclosure of an item in the Balance
Sheet and/or the Income and Expenditure Account, due consideration shall be given to the
concept of materiality.
(6) Provision shall be made for all known liabilities and losses even though the amount cannot
be determined with substantial accuracy (and the amount of provision represents only a best
estimate in the light of available information).
Provision means any amount written off or retained by way of providing for depreciation,
renewals or diminution in value of assets, or retained by way of providing for any known
liability, the amount of which cannot be determined with substantial accuracy.
Provisions shall be made for contingent loss if :
(a) it is possible that future events will confirm that, after taking into account any related
probable recovery, an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the
balance sheet date, and
(b) a reasonable estimate of the amount of the resulting loss can be made.
If either of the above conditions is not met, the existence of the contingent loss shall be
disclosed by way of a note to the Income and Expenditure account, unless the possibility
of the loss is remote.
7.

Where any amount written off or retained by way of depreciation, renewals or diminution in
the value of assets or retained by way of providing for any known liability is in excess of the
amount which is considered reasonably necessary for the purpose, the excess shall be treated
as a reserve and not as a provision.

8.

Revenue shall not be recognized unless :

(a) the related performance has been achieved;
(b) no significant uncertainty exists regarding the amount of the consideration; and
(c) it is not unreasonabl to except realisation and ultimate collection.
479

9.

Separate disclosure shall be made in the Income and Expenditure Account in respect of:
(a) Prior period items, which comprise material item of income or expenses which arise in
the current period as a result of errors or omissions in the preparation of the financial
statements of one or more prior periods.
(b) Extra-ordinary items which are material items of income or expenses that arise from
events or transactions that are clearly distinct from the ordinary activities of the entity
and, therefore, are not expected to recur frequently or regularly.
(c) Any item under the head Miscellaneous Expenses which exceeds 1 per cent of the total
turnover/gross income of entity or Rs. 50,000/- whichever is higher. This shall be shown
against an appropriate account head in the income and Expenditure Account.
(d) Any item under the head Miscellaneous Expenses which exceeds 1 per cent of the total
turnover/gross income of entity or Rs. 50,000/- whichever is higher. This shall be shown
as a separate and distinct item against an appropriate account head in the Income and
Expenditure Account.

(10) The Schedules referred to in the form, the accounting policies and explanatory notes shall form
an integral part of the financial statements.
(11) Notes to the Balance Sheet and the Income and expenditure Account shall contain the
Explanatory material pertaining to the items in the Balance Sheet and the Income and Expenditure
Account.
(12) The figure in the Balance Sheet and Income and expenditure Account, if rounded off, shall
be rounded off as below :
Amount of turnover (in Rs.)
Less than One Lakh
One lakh or more but less than one crore
One crore or more but less than one hundred crore
One hundred or more but less than on thousand crore

Rounding off to (Rs.)

Hundred
Thousand
Lakh
Crore

(13) Reference may also be Trade to the enclosed Notes and Instructions for compilation in relation
to in the formats suggested.
NOTES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR SCHEDULES
CORPUS/CAPITAL FUND AND LIABILITIES
SCHEDULE 1 CORPUS/CAPITAL FUND
(a) Corpus/Capital Fund is to Capital Share Capital or Owners, Funds. It comprises amounts
received by way of contributions specifically to the Corpus, as increased/decreased by
the net operating results shown in the Income and Expenditure Account (other than
surplus, if any transferred to any Reserves or Earmarked Funds).
(b) The Opening Balance, Additions to, Deductions from and Closing Balance of the Corpus/
Capital Fund shall be shown under this head.
(c) Additions to the Corpus Fund shall be net of transfers, if any, to any Reserve or Earmarked
Fund required under statute or as per applicable regulations.
480

NOTES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR SCHEDULES

CORPUS/CAPITAL FUND AND LIABILITIES
SCHEDULE 2 RESERVES AND SURPLUS
1. CAPITAL RESERVES :

Opening Balance
Additions during the year
Deduction during the year

The expression capital reserves shall not include any amount

regarded as free for distribution through the Income and
Expenditure Account. Surplus on revaluation should be treated
as Capital Reserve and shown separately. Surplus on translation
of financial statements of foreign branches, if any, is not a
revaluation reserve.

2. REVALUATION RESERVE :

Opening Balance
Additions during the year
Deduction during the year

To reflect effects of changing prices, fixed assets otherwise

stated at historical costs, are revalued and the historical cost
substituted by a revaluation, normally done by competent
valuer. Such substitution resulting in an upward revaluation is
required to be shown as a Revaluation Reserve
This reserve is an unrealized gain and should not be credited
as income in the Income and Expenditure Account.

3. SPECIAL RESERVE :

Opening Balance
Additions during the year
Deduction during the year

These would comprise Special reserves requires to be created

pursuant to any statutory or regulatory requirement applicable
to the Entity; and if so, should be clarified in the Notes on
Accounts in Schedule 27.

4. GENERAL RESERVE :

Opening Balance
Additions during the year
Deduction during the year

The expression General Reserve shall mean any reserve other

than capital reserve and revaluation reserve.
This item will include all reserves, other than those separately
classified.

Notes - Genereal
(a) Movements in various categories of reserves should be shown as indicated in the
schedule.
(b) The expression reserve shall not include any amount written off or retained by way of
providing for depreciation, renewals of diminution in value of assets or retained by way
of providing for any known liability.
NOTES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR SCHEDULES
CORPUS/CAPITAL FUND AND LIABILITIES
SCHEDULE 3 EARMARKED/ENDOWMENT FUNDS
Amount received as grants or assistance, or retained by the entity to be utilized for specific
or earmarked purposes and remaining to be expended/utilized for the specific purpose for which
these are intended, are required to be disclosed under this head. Such funds may be received in
cash or kind from Government, Govt. agencies, institutions and other agencies etc. and are subject
481

to compliance by the entity, of certain stipulated terms and conditions. For this reason, the
balances available and their utilization should be disclose in the manner suggested in the Schedule.
The Plan Funds received from the Central and/or State Governments are to be shown as distinct
category of Fund.
Other plan funds earmarked/endowed for any chair house, building, Trust etc. are to be shown
as distinct category of Fund.
The following shall not be reckoned as part of Earmarked Funds :
(a) Grants/funds which have the characteristics of promoters contribution which are of the
nature of additions/to the accretion Corpus Fund;
(b) Funds/grants received by the Entity as compensation for expenditure/losses incurred in
the earlier years, as these would be reckoned only in the Income and Expenditure Account
for the year.
(c) Non-monetary grants by way of capital assets or other resources, corresponding credit
of which is of the nature of capital reserve, unless such grants are specified as irrevocable
contribution to the Corpus.
Notes General
(a) It is appropriate to ensure that the accretions to and utilization of earmarked funds is in
accordance with the terms and conditions attaching to the same.
(b) Earmarked Funds, considered their nature, are represented by specifically earmarked
investments or other assets.
(c) Plan Funds received from the Central/State Governments are to be shown as separate
Funds and not to be mixed up with any other Funds.
(d) Records relating to fixed assets acquired/constructed should be maintained for each
earmarked fund. However, for the purpose of the annual financial statements disclosure
may be made of the aggregate accumulated cost up to each year and of such fixed asserts
in respect of each fund, unless the assets are taken over and are incorporated in
Schedule 8.
CORPUS/CAPITAL FUND AND LIABILITIES
SCHEDULE 4 SECURED LOANS AND BORROWINGS
1. Central Government
Indicate the nature of security and terms of repayment. Indicate the
2. State Government
name of State Govt. and nature of security and terms of repayment.
3. Financial Institutions Includes borrowings/refinance obtained from Industrial Development
Bank of India, Export-Import Bank of India, National Bank for Agriculture
and Rural Development (including liability against participation
certificates, if any). Normally these may be in the form of Term Loans.
4. Banks
(a) Term Loans
Includes borrowings/refinance obtained from commercial banks (including
(b) Other Loans
co-operative banks). Term Loan need to be segregated from other
facilities.
5. Other institutions
Includes institutions/agencies other than those mentioned above.
and agencies
6. Debentures and Bonds The terms of redemption of debentures and bonds should be started
with the earliest date of their redemption
482

Notes General
(a) Information shall be given in each case as regards the nature of security given.
(b) Securd loans and borrowings shall be such as are against hypothecation/pledge/charge
on the assets of the entity.
(c) The aggregate amount of loans under each head, as are guaranteed by the Central/State
Govt. may also be mentioned along with the fact that these are so guaranteed.
(d) Loans and borrowings include refinance from institutions and agencies and liability
against participation certificates.
(e) Amount received by way of discount of debtors or receivables or rediscount of bills, shall
not be shown as borrowings.
(f) Interest accrued and due shall be included under each sub-head, Interest accrued but not
due shall not be included under this head, but shall be shown as part of current liabilities.
(g) Unreconciled inter-branch outstanding entries at credit should not be shown as borrowings.
(h) Amount due within a period of less than 12 months as at the balance sheet date need
to be disclosed.
SCHEDULE 5 UNSECURED LOANS AND BORROWINGS
1. Central Government
Indicate the terms of repayment.
2. State Government
Indicate name of the State Government and the terms of repayment.
3. Financial Institutions Includes borrowings obtained from Industrial Development Bank of
India, Export-Import Bank of India, National Bank for Agriculture
and Rural Development.
Normally these may be in the form of Term Loans, pending creation of
a charge on assets, bridge loans may be given as unsecured loans.
4. Banks
Includes borrowings obtained from Commercial Banks (including
Cooperative Banks)
Indicate the nature of facilities.
Overdrawn balance as per books do not constitute loans and generally
arise due to cheques issued in excess of book balances. Such balances
can be shown as loans only where the entity employs or is granted
overdraft facility.
5. Other institutions
Includes loans from institutions/agencies other than those mentioned
and agencies
above.
6. Debentures and
The terms of redemption of debentures and bonds should be started
Bonds
with the earliest date of their redemption.
7. Fixed Deposits
These comprise deposits received from public or otherwise for fixed
periods and against no security.
Notes General
(a) Unsecured loans and borrowings comprise amounts in respect of which no assets of the
entity is charged as security or encumbered.
(b) Interest accrued and due shall be included under each sub-head. Interest accrued but not
due shall not be included under this head, but shall be shown as part of current liabilities.
(c) Amount due within a period of less than 12 months as at the balance sheet date need
to be disclosed.
483

CORPUS/CAPITAL FUND AND LIABILITIES

SCHEDULE 6 UNSECURED LOANS AND BORROWINGS
(1) Acceptances and other similar long-term obligation contracted in respect of acquisition
of assets, the liability for payment of which fills in periods longer than 12 months as at
the date of the balance sheet should be included here.
(2) If the assets are charged as security or encumbered corresponding to the liability, this
fact should be stated.
(3) If the acceptances are also guaranteed for repayment by the Government, any Govt.
agency, bank, institution or other body/entity, this fact should also be stated.
(4) Amount due within one year of the date of the balance sheet need to be separately
disclosed.
CORPUS/CAPITAL FUND AND LIABILITIES
SCHEDULE 7 CURRENT LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS
A. CURRENT LIABILITIES
1. Acceptance

Included under this sub-head would be the drawers assent on bills

of exchange to the order of the drawer.

2. Sundry Creditors
(a) For goods
(b) Others

The amounts to be shown against this sub-head shall comprise amounts

owned. by the entity in livour of others on account of goods purchased
or services rendered or in respect of constractual obligations. These
need to be segregated for goods and shown separately.
The liability against this sub-head shall comprise amounts received in
respect of which goods or services have yet to be supplied/rendered
or for which value has yet to be given, and includes advance
subscription.

3. Advance received

(b) On leasehold land

(c) Ownership Flats/

Promises

Buildings premises shall be those which are intended to be wholly/

partly used for the purposes of the activities of the Entity and would
not include Investment Properties.
Superstructures on leasehold lands should be depreciated to be
co-terminus with the amortization of land, unless the superstructures
have a shorter life.
Buildings shall include roads, bridges, and culverts.

(d) Superstructures on
Land Not belonging
to the Entity
3. PLANT, MACHINERY include under this Sub-head would be items like:
& EQUIPMENT
Earth moving Machinery
Boilers
Furnances
Generators
Dyes/Mould

484

 Machinery used for specific industry/services like Building

contractors, in hospitals/clinics, processing units, hydraulic works
(including pipelines), Tool rooms.
Other items used for manufacture/processin etc.
Separate Account heads should be maintained in the ledgers and kept
reconciled with the Fixed Assets registers. Disclosure of information
under the above sub-heads is encouraged.
4. VEHICLES

included under this Sub-head would be items like :

Tractors/Trailers
Trucks, Jeeps and Vans
Motor Cars
Rickshaws
Separate Account heads should be maintained in the ledgers and kept
reconciled with the Fixed Assets registers. Disclosure of information
under the above sub-heads is encouraged.

5. FURNITURE, FIXTURES

Included under this Sub-head would be items like :

(a) Cabinets/Almiraha/Filing Racks
(b) Air-Conditioners/Air Conditioning Plant
(c) Air-Coolers
(d) Water Coolers
(e) Tables/Chairs/Sofas/Carpets
(f) Wooden partitions/temporary structures
(g) Voltage Stabilisers, UPS Systems.
(h) Other Items
Separate Account heads should be maintained in the ledgers and kept
reconciled with the Fixed Assets registers. Disclosure of information
under the above sub-heads is encouraged, for material amounts.

6. OFFICE EQUIPMENT Included under this Sub-head would be items like :

(a) Typewriters
(b) Photocopiers/duplicators
(c) Fax Machines
Separate Account heads should be maintained in the ledgers and kept
reconciled with the Fixed Assets registers. Disclosure of information
under the above sub-heads is encouraged, for material amounts.

485

6.

Depreciation
Depreciation shall be provided so as to charge the depreciable amount of a depreciable asset
over its useful life.
Depreciation is a measure of the wearing out, consumption or other loss of value of a
depreciable asset arising from use, efflution of time or obsolescene through technology and
market charges. It includes amortization of assets the life of which is determined and depletion
of wasting assets.
For this purpose :
(a) Depreciable asset means an asset which
i. is expected to be used during more than one accounting period, and
ii. has a limited useful life; and
iii. is held by the entity for use in the production or supply of goods and services, for
rental to others, or for administrative purpose and not for the purpose of sale in the ordinary
course of its business/operating activities.
(b) depreciable amount of a depreciable asset means its original cost, or other amount
substituted for original cost in the financial statements less the residual value.
(c) Useful life means either
i. the period over which a depreciable asset is expected to be used by the Entity, or
ii. the number of production or similar units expected to be obtained from the use of the
asset by the Entity.

SCHEDULE 9INVESTMENTS - FROM EARMARKED/ENDOWMENT FUNDS:

1.

Government Securities

Includes Central and State Government securities and

Government Treasury Bills. These securities should be shown
at cost/book value. However, the difference between such
value and market value should be given in the notes to the
Balance Sheet.

2.

Other approved Securities

Securities other than Government Securities, treated as approved

securities (such as Trustee securities), should be included
here.

3.

Shares

Investments in shares of companies and corporations not

included in item 2 should be included here.

4.

Debentures and Bonds

Investments in debentures and bonds of companies and

Corporations not included in item 2 should be included here.

5.

Subsidiaries and/or joint

ventures

Investments in subsidiaries/associate entities should be included

here. An entity shall be treated as a subsidiary or joint venture,
if the entity exercises control over the composition of
management/governing body, with or without any financial
investment therein.
An entity will be considered as subsidiary for the purpose of
this classification if more than 25% of the corpus of that entity
is held by the entity as at the beginning of the year.
486

6.

Others (to be specified)

Includes residual investments, if any, like commercial paper,

investments (to be specified) in Mutual Funds and other
instruments not being in the nature of shares/debentures/bonds.
Investment in Properties, if any, would also be included here.

Notes-General
1. The Gross value in aggregate, the depreciation in aggregate and net value of Investments
are to be separately disclosed. Approved securities (covered by 1 and 2 above) are
required to be bifurcated into permanent and current categories for valuation and
determination of shortfall in value.
2. (a) Investments can either be Long term or permanent or Current.
(b) Current Investment means an investment which is by its very nature, readily
realizable and is intended to be held for not more than one year from the date on
which it is made.
Such investments should be shown at lower of cost or their fair value, which shall
be determined on individual investment basis and the shortfall shall be provided,
while appreciation shall be ignored.
(c) Long-term investments are those investments which are other than current investments,
and these are intended to be held for the purposes of capital appreciation and yield.
Such investments are held at cost and shall be reduced when there is a decline, other
than temporary, in their value-reduction being made for each investment.
3. Investments held against earmarked/endowment funds need to be separately disclosed.
4. Investment in properties, if held, shall be shown at cost less depreciation in the same
manner as in the case of fixed assets.
5. The entity shall disclose the Accounting Policy in relation to investments, their cost,
depreciation and carrying value both for long-term & current investments.
6. Any premium paid on acquisition of permanent investments shall be amortised on a time
proportion basis upto the date of their maturity. Discount on acqusition shall not be
amortised.
7. Matured investments, not realized may be separately disclosed.
SCHEDULE 10INVESTMENTS - OTHERS
1.

Government Securities

Includes Central and State Government securities and

Government Treasury Bills. These securities should be shown
at cost/book value. However, the difference between such
value and market value should be given in the notes to the
Balance Sheet.

2.

Other approved Securities

Securities other than Government Securities, treated as approved

securities (such as Trustee securities), should be included
here.

3.

Shares

Investments in shares of companies and corporations not

included in item 2 should be included here.

4.

Debentures and Bonds

Investments in debentures and bonds of companies and

Corporations not included in item 2 should be included here.

5.

Subsidiaries and/or joint

ventures

Investments in subsidiaries/associate entities should be included

here. An entity shall be treated as a subsidiary or joint venture,
487

6.

Others

if the entity exercises control over the composition of

management/governing body, with or without any financial
investment therein.
An entity will be considered as subsidiary for the purpose of
this classification if more than 25% of the corpus of that entity
is held by the entity as at the beginning of the year.
Includes residual investments, if any, like commercial paper,
investments (to be specified) in Mutual Funds and other
instruments not being in the nature of shares/debentures/bonds.
Investment in Properties, if any, would also be included here

Notes-General
1. The Gross value in aggregate, the depreciation in aggregate and net value of Investments
are to be separately disclosed. Approved securities (covered by 1 and 2 above) are
required to be bifurcated into permanent and current categories for valuation and
determination of shortfall in value.
2. (a) Investments can either be Long term or permanent or Current.
(b) Current Investment means an investment which is by its very nature, readily
realizable and is intended to be held for not more than one year from the date on
which it is made.
Such investments should be shown at lower of cost or their fair value, which shall
be determined on individual investment basis and the shortfall shall be provided,
while appreciation shall be ignored.
(c) Long-term investments are those investments which are other than current investments,
and these are intended to be held for the purposes of capital appreciation and yield.
Such investments are held at cost and shall be reduced when there is a decline, other
than temporary, in their value-reduction being made for each investment.
3. Investments held against earmarked/endowment funds need to be separately disclosed.
4. Investment in properties, if held, shall be shown at cost less depreciation in the same
manner as in the case of fixed assets.
5. The entity shall disclose the Accounting Policy in relation to investments, their cost,
depreciation and carrying value both for long-term & current investments.
6. Any premium paid on acquisition of permanent investments shall be amortised on a time
proportion basis upto the date of their maturity. Discount on acqusition shall not be
amortised.
7. Matured investments, not realized may be separately disclosed.
SCHEDULE 11CURRENT ASSETS, LOANS, ADVANCES ETC.
A. CURRENT ASSETS
1.

Inventories

Inventories comprise tangible property held for sale in the

ordinary course of business, or in the process of production
for such sales, or for consumption in the production of goods
or services for sale, including maintenance supplies and
consumable other than machinery parts.

488

(a) Stores and Spares

(b) Loose Tools
(c) Stock-in-trade
Finished Goods
Work-in-Progress
Raw Materials
2.

Basis of valuation of inventories should be disclosed.

Finished goods would include goods purchased/produced and
lying in hand at all loans of the entity
Raw materials would also include parts or components used or
consumed in the process of production of goods for sale

Sundry Debtors :

Debtors comprise persons from whom amounts are due for

goods sold or services rendered or in respect of contractual
obligations.

(a) Debts Outstanding for

a period exceeding
six months
(b) Others

Debts considered good for recovery and those considered

doubtful shall be shown separately. Provision for Doubtful
debts, if made, should be shown as a reduction from the
amount of debts considered doubtful.

3.

Cash balance in hand :

(including cheques/drafts and imprest)

4.

Bank Balances :

Amounts held as bank balances against earmarked/

endowment funds should be separately disclosed.

(a) With Scheduled Banks

On Current Accounts
On Deposit Accounts Where any deposit accounts are pledged or charged as security
(includes margin money) or are encumbered, the fact should be disclosed
On Savings Acconts

Overdue/Matured Deposits should be separately disclosed.

(b) With Non-Scheduled Banks

On Current Accounts
On Deposit Accounts
(includes margin money)

On Savings Acconts
5.

Post Office-Savings Accounts :

ASSETS
SCHEDULE 11 CURRENT ASSETS, LOANS, ADVANCES ETC.:
B. LOANS, ADVANCES AND OTHER ASSETS
1.

Loans

Loans and Advances as are considered good and recoverable

should be disclosed. Doubtful amounts, if any, should be
stated under each subhead, and provision if made, should be
shown as a reduction therefrom.

(a) Staff

Interest accrued on interest bearing staff loans should be

accounted notwithstanding that actual recoveries of interest
might commence after repayment of principal.
489

(b) Other entitles engaged

in activities/objectives
similar to that of the
entity
(c) Other (specify)
2.

3.

Irrevocable grants/subsidies/donation to such entities shall

not be included here. If interest-bearing, the amount of
interest earned up to the year-end should be adjusted.

Advances and other amounts recoverable

in cash or in kind or for value to be received :
(a) On Capital Account

Advances to suppliers/contractors for capital works should be

shown against this sub-head

(b) Prepayments

This includes prepaid expenses.

(c) Others

This would comprise receivables other than the debtors.

Income accrued :

Both Income accrued and due and income accrued but not
due up to the year-end should be included under this head.

(a) On investments from

Earmarked/Endowment
Funds
(b) On Investments-Others

Income on Investment from Earmarked/Endowment Funds

and that on Other Investment should by shown separately.

(c) On Loans and Advances

(d) Others
If uncertainty attaches to realization or ultimate collection,
(includes income due
income should not be recognized, and if recognized, should
unrealized - Rs.)
be provided for Dividends should be recognized based on
the date(s) of their declaration.

4.

Claims Receivable :

Separate disclosure should be made in respect of income

accrued, due but not realized.
Only claims, which are considered good and realizable,
should be included.

INCOME AND EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT-INCOME

SCHEDULE 12 INCOME FROM SALES/SERVICES
INCOME FROM SALES :
1.

Income from Sales

(a) Sale of finished Goods
(b) Sale of Raw materials
(c) Sale Scraps

Sales comprise the aggregate amount for which sales are

effected. These would be shown net of trade discounts,
rebate and returns.
Sales are complete when significant risks and regards of
ownership get transferred from the seller to the buyer,
irrespective of the time of payment or delivery of the goods.
Disclosure of export sales should be made separately.

2.

Income from Services

Income must be shown at gross figures and Tax Deducted

at Source should be indicated separately.

490

(a) Labour and Processing

Charges

Labour and processing charges realizable for processing/

fabrication of goods/materials of entitles should be disclosed
against this sub-head.

(b) Professional/consultancy Consultancy charges and fee for rendition of professional

Services
services by the entity should be included under this sub-head.
(c) Agency Commission
and brokerage

Where the entity acts as a broker or agent for arranging supply

of goods/services of ......... i.e. without acting on a principal to
principal basis, the commission and brokerage income earned
would be shown against this sub-head.

(d) Maintenance Services

(Equipment/Property)

Where the entity undertakes maintenance contracts for

equipment or property etc. the income earned up to the yearend from this source should be included under this sub-head.

(e) Others (Specify)

SCHEDULE 13 GRANTS/SUBSIDIES :
(Irrevocable Grants & Subsidies Received)
1.

Central Government

2.

Stage Government(s)

3.

Government Agencies

4.

Institutions/Welfare Bodies

5.

International Organisations

6.

Others (Specify)

Grants, Subsidies or other similar assistance received for the

general purposes and objectives of the Entity, on an irrevocable
basis, or to cover expenditure incurred in prior shall be included
in this Schedule.

These grants are without any conditions attached as to their

utilization and are of the nature of non-refundable amounts
which are to be appropriated income.

The gross receipt shall be shown against each sub-head and

grants/subsidies which are given in turn to other institutions/
organizations on irrevocable basis, as expenditure should be
considered in Schedule 22.

SCHEDULE 14 FEES/SUBSCRIPTIONS
1.

Entrance fees

Accounting policies on such item will have to be disclosed.

2.

Annual Fees/subscriptions

In case the Fees like Entrance Fee, subscription etc. are in the
nature of capital receipt, such amount should go to the Corpus
Fund/Capital Fund. Otherwise such fees will be incorporated in
this schedule.

3.

Seminar/Program Fees

4.

Consultancy Fees

In case the major activities of the Entity are to organize seminar/

workshop and/or provide consultancy services, such income
should from part of the Schedule 12.
491

5.

Others (Specify)

The gross receipts should be sown here. Expenditure incurred

on seminar workshops, consultancy etc. should be shown as
other administrative expenses in the Schedule 21.

SCHEDULE 15 INCOME FROM INVESTMENTS :

1.

Interest

1.

Income from investments shall be disclosed at gross figures

and tax deducted at source is to be stated separately.

(a) On- Govt. Securities

2.

Interest on Govt. securities shall comprise

(a) interest earned at coupon rate upto the last applicable
date of interest, i.e. interest accrued & due; and
(b) interest accrued thereafter upto the year-end at the
coupon rate.

2.

(b) Other Bonds/Debentures 3.

Income on bonds and debentures would include discount

accrued upto the year-end on bonds issued at a discount,
to be redeemed at par or on premium, based on the terms
of their issue.

Dividends
(a) on Shares

4.

Divi dends shall be accrued, based on the dates of declaration thereof i.e. when the entity has a right to receive the
same.

(b) on Mutual fund Securities

3.

Rents

5.

Rents shall be shown as income on Investment of

properties, if any

4.

Others (Specify)

6.

Interest claimed on overdue/matured investments shall not

be recognized unless pre-conditions for such recognition
are satisfied.

7.

Distinction should be made in respect of income on

Investments :
a) Owned by the Entity; and
b) Those held against earned/endowment funds.

8.

At the year-end total of the income on investment from

earmarked/endowment funds should be transferred to the
funds through Schedule 3.

SCHEDULE 16INCOME FROM ROYALTY, PUBLICATION ETC.:

1.

Income from Royalty

Accounting policies on each item will have to be disclosed.

2.

Income from Publications

In case the major activities of the Entity are to publish books,

journals, documents etc. such income should from part of the
Schedule 12.

3.

Others (Specify)

The gross receips should be shown here. Expenditure incurred

on publication etc. should be shown as other administrative
expenses in the schedule 21.
492

SCHEDULE 17INTEREST EARNED :

1.

On Term Deposits :

1. Interest income earned should be shown a gross

figures and tax deducted at source is to be stated
separately.

(a) With Schedules Banks

(b) With Non-Scheduled Banks
(c) With Institutions
(d) Others
2.

On Savings Accounts :

2. Distinction should be made in respect of income;

(a) With Schedules Banks

(a)

on assests owned by the Entity; and

(b) With Non-Scheduled Banks

(c) Post Office Savings Accounts

(b) thiose held against earmarked/endowment

funds;

(d) Others
3.

On Loans :
(a) Employees/Staff
(b) Others

4.

Interest on Debtors & Other Receivables

SCHEDULE 18OTHER INCOME :

1.

Profit on Sale/disposal of Assets

Sales proceeds/realization, net of the book value of

the assets shall, if a surplus, be included under this
sub-head.

(a) Owned assets

(b) Assets acquired cut of grants
or received free of cost
2.

Export incentives realized

Export incentives claimed and no realized upto the

year-end shall not be included in Income.

3.

Fees for Miscellaneous Services

Items of materials amounts included in Miscellaneous

Income should be separately disclosed.

4.

Miscellaneous Income

SCHEDULE 19INCREASE/(DECREASES) IN STOCK OF FINISHED GOODS & WORK-INPROGRESS :

(a) Closing stock
Finished goods
Work-in-progress

Accounting policies regarding valuation of stock

should be declared.

(b) Less : Opening Stock

Finished goods
Work-in-progress

493

SCHEDULE 20ESTABLISHMENT EXPENSES :

(a) Salaries and wages
(b) Allowances and Bonus
(c) Contribution to Provident Fund
(d) Contribution to other fund
(specify)
(e) Staff Welare expenses
(f) Expenses on employees
Retirement and Terminal
Benefits

The gross expenditure against each head including

in resepct of staff on deputation should be disclosed.

Statutory obligations of the entity towards provident

fund, Employees sale insurance, retirement benefits
etc. should be disclosed clearly and item-wise.
In case of recoveries like fines, penalties etc. the
same should not be deducted from the expense
heads but included under Other Income in the
Schedule 18.

NotesGeneral
Prior period items
Prior period and Extraordinary items shall be separately disclosed so that the effect thereof on the
net expenditure for the year is known.
SCHEDULE 21OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ETC.
(a) Purchase*

The gross expenditure against each head should be

disclosed.

(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)

Labour and processing expenses

Cartage and Carriage Inwards
Electricity and Power
Water charges
Insurance

(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)

Repairs and maintenance

Excise Duty
Rent, Rates and Taxes
Vehicles running and Maintenance
Postage, Telephone and
The list of heads is not exhaustive but illustrative.
Communication Charges
As for as possible only these heads of account
should be used unless there is compelling reasons
to add or delete any of these heads.
Printing and Stationery
Travelling and Conveyance
Expenses on Seminar/Workshops *Purchases should be segregated between raw
Subscription Expenses
materials and stores for manufacture and for finished
goods traded in. In case of manufacturing entities,
Consumption of Raw Materials and Stores may be
given instead of Purchases.
Expenses on Fees
Auditors Remuneration

(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)

(p)
(q)

In case of recoveries e.g. rent recoveries, freight

charges recovered, fines, penalties, damages from
suppliers etc. the amount of such recoveries should
not be deducted from the expenses heads but included
under Schedule 16-Other Income
Prior period and Extraordinary Items shall be separately
disclosed so that the effect thereof on the net
Expenditure for the year is known.

494

(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
(z)

Hospitality Expenses
Professional Charges
Provision for Bad and Doubtful debts/Advances
Irrecoverable Balances Written-off
Packaging Charges
Freight and Forwarding Expenses
Distribution Expenses
Advertisement and Publicity
Others (specify)

INCOME AND EXPENDITURE ACCOUNTEXPENDITURE

SCHEDULE 22EXPENDITURE ON GRANTS, SUBSIDIES ETC.
(a) Grants given to Institutions/
Organisations

Grants, Subsidies or other similar assistance given to

the Institutions/Organisations for general purposes
and objectives of the Entity, on an irrevocable basis,
shall be included in this Schedule.
Name of the Institutions/Organisations, their activities
alongwith the amounts in each case should be
disclosed.

(b) Subsidies given to Institutions/

Organisations

These grants etc. are with or without any conditions

attached as to their utilization and are of the nature of
non-refundable amounts which are to be appropriated
as expenditure.
The gross receipts shown against each sub-head in
the Schedule 13, could be the sources of the grants/
subsidies that are given, in turn, to other institution/
organisations on irrevocable basis.
The gross expenditure against each head should be
disclosed.

INCOME AND EXPENDITURE ACCOUNTEXPENDITURE

SCHEDULE 23INTEREST :
(a) On Fixed Loans

1. Interest would include commitment charges.

(b) On Other Loans

(including Bank Charges)

2. Fixed Loans are loans which are for fixed period,

like Term Loans.

(c) Other (specify)

3. Expenditure by way of interest as per Schedule 23

is the minimum disclosure requirement. The Entity
should be encouraged to disclose interest
expended asked on the sources of loans and
borrowings as per the heads in Schedules 4
and 5.

495

SCHEDULE 26CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, AND NOTES AND ACCOUNTS

A. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
1.

Claims against the Entity not

acknowledged as debts

2.

Liability of partly-paid
investments

Liability on partly paid shares, debentures etc.

is required to be stated.

3.

Liability on account of
outstanding forward exchange
contracts

Amount of outstanding forward exchange contracts

at the exchange rates applicable as at the year-end
should be stated.

4.

Guarantees and Letters of

Credit outstanding

Liability towards Guarantees given by the entity or

on its behalf and Letter of Credits outstanding as at
the year-end are required to be disclosed.

5.

Bills discounted

Bills discounted outstanding as at the year-end need

to be disclosed

6.

Other items for which the entity

is contingently liable

Included here would be disputed statutory and other

demands/claims, Bills rediscounted, commitments
under underwriting contracts and other items for which
the entity is contingently liable.

B. NOTES ON ACCOUNTS
1. Commitment on capital Account
not provided for

2.

This would arise in terms of contracts/arrangements

in terms of which amounts would have to be paid for
acquisition/construction of assets. The amount, net
of advances is required to be disclosed.

Other Notes
[F. No. 10/204-EM]
HARISH CHANDRA, Jt. Secy.

496

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Notification
New Delhi, the 3rd August, 2007
G.S.R. 537(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 56 read with sub-section (5) of
Section 4 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001), the Central Government hereby makes
the following, namely:1.

Short title and Commencement - (a) These rules may be called the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(Appointment of Members, Manner of Filling Vacancies, Fees and Allowances and Procedure
For Discharging Their Functions) Rules, 2007.
(b)

2.

3.

They shall come in to force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

Definitions - (1 ) In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires,

(a)

Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001);

(b)

Director-General means the Director-General of the Bureau appointed under sub-section (1) of Section 9;

(c)

meeting means the meeting of the Governing Council and shall include any other
business connected with it;

(d)

member for the purposes of these rules means a member of Governing Council referred
to in clauses (o), (p) and (q) of sub-section (2) of Section 4;

(e)

section means a section of the Act;

(f)

Words and expressions used herein and no defined but defined in the Act shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.

Appointment of members(1) The Central Government shall appoint the following members of
the Governing Council, namely:(a)

Five members, one each from the five power regions under clause (o) of sub-section (2) of
Section 4.

(b)

Four members, one each from the industry, equipment and appliance manufacturers,
architects and consumers under clause (p) of sub-section (2) of Section 4.

(c)

Two members as may be nominated by the Governing Council under clause (q) of subsection (2) of Section 4.

(2)

For the purpose of clause (a) of sub-rule (1), the Central Government shall appoint the
respective chairmen of Northern, Western, Southern, Eastern and North-eastern Regional
Electricity Board as members representing the respective States of each region.

(3)

For the purpose of clause (b) of sub-rule (1), the Central Government shall appoint members in the following manner, namely:
497

(4)

(5)

(a)

One person having adequate knowledge, experience or capability in dealing with matters
relating to promotion of energy efficiency or energy conservation, who in the opinion of
the Central Government is capable of representing industry;

(b)

One person having adequate knowledge, experience or capability in dealing with

matters relating to promotion of energy efficiency or energy conservation,who in the
opinion of the Central Government is capable of representing equipment and appliance
manufacturers;

(c)

One person having adequate knowledge, experience or capability in dealing with matters
relating to promotion of energy efficiency or energy conservation, who in the opinion of
the Central Government is capable of representing the professions of architects; and

(d)

One person having adequate knowledge, experience or capability in dealing with matters
relating to promotion of energy efficiency or energy conservation, who in the opinion of
the Central Government is capable of representing the consumers.

For the purpose of clause (c) of sub-rule (1), the Central Government for making appointments
shall seek nominations from the Governing Council from the areas identified to focus attention
for promotion of energy efficiency or energy conservation from amongst the following namely:
(a)

Major energy users like Railways, Surface Transport, Power Generation, Steel and Heavy
Industries and Urban Development.

(b)

Financial Institutions, Small and Medium Enterprises, Test Houses, Designated

Consumers, Research Institutions and Management Institutions specialising in the field
of energy efficiency, energy conservation or energy management.

The Central Government shall, for the purposes of selecting the members under sub-rule (3),
constitute a Selection Committee consisting of:
(a)

Additional Secretary or Joint Secretary,

in-charge of energy efficiency or energy conservation in the
Ministry of the Central Government dealing with Power.

Chairperson

(b)

An officer not below the rank of Joint Secretary

to be nominated by the Secretary in-charge of the
Ministry of the Central Government dealing with Power.

Chairperson

(c)

Director-General

(6)

The Director-General shall be the convener of the Selection Committee.

(7)

The Selection Committee shall finalise the selection of the persons referred to in sub-rule (3)
within three months from the date on which the term of the existing members is to expire.

(8)

The Selection Committee shall recommend a panel of two names for each the categories referred
to in su-rule (3).

(9)

The Selection Committee shall satisfy itself that such persons do not have any financial or other
interest which is likely to affect prejudicially their functions as members.

4.

Vacancies(1) If, for reason, other than temporary absence, any vacancy occurs, the Central
Government shall appoint another person in accordance with the provisions of these rules, to
fill the vacancy.
(2)

5.

A member who has completed his term shall be eligible for further appointment.

Resignation(1) A member may, by notice in writing under his hand addressed to the Central
Government, resign his office and the resignation shall take effect from the date of its acceptance
by the Central Government or on the expiry of the period of one month, whichever is earlier.
498

6.

Fees and Allowances(1) Every ex-officio member and members representing the Departments
of the Central Government, State Governments and Organizations associated with or under the
Central Government and State Governments shall not be entitled to draw any fee, travelling
allowance or daily allowance from the funds of the Bureau.
(2)

Every other member shall be entitled to a sitting fee of Rupees five hundred only for
attending a meeting.

(3)

A local member shall be entitled to reimbursement of local conveyance hire charges by

way of actual conveyance hire charges subject to such ceiling as may be specified by the
Central Government from time to time for attending each meeting.
ExplanationA meeting extending over one sitting shall be treated as one meeting.

7.

(4)

A member may travel by rail in first class or second AC tier, by trains, including Rajdhani
Express, Shatabdi, etc. by shortest route, or by air by economy class from his usual place
of residence and back for attending the meetings and in case he travels from a action other
than the usual place of his residence, the reimbursement of fare will be restricted to that
from the place of residence.

(5)

Where journeys are performed by road, the re-imbursement will be limited to first class
fare by rail.

(6)

(a)

An out station member shall be entitled in re-imbursement of single room rent

(i)

for stay in any Government use or hotels, single room in medium range India
Tourism Development Corporation hotels like Janpath Hotel or residential
accommodation provided by registered societies like India International Centre
or India Habitat Centre;

(ii)

for stay in private lodges or hotels at such rates as may be allowed upto the
limits specified by the Central Government from time to time.

(b)

Daily allowances at the rate of 90% of the ordinary rate of daily allowances as
admissible to the highest grade of civil servant for boarding purposes as specified
by the Central Government from time to time.

(c)

Actual conveyance hire charges subject to such ceilings as may be specified by the
Central Government from time to time.

Procedure to be followed by members in the discharge of their functions(1) The participation

by a member in a meeting shall be regulated by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Procedures for
Conduct of Business of the Governing Council) Regulation, 2005.
(2)

Every member, while participating in a meeting, small inform the Chairperson or in his
absence, the presiding officer, that he or any of his relatives or friends as a pecuniary
interest in the matter being considered in the said meeting and thereafter shall abstain
from attending the meeting till discussion on such matter is over.
[F. No. 13/9/2003-EM]
GIREESH B. PRADHAN, Jt. Secy.

499

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Notification
New Delhi, the 8th December, 2006
G.S.R. 309 - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (m) of Section 14 and sub-section (2)
of Section 56 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001), the Central Government, in consultation with the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, hereby makes the following rules to prescribe minimum
qualification for energy managers designated or appointed under clause (1) of Section 14 of the Act,
namely:1.

Short title and Commencement - (i) These rules may be called the Energy Conservation
(Minimum Qualification for Energy Managers) Rules, 2006.
(ii)

2.

They shall come in to force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

Definitions - (1 ) In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires,

(a)

Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001);

(b)

agency means an agency appointed by the Bureau for the purpose of holding National
Examination for certification of energy managers;

(c)

certificate means the certificate issued, on being declared successful in the National
Examination, by the Bureau or the agency notified by the Bureau in support of certification of energy manager.

(d)

diploma Engineer means a person who has obtained diploma in Engineering from a
University or Board or Institution incorporated by an Act of the Central or State Legislature in India or other educational institutions established by an Act of Parliament or any
diploma recognized by All India Council for Technical Education as equivalent or has
obtained a diploma in Engineering from such foreign University or College or Institution
recognized by the Central Government, and under such conditions as may be laid down
for the purpose, from time to time.

(e)

equivalent in relation to any qualification means educational quaifications acquired by

passing an examination conducted by examining body constituted by law in India or an
examination recognized by the Central Government or State Governments or All India
Council for Technical Education as equivalent thereon.

(f)

graudate Engineer means a person who has obtained a graduation degree in Engineering from an University incorporated by an Act of the Central or State Legislatures in India
or other educational institutions established by an Act of Parliament or declared to be
deemed as Universities under Section 3 of the University Grants Commission Act, 1956 or
any degree recognized by All India Council for Technical Education as equivalent or has
obtained a graduation degree in Engineering from such foreign University or College or
Institution recognized by the Central Government and under such conditions as may be
laid down for the purpose, from time to time.
500

3.

(g)

National Examination means the examination conducted by the Bureau or the agency
appointed by the Bureau for certification of energy managers;

(h)

post-graduate in Engineering means a person who has obtained a post-graduate

degree in Engineering from an Unversity incorporated by an Act of the Central or State
Legislature in India or other educational institutions established by an Act of Parliament
of declared to be deemed as Universities under Section 3 of the University Grants
Commission Act, 1956 or any degree recognized by All India Council for Technical Education as equivalent or has obtained a post-graduate degree in Engineering from such
foreign University or College or Institution recognized by the Central Government, and
under such conditions as may be laid down for the purpose, from time to time.

(i)

post-graduate means a post-graduate of an University incorporated by an Act of the

Central or State Legislature in India or other educational institutions established by an
Act of Parliament of declared to be deemed as Universities under Section 3 of the University Grants Commission Act, 1956 or any degree recognized by All India Council for
Technical Education as equivalent or has obtained a post-graduate degree in Engineering
from such foreign University or College or Institution recognized by the Central Government, and under such conditions as may be laid down for the purpose, from time to time.

(2)

Words and expressions used in these rules and not defined, but defined in the Act, shall
have the meaning respectively assigned to them in the Act.

Qualification of Certified Energy Managers(1) A person shall be qualified to become a

certified energy manager, if he
(i)

has passed the National Examination for energy manager or energy auditor held under the
aegis of the Bureau; and

(ii)

has been issued a certificate by the Bureau to that effect.

(2)

No candidate shall be eligible for appearing in the National Examination unless he is

(a)

a graduate Engineer or equivalent with three years of work experience involving use of
energy in operation, maintenance, planning, etc.; or

(b)

a post-graduate Engineer or equivalent with two years of work experience involving use
of energy in operation, maintenance, planning, etc.; or

(c)

a graduate Engineer with post-graduate degree in Management or equivalent with two

years of work experience involving use of energy in operation, maintenance, planning,
etc. or

(d)

a diploma Engineer or equivalent with six years on work experience involving use of
energy in operation, maintenance, planning, etc; or

(e)

a post-graduate in Physics or Electronics or Chemistry (with Physics and Mathematics at

graduation level) with three years of work experience involving use of energy in operation, maintenance, planning. etc.

(3)

A candidate appearing in the National Examination shall be eligible for award of certicate
on being declared sussessful in the said examination.

(4)

Any National Examination for certification of energy managers or energy auditors held by
the Bureau prior to the notification of these rules shall be deemed to have been conducted
under these rules.
[F. No. 13/4/2005-EM]
U.N. PANJIAR, Addl. Secy.
501

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Notification
New Delhi, the 2nd March, 2007
G.S.R. 174(E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (i) of Sub-section (2) of Section 56
of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001), the Central Government, in consultation with the
Bureau of Energy Efficiency, hereby makes the following rules, namely:
1.

Short title and Commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Energy Conservation
(the form and manner for submission of report on the status of energy consumption by the
designated consumers) Rules, 2007.
(ii)

2.

3.

They shall come in to force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

Definitions - (1 ) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,

(a)

Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001);

(b)

Financial Year means the year beginning on the 1st day of April and ending on the 31st
March following.

(2)

Words and expression used herein but not defined shall have the meanings respectively
assigned to them in the Act.

Submission of Respect on the status of energy consumption by Designated Consumer(1)

Every designated consumer shall:
(a)

submit in electronic form as well as hard copy to the designated agency, within three
months, the first report on the status of energy consumption at the end of the previous
financial year in Form 1 of the Annexure; and

(b)

submit to the designated agency subsequent reports for each financial year in the same
manner on the status of energy conservation in Form 1 of the Annexure within three
months of the close of that financial year.

(2)

The Bureau may prescribe different forms for different sections from time to time.

4.

Authentication of DataEvery designated consumer shall ensure that all the data furnished
under rule 3 are duly authenticated by the energy manager appointed or designated by the
designated consumer, the Chief Executive or his nominee authorized for the purpose before it is
sent to the designated agency under rule 3 of these rules.

5.

Supply of Data to the Bureau(1) Every designated consumer shall also furnish the data in
electronic form as well as hard copy, referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of Sub-rule (1) of Rule 3 of
these rules, duly authenticated, in the manner prescribed in rule 4 of these rules, to the Bureau
of Energy Efficiency.
[F. No. 10/6/2006-EC]
U.N. Panjiar, Spl. Secy.
502

Annexure
Form1
Details of information regarding total energy consumed and
specific energy consumption per unit of production
(See rule 3)
1.

Name of the Unit

2.

The Sector* to which unit falls (Refer Annex-1)

3. (a) Complete address of Units location (including Chief

Executives name & designation) with mobile
telephone, fax nos. & e-mail.
(b) Year of Establishment
4.

Registered Office address with telephone, fax nos. & e mail

5.

Name, designation, address, mobile, telephone

fax nos. & e-mail of energy manager

6.

Production and capacity utilization details

Year

Main Product

Units
(Please
specify)

Installed
Capacity
(a)

Actual
Production
(b)

% Capacity
Utilisation
(b/a) 100

Current
financial
year
Previous
financial
year
Current financial year
7.0

Energy Consumption and cost

7.1

Electricity Consumption and cost

(A)

Purchased Electricity
(i)
Units (Million kWh/year)
(ii) Total Cost (Rs. Million/year)
(iii) Plant Connected Load (kW)
(iv) Contract demand (kVA) with utidity
(v) Connected load (kW)

(B)

Own Generation
(a)

Through DG sets
(i)
Annual generation (Million kWh/year)
(ii) Total Cost (Rs. Million/year)
(iii) Fuel used (HSD/LDO/LSHS/LSFO)
(iv) Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)
(v) Annual fuel consumption (tonne)
(vi) Total annual fuel cost (Rs. Million)
503

Previous financial year

(b)

Through Steams turbine/generator

(i)
Annual generation (Million kWh/year)
(ii) Fuel used state which type of fuel was used
(C=coal, B=Biomass, E=electricity). If coal
was used, state which grade i.e. C/I=imported
or C/F = coal of grade F

(c)

(C)
(D)
(E)
7.2

Through Gas turbine

(i)
Annual generation (Million kWh/year)
(ii) Fuel used (State which type of fuel was used
NG, PNG, CNG, Naphtha)
(iii) Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)
(iv) Annual fuel consumption (tonne)
(v) Total annual fuel cost (Rs. Million)
Total generation of electricity (Million kWh/year)
7.1 (B) [a(i)+b(i)+c(i)]
Electricity supplied to the grid/others (specify)
(Million kWh/year)
Total Electricity consumed (Million kWh/year)
7.1[A(i) + CD]

Fuel consumption and % cost for process heating

(A)

(B)

Coal
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)

Lignite
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)

(C)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

Quantity purchased (tonne/year)
Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)
Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)
Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)
Total cost for process (Rs. Million/year)
Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)
Quantity puchased (tonne/year)
Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)
Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)
Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)
Total lignite cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

Bi-mass Other purchased solid fuels (pl. specify)

baggase, rice husk, etc.
(i)
Average moisture content as fired (%)
(ii) Average Gross caloric value as fired (kCal/kg)
(iii) Quantity purchased (tonne/year)
(iv) Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)
(v) Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)
(vi) Total baggage cost for process (Rs. Million/year)
504

7.3

Liquid
(A)

(B)

Furnace
(i)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity purchased (kL/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (kL/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)

(vi)

Total F.O. cost for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Low Sulphur Heavy Stock (LSHS)

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)

(C)

High Sulphur Heavy Stock (HSHS)

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)

(D)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

Quantity puchased (tonne/year)
Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)
Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)
Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)
Total LSHS Cost for process (Rs. Million/year)
Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)
Quantity puchased (tonne/year)
Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)
Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)
Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)
Total HSHS cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

Diesel Oil
(a)

High Speed Diesel (HSD)

(b)

(i)
Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)
(ii) Quantity puchased (kL/year)
(iii) Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)
(iv) Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)
(v) Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)
(vi) Total HSD cost for process (Rs. Million/year)
Light Diesel Oil (LDO)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

Quantity puchased (kL/year)
Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)
Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)
Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)
Total LDO cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

505

7.4

Gas
(A)

(B)

Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)

(i)
Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)
(ii)

Quantity purchased (million SCM/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (million SCM/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (million SCM/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (million SCM/year)

(vi)

Total cost of natural gas for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Liquified Petroleum Gas (LPG)

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)

(C)

Gas generated as byproduct/waste in the plant and used as fuel

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

7.5

Gross claorific value (kCal/SCM)

Quantity puchased (million SCM/year)
Quantity used for power generation (million SCM/year)
Quantity used as raw material, if any (million SCM/year)
Quantity used for process heating (million SCM/year)
Total Cost of LPG for process heating (Rs. Million/year)
Name
Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)
Quantity used for process heating (million SCM/year)
Total cost of byproduct gas for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Solid Waste
Solid waste generated in the plant and used as fuel
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

7.6

Name
Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)
Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)
Total cost of solid waste for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Liquid Waste
Liquid effulent/waste generated in the plant and used as fuel
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

7.7

Name
Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)
Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)
Total cost of solid waste for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Others
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)

Name
Average gross calorific value (kCal/kg)
Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)
Quantity used for process heat (tonnes/year)
Annual cost of the others source
506

Annexure 1Name of Sectors

Aluminium, cement, chemicals, chlor-alkali, fertilizers, gas crackers, iron and steel, naphtha crackers,
pulp and paper, petrochemicals, petroleum refineries, sugar, textile.
Annexure 2Nomenclature
HSD
High Speed Diesel
LDO
Light Diesel Oil
LSHS
Los Sulphur Heavy Stock
LSFO
Low Sulphur Furnance Oil
C
Coal
B
Biomass
E
Electricity
C/I
Coal Imported
C/F
Indian Coal grade F
NG
Natural Gas
PNG
Piped Natural Gas
CNG
Compressed Natural Gas
FO
Furnance Oil
LPG
Liquefied Petroleum Gas
SCM
Standard Cubic Metre (15C and 1.01325 bar)
KL
Kilo Litre
Million
Tea (10) lakh

507

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 Sub-section (i)

Notification
New Delhi, the 12th March, 2007
S.O. 394 (E)Whereas the Central Government, consultation with the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency, having to the intensity or quantity of energy consumed amount of investment required for
switching over energy efficient equipment and capacity of industry to in it and availability of the
energy efficient machinery and equipment required by the industry, is that some user or class of users
of energy may be as designated consumer;
And whereas, the Schedule to the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001), specifies certain
energy Intensive Industries and other establishments as designated consumers;
And whereas, the Central Government considers necessary to provide that only those energy
intensive industries and other establishments having annual energy consumption as indicated against
each industry or establishment by the Central Government from time to time, to be notified as designated consumers;
Now, therefore, in exercise of the power conferred by the clauses (e) and (f) of Section 14 of the
Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (herein referred to as the said Act), the Central Government, in consultation with the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, hereby alters the list of Energy Intensive Industries and
other establishments specified in the Schedule to the said Act, namely:
1.

Thermal Power Stations30,000 metric tonne of oil equivalent (MTOE) per year and above.

2.

Fertilizer30,000 metric tonne of oil equivalent, (MTOE) per year and above.

3.

Cement30,000 metric tonne of oil equivalent (MTOE) per year and above.

4.

Iron and Steel30,000 metric tonne of oil equivalent (MTOE) per year and above

5.

Chlor-Alkali-12,000 metric tonne of oil equivalent (MTOE) per year and above

6.

Aluminium7,500 metric tonne of oil equivalent (MTOE) per year and above

7.

Railways
(a)

the electric traction Sub-section (TSS) in each Zonal Railway having maximum
energy consumption as per the table given below:

508

Table
Railway Zone

List of TSS

Central Railway
Eastern Railway
East Central Railway
East Coast Railway
Northern Railway
North Central Railway
Southern Railway
South Central Railway
South Eastern Railway
South Western Railway
South East Central Railway
Western Railway
West Central Railway

Wardha
Titagarh
Koderma
Simhachalam North
Narela
Mathura
Avadi
Krishna Canal
Balichak
Bangarapet
Bilaspur
Makarpur
Bina

(b) the diesel loco shed in each Zonal Railway as per table given below:
Table
Railway Zone

Loco Shed

Central Railway
Eastern Railway
East Central Railway
East Coast Railway
Northern Railway
North Central Railway
North Eastern Railway
Northeast Frontier Railway
North Western Railway
Southern Railway
South Central Railway
South Eastern Railway
South East Central Railway
South Western Railway
Western Railway
West Central Railway

Kalyan
Undal
Patratu
Vishakhapatnam
Ludhiana
Jhansi
Gonda
New Guwahati
Abu Raod
Erode
Kazipeth
Kharagpur
Raipur
Hubli
Vatva
New Katni Jn.

(c) all six production units i.e. Integral Coach Factory (ICF), Rail Coach Factory (RCF) Chittaranjan
Locomotive Works (CLW) Diesel Locomotive Works (DLW), Diesel Component Works (DCW)
and Rail Wheel Factory (RWF).
(d) workshops on Indian Railways having tota annual energy consumption of 30,000 MTOE or
more.
8. Textile-3,000 metric tonne of oil equivalent (MTOE) per year and above
9. Pulp and Paper-30,000 metric tonne of oil equivalent (MTOE) per year and above.
509

Note : 1 The energy conversion value given in the table below shall be used for working out annual
energy consumption in terms of metric tonne of oil equivalent.
Table
1 kwh
1 kg. Coal/Coke
1 kg. Charcoal
1 kg. Furnance Oil/
Residual Fuel Oil/Low Sulphur
Stock-NAPTHA
1 kg. High Speed Diesel
1 kg. Petrol
1 kg. Kerosene
1 kg. Liquefied Petroleum Gas
1 M3 Natural Gas

Other Fuels or waste

material or by product
used as a Fuel

860 kilocalories (kcal)

Gross Calorific Value as per suppliers (coal companys) latest
certificate
6,900 kcal or as per supliers latest certificate
10,050 kcal (density=0.9337 kg/litre) or as per suppliers latest
certificate
11,840 kcal (density=0.8263 kg/litre) or as per suppliers latest
certificate
11,200 kcal (density=0.7087 kg/litre) or as per suppliers latest
certificate
11,110 kcal (density of SKO=0.7782 kg/litre) or as per suppliers
latest certificate
12,500 kcal or as per suppliers latest certificate
8,000-10,500 kcal (Actual calorific value as per suppliers latest
certificate will be considered.) In case of non-issue of certification
by the supplier, average of the range 8000-10,500 kcal/M3 will be
considered).
Gross Calorific value as per the certificate from a National
Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL)
accredited laboratory or Central Government laboratory or State
Government laboratory or Government approved laboratory provided the fuel sampling for assessing the calorific value has also
been carried out by the concerned laboratory.

For the purpose of this table,(i) 1 kg of Oil Equivalent : 10,000 kcal

(ii) 1 Metric Tonne of Oil Equivalent (MTOE): 10 106 kcal
(iii) In case of coal, petroleum products and other fuels, in absence of the suppliers certificate
(due to its non-issue by the supplier), the gross calorific value of the above fuels will be
considered as per the Test Certificate from a National Accreditation Board for Testing and
Calibration Laboratories (NABL) Accredited Laboratory or Central Government Laboratory
or State Government Laboratory or Government recognized Laboratory provided the fuel
sampling for assessing the calorific value has also been carried out by the concerned Laboratory.
Note : 2 For the purpose of declaring energy intensive industry or any other establishment specified
in the Schedule to the Act, the limit of annual energy consumption in terms of metric tonne of
oil equivalent shall be reviewed every three years with effect from the date of publication of
this notification.
Note : 3 The provisions mentioned in this Schedule shall not be applicable to the Ministry or the
Department of the Central Government dealing with Defence, Atomic Energy, Space, Internal
Security or Undertakings or Boards or Institutions under the control of such Ministries or
Departments.
[F. No. 10/13/2002-FM]
HARISH CHANDRA, Jt. Secy.
510

EXTRAORDINARY PART II Section 3 (i)

Notification
New Delhi, the 26th June, 2008
G.S.R. 486 (E) - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (h) of Sub-section (2) of section
56 read with clause (k) of section 14 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001), the Central
Government, hereby makes the following rules, namely:
1.
Short title and Commencement - (1) These rules may be called the Energy Conservation
(Form and Manner and Time for Furnishing Information With Regard to Energy Consumed and
Action Taken on Recommendations of Accredited Energy Auditor) Rules, 2008.
(2) They shall come in to force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
2.
Definitions - (1 ) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires,
(a) Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001;
(b) Form means the forms specified under rule 3;
(c) year means the financialyear beginning on the 1st day of April and ending on the 31st
March following;
(d) words and expression used herein but not defined,but defined in the Act shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Act.
3.
From and time limit for furnishing of Information by the designated consumers with regard to
energy consumed and action taken on the recommendations of the accredited energy auditor:(1) Every designated consumer within three months of the submission of energy audit report by
the accredited energy auditor shall, furnish in electronic from as well as in a hard copy, to the
designated agency,(a) details of infromation on energy consumed during the year preceding to the year for
which energy audit was undertaken as verified by the accredited energy auditor,in Form 1;
(b) details of specific energy consumption product-wise for the period referred to in clause
(a), in Form 1;
(c) details of the action on the recommendations made by the accredited energy auditor in
the energy audit report submitted under the Act, in Form 2;
(2) Every designated consumer shall furnish to the designated agency every year, the details
of progress made in consequence of the action taken by it as per clause (c) of sub-rule (1)
of rule 3 together with the details of energy efficiency improvement measures implemented and consequent savings achieved in Form 3, within three months of the close of
that year.
4.
Manner of furnishing information.- (1) Every designated consumer shall furnish the information under Rule 3 after getting the same authenticated by its energy manager appointed or
designated in terms of notification number S.O. 318(E), dated the 2nd March, 2007.
(2) The information under sub-rule (1) shall be strictly in accordance with the energy audit
report of the accredited energy auditor.
[F. No. 10/15/07-EC]
DEVENDER SINGH, Jt Secy.
511

Annexure
Form1
Details of energy consumed
and specific energy consumption, product-wise, based on verified data
[See rule 3 (1) (a) and (b)]
1.

Name of the Unit

2.

The sector in which unit falls (Refer Annexure-I)

3. (a) Complete address of Units location (including Chief

Executives name & designation) with mobile
telephone, fax nos. & e-mail.
(b) Year of Establishment
4.

Registered Office address with telephone, fax nos. & e mail

5.

Name, designation, address, mobile, telephone

fax nos. & e-mail of energy manager

6.

Production and capacity utilization details

Year

Main Product

Units
Installed Actual
% Capacity Specific energy
(Please Capacity Production Utilisation consumption
specify) (a)
(b)
(b/a) 100

Product 1
Product 2
Other product
200200
Year 200 - 200
7.0
7.1

Energy Consumption and cost

Electricity Consumption and cost
(A) Purchased Electricity
(i)
Units (Million kWh/year)
(ii) Total Cost (Rs. Million/year)
(iii) Plant Connected Load (kW)
(iv) Contract demand (kVA) with utidity
(v) Connected load (kW)
(B) Own Generation
(a) Through Diesel Generating sets
(i)
Annual generation (Million kWh/year)
(ii) Total Cost (Rs. Million/year)
(iii) Fuel used (HSD/LDO/LSHS/LSFO - (Refer
annexure 2)
(iv) Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)
(v) Annual fuel consumption (tonne)
(vi) Total annual fuel cost (Rs. Million)
512

(b)

(c)

(C)

Through Steams turbine/generator

(i)

Annual generation (Million kWh/year)

(ii)

Fuel used state which type of fuel was used

(C=coal, B=Biomass, E=electricity). If coal
was used, state which grade i.e. C/I=imported
or C/F = coal of grade F

Through gas turbine

(i)

Annual generation (Million kWh/year)

(ii)

Fuel used (State which type of fuel was used

Natural Gas (NG), Piped Natural Gas (PNG),
Compressed Natural Gas (CNG), Naphtha)

(iii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)

(iv)

Annual fuel consumption (SCM)

(v)

Total annual fuel cost (Rs. Million)

Total generation of electricity (Million kWh/year)

7.1 (B) [a(i)+b(i)+c(i)]

(D)

Electricity supplied to the grid/others (specify)

(Million kWh/year)

(E)

Total Electricity consumed (Million kWh/year)

7.1[A(i) + CD]

7.2

Fuel consumption and % cost for process heating

(A)

(B)

(C)

Coal
(i)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity purchased (tonne/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

Lignite
(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (tonne/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total lignite cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

Bi-mass Other purchased solid fuels (please specify)

baggase, rice husk, etc.
(i)

Average moisture content as fired (%)

(ii)

Average Gross caloric value as fired (kCal/kg)

513

7.3

(iii)

Quantity purchased (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total baggage cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

Liquid
(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

Furnace
(i)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity purchased (kL/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (kL/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)

(vi)

Total F.O. cost for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Low Sulphur Heavy Stock (LSHS)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (tonne/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total LSHS Cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

High Sulphur Heavy Stock (HSHS)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (tonnes/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total HSHS cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

Diesel Oil
(a)

High Speed Diesel (HSD)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (kL/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)

(vi)

Total HSD cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

514

(b)

7.4

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (kL/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (kL/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)

(vi)

Total LDO cost for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Gas
(A)

(B)

(C)

7.5

Light Diesel Oil (LDO)

Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)

(i)

Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)

(ii)

Quantity purchased (million SCM/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (million SCM/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (million SCM/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (million SCM/year)

(vi)

Total cost of natural gas for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Liquified Petroleum Gas (LPG)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/SCM)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (million SCM/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (million SCM/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (million SCM/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (million SCM/year)

(vi)

Total Cost of LPG for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Gas generated as by product/waste in the plant and used as fuel

(i)

Name

(ii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)

(iii)

Quantity used for process heating (million SCM/year)

(iv)

Total cost of byproduct gas for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Solid waste
Solid waste generated in the plant and used as fuel
(i)

Name

(ii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(iv)

Total cost of solid waste for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

515

7.6

Liquid waste
Liquid effulent/waste generated in the plant and used as fuel

7.7

(i)

Name

(ii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(iv)

Total cost of liquid effluent for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

Others
(i)

Name

(ii)

Average gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)

(iv)

Quantity used for process heat (tonnes/year)

(v)

Annual cost of the others source

Signature
Name of the energy manager,
Name of the Company
Full address
Seal

Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Accreditation details
Seal

516

Annexure 1Name of Sectors

Aluminium, cement, chemicals, chlor-alkali, fertilizers, gas crackers, iron and steel, naphtha crackers,
pulp and paper, petrochemicals, petroleum refineries, sugar, textile.
Annexure 2Nomenclature
HSD

High Speed Diesel

LDO

Light Diesel Oil

LSHS

Low Sulphur Heavy Stock

LSFO

Low Sulphur Furnance Oil

Coal

Biomass

Electricity

C/I

Coal Imported

C/F

Indian Coal grade F

NG

Natural Gas

PNG

Piped Natural Gas

CNG

Compressed Natural Gas

FO

Furnance Oil

LPG

Liquefied Petroleum Gas

SCM

Standard Cubic Metre (15C and 1.01325 bar)

KL

Kilo Litre

Million

Ten (10) lakh

517

518

Date of
completion of
measure/likely
completion

Life
cycle
years1

Oil

Gas

Coal

Electricity

Annual energy2 savings

Other

Annexure

Signature
Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Name of the energy Manager
Accreditation details
Name of the Company
Seal
Full address
Contact person
E-mail address
Telephone/Fax number
Plant address
1. Estimate the predicted life of the measure, meaning the number of years the level of first year energy savings or even large amounts will materialise.
2. Life commercial units of litre, kg, tonnes, normal cubic meter, kWh or MWh and indicate the unit. Indicate the anticipated potential in energy savings.

10.

9.

8.

7.

6.

5.

4.

3.

2.

1.

S.No. Energy efficiency improvement

Investment Reasons for
measures-(Suggested categories
Millions
not
of areas of energy efficiency
Rupees
implementing
improvement for obtaining details
the measure
of energy savings-See Annexure 3)

Form2
Details of action taken on recommendations of accredited energy
auditor for improving energy efficiency
[See rule 3 (1) (c)]

Annexure 3
Suggested categories of areas of energy efficiency improvement
for obtaining details of energy savings
1.

Better house keeping measures

2.

Installation of improved process monitoring and control instrumentation, or software

3.

Fuel Handling System

4.

Steam Generation System

5.

Steam Distribution System

6.

Electricity Generation System

7.

Hot Water System

8.

Compressed Air System

9.

Raw/Process Water System

10. Cooling Water System

11. Process Cooling/Refrigeration System
12. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning System
13. Electrical System
14. Lighting System
15. Melting/Heating/Drying Equipment (e.g. Furnaces, Heaters, Klins, Ovens, Dryers, Evaporators, etc.
16. Heat Exchangers
17. Pumps, Compressors, Fans, Blowers, Piping, Ducting
18. Process Equipment (e.g.) Reactors, Separation Equipment, Material, Handling Equipment,
etc.)
19. Transformers
20. Electric Motors and Drives
21. Process Technology
22. Process Integration
23. Process Control and Automation
24. Other Non-equipment Measures (e.g. Plant Operation/Scheduling, Tariff Scheddule, etc.)
25. Recovery of waste heat for process heat or power generation
26. Retrofiting, modification or sizing of fans, blowers, pumps, including duct systems
27. Other

519

520

Implemented:

Under implementation:

Fuel

Units5

Units

Verified
energy
savings

Verified
energy
savings
estimated

Verified
savings 4
(Rupees)

Investment Verified
(Rupees)
savings
estimated
(Rupees)
estimated

Investment
(Rupees)

Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Accreditation details
Seal

Category

Category3

Use C. No. column of form 2 as referenceSee Annexure 3 for adoption

First year
Use conventional energy, volume or mass units with proper prefix k=103, M=106, G=109

Signature
Name of the energy Manager
Name of the Company
Full address
Contact person
E-mail address
Telephone/Fax numbers
Plant address

3.

1.

S. No. Description of energy efficiency

improvement measure

B.

3.

1.

S. No. Description of energy efficiency

improvement measure

A.

Remarks

Status of implementation

Fuel

Details of energy efficiency improvement measures implemented, investment made and savings in energy achieved and progress
made in the implementation of other recommendations.

Form-3
[See rule 3 (2)]

EXTRAORDINARY
PART III-Section
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY
THE BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY
Notification
New Delhi, 25th November, 2008
No.02-11(3)/05-BEE.-Whereas certain draft regulations namely, the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(Advisory Committees Regulations), 2008, were published vide notification number 02-11(3)-BEE,
dated the 5th June, 2008 in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part III, Section 4 dated the 12th June,
2008 as required under sub-section (1) of section 58 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001)
inviting objections or suggestions from all persons likely to be affected thereby, within forty five days
from the date on which copies of the Gazette containing the said notification were made available to
the public;
And whereas Gazette copies of the said draft regulations were made available to the public on the
12th June, 2008;
And whereas no objection or suggestion has been received from any person in this regard;
Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 58
of the said Act, the Bureau of Energy Efficiency with the previous approval of the Central Government, hereby makes the following regulations, namely:1.

Short title and commencement. (1) These regulations may be called the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (Advisory Committees) Regulations, 2008.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions. - (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001;
(b) Advisory Committee means the Advisory Committee constituted under regulation 3;
(c) Director-General means the Director General of the Bureau appointed under sub- section
(1) of section 9;

521

(d) Equipment means the equipment or appliance, class of equipments or appliances which
consumes, generates, transmits or supplies energy;
(e) Secretary means the Secretary of the Bureau appointed under sub-section (2) of the
section 9;
(f) section means the section of the Act.
(2) Words and expressions used herein and not defined, but defined in the Act, shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Act.
3.

Constitution of Advisory Committees. (1) For the purpose of sub-sections (1) and (2) of section
8, the following Advisory Committees are hereby constituted, namely:(a) the Management Advisory Committee;
(b) the Policy Advisory Committee.
(2) The Management Advisory Committee shall consists of the following members, namely:-

(a) Secretary to the Government of India, in charge of the Ministry or

Department of the Central Government dealing with the Power

-ex officio
Chairperson;

(b) Chairperson of the Central Electricity Authority constituted

under the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003)

-ex officio
Member;

(c) Joint Secretary to the Government of India, in charge of energy

conservation in the Ministry or Department of the Central
Government dealing with the Power

-ex officio
Member ;

(d) Joint Secretary and Financial Advisor to the Government of India,

in the Ministry or Department of the Central Government dealing
with the Power

-ex officio
Member;

(e) Joint Secretary to the Government of India, in the Ministry or

Department of the Central Government dealing with the New and
Renewable Energy Sources

-ex officio
Member;

(f) Executive Director of the Petroleum Conservation Research

Association, a society registered under the Societies Registration
Act, 1860 (21 of 1860)

-ex officio
Member;

(g) Deputy Director-General of the Bureau of Indian Standards

established under the Bureau of Indian Standards
Act, 1986 (63 of 1986)

-ex officio
Member;

(h) Director- General of the Bureau

-ex officio
MemberSecretary.

522

(3) The Policy Advisory Committee shall consists of the following members, namely:(a) Director-General of the Bureau

-ex officio
Chairperson;

(b) Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department of the Central Government dealing with the Power

-ex officio
Member;

(c) Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department of the Central Government dealing with the Petroleum
and Natural Gas

-ex officio
Member;

(d) Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department of the Central Government dealing with the Coal

-ex-officio
Member;

(e) Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department of the Central Government dealing with the New
and Renewable Energy Sources

-ex-officio
Member;

(f) Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department of the Central Government dealing with the
Consumers Affairs

-ex-officio
Member;

(g) Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry or

Department of the Central Government dealing with the
Environment and Forest

-ex-officio
Member;

(h) An officer not below the rank of Joint Secretary to the

Government of India in the Ministry or Department of the
Central Government dealing with the Railways

-ex-officio
Member;

(i) Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the

Ministry or Department of the Central Government
dealing with the Civil Aviation

-ex-officio
Member;

(j) Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the

Ministry or Department of the Central Government dealing
with the Industry

-ex-officio
Member;

(k) Joint Secretary to the Government of India in the

Ministry or Department of the Central Government dealing
with the Agriculture

-ex-officio
Member;

(l) Director-General,
Confederation of Indian Industry, New Delhi

-Member;

(m) Secretary-General,
Electric Lamp and Component
Manufacturers Association of India, New Delhi

-Member;

(n) President,
Indian Electrical and Electronics Manufacturers Association,
Mumbai

-Member;

523

4.

(o) President,
Confederation of Real Estate Developers Association of India,
New Delhi

-Member;

(p) President,
Indian Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air conditioning Engineers, New Delhi,

-Member;

(q) President,
Refrigeration and Air conditioning
Manufacturers Association of India, New Delhi

-Member;

(r) Chief Operating Officer,

Voluntary Organisation in Interest of Consumer Education,
New Delhi

-Member;

(s) One energy specialist of standing, having five years

experience in dealing with matters relating to energy
conservation or energy efficiency

-Member;

(t) One energy specialist of standing, having five years

experience in dealing with matters relating to electricity
generation, transmission and distribution

-Member;

(u) Secretary of the Bureau

ex-officio
MemberSecretary.

Functions of Advisory Committees.- (1) The Advisory Committees shall have following
functions, namely:(a) the Management Advisory Committee shall advise the Bureau on matters relating to(i) finance, personnel, administrative and policy matters;
(ii) programmes or schemes relating to or in connection with implementation of the Energy
Conservation Act.
(b) the Policy Advisory Committee shall advise the Bureau on matters relating to (i) research and development studies for identification of energy saving potential in end
uses of energy, including buildings in industrial, commercial, domestic and agricultural
sectors and development of programmes for their realisation;
(ii) balanced growth in energy consumption to sustain economic growth caused by accelerated industrialisation, urbanisation and rural electrification taking into consideration,
the comfort, health, and productivity of the users of energy;
(iii) improving energy efficiency in the generation and use of electricity, energy efficient
processes, equipment, devices and systems and sustainable use of energy resources to
optimise efficient use of energy and its conservation in all sectors of economy contributing to sustainable energy management ;

524

(iv) strengthen the capabilities of professionals dealing with energy efficiency or its conservation, and consultancy services in the field of energy efficiency or its conservation;
(v) measures necessary to create awareness and disseminate information for efficient use
of energy and its conservation;
(vi) promotion of testing facilities for certification and testing for energy consumption of
equipment and appliances, and development of testing and certification procedures;
(vii) norms for processes and energy consumption standards for any equipment, appliance
which consumes, generates, transmits or supplies energy;
(viii) any other matter relating to the functions of the Bureau.
(2) The recommendations of each Advisory Committee shall be placed before the Governing
Council for necessary directions.
5.

Tenure of Policy Advisory Committee.- (1) The term of the Policy Advisory Committee shall be
three years.
(2) The term of Members specified in clauses (l) to (t) of sub-regulation (3) of regulation 3 shall
be three years.
(3) The Members shall be eligible for reappointment.

6.

Resignation and removal.- (1) Any Member of the Advisory Committee may resign his office by
forwarding his letter of resignation to the Bureau under his own hand and such resignation shall
take effect from the date of its acceptance by the Bureau or on the expiry of period of one month
from the date of its receipt by the Bureau, whichever is earlier.
(2) A Member shall not be removed from his office except by an order of the Bureau on the
ground of proved misbehavior or incapacity after an inquiry made by such person as the
Bureau may appoint for the purpose in which the Chairperson or the Member concerned, has
been informed of the charge against him and given a reasonable opportunity of being heard
in respect of such charge.

7.

Meetings of Advisory Committee.- Each Advisory Committee shall meet at least once in every
year.

8.

Notice and agenda of the meeting.- (1) A notice of not less than seven days, from the date of
issue, shall be ordinarily given to the members of each meeting of the Advisory Committee.
(2) Every notice of an Advisory Committee meeting shall specify the place and the day and hour
of the meeting.
(3) The Chairperson of the Advisory Committee shall cause to be prepared and circulated to the
Members an agenda for the meeting not later than three days before the meeting.

9.

Minutes of meeting.-The minutes of the proceedings of each meeting shall be circulated to each
Member of the Advisory Committees and shall be confirmed at the next meeting with or without
modifications as the case may be.

525

10. Quorum for meeting.-The quorum necessary for transaction of business at a meeting of the
Advisory Committee shall be one-third of the total number of Members of the Committee besides
the Chairperson.
11. Filling of vacancy.-(1) A vacancy on the Policy Advisory Committee caused by resignation, or
otherwise, of the Chairperson or a Member shall be filled up in terms of regulation 3.
(2) The person so appointed under sub-regulation (1) shall hold office only for the remaining
term of the outgoing member.
12. Fee and allowances payable to Members of Policy Advisory Committee.-The Members of the
Policy Advisory Committee specified in clauses (l) to (t) of sub-regulation (3) of regulation 3,
while traveling for attending a meeting of the Advisory Committee or in connection with any
official assignment given to them shall be entitled to fee and allowances on par with fee and
allowances payable to members of the Governing Council.

Ajay Mathur, Director-General

526

NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 25th February, 2009
G.S.R. 25In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 56 of the Energy Conservation Act,
2001 (52 of 2001), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules, namely :
1. Short title and commencement (1) These rules may be called the Energy Conservation
(Manner of holding inquiry) Rules, 2009.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
2. Definitions (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,
(a) Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001;
(b) adjudicating officer means the adjudicating officer appointed under Section 27;
(c) section means section of the Act;
(2) Words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.
3. Manner of holding inquiry by an adjudicating officer (1) Whenever the State Commission
appoints an adjudicating officer, a copy of the appointment order shall be provided to the person
concerned.
(2) In holding the inquiry, the adjudicating officer shall, issue a notice containing the particulars
of violations under section 26 to the person concerned requiring him to appear before the adjudicating
officer within twenty one days from the date of issue of such notice.
(3) The adjudicating officer shall provide an opportunity to the concerned person to present his
case.
(4) If the person concerned fails, neglects or refuses to appear before the adjudicating officer as
required under sub-rule (2), the adjudicating officer may proceed with the inquiry in the absence of
such person after recording the reasons for so doing.
(5) The adjudicating officer, while holding inquiry, shall follow as far as possible the same
procedure as is followed in the proceedings of the State Commission in exercise of its powers and in
discharge of its functions.
(6) The adjudicating officer shall complete the inquiry within sixty days from the date of issue of
the notice referred to in sub-rule (2).
(7) Where the inquiry may not be completed within the period of sixty days, the adjudicating
officer may, after recording reasons in writing, seek extension of time from the State Commission for a
further period of sixty days.
(8) On completion of inquiry, the adjudicating officer shall record his findings and impose
penalty accordingly.
[F. No. 10/2/08-EC]
DEVENDER SINGH, Jt. Secy.
527

EXTRAORDINARY
PART III-Section 4
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY

THE BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY

NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 10th June, 2008
No.02-11(6)/05 The following draft of certain regulations, which the Bureau, with the previous
approval of the Central Government, proposes to make in exercise of the powers conferred by clause
(g) of sub-section (2) of section 58, read with clause (q) of sub-section (2) of section 13 of the Energy
Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001), is hereby published, as required by sub-section (1) of section 58
of the said Act for information of all persons likely to be affected thereby; and notice is hereby given
that the said draft regulations will be taken into consideration after the expiry of a period of forty five
days from the date of publication of this notification in the Official Gazette.
Any objection or suggestion which may be received from any person with respect to the said
draft regulations before the expiry of period aforesaid will be considered by the Bureau.
Objections or suggestions, if any, may be sent to the Director General, Bureau of Energy Efficiency, 4th Floor, Sewa Bhavan, R.K. Puram, Sector-1, New Delhi-110 066.
Draft Regulations
1. Short title and commencement.- (1) These Regulations may be called the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (the manner and intervals of time for conduct of energy audit) Regulations, 2008.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their final publication in the Official Gazette.
2.

Definitions.- (1) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001;
(b) energy audit report means the report of energy audit submitted under regulation 3 and
signed by an accredited energy auditor;
(c) Forms means the Forms appended to these regulations;
(d) specific energy consumption means the average of energy consumed per unit of product
or productmix for the completed financial year;
(e) words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Act.
528

3.

Intervals of time for conduct of energy audit.-(1) Every designated consumer shall have its first
energy audit conducted, by an accredited energy auditor within 18 months of the notification
issued by the Central Government under clause (i) of section 14 of the Act.

(2) The interval of time for conduct and completion of subsequent energy audits shall be three
years with effect from the date of submission of the previous energy audit report by the accredited
energy auditor to the management of the designated consumer.
4.

Manner of energy audit.-Every energy audit under the Act shall be conducted in the following
manner :-

(1) Verification of data of energy use.-The accredited energy auditor shall

(a) verify the information submitted to the designated agency under the Energy Conservation
(the form and manner for submission of report on the status of energy consumption by the
designated consumers) Rules, 2007 for the previous two years through examination of energy
bills, production data, inspection of energy-using equipment, production-processes, and
systems,spot measurements, discussion or interview with the officers and staff regarding
operation of plants, energy management procedures, equipment maintenance problems,
equipment reliability, projected equipment needs, improvements undertaken or planned,
establish validated data on annual energy consumption and prepare a report in Form 1 for the
year preceding to the year for which energy audit report shall be prepared and submitted;
(b) establish specific energy consumption per unit of production for the year referred to in
clause (a);
(c) disaggregate the energy consumption data and identify major energy using equipment,
processes and systems.
(2) Scope of energy audit.-The accredited energy auditor jointly with the energy manager of the
designated consumer shall
(a) develop a scope of work for the conduct of energy audit required under the Act with a view
to ensuring adequate coverage in terms of the share of total energy use that is covered in the
energy audit;
(b) select energy intensive equipment or processes for energy auditing;
(c) agree on best practice procedures on measuring the energy efficiency performance of
selected equipment and on algorithm to estimate energy performance and energy savings;
(d) collect energy consumption, and production data for the equipment and processes covered
within the scope of energy audit, operating data, and schedule of operation, non proprietary
process flow charts, production level disaggregated by product, if applicable, and such
other historical data as may be considered essential by the accredited energy auditor for
achieving the purpose of energy audit.
(3) Monitoring and analysis of the use of energy data for energy audit.-The accredited energy
auditor shall(a) verify the accuracy of the data collected in consultation with the energy manager,
appointed or designated by the designated consumer in terms of the notification number
S.O.318(E), dated the 2nd March, 2007, as per standard practice to assess the validity of the
data collected;
529

(b) analyse and process the data with respect to(i) consistency of designated consumers data monitoring compared to the collected
data;
(ii) recommendations to reduce energy consumption and improve energy efficiency.
(iii) summary overview of energy consumption in plant or establishment by fuel type and by
section;
(c) conduct equipment energy performance measurements with due diligence and caution.
(4) Preparation of recommendations on energy saving measures, their cost benefit analysis.-The
accredited energy auditor having regard to the overall efficiency of the production process,
techno-economic viability of energy saving measures, site conditions and capacity of the
designated consumer to invest for their implementation, shall prepare a list of recommendations
to save energy and the list shall include(a) a brief description of each recommended measure;
(b) the estimated energy saving as well as energy cost reduction potential over a reasonable
technical or economic life of the measure;
(c) any known or expected technical risks associated with each measure;
(d) a preliminary assessment of the financial attractiveness of each measure or assessment of
the maximum investment feasible based on the estimated energy cost saving potential over
the life of the measure;
(e) tabulated summary of recommendations listed as per their implementation schedule (short,
medium and long term);
(f) where different alternatives for implementation of an energy efficiency measure are available,
the accredited energy auditor shall examine and discuss such options and recommend the
techno-financially better option;
(g) where the installation or implementation of any recommended energy saving measure affects
procedures for operation and maintenance, staff deployment and the budget, the
recommendation shall include discussion of such impacts including their solutions.
5.

Prioritisation and preparation of action plan.-(1) The accredited energy auditor jointly with the
energy manager shall select from the energy audit report such recommended measures as are
included in sub-regulation (4) of regulation 4 which in the opinion of the designated consumer are
technically viable, financially attractive and within its financial means, prioritise them and prepare
plan of action for their implementation. This action plan shall include (a) preparation of detailed techno-economic analysis of selected measures;
(b) a monitoring and verification protocol to quantify on annual basis the impact of each measure
with respect to energy conservation and cost reduction for reporting to Bureau and the
concerned State designated agency;
(c) a time schedule agreed upon by the designated consumer of selected measures taking into
consideration constraints such as availability of finance and availability of proposed
equipment.
530

(2) The accredited energy auditor based on the activities undertaken under sub-regulation (4)
of regulation 4 and regulation 5 shall submit a report in Form 2 to the management of designated
consumer,
(3) The accredited energy auditor shall evaluate the implementation of each recommended energy
saving measure in the previous audit report and submit a report in Form 3 to the management
of the designated consumer.
6.

Structure of the energy audit report.- (1) The energy audit report structure shall be jointly
decided by the accredited energy auditor and designated consumer.

(2) The energy audit report shall highlight, details of specific energy consumption, list of
recommendations to reduce energy consumption and costs, monitoring and evaluation of
impact of selected measures and conclude with certification by accredited energy auditor
stating that
(a) the data collection has been carried out diligently and truthfully;
(b) all data monitoring devices are in good working condition and have been calibrated or
certified by approved or authorised agencies and no tempering of such devices have occurred;
(c) all reasonable professional skill, care and diligence have been taken in preparing the energy
audit report and the contents thereof are a true representation of the facts;
(d) adequate training provided to personnel involved in daily operations after implementation
of recommendations; and
(e) the energy audit has been carried out in accordance with the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(the manner and intervals of time for conduct of energy audit) Regulation, 2008.
The format for the preparation of energy audit report is given in Form 4 for guidance.
(3) The accredited energy auditor shall highlight the strengths and weaknesses of the designated
consumer in the management of energy and energy resources in the energy audit report and
recommend necessary action to improve upon method of reporting data, energy management
system in detail alongwith their underlying rationale, and improving energy efficiency and reducing
energy consumption in the designated consumer.
(4) The accredited energy auditor shall sign the energy audit report under the seal of its firm giving
all the accreditation details alongwith details of manpower employed in conducting the energy
audit.
(5) The energy audit report shall include a work schedule sheet duly signed by accredited energy
auditor and energy manager of the designated consumer.

AJAY MATHUR, Director-General

[ADVT III/4/185/2008/Exty.]

531

Form 1
Details of validated data on energy consumed
and specific energy consumption per unit of production
[See regulation 4 (1) (a) and (b)]
1.

Name of the Unit

2.

The sector* in which unit falls (Refer Annexure-I)

3. (a)

Complete address of Units location (including

Chief Executives name & designation) with
mobile telephone, fax nos. & e-mail.

(b)

Year of Establishment

4.

Registered Office address with telephone, fax nos. & e mail

5.

Name, designation, address, mobile, telephone

fax nos. & e-mail of energy manager

6.

Production and capacity utilization details

Year

Main Product

Units
(Please
specify)

Installed
Capacity
(a)

Actual
Production
(b)

% Capacity
Utilisation
(b/a) 100

Product 1
Product 2
Other product
200200
Year 20 - 20
7.0

Energy Consumption and cost

7.1

Electricity Consumption and cost

(A)

Purchased Electricity

(i)

Units (Million kWh/year)

(ii)

Total cost (Rs. Million/year)

(iii)

Plant connected load (kW)

(iv)

Contract demand (kVA) with utidity

(v)

Connected load (kW)

(B)

Own Generation

(a)

Through diesel generating sets

(i)

Annual generation (Million kWh/year)

(ii)

Total cost (Rs. Million/year)

(iii)

Fuel used (HSD/LDO/LSHS/LSFO - (Refer

Annexure-2)

(iv)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(v)

Annual fuel consumption (tonne)

(vi)

Total annual fuel cost (Rs. Million)

532

Specific
energy
Consumption

Year 20 - 20
(b)

Through Steams turbine/generator

(i)

Annual generation (Million kWh/year)

(ii)

Fuel used state which type of fuel was used

(C=coal, B=Biomass, E=electricity). If coal
was used, state which grade i.e. C/I=imported
or C/F = coal of grade F

(c)

Through gas turbine

(i)

Annual generation (Million kWh/year)

(ii)

Fuel used (State which type of fuel was used

Natural Gas (NG), Piped Natural Gas (PNG),
Compressed Natural Gas (CNG), Naphtha)

(iii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)

(iv)

Annual fuel consumption (SCM)

(v)

Total annual fuel cost (Rs. Million)

(C)

Total generation of electricity (Million kWh/year)

7.1 (B) [a(i)+b(i)+c(i)]

(D)

Electricity supplied to the grid/others (specify)

(Million kWh/year)

(E)

Total Electricity consumed (Million kWh/year)

7.1[A(i) + CD]

7.2

Fuel consumption and % cost for process heating

(A)

Coal

(i)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity purchased (tonne/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

(B)

Lignite

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (tonne/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total lignite cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

533

Year 20 - 20
(C)

Bi-mass Other purchased solid fuels (please specify)

baggase, rice husk, etc.

(i)

Average moisture content as fired (%)

(ii)

Average Gross caloric value as fired (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity purchased (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total baggage cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

7.3

Liquid

(A)

Furnace

(i)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity purchased (kL/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (kL/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)

(vi)

Total F.O. cost for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

(B)

Low Sulphur Heavy Stock (LSHS)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (tonne/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total LSHS Cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

(C)

High Sulphur Heavy Stock (HSHS)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (tonnes/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total HSHS cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

534

Year 20 - 20
(D)

Diesel Oil

(a)

High Speed Diesel (HSD)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (kL/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)

(vi)

Total HSD cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

(b)

Light Diesel Oil (LDO)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (kL/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (kL/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)

(vi)

Total LDO cost for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

7.4

Gas

(A)

Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)

(i)

Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)

(Refer Annexure 2)

(ii)

Quantity purchased (million SCM/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation

(million SCM/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any

(million SCM/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating

(million SCM/year)

(vi)

Total cost of natural gas for process heating

(Rs. Million/year)

(B)

Liquified Petroleum Gas (LPG)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/SCM)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (million SCM/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation

(million SCM/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any

(million SCM/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating

(million SCM/year)

(vi)

Total Cost of LPG for process heating

(Rs. Million/year)

535

Year 20 - 20
(C)

Gas generated as by product/waste in the plant

and used as fuel

(i)

Name

(ii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)

(iii)

Quantity used for process heating

(million SCM/year)

(iv)

Total cost of byproduct gas for process heating

(Rs. Million/year)

7.5

Solid waste
Solid waste generated in the plant and used as fuel

(i)

Name

(ii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(iv)

Total cost of solid waste for process heating

(Rs. Million/year)

7.6

Liquid waste
Liquid effulent/waste generated in the plant and
used as fuel

(i)

Name

(ii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(iv)

Total cost of liquid effluent for process heating

(Rs. Million/year)

7.7

Others

(i)

Name

(ii)

Average gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)

(iv)

Quantity used for process heat (tonnes/year)

(v)

Annual cost of the others source

Signature
Name of the energy manager,
Name of the Company
Full address
Seal

Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Accreditation details
Seal

536

*Annexure 1 Name of Sectors

Aluminium, cement, chemicals, chlor-alkali, fertilizers, gas crackers, iron and steel, naphtha crackers,
pulp and paper, petrochemicals, petroleum refineries, sugar, textile.
Annexure 2 Nomenclature
HSD

High Speed Diesel

LDO

Light Diesel Oil

LSHS

Low Sulphur Heavy Stock

LSFO

Low Sulphur Furnance Oil

Coal

Biomass

Electricity

C/I

Coal Imported

C/F

Indian Coal grade F

NG

Natural Gas

PNG

Piped Natural Gas

CNG

Compressed Natural Gas

FO

Furnance Oil

LPG

Liquefied Petroleum Gas

SCM

Standard Cubic Metre (15C and 1.01325 bar)

KL

Kilo Litre

Million

Ten (10) lakh

537

538

Investment Reasons for

Millions
not
Rupees
implementing
the measure

Date of
completion of
measure/likely
completion

Life
cycle
years1

Oil

Gas

Coal

Electricity

Annual energy2 savings

Other

Signature
Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Name of the energy Manager
Accreditation details
Name of the Company
Seal
Full address
Contact person
E-mail address
Telephone/Fax number
Plant address
1. Estimate the predicted life of the measure, meaning the number of years the level of first year energy savings or even large amounts will materialise.
2. Life commercial units of litre, kg, tonnes, normal cubic meter, kWh or MWh and indicate the unit. Indicate the anticipated potential in energy savings.

10.

9.

8.

7.

6.

5.

4.

3.

2.

1.

S.No. Energy saving measures

(Suggested categories of areas of
improvement and modifications
for obtaining details of energy
savings See Annexure 3)

Form 2
Details of energy saving measures recommended in the energy audit report (year)
[See rugulation 5 (2)]

Annexure 3
Suggested categories of areas of improvement and modifications
for obtaining details of energy savings
1.

Better house keeping measures

2.

Installation of improved process monitoring and control instrumentation, or software

3.

Fuel Handling System

4.

Steam Generation System

5.

Steam Distribution System

6.

Electricity Generation System

7.

Hot Water System

8.

Compressed Air System

9.

Raw/Process Water System

10. Cooling Water System

11. Process Cooling/Refrigeration System
12. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning System
13. Electrical System
14. Lighting System
15. Melting/Heating/Drying Equipment (e.g. Furnaces, Heaters, Klins, Ovens, Dryers, Evaporators, etc.
16. Heat Exchangers
17. Pumps, Compressors, Fans, Blowers, Piping, Ducting
18. Process Equipment (e.g.) Reactors, Separation Equipment, Material, Handling Equipment,
etc.)
19. Transformers
20. Electric Motors and Drives
21. Process Technology
22. Process Integration
23. Process Control and Automation
24. Other Non-equipment Measures (e.g. Plant Operation/Scheduling, Tariff Scheddule, etc.)
25. Recovery of waste heat for process heat or power generation
26. Retrofiting, modification or sizing of fans, blowers, pumps, including duct systems
27. Other

539

540

Implemented:

Under implementation:

Fuel

Units5

Units

Verified
energy
savings

Verified
energy
savings
estimated

Verified
savings 4
(Rupees)

Investment Verified
(Rupees)
savings
estimated
(Rupees)
estimated

Investment
(Rupees)

Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Accreditation details
Seal

Category

Category3

Use C. No. column of form 2 as referenceSee Annexure 3 for adoption

First year
Use conventional energy, volume or mass units with proper prefix k=103, M=106, G=109

Signature
Name of the energy Manager
Name of the Company
Full address
Contact person
E-mail address
Telephone/Fax numbers
Plant address

3.

1.

S. No. Description of energy efficiency

improvement measure

B.

3.

1.

S. No. Description of energy efficiency

improvement measure

A.

Remarks

Status of implementation

Fuel

Details of energy conservation measures implemented, investment made and savings in energy achieved and progress
made in the implementation of other recommendations.

Form 3
[See regulation 5 (3)]

Form 4
FORMAT
[See regulation 6 (2)]
Guidelines for preparation of Energy Audit Report
Each energy audit report shall include
(1)

Title Page
Report title
Client name
Location of the plant/establishment
Date of report
Name of the accredited energy auditors

(2)

Table of contents

(3)

Acknowledgements

(4)

Executive summary
Companys profile
Goals and objectives of the energy management programme
Major challenge and goals for the upcoming year.
Major activities to meet challenges and goal
Summary and classification of energy
Conservation measures should be in Form 2.

1.0

2.0

3.0

Introduction about the plant/establishment

1.1

General plant/establishment details and descriptions

1.2

Energy audit team

1.3

Component of production cost (raw materials, energy, chemicals, manpower, overhead,

others)

1.4

Major energy use areas

Production process description

2.1

Brief description of manufacturing process

2.2

Process flow diagram and major unit operations

2.3

Major raw material inputs, quantity and costs

Energy and utility system description

3.1

List of utilities

3.2

Brief description of each utility

3.2.1 Electricity
3.2.2 Steam
3.2.3 Water
3.2.4 Compressed air
541

3.2.5 Chilled water

3.2.6 Cooling water
3.2.7 Others
4.0

5.0

6.0

Detailed process flow diagram and energy and material balance

4.1

Flow chart showing flow rate, temperature, pressures of all input-output streams.

4.2

Water balance for entire industry

4.3

Energy balance of the designated consumer in the tabular form

Performance evaluation of major utilities and process equipments/systems

5.1

List of equipments and process where performance testing was done

5.2

Results of performance testing

Energy efficiency in utility and process system

6.1

Specific energy consumption

6.2

Boiler efficiency assessment

6.3

Thermic fluid heater performance assessment

6.4

Furnace efficiency analysis

6.5

Cooling water system performance assessment

6.6

Diesel Generator set performance assessment

6.7

Refrigerator system performance

6.8

Compressed air system performance

6.9

Electric motor load analysis

6.10 Lighting system

6.11 Others
7.0

8.0

Evaluation of energy management system

7.1

Energy management policy

7.2

Energy management monitoring system

7.3

Bench marking

7.4

Development and establishment of procedures include energy efficiency possibilities.

7.5

Training to staff responsible for operational and associated processes

7.6

General audit review

7.7

Conform to Act, rules and regulations framed there under

7.8

Strength and weaknesses of the designated consumer.

Energy conservation measures and recommendations

8.1

The report shall provide existing energy profile of the designated consumer with percentage share of major equipment/processes, utilities etc., so that it becomes a basic documents for future monitoring.
542

9.0

8.2

Details of energy saving measures recommended in Form 2

8.3

Cost benefit analysis of each recommended energy saving measures as per standard
practice.

8.4

The investment proposals shall be backed with technical and economic viability and
prioritization of energy conservation measures based on financial analysis of various
options taking into account the capacity of the designated consumer to make investment
in such measures.

8.5

The energy auditor may also consider the substitution of existing energy use by any
other form of techno-commercially viable form of energy.

8.6

Details of energy saving measures implemented, investment made and saving in energy
achieved together with progress made in the implementation of the remaining energy
saving measures in Form 3.

Certification
This part shall indicate certification by accredited energy auditor stating that
(i)

the data collection has been carried out diligently and truthfully;

(ii)

all data monitoring devices are in good working condition and have been calibrated or
certified by approved agencies authorised and no tempering of such devices has
occurred;

(iii)

all reasonable professional skill, care and diligence had been taken in preparing the
energy audit report and the contents thereof are a true representation of the facts;

(iv)

adequate training provided to personnel involved in daily operations after implementation of recommendations; and

(v)

the energy audit has been carried out in accordance with the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(manner and intervals of time for the conduct of energy audit) Regulations, 2008.

Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Accreditation details
Seal

543

EXTRAORDINARY PART III-Section 4

PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY

THE BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY

NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 15th July, 2009
No.2/11(2)/07-BEE. The following draft of certain regulations, which the Bureau, with the
previous approval of the Central Government, proposes to make in exercise of the powers conferred
by clause (r) of sub-section (2) of section 13, read with clause (h) of sub-section (2) of section 58 and
section 8 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001), is hereby published, as required by subsection (1) of section 58 of the said Act for information of all persons likely to the affected thereby; and
notice is hereby given that the said draft regulations shall be taken into consideration on or after the
expiry of a period of forty five days from the date of publication of this notification in the Official
Gazette.
Any objection or suggestion which may be received from any person with respect to the said
draft regulations before the expiry of the aforesaid period of forty five days shall be considered by the
Bureau.
Objection or suggestion, if any, may be addressed to the Director General, Bureau of Energy
Efficiency, 4th Floor, Sewa Bhavan, R.K. Puram, Sector-1, New Delhi-110 066.
Draft Regulations
PART I
PRELIMINARY
1.

Short title and commencement (1) These regulations may be called the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (Certification Procedures for Energy Managers) Regulations, 2009.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their final publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions.- (1) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001;
(b) Advisory Committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under sub-regulation
(1) of regulation 13;
(c) agency means the agency appointed by the Bureau for holding National Examination for
certification of energy managers under clause (b) of subrule (1) of rule 2 of the Energy
Conservation (Minimum Qualification for Energy Managers) Rules, 2006;
544

(d) Certified energy manager means a person who has been issued a certificate under
regulation 8;
(e) Form means a form appended to these regulations;
(f) National Examination means a National Examination defined in clause (g) of sub-rule (1) of
rule 2 of the Energy Conservation (Minimum Qualification for Energy Managers) Rules, 2006
and conducted accordingly under regulation 3;
(g) Register means a Register of Certified Energy Managers maintained by the Bureau under
sub-regulation (1) of regulation 9;
(h) Schedule means the Schedule appended to these regulations;
(i) Section means section of the Act.
(2) Words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Act or the rules made
thereunder shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in the said Act or rules.
PART II
NATIONAL EXAMINATION
3.

Conduct of National Examination (1) For the purpose of certification of energy managers, the
Bureau shall, either by itself or through agency, conduct National Examination.
(2) The Bureau shall, by publication in the newspaper, notify the date, time and place where
such National Examination shall be conducted.
(3) The National Examination shall be conducted in English medium.

4.

Eligibility for appearing nin National Examination.-No person shall be eligible to appear for
National Examination unless he possesses qualifications specified in sub-rule (2) of rule 3 of the
Energy Conservation (Minimum Qualification for Energy Managers) Rules, 2006.

5.

Application for admission to National Examination.-(1) A person who is eligible to appear for the
National Examination under regulation 4 shall seek admission for such examination by making an
application to the Bureau in Form-I.
(2) Each application shall be accompanied by the following amount of fee payable by demand
draft drawn in favour of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency New Delhi, namely :(a) Application fee
(i) for general candidates

rupees five hundred.

(ii) for candidates belonging to the Scheduled

Castes or the Scheduled Tribes

rupees two hundred and

fifty;

(iii) for candidates belonging to other

Backward Classes having annual incomeof less than rupees four lakh and fifty
thousand per annum

rupees two hundred and

fifty;

(iv) for company sponsored candidates

rupees twenty thousand

545

(b) Certification for including Examination fee, (i) for general candidates

rupees ten thousand;

(ii) for candidates belonging to the Scheduled

Castes or the Scheduled Tribes

rupees five thousands;

(iii) for candidates belonging to other

Backward Classes having annual incomeof less than rupees four lakh and fifty
thousand per annum

rupees five thousands;

(iv) for company sponsored candidates

rupees twenty thousand

(3) The Subjects for National Examination shall be as specified in the Schedule.
(4) A prospectus containing scheme and modalities for the National Examination including
eligibility, syllabus and reference material for such examination, shall be made available by
the Bureau at least three months before the actual date of examination.
6.

Admission for the National Examination.-(1) The Bureau, or the agency as the case may be, shall,
after scrutiny of application form and being satisfied that the applicant is eligible to appear for the
National Examination, admit him for the National Examination by issuing him an admission card
stating the place, date and time of the National Examination at least fifteen days before the date of
the National Examination.
(2) Where on scrutiny of the application under sub-regulation (1), an applicant is found ineligible
to appear for National Examination, his application shall be rejected for reasons to be recorded
in writing and he shall be intimated accordingly.

Passing of National Examination.-(1) A candidate shall be declared to have passed the National
Examination if he secures a minimum of fifty per cent marks in each paper for the National
Examination.
(2) An unsuccessful candidate shall be allowed to take a maximum of three attempts per paper
within six consecutive examinations held by the Bureau or the agency, as they case may be,
on payment of supplementary fee of rupees one thousand five hundred per paper in the case
of general candidates and rupees seven hundred and fifty per paper for candidates belonging
to the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes and also for Other Backward Classes
candidates having annual income of less than four lakh and fifty thousand per annum, by
means of demand draft drawn in favour of Bureau of Energy Efficiency, payable at
New Delhi.
PART III
CERTIFICATION OF ENERGY MANAGERS

8.

Certification of energy managers.For the purpose of certification of energy managers,

the Bureau shall issue a certificate to the person who has passed the National Examination in
Form-II.

9.

Register of certified energy managers. (1) The Bureau shall maintain a Register of Certified
Energy Managers in Form III and include the name of persons to whom certificates have been
issued under regulation 8 in the said register.
546

(2) On being registered as certified energy manager under sub-regulation (1) of regulation 9, the
certified energy manager shall be issued an identity card in Form-IV.
(3) Each certified energy manager shall be eligible to be designated or appointed as energy
manager by the designated consumer under clause (1) of section 14.
10. Validity of certification. The certification made under regulation 8 shall be valid for
a period of five years and renewable after every five years on an application made to the Bureau
in Form-V:
Provided that no such renewal shall be made unless the certified energy manager has attended a
shortterm refresher training course conducted by the Bureau or the agency, as the case may be,
and has produced a certificate of participation issued in that behalf.
11. Cancellation of certification. (1) The Bureau may cancel the certification of an energy manager
on a complaint made against him for (a) any commission or omission amounting to professional misconduct.
(b) any misrepresentation of facts, data or reports on energy consumption.
(c) any act amounting to fraud;
(d) failure to attend the refresher course;
Provided that no such cancellation shall be done by the Bureau without giving an opportunity of
being heard to such energy manager.
(2) On cancellation of certification of certified energy manager under sub-regulation (1), his
name shall be removed from the register referred to in regulation 9 and thereafter, the certified
energy manager shall not be eligible for designation or appointment as energy manager by the
designated consumer.
12. Issue of duplicate certificate or identify card. (1) Where the certificate or identity card issued
respectively under regulation 8 and sub regulation (2) of regulation 9 has been lost by the
certified energy manager, the Bureau may, on an application made by him in this behalf, duly
supported by a copy of first information report lodged with the concerned police station, issue a
duplicate certificate or identity card, as the case may be, on payment of a fee of rupees one
hundred by demand draft drawn in favour of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, payable
at New Delhi.
(2) Where any certificate or identity card issued by the Bureau is damaged, the Bureau may on
an application made in this behalf and on surrender of damaged certificate or identity card, issue
a duplicate certificate or identity card on payment of a fee of rupees one hundred by demand draft
drawn in favour of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, payable at New Delhi.
PART IV
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
13. Constitution of Advisory Committees.- (1) The Bureau may, for the purpose of National Examination,
certification and registration of energy managers, constitute an Examination Advisory Committee,
a Technical Advisory Committee and a Certification and Registration Advisory Committee.
(2) Each Advisory Committee shall consist of a Chairperson and not more than six other persons
to be nominated by the Bureau from amongst members of the Advisory Committees constituted
under regulation 3 of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Advisory Committees) Regulations, 2008.
547

Form I
[See regulation 5 (1)]
Application for National Examination
Examination you are appearing for:

Energy Manager

Candidature

Company Sponsored

Name of the
Applicant*

(First Name)

(Middle Name)

Self-Sponsored

(Surname)

Fathers Name*
*Present Address

Permanent Address

City

Pin Code *

City *
State

State

Date of Birth*
Community
Employment
Status

Nationality
General
Employed

ST

SC

Self Employed

Unemployed
12. Contacts Telephone, Fax, E-mail
Office Phone

Designation
Company
Name

Fax
Res. Phone
E-mail*
Mobile

City

Pin Code *

State

Yrs

Indian (Other specify)

Sex

OBC

10. Present Company Address

11. Total work

Experience

Pin Code

Months

548

13. Examination Centre preferred

a) Written
Examination
Centre
14. Requisite Educational Qualification
Name of Degree/
Diploma

Subjects / Branch

Year of Passing
(eg. 1988)

Board / University

Sl. No.
1.*
2.
3.
4.

15. Required Experience for fulfilling the eligibility criteria

Name of Employer/
Sl.No. Organisation

Nature of work
(Max. 50
characters Only)

Year
From to

Designation

1.*
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

16. DD No.*

Amount (Rs.)*

Date *

Bank Name *
17. I agree to forward my name to any Training Agency conducting preparatory Training Courses
Yes

No

Declaration by the Candidate

I hereby declare that all the information given in the application form and enclosures are true to the best of my kn
owledge. I agree to the condition that if any information or any statement is found to be incorrect, my admission to
the examination would be cancelled. I also understand that it is my responsibility to cross check information from the
websites as mentioned in the prospectus for the allotted examination centre and issue of hall admission card. I shall
inform the Bureau, or the agency, as the case may be, about any change in my mailing address, telephone number and
e-mail ID, if any, at the earliest. I also abide by the examination scheme and conditions as mentioned in the
prospectus.
Place
Date

549

Form-II
[See regulation 8]
BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY
Examination Registration No.: ..................................

S. No. .......................................

Certificate Registration No. : ....................................

CERTIFICATE FOR CERTIFIED ENERGY MANAGER

Photograph

This is to certify that Mr./Mrs./Ms.......................................................................................................

Son/Daughter of...........................................................................................who has passed the National
Examination for Certification Energy Manager subject to the provisions of Bureau of (Year) is qualified
as Certified Energy Manager subject to the provisions of Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Certification
Procedures for Energy Managers) Regulations, 2009.
This certificate shall be valid for five years with effect from the date of award of this certificate
and shall be renewable subject to attending the prescribed refresher training course once in
every five years.
His/Her name has been entered in the Register of certified energy manager at Sl. No................
.............................. being maintained by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency under the aforesaid
regulations.
Mr./Mrs./Ms......................................is deemed to have qualified for appointment or designation
as energy manager under clause (1) of Section 14 of the Act.
Given under the seal of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, this .................................day
of........................... 200....

(Signature and Seal)

Secretary
Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Dates of attending the
refresher course

Secretarys
signature

Dates of attending
the refresher course

550

Secretarys
signature

Form-III
[See regulation 9(1)]
BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY
REGISTER OF ENERGY MANAGERS
As on ....................................(DD/MM/20YY)
A.

Certification Information
1.

Name of certified energy manager

2.

Fathers name

3.

Exaination Registration No.

4.

Certificate Registration No.

5.

Date of entry in the Register

6.

Date of issue of Certificate

7.

Date of re-validation of Certificate

8.

Revalidation record

Photograph

1.
Photograph

2.
3.

B.
1.

Communication Links
Postal address with Pin .......................................|.......................................|......................................
Code

.......................................|.......................................|......................................
.......................................|.......................................|......................................
.......................................|.......................................|......................................
.......................................|.......................................|......................................

2.

E-mail address

.......................................|.......................................|......................................
.......................................|.......................................|......................................

3.

Telephone Numbers

.......................................|.......................................|......................................

with STD Code

.......................................|......................................

(R)

.......................................|......................................

(O)

.......................................|......................................

Cell phone

.......................................|......................................

551

C. Work experience from the date on which the eligibility criteria has been fulfulled.
From
Month

Year

to
Month

Brief details of work experience

Year

Employers
name and
address

Self
employment

Job content.
experience

1.
2.
3.
4.
D.

E.

Perosonal Information
1.

Date of birth

DD/MM/YY

2.

Nationality

3.

Educational qualification (record only after schooling)

Educational course

Institution/University

Year of Passing

1.

...............................................

...............................................

.........................................

2.

...............................................

...............................................

.........................................

3.

...............................................

...............................................

.........................................

4.

...............................................

...............................................

.........................................

Remarks

552

Form-IV
[See regulation 9(2)]
Format of Identy Card
BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY,
New Delhi
CERTIFIED ENERGY MANAGERS
Examination Registration No. : .........................................................
Certificate Registration No. : .............................................................

Photograph

Name : .................................................................................................
Son/Daughter of : .................................................................................
Address : .........................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................

Signature of Certified Energy Manager

(Backside of Identity Card)
Date of Issue : .................................

Validity up to : ......................................

Issuing Authority
Name : .................................................................................................
Designation : .................................................................................
Office Address : .........................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................

Signature ..................................................................

553

OFFICE
SEAL

Form-V
[See regulation 10]
Format of Identy Card
Application for renewal of certification
Date : .............................................
From
Mrs/Mrs./Ms...................................................................
Regisgration No...............................................................
Postal address..................................................................
............................................................................................

To
The Secretary
Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Address : .............................................................................
................................................................................................
Dear Sir/Madam,
Subject : Renewal of certification as energy manager
This is to inform you that I have attended the short term refresher training course and enclose
herewith the certificate of participation issued in this behalf.
I hereby apply for renewal of my certification as energy manager. The certicate for doing the
needful is enclosed.

Yours faithfully

(Signature).................................
(Name)........................................

554

Schedule
[See regulation 5(3)]
Subjects for National Examination
1. General Aspects of Energy Management and Energy Audit
1.1 Energy Scenario : Commercial and Non-commercial energy, primary energy resources, commercial
energy production, final energy consumption, Indian energy scenario, Sectoral energy consumption
(domestic, industrial and other sectors), energy needs of growing economy, energy intensity,
long term energy scenario, energy pricing, energy security, energy conservation and its
importance, energy strategy for the future.
1.2 Energy Conservation Act 2001 and related policies : Energy conservation Act 2001 and its features,
notifications under the Act, Schemes of Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) including Designated
consumers, State Designated Agencies, Electricity Act 2003, Integrated energy policy. National
action plan on climate change.
1.3 Basics of Energy and its various forms : Electricity basics Direct Current and Alternative
currents, electricity tariff, Thermal Basics-fuels, thermal energy contents of fuel, temperature and
pressure, heat capacity, sensible and latest heat, evaporation, condensation, steam, moist air and
humidity and heat transfer, units and conversion. Metric Ton Oil Equivalent conversions.
1.4 Energy Management and Audit : Definition, energy audit, need, types of energy audit. Energy
management (audit) approach-understanding energy costs, bench marking, energy performance,
matching energy use to requirement, maximizing system efficiencies, optimizing the input energy
requirements fuel and energy substitution, energy audit instruments and metering, precautions,
thermography, smart metering.
1.5 Material and Energy balance : Facility as an energy system, methods for preparing process flow,
material and energy balance diagrams.
1.6 Energy Action Planning : Key elements, force field analysis, Energy policy purpose, perspective,
contents, formulation, ratification. Organizing location of energy management, top management
support, managerial function, roles and responsibilities of energy manager, accountability. Human
resource development techniques, information system-designing; barriers, strategies; Marketing
and communicating-training and planning.
1.7 Financial Management : Investment-need, appraisal and criteria, financial analysis techniquessimple pay back period, return on investment, net present value, internal rate of return, cash
flows, risk and sensitivity analysis; financing options, energy performance contracts and role of
Energy Service Companies (ESCOs).
1.8 Project Management : Definition and scope of project, technical design, financing, contracting,
implementation and performance monitoring. Implementation plan for top management, Planning
Budget, Procurement Procedures, Construction, Measurement & Verification.
1.9 Energy Monitoring and Targeting : Defining monitoring & targeting, elements of monitoring &
targeting, data and information-analysis, techniques energy consumption, production, cumulative
sum of differences (CUSUM). Energy Management Information Systems (EMIS).
1.10 Energy, Environment and Climate change : energy and environment, air pollution, climate change
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCC), sustainable development,
Kyoto Protocol, Conference of Parties (COP), Clean Development Mechanism (CDM), CDM
Procedure case of CDM-Bachat Lamp Yojna and Industry; Prototype Carbon fund (PCF).
1.11 New & Renewable Energy Sources (NRES) : Concept of renewable energy, Solar energy, wind
energy, biomass boilers and gasifiers, biogas, biofuels, hydro, fuel cells, energy from wastes,
biomethanation, wave, tidal, geothermal.
555

2.

Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities

2.1 Fuels and Combustion : Introduction to fuels, properties of fuel oil, coal and gas, storage, handling
and preparation of fuels, principles of combustion, combustion of oil, coal and gas. Agro-residue/
biomass handling, preparation and combustion.
2.2 Boilers : Types, combustion in boilers, performances evaluation, ayalysis of losses, feed water
treatment, blow down, energy conservation opportunities. Boiler efficiency calculation,
evaporation ratio and efficiency for coal, oil and gas. Soot blowing and soot deposit reduction,
reasons for boiler tube failures, start up, shut down and preservation. Thermic fluid heaters,
super critical boilers.
2.3 Steam system : Properties of steam, assessment of steam distribution losses, steam leakage,
steam trapping, condensate and flash steam recovery system, identifying opportunities for energy
savings. Steam utilization, Performance assessment more details, installation, thermo-compressor,
steam pipe insulation, condensate pumping, steam dryers.
2.4 Funaces : Classification, general fuel economy measures in furnaces, excess air, heat distribution,
temperature control, draft control, waste heat recovery. Forging furnace heat furnace, Cupola,
non ferrous melting, Induction furnace, performance evaluation of furnance, hot air generators.
2.5 Insulation and Refractories : Insulation-types and application, economic thickness of insulation,
heat savings and application criteria. Refractory-types, selection and application of refractories,
heat loss. Cold insulation.
2.6 Fluidized bed combustion (FBC) boilers : Introduction, mechanism of fluidized bed combustion,
advantages, types of FBC boilers, operational features, retrofitting FBC system to conventional
boilers, saving potential. Biomass based fluidized bed combustion boilers application and
operation, Atmospheric Fluidized bed combustion boilers, Circulating Fluidized bed combustion
boilers, Pressurized Fluidized bed combustion boilers.
2.7 Cogeneration : Definition, need, application, advantages, classification, saving, heat balance,
steam turbine efficiency, tri-generation, micro-turbine.
2.8 Waste Heat Recovery : Classification, advantages and applications, commercially viable waste
heat recovery devices, saving potential.
2.9 Heat Exchangers : Types, networking, pinch analysis, multiple effect evaporators condensers,
distillation column, etc.
3.

Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities

3.1 Electrical system : Electricity billing, electrical load management and maximum demand control,
power factor improvement and its benefit, selection and location of capacitors, performance
assessment of PF capacitors, distribution and transformer losses. Star labeled distribution
transformers, Demand side management, Assessment of transmission and distribution efficiency,
losses due to harmones and voltage unbalance, Maximum demand controllers, automatic power
factor controllers, energy efficient transformers.
3.2 Electric motors : Types, losses in induction motors, motor efficiency, factors affecting motor
performance, rewinding and motor replacement issues, energy saving opportunities with energy
efficient motors. Star labeled energy efficient motors, sqarrel cage and slip ring and their
characteristics, motor history sheet (new, 1st rewind, 2nd rewind), Star operation, voltage
unbalance, energy efficient motors, soft starters with energy saver, variable speed drives.
3.3 Compressed Air System : Types of air compressors, reciprocating vs screw, compressor efficiency,
efficient compressor operation, Compressed air system components, capacity assessment, leakage
test, factors affecting the performance and savings opportunities, Air Driers.
556

3.4 Heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) and Refrigeration System : Introduction to
Psychometrics, Vapor compression refrigeration cycle, refrigerants, coefficient of performance,
capacity, factors affecting Refrigeration and Air conditioning system performance and savings
opportunities. Vapor absorption refrigeration system : Working principle, types and comparison
with vapor compression system and saving potential, heat pumps and their applications, section
on ventilation system, ice bank system, performance assessment of window and split room air
conditioners, Star labeled pumps, cold storage refrigeration, humidification system.
3.5 Fans and blowers : Types, performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control
strategies and energy conservation opportunities. Pressure drop calculation.
3.6 Pumps and Pumping System : Types, performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow
control strategies and energy conservation opportunities. Energy conservation in boiler feed
water pump, pumping systems for municipal drinking water and sewerage, agriculture pump sets.
3.7 Cooling Tower : Types and performance evaluation, efficient system operation, flow control
strategies and energy saving opportunities assessment of cooling towers, fanless cooling tower,
natural draft cooling tower, cooling water treatment.
3.8 Lighting System : Light source, choice of lighting, luminance requirements, and energy
conservation avenues. Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs), metal halides, fluorescent tube lights,
Compact fluorescent lamps (CFL), labeling scheme, high efficiency street lighting, electronic
ballast, occupancy sensors, energy efficient lighting controls.
3.9 Diesel/Natural gas Power Generating systems : Factors affecting selection, energy performance
assessment of diesel conservation avenues. Waste heat recovery.
3.10 Energy conservation in Buildings and Energy Conservation Building Codes (ECBC) : About
Energy Conservation Building Codes (ECBC), building envelope, insulation, lighting, Heating,
ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC), fenestrations, water pumping, inverter and energy storage/
captive generation, elevators and escalators, star labeling for existing buildings, Energy Service
Companies based case studies.
AJAY MATHUR, Director-General
[ADVT-III/4/185/09/Exty.]

557

EXTRAORDINARY PART III-Section 4

PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY

THE BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY

NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 31st March, 2010
No.2/11(7)/09-BEE. Whereas certain draft regulations namely, the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(Qualifications for Accredited Energy Auditors and Maintenance of their List) Regulations, 2009, were
published vide Bureau of Energy Efficiency notification number 2/11(2)/07-BEE, dated the 22nd
December, 2009 in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part III, Section 4, dated the 26th December, 2009
as required under sub-section (1) of Section 58 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001)
inviting objections and suggestions from all persons likely to be affected thereby within forty five
days from the date of publication of the said notification in the Gazette.
And whereas the said draft regulations were published in the official Gazette on the 26th December,
2009.
And whereas no objection or suggestion has been received in respect of the said draft regulations
within the specified period.
Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by clauses (n), (o) and (p) of sub-section (2)
of section 13, clauses (d), (e) and (f) of sub-section (2) of section 58 and section 8 of the said Act, the
Bureau of Energy Efficiency with the previous approval of the Central Government, hereby makes the
following regulations, namely:1.

Short title and commencement. - (1) These regulations may be called the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (Qualifications for Accredited Energy Auditors and Maintenance of their List)
Regulations, 2010.
(2.) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2.

Definitions.-(1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, a)

Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001;

b) Accreditation Advisory Committee means a committee constituted by the Bureau under

regulation 5;
c)

energy auditor includes a certified energy manager as defined in clause (d) of sub-regulation
(1) of regulation 2 of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Certification Procedures for Energy
Managers) Regulations, 2010;
558

d) Energy Intensive Industries means the Energy Intensive industries specified in the Schedule
to the Act;
e)

Form means a form appended to these regulations;

f)

Schedule means the Schedule appended to these regulations.

(2) Words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.
3.

Qualifications for accredited energy auditor.-An Energy auditor shall be qualified to become an
accredited energy auditor if, hea)

has passed the examination in Energy Performance Assessment for Equipment and Utility
Systems conducted by the Bureau on the subjects specified in the Schedule.

b) has an experience of five years in energy audit out of which at least three years shall be in
any of the Energy Intensive Industries; and
c)
4.

has been granted a certificate of accreditation by the Bureau under regulation 6.

Application for grant of certificate of accreditation.- (1) The Bureau may, for the purpose of
accreditation of energy auditors possessing qualifications specified in clauses (a) and (b) of
regulation 3, call for applications from qualified persons.
(2) The application referred to in sub-regulation (1) shall be, made in Form 1 and be accompanied
by :a)

five detailed energy audit reports in any of the Energy Intensive Industries undertaken by
the energy auditor in an individual capacity or as a leader or associate or active team member
of the energy audit team;

b) feed back on energy audit received from Energy Intensive Industries;

c)
5.

fee of rupees one thousand payable by demand draft drawn in favour of the Bureau of
Energy Efficiency, New Delhi or any electronic mode of payment.

Constitution of Accreditation Advisory Committee.-(1) The Bureau may, for the purpose of grant
of certificate of accreditation, constitute an Accreditation Advisory Committee.
(2) The Accreditation Advisory Committee shall consist of a Chairperson and not more than
three members to be nominated by the Bureau from amonst members of the Advisory
Committees constituted under regulation 3 of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Advisory
Committees) Regulations, 2008.
(3) The Accreditation Advisory Committee shall assess the energy audit experience and
competence of the energy auditor who has applied for a certificate of accreditation under
regulation 4 on the basis of an oral interview on the following criteria, namely :a)

evaluation of five detailed energy audit reports submitted alongwith the application;

b) the number of and the kind of Energy Intensive Industries in which detailed energy audits
have been made;
c)

association of applicant with number of and kind of experts including full time energy auditors
or part time energy auditors or consultants with expertise in thermal, electrical utilities and
processes and nature of such association;
559

d) possession of at least four up-to-date basic instruments namely, clip-on-type, power measuring
instruments, flue gas analyser, temperature and lux measuring instruments which are duly
calibrated by a laboratory accredited by the National Accreditation Board for Testing and
Calibration Laboratories and expertise in using such instruments for conduct of energy
audit;
e)

manner of work followed in energy audit;

f)

training experience;

g) quality of field studies including observations, probing skills, collection and generation of
data depth of technical knowledge and analytical abilities;
h) quality of recommendations for improving energy efficiency or for conserving energy;
i)

capacity to undertake cost benefit analysis of recommended measures for improving energy
efficiency or for conserving energy and preparation of action plan for implementation of
recommendations for reduction of energy consumption; and

j)

quality of energy audit reports.

(4) On the basis of assessment made under sub-section (3), the Accreditation Advisory Committee
shall made recommendation to the Bureau for accreditation of energy auditor.
6.

Certificate of accreditation.-(1) If the recommendation made by the accreditation advisory

committee under sub-regulation (4) of regulation 5 is accepted by the Bureau, the name of the
applicant shall be entered in the register of List of accredited energy auditors maintained under
regulation 7 and a certificate of accreditation in Form II shall be granted to the energy auditor on
payment of annual accreditation fee of rupees one thousand payable by demand draft drawn in
favour of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, New Delhi or by any electronic mode of payment.
(2) The Bureau may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, reject the application for accreditation
made by an energy auditor and intimate the same to him within a period of one month.
(3) The certificate of accreditation shall be valid until it is cancelled under regulation 9.

7.

Maintenance of list of accredited energy auditors, their offices and firms.-(1) The Bureau shall
maintain a register containing list of accredited energy auditors in Form III.
(2) The accredited energy auditor or a firm of such accredited energy auditor shall, before
opening an office in the trade name or firm name, apply to the Bureau for approval to use the
trade name or the firm name and on such approval, the Bureau shall maintain the register of
offices and firms of accredited energy auditors in Form IV.
(3) The Bureau shall cause to be published the first list of accredited energy auditors and list of
offices and firms of accredited energy auditors as soon as they are finalised and thereafter
these lists shall be updated and published regularly and uploaded on the Bureaus
official web-site namely, www.bee-india.nic.in and energy professionals website on
www.energymanagertraining.com.
(4) Every accredited energy auditor shall submit to the Bureau any change in the information
given in the application for accreditation for the purpose of updating the list.
(5) A copy of the updated list of accredited energy auditors shall be sent to the designated
agencies of the States and designated consumers on the first day of April every year through
electronic mail.
560

8.

Removal and restoration of names in the register of list of accredited energy auditors.-The
Bureau may remove the name of the accredited energy auditor from the register of list of energy
auditor on the following grounds, namely : a) the Bureau, after giving an opportunity of hearing to the person concerned, is satisfied that
such certificate of accreditation has been granted on the basis of incorrect, misleading or
false information.
b) on the person ceasing to be an energy auditor or on his failure to undertake energy audit of
an Energy Intensive Industries in accordance with the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Manner
and Intervals of Time for Conduct of Energy Audit) Regulation 2010;
c) if the person is gulity of professional misconduct or fraud;
d) if the person has failed to pay annual accreditation fee.
(2) Where the name of the accredited energy auditor is removed on the grounds specified in
clause (b) or clause (d) of sub-regulation (1), his name in the register shall be restored on an
application made by him after restarting the work of energy audit or on payment of annual
accreditation fee, as the case may be.
(3) Where the name of the accredited energy auditor is removed on any other grounds, no
restoration of name in the register shall be made by the Bureau.
9. Cancellation of certificate of accreditation. - (1) On removal of the name from the register
under regulation 8, the Bureau may cancel the certificate of accreditation granted under
regulation 6.
(2) Before issuing an order of cancellation of accreditation, the Bureau shall give an opportunity
of hearing to the energy auditor holding such certificate.
(3) Where the certificate of accreditation is cancelled, the Bureau shall communicate its order to
the holder of such certificate and the concerned designated consumer and shall also publish
the same and upload necessary changes on its official web site.
(4) The certificate of accreditation shall stand cancelled with effect from the date of publication
of the order of cancellation.
(5) On cancellation of certificate of accreditation, the holder of such certificate shall surrender
the same to the Bureau within fifteen days.
10. Issue of duplicate certificate - (1) Where an accredited energy auditor has lost the certificate of
accreditation, the Bureau may, on an application made in this behalf, duly accompanied by a copy
of first information report lodged with the concerned police station, issue a duplicate certificate
on payment of a fee of rupees five hundred by demand draft drawn in favour of the Bureau of
Energy Efficiency, New Delhi or by any electronic mode of payment.
(2) Where the certificate issued by the Bureau is damaged, the Bureau may on an application
made in this behalf and on surrendering of the damaged certificate, issue a duplicate certificate on
receipt of a fee of rupees five hundred by way of demand draft drawn in favour of Bureau of
Energy Efficiency payable at New Delhi or by any electronic mode of payment.
11. Information relating to accredited energy auditors.- (1) The Bureau may call upon accredited
energy auditors to furnish
a) information relating to sector-wise details of energy audit conducted, and the energy saving
potential identified and achieved; and
b) such additional information as it considers necessary.
12. The Bureau may make available the information received by it under sub-regulation (1) to the
general public through its web site or through any of its publication.
561

FORM I
[See regulation 4 (2)]
Application for Certificate of Accreditation
To
The Secretary
The Bureau of Energy Efficiency
New Delhi
Dear Sir,
I am working as energy auditor/certified energy manager at ................................................................
(full address of the place work) ......................................................................................................... and
hereby apply for certificate of accreditation.
2.

The self-attested photocopies of the following documents are enclosed ;(a) Certificate of Certified Energy Manager,
(b) Certificate for passing the examination in Energy Performance Assessments for Equipment
and Utility Systems;
(c) five detailed energy audit reports of Energy Intensive Industries;
(d) feedback on study reports referred to in (c) received from such energy industries.

3.

The details of work experience of five years are as under :

...................................................................................................................................................................

4.

I am enclosing / have paid the following fees by demand Draft No. ...................................
dated .............................................drawn in favour of Bureau of Energy Efficiency, New Delhi/
electronic mode.
(i) application fee of rupees one thousand; and
(ii) annual accreditation fee of rupees one thousand

5.

I request that the certificate of accreditation may be issued to me.

I hereby state that information furnished above is true and correct to the best of my knowledge.

Dated this.............................................day of..........................................20................

Place ...............................
Yours faithfully
Signature...............................................
Name.......................................................
Designation...........................................
For and on behalf of ...........................

562

FORM II
[See regulation 6 (1)]
BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY
(EMBLEM)
CERTIFICATE OF ACCREDITATION
This is to certify that Mr./Ms./M/s.............................................having his/her/its registered office
at.........................................................has been given accreditation as accredited energy auditor. The
certificate shall be effective from .................day of...................20.
The certificate is subject to the provisions of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Qualifications for
Accredited Energy Auditors and Maintenance of their List) Regulations, 2010.
This certificate shall be valid until it is cancelled under regulation 9 of the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (Qualifications for Accredited Energy Auditors and Maintenance of their List) Regulations,
2010.
On cancellation, the certificate of accreditation shall be surrendered to the Bureau within fifteen
days from the date of receipt of order of cancellation.
Your name has been entered at Sl. No..........................in the register of list of accredited energy
auditors. Your name shall be liable to be struck out on the grounds specified in regulation 8 of the
Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Qualifications for Accredited Energy Auditors and Maintenance of their
List) Regulations, 2010.
Given under the seal of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Ministry of Power, this.....................day of
.........................20..........

Signature and seal

Secretary, Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Date: ......................
New Delhi

563

FORM III
[See regulation 7 (1)]
BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY
Register containing List of Accredited Energy Auditors
Serial Number

As on .................................(DD/MM/20YY)

A. Accreditation information in respect of accredited energy auditor

1.

Name of accredited energy auditor

2.

Fathers name

3.

Date of certification as Energy Manager

4.

Date of passing the examination in

Energy Performance Assessment for
Equipment and Utility Systems

5.

Examination Registration Number of

(i) Energy Manager

Photograph

(ii) Energy Performance Assessment

for Equipment and Utility Systems
6.

Certificate Registration Number of

(i) Energy Manager
(ii) Energy Performance Assessment
for Equipment and Utility Systems

7.

Date of Issue of accreditation certificate

8.

Professional postal address with Pin

Codes of the accredited energy auditor

9.

E-mail address

10. Telephone numbers with STD Code

(R)
(O)
Mobile No.
11. Remarks

564

FORM IV
[See regulation 7 (2)]
BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY
Register containing names of offices and firms of accredited energy auditors
Serial Number

As on .................................(DD/MM/20YY)

A.
1.

Name of accredited energy auditor

2.

Fathers name

3.

Date of certification as Energy Manager

4.

Date of passing the examination in

Energy Performance Assessment for
Equipment and Utility Systems

5.

Examination Registration Number of

(i) Energy Manager

Photograph

(ii) Energy Performance Assessment

for Equipment and Utility Systems
6.

Certificate Registration Number of

(i) Energy Manager
(ii) Energy Performance Assessment
for Equipment and Utility Systems

7.

Date of Issue of accreditation certificate

B.

Information in respect of trade name or firms name

8.

Trade name / firms name under which

energy audit is proposed to be conducted.

9.

Date of accreditation as accredited

energy auditor

10. Type of firm / private / Government /

NGO etc.
11. Name of contact person alongwith
designation, address, telephones
mobile and fax number alongwith
STD codes and email address
12. Professional postal address with Pin
Code of the accredited energy auditor
13. E-mail address
565

14. Telephone numbers with STD Code

(R)
(O)
Mobile No.
15. Year of establishment of the trade
name / firms name for undertaking the
energy audit
16. Year of commencement of energy
audit of the firm.
17. Whether any certificate to support the
excellence in the system has been
obtained (ISO etc.)
18. No. of branch offices
(List of complete addresses including
heads of all branch offices with
telephone, fax and e-mail addresses)
C

Details of Associated Energy Experts

19. Number of resource persons

available
(i) Number of full-time energy auditors in
position with work experience of all
energy auditors associated with the firm
20 No. of part-time energy auditors in
position during the current year /
previous year associated with the
accredited energy auditor /
accredited energy auditors firms.
21. Sectors in which the accredited energy
auditor / accredited energy audit firm
has conducted energy audits since
inception.
22. Subject wise expertise
(a) Energy audit process system (list
sectors) - if no energy audit has been
carried out of the process system and
parameters, please list nill. Bureau of
Energy Efficiency will be calling for
detailed information in case agency
has listed its energy audit expertise
in the process systems.

566

(b) Energy audit thermal utility system

(list sectors0
(c) Energy audit electrical utility system
(list sectors)
23. Instruments available
(a) Electrical (list the name of the
instruments)
(b) Thermal (list the name of the
instruments)
24 Details of training programme /
(i) seminars/workshops conducted
during the last 3 years in the field of
energy efficiency / energy audit
(ii)
(iii)
(D)

Remarks

Note : Responsibility of the authenticity of the above information rests with the concerned energy
auditing agency.

567

Schedule
[See regulation 3 (1)]
Subjects for examination in Energy Performance Assessment For Equipment
and Utility Systems
1.

Boilers furnaces

2.

Cogeneration, turbines (gas, steam)

3.

Heat exchanges

4.

Electric motors, variable speed drives

5.

Fans and blowers

6.

Water pumps

7.

Compressors

8.

Heating ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems

9.

Performing financial analysis

10. Energy Performance assessment in power plants.

11. Energy Performance assessment in steel industry
12. Energy Performance assessment in process industry (cement, textiles)
13. Energy Performance assessment in buildings and commercial establishments.
AJAY MATHUR, Director-General
[Advt. III/185/10-Exty.]

568

EXTRAORDINARY
PART III-Section 4
PUBLISHED BYAUTHORITY

THE BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY

NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 28th April, 2010
No.02/11(6)/05-BEE.Whereas certain draft regulations namely, the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(the manner and intervals of time for conduct of energy audit) Regulations, 2009, were published vide
Bureau of Energy Efficiency notification number 02/11(6)/05, dated the 22nd December, 2009 in the
Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part III, Section 4, dated the 26th December, 2009 as required under
sub-section (1) of Section 58 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (52 of 2001) inviting objections and
suggestions from all persons likely to be affected thereby within forty five days from the date of
publication of the said notification in the Gazette.
And whereas the said draft regulations were published in the official Gazette on the 26th Dcember,
2009.
And whereas no objection or suggestion has been received in respect of the said draft regulations
within the specified period.
Now therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred by clause (g) of sub-section (2) of section 58,
read with clause (q) of sub-section (2) of section 13 of the said Act, the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
with the previous approval of the Central Government, hereby makes the following regulations,
namely:1. Short title and commencement.- (1) These Regulations may be called the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (Manner and Intervals of Time for Conduct of Energy Audit) Regulations, 2010.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
2.

Definitions.- (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,(a) Act means the Energy Conservation Act, 2001;
(b) energy audit report means the report of energy audit submitted under regulation 3 and
signed by an accredited energy auditor;
(c) Forms means the Forms appended to these regulations;
(d) specific energy consumption means the average of energy consumed per unit of product
or productmix for the completed financial year;
(2) Words and expressions used herein and not defined but defined in the Act shall have the
meanings respectively assigned to them in the Act.
569

3.

Intervals of time for conduct of energy audit.-(1) Every designated consumer shall have its first
energy audit conducted, by an accredited energy auditor within 18 months of the notification
issued by the Central Government under clause (i) of section 14 of the Act.

(2) The interval of time for conduct and completion of subsequent energy audits shall be three
years with effect from the date of submission of the previous energy audit report by the accredited
energy auditor to the management of the designated consumer.
4.

Manner of energy audit.-Every energy audit under the Act shall be conducted in the following
manner :-

(1) Verification of data of energy use.-The accredited energy auditor shall

(a) verify the information submitted to the designated agency under the Energy Conservation
(the form and manner for submission of report on the status of energy consumption by the
designated consumers) Rules, 2007 for the previous two years through examination of energy
bills, production data, inspection of energy-using equipment, production-processes, and
systems,spot measurements, discussion or interview with the officers and staff regarding
operation of plants, energy management procedures, equipment maintenance problems,
equipment reliability, projected equipment needs, improvements undertaken or planned,
establish validated data on annual energy consumption and prepare a report in Form 1 for the
year preceding to the year for which energy audit report shall be prepared and submitted;
(b) establish specific energy consumption per unit of production for the year referred to in
clause (a);
(c) disaggregate the energy consumption data and identify major energy using equipment,
processes and systems.
(2) Scope of energy audit.-The accredited energy auditor jointly with the energy manager of the
designated consumer shall
(a) develop a scope of work for the conduct of energy audit required under the Act with a view
to ensuring adequate coverage in terms of the share of total energy use that is covered in the
energy audit;
(b) select energy intensive equipment or processes for energy auditing;
(c) agree on best practice procedures on measuring the energy efficiency performance of
selected equipment and on algorithm to estimate energy performance and energy savings;
(d) collect energy consumption, and production data for the equipment and processes covered
within the scope of energy audit, operating data, and schedule of operation, non proprietary
process flow charts, production level disaggregated by product, if applicable, and such
other historical data as may be considered essential by the accredited energy auditor for
achieving the purpose of energy audit.
(3) Monitoring and analysis of the use of energy data for energy audit.-The accredited energy
auditor shall(a) verify the accuracy of the data collected in consultation with the energy manager,
appointed or designated by the designated consumer in terms of the notification number
S.O.318(E), dated the 2nd March, 2007, as per standard practice to assess the validity of the
data collected;
570

(b) analyse and process the data with respect to(i) consistency of designated consumers data monitoring compared to the collected
data;
(ii) recommendations to reduce energy consumption and improve energy efficiency.
(iii) summary overview of energy consumption in plant or establishment by fuel type and by
section;
(c) conduct equipment energy performance measurements with due diligence and caution.
(4) Preparation of recommendations on energy saving measures, their cost benefit analysis.-The
accredited energy auditor having regard to the overall efficiency of the production process,
techno-economic viability of energy saving measures, site conditions and capacity of the
designated consumer to invest for their implementation, shall prepare a list of recommendations
to save energy and the list shall include(a) a brief description of each recommended measure;
(b) the estimated energy saving as well as energy cost reduction potential over a reasonable
technical or economic life of the measure;
(c) any known or expected technical risks associated with each measure;
(d) a preliminary assessment of the financial attractiveness of each measure or assessment of
the maximum investment feasible based on the estimated energy cost saving potential over
the life of the measure;
(e) tabulated summary of recommendations listed as per their implementation schedule (short,
medium and long term);
(f) where different alternatives for implementation of an energy efficiency measure are available,
the accredited energy auditor shall examine and discuss such options and recommend the
techno-financially better option;
(g) where the installation or implementation of any recommended energy saving measure affects
procedures for operation and maintenance, staff deployment and the budget, the
recommendation shall include discussion of such impacts including their solutions.
5.

Prioritisation and preparation of action plan.-(1) The accredited energy auditor jointly with the
energy manager shall select from the energy audit report such recommended measures as are
included in sub-regulation (4) of regulation 4 which in the opinion of the designated consumer are
technically viable, financially attractive and within its financial means, prioritise them and prepare
plan of action for their implementation. This action plan shall include (a) preparation of detailed techno-economic analysis of selected measures;
(b) a monitoring and verification protocol to quantify on annual basis the impact of each measure
with respect to energy conservation and cost reduction for reporting to Bureau and the
concerned State designated agency;
(c) a time schedule agreed upon by the designated consumer of selected measures taking into
consideration constraints such as availability of finance and availability of proposed
equipment.
571

(2) The accredited energy auditor based on the activities undertaken under sub-regulation (4)
of regulation 4 and regulation 5 shall submit a report in Form 2 to the management of designated
consumer,
(3) The accredited energy auditor shall evaluate the implementation of each recommended energy
saving measure in the previous audit report and submit a report in Form 3 to the management
of the designated consumer.
6.

Structure of the energy audit report.- (1) The energy audit report structure shall be jointly
decided by the accredited energy auditor and designated consumer.

(2) The energy audit report shall highlight, details of specific energy consumption, list of
recommendations to reduce energy consumption and costs, monitoring and evaluation of
impact of selected measures and conclude with certification by accredited energy auditor
stating that
(a) the data collection has been carried out diligently and truthfully;
(b) all data monitoring devices are in good working condition and have been calibrated or
certified by approved or authorised agencies and no tempering of such devices have occurred;
(c) all reasonable professional skill, care and diligence have been taken in preparing the energy
audit report and the contents thereof are a true representation of the facts;
(d) adequate training provided to personnel involved in daily operations after implementation
of recommendations; and
(e) the energy audit has been carried out in accordance with the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(the manner and intervals of time for conduct of energy audit) Regulation, 2008.
The format for the preparation of energy audit report is given in Form 4 for guidance.
(3) The accredited energy auditor shall highlight the strengths and weaknesses of the designated
consumer in the management of energy and energy resources in the energy audit report and
recommend necessary action to improve upon method of reporting data, energy management
system in detail alongwith their underlying rationale, and improving energy efficiency and reducing
energy consumption in the designated consumer.
(4) The accredited energy auditor shall sign the energy audit report under the seal of its firm giving
all the accreditation details alongwith details of manpower employed in conducting the energy
audit.
(5) The energy audit report shall include a work schedule sheet duly signed by accredited energy
auditor and energy manager of the designated consumer.

572

Form 1
Details of validated data on energy consumed
and specific energy consumption per unit of production
[See regulation 4 (1) (a) and (b)]
1.

Name of the Unit

2.

The sector* in which unit falls (Refer Annexure-I)

3. (a)

Complete address of Units location (including

Chief Executives name & designation) with
mobile telephone, fax nos. & e-mail.

(b)

Year of Establishment

4.

Registered Office address with telephone, fax nos. & e mail

5.

Name, designation, address, mobile, telephone

fax nos. & e-mail of energy manager

6.

Production and capacity utilization details

Year

Main Product

Units
(Please
specify)

Installed
Capacity
(a)

Actual
Production
(b)

% Capacity
Utilisation
(b/a) 100

Product 1
Product 2
Other product
200200
Year 20 - 20
7.0

Energy Consumption and cost

7.1

Electricity Consumption and cost

(A)

Purchased Electricity

(i)

Units (Million kWh/year)

(ii)

Total cost (Rs. Million/year)

(iii)

Plant connected load (kW)

(iv)

Contract demand (kVA) with utidity

(v)

Connected load (kW)

(B)

Own Generation

(a)

Through diesel generating sets

(i)

Annual generation (Million kWh/year)

(ii)

Total cost (Rs. Million/year)

(iii)

Fuel used (HSD/LDO/LSHS/LSFO - (Refer

Annexure-2)

(iv)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(v)

Annual fuel consumption (tonne)

(vi)

Total annual fuel cost (Rs. Million)

573

Specific
energy
Consumption

Year 20 - 20
(b)

Through Steams turbine/generator

(i)

Annual generation (Million kWh/year)

(ii)

Fuel used state which type of fuel was used

(C=coal, B=Biomass, E=electricity). If coal
was used, state which grade i.e. C/I=imported
or C/F = coal of grade F

(c)

Through gas turbine

(i)

Annual generation (Million kWh/year)

(ii)

Fuel used (State which type of fuel was used

Natural Gas (NG), Piped Natural Gas (PNG),
Compressed Natural Gas (CNG), Naphtha)

(iii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)

(iv)

Annual fuel consumption (SCM)

(v)

Total annual fuel cost (Rs. Million)

(C)

Total generation of electricity (Million kWh/year)

7.1 (B) [a(i)+b(i)+c(i)]

(D)

Electricity supplied to the grid/others (specify)

(Million kWh/year)

(E)

Total Electricity consumed (Million kWh/year)

7.1[A(i) + CD]

7.2

Fuel consumption and % cost for process heating

(A)

Coal

(i)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity purchased (tonne/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

(B)

Lignite

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (tonne/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total lignite cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

574

Year 20 - 20
(C)

Bi-mass Other purchased solid fuels (please specify)

baggase, rice husk, etc.

(i)

Average moisture content as fired (%)

(ii)

Average Gross caloric value as fired (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity purchased (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total baggage cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

7.3

Liquid

(A)

Furnace

(i)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity purchased (kL/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (kL/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)

(vi)

Total F.O. cost for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

(B)

Low Sulphur Heavy Stock (LSHS)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (tonne/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total LSHS Cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

(C)

High Sulphur Heavy Stock (HSHS)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (tonnes/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (tonne/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(vi)

Total HSHS cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

575

Year 20 - 20
(D)

Diesel Oil

(a)

High Speed Diesel (HSD)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (kL/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonne/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)

(vi)

Total HSD cost for process (Rs. Million/year)

(b)

Light Diesel Oil (LDO)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/kg)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (kL/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (kL/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any (kL/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating (kL/year)

(vi)

Total LDO cost for process heating (Rs. Million/year)

7.4

Gas

(A)

Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)

(i)

Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)

(Refer Annexure 2)

(ii)

Quantity purchased (million SCM/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation

(million SCM/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any

(million SCM/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating

(million SCM/year)

(vi)

Total cost of natural gas for process heating

(Rs. Million/year)

(B)

Liquified Petroleum Gas (LPG)

(i)

Gross claorific value (kCal/SCM)

(ii)

Quantity puchased (million SCM/year)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation

(million SCM/year)

(iv)

Quantity used as raw material, if any

(million SCM/year)

(v)

Quantity used for process heating

(million SCM/year)

(vi)

Total Cost of LPG for process heating

(Rs. Million/year)

576

Year 20 - 20
(C)

Gas generated as by product/waste in the plant

and used as fuel

(i)

Name

(ii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/SCM)

(iii)

Quantity used for process heating

(million SCM/year)

(iv)

Total cost of byproduct gas for process heating

(Rs. Million/year)

7.5

Solid waste
Solid waste generated in the plant and used as fuel

(i)

Name

(ii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(iv)

Total cost of solid waste for process heating

(Rs. Million/year)

7.6

Liquid waste
Liquid effulent/waste generated in the plant and
used as fuel

(i)

Name

(ii)

Gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity used for process heating (tonne/year)

(iv)

Total cost of liquid effluent for process heating

(Rs. Million/year)

7.7

Others

(i)

Name

(ii)

Average gross calorific value (kCal/kg)

(iii)

Quantity used for power generation (tonnes/year)

(iv)

Quantity used for process heat (tonnes/year)

(v)

Annual cost of the others source

Signature
Name of the energy manager,
Name of the Company
Full address
Seal

Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Accreditation details
Seal

577

*Annexure 1 Name of Sectors

Aluminium, cement, chemicals, chlor-alkali, fertilizers, gas crackers, iron and steel, naphtha crackers,
pulp and paper, petrochemicals, petroleum refineries, sugar, textile.
Annexure 2 Nomenclature
HSD

High Speed Diesel

LDO

Light Diesel Oil

LSHS

Low Sulphur Heavy Stock

LSFO

Low Sulphur Furnance Oil

Coal

Biomass

Electricity

C/I

Coal Imported

C/F

Indian Coal grade F

NG

Natural Gas

PNG

Piped Natural Gas

CNG

Compressed Natural Gas

FO

Furnance Oil

LPG

Liquefied Petroleum Gas

SCM

Standard Cubic Metre (15C and 1.01325 bar)

KL

Kilo Litre

Million

Ten (10) lakh

578

579

Investment Reasons for

Millions
not
Rupees
implementing
the measure

Date of
completion of
measure/likely
completion

Life
cycle
years1

Oil

Gas

Coal

Electricity

Annual energy2 savings

Other

Signature
Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Name of the energy Manager
Accreditation details
Name of the Company
Seal
Full address
Contact person
E-mail address
Telephone/Fax number
Plant address
1. Estimate the predicted life of the measure, meaning the number of years the level of first year energy savings or even large amounts will materialise.
2. Life commercial units of litre, kg, tonnes, normal cubic meter, kWh or MWh and indicate the unit. Indicate the anticipated potential in energy savings.

10.

9.

8.

7.

6.

5.

4.

3.

2.

1.

S.No. Energy saving measures

(Suggested categories of areas of
improvement and modifications
for obtaining details of energy
savings See Annexure 3)

Form 2
Details of energy saving measures recommended in the energy audit report (year)
[See regulation 5(2)]

Annexure 3
Suggested categories of areas of improvement and modifications
for obtaining details of energy savings
1.

Better house keeping measures

2.

Installation of improved process monitoring and control instrumentation, or software

3.

Fuel Handling System

4.

Steam Generation System

5.

Steam Distribution System

6.

Electricity Generation System

7.

Hot Water System

8.

Compressed Air System

9.

Raw/Process Water System

10. Cooling Water System

11. Process Cooling/Refrigeration System
12. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning System
13. Electrical System
14. Lighting System
15. Melting/Heating/Drying Equipment (e.g. Furnaces, Heaters, Klins, Ovens, Dryers, Evaporators, etc.
16. Heat Exchangers
17. Pumps, Compressors, Fans, Blowers, Piping, Ducting
18. Process Equipment (e.g.) Reactors, Separation Equipment, Material, Handling Equipment,
etc.)
19. Transformers
20. Electric Motors and Drives
21. Process Technology
22. Process Integration
23. Process Control and Automation
24. Other Non-equipment Measures (e.g. Plant Operation/Scheduling, Tariff Scheddule, etc.)
25. Recovery of waste heat for process heat or power generation
26. Retrofiting, modification or sizing of fans, blowers, pumps, including duct systems
27. Other

580

581

Implemented:

Under implementation:

Fuel

Units5

Units

Verified
energy
savings

Verified
energy
savings
estimated

Verified
savings 4
(Rupees)

Investment Verified
(Rupees)
savings
estimated
(Rupees)
estimated

Investment
(Rupees)

Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Accreditation details
Seal

Category

Category3

Use C. No. column of form 2 as referenceSee Annexure 3 for adoption

First year
Use conventional energy, volume or mass units with proper prefix k=103, M=106, G=109

Signature
Name of the energy Manager
Name of the Company
Full address
Contact person
E-mail address
Telephone/Fax numbers
Plant address

3.

1.

S. No. Description of energy efficiency

improvement measure

B.

3.

1.

S. No. Description of energy efficiency

improvement measure

A.

Remarks

Status of implementation

Fuel

Details of energy conservation measures implemented, investment made and savings in energy achieved and progress
made in the implementation of other recommendations.

Form-3
[See regulation 5 (3)]

Form 4
FORMAT
[See regulation 6 (2)]
Guidelines for preparation of Energy Audit Report
Each energy audit report shall include
(1)

Title Page
Report title
Client name
Location of the plant/establishment
Date of report
Name of the accredited energy auditors

(2)

Table of contents

(3)

Acknowledgements

(4)

Executive summary
Companys profile
Goals and objectives of the energy management programme
Major challenge and goals for the upcoming year.
Major activities to meet challenges and goal
Summary and classification of energy
Conservation measures should be in Form 2.

1.0

2.0

3.0

Introduction about the plant/establishment

1.1

General plant/establishment details and descriptions

1.2

Energy audit team

1.3

Component of production cost (raw materials, energy, chemicals, manpower, overhead,

others)

1.4

Major energy use areas

Production process description

2.1

Brief description of manufacturing process

2.2

Process flow diagram and major unit operations

2.3

Major raw material inputs, quantity and costs

Energy and utility system description

3.1

List of utilities

3.2

Brief description of each utility

3.2.1 Electricity
3.2.2 Steam
3.2.3 Water
3.2.4 Compressed air
582

3.2.5 Chilled water

3.2.6 Cooling water
3.2.7 Others
4.0

5.0

6.0

Detailed process flow diagram and energy and material balance

4.1

Flow chart showing flow rate, temperature, pressures of all input-output streams.

4.2

Water balance for entire industry

4.3

Energy balance of the designated consumer in the tabular form

Performance evaluation of major utilities and process equipments/systems

5.1

List of equipments and process where performance testing was done

5.2

Results of performance testing

Energy efficiency in utility and process system

6.1

Specific energy consumption

6.2

Boiler efficiency assessment

6.3

Thermic fluid heater performance assessment

6.4

Furnace efficiency analysis

6.5

Cooling water system performance assessment

6.6

Diesel Generator set performance assessment

6.7

Refrigerator system performance

6.8

Compressed air system performance

6.9

Electric motor load analysis

6.10 Lighting system

6.11 Others
7.0

8.0

Evaluation of energy management system

7.1

Energy management policy

7.2

Energy management monitoring system

7.3

Bench marking

7.4

Development and establishment of procedures include energy efficiency possibilities.

7.5

Training to staff responsible for operational and associated processes

7.6

General audit review

7.7

Conform to Act, rules and regulations framed there under

7.8

Strength and weaknesses of the designated consumer.

Energy conservation measures and recommendations

8.1

The report shall provide existing energy profile of the designated consumer with percentage share of major equipment/processes, utilities etc., so that it becomes a basic documents for future monitoring.
583

9.0

8.2

Details of energy saving measures recommended in Form 2

8.3

Cost benefit analysis of each recommended energy saving measures as per standard
practice.

8.4

The investment proposals shall be backed with technical and economic viability and
prioritization of energy conservation measures based on financial analysis of various
options taking into account the capacity of the designated consumer to make investment
in such measures.

8.5

The energy auditor may also consider the substitution of existing energy use by any
other form of techno-commercially viable form of energy.

8.6

Details of energy saving measures implemented, investment made and saving in energy
achieved together with progress made in the implementation of the remaining energy
saving measures in Form 3.

Certification
This part shall indicate certification by accredited energy auditor stating that
(i)

the data collection has been carried out diligently and truthfully;

(ii)

all data monitoring devices are in good working condition and have been calibrated or
certified by approved agencies authorised and no tempering of such devices has
occurred;

(iii)

all reasonable professional skill, care and diligence had been taken in preparing the
energy audit report and the contents thereof are a true representation of the facts;

(iv)

adequate training provided to personnel involved in daily operations after implementation of recommendations; and

(v)

the energy audit has been carried out in accordance with the Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(manner and intervals of time for the conduct of energy audit) Regulations, 2008.

Signature
Name of the accredited energy auditor
Accreditation details
Seal

AJAY MATHUR, Director-General

[ADVT III/4/185/10-Exty.]

584

Chapter 14

Award Scheme of
Energy Conservation

585

Blank

586

NATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION

AWARD SCHEME
Award for Excellence in Energy Conservation and Management
OBJECTIVE
National Energy Conservation Award Scheme has been introduced by Ministry of Power to give
national recognition to the selected Industrial units and buildings who have made systematic and
serious attempts for efficient utilization and conservation of energy.
THE AWARDS
First and second prizes are given in each sub-sector in the form of a Silver Plaque with appropriate
citation on such awards as decided by the Ministry of Power. The performance of Units would be
judged through the questionnaire which is evaluated by an Award Committee.
It is not necessary to give first and second prize in each sub-sector. The Award Committee take
a final decision depending upon the number of entries received in each sub-sector and other
considerations.
An industrial unit getting the First Position for the third year in a row will be eligible for a Special
Prize for that year. The units getting Second and Third Positions in that year will be given First and
Second Prize respectively. Also, the Second Prize may be given to a unit for any number of years.
The industrial unit eligible for Special Prize for 3rd year in a row would be given the highest prize,
namely Excellence Award (instead of Special Prize) in recognization of its consistent performance.
The rest of the scheme would be same as indicated for the Special Prize.
ELIGIBILITY
a)

The scheme is open to all industrial units in the following sub-sectors:

Aluminium, automobile, cement, ceramics, chemicals, chlor-alkali, consumer goods, distillery and
brewery, drugs & pharmaceuticals, dairy, edible oil/vanaspati, fertilizers, forging, food processing
(food & vegetable, marine products, package & food products, drinks & beverages), foundries, glass,
integrated steel, jute, mini steel, mining, paints & allied product industry, paper & pulp, petrochemicals,
petroleum pipeline, plastic industry, refineries, refractory, sugar, steel re-rolling mill, tea, tyre, textile
plants and general category.
b) In addition to above Industrial Units, the scheme is also open to office buildings, hotels and
hospital buildings, shopping malls, zonal railways, thermal power stations, municipalties, state
designated agencies, aviation and Manufacturers of BEE star labeled appliances.
c) If any industrial unit does not fall under any of the above specified sub-sectors, the unit is
encouraged to send its nomination under the sub-sector General Category.
d) For Small Scale Industry, a separate questionnaire is to be filled up which can be downloaded
from Bureaus Websites: www.bee-india.nic.in & www.energymanagertraining.com
e)

f)

The industrial units in organized sectors should be in production for at least above three years
(2005-08). Important: The annual reports for these years are required to be attached along with
the Award Questionnaire.
Certificates to this effect that the company is presently following all the statutory requirements
pertaining to the safety and pollution control should be attached along with the questionnaire.
587

Criteria for Judging Merit

a) The Award Committee will decide the recipient of the awards on the basis of outstanding
achievements and contribution in the field of energy conservation and management.
b) The Award may not necessarily be decided on the basis of only quantitative achievements but
also taking into account the various other factors such as innovative techniques and technologies
adopted, commitment of the management, organizational set-up to promote energy efficiency and
energy conservation in the unit, etc.
c) The members of the Award Committee or their nominees may visit participating units for
verification of data supplied, if felt necessary and it will be obligatory on the part of the participating
units to provide necessary co-operation.
d) The committee may invite some of the selected units for presentation in New Delhi before
finalising the list of Award winning units. The units have to bear all the expenditure in this
connection.
e) The Committees decision would be final and no appeal would be entertained.
Distribution of Awards
Every year, Ministry of Power distributes the National Energy Conservation Awards to the selected
industrial units on National Energy Conservation Day i.e. 14th December.

588

Chapter 15

Scheme for Energy

Efficiency Labeling

589

Table of Contents
1.

Scheme for Energy Efficiency Labeling

525

2.

Scheme Participation Process

525

3.

Label Verification Process

527

4.

Challenge Testing

527

5.

Enforcement Process

528

6.

Requirement for Independent Testing Facilities for

Participation in the Scheme

528

Annexure I : Application Form for Participation and Agreement

529

Annexure II : Format for Application Form for Label

532

Annexure III : Application for Independent Laboratory

534

Schedule 1 : Frost-Free (No-Frost) Refrigerator

537

Schedule 2 : Tubular Fluorescent Lamps

547

590

Scheme for Energy Efficiency Labeling Introduction

a.
The Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Ministry of Power has developed a scheme for energy
efficiency labeling of equipment, pending issue of Notification under clause (d) of section
14 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 by the Central Government.
b.
This scheme will come into force from the date of its announcement in the print media and
the Bureau of Energy Efficiencys web site (www.bee-india.nic.in) and on
www.energymanagertraining.com . It shall remain in force until Notification under clause
(d) of section 14 of the Energy Conservation Act 2001, is issued by the Central Government.
c.
The scheme has been developed in collaboration with all the stakeholders, and aims at
providing information on energy performance so that consumers can make informed
decisions while purchasing appliances.
d.
Participation in the scheme is voluntary and currently applicable for the following
equipment
1.
Frost-Free (No-Frost) Refrigerators
2.
Tubular Fluorescent Lamps
The labeling of other equipment and appliances would be introduced in a phased
manner.
The test procedures, schedule of tests, rating plan, sampling plan, qualification requirements, label design, label fee and the manner of display of label in relation to the
aforesaid equipment have been specified in Schedule 1 & 2 respectively.
e.
A committee will be set up by the Bureau to oversee implementation of the scheme.
The committee will be chaired by Director General, Bureau of Energy Efficiency and
consisting of representatives from Ministry of Power, Bureau of Indian Standards,
Consumer Associations, Manufacturers Association, and Test laboratories.
f.
The Standards and Labeling Implementation Committee will recommend BEE on the
following issues:
i.
Enforcement of provisions of this scheme.
ii.
Develop the criteria for deciding whether challenge test and further
actions should be undertaken or not.
iii.
Verification of the legitimacy of challenges to the label, and further
action
iv.
Selection of samples for verification and challenge testing.
Scheme Participation Process
a.
Manufacturers of equipment/importers/persons- in- trade can participate in the scheme
by registering with the Bureau.
b.
Manufacturers of equipment/importers/persons- in- trade (hereinafter called the User of
label) will enter into an agreement (Annexure 1) on a non-judicial stamp worth Rs.100/(Rs. One Hundred only), with the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (hereinafter called the
Bureau) agreeing to abide by the terms and conditions of the scheme. The agreement will
be valid for a period of 3 years or until Notification under clause (d) of section 14 of the
Act is issued by Central Government, whichever is earlier.
c.
A separate application (Annexure 2) will be made by the user of label for labeling of each
equipment/model. The application for each equipment/model shall be accompanied by
non refundable registration charges of Rs. 1,000 (Rupees One thousand only) in the
form of a crossed bank draft issued in the name of Bureau of Energy Efficiency and
payable at New Delhi.
591

d.

e.
f.

g.

h.
i.
j.

k.

l.
m.

n.

o.
p.

q.
r.

A labeling fee (as defined in the schedule for each equipment) shall be given by the
manufacturer (Rs 10/Refrigerator and Rs. 0.05/TFL) in advance to the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency.
The formats for application, agreement and application form for label are provided as
annexure to this document.
After receiving the complete application for an equipment/model, the Bureau will
scrutinize the application, and seek further information, if required, within a month from
the date of receipt.
If there are no queries from the Bureau within a month, the user of label can affix the
label under intimation to the Bureau if an agreement for participation in the scheme has
already been entered under (b) above.
Proprietary information supplied to the Bureau should be marked as such by the user of
the label, and Bureau shall keep it confidential
The user of label will print and affix the labels as per the label design, manner of display,
and the rating plan prescribed for the particular equipment.
The Bureau would prepare a poster/brochure informing the consumers as to how to
read/interpret the label and select equipment for purchase. The user of label would
distribute a copy of the poster/brochure along with their technical brochure to the
buyer and would also display the poster/brochure at the point of purchase.
The user of label shall maintain the list of labeled equipment and provide a statement of
labeled equipment, their star rating level and the number of such labeled equipment
produced, with serial numbers, wherever applicable, every six months.
A list of labeled equipment (and information on the label) will be maintained by the
Bureau and made available to the public through publications and its web site.
If during the tenure of the scheme, for a particular model/equipment, there are changes
in the energy efficiency of the model/equipment or any other information on the label,
then a fresh application should be submitted, and it will be processed accordingly.
The user of label shall be solely responsible for ensuringi. the accuracy of the information displayed on the label or any public claim for
label level and quality of equipment.
ii. use of label only for such equipment/models for which the agreement has been
entered with the Bureau.
iii. Compliance to the terms and condition of the scheme,
iv. directions of the Bureau on the implementation of the scheme
v. Payment of any compensation adjudicated by any court/tribunal to any person
for any information displayed on the label.
The Bureau will work towards creating a market for energy efficient equipment through
consumer awareness and consumer education.
The Bureau will appoint an independent agency to evaluate the program impact and
process of implementation on a periodic basis. The scope of evaluation will include the
impact on sales, energy consumption, cost, consumer purchasing behaviour,
manufacturing, national energy use and the environment. The user of label shall extend
full cooperation by providing the relevant data for the purpose.
The Bureau will review the scheme periodically to determine the need for revision or
amendment or termination of the scheme.
The Bureau, at any time during the operation of the scheme, may decide to terminate or
modify the scheme after giving three months notice period.
592

s.

The User of Label, at any time during the operation of the scheme, may decide to
withdraw from the scheme after giving three months notice period to the Bureau as well as
a public notice.
t.
The liability of the user for the accuracy of label will continue till those labeled products
are available in the market.
Label Verification Process
a. The Bureau will verify the label contents, and the manner of display of label for each
equipment/model on a regular basis.
b. The frequency of the verification test will be determined by the Bureau depending on the
nature of equipment and time required for testing.
c. Verification testing will be conducted in an independent (NABL accredited) laboratory
registered with the Bureau.
d. The Bureau or its representative(s) will identify and seal the equipment samples as per the
sampling procedure specified in the Schedule to the scheme (for each equipment).
e. The User of label will
i.
agree to make available samples free of charge for verification as well as challenge
testing.
ii.
be responsible for transportation (to and fro from the place of picking of sample to
the test laboratory) and handling of the sealed samples to the assigned test
laboratory.
iii. be responsible for getting the selected and sealed samples tested in the assigned
laboratory and reporting the results to the Bureau within a reasonable time period.
iv. directly bear the cost of transportation, handling, and testing of samples for
verification testing.
Challenge Testing
a.
The label contents can be challenged by any person.
b.
The challenge must be submitted to the Bureau in writing.
c.
The Bureau will examine the challenge within a month of the date of receipt in writing. The
Standards and Labeling Implementation Committee will recommend whether to conduct a
challenge test or not, keeping in view the basis of the complaint and examination of past
records.
d.
The decision of the Bureau will be final and will be conveyed to complainant along with
justification.
e.
If a challenge test is required, then
i.
the complainant will deposit the expenses related to transportation (to and fro from
the place of picking of sample to the test laboratory) and testing in advance to the
Bureau.
ii.
the Bureau will arrange for selection and sealing of samples. The transportation to
the assigned laboratory is the task of the user of label.
iii. the testing will be conducted in an independent laboratory registered with the
Bureau and the testing charges would be paid out of the advance by the complainant.
f.
The complainant and the user of label may witness the process of challenge testing.
g.
If the equipment fails the challenge test, then the expenses paid by the complainant would
be reimbursed by the user of label whose equipment has failed.
h.
If the equipment passes the challenge test, then the complainant would forfeit the deposit.
593

i.
5

If the equipment fails the challenge testing, the enforcement process (section 5) will be
followed.
Enforcement Process
a.
If the equipment fails the verification/challenge testing, then the matter will be placed
before the Standards and Labeling Implementation Committee and the user of label will be
informed about the failure.
b.
The user of label has the option to go in for the second test, in case the equipment fails the
first verification/challenge test.
c.
A second test will be carried out with twice the initial test sample size, and all the samples
should pass the test.
d.
The user of label will bear the expenses related to the second test.
e.
If the equipment passes the second verification/challenge test, then no further action
would be taken and the appliance would deem to confirm to the label level.
f.
If the equipment subjected to verification/challenge testing fails the second test, the user
of label will, within the given time limit by the Bureau,
i.
correct the label level or remove the defects or deficiencies found for new equipment/
models yet to be shipped out as well as for equipment/models for sale in the market.
ii.
change particulars/information on the advertising material
g.
If the user of label fails to comply with the directions issued under clause (e), then, the use
of label for that model will be prohibited. In addition,
i.
the Bureau will inform the consumers about the failure of the equipment/model by
wide publicity.
ii.
the Bureau may advise the government to debar the equipment/model/ and/or the
user of the label from participating in any public tender.
Requirement for Independent Testing Facilities for Participation in the Scheme
a.
An independent laboratory with a valid accreditation from National Accreditation Board
for Laboratories (NABL) or other international accreditation in force (with NABL approval)
for the test procedures (energy efficiency and other performance tests) specified for each
equipment/model in as specified in the labeling plan for that equipment, can register with
the Bureau.
b.
The Bureau will enter into a rate contract with the laboratories for carrying out verification
and challenge test charges for the equipment covered under the scheme and the same
shall be reviewed every year.
c.
The laboratories may be reviewed initially at the time of registration and then on a regular
basis after that, and in case any laboratory ceases to fulfil any condition laid down at the
time of registration, the registration will be withdrawn
d.
If the test result of a particular lab are consistently found to be incorrect, then registration
of the laboratory will be withdrawn, and wide publicity will be given to the disqualification
of the laboratory.
e.
The laboratory will agree to participate in the proficiency test arranged by the Bureau.
f.
The application for registration of laboratories should be made in the prescribed Form
(Annexure 3).
g.
The registered laboratory shall provide an undertaking that they would carry out the
tasks relating to the scheme on priority basis.

594

Annexure 1
Application Form for Participation and Agreement
Application for Participation in the Scheme for Energy Efficiency Labeling
(ON THE LETTERHEAD OF THE COMPANY/FIRM)
The Director General
Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Hall No. IV, 2nd Floor, NBCC Tower
15, Bhikaji Cama Place
New Delhi-110 066 India.
I/We are carrying on business at _______________________________ (full business address)
under the style of ____________________________ (full name of firm) hereby apply for participation in the scheme for energy efficiency labeling in respect of the following equipment.
1.

Equipment ________________________________________________

2.

Brand (Trade Mark(s)/Brand Name(s))

I/We have gone through the scheme for energy efficiency labeling, and we agree to abide by the
terms and conditions of the scheme. I/We am/are willing to enter into an agreement for participating
in the scheme. The duly signed complete agreement is enclosed.
Dated this . Day of (Year)
Signature
Name ..
Designation .
For and on behalf of
.
(Name of the firm)
Encl: Agreement

595

Agreement between the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, a statutory body under the Ministry of
Power and M/s ABC the user of label of energy efficiency label under the Scheme for Energy
Efficiency Labeling.
Whereas the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Ministry of Power (hereinafter referred to as the Bureau),
a statutory body established under the Energy Conservation Act 2001, (52 of 2001) with its office at
Hall No. IV, 2nd Floor, NBCC Tower, 15 Bhikaji Cama Place, New Delhi 110 066, India has launched a
scheme for energy efficiency labeling.
Whereas M/s_______________ _______ (ABC) engaged in the manufacture/ marketing/ import of
_____________ (equipment) having its registered office at __________________ (full address)
has agreed to use the label under the, scheme for energy efficiency labeling, (hereinafter referred to
as the user of label)
Now therefore, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:
1.

General

1.1

Commencement and duration

1.1.1 The agreement shall be valid for a period of 3 years commencing from the date it is signed or
until Notification under clause (d) of Section 14 of the Energy Conservation Act issued by the
Central Government, whichever is earlier.
1.2

Objective
The main objective of this Agreement is that both the parties to the Agreement shall work
together to implement the scheme for energy efficiency labeling for the equipment ____in
accordance with the details of the Scheme as attached.

1.3

Use of energy efficiency label

1.3.1 The label is being promoted by the Bureau. The use of the label is assigned to M/s ABC. for
achieving the objective defined in Article 1.2 of this Agreement.
2.

Taxes and duties

2.1

The User of label shall also bear any taxes, duties, levies, labeling fee, etc as applicable from time
to time in the use of label under the implementation of the scheme for energy efficiency labeling.

3.

Amendment / Additions

3.1

If both parties to the Agreement form an opinion that any or some provision of the scheme are
coming in the way of achievement of the objective of this Agreement defined in Article 1.2; and
both BEE and the user of label are satisfied that the adjustment or amendment of such provisions shall contribute towards the achievement of the objective defined in Article 1.2; BEE may,
adjust or amend such provisions of the scheme at any stage during the implementation of the
scheme in consultation with other stakeholders

3.2

Any such adjustment or amendment shall be made in writing.

596

4.

Notice

4.1

Any notice given by any of the parties hereunder shall be sent in writing at the address given
as follows:
(1)

Bureau of Energy Efficiency

Director General
Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Hall No. IV , 2nd Floor, NBCC Tower
15, Bhikaji Cama Place
New Delhi 110 066

(2)

User of label
In witness whereof the parties hereto have signed this Agreement

Signature..

Signature..

(place, date)

(place, date)

Bureau of Energy Efficiency

User of label

Witness: 1

Witness: 1

:2

:2

597

Annexure II :
Format for Application Form for Label
Application for Label under scheme for Energy Efficiency Labeling
( ON THE LETTERHEAD OF THE COMPANY/FIRM FOR EACH MODEL SEPARATELY)
The Director General
Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Hall No.IV, 2nd Floor, NBCC Tower
15, Bhikaji Cama Place
New Delhi-110 066 India.
I/We hereby apply for use of label under scheme for energy efficiency labeling:

a.

Equipment Name

b.

Brand (Trade Mark(s)/Brand Name(s))

c.

Registration No. and Date of the Trade-Mark(s)/Brand Names(s)

d.

Equipment Type

e.

Model No.

f.

Size/Volume/Rating

g.

Additional Information/other equipment specifications

h.
Conforms to minimum energy efficiency requirements of relevant IS standard
Details of label for the equipment/model

ENERGY EFFICIENCY
LABEL DETAILS
1. Rating/Label level:
2. Date of commencement:
3. All other information to be
displayed on the label (Energy
consumption/ Volume/size/
Efficiency/etc)
4. Number of labels to be affixed
5. Label Series Code (alphanumeric code: Kxj200005 Kxj230005)

DETAILS OF THE EQUIPMENT

1. Equipment
2. Brand (Trade Mark(s)/
Brand Name(s))
3. Registration No. and
Date of the TradeMark(s)/Brand Names(s)
4. Model No.
5. Type
6. Size/Volume/Rating
7. Additional Information

CERTIFICATION
The initial test was carried
out as per (name and
number of the approved test
procedure) at (name and
address of the lab):
Lab details:
a)
Test details: (Test
procedures/name/number)
b)
Accreditation
status:

ATTACH A TRUE COPY OF THE LABEL AS IT WILL APPEAR ON THE

EQUIPMENT
The above equipment is manufactured by ___________ (Name of the company) at
____________(Name and address of the factory)
598

I/We conform to the Bureau of Indian Standard/other international standards in respect of Quality
System/Other standards in accordance with IS/Others (name and number of the standard)
___________ . A copy of the License/certificate is enclosed.
I/We have conducted the initial tests as per the scheme for the ______________ equipment/
model at ________________ (Name and address of the laboratory). The test certificates are
enclosed.
Production and sales figures of the said equipment and the value thereof to the best of my/our
knowledge and estimates are as follows:
Year

Production

Sales

MRP of the
equipment (Rs.)

______________________(Name and Designation) is the authorized contact person for coordination with the Bureau in respect of this application and the use of the Label.
I/We undertake that the information supplied in this application is accurate to the best of my
knowledge, and should any of the information supplied be found to be incorrect; the application
may be rejected forthwith.
I/We hereby covenant with the Bureau to observe the provisions of the scheme for Energy
Efficiency Labeling.
A crossed bank draft of Rs. 1,000/- in favour of, Bureau of Energy Efficiency, payable at Delhi, as the
non-refundable Registration charges is enclosed.
A crossed bank draft of Rs (Rupees..) in favour of, Bureau of Energy
Efficiency, payable at Delhi, as labeling Fee for (number of products) is enclosed. .
Dated this . Day of (Year)
Signature
Name ..
Designation .
For and on behalf of
.
(Name of the firm)
Signature Date__________________________
Enclosures:
1.

Test certificates

2.

Label

599

Annexure III :
Application for Independent Laboratory
Test Laboratory Application Form for Registration in the scheme for Energy Efficiency Labeling
(ON THE LETTERHEAD OF THE COMPANY/FIRM)
The Director General
Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Hall No.IV, 2nd Floor, NBCC Tower
15, Bhikaji Cama Place
New Delhi-110 066 India.
We hereby apply for participation in the scheme for Energy Efficiency Labeling. The information
of the test laboratory is as follows:
1.

Applicants name and Complete Address

1.1

Name of the Chief Executive and his deputy with designation

Telephone No. (with STD Code)
Fax No. (with STD Code)
:
Postal address
Email

2.

Test Laboratorys name and complete address (if different from 1)

2.1

3.

Name of the Head of operating laboratory and his deputy with designation
Telephone No. (with STD Code)
Fax No. (with STD Code)
Postal address
Legal Identity
Legal Status & Date of Establishment of the laboratory (Enclose copy)

4.

Management structure of the lab (on a separate sheet as Chart-I)

Name & Designation of the person responsible for the Quality System Management in the
Laboratory
Telephone No.

4.

Is laboratory prepared to participate in proficiency/Inter Laboratory testing programme, if

organised or sponsored by the Bureau?

6.

Complaints

6.1

Is there any documented policy & procedures for the resolution of complaints?

7.

Arrangement for ensuring impartiality, confidentiality, independence in judgment & integrity

in relation to the labs activities.

8.

Familiarity with terms & conditions

600

8.1 Are you familiar with terms and conditions of Laboratory Recognition Scheme of the Bureau
and willing to abide by them?
List test procedure separately for each equipment
Equipment to
be tested

9.

Parameter(s)
Tested

Test
Procedure(s)

Accreditation Status
(Accreditation
Agency, Date of issue,
and validity)

Test Charges
valid for the
financial year
2005 - 06

Provide details of capacity to undertake testing in terms of test facility and manpower. (how
many tests can be carried out concurrently)

We hereby covenant with the Bureau to observe the provisions of the scheme for Energy
Efficiency Labeling.
Signature
Name ..
Designation .
Date
Enclosures:
1. Copy of current accreditation certificates
2. Copies of the laboratory quality manual
3. Undertaking

601

UNDERTAKING
(to be signed by the Head of the Laboratory)
1.

I/We hereby declare that I/We shall comply with all the provisions of the scheme for
energy efficiency labeling as amended from time to time.

2.

I/We agree to keep all the test results confidential and the same will not be
communicated to anybody except Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) or an agency
authorized by BEE.

3.

I/We agree to participate in proficiency testing/Inter Laboratory Test Comparison

Programme for assessing/helping BEE to assess the technical competence of the
laboratory and also agree for periodic visits by BEE experts as decided by BEE.
The decision to continue recognition by BEE, on the basis of such testing and periodic
visits, will be acceptable to me/us.

4.

I/We also agree not to claim any testing charges for the samples tested as sent by
BEE under the Proficiency Testing/Inter Laboratory Test Comparison Programme.

5.

I/We agree to communicate BEE any changes in equipment and/or personnel and
the decision of BEE to continue or discontinue recognition made on the basis of
scrutiny of such information shall be acceptable to me/us. Failure to comply may
render us liable to de-recognition.

9.

I/We agree that the recognition of the laboratory shall not bind BEE to make use of
test facilities available in my/our/other laboratory.

Signature
Name
Designation
Seal
Dated
Place:

602

Schedule 1
Frost Free (No-Frost) Refrigerator
1.

Scope

1.1

This scheme specifies the energy labeling requirements for electric mains powered Frost Free
(No-Frost) refrigerating appliance of the vapour compression type intended for household and
similar use being manufactures, imported, or sold in India.

1.2

This Standard shall be read in conjunction with AS/NZS 4474.1:1997: Energy Consumption and
performance and AS/NZS 4474.2:2001: Energy labeling and minimum energy performance standard.1

1.3 In particular, this schedule specifies the following:

(a)

Frost Free (No-Frost) Appliance

(b)

Projected Annual Energy Consumption (PAEC)

(c)

Tested Energy Consumption (Et)

(d)

Comparative Energy Consumption (CEC)

(e)

Total Adjusted Storage Volume for No Frost (Vadj_tot_nf)

(f)

Star Rating Plan

(g)

Printing requirements for refrigerating appliances energy labels

The above terms have been defined in Annexure I Section 1 (DEFINITIONS) of this schedule.

2.

Schedule of tests

2.1 Method of tests

The testing code and procedure for Frost Free (No-Frost) Refrigerator would be as per AS/NZS
4474.1:1997: Energy Consumption and performance with all amendments.
2.2

Parameters to be tested

2.2.1 Energy Consumption

The Energy Consumption of the Frost-Free (No-Frost) refrigerator will be tested as per Appendix K & Appendix O of AS/NZS 4474.1:1997.
2.2.2 Rated Volume (Storage and Gross)
Each compartment gross and storage volume of the appliance shall meet the requirements set out in
Section 3 and Appendix A of AS/NZS 4474.1:1997.
2.3 Test Report
The results of tests shall be reported as per Appendix Q of the AS/NZS 4474.1:1997 with the relevant
sections from the mentioned appendix applicable and will clearly mention the gross volume and the
storage volume.
1

THE AS/NZS 4474.1:1997 TEST PROCEDURES ARE BEING USED IN THE INTERIM, TILL THE RELEVANT
INDIAN STANDARD (IS) ARE DEVELOPED / REVISED.

603

3.

Tolerance Limit
The tolerance limit for the volume (storage & gross), pull-down, and operating temperature
performance shall be as defined in AS/NZS 4474.1:1997.

4.

Conditions of Compliance
The conditions of compliance shall be as specified in AS/NZS 4474.1:1997.

5.

Rating Plan
Rating plan will be as per Annexure I Section 2 (CALCULATIONS FOR THE ENERGY LABEL)
of this schedule.
6. Sampling
The samples will be picked up by Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) or its designated agency
for testing as per the following sampling plan:
a) One sample will be picked up at random from the manufacturing facility or warehouse.
b) One sample will be picked from a retail outlet.

7.

Qualification

a)

Pull Down Test

The appliance shall meet the requirements set out in Section 3 and Appendix G of AS/NZS
4474.1.

b)

Operating Temperature Performance Test

Operating Temperature Performance Test as defined in Section 2 and Appendix J of AS/NZS
4474.1:1997 shall be required only if consideration for special compartment(s) is taken in calculating adjusted volume.
While all units within a model are required to meet the Pull-down test (and Operating Temperature Performance test as applicable), a test report for a single unit is required to confirm this for
the purposes of energy labeling.

8.

Label Design, manner of display

The label design and manner of display will be as per Annexure I - Section 3 (LABEL DESIGN AND
MANNER OF DISPLAY) of this schedule.
9.

Fees
a)

Registration fee is payable on application for assignment of authority is Rs. 1000/- (One
thousand only).

b)

Registration fee is payable on application for renewal of authority to affix labels is Rs.
500/- (Five hundred only).

c)

Labeling fee for affixation of label on each piece of Frost Free (No-Frost) refrigerator is Rs.
10/- (Ten only).

604

Annexure I to Schedule 1
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS
1

Definitions

For the purposes of this schedule, the definitions given in AS/NZS 4474.1:1997 and AS/NZS 4474.2:
2001 and those below apply. The definitions below take preference over the ones in the above
mentioned standards.
1.1

Frost Free (No-Frost) Appliance

A household refrigerator appliance in which all frozen food storage space is cooled by a frost-free
system. Unfrozen food storage space may or may not be cooled by a frost-free system but all
storage spaces in the appliance whether frozen or unfrozen are automatically defrosted with automatic disposal of water.
In a frost-free system:
a.

Cooling is provided by forced air circulation.

b.

The system is automatically operated to prevent permanent formation of frost on all

refrigerated surfaces and

c.

No accumulation of ice or frost forms on stored food.

1.2 Projected Annual Energy Consumption (PAEC)

The estimated energy used by a single unit during one years use. This is calculated from Tested
Energy Consumption (Et) (refer 2.1.1 of this Annexure). (Units: kWh/Year)
1.3 Tested Energy Consumption (Et)
The value of energy consumption as determined by Appendix K of AS/NZS 4471.1:1997. This is
calculated for a period of 24 hours. (Units: Wh)
1.4 Comparative Energy Consumption (CEC)
The nominal energy consumption of a model of refrigerating appliance. It is based on the PAECav of
the model (refer 2.2 of this Annexure). The CEC appears on the energy label. (Units: kWh/Year)
1.5

Total Adjusted Storage Volume for No Frost (Vadj_tot_nf)

The rated storage volume of a compartment adjusted to compensate for heat loadings on spaces
which are at temperature other than that of fresh food type space.
NOTE: The adjusted volume shall be calculated on the basis of the STORAGE VOLUME of each
compartment.
1.6 Star Rating
The number of stars displayed on the energy label. The available stars are between a minimum of
one and a maximum of five shown in one star interval. The star rating is calculated from the Star
Rating Band (refer 2.5 of this Annexure) The Star Rating determination will vary for different models
based on the storage volume. (No units)

605

1.7 Star Rating Band

The Star Rating Band is a range of energy efficiency (kWh/Year) which is arrived by calculations (refer
2.5 of this annexure), and is used for determining the number of stars displayed on the energy label.
1.8 Family of models
Family of models is the range of models of one particular brand, to which a single set of test reports is
applicable and where each of the models has the same relevant physical characteristics, comparative
energy consumption, and energy efficiency rating and performance characteristics. The term model
is synonymous with family of models.
1.9 Variant
A model variant is an alternative version of a model which has the same sales specification and the
same model number or other form of designation as another version of the model, and offers the same
performance except that it has a different PAEC and may have a different Star Rating.

606

SECTION 2
CALCULATIONS FOR THE ENERGY LABEL
2.1

GENERAL

This Section sets out the equations and procedures for calculating values of Projected Annual
Energy Consumption (PAEC) & Comparative Energy Consumption (CEC) and the Star Rating which
appear on the energy label.
2.1.1 Projected Annual Energy Consumption (PAEC)
The process consists of measuring the tested energy consumption (Et) (Appendix K of AS/NZS
4471.1:1997), of each unit tested, then calculating the projected annual energy consumption (PAEC) of
the unit.
PAEC = Et * (365/1000)

(kWh/Year)

Et = tested energy consumption expressed in Wh per 24 hours, rounded to the nearest whole number.
2.2

NUMBER OF TEST AND PROCESSING OF DATA

2.2.1 Number of units required

For the purpose of determining the CEC of a model for labeling, three separate units of the nominated
model shall be tested for energy consumption in accordance with Section 2 of AS/NZS 4474.1:1997.
2.2.2 Number of tests per unit
Each unit shall be tested with sufficient test runs to enable a valid Et to be determined for that unit.
This determination shall be documented in a test report containing the test result for all test runs used
to derive Et (refer to AS/NZS 4474.1:1997, Appendices K and Q).
2.2.3 Results
After testing three or more separate units the separate values of PAEC shall be averaged and referred
to as PAECav.
2.2.4 Rounding
Unless otherwise stated, number shall be rounded and recorded to five significant figures. The values
of PAEC, PAECav, CEC, and Star Rating Band shall be rounded of (< 0.5 to lower whole number and =
0.5 to higher whole number) to the nearest whole number.
2.3

COMPARATIVE ENERGY CONSUMPTION

2.3.1 General
The CEC for a model shall not be less than the average (rounded to a whole integer) PAEC value (i.e.
PAECav) for the three (or more) units which are tested to determine the label particulars. The CEC shall
be an integer in units of kWh/Year.
The CEC and Total Adjusted Storage Volume for No Frost (Vadj_tot_nf) shall be used to determine the Star
Rating Band and Star Rating of the model.
607

2.3.2 Variant
Two or more variants of a model may use a common label with a CEC not less than the highest PAECav
(rounded to the nearest whole number) of those variants.
2.4

TOTAL ADJUSTED STORAGE VOLUME FOR NO FROST (Vadj_tot_nf )

Fresh Food Chamber Target Temperature

+3 Degree Celsius

Freezer Chamber Target Temperature

-15 Degree Celsius

Adjusted Volume Factor

=
=
=

(Test room Temperature Freezer Temperature) /

(Test rom Temperature Fresh Food Temperature)
[32 - ( -15)] / [(32 - 3)]
1.62

Total Adjusted Volume for No Frost refrigerator (Vadj_tot_nf)

=
2.5

Fresh Food Storage Volume + 1.62 * Freezer Storage Volume

STAR RATING

The star rating parameters knf (Constant Multiplier (kWh/Litre/Year)) & cnf (Constant Fixed Allowance (kWh/Year)) shall be obtained from TABLE 2.1 / 2.2 / 2.3, depending on the year of manufacturing/import/assembling
S. No.

Product Manufactured/Imported/Assembled

Table to be used

1.

1 June 2006 to 31 December 2008

2.1

2.

1 Jan 2009 to 31 December 2011

2.2

3.

1 Jan 2012 to 31 December 2014

2.3

The following equation shall be used to determine the Star Rating Bands for a particular model:
Star Rating Band (SRB)nf = knf * Vadj_tot_nf + cnf
Where,
k nf
= Constant Multiplier (kWh/Litre/Year)
Vadj_tot_nf = Total Adjusted Storage Volume for No Frost (Litre)
cnf
= Constant Fixed Allowance (kWh/Year)
TABLE 2.1: Star Rating Band valid from 01 June 2006 to 31 December 2008
Star Rating Band

1 Star *
2 Star * *
3 Star * * *
4 Star * * * *
5 Star * * * * *

k nf

cnf

Constant Multiplier

Constant Fixed Allowance

0.8716
0.6973
0.5578
0.4463
0.3570

759
607
486
389
311

608

TABLE 2.2: Star Rating Band valid from 01 January 2009 to 31 December 2011
Star Rating Band
k nf
Constant Multiplier
cnf
Constant Fixed Allowance
1 Star *
0.5578
486
2 Star * *
0.4463
389
3 Star * * *
0.3570
311
4 Star * * * *
0.2856
249
5 Star * * * * *
0.2285
199
TABLE 2.3: Star Rating Band valid from 01 January 2012 to 31 December 2014
Star Rating Band
k nf
Constant Multiplier
cnf
Constant Fixed Allowance
1 Star *
0.4463
389
2 Star * *
0.3570
311
3 Star * * *
0.2856
249
4 Star * * * *
0.2285
199
5 Star * * * * *
0.1828
159
The above equation provides for the value of the various Star Rating Bands for a particular model. The
CEC of the model as determined from 2.3.1 will be compared with the various Star Rating Bands. The
Star Rating chosen for the model will be based on the above comparison. CEC will be compared to the
lower and the upper limits of each Star Rating Band. The Star Rating corresponding to the band whose
lower rating is less than CEC and upper limit is greater than or equal to CEC will be assigned to the
model.
Lower Limit of SRB < CEC = Upper Limit of SRB
There is no tolerance for the Star Rating Bands. All tested products must meet the minimum threshold
for each Star Rating Band. The scope for manufacturing tolerance and other variations shall be
accounted for when determining the Star Rating.
2.6

ENERGY LABELVALIDITY

The CEC value shall be accepted as valid if, when a single sample of a labeled model is tested for an
initial screening test and its PAEC is such that:
PAEC < 1.1 * CEC
If this is not the case, the CEC shall be accepted as valid if three additional units are tested and the
average PAEC of these additional units is such that:
PAEC(av) < 1.1 * CEC
Additionally the PAEC shall be less than the upper limit of the corresponding Star Rating Band of the
Star Rating of a single model tested or if two additional units are tested then PAEC of two out of three
and PAECav should be less than then upper limit of the corresponding Star Rating Band.

609

SECTION 3
LABEL DESIGN AND MANNER OF DISPLAY
3.1 PLACEMENT
The energy label shall be adhered to the upper portion of each appliance on the outside of the door.
3.2 MATERIALAND SHAPE
The label shall be self adhesive and shall be designed as set out in Figure 3.1.
However, in the case of a stainless steel or other finishes that may be permanently marked or stained
by the adherence of a label, the use of a double sided swing tag or single sided non-rotating swing
tag is permitted.

Figure 3.1: Design Scheme for the Label (Sample)

610

3.3 COLOURS
The label shall be printed as per the following specification in the following colours on a white
background (see Figure 3.2):
Red:
Pantone warm red
Yellow: Pantone 116
Black:
Pantone Black
Green:
Pantone 340

Figure 3.2: Colour Scheme for the Label (Sample).

611

3.4 SAMPLE LABEL

An example of a printed energy label for a refrigerating appliance is shown in Figure 3.3.
The label will mention the following:
1.

Appliance: Refrigerator

2.

Energy Consumption per Year (CEC)

3.

Model Name/Number, Year of Manufacturing

4.

Brand

5.

Type

6.

Gross Volume

7.

Storage Volume

Figure 3.3: Sample Label

612

Schedule 2
Tubular Fluorescent Lamps
The test procedure, schedule of tests, rating plan and other parameters in respect of Tubular Fluorescent Lamps is as follows:

1. Scope
1.1 This standard specifies the requirements for participating in the energy labeling scheme for
Tubular Fluorescent lamps for General lighting service.
1.2 The referred Indian Standard are IS 2418 (part I) and (part II) 1977 including all the amendments.
The draft amendments 3 to IS 2418 (part 2): 1977 and draft amendment 5 to IS 2418 (part 1): 1977 are also
referred.
1.3 The standard ratings covered under the energy labeling scheme is 18, 20, 36, 40, 18 HL & 36 HL W.

2. Schedule of Tests:
2.1 Method of Tests:

The testing code and procedure for Tubular Fluorescent lamps for General lighting service
would be as per IS 2418 (part I) 1977 with all amendments.
2.2 Parameters to be tested:
Parameters for initial, verification and challenge testing are the type test parameters listed under
clause 6.1.1 of IS: 2418 (part I) 1977 and including all amendments as of date. In addition the samples
would also be tested for lumen efficacy values at 3500 hours.
3.

Tolerance limits:

The tolerance limits for lamp wattage, luminous flux and chromaticity co-ordinates shall be as defined
in IS: 2418 (part I) 1977.
4. Conditions of compliance:
The conditions of compliance shall be as specified in IS: 2418 (part I) 1977.

613

3.

Star rating plan:

Star
Rating

Initial
lumens
Lm/W

< 52

>=52 & < 61

>=61 & < 67

>=67 & < 84

>= 84

2000 Hours
Lm/W

< 44

>=44 & <52

>=52 & <57

>=57 & < 71

>= 71

3500 Hours
Lm/W

< 42

>=42 & < 49

>=49 & < 54

>=54 & < 67

>= 67

The measured values will be converted to star ratings for each point i.e. at 100 hours, 2000 hours, 3500
Hours and the average of the 3 ratings will be taken. This will be rounded of (<0.5 to lower level and
=>0.5 to higher level) to the nearest integer which will be the star rating for the product.
3.

4.
a)
b)
5.
a)
b)

Sampling:
Selection of lamps for test (sampling) would be carried out as per the sampling plan as per
guidelines specified in clause 3 of IS: 2418 (Part I) 1977.
Qualifications:
The products should conform to minimum requirements of IS 2418 (part I) and (part II) 1977 to
participate in BEE S&L Programme.
BIS product certification or at-least, Quality Certification such as ISO - 9000 should be required to
participate in BEE S&L Programme.
Label design, manner of display:
Label design, size, colour scheme, content of the label is provided below:
Colour scheme:
NAVY BLUE H 240o S 100% B 40% (R 0, G 0, B 102)

RED H 0o S 100% B 40% (R 255, G 0, B 0)

c) Manner of display of label:
The above label design with colour scheme after photographic reduction to 16 mm height shall be
printed on the sleeve.
d) Star marking on the lamp
The star marking as per the rating is required to be stamped on the lamp. The size of the stamp for
the star marking is 15mm height x 8.5 mm width. For example for a three star lamp the same need to
be marked on the lamp as below:
3. Fees
(i) Registration Fee is payable on application for assignment is Rs. 1000/- (One thousand only)
(ii) Registration Fee is payable on application for renewal of authority to affix labels Rs. 500/- (Five
hundred only)
(iii) Labeling fee for affixation of label on each piece of Tubular Fluorescent Lamp is Rs. 0.05 ( 5 paisa
only)
614

Amendments to the scheme for Energy Efficiency Labeling

approved by the Ministry of Power
1- Para I, sub-para (d)
(i) Page 2, delete 5th - 6th line
(ii) Page 2, after the 7th line add the following
The labeling of other equipment and appliances would be introduced in a phased be manner. The programme is as follows
(a)

Direct Cool Refrigerator

September, 2006

(b)

General Purpose Electric Motors

October, 2006

(c)

Air-conditioners

November, 2006

(d)

Ceiling Fans

December, 2006

The test procedures, schedule of tests, rating plan, sampling plan, qualification requirements, label design, label fee and the manner of display of label in relation to the aforesaid in
schedule shall be specified in schedule 3, 4, 5 and 6 respectively.
2.

Page 2, para 1 sub-para (f)

(i) For the words Standards & Labeling Implementation Committee appearing in line 1 of subpara (f) and other places wherever these appear in the scheme read National Standards &
Labeling Implementation Committee.
(ii) After Clause (iv), add the following new Clause
(v) such other issues as are considered crucial to the implementation of the scheme on
uniform basis throughout the country.

3.

Para 4, para 2, sub-para (d)

Delete the existing para and substitute the following
(d) The user of label with respect to each equipment shall deposit a sum of Rs 1 lakh along with
the application for seeking authority to use label, as a security deposit. The amount of
labeling fee due in a financial year shall be paid by the user of the label to the Bureau of
Energy Efficiency within one month of the close of each financial year. In case of default in
payment of the due amount of labeling fee the security shall be forfeited. Further, participation by the defaulters in the scheme shall be subject to payment of full amount of labeling fee
due with 10% interest thereon and with the approval of the National Standard & Labeling
Implementation Committee.

4.

Page 11, Annexure 2, replace the last paragraph with the following
A crossed bank draft of Rs. 1 lakh in favour of Bureau of the Energy Efficiency payable at New
Delhi as security deposit is enclosed.

615

Blank

616

Chapter 16

Energy Conservation
Building Code
(ECBC)

617

Blank

618

ENERGY CONSERVATION BUILDING CODE (ECBC)

Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) is intended for new, commercial buildings having a
connected load of more than 100 kW. (Normal domestic connection is 4 to 6 kW). ECBC has been
launched on a voluntary basis on 27th May 2007. ECBC defines norms of energy requirement per
square meter of area, and takes into consideration, the climatic region of the country where the
building is located. The application of these norms lowers the buildings energy requirement without
affecting the function, comfort, health or productivity of the occupants.
The ECBC defines norms of energy performance and takes into consideration the climatic regions of
the country where the building is located. The major components of the building which are being
addressed through the code are:
(a)

Envelope (walls, roofs, windows)

(b)

Lighting systems

(c)

HVAC System

(d)

Water heating and pumping system

(e)

Electrical distribution system

Analysis of these designs suggests that ECBC compliance would reduce their energy consumption
by 30 to 40%. Full compliance of ECBC is expected to yield annual savings of 1.7 billion units (250
MW) in the first year itself. ECBC compliance, relating to design and construction plans of the
building, would be scrutinized by the competent local authority, when such compliance is made
mandatory. For effective implementation of ECBC, capacity building of architects, engineers, builders,
and municipal local authorities is being undertaken. In addition, information dissemination on needs
and benefits of ECBC adoption, and on energy-efficient building material, equipment, and technology,
is also being carried out.
Under section 14 (p) of the Energy Conservation Act,2001, Central Government has powers to prescribe ECBC for commercial buildings having a connected load of 100 KW or building complex for
efficient use of energy and its conservation. The state governments have the flexibility to modify
ECBC to suit local or regional needs. The central Government is also empowered to include such
commercial buildings in the list of designated consumers under section 14(e). The state governments
are empowered, under section 15(a) to amend the ECBC to suit regional / local climatic conditions and
notify ECBC in the states.
Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) addresses the five climatic zones of the
country (hot & dry, warm & humid, composite, temperate and cold).
In order to ensure administration of ECBC implementation in a uniform and consistent manner all over
the country, the BEE has set up a ECBC Programme Committee (EPC) by pooling in the expertise of all
stake holders, including State Designated Agencies, Industry etc. This committee facilitates the
development of ECBC compliant building design, credible implementation of a few demonstration
projects in the public sector, making arrangements for evaluation of the progress and outcomes by
creating appropriate institutional mechanism.
A scheme for implementation of Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) and improving energy
efficiency in existing buildings has been recommended by the Standing Finance Committee (SFC) at a
619

total cost of Rs.13.99 crores to be spent during the 11th Plan period. The steps being taken by the
Government to ensure effective implementation are :

Availability of adequate number of architects, building designers, builders etc who are well
versed with the application of ECBC.
Adequate availability of energy efficient equipment/ material in local market place.
Adequate facilities for equipment testing/ certification.
Capacity building of municipalities and local State Governments for compliance check on
ECBC buildings, including development of simple-to-use compliance tools.
Effective engagement with State Governments and municipalities to integrate the ECBC into
local building bylaws.

With a view to build adequate technical capacity and develop building procedures and tools to
effectively implement ECBC expert architects has been shortlisted. The shortlisted Architects would
act as resource persons and are the Brand Ambassadors for the ECBC. These expert architects
support the implementation of ECBC by providing the following services to architects who are designing ECBC compliant buildings:

Energy efficient design of commercial buildings so that they are designed in a manner that
reduces the use of energy without affecting the building function, the comfort, health, or the
productivity of the occupants and with appropriate regard for economic considerations.
Ensure compliance processes are made simple, clear, and easy to use.
Training design professionals which would result in modifications of standard specifications to correspond with the code requirements which would ensure fewer revisions in
specifications prior to building permit issuance.
Ensure efficient availability of both technical expertise and compliant material.
Launch a sustained awareness campaign that will also help design some demonstration
projects.

The BEE conducted ECBC training workshops covering major aspects of an ECBC built building i.e.:
(i) Building Envelope
(ii) Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
(iii) Service Hot Water and Pumping : solar water heating system
(iv) Lighting
(v) Electrical Power

620

Chapter 17

Guidelines for Accelerated

Power Development and
Reforms Programme
(APDRP)

621

622

No. 14/04/2008-APDRP
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhavan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi-110001
Dated September 19,2008
ORDER
Subject: Re-structured Accelerated Power Development and Reforms Programme (APDRP)
during XI Plan
Sanction of the President is conveyed for implementation of restructured Accelerated Power
Development and Reforms Programme (APDRP) during the XIth Five Year Plan as a Central Sector
Scheme with the following revised terms and conditions:
1.

The focus of the programme shall be on actual, demonstrable performance in terms of sustained
loss reduction. Establishment of reliable and automated systems for sustained collection of
accurate base line data, and the adoption of Information Technology in the areas of energy
accounting will be necessary pre-conditions before sanctioning any project. This will enable
objective evaluation of the performance of utilities before and after implementation of the
programme, and will enforce internal accountability leading to better performance.

2.

Power Finance Corporation (PFC) would be the Nodal Agency to operationalise the programme
under the guidance of Ministry of Power (MoP).

3.

It is proposed to cover urban areas- towns and cities with population of more than 30,000 (10,000
in case of special category states). In addition, in certain high-load density rural areas with
significant loads, works of separation of agricultural feeders from domestic and industrial ones,
and of High Voltage Distribution System (11kv) will also be taken up. Towns/areas for which
projects have been sanctioned in X Plan APDRP shall be considered for the XI Plan only after
either completion or short closure of the earlier sanctioned projects.

4.

Projects under the scheme shall be taken up in two Parts. Part-A shall include the projects for
establishment of baseline data and IT applications for energy accounting/auditing & IT basad
consumer service centers. Part-B shall include regular distribution stregthening projects. Apart
from this, the programme will require enabling activities which would be covered under Part- C.
The activities to be covered under each part are as follows:
Part- A: Preparation of Base-line data for the project area covering Consumer Indexing, GIS
Mapping, Metering of Distribution Transformers and Feeders, and Automatic Data Logging for
all Distribution Transformers and Feeders and SCADA/DMS system (only in the project area
having more than 4 lacs population and annual input energy of the order of 350 MU). It would
include Asset Mapping of the entire distribution network at and below the 11Kv transformers and
include the Distribution Transformers and Feeders, Low Tension lines, poles and other distribution
network equipment. It will also include adoption of IT applications for meter reading, billing &
collection; energy accounting & auditing; MIS; riderless of consumer grievances; establishment
of IT enabled consumer service centers etc. The base line data and required system shall be
verified by an independent agency appointed by the Ministry of Power.
Part-B: Renovation, modemization and strengthening of 11kv level Substations, Transformers/
Transformer Centers, Re-conductoring of lines at 11kv level and below, Load Bifurcation, feeder
separation, Load Balacing, HVDS (11kv), Aeria Bunched Conductoring in dense areas, replacement
623

of electromagnetic energy meters with tamper proof electronics meters, installation of capacitor
banks and mobile service centers etc. In exceptional cases, where sub-transmission system is
weak, stregthening at 33 kV or 66kv levels may also be considered.
Part-C: An enabling component the for the implementation of APDRP and for facilitating the
process of reforms in the power sector. This part, to be implemented my Ministry Power/PFC, will
include:

Preparation of a template for System Requirement Specifications for sub-division

automation and for customer relations management module, as well as for automated and for
customer relations management module, as well as for automated baseline data collection
systems.

Validation of the Base-line Data System to be done by independent agencies identified

through bidding process by the Ministry or its nominee. Independent agencies will also
verify the AT&C losses and monitor quality of works to be executed under Part-B.

Project Advisors and Project Management Consultants- Project advisor and project
management consultants will be appointed to assist the Ministry in monitoring of APDRP
and to validate the project proposals submitted by the Distribution companies. They will
also facilitate in standardization of bidding /contract documents, monitoring of progress,
quality assurance etc. They will also facilitate the Management Information System.

Project Evaluation by Third Party introduced in the Tenth Plan will continue and will be the
basis of computation of the extent of conversion of loan into grant for the specific project. A
panel of Project evaluators will be finalized through a bidding process.

Capacity Building and development of franchisees in Distribution Sector will be a major

focus area to provide training to employees of the Distribution companies and existing &
prospective franchisees in management, technical, commercial and consumer related areas,
exposure to latest developments in electricity distribution, loss reduction, theft and pilferage
control within India and abroad, dissemination of knowledge through Best Practice Workshops
and Conferences, standardization of specifications of equipment required in electricity
distribution network, standardization of contractual documents for outsourcing project
management, turnkey jobs, franchising etc.

Consumer Attitude Survey will be carried out to assess the impact of the measures taken in
the distribution sector towards improving of services, improving the reliability and quality of
power supply.
5

Funding Mechanism:
Part-A : Initially 100% funds for the approved projects shall be provided through loan from the
Government of India on the terms decided by Ministry of Finance. The loan shall be converted
into grant once the establishment of the required system is achieved and verfied by an independent
agency. The interest on the converted loan shall be capitalized. No conversion to grant will be
made in case Part A is not completed within 3 years from the date of sanctioning of the project.
The project will be deemed to be completed on the establishment of the required system duly
verfied by an independent agency appointed by Ministry of Power (MoP).
Part-B : Initially up-to 25% funds for the projects shall be provided through loan from the
Government of India (Gol) on the terms decided by Ministry of Finance. For special category
States, GOl loan would be 90% However, the project-wise requirement of Gross Budgetary Support
will be decided by the Steering Committee. The balance funds shall be raised from Financial
Institutions (Fls). All other conditions/methodology applicable to non-special category states
shall also be applicable to the special category states. If the Distribution Utilities achieve the
target of 15% AT &C loss on a sustained basis for a period of 5 years in the project area and the
624

project is completed within the time schedule fixed by the Steering Committee which shall in no
case exceed five years from the date of project approval, up-to 50% (90% for special category
states) loan against Part-B projects will be convertible into grant in equal tranches, every year for
5 years starting at the latest one year after the year in which the Part A of project area concerned
is established and verified by the independent agency appointed by MoP. If the utility fails to
achieve or sustain the 15% AT&C loss target in a particular year, that years tranche of conversion
of loan to grant will be reduced in proportion to the shortfall in achieving 15% Aggregate Technical
& Commercial (AT&C) loss target from the starting base-line assessed figure. The interest on the
converted loan from GOI and Fls will be capitalized on an an annual basis. Illustration is given
through a typical example at Annexure.
6.

The sanction process and other formalities for execution of Part-A and Part-B components can be
taken up simultaneously except that Part-B activities are likely to start 3-6 months after the start
of Part-A for making arrangements of ring fencing for the project areas and verification of the
starting figure of AT&C loss of the project area by independent agency appointed by MOP with
three billing cycle data. This may not be necessary where ring fencing of the project area has
already been done by the State Utilities except for the time required for verification of the starting
figure of AT&C loss of the project area. This would help the utilities to reduce the over all project
execution cycle.

7.

Conversion into grant will take place yearly based on the AT&C loss figures of the project area as
on 31st March duty verified by the independent agency appointed by Ministry of Power.

8.

Incentive Scheme for Utility Staff: Scheme also envisages incentive for utility staff in towns
where AT&C loss levels are brought below 15%. Each distribution company would be required to
implement an incentive programme for utility employees of the specific project area. Details of the
incentive scheme and the milestones/achievements that trigger incentive payments shall be
agreed to in the project proposals presented by each utility. A maximum amount equivalent to 2%
of the grant for Part-B project is allocated for this purpose. The utility is expected to match these
funds and disburse the total amount among its employees according to a suitably devised
incentive scheme. Each utility must submit a duly approved incentive scheme prior to seeking
disbursements under Part-B. State Governments and distribution companies will work with the
concerned regulator to ensure that a part of the financial benefits arising out of the AT&C loss
reduction are also passed on to the consumers of the project area.
9. Eligibility Criteria for assistance under re-structured APDRP: The States/Utilities will be
required to:
a) Constitute the State Electricity Regulatory Commission for availing assistance under restructured APDRP.
b) Achieve the following target of AT&C loss reduction at utility level:
Utilities having AT&C loss above 30%: Reduction by 3% per year
Utilities having AT&C loss below 30%: Reduction by 1.5% per year
c)
commit a time frame for introduction of measures for better accountability at all levels in
the project area;
d) submit previous years AT&C loss figures of identified project area as verified by an
independent agency appointed by Ministry of Power (MoP) by 30th June; the independent
agency would verify that:
i. All input points are identified and metered with downloadable meters for energy
inflow accounting in scheme area.
ii.

All outgoing feeders are to be metered in substation with downloadable meters.

625

iii. Scheme area should be ring fenced i.e. export and import meters for energy accounting
shall be ensured besides segregating the rural load of the scheme area by ring fencing if
not on separate feeder.
The above shall provide the input energy and corresponding cash collected for calculating AT&C
losses. The same shall be carried out for at least for three billing cycles and got verified by the
independent agency. This loss level will be the baseline for considering conversion of loan into grant
for Part B activities.
e)

devise a suitable incentive scheme for staff in the project area linked to achievements of
milestiones as laid down in Para 8.

10. Approval and Monitoring Mechanism: A Steering Committee under Secretary (Power) comprising
of representatives of Ministry of Finance, Planning Commission, Central Electricity Authority,
Power Finance Corporation, Rural Electrification Corporation, selected State Governments (on
one year rotation basis) and of Ministry of Power will be constituted. The Steering Committee
willi.

Sanction projects, including modification or revision of estimates; Monitor and review the
implementation of the Scheme;

ii.

Approve the guidelines for operationalisation of various components of the scheme including
payment of fees to nodal agency;

iii. Approve and sanction activities to be taken up by the Ministry under Part C of the Scheme;
iv. Appoint agencies for verification and validation of base-line data systems, for verifying the
fulfilment of programme conditions by utilities;
v.

Approve conversion of loan into grant upon fulfilment of the necessary conditions;

11. Distribution Reforms Committee (DRC) at the State level under the Chairmanship of the Chief
Secretary/Principal Secretary/Secretary Power/Energy constituted by the State will continue to
monitor the Scheme at the State level. DRC willa)

Recommend the Project proposals of the distribution companies to the Ministry of Power
after ensuring that all the required formalities have been complied with;

b) Monitor the compliance to conditionalities;

c)

Monitor the achievement of milestones and targets under the Scheme.

12. APDRP Assistance to Private Distribution Companies: The assistance under APDRP would not
be applicable for private Distribution Companies. The participation of the private utilities in
APDRP would not be applicable for private distribution companies. The participation of the
private utilities in APDRP will be considered after a period of two years from the issue of sanction.
13. The programme would be of the size of Rs. 51,577 Crore. Initially Rs. 50,000 crore will be provided/
arranged as loan from Govt. of India/Financial Institutions, out of which an estimated amount of
Rs. 30,000 crore would be converted into grant. The total grant from Government of India is
estimated as Rs. 31,577 Crore. However the actual requirement would depend on the achievements
of targets by the utilities.
a)

Rs. 50,000 Crore for Part A and Part B of the projects.

Rs. 10,000 Crore for Part A activities
Rs. 40,000 Crore for Part B activites
626

b)

c)

Rs. 1,177 Crore for enabling activities to be implemented by Ministry of Power (Part-C).
Rs. 850 Crore for the services rendered by the nodal agency for operationalisation of
the scheme; validation of Base-line data system and yearly verification of AT&C loss
figures of project areas; Advisors and project management consultants to vet the project
proposals, monitor implementation of the projects, MIS.
Rs. 200 Crore for capacity building and franchisee development, exposure to latest
developments in electricity distribution within India and abroad
Rs. 50 Crore for few pilots for adopting new innovations
Rs. 77 Crore for miscellaneous activities such as Best Practices workshops and
conferences; Consumer Attitude survey; Project Specific Evaluation; Standardisation
of specifications of equipments and contractual documents.

Rs. 400 Crore for incentive to Utility Staff of the project areas for establishment of base line data
and for achieving targeted reduction in AT&C loss.

14. The utilization certificate along with the unspent balance may be submitted along with the proposal
of the release of funds.
15. The expenditure involved on the above scheme would be debitable to the following Heads under
Grant No. 74- Ministry of Power for the year 2008-09 and corresponding Head of account for the
subsequent years:(i) For the grant portion the amount will be debitable to following Head:2801 Power (Major Head)
80-General
80.800-Other expenditure
26-Accelerated Power Development and Reforms
Programme
26.00.31-Grant-in-Aid
(ii) For the loan portion of the scheme the amount will be debitable to following Head:6801-Loans for power projects (Major Head)
00.190-Loans to Public sector and other Undertakings
(Minor Head)
04-Loans to Power Finance Corporation
16. This issues with the concurrence of Finance Branch of the Ministry of Power vide their
Dy. No. JS &FA/1967 dated 18.09.2008.
(Kapil Mohan)
Director (Distribution)
To
1.
2.
3.
4.

Chief Scretaries of all States

Energy/Power Secretaries of all the State Governments
Chairmen of State Electricity Boards/CMDs of State Power Utilities
Chairman & Managing Director, Power Finance Corporation Ltd., New Delhi.
627

Copy forwarded to:

1. Cabinet Secretariat (Shri K.L. Sharma, Director), Rashtrapati Bhavan, New Delhi.
2. Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure (Plan Finance Division-II), North Block, New
Delhi.
3. Ministry of Finance, Department of Economic Affairs, North Block, New Delhi
4. Planning Commission, Yojana Bhavan, New Delhi
5. Chairperson, Central Electricity Authority, R.K. Puram, New Delhi
6. Finance/Budget Section, Ministry of Power, New Delhi
7. Controller of Accounts, Ministry of Power, New Delhi
8. Principal Director of Audit, Economic & Services Ministries, AGCR Building, I.P. Estate, New
Delhi
9. C&MD, Rural Electrification Corporation, New Delhi
10. 12th Finance Commission, Ministry of Finance, Jawahar Vyapar Bhavan, New Delhi
11. Department of Programme Implementation, Sardar Patel Bhavan, New Delhi
Copy to:
PS to Minister of Power/PS to Minister of State for Power
PPS to Secretary (Power)
PPS to Joint Secretary (Dist)/PS to JS&FA
Typical Example
Take the example of a distribution utility from a non-special category State whose starting AT&C loss
figure is 60% in the year 2008-09, the year in which the base-line data system (Part A) is established
and verified by the independent agency appointed by MoP. If this distribution utility achieves and
sustains the 15% AT&C loss level for a period of 5 years after the grace period of one year i.e. 2009-10,
one fifth of the 50% loan shall be converted into grant each year from the year 2010-11 onwards.
However, if this distribution utility could only achieve AT&C loss figures of 30%, 40%, 30%, 15% and
20% in 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th year respectively of the period in question, the year wise loan conversion
into grant shall be as follows:
2010-11
2011-12
2012-13
2013-14
2014-15

1st year. (60-30)/(60-15) i.e. 2/3 of Annual tranche (1/5 of 50% loan i.e. 10% of project
cost) shall be converted into grant.
2nd year. (60-40)/(60-15) i.e. 4/9 of Annual tranche (1/5 of 50% loan i.e. 10% of project
cost) shall be converted into grant.
3rd year. (60-30)/(60-15) i.e. 2/3 of Annual tranche (1/5 of 50% loan i.e. 10% of project
cost) shall be converted into grant.
4th year. (60-15)/(60-15) i.e. full Annual tranche (1/5 of 50% loan i.e. 10% of project cost)
shall be converted into grant.
5th year. (60-20)/(60-15) i.e. 8/9 of Annual tranche (1/5 of 50% loan i.e. 10% of project
cost) shall be converted into grant.

628

No. 14/04/2008-APDRP
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhavan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, Dated: December 22nd, 2008
OFFICE MEMORANDUM
Subject: Guidelines for the Re-structured Accelerated Power Development and Reforms Programme
(APDRP) during XI Plan
The Government has approved as a Central Sector scheme, the continuation of the Accelerated
Power Development and Reforms Programme (APDRP) during the XI Five Year Plan with revised
terms and conditions.
2.0 Scope of the Programme
2.1 The focus of the programme shall be the actual, demonstrable performance in terms of sustained
loss reduction, establishment of reliable and automated systems for sustained collection of
accurate base line data, and the adoption of Information Technology in the areas of energy
accounting shall be necessary pre-conditions before sanctioning any regular distribution strengthening project. The pre-conditions will enable objective evaluation of the performance of utilities
before and after implementation of the programme, and will enforce internal accountability leading to better performance.
2.2 The project area coverage will be urban areas towns and cities with a population of more than
30,000. The population limit will be 10,000 in the case of Special Category States: All North East
States, Sikkim, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh and J&K. In addition, in certain high-load density
rural areas with significant loads, works of separation of agricultural feeders from domestic and
industrial ones, and of High Voltage Distribution System (11kv) will also be taken up.
2.3 Towns and areas for which projects had been sanctioned in the X Plan APDRP shall be eligible for
consideration under the XI Plan either after completion or short closure of the earlier sanctioned
projects.
2.4 Projects under the present scheme shall be taken up in Two Parts. Part-A shall include the
projects for establishment of baseline data and IT applications for energy accounting/auditing
and IT based consumer service centers. Part-B shall include regular distribution strengthening
projects. The activities to be covered under each part are as follows:
Part A: Preparation of Base-line data for the project area covering Consumer Indexing, GIS
Mapping, Metering of Distribution Transformers and Feeders, and Automatic Data Logging for
all Distribution Transformers and Feeders and SCADA / DMS system (only in project areas
having a population over 4 lacs and annual input energy of 350 MU). It would include Asset
Mapping of the entire distribution network at and below the level of 11Kv transformers and shall
include the Distribution Transformers and Feeders, Low Tension lines, poles and other distribution network equipment. It will also include adoption of IT applications for meter reading, billing
& collection; energy accounting and auditing; MIS; redressal of consumer grievances; estab-

629

lishment of IT enabled consumer service centers etc. The base line data and required system shall
be verified by an independent agency appointed by the Ministry of Power.
Part B: Renovation, modernization and strengthening of 11 kV level Substations, Transformers/Transformer Centers, Re-conductoring of lines at 11kv level and below, Load Bifurcation,
Feeder Separation, Load Balancing, HVDS (11kv), Aerial Bunched Conductoring in dense areas,
replacement of electromagnetic energy meters with tamper proof electronic meters, installation
of capacitor banks and mobile service centers etc. In exceptional cases, where the sub-transmission system is weak, strengthening at 33 kV or 66 kV levels may also be considered.
3.0 Nodal Agency
The Power Finance Corporation (PFC) would be the Nodal Agency for the operationalisation
and implementation of the APDRP programme, under the overall guidance of the Ministry of
Power (MoP). PFC will act as a single window service under APDRP and will coordinate with the
main stakeholders involved such as MoP, APDRP Steering Committee, Central Electricity Authority (CEA), Financial Institutions, utilities and various Consultants. PFC would be expected to take
the initiative for speedy and timely completion of projects and thus assist the Utilities in achieving loss reduction targets and other parameters of the scheme.
4.0 The modalities of formulating/ implementing projects under the programme are as under:
a)

Project Formulation: The Utilities shall prepare Detailed Project Reports (DPRs) in two Parts (i.e.
Part-A & Part-B) for each of the project areas and while forwarding the DPRs to the Nodal Agency
indicate the order of priority of the projects. Utilities may appoint IT Consultants through bidding
from an open bidding process from the panel of IT Consultants prepared by the Nodal Agency for
preparing DPRs of Part-A projects. IT consultants shall be empanelled by the Nodal Agency /
MoP after observing codal formalities. Utilities may also prepare DPRs for Part-A on their own in
case they feel that they have the skill and expertise to do so. Hiring charges of the IT Consultant
may be included in the project cost of Part-A only if an IT Consultant is appointed from the panel
prepared by the Nodal Agency and same is appointed through competitive bidding. DPRs for
Part-A shall be submitted by utilities along with an undertaking indicating that the DPR is duly
vetted either by the IT Consultant so appointed or else by the utility itself. These DPRs shall be
submitted to PFC, the Nodal Agency. These DPRs will be validated and appraised techno-commercially by PFC and will then be submitted to the APDRP Steering Committee for approval.
Further guidelines as required for formulation of projects would be issued by Ministry of Power
from time to time.

b)

Implementation: SEBs / State Utilities shall implement projects sanctioned under this programme
on a turnkey basis by appointing the IT implementing agency through a bidding process only
from the Panel of IT Implementing Agencies notified by the Nodal Agency to ensure quality and
expeditious implementation. IT implementing agencies shall be empanelled by the Nodal Agency/
MoP after observing codal formalities. Further guidelines as required for implementation of projects
would be issued by Ministry of Power from time to time.

c)

Quadripartite Agreement: A Quadripartite Agreement will be entered into between SEBs / Utilities, GoI, PFC and the State Government to implement the re-structured APDRP. Signing of
Quadripartite Agreement is a prerequisite for release of funds under the re-structured APDRP.
The Ministry of Power / PFC will monitor implementation of the precedent conditions agreed to in
630

the Quadripartite Agreement before releasing funds. If considered necessary, Ministry of Power
may impose such conditionalities as it deems fit for the implementation of re-structured APDRP
from time to time.
5.0 Project Funding Mechanism
5.1 Part-A: Initially 100% funds for the approved projects shall be provided in the form of a loan from
the Government of India on such terms as decided by the Ministry of Finance. The applicable rate
of interest and other Terms and Conditions will be as notified by GoI from time to time. The loan
along with interest thereon shall be converted into a grant once the establishment of the required
system is achieved and verified by an independent agency appointed by the Ministry of Power
(MoP) through the Nodal Agency. No conversion to grant will be made in case projects are not
completed within 3 years from the date of sanctioning of the project. In such cases the concerned
utility will have to bear the full loan and interest repayment. The project will be deemed to be
completed on the establishment of the required system duly verified by an independent agency
appointed by the Ministry of Power (MoP) through the Nodal Agency.
5.2 Part-B: Initially upto 25% funds for the projects shall be provided as a loan from the Government
of India on such terms decided by the Ministry of Finance. The applicable rate of interest and
other Terms and Conditions will be as notified by GoI from time to time. The balance funds for Part
B projects shall be raised from Financial Institutions (FIs), namely PFC/REC / multi-lateral institutions and/ or own resources. The loan from the FIs will be governed by the respective terms of the
FIs. For Special Category States (all North-Eastern States, Sikkim, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh
and Jammu & Kashmir), GOI loan for Part B projects will be upto 90%. All other conditions /
methodology applicable to non-special category states shall also be applicable to the special
category states. The project-wise requirement of Gross Budgetary Support (GBS) will be decided
by the Steering Committee. If the Distribution Utilities achieve the target of 15% AT&C loss on a
sustained basis for a period of 5 years in the project area and the project is completed within the
time schedule fixed by the Steering Committee, which shall in no case exceed five years from the
date of project approval, upto 50% (90% for Special Category States) loan against Part-B projects
will be convertible into a grant in equal tranches, every year for 5 years starting one year after the
year in which the base-line data system (Part A) of project area concerned is established and
verified by the independent agency appointed by MoP through the Nodal Agency. If the utility
fails to achieve or sustain the 15% AT&C loss target in a particular year, that years tranche of
conversion of loan to grant will be reduced in proportion to the shortfall in achieving 15%
Aggregate Technical & Commercial (AT&C) loss target from the starting base-line assessed
figure. The loan from GOI shall be the first converted into grant. Loans from FIs shall be converted into grant only after the conversion of full GOI loan into grant. Whenever the loan from
GoI / FIs will be converted into grant, interest and other charges paid on the converted amount
will also be treated as grant and reimbursed to the Utility. For the loan and interest which could
not be converted into grant on account of not meeting the conditions of conversion, the utility /
state will have to bear the balance burden of loan and interest repayment. Illustration is given
through a typical example at Annex.
5.3 The sanction process and other formalities for execution of Part-A and Part-B projects can be
taken up simultaneously except Part-B activities are likely to start 3-6 months after the start of
Part-A for making arrangements of ring fencing of the project area and verification of the starting
figure of AT&C loss of the project area by an independent agency appointed by the MoP through
631

the Nodal Agency with three billing cycle data. This may not be necessary where ring fencing of
the project area has already been done by the State Utilities except for the time required for
verification of the starting figure of AT&C loss of the project area. This would help the utilities to
reduce the over all project execution cycle.
5.4 The following table clarifies the funding modalities.
Category of States

% of Project
Cost as loan
through GBS
from GOI

% of Project
Cost as loan
from PFC/REC/
Own/ Other
Sources

Remarks

100

Entire loan shall be converted

into grant on completion of
project duly verified by
Independent Agency
appointed by MoP / Nodal
Agency

Upto 25

Upto 75

Upto 90

Upto 10

Upto 50% (90% for special

category states) loan shall be
converted into grant in five
annual tranches on achieving
15% AT&C loss in the project
area. Illustration of loan
conversion through Typical
example is indicated at Annex.

Part-A Projects
All States

Part-B Projects
Non-special
Category
States
Special
Category
Special

6.0 Release/ Disbursement of funds

The release / disbursement of funds and detailed terms and condition governing conversion of
loan into grant shall be notified separately.
7.0 Third party evaluation
7.1 Ministry of Power shall appoint Third Party Independent Agencies through the Nodal Agency.
The Third Party Independent Evaluating Agencies (TPIEAs) shall be appointed for following
verification:
(a) Base (starting) figure of AT&C loss of the project area: The state power utility / distribution
Company shall ring fence each identified project area at the beginning of the programme. Three
billing cycle data of energy inflow and outflow and corresponding revenue collected for the
project area shall be furnished to the Independent Agency for verifying the base (starting) figure
of AT&C loss of the project area. Part B projects will be taken up after verification of initial AT&C
loss by Ministry of Power (MoP) through nodal agency.
(b) The establishment of Base line Data System (i.e. completion of Part-A projects).
(c) Yearly AT&C loss figures of project areas and State Power Utilities / Distribution Companies.
632

8.0 Incentive Scheme for Utility Staff

8.1 The scheme also envisages the provision of incentives for the utility staff in towns where AT&C
loss levels are brought below 15%. Each distribution company shall be required to implement an
incentive programme for utility employees of the specific project area. Details of the incentive
scheme and the milestones/achievements that trigger incentive payments shall be agreed to in
the project proposals presented by each utility. A maximum amount equivalent to 2% of the
annual grant converted for Part-B project will be allocated for this purpose additionally. The
utility is expected to match these funds and disburse the total amount among its employees
according to a suitably devised incentive scheme. A model scheme will be formulated by the
Ministry of Power, on basis of which each utility must submit a duly approved incentive scheme
for approval of the Steering Committee in the MoP prior to seeking disbursements under Part-B.
8.2 State governments and distribution companies will work with the concerned regulator to ensure
that a part of the financial benefits arising out of the AT&C loss reduction are also passed on to
the consumers of the project area.
9.0 Eligibility Criteria for APDRP assistance
9.1 The States / Utilities will be required to:
a)

Constitute the State Electricity Regulatory Commission.

b) Achieve the following target of AT&C loss reduction at the entire utility level every year
starting one year after the year in which first project of Part-A is completed :
Utilities having AT&C loss above 30%: Reduction by 3% per year
Utilities having AT&C loss below 30%: Reduction by 1.5% per year
c)

commit a time frame for introduction of measures for better accountability at all levels in the
project area;

d) submit previous years (as of 31st March) AT&C loss figures of identified project area as
verified by an independent agency appointed by Ministry of Power (MoP) / Nodal Agency
by 30th June annually;
e)

the TPIEA would initially verify the input energy and corresponding cash collected for
calculating AT&C losses. The same shall be carried out at least for three billing cycles and
got verified by the independent agency. This initial loss level will be the Baseline for considering conversion of loan into grant for Part B projects. The following are prerequisite to
compute initial loss level and start Part-B schemes:
i.

All input points are identified and metered with downloadable meters for energy inflow
accounting in scheme area.

ii.

All outgoing feeders are to be metered in substation with downloadable meters.

iii. Scheme area should be ring fenced i.e. export and import meters for energy accounting
shall be ensured.
iv. Arrangement for measuring total energy flow in the rural load portion of the project area
by ring fencing, if the rural load feeder is not segregated.
f)

devise a suitable incentive scheme for staff linking to achievements of 15% AT&C loss in the
project area.

633

10.0 Approval and Monitoring Mechanism

10.1 A Steering Committee under Secretary (Power) comprising of representatives of Ministry of
Finance, Planning Commission, Central Electricity Authority, Power Finance Corporation, Rural
Electrification Corporation, selected State Governments (on one year rotation basis) and of Ministry of Power will be continued as earlier. The Steering Committee will meet on 1st Monday of
every month or Tuesday (if Monday is a holiday) for first six months of its constitution and later
as and when required. The Steering Committee will
(a) Sanction projects, including modification or revision of estimates; Monitor and review the
implementation of the Scheme;
(b) Approve panel of IT Consultant and IT Implementation Agencies
(c) Approve the guidelines for operationalisation of various components of the scheme including mechanism for payment of fees to nodal agency;
(d) Approve TPIE Agencies for verification and validation of base-line data systems, for verifying the fulfilment of programme conditions by utilities;
(e) Approve conversion of loan into grant upon fulfilment of the necessary conditions;
10.2 Distribution Reforms Committee (DRC) at the State level under the Chairmanship of the Chief
Secretary/Principal Secretary/Secretary Power/Energy constituted by the State will continue to
monitor the Scheme at the State level. These DRCs have been setup under the Memorandum of
Agreement signed by the States for implementation of the X plan APDRP. DRC will
(a) Recommend the project proposals of the distribution companies to the Ministry of Power
after ensuring that all the required formalities have been complied with;
(b) Monitor the compliance to conditionalities;
(c) Monitor the achievement of milestones and targets under the Scheme.
11.0 APDRP Assistance to Private Distribution Companies
The assistance under APDRP would not be applicable for private distribution companies. The
participation of the private utilities in APDRP will be considered after a period of two years from
31.07.2008.
12.0 Implementation of the re-structured APDRP shall be through web interface. The design, hoisting
and maintenance during the full implementation cycle of the scheme of the web portal shall be the
responsibility of the Nodal Agency.
13.0 General terms and conditions for utilization of funds
(a) The funds under the programme will be provided to the State Power Utility/ Distribution
Company through PFC, the nodal agency. Budget provision for the funds shall be made
annually.
(b) State Power Utility / Distribution Company receiving APDRP assistance will have to open a
separate account/ sub-account head immediately, for separate accounting classification,
both on the receipt and expenditure side for enabling proper audit certification including
escrow account in the bank.
(c) The reduction of T&D losses as part of overall AT&C losses would also enable the Utilities
to claim carbon credits for avoiding power generation (reducing CO2 emission) under CDM
mechanism subject to necessary approvals. The state utilities will be encouraged to take
634

advantage of CDM benefits for reducing the cost of the scheme and making it financially
viable. A cell for facilitating the same shall be created in the Nodal Agency.
d) The loan under the programme through GBS from GOI shall be subject to the Terms and
Conditions laid down by the Ministry of Finance/ GoI at the time of release.
e)

Funds provided to the State Power Utility / Distribution Company under APDRP cannot be
diverted to any other scheme or used for any other purpose.

f)

The State Governments/ State Power Utilities would be required to submit to PFC/MoP
monthly progress report in respect of progress of execution of project, fund utilization, etc.

14. These guidelines are issued with the approval of Steering Committee accorded in its meeting held
on 18.12.2008.
(KAPIL MOHAN)
Director (Distribution)
To
Energy/Power Secretaries of all the State Governments
Chairmen of State Electricity Boards/ CMDs of State Power Utilities

Copy forwarded to:

1.

Cabinet Secretariat (Shri K.L.Sharma, Director), Rashtrapati Bhavan, New Delhi.

2.

Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure (Plan Finance Division-II), North Block, New
Delhi.

3.

Ministry of Finance, Department of Economic Affairs, North Block, New Delhi.

4.

Planning Commission, Yojana Bhavan, New Delhi.

5.

Chairperson, Central Electricity Authority, R.K. Puram, New Delhi.

6.

Finance/Budget Section, Ministry of Power, New Delhi.

7.

Controller of Accounts, Ministry of Power, New Delhi.

8.

Principal Director of Audit, Economic & Services Ministries, AGCR Building, I.P. Estate, New
Delhi.

9.

C&MD, Power Finance Corporation, New Delhi.

10. C&MD, Rural Electrification Corporation, New Delhi.

11. 12th Finance Commission, Ministry of Finance, Jawahar Vyapar Bhavan, New Delhi.
12. Department of Programme Implementation, Sardar Patel Bhavan, New Delhi.
Copy to:
PS to Minister of Power/ PS to Minister of State for Power
PS to Secretary (Power) / Sr PPS to AS(AK) / PPS to AS(GBP)
PS to Joint Secretary (Dist)/ PS to JS&FA

635

Annexure
Typical Example
Take the example of a distribution utility from a non-special category State where starting AT&C loss
figure of a particular ring fenced project area is 60% at the start of the programme duly verified by the
MoP appointed independent agency with the three billing data of energy inflow & outflow and
corresponding revenue collection. If the Part A is established and verified by the independent agency
appointed by MoP in the year 2009-10 and distribution utility achieves and sustains the 15% AT&C
loss level in the project area for a period of 5 years after the period of one year i.e. 2009-10, one fifth of
the 50% loan shall be converted into grant each year after the year 2010-11 onwards. However, if this
distribution utility could only achieve AT&C loss figures of 30%, 40%, 30%, 15% and 20% in 1st, 2nd 3rd,
4th and 5th year respectively of the period in question, the year wise loan conversion into grant shall be
as follows:
2010-11

1st year: (60-30)/(60-15) i.e. 2/3 of Annual tranche (1/5 of 50% loan i.e. 10% of project cost)
shall be converted into grant.

2011-12

2nd year: (60-40)/(60-15) i.e. 4/9 of Annual tranche (1/5 of 50% loan i.e. 10% of project cost)
shall be converted into grant.

2012-13

3rd year: (60-30)/(60-15) i.e. 2/3 of Annual tranche (1/5 of 50% loan i.e. 10% of project cost)
shall be converted into grant.

2013-14

4th year: (60-15)/(60-15) i.e. full Annual tranche (1/5 of 50% loan i.e. 10% of project cost)
shall be converted into grant.

2014-15

5th year: (60-20)/(60-15) i.e. 8/9 of Annual tranche (1/5 of 50% loan i.e. 10% of project cost)
shall be converted into grant.

636

Chapter 18

Tariff based Competitivebidding Guidelines for

Transmission Service

Blank

638

TARIFF BASED COMPETITIVE-BIDDING GUIDELINES

FOR TRANSMISSION SERVICE
1. Preamble
Promotion of competition in the electricity industry in India is one of the key objectives of the
Electricity Act, 2003 (the Act). Development of a transmission system is essential both for encouraging
competition and for creating electricity markets. These guidelines are aimed at facilitating competition
in this sector through wider participation in providing transmission services and tariff determination
through a process of tariff based bidding.
Section 61 & 62 of the Act provide for tariff regulation and determination of tariff of generation,
transmission, wheeling and retail sale of electricity by the Appropriate Commission. Section 63 of the
Act states that
Notwithstanding anything contained in section 62, the Appropriate Commission shall adopt the
tariff if such tariff has been determined through transparent process of bidding in accordance with the
guidelines issued by the Central Government.
Tariff based Competitive Bidding Guidelines for Transmission Service and Guidelines for encouraging
competition in Development of Transmission Projects have been framed under the above provisions
of section 63 of the Act. The specific objectives of these guidelines are as follows:
Promote competitive procurement of transmission services.

2.

Encourage private investment in transmission lines.

Facilitate transparency and fairness in procurement processes;

Facilitate reduction of information asymmetries for various bidders;

Protect consumer interests by facilitating competitive conditions in procurement of

transmission services of electricity;

Enhance standardization and reduce ambiguity and hence time for materialization of projects;

Ensure compliance with standards, norms and codes for transmission lines while allowing
flexibility in operation to the transmission service providers.

Scope of the Guidelines

2.1. These guidelines are being issued under the provisions of Section 63 of the Electricity Act, 2003
for procurement of transmission services for transmission of electricity.
2.2. The guidelines shall apply for procurement of transmission services for transmission of electricity
through tariff based competitive bidding, through the mechanisms described in this notification
and to select transmission service provider for a new transmission line and to build, own, maintain
and operate the specified transmission system elements.
2.3. Transmission line has been defined in para 2(72) of the Electricity Act 2003 as all high pressure
cables and overhead lines( not being an essential part of the distribution system of a licensee)
transmitting electricity from a generating station to another generating station or a substation,
together with any step up and step down transformers, switch gear and other works necessary to
and used for the control of such cables or overhead lines, and such buildings or part thereof as
may be required to accommodate such transformers, switch gear and other works.
2.4. Procurement of transmission services would include all activities related to survey, detailed
project report formulation, arranging finance, project management, obtaining transmission license,
639

obtaining right of way, necessary clearances, site identification, land compensation, design,
engineering, equipment, material, construction, erection, testing and commissioning, maintenance
and operation of transmission lines and/or substations and/or switching stations and/or HVDC
links including terminal stations and HVDC transmission line. It will be in such a manner that the
required transmission services as specified in the bid document are provided by execution of the
project up to completion and commissioning and its subsequent maintenance and operation so
that the facilities are available as per the target availability for recovery of full transmission
charges fixed by the appropriate commission. For availability of transmission line below the
target, subject to para 2.5 below, transmission tariff payable to the TSP will be in accordance with
the appropriate regulation of the appropriate commission.
2.5. If the availability of the transmission line is below the norms prescribed by the CERC for six
consecutive months the procurer of transmission service or the billing and accounting agency or
the operator of the transmission system may seek revocation of transmission license as per the
procedure laid down under the Electricity Act 2003 and in accordance with rule 5 of Electricity
rules 2005.
3.

Bid Process Coordinator (BPC)

3.1. A Bid Process Coordinator, hereinafter referred to as BPC, would be responsible for coordinating
the bid process for procurement of required transmission services for each inter-state Transmission
Project to be implemented under tariff-based competitive bidding in accordance with these
guidelines.
3.2. For procurement of transmission services, required for any inter-state Transmission Project, the
Central Government shall notify any Central Government Organization/ Central Public Sector
Undertaking or its wholly owned subsidiary (Special Purpose Vehicle) to be the BPC. It will be
open for Ministry of Power to review the nomination of BPC at any time. For immediate
implementation of these guidelines the Empowered Committee constituted as per the provisions
of the Guidelines for encouraging competition in development of Transmission Projects will be
the BPC till any other organization is nominated as BPC by the Ministry of Power.
3.3. For procurement of transmission services required for intra-state transmission, the appropriate
State Government may notify any Organization/ State Public Sector Undertaking especially
engaged for this purpose by the appropriate state government or BPC notified by the Central
Government to be the BPC for the state.
3.4. All the expenditure incurred by the BPC in the process of selection of the investor in accordance
with the provisions of these guidelines shall be recovered from the developer who is finally
identified and assigned the task of developing that project. The amount to be recovered shall be
indicated in the RFP document so that bidders can take that amount into consideration in the
tariff to be quoted by them.
4.

Preparation for inviting bids

4.1. The BPC shall prepare the bid documentation in accordance with these guidelines and obtain
approval of the Appropriate Commission. Alternatively, the BPC can use the standard bidding
documents notified by Ministry of Power. Standard Bid Documents in accordance with these
guidelines will be notified by Ministry of Power within three months of the notification of these
guidelines. Approval of the Appropriate Commission would be necessary if any material deviation
is proposed to be made from the Standard Bid Documents.
4.2. Intimation shall be sent by the BPC to the Appropriate Commission about initiation of the bidding
process.
4.3. For location specific substations, switching stations or HVDC terminal or inverter stations the
640

5.
5.1.

5.2.
6.
6.1.

6.2.

BPC or its authorized representative should initiate the process of acquisition of land. The BPC or
its authorized representative will also initiate the process of seeking forest clearance, if required.
Transmission Service Provider (TSP)
The successful bidder shall be designated as the Transmission Service Provider (TSP), hereinafter
referred to as the TSP, after executing the TSA and acquiring the SPV. The TSP shall seek
transmission license from the appropriate Regulatory Commission, if it is not a deemed licensee.
The TSA shall be effective from the date of grant of license from the appropriate Regulatory
Commission.
The TSP would take-up execution of the Transmission Project so as to complete commission and
operationalise the transmission line as per the specified schedule in the TSA.
Recovery of Transmission Charges
Total charges for transmission of electricity by use of the transmission services provided by the
TSP(s) selected through the bidding process as per these guidelines, payable to the TSP, shall be
determined as specified in paras 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5 of these guidelines.
Recovery of transmission charges from the users of the transmission services such as State
supply utilities, distribution companies, generation companies, traders, bulk consumers, etc.,
shall be done as provided in these guidelines.

7. Transmission Charge Structure

7.1. For procurement of transmission services under these guidelines, transmission charges shall be
paid and settled for each payment period (not exceeding one month). A transmission charge for
providing transmission service and operation and maintenance required for the various
transmission elements shall form the basis for bidding and evaluation. Tariff structure will have
two components one scaleable and the other non-scaleable. The scaleable component shall not
be more than 15% of the non-scaleable component.
7.2. The BPC shall specify scheduled month of commercial operationalisation for the transmission
line required for the transmission service and invite bids for the transmission charge.
7.3. At the bid evaluation stage, ratio of minimum and maximum transmission charge (including both
the non-scaleable component and the scaleable component incorporating escalation as per index
being used for the purpose of evaluation) over the term of the license shall not be less than 0.7 to
avoid excessive front loading or back loading during the period of contract.
7.4. The bidders shall quote annual tariff payable after commissioning till expiry of license period and
the monthly tariff payable shall be annual tariff divided by 12.
7.5. Tariff shall be designated in Indian Rupees only. Foreign exchange risks, if any, shall be borne by
the provider of transmission service.
7.6. The bidder who has quoted the lowest levelised tariff as per evaluation procedure, shall be
considered for the award. The Evaluation Committee shall have the right to reject all price bids if
the rates quoted are not aligned to the prevailing prices.
8. Payment Security Mechanism
8.1. Adequate payment security shall be made available to the TSP by the user of transmission
services being provided by the TSP. The payment security may constitute:
(i) Letter of Credit (LC)
(ii) Letter of Credit (LC) backed by credible escrow mechanism.
9. Bidding Process
9.1. For the procurement of transmission services under these guidelines, BPC may at its option either
adopt a two-stage process featuring separate Request for Qualification (RFQ) and Request for
Proposal (RFP) or adopt a single stage two envelope tender process combining the RFP and RFQ
processes. The bid documents shall be prepared in accordance with para 4.1 of these guidelines.
641

9.2.

RFQ or combined RFQ and RFP notice should be published in at least two national newspapers,
website of the BPC and the appropriate Government and preferably in trade magazines also, so
as to accord it wide publicity. The bidding shall necessarily be by way of International
Competitive Bidding (ICB). For the purpose of issue of RFQ minimum conditions to be met by
the bidder shall be specified in the RFQ notice.

9.3.

BPC shall provide only written interpretation of the tender document to any bidder / participant
and the same shall be made available to all other bidders. All parties shall rely solely on written
communication and acceptances from the bidders.

9.4.

Standard documentation to be provided in the RFQ shall include,

9.4.1

Definition of requirements, including:

Brief description of the Project ;
Commissioning milestones to be achieved by the bidders;
Qualification requirements to be met by bidders including, minimum net-worth, internal
resource generation, etc with necessary proof of the same, as outlined in the bid documents;

9.4.2. The conditions as specified by the Appropriate Commission to be complied with by a person for
being eligible to obtain a transmission licence shall be necessary conditions for RFQ and will
be incorporated in the RFQ by BPC.
9.5.

RFP shall be issued to all bidders who have qualified at the RFQ stage. BPC may call a pre bid
conference with all the developers who have sought documents for RFP stage. In case the
bidders seek any deviations and BPC finds those deviations are reasonable, the BPC may agree
to such deviations. The clarification/revised-bidding document shall be given to all who had
sought the RFP document informing about the deviations and clarifications. Wherever revised
bidding documents are issued, the BPC shall provide bidders at least two months after issue of
such documents for submission of bids.

9.6.

Standard documentation to be provided by the BPC in the RFP shall include,

9.6.1. Specified target dates/months for commissioning and commercial operations and start of
providing the transmission services.
9.6.2. Proposed Transmission Service Agreement(TSA)
The TSP will enter into a Transmission Service Agreement (TSA) with the concerned utilities.
These may include the utilities falling in the region where the load is located, any intervening
region and the interregional transmission lines between the regions.
The bid document for the concerned project shall provide a draft of proposed TSA.
9.6.3. Required Period of validity of offer of bidder;
9.6.4. TSA proposed to be entered with the selected bidder. The TSA proposed in the RFP stage may
be amended based on the inputs received from bidders during the pre bid conference and it will
be made available to all RFP bidders. No further amendments shall be carried out in the TSA;
9.6.5. Bid evaluation methodology to be adopted by the BPC. The bids shall be evaluated based on
annual transmission charges for all components covered under the package as quoted by the
bidder.
9.6.6. The RFP shall also specify the Discount Factor (DF) that would be used for evaluation of bids.
9.6.7. The RFP will also specify the bid bond as well as the Contract Performance Guarantee that the
bidders will have to furnish.
642

9.6.8. The proposed indemnification agreement between the TSP and the utilities will also be provided
along with the RFP. This indemnification will be applicable to both the TSP and the utilities from
the zero date as specified in the RFP.
9.6.9. The RFP shall also specify the liquidated damages that would apply in event of delay in start of
providing the transmission services.
9.6.10. Other technical, operational and safety criteria to be met by bidder/TSP, including the provisions
of the technical standard specified by CEA, IEGC/State Grid Code, relevant orders of the
Appropriate Commission, etc., as applicable.
9.7.

Bid submission and evaluation

To ensure competitiveness, the minimum number of qualified bidders will be two.

9.8.

Bid evaluation committee: The Empowered Committee shall constitute a committee for evaluation
of the bids with at least one representative from CEA and not less than two representatives
from the concerned Regional Power Committees with at least one representative from every
concerned RPC and one independent member. The independent member shall have expertise in
financial matter/bid evaluation.

9.9.

The bids shall be opened in public and representatives of bidders shall be allowed to remain
present.

9.10. The technical bids shall be examined to ensure that the bids submitted meet minimum eligibility
criteria set out in the bid documents on all technical evaluation parameters. Only the bids that
meet all elements of the minimum technical criteria set out in the bid documents shall be
considered for further evaluation on the transmission charges bids.
9.11. The transmission charge bid shall be rejected if it contains any deviation from the bid documents
for submission of the same.
9.12.

The bidder who has quoted lowest levelised transmission charge as per evaluation procedure
shall be considered for the award.

10.

Arbitration

10.1. In case of any dispute regarding TSA or tariff, the same will be subject to jurisdiction of the
appropriate Regulatory Commission under the provisions of the Electricity Act 2003.
11.

Time Table for Bid Process

11.1. A suggested time-table for the bid process is indicated below. The BPC may give extended
time-frame indicated herein and such alterations shall not be construed to be deviation from
these guidelines.
Event

Elapsed Time
from Zero date

Publication of RFQ

Zero date

Submission of Responses of RFQ

Short listing based on responses and issuance of RFP
Bid clarification, conferences, Final clarification and revision of RFP
Technical and price bid submission
Short listing of bidder and issue of LOI
Signing of Agreements

45 days
75 days
90 days
180 days
210 days
240 days

643

11.2. A suggested time-table for the Single stage two envelope bid process is indicated below. The
procurer may give extended time-frame indicated herein based on the prevailing circumstances
andsuch alterations shall not be construed to be deviation from these guidelines.
Event

Elapsed Time
from Zero date

Publication of RFP

Zero date

Bid clarification, conferences etc. & revision of RFP

60 days

Technical and price bid submission

120 days

Short-listing of bidder and issue of LOI

150 days

Signing of Agreements

180 days

12. Contract award and conclusion

12.1. After selection and issue of LOI from the BPC, the selected bidder shall acquire the SPV created
for the Project to become TSP and sign the TSA, if not already signed by the SPV, in accordance
with the terms and conditions as finalized in the bid document. The TSA will be effective only
upon grant of transmission license from the Appropriate Commission.
12.2. The TSP shall make an application for grant of transmission license to the Appropriate
Commission within one month of issuance of LOI or signing of TSA, whichever is later.
12.3

The BPC shall make the final result of evaluation of all bids public.

12.4. The final TSA along with the certification by the Bid Evaluation Committee shall be forwarded
to the Appropriate Commission for adoption of tariffs in terms of Section 63 of the Act.

644

Chapter 19

Guidelines for Encouraging

Competition in
Development of
Transmission System

645

646

GUIDELINES FOR ENCOURAGING COMPETITION IN

DEVELOPMENT OF TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
1.

The Electricity Act, 2003 envisages competition in transmission and has provisions for grant of
transmission licenses by the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (CERC) as well as State
Electricity Regulatory Commissions (SERCs).

2.

The National Electricity Policy notified on 12th February, 2005 inter-alia states that
5.3.1 The Transmission System requires adequate and timely investments and also
efficient and coordinated action to develop a robust and integrated power system for the
country.
5.3.2

Keeping in view the massive increase planned in generation and also for development of
power market, there is need for adequately augmenting transmission capacity..

5.3.10 Special mechanisms would be created to encourage private investment in transmission

sector so that sufficient investments are made for achieving the objective of demand to be
fully met by 2012.
5.8.1

Considering the magnitude of the expansion of the sector required, a sizeable part of the
investments will also need to be brought in from the private sector. The Act creates a
conducive environment for investments in all segments of the industry, both for public
sector and private sector, by removing barrier to entry in different segments. Section 63 of
the Act provides for participation of suppliers on competitive basis in different segments
which will further encourage private sector investment.

3.

In order to facilitate the smooth and rapid development of transmission capacity in the country as
envisaged in the National Electricity Policy, some transmission projects will be identified for tariff
based competitive bidding, in which Private Investors and Transmission Utilities, both Central
and State, can participate.

4.

These guidelines will be reviewed from time to time with the ultimate aim of developing all
transmission projects in an efficient and economical manner.

PERSPECTIVE, SHORT TERM AND NETWORK PLANS

5.

Central Transmission Utility (CTU) has to discharge all functions of planning and coordination
relating to inter state transmission system according to section 38(2) (b) of the Electricity Act
2003. According to section 38(2) (c) of the Act, the CTU has to ensure the development of an
efficient, coordinated and economical system of inter state transmission lines for smooth flow of
electricity from generating stations to load centers.

6.

According to Section 73(a) of the Act, the Central Electricity Authority (CEA) has to
advise the Central Government on the matters relating to the national electricity policy,
formulate short-term and perspective plans for development of the electricity system and coordinate the activities of the planning agencies for the optimal utilization of resources to subserve
the interests of the national economy and to provide reliable and affordable electricity for all
consumers.

7.

According to Section 3 subsection 4 of the Electricity Act, the CEA has to prepare the National
Electricity Plan in accordance with the National Electricity Policy.
647

8.

Para 3.2 of the National Electricity Policy provides the CEA shall prepare short term and perspective
plan. The National Electricity Plan would be for a short- term framework of five years while giving
a 15 year perspective. Para 3.4 of the National Electricity Policy also provides the National
Electricity Plan for the ongoing 10th Plan period and the 11th Plan and Perspective Plan for the 10th,
11th and 12th Plan periods would be prepared and notified after reviewing and revising the existing
Power Plan prepared by CEA.

9.

According to the National Electricity Policy the Central Transmission Utility (CTU) and State
Transmission Utility (STU) have the key responsibility of network planning and development
based on the National Electricity Plan in coordination with all concerned agencies as provided in
the Act. Section 38(2) of the Electricity Act, inter alia, provides the following:

The functions of the Central Transmission Utility shall be

a.

To undertake transmission of electricity through inter-State transmission system;

b.

To discharge all functions of planning and co-ordination relating to inter-state transmission

system with
1. State Transmission Utilities;
2. Central Government;
3. State Governments;
4. Generating companies;
5. Regional Power Committees;
6. Authority;
7. Licensees;
8. Any other person notified by the Central Government in this behalf

The Network Plan will be prepared as per the above provisions of the Electricity Act and the National
Electricity Policy.
10. In view of the above the following plans will be prepared:

Perspective Plan for three five year plan periods will be prepared by CEA.

Short Term Plan corresponding with one five year plan period will be prepared by CEA.
Both these plans form part of the National Electricity Plan.

Network Plan will be prepared by the CTU based upon the National Electricity Plan.

The Network Plan, Short Term Plan and the Perspective Plan will be hosted on the websites of the
respective organizations, entrusted with the task of formulation of these plans.
11. The Network plan will be reviewed and updated as and when required but not later than once a
year. The Network Plan would include the projects for new lines and substations, strengthening
and up gradation of the existing lines and interregional transmission lines. The Network Plan will
clearly identify the scope of the project, broad parameters such as design specifications including
Voltage level, Line and conductor configuration etc., length of transmission line and probable
location of substation or converter station of HVDC transmission lines.
12. If any developer proposes to construct a transmission line, not being a dedicated transmission
line (as defined in the Electricity Act 2003) and not included in the Network Plan, the same will be
constructed after being included in the Network Plan by the CTU on the basis of necessary data
such as required load flow study and other relevant studies. If such studies have not been done
then these will be undertaken by the CTU, the cost for which will be borne by the developer.
648

EMPOWERED COMMITTEE
13. An Empowered Committee will be constituted by the Ministry of Power. The Committee will be
chaired by a Member of the CERC, to be nominated by the Chairman, CERC. It shall have both
Member (Power System) and Member (E&C) from the CEA as members. Besides the above, the
Committee shall have representatives from the Ministry of Power, the Planning Commission, the
CTU* and two experts from the power sector to be nominated by the Ministry of Power.
14. The functions of the Empowered Committee will be the following:
a)

To identify projects to be developed under this Scheme.

b) To facilitate evaluation of bids.

e)

To facilitate development of projects under this Scheme.

15. The secretarial assistance for the Empowered Committee will be provided by the Central Electricity
Authority.
IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECTS
16. Identification of projects under this Scheme will be done in such a way that it results in a balanced
mix of both difficult and less difficult projects. The nature of the terrain and issues relating to right
of way, land area to be acquired and issues involved in environment and forest clearances would
be material factors in relation to difficult or less difficult projects.
PROJECT FORMULATION
17. Once the Perspective plan, covering three five year plans, the Short Term Plan and the Network
Plan have been prepared; some of these projects will be identified as projects to be covered under
this scheme for competitive bidding. In order to attract private investment in the transmission
sector, it is very important to be able to make available all the information to the stakeholders,
regarding new projects and their technical and other specifications. These identified projects
would then need to be formulated with adequate details to enable competitive bidding to take
place. Project Profile (PP) for these projects shall be prepared. The Project Profile (PP) must
contain relevant data regarding the line i.e voltage level, line configuration ie S/C or D/C, approximate
route length, conductor type and conductor configuration etc and location and specifications of
the substations or converter stations. In addition, information regarding the type of terrain likely
to be encountered and its likely implication in terms of Right of Way (ROW), statutory clearances
and land area to be acquired for the substation or converter station, in case of HVDC line, will be
made available. This task of preparation of Project Profile (PP) can be given to any government
agency or to a consultant. The cost incurred on project formulation will be recovered from the
agency that finally undertakes the implementation of the project.
18. Central Transmission Utilities (CTU)/ Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) will fund the formulation of
projects and preparation of Project Profile (PP). CTU/SPV, as the case may be, will recover this
amount from the agency that implements the project as indicated in para 17 supra.
SELECTION OF DEVELOPER
19. The selection of developer for identified projects would be through tariff based bidding for
transmission services according to the guidelines issued by the Ministry Of Power under section
63 of the Electricity Act, 2003. CTU/STUs and Joint Venture Companies will also be eligible to bid,
so that there is sufficient competition among the bidders.

649

LICENSE FOR TRANSMISSION

20. Along with the recommendation of selection by the Bid Evaluation Committee, the selected
developer shall approach the Appropriate Commission, within a period of 30 days, for grant of
transmission license. If it fails to apply for license within thirty days then it will be liable for
cancellation of its selection. Cancellation of selection as provided above will be done by the
Empowered Committee only after giving the selected private company an opportunity to be
heard.
PAYMENT OF TRANSMISSION CHARGES
21. A Transmission Service Agreement (TSA) will be signed among the SPV and the concerned
utilities for payment of the transmission charges finalized on the basis of competitive bidding.
TSA will come in force after a license is granted to the developer, if not a deemed licensee.
22. TSA shall, inter alia, include an arrangement for payment security, which will consist of revolving
letter of credit of required amount and escrow arrangement.
23. Regional Load Dispatch Centre (RLDC) will assist the developer in case there is any default in
payment by any utility/licensee. For this transmission services could be regulated if transmission
charges become overdue from any utility/consumer.
STATE TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
24. As far as intra state projects are concerned the state governments may adopt these guidelines
and may constitute similar committees for facilitation of transmission projects within the state.
MONITORING OF THE PROJECTS
25. To ensure the timely completion of the transmission projects by the successful bidder, the Central
Electricity Authority shall monitor the progress of the execution of the project as per the conditions
of the license issued by the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission.

650

Chapter 20

Revised Mega Power

Project Policy

652

No.A-118/2003-IPC
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhavan, New Delhi
Dated 14th December 2009

OFFICE MEMORANDUM

Subject: Revised Mega Power Project Policy.

Policy guidelines for setting up of mega power projects were last revised and issued vide this
Ministrys letter of even number dated 2nd August, 2006. The Government of India has modified the
Mega Power Policy to smoothen the procedures further. The modified Mega Power Policy is as
follows:
(i) The power projects with the following threshold capacity shall be eligible for the benefit of mega
power policy:
(a) A thermal power plant of capacity 1000 MW or more; or
(b) A thermal power plant of capacity of 700 MW or more located in the States of J&K,
Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Meghalaya, Manipur, Mizoram, Nagaland
and Tripura or
(c) A hydel power plant of capacity of 500 MW or more
(d) A hydel power plant of a capacity of 350 MW or more, located in the States of J&K,
Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Meghalaya, Manipur, Mizoram, Nagaland
and Tripura;
(e) Government has decided to extend mega policy benefits to brownfield (expansion) projects
also. In case of brownfield (expansion) phase of the existing mega project, size of the
expansion unit(s) would not be not less than that provided in the earlier phase of the project
granted mega power project certificate.
(ii) Mandatory condition of Inter-State sale of power for getting mega power status has been
removed.
(iii) Goods required for setting up a mega power project, would qualify for the fiscal benefits after it
is certified by an officer not below the rank of a Joint Secretary to the Govt. of India in the
Ministry of Power that (i) the power purchasing States have constituted the Regulatory
Commissions with full powers to fix tariffs and (ii) power purchasing states shall undertake to
carry out distribution reforms as laid down by Ministry of Power.
(iv) Mega Power Projects would be required to tie up power supply to the distribution companies/
utilities through long term PPA(s) in accordance with the National Electricity Policy 2005 and
Tariff Policy 2006, as amended from time to time, of Government of India.
(v) There shall be no further requirement of ICB for procurement of equipment for mega projects if
the requisite quantum of power has been tied up or the project has been awarded through tariff
based competitive bidding as the requirements of ICB for the purpose of availing deemed export
benefits under Chapter 8 of the Foreign Trade Policy would be presumed to have been satisfied.
In all other cases, ICB for equipments shall be mandatory.
653

(vi) The present dispensation of 15% price preference available to the domestic bidders in case of
cost plus projects of PSUs would continue. However, the price preference will not apply to tariff
based competitively bid project/s of PSUs.
3.

This issues with the approval of Secretary (Power)

Sd/(Puneet K Goel)
Director (IPC)

To
Principal Secretary/Secretary(Energy) of all States/UTs.
Copy to : i) Chairman, CEA., ii) CMDs of all PSUs of MOP
Copy for information to:PS to MOP / PS to MOS (P) / PS to Secretary(P) / Sr. PPS to AS(AK) / PPS to
AS(GBP) / All Joint Secretaries/Directors in the Ministry of Power, Dir(PIB), MOP.
Copy also to Cabinet Secretariat, New Delhi.
Copy for putting on website of Ministry of Power to NIC, MOP.
Sd/(Puneet K Goel)
Director (IPC)

654

Chapter 21

Concept of Ultra Mega

Power Porjects (UMPPs)

655

Blank

656

CONCEPT OF ULTRA MEGA POWER PROJECTS (UMPPS)

1.1 For meeting the growing needs of the economy, generation capacity is to double itself in every
ten years in next three decades at least. As such there is need to develop large capacity projects
at the national level to meet the requirement of different States. Development of Ultra Mega
Power Projects (UMPPs) is one step in that direction. The projects will substantially reduce
power shortages in the country. The Central Government has accordingly taken the initiative for
facilitating the development of Ultra Mega Power Projects of about 4,000 MW capacity each
under tariff based competitive bidding route using super critical technology on build, own and
operate basis. Central Electricity Authority (CEA) is the Technical partner and Power Finance
Corporation (PFC) has been appointed as the Nodal Agency. Following are the objectives of this
intiative:

Accelerated capacity addition programme has been launched to meet the objective of
eliminating shortages and creation of spinning reserve in the system as mentioned in the
National Electricity Policy. Large size projects being envisaged under the initiative would
help in creation of required capacities to overcome energy and peaking shortages and to
sustain this momentum in 12th Plan and beyond.
The tariff from large size generation projects would have the benefit of economies
of scale and thus the cost of electricity generated from these projects is expected to be
reasonable.
With mitigation of risks relating to tie up of land, fuel, water and other statutory clearances
envisaged in the initiative, time for completion of these projects is expected to reduce
considerably and the expected competition should result in lower tariff of electricity from
these projects.
The size of these projects being large, they will meet the power needs of a number of States
through transmission of power on regional and national grids. Several rounds of discussions
have been held with States who have agreed to support Ultra Mega Power Projects.
Experience of this initiative has facilitated development of State specific projects in the
range of 1,000 2, 000 MW through competition on similar lines.

2.

Project Locations

2.1.1 In view of the inadequate availability of gas for gas based power projects in the near future
and the constraints in stepping up domestic coal production rapidly there has been a consensus
that power project developers be given captive coal mining blocks to develop pithead projects.
Whereas, the coastal projects are to be developed using imported coal.
2.1.2 Initially, through a preliminary scrutiny by CEA/State agencies, a number of potential sites
were identified in the country. In the first phase, four projects at pithead sites and five
projects at coastal locations were proposed for development of Ultra Mega Power Projects.
The originally identified locations are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Sasan in Madhya Pradesh

Mundra in Gujarat
Krishnapatnam in Andhra Pradesh
Surguja district in Chhattisgarh
Cheyyur in Tamil Nadu
Sundergarh District in Orissa
Tilaiya in Jharkhand.
Karnataka
Maharashtra
657

2.1.2. Subsequently, with the request of the State Governments, few more additional projects have
been taken up and work regarding the finalisation of site, water tie up and other clearances are
being chalked out by CEA and PFC. These projects are:
1.
2.
3.
3.

First Additional UMPP in Orissa

Second Additional UMPP in Orissa
Second UMPP in Andhra Pradesh

4.
5.
6.

Second UMPP in Tamil Nadu

Second UMPP in Gujarat
Second UMPP in Jharkhand

Bidding Process

3.1.1 Guidelines on competitive bidding for determination of tariff for procurement of power by
distribution licencees framed under the provisions of the Electricity Act stipulate that tariff
based bidding can be invited by distribution utilities or their authorized representative. This
concept of authorized representative has been forming part of Standard Bidding Document as
well.
3.1.2 Further, Competitive Bidding Guidelines provide that a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) may be
constituted for this purpose for carrying out the bidding process. SPV shall be a company
established under the Companies Act 1956, authorized by the distribution licensee(s) to
perform all tasks for carrying out the bidding process in accordance with the Guidelines. The
distribution licensee(s) may also entrust initial project preparation activities (proposed to be
undertaken before completion of the bid process) to the SPV. The SPV would be transferred to
the successful bidder selected pursuant to the bid process.
3.1.3.

It has been decided by the Government that at any point of time the bidding company,
bidding consortium including its parent, affiliate or ultimate parent or any group company
of all or any of the above will not have more than three UMPPs at pre-commissioning stage.
Accordingly, the developer could bid for the next UMPP only after all the units of one of the
three UMPPs have achieved COD. This condition would need to be met thirty days prior to
the RfP bid submission date as originally stipulated at the time of issuance of the RfP,
irrespective of whether the RfP bid submission date is subsequently extended.

3.2

Two Stage Bidding Process

3.2.1 For the purpose of selection of a developer, a two stage selection process has been adopted.
The first stage of bidding will involve Request for Qualification (RfQ) containing qualifying
criteria for selection of bidders to participate in the second stage. The second stage of
bidding will invite Request for Proposals (RfP) from the qualified bidders. The bids are evaluated
by the SPVs with the help of appointed Consultants and Evaluation Committees consisting of
representatives of CEA, PFC, Procurers, and headed by Head of any FI/banks or an eminent
personality. Here it may be noted that the RfQ and RfP documents are in line with the standard
bidding document issued by the Ministry of Power.
3.3

Timelines for Completion of Bidding Process

3.3.1 According to the amendment to the guidelines for determination of tariff by bidding
process for procurement of power by distribution licencees issued on 27th September 2007, in
the two stage bid process (i) a minimum period of 45 days shall be allowed between the
publication of RfQ and last date of submission of responses to RfQ and (ii) a minimum
period of 150 days shall be allowed between the issuance of RfP and the last date of RfP bid
submission.
3.3.2 Further on the basis of experience, the bidding guidelines mandate completion of definite
milestones before successive bidding stages are taken up. For example, the guidelines now
require that section 4 notification for land acquisition and rapid EIA report, water linkage and
658

fuel arrangements (for pithead projects) should be available before publication of RfQ. Similarly,
it is required that section 6 notification for land acquisition, availability of hydrological,
geological, metrological, seismological data for preparation of DPR and submission of proposal
for environmental clearance to final approving authority should have been completed before
issue of RfP. In normal circumstances, the bid process is likely to be completed in a period of
270 days. The entire bid process is transparent and conducted through active participation of
the bidders through Pre-bid Conferences.
4.

Role of States

4.1

From the initial step to the final commissioning of the UMPPs, the role of concerned State
Governments is of immense importance. In fact, no major activity can be started without a
clear identification of a suitable site by the State Government concerned.
Right from site identification, the host State and the other power procuring States are required
to continue to play a highly pro-active role. In particular, some of the activities in which the
concerned States are required to play a decisive role include finalization of site, land acquisition
process, facilitate studies at site, facilitate obtaining state level environment and other
clearances implementation of the R&R Plan, provide authorization to the PFC/SPV to carry out
the bidding process on behalf of the distribution utilities, participate through its representatives
in various committees set up for undertaking the competitive bidding process, facilitate signing
of the Power Purchase Agreement, ensure proper payment security mechanism with the
distribution utilities etc.

4.2

5.

Role of the Ministry of Power

5.1

The Ministry of Power is playing a crucial role for the development of the UMPPs by
coordinating between various concerned Ministries/Agencies of the Central Government,
and with various State Governments/Agencies. Some of the key areas requiring the Ministry
of Powers intervention include

Coordination with Central Ministries/Agencies for ensuring:
o Coal block allotment/coal linkage
o Environment/forest clearances
o Water linkage

Required support from State Governments and their agencies.

Working out allocation of power to different States from UMPPs in consultation with the
States.

Facilitating PPA and proper payment security mechanism with State Governments/State
Utilities.

Monitoring the progress of the SPVs with respect to predetermined timelines.

6.

Empowered Group of Ministers (EGoM)

6.1.

An Empowered Group of Ministers (EGoM) has been constituted by the Government

for facilitating expeditious decisions in all matters concerning Ultra Mega Power
Projects.

7.
7.1

Payment Security Mechanism

For payment security mechanism, in the PPA provision is being made for:
Letter of credit (LC) by distribution utilities
Escrow on the receivables of distribution utilities
In the event of default by any procurer:
Other procurers have the first right to buy share of power for which payment default has
occurred

7.2

659

In case of unwillingness of other procurers to buy such default power, the same can be
sold by the developer through prevailing open access in transmission either directly or
through traders
If any further share of power is still unsold, direct supply to HT consumers as per
provisions of the Electricity Act, 2003 is allowed.

8.

The Concept of Shell Companies (SPVs) and its Operationalisation

8.1

In order to enhance investor confidence, reduce risk perception and get good responses to
competitive bidding, it was deemed necessary to create a project specific SPV and get it to tie
up necessary inputs and clearances such as provision of site, fuel through captive mining
blocks, water and in principle environment and forest clearances. In addition, shell companies
would also be responsible for tying up necessary inputs from the likely buyers of power and
facilitate tying up of power off takes from these projects. In short, the preliminary project
development activities including tie up of various inputs / clearances are to be carried out by
the respective SPVs. These SPVs, alongwith the various clearances, tie ups, etc. are
subsequently transferred to the selected project developer. Some of the main activities
undertaken by the SPVs are:
Appointment of Consultants to undertake preparation of Project Report, preparation
of Rapid Environment Impact Assessment Report and to conduct other studies as
required etc.

To finalise RfQ/ RfP documents in consultation with States / bidders

To carry out RfQ/ RfP process and award of project

Acquisition of land for the project as per requirement of bidding guidelines

Obtaining allocation of Coal blocks for pit-head projects

Getting clearance regarding allocation of water by the State Govt. for pit-head locations

Approval for use of sea water from Maritime Board/ other Govt. Agencies for coastal
locations

Obtain/initiate environment and forest, clearances etc. as per requirement of Bidding
Guidelines.

Obtaining geological reports/ other related data from CMPDI for the coal blocks.

Signing of Power Purchase Agreements with Procurers.

8.2

So far, following SPVs have been established:(i)

Sasan Power Limited for the project at Sasan, Madhya Pradesh.
(ii) Chhattisgarh Surguja Power Limited for the project in district Surguja in Chhattisgarh.
(iii) Coastal Gujarat Power Limited for the project at Mundra in Gujarat.
(iv) Coastal Karnataka Power Limited for the project in Karnataka.
(v) Coastal Maharashtra Mega Power Project Limited for the project in Maharashtra.
(vi) Coastal Andhra Power Ltd. for the project at Krishnapatnam, Andhra Pradesh.
(vii) Coastal Tamil Nadu Power Limited for the project at Cheyyur in Tamil Nadu.
(viii) Orissa Integrated Power Limited for the project at Sundergarh District in Orissa.
(ix) Jharkhand Integrated Power Limited for the project near Tilaiya dam in Jharkhand.
(x) Tatiya Andhra Mega Power Ltd. for Second UMPP in Andhra Pradesh.
(xi) Ghogarpalli Integrated Power Company Ltd. for First Additional UMPP in Orissa.
(xii) Sakhigopal Integrated Power Company Ltd. for Second Additional UMPP in Orissa.

Achievement

9.1

Four UMPPs namely Sasan in Madhya Pradesh, Mundra in Gujarat, Krishnapatnam in

Andhra Pradesh and Tilaiya in Jharkhand have already been transferred to the successful
bidder so far.
660

Chapter 22

Notification on Operationalisation
of Power System Operation
Corporation Limted (POSOCO)
(dated 27.9.2010)

661

Blank

662

[Published in Part II, Section 3, sub-section (ii)

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF POWER

NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 27 th September, 2010
S.O. 2342(E). In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (3) of section 26 and subsection (2) of section 27 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (36 of 2003), the Central Government hereby
notifies that the Power System Operation Corporation Limited, having its registered office at B-9,
Qutub Institutional Area, Katwaria Sarai, New Delhi-110016, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Power
Grid Corporation of India Limited (a Government company) shall operate, with effect from 1st October,
2010,
(i) National Load Despatch Centre, New Delhi;
(ii) Northern Regional Load Despatch Centre, New Delhi
(iii) Eastern Regional Load Despatch Centre, Kolkata;
(iv) Western Regional Load Despatch Centre, Mumbai;
(v) Southern Regional Load Despatch Centre, Bengaluru; and
(vi) North-Eastern Regional Load Despatch Centre, Shillong.
[F. No. 23/13/2010-R&R]
PRANAY KUMAR, Director

663

Blank

664

Chapter 23

Rajiv Gandhi Grameen

Vidyutikaran Yojana
Scheme

666

File No. 44/37/07-D(RE)

Govt. of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan,
Rafi Marg,
New Delhi-110001
Dated 6th February, 2008

Order
Subject: Continuation of Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana in the XI Plan Scheme of
Rural Electricity Infrastructure and Household Electrification.
Sanction of the President is conveyed for continuation of Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran
Yojana Scheme of Rural Electricity Infrastructure and Household Electrification, Scheme in the XIPlan for attaining the goal of providing access to electricity to all households, electrification of about
1.15 lakh un-electrified villages and electricity connections to 2.34 crore BPL households by 2009.
The approval has been accorded for capital subsidy of Rs.28000 crore during the Eleventh Plan
period, at this stage. This is in continuation of Office Memorandum No. 44/19/2004-D(RE) dated 18th
March 2005.
2.

Rural Electrification Corporation (REC) would be the nodal agency for the scheme.

3.

Ninety per cent capital subsidy would be provided towards overall cost of the projects under
the scheme, excluding the amount of state or local taxes, which will be borne by the concerned
State/State Utility. 10% of the project cost would be contributed by states through own resources/
loan from financial institutions.

4.

The states will finalize their Rural Electrification Plans in consultation with Ministry of Power
and notify the same within six months. Rural Electrification Plan will be a roadmap for generation,
transmission, sub-transmission and distribution of electricity in the state which will ensure the
achievement of objectives of the scheme.

5.

For projects to be eligible for capital subsidy under the scheme, prior commitment of the States
would also be obtained before sanction of projects under the scheme for:

6.

i.

Guarantee by State Government for a minimum daily supply of 6-8 hours of electricity in the
RGGVY network with the assurance of meeting any deficit in this context by supplying
electricity at subsidized tariff as required under the Electricity Act, 2003.

ii.

deployment of franchisees for the management of rural distribution in projects financed

under the scheme and to undertake steps necessary to operationalize the scheme.

SCOPE OF THE SCHEME

Under the scheme, projects could be financed with capital subsidy for provision of:

6.1 Rural Electricity Distribution Backbone (REDB)

Provision of 33/11 KV (or 66/11 KV) sub-stations of adequate capacity and lines in blocks where
these do not exist.
6.2 Creation of Village Electrification Infrastructure (VEI)
i) Electrification of un-electrified villages.
ii) Electrification of un-electrified habitations with a population of above 100.
iii) Provision of distribution transformers of appropriate capacity in electrified villages /
habitation(s).
667

6.3 Decentralized Distributed Generation (DDG) and Supply

Decentralized distribution-cum-generation from conventional or renewable or non-conventional
sources such as biomass, bio fuel, bio gas, mini hydro, geo thermal and solar etc. for villages
where grid connectivity is either not feasible or not cost effective. The funding will be on the
pattern of 90% subsidy from Government of India and 10% loan from REC or from own funds of
the state/loan from financial institutions. The Monitoring Committee on RGGVY, while sanctioning
DDG projects under RGGVY, shall coordinate with MNRE to avoid any overlap. The provision
for subsidy requirement for DDG is Rs.540 crore.
6.4 REDB, VEI and DDG would indirectly facilitate power requirement of agriculture and other
activities including irrigation pump sets, small and medium industries, khadi and village industries,
cold chains, healthcare, education and IT etc. This would facilitate overall rural development,
employment generation and poverty alleviation.
6.5 Rural Household Electrification of Below Poverty Line Households:
i)

BPL households will be provided free electricity connections. The rate of reimbursement
for providing free connections to BPL households would be Rs.2200 per household.

ii)

Households above poverty line would be paying for their connections at prescribed
connection charges and no subsidy would be available for this purpose.

iii) Wherever SC/ST population exists amongst BPL households and subject to being eligible
otherwise, they will be provided connection free of cost and a separate record will be kept
for such connection.
6.6 The over-all subsidy of components from Paras 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.5 taken together should be
kept within 90% of the over-all project cost.
7.

Implementation of a three-tier quality monitoring mechanism

The projects under the scheme will be subject to Quality Monitoring Mechanism. The details of
the Three Tier Quality Control Mechanism at Annexe-I.

8.

Service Charges/Fees

a.

The State Utilities and Central Public Sector Undertakings will be provided 8% and 9%
respectively of the project cost as charges for implementing the scheme and also for meeting
additional expenditure on compulsory third party monitoring at the first tier of the Quality
Control Mechanism.

b.

Rural Electrification Corporation Limited (REC) will be given 1% of the project cost as the fee for
establishing frameworks for implementation, meeting the scheme related expenditure, appraisal
and evaluation both at pre-award and post award stage, monitoring and complete supervision of
the programme from concept to completion of the scheme and for quality control of projects at
second tier (REC Quality Monitors) of the Quality Control Mechanism.

c.

For supporting activities and Quality Monitoring at Third Tier (National Quality Monitors) to be
undertaken by Ministry of Power, a provision of 1% of the outlay would be kept. The supporting
activities would be in the nature of capacity building, awareness and other administrative and
associated expenses, franchisee development and undertaking of pilot studies and projects
complementary to the rural electrification scheme.

668

9.

Monitoring Committee
The Monitoring Committee constituted by the Ministry of Power under the Chairmanship of
Secretary (Power), Government of India will sanction the projects, including revised cost
estimates, monitor and review the implementation of the scheme in addition to issuing necessary
guidelines from time to time for effective implementation of the scheme.

10. Cost Norms

The cost norms for village electrification are as in Annexe-II. 90% grant will not be applicable to
the amount of state or local taxes, which will have to be borne by the concerned State / State
Utility. They would be released by the Monitoring Committee in exceptional cases to be analyzed
for border area, remote districts etc.
11. Franchisees
The management of rural distribution would be through franchisees who could be NonGovernmental Organisations (NGOs), Users Association, Panchayat Institutions, Cooperatives
or individual entrepreneurs. The franchisee arrangement could be for system beyond and
including feeders from sub-station or from and including Distribution Transformer(s). The
franchisee should be preferably input based to reduce AT&C losses so as to make the system
revenue sustainable.
12. Revenue Sustainability
Based on the consumer mix and the prevailing consumer tariff and likely load, the Bulk Supply
Tariff (BST) for the franchisee would be determined after ensuring commercial viability of the
franchisee. Wherever feasible, bidding may be attempted for determining the BST. This Bulk
Supply Tariff would be fully factored into the submissions of the State Utilities to the State
Electricity Regulatory Commissions (SERCs) for their revenue requirements and tariff
determination. The State Government under the Electricity Act is required to provide the requisite
revenue subsidies to the State Utilities if it would like tariff for any category of consumers to be
lower that the tariff determined by the SERC. While administering the scheme, prior commitments
may be taken from the State Government regarding.
a.

Determination of bulk supply tariff for franchisees in a manner that ensures their commercial
viability.

b.

Provision of requisite revenue subsidy by the State Government to the State Utilities as
required under the Electricity Act.

13. The capital subsidy for eligible projects under the scheme would be given through REC. These
eligible projects shall be implemented fulfilling the conditionalities indicated above at Paras No.
4,5,7,11 & 12. In the event the projects are not implemented satisfactorily in accordance with the
conditionalities indicated above, the capital subsidy would be converted into interest bearing
loans.
14. The services of Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) have been offered to the states for
assisting them in the execution of Rural Electrification Projects as per their willingness and
requirement. With a view to augment the implementation capacities for the programme, REC has
entered into Memorandum of Understanding (MOUs) with NTPC, POWERGRID, NHPC and
DVC to make available CPSUs project management expertise and capabilities to states wishing
to use their services.This is being operationalised through a suitable Tripartite / Quadripartite
Agreement.

669

15. The expenditure involved on above scheme would be debitable to the following Head under
Grant No. 72. Ministry of Power for the year 2007-08 and corresponding head of account for the
subsequent years:
2801 Power (Major Head)
06 Rural Electrification (Sub-Major Head)
06.800 Other Expenditure (Minor Head)
03 Rural Electrification Corporation ? for Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana
03.00.33 Subsidies
16. This issues with the concurrence of Finance Wing vide their diary No. 499/Fin/08 dated the 24th
January 2008.

(Devender Singh)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
To
1.
2.
3.
4.

Chief Secretaries of all States

Secretary (Power Energy) of all States
Chairman of all State Utilities
Chaiman & Managing Director, REC, SCOPE Complex, New Delhi
Annexure-I of Order dated 06.02.2008

ANNEX-I

670

A THREE TIER QUALITY CONTROL MECHANISM UNDER RGGVY

1.

a.

First Tier

Project implementing agency (PIA) would be responsible for the first tier of the
Quality Control Structure. Further PIA will engage third party inspection agency, whose
responsibility will be to ensure that all the materials to be utilized and the workmanship confirm
to the prescribed specifications. It will be synchronized with phased release of funds under
RGGVY and inspection and proof of corrective action will be mandatory requirement for release
of funds. This inspection will cover approx. 50% villages on random sample basis for each
project.
b.

Second Tier
Rural Electrification Corporation, will get the inspection done of the works/materials from its
non-field staff and by outsourcing it. REC may outsource it to retired employees of State
Electricity Boards/State Utilities/ CPSUs. All such reports should be organized and analyzed by
REC through the project implementation. These individuals would be designated as REC Quality
Monitors (RQM).
The inspection will cover quality checks at pre-shipment stage at the vendors outlet of major
materials and 10% villages on random sample basis.

c.

Third Tier
Independent Evaluators (Individuals /Agency) will be engaged by the Ministry of Power for
evaluation, at random, of supply and erection under the programme. These persons would be
designated as National Quality Monitors (NQM). It will be the responsibility of the state to
facilitate the inspection of works by the NQM, who shall be given free access to all administrative,
technical and financial records. Evaluation will cover 1% villages. They shall also report on the
general functioning of the Quality Control mechanism in the District.

2.

The Monitors shall submit their report to the Ministry. The reports of the NQMs will be sent by
REC to the RQM for appropriate action within a period to be specified. In case quality check by
RQM or NQM reveals unsatisfactory work, the implementing agency shall ensure that the
contractor replace the material or rectifies the workmanship (as the case may be) within the time
period stipulated. In respect of NQM Reports, the REC Quality Coordinator shall, each month,
report on the action taken on each of the pending Reports. All works rated unsatisfactory shall
be re-inspected by RQM or NQM after a rectification report has been received from the REC
Quality Coordinator. REC will designate an Executive Director as in- charge of the Monitoring
system.

3.

Recurrent adverse reports about quality of works in a given District / State might entail
suspension of the Programme in that area till the underlying causes of defective work have been
addressed.

4.

The REC Quality Coordinator / Third party inspection unit shall be the authority to receive and
inquire into complaints / representations in respect of quality of works and they would be
responsible for sending a reply after proper investigation to the complainant within 30 days. The
REC for this purpose, shall ensure the following:-

671

i.

The name, address and other details of the REC Quality Coordinator / third party inspection
unit will be given adequate publicity in the State (including tender notices, websites, etc.) as
the authority empowered to receive complaints.

ii.

All complaints shall be acknowledged on receipt (giving registration no.) and likely date of
reply shall be indicated. On receipt of the report, the complainant shall be informed of the
outcome and the action taken / proposed.

iii. Complaints received through the Ministry of Power, REC will normally be sent to the REC
Quality Coordinator for enquiry and necessary action. In case report from an RQM is desired,
this shall be furnished within the time specified. In case an adequate response is not received
within the stated time schedule, the REC may depute an NQM and further processing will be
done only on the basis of NQM report.
iv. The RQC shall make a monthly report to the REC (in a prescribed format) and the status of
action on complaints shall be discussed in the District Committees.
v.
5.

REC could develop a web site for complaints, inspection and rectification.

The Quality Control Mechanism would be governed by the Quality Control Manual being prepared
by REC for the scheme. This is to be completed and circulated by 29th February, 2008.

Annexure-II of Order dated 06.02.2008

ANNEXE-II
COST NORMS FOR VILLAGE ELECTRIFICATION
1.

Electrification of unelectrified village

Cost
(Rs. in Lakhs)

In normal terrain

13

In hilly, tribal, desert areas

18

Intensive electrification of already electrified village

a In normal terrain

b In hilly, tribal, desert areas

Cost of electricity connection to BPL household

0.022

672

Chapter 24

Decentralised Distributed
Generation (DDG)
Scheme Under RGGVY

673

674

No. 44/1/2007-RE
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhavan,
Rafi Marg, New Delhi-110001
Dated the 12th January, 2009

Order
Subject : Guidelines for Village Electrification through Decentralized Distributed Generation
(DDG) under Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana in the XI Plan Scheme of
Rural Electricity Infrastructure and Household Electrification
1.0

Guidelines for Decentralized Distributed Generation (DDG) under Rajiv Gandhi Grameen
Vidyutikaran Yojana in the XI Plan Scheme of Rural Electricity Infrastructure and Household
Electrification, for attaining the goal of providing access to electricity to all households,
electrification of about 1.15 lakh un-electrified villages and electricity connections to 2.34 crore
BPL households by 2009. The approval has been accorded for capital subsidy of Rs.540 crore
for DDG during XI Plan period which is included in capital subsidy of Rs. 28000 crore available
for RGGVY in XI Plan period. This is in continuation of Order No. File 44/37/07-D(RE) dated the
6th February, 2008.

2.0

Ministry of Power, Government of India launched Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana
in 2005 vide OM No.44/19/2004D(RE) dated 18.03.2005. The scheme was continued further in
11th Plan vide OM No.44/37/07-D(RE) dated 6.2.2008. As per OM dated 6.2.2008 there is a
provision of subsidy of Rs.540 crore for Decentralized Distributed Generation (DDG) under
RGGVY.

3.0

Decentralized Distributed Generation can be from conventional or renewable sources such as

Biomass, Biofuels, Biogas, Mini Hydro, Solar etc. for villages where grid connectivity is either
not feasible or not cost effective.

4.0

Rural Electrification Corporation (REC) would be the Nodal Agency for the scheme. The capital
subsidy for eligible projects under the scheme would be given through REC. In the event, the
projects are not implemented satisfactorily in accordance with the conditionalities of this
order, the capital subsidy would be converted into interest bearing loans.

5.0

The DDG projects would be owned by State Government. Implementing agencies of the projects
shall be either the State Renewable Energy Development Agencies (SREDAs) / departments
promoting renewable energy or State Utilities or the identified CPSUs. The State Governments
will decide the implementing agency for their respective states.

6.0

The projects under the scheme will be subject to Quality Monitoring Mechanism. The details
of 3 Tier quality control mechanism is enclosed as Annexure-1.

7.0

SERVICE CHARGES /FEES

i)

The state Implementing Agencies and Central Public Sector Undertakings who are paid service
charges @ 8% and 9% respectively of the project cost as charges for implementing the scheme
and also for meeting additional expenditure on compulsory third party monitoring at the first
675

tier of the quality control mechanism shall concur to pass on the Service Charges (to the extent
required) to the Project Developer towards meeting the cost of providing power for a period of
5 years.
ii)

REC will be given 1% of the project cost as fee for establishing frameworks for implementation,
meeting the scheme related expenditure, appraisal and evaluation both at pre-award and postaward stage, monitoring, and complete supervision of the programme from concept to completion
of the scheme and for quality control of projects at second tier (REC Quality Monitors) of the
Quality Control Mechanism.

iii)

For supporting activities and quality monitoring at third tier (National Quality Monitors) to be
undertaken by Ministry of Power, a provision of 1% of the outlay would be kept. The supporting
activities would be in the nature of capacity building, awareness and other administrative and
associated expenses, franchisee development and undertaking of pilot studies and projects
complementary to the Rural Electrification Scheme.

8.0

MONITORING COMMITTEE
Monitoring Committee constituted by Ministry of Power under the Chairmanship of Secretary
(Power), Government of India will sanction the projects, including revised costs estimates,
monitor and review the implementation of the scheme in addition to issuing necessary guidelines
from time to time for effective implementation of the scheme.

9.0

The Services of Central Public Sector Undertakings (CPSUs) have been offered to the States
for assisting them in the execution of Rural Electrification Projects as per their willingness and
requirement. With a view to augment the implementation capacities for the programmes, REC
has entered into Memorandum of Undertaking (MOUs) with NTPC, Power Grid, NHPC and
DVC to make available CPSUs programme management expertise and capabilities to States
wishing to use the services. This has been operationalised through a suitable Tripartite/
Quadripartite Agreement.

10.0 IDENTIFICATION OF VILLAGES / HAMLETS

10.1 While implementing the DDG projects it has to be ensured that (i) the effort and investment
that goes into setting up of DDGs are utilized for the benefit of the target groups and do not
become sunk investment once the village is being connected to the grid and (ii) there is
sufficient engagement and support of the local community for this initiative.
10.2 For the selection of villages, the following approach should be followed:
i)

The list of villages / hamlets to be electrified through DDG is to be finalized by the State
Renewable Energy Development Agency / departments promoting renewable energy in
consultation with state utilities and MNRE.

ii)

To the extent possible, the selection of the villages / hamlets is to be carried out in a cluster to
take advantage of the clustering effect, wherever applicable. Depending on the proximity of
the villages / hamlets, the merit of setting up a local distribution grid covering all these villages
/ hamlets with a central power plant as against setting up of individual village / hamlet level
systems would be evaluated.

iii)

Villages / hamlets that comprise of migratory/floating population may not be considered.

iv)

While finalizing the list, the villages / hamlets are to be prioritized and those villages where
grid connectivity is not foreseen in next 5 to 7 years must be taken up first for setting up
DDG projects.
676

v)

Villages / hamlets having population of less than 100 shall not be considered under the DDG
Scheme and to be taken up by MNRE for implementation. Villages / hamlets that are already
being planned to be taken up by MNRE are to be excluded under the DDG scheme.

vi)

Villages / hamlets that have been provided with solar home lighting systems under the Remote
Village Electrification program can also be considered under the DDG scheme.

vii)

Infrastructure for these projects is to be established in a manner so that they are grid compatible.
This would ensure quick interface when grid power reaches the village and ensure that the
investments made today are not sunk when the village is finally connected to the grid.

11.0 SELECTION OF TECHNOLOGY

The DDG projects could be based on either conventional or renewable forms of energy. The
choice of technology would depend on the appropriateness of the chosen technology for
specific villages / hamlets. Since the DDG projects to be implemented are to be scalable and
undertaken within a relatively stiff timeline, options being considered for the proposed guidelines
are those that have either reached a stage of commercial maturity or their technical viability is
proven under actual field conditions. A list of such options is presented below:

Diesel Generating sets powered by biofuels (non-edible vegetable oils like Jatropha,
Pongamia etc)

Diesel Generating sets powered by producer gas generated through biomass gasification
(100 % producer gas engines)1

Solar Photo Voltaic

Small Hydro

It may be noted that the above list is based on the technologies that are presently being
employed and are the preferred options for decentralized power generation. There could be
additional possibilities as listed below, which are not popular now, but may become relevant in
future.

Diesel Generating sets powered by biogas (from animal waste)

Wind hybrid systems

Other hybrid options, including any new technology

Although diesel is the most convenient form of decentralized power generation option, it
would be advisable to treat the diesel option as only for standby or under situations where
there is temporary disruption in the supply of local renewable energy sources.
Annexure-2 provides a technology decision tool that can be taken as a guide while selecting
the most appropriate technological choice for any particular village / hamlet. It is emphasized
that this tool is only a suggestive one and the actual choice of technology has to be based on a
detailed survey of the village/hamlet.
Annexure-3 provides a framework which forms the basis of arriving at the technology decision
tool. The preferred technology options and rating thereof are indicative in nature and at the
time of sorting of DPRs for approval, details justification will have to be provided for selecting
an option.
1

To be considered only where project design includes dedicated energy plantations to ensure sustainable biomass
supply.

677

12.0 FINANCING OF PROJECTS AND ADMINISTERING OF FUNDS

12.1 The financial assistance for implementing the DDG projects would include the following project
cost:
a)

Capital cost*, comprising of:

All plant equipment & auxiliary systems and accessories required for the power
plant operation

All associated civil works. Cost for land, however, has to be borne by the state
government

Distribution Network with necessary control equipment. The subsidy applicable

to BPL Households under the RGGVY Programme shall also be applicable for DDG
Projects. Access to electricity has to be provided for common facilities such as
Street light, Schools, Community buildings Panchyat Bhawan etc.

Initial capital cost for plantation for sustainable supply of bio energy (in case of
biomass gasification/bio fuel projects only).

Initial capital cost of setting up non-domestic loads as specified by the

implementing agency.

b)

Revenue Cost*:
Cost of spare parts for 5 years after commissioning. The cost of consumables and labour
will not be included in the capitalized project cost.

c)

Cost of providing power for a period of 5 years from commissioning as identified in DPR
after taking into account recovery from village house holds as per the tariff to be decided
by the State Utility/SREDA/Implementing Agency, but the same shall not be less than
the existing tariff in the neighborhood area and shall be indicated in the bid document for
identified load of each household.

d)

Soft Cost comprising of:

e)

Pre-selection of villages, technologies and preparation of DPRs

Cost of social engineering to ensure community engagement

Pattern of payment
90% of the total project cost (capital cost and soft cost) will be provided to the
implementing agency as subsidy. The balance 10% can be arranged by the implementing
agency at their own or taken as loan from any financial institution or REC. The following
payment terms are recommended for the payment of capital cost to the project
developer.

e)

70% of the capital cost excluding cost of providing power as stated above till
commissioning of the project, linked to project completion milestones.

Balance 30% of the capital cost excluding cost of providing power as stated above
over the 5 year period (@ 6% per annum)

Cost of providing power shall be paid on annual basis after taking into account
recovery from village house holds.

Administration of funds
The payment to the project developers, as per the terms outlined above, will be routed
through the implementing agencies.

* For clarification on items not specifically mentioned here the criteria as applied in Rule 79 of GFR, 2005
published by Government of India be relied upon.

678

13.0 PROJECT APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION PROCEDURE

13.1 An Implementation Support Group (ISG) will be created by Ministry of Power to coordinate/
supervise the Scheme implementation. The roles and responsibilities of ISG are detailed at
Annexure-4.
13.2 The MoP will identify a panel of consultants to assist ISG/Implementing Agencies/CPSUs in
terms of providing technical support, including preselection of technology and preparation of
Detailed Project Reports (DPRs).
13.3 The implementing agency will finalize the prioritized list of villages/hamlets to be electrified
through DDG and get the DPRs made through the panel of consultants.
13.4 Implementing Agencies shall submit the DPRs to ISG and identified CPSUs shall submit the
DPRs to Implementing Agencies who shall forward DPRs to ISG. ISG will review the DPRs and
forward the DPRs to the Monitoring Committee for approval. Indicative list of information to
be covered in the DPR is enclosed as Annexure-5.
13.5 The Monitoring Committee would sanction the projects on merits
13.6 Thereafter, implementing agency shall invite open tender on Build, Operate, Maintain & Transfer
(BOMT) basis and place award. Award cost should not be more than 10% of the sanctioned
cost. In case award cost is more than 10% of the sanctioned cost, the same shall require prior
approval of Monitoring Committee.
13.7 The flow chart of the approval process is enclosed as Annexure-6.
14.0 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK AND FACILITATION SUPPORT
14.1 Implementing Agencies shall:
i)

Assist in land acquisition and execution of the Scheme

ii)

Help Project Developers in community mobilization and in creating awareness about

DDGs and on the efficient and safe use of equipments.

15.0 ELIGIBLE PROJECT DEVELOPERS

Eligible Project developers shall be:
State agencies, technology suppliers, Corporate houses, Equipment Manufacturers and
Contractors, Self Help Groups, Users Associations, individuals, Registered Societies,
Cooperatives, Panchayats, Local bodies, their Consortiums / SPVs / JVs etc are all eligible to
apply.
16.0 PROJECT APPRAISAL COMPONENTS
16.1 Selection of Project developer
i)

The Project Developer shall implement the project on Build, Operate, Maintain & Transfer
(BOMT) basis for a period of 5 years. The plant will be handed over to the State Government
in working condition after 5 years. All the replaced parts will be handed over to the State
Government.

ii)

Consultant while preparing DPR, shall estimate the capacity of the project and shall also
estimate the electricity load and energy required to be generated for five years from the
date of commissioning. While computing the load, provision of 2 light points (11/18 W
each) and one socket (40 W) may be considered for each household.
679

iii)

Project Developer shall be responsible for collecting the tariff from villagers.

iv)

Selection of the Project developer shall be on the basis of tenders which will be called by
the Implementing agencies in two parts, one part covering capital cost (as per 12.1 (a)
above) and another covering cost of providing power for five years (as per 12.1 (b)
above). The reimbursement of gap between operation and maintenance cost and revenue
recovery to the project developer (after adjusting the collected tariff) will be paid out of
service charges of the Implementing Agencies (@ 8% for State Governments & 9% for
CPSUs). The second part bid can not exceed the service charges mentioned above. Only
those state governments which undertake to provide the service charges to the project
developer will be eligible for taking up the DDG Projects. The tenders will be evaluated
jointly for both the parts i.e. for the First part and the Second part taken together for 5
years. A tripartite agreement will be signed between SREDA/State Utility/State Energy
Deptt. and REC on behalf of the Ministry of Power and the Project Developer for agreeing
to the commitments and conditions of RGGVY-DDG sub component. This tripartite
agreement will be approved by Ministry of Power. As part of agreement (a) the project
developer will be authorized to collect tariff in project area and (b) the state government
will agree to reimburse the gap between O&M expenditure and revenue income from out
of the service charges of implementing agencies to the project developer.

16.2 Other components

i)

The selected project developer shall give 10% Contract Performance Guarantee in the
form of Bank Guarantee of the total project cost as per 12.1 (a) valid for a period of 2 years
which is to be renewed till 5years plus 6 months from date of commissioning..

ii)

The successful developer shall be responsible for supplying the required quantum of
power for 6-8 hours of electricity per day at the identified timings as per the contract, at
least for 25 days in a month, failing which, the developer shall pay Liquidated Damages
(LD) at the rate of the 10% of the charges for the short supplied power. This amount may
be deducted from the yearly payments to the project developer.

iii)

The project developer is responsible for providing training / capacity building to villagers
for running the power plant.

iv)

After 5 years, Implementing Agencies will have the option to take over the project or
handover the project to the same agency or any other agency as approved by the State
Government for running the project, either on negotiated rate basis or limited or open
tender basis.

v)

If grid power reaches the village before 5 years then the power produced from the DDG
project can be exported to the grid and imported from the grid, as and when required.

vi)

The Project Developers will be permitted to mobilize additional support/funds from

other sources for implementing the DDG projects.

vii)

For sustainability of DDG projects, it is important to go beyond lighting and Consultants

preparing DPRs shall also include some non-domestic / productive work that would help
in the overall development of these villages.

viii) For DDG projects, a flat rate in terms of money to be paid / light point / month is a more
practical way of setting the tariff than the classical sale of electricity/kWh. The concerned
Implementing Agency will issue guidelines for electricity charges to the project
developers.
680

17.0 MONITORING AND EVALUATION

i)

It should be ensured that all the benefits intended by the project are rigorously monitored
and a monthly report is submitted by the Implementing Agency to REC and MoP
indicating the financial and physical progress of the project.

ii)

The Implementing Agency shall also ensure proper utilization of the funds.

18.0 EARNING CARBON CREDITS FROM DDG PROJECTS

There are possibilities of earning carbon credits through the Clean Development Mechanism
(CDM) route for renewable energy based DDG projects. These projects are eligible under both
the regulatory and the voluntary markets.
Since the volume of Certified Emission Reductions (CERs) on a single village basis is low, It
would be advisable to bundle several such projects and Implementing Agencies shall endeavor
to obtain such benefits for further community benefit programmes.
19.0 Notwithstanding any thing mentioned in the guidelines some projects can be taken up for
Implementation by CPSUs as per the recommendation of Implementing Supporting Group
(ISG) & the Monitoring Committee after proper scrutiny.
20.0 The expenditure involved on above scheme would be debitable to the following Head under
Grant No.72 Ministry of Power for the year 2007-08 and corresponding head of account for
the subsequent years:2801 Power (Major Head)
06 Rural Electrification (Sub-Major Head)
06.800 Other Expenditure (Minor Head)
03 Rural Electrification Corporation for Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana
03.00.33 Subsidies
21.0 This has been approved by Monitoring Committee on RGGVY in its meeting held on 23/12/
2008.
(Devender Singh)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
To
1.

Chief Secretaries of all States.

2.

Secretary (Power/Energy) of all States

3.

Chairman of all State Utilities

4.

Chairman & Managing Director, REC, SCOPE Complex, New Delhi.

Copy to:
1.

Prime Ministers Office, South Block, New Delhi.

2.

Cabinet Secretary, Cabinet Secretariat, Rastrapati Bhawan, New Delhi.

3.

Ministry of Finance , Department of Expenditure (Plan Finance), New Delhi.

4.

Chairman, Central Electricity authority, R.K. Puram, New Delhi.

681

5.

Secretary Planning Commission, New Delhi.

6.

Secretary, Ministry of Non-conventional Energy Sources, New Delhi.

7.

Secretary, Ministry of Rural Development, Krishi Bhawan, New Delhi.

8.

Secretary, Department of Panchayati Raj, New Delhi.

9.

Secretary, Ministry of Programme Implementation, New Delhi.

10.

Department of Development of North Eastern Region, New Delhi.

11.

CMDs of NHPC, NTPC, POWERGRID, DVC.

12.

PPS to Secretary (P)/Sr PPS to AS(AK),/PPS to AS(GBP).

13.

All JSs/All Directors/DS in the Ministry of Power.

682

Annexure 1
A THREE TIER QUALITY CONTROL MECHANISM UNDER RGGVY
A. (a) First Tier
Project implementing agency (PIA) would be responsible for the first tier of the Quality Control
Structure. Further PIA will engage third party inspection agency, whose responsibility will be to
ensure that all the materials to be utilized and the workmanship conform to the prescribed
specifications. It will be synchronized with phased release of funds under RGGVY and inspection
and proof of corrective action will be mandatory requirement for release of funds. This inspection
will cover approx. 50% villages on random sample basis for each project.
(b) Second Tier
Rural Electrification Corporation will get the inspection done of the works/materials from its nonfield staff and by outsourcing it. REC may outsource it to retired employees of State Electricity
Boards/State Utilities/ CPSUs. All such reports should be organized and analyzed by REC through
the project implementation. These individuals would be designated as REC Quality Monitors (RQM).
The inspection will cover quality checks at pre-shipment stage at the vendors outlet of major
materials and 10% villages on random sample basis.
(c) Third Tier
1.

Independent Evaluators (Individuals /Agency) will be engaged by the Ministry of Power for
evaluation, at random, of supply and erection under the programme. These persons would be
designated as National Quality Monitors (NQM). It will be the responsibility of the state to
facilitate the inspection of works by the NQM, who shall be given free access to all administrative,
technical and financial records. Evaluation will cover 1% villages. They shall also report on the
general functioning of the Quality Control mechanism in the District.

2.

The Monitors shall submit their report to the Ministry. The reports of the NQMs will be sent by
REC to the RQM for appropriate action within a period to be specified. In case quality check by
RQM or NQM reveals unsatisfactory work, the implementing agency shall ensure that the
contractor replace the material or rectifies the workmanship (as the case may be) within the time
period stipulated. In respect of NQM Reports, the REC Quality Coordinator shall, each month,
report on the action taken on each of the pending Reports. All works rated unsatisfactory
shall be re-inspected by RQM or NQM after a rectification report has been received from the
REC Quality Coordinator. REC will designate an Executive Director as incharge of the Monitoring
system.

3.

Recurrent adverse reports about quality of works in a given District / State might entail
suspension of the Programme in that area till the underlying causes of defective work have
been addressed.

4.

The REC Quality Coordinator / Third party inspection unit shall be the authority to receive and
inquire into complaints / representations in respect of quality of works and they would be
responsible for sending a reply after proper investigation to the complainant within 30 days.
The REC for this purpose, shall ensure the following:(i)

The name, address and other details of the REC Quality Coordinator / third party
inspection unit will be given adequate publicity in the State (including tender notices,
websites, etc.) as the authority empowered to receive complaints.

683

(ii)

All complaints shall be acknowledged on receipt (giving registration no.) and likely date
of reply shall be indicated. On receipt of the report, the complainant shall be informed of
the outcome and the action taken / proposed.

(iii)

Complaints received through the Ministry of Power, REC will normally be sent to the
REC Quality Coordinator for enquiry and necessary action. In case report from an RQM
is desired, this shall be furnished within the time specified. In case an adequate response
is not received within the stated time schedule, the REC may depute an NQM and further
processing will be done only on the basis of NQM report.

(iv)

The RQC shall make a monthly report to the REC (in a prescribed format) and the status
of action on complaints shall be discussed in the District Committees.

(v)

REC could develop a web site for complaints, inspection and rectification.

684

685

686

Annexure 4
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF IMPLEMENTATION SUPPORT
GROUP (ISG)
Support to funding agency and single window to project developers for all data / information support.
1.

Identification of villages/ target project areas

2.

Evolve guidelines and checklist for formulation of Feasibility Reports & Detailed Project Reports.
- Contents of the Reports
- Compliance to appraisal parameters.
- Listing of clearances and requirements at each stage.

3.

Evolve Guidelines and parameters for Project developers for

- Project implementation support.
- Project monitoring
- Quality assurance
- Capacity building
- Project closure
- Operation stage support

4.

Support to REC
- Techno Commercial appraisal.
- Project monitoring
- MIS support on scheme implementation.
- Evolve guidelines and procedures for all steps in project implementation and operation.
- Set quality benchmark parameters.
- Provide monitoring benchmarks and check milestones.

5.

Formulate detailed guidelines and check list for

- Detailed Project Report acceptance (for Project approval)
The steps and interfaces between ISG/ REC and Implementing Agency will be detailed through
procedural guidelines.

6.

Conduct Grant utilization audit

7.

Maintain data repository on all aspects and deliverables of Scheme implementation.

8.

Single Window to all Stakeholders

- Data/ Information support.
- Capacity building and awareness about new techniques and technologies.
- Target Project areas identification.

9.

Formulate guidelines for funding of application projects based upon New technologies.

687

Annexure 5
Information to be covered in Detailed Project Report
(The following is an indicative list)

Name of Gram Panchayat, Block & District

No. of Villages under Gram Panchayat

Name of Village / hamlet selected for the Project

Village census code

Distance from nearest road-head

Distance from the grid

Total population of the village / hamlet

Number of households

Number of Hamlets / Dalit Bastis in Village

Number of BPL Households

Type of social structure

Community buildings school, public health centre, panchayat ghar, etc.

Main occupation, indicating cash crops

Resource availability water stream, type of biomass, local fuel wood / oil-seed bearing
species, if any

Availability of fallow land / waste land / uncultivated land etc.

Indicative Estimate of Energy Demand

Household lighting, other

Community services, including streetlights

Irrigation/Agriculture Operations

Commercial

Existing pattern of energy / fuel use and average monthly expenditure per household

Existing renewable energy devices in the village, if any

Technology package proposed to be deployed

Indicative capacity of the energy systems

Role of local community in planning, implementation and management, including revenue

management

Details of any local NGO already associated with the village / hamlet

Any other village / hamlet in the vicinity of this village that is un-electrified

688

Annexure 6
DDG Scheme
The Approval Process
Activities / Steps

Responsibility

Facilitated by

Identification of Villages/
prioritization

Implementing
Agency

DISCOM/MNRE

Preparation of DPR

Implementing
Agency

Consultant

Review of DPRs and

recommendation for
approval

Implementation
Support Group

Approval of DPR

MOP

Invitation of bids from

Project Dvelopers

Implementing
Agency

Shortlist / selection of
project developers

Implementing
Agency

Award and
implementation of
project

Implementing
Agency

689

REC

No.44/01/2007 -RE
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg, New Delhi 110001
Telephone No. 23715507; FAX No. 23717519
New Delhi the 5th January, 2011

ORDER
Subject: Guidelines for Village Electrification through Decentralized Distributed Generation (DDG)
under Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana in the XI Plan Scheme of Rural
Electricity Infrastructure and Household Electrification.
Guidelines for Decentralized Distributed Generation (DDG) under Rajiv Gandhi Grameen
Vidyutikaran Yojana in the XI Plan were issued vide Order of even number dated 12.01.2009.
2.

Guidelines were issued after detailed deliberations with all the stake holders.

3. Ministry of Power had directed Rural Electrification Corporation (REC) to organize four Regional
Workshops and one National Workshop on DDG. They were requested to consolidate the suggestions
received from various stake-holders, process them and sent to Ministry of Power with their
recommendations.
4. REC had organized four Regional Workshops and one National Workshop and submitted
suggestions received in the Workshop along with their recommendations for amendment of the
guidelines.
5. The suggestions and recommendations have been discussed and it has been decided that
certain amendments need to be made in the existing guidelines.
6.

Existing provisions and amendments are given in Annex.

7.

It is requested that it may be brought to the notice of all concerned.

(Devender Singh)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
Tel.No.23710199

To
1.

Chief Secretaries of all States.

2.

Secretary(Power/Energy) of all States.

3.

Chairman of all State Utilities.

4.

Chairman & Managing Director, REC, SCOPE Complex, New Delhi.

690

Copy to: 1.

Prime Ministers Office, South Block, New Delhi.

2.

Cabinet Secretary, Cabinet Secretariat, Rashtrapati Bhavan, New Delhi.

3.

Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure (Plan Finance), New Delhi,

4.

Chairman, Central Electricity Authority, R.K.Puram, New Delhi.

5.

Secretary, Planning Commission, New Delhi.

6.

Secretary, Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Sources, New Delhi.

7.

Secretary, Ministry of Rural Development, Krishi Bhavan, New Delhi.

8.

Secretary, Department of Panchayati Raj, New Delhi.

9.

Secretary, Ministry of Programme Implementation, New Delhi.

10. Department of Development of North Eastern Region, New Delhi.

11. CMDs of NHPC, NTPC, POWERGRID, DVC.
12. PPS to Secretary (P)/Sr.PSO to AS (AL)/PPS to AS (GBP)
13. All JSs/All Directors/DS in the Ministry of Power.

691

Annex to Order No.44/01/2007-RE dated 5.01.2011

Amendment to Guidelines for Village Electrification through DDG
under RGGVY
S.No. Clause
reference of
DDG
Guidelines

Existing provision

Proposed Amendment

1.

Decentralized Distributed
Generation can be from
conventional or renewable
sources such as Biomass,
Biofuels, Biogas, Mini Hydro,
Solar etc. for villages where
grid connectivity is either not
feasible or not cost effective.

The following lines are added after

the existing provision:
Those villages can also be
considered which (i) are connected
to the grid but have no electricity
supply (ii) have un-electrified
clusters.

3.0 of DDG
Guidelines

If the resource available for any

technology in any particular village
is higher than the demand of the
village, then excess available
capacity may be fed into the nearby
grid. However, the amount of subsidy
shall be limited to the project
capacity required for feeding
electricity to the remote villages,
The cost of excess capacity and the
cost of transmission system for
feeding to the grid shall be borne by
the Implementing Agency.
2.

5.0 of DDG
Guidelines

The DDG projects would be

owned by State Government
Implementing Agencies of the
projects shall be either the State
Renewable Energy Development
Agencies (SREDAs)/departments
promoting renewable energy or
State Utilities or the identified
CPSUs. The State Governments
will decide the implementing
agency for their respective
States.

692

The following lines are added after

the existing provision:State
Governments can also decide more
than one implementing agency in
their State for electrifying the
hamlets/villages.

S.No. Clause
reference of
DDG
Guidelines

Existing provision

Proposed Amendment

3.

10.2 (i) of DDG The list of villages/hamlets to

The following are deleted:
Guidelines
be electrified through DDG is to and MNRE (To be deleted).
be finalized by the State
Renewable Energy Development
Agency/departments promoting
renewable energy in consultation
with state utilities and MNRE.

13.3 of DDG
Guidelines

The implementing agency will

finalize the prioritized list of
villages/hamlets to be electrified
through DDG and get the DPRs
made through the panel of
consultants.

The following lines are added after

the existing provision:
Implementing agencies may also
prepare the DPRs themselves.
The cost of preparation of the DPRs
may be financed even in case the
DPRs is not approved due to some
reason.
Reimbursement of the cost of
DPRs for projects that do not get
sanctioned would be taken upon a
case to case basis, with the approval
of Monitoring Committee.

5.

16.1 (iv) of
DDG
Guidelines

The reimbursement of gap

between operation and
maintenance cost and revenue
recovery to the project developer
(after adjusting the collected
tariff) will be paid out of the
service charges of Implementing
Agencies (@ 8% for State Govts.
and 9% for CPSUs). The second
part of bid cannot exceed the
service charges mentioned
above. Only those state
governments..

693

The highlighted portion is replaced

by the following
In case the gap exceeds 8% or
9%, the same may be funded
out of the subsidy.

S.No. Clause
reference of
DDG
Guidelines

Existing provision

Proposed Amendment

6.

Consultant while preparing DPR

shall estimate the capacity of
the project and shall also
estimate the electricity load and
energy required to be generated
for five years from the date of
commissioning. While
computing the load, provision
of 2 light points (11/18 W each)
and one socket (40W) may be
considered for each household.

The following lines are to be added

after the existing provision:

16.1 (ii) of
DDG
Guidelines

However, implementing agency

shall have the option of considering
a higher load also for each
household.

7.

16.2 (i) of
DDG
Guidelines

The selected project developer

shall give 10% Contract
Performance Guarantee in the
form of Bank Guarantee of the
total project cost as per 12.1 (a)
valid for a period of 2 years
which is to be renewed till
5 years plus 6 months from
date of commissioning.

Contract Performance Guarantee

value is reduced to 5%.

8.

16.2 (ix)
(New clause)

No existing sub-clause.

The following is added from RGGVY

Guidelines as a new sub-clause
(ix) Fixed BPL connection charges
shall be paid @ Rs. 2200/- as per
rate prevailing in RGGVY.

694

Amendment to Format for Preparation of DPR for Village Electrification

through DDG under RGGVY
1.

S.No. 6.6.8
Format for
preparation
of DPR

(g) Cost of power supply for

each year (f-c)

Replaced by the following:

(g) Cost of power supply for each
year (c-f).
(This cost is to be added to the
project cost only when the
cost of power supply as at (c) above
is more than the revenue collection
as at (f) above otherwise is to be
considered as zero).

2.

Annexure-II,
Format for
preparation
of DPR.

Para-2
Consultation with MNRE is deleted.
This is to certify that the
list of village(s) /hamlet(s) to
be electrified through DDG
have been finalized by the
State Renewable Energy
Development Agency/
departments promoting
renewable energy in consultation
with state utilities and Ministry
of New and Renewable Energy.
Please enclose documentary
evidence.

695

Amendment to Procurement Guidelines for Village Electrification

through DDG under RGGVY
1.

2.

Clause 1.1 of
Part-1
Guidelines for
Procurement
of Goods
and services
for DDG
under RGGVY

Purpose of these guidelines is to

indicate the general principles
and procedures, which except
as REC may otherwise agree,
shall be observed in carrying
out procurement of goods and
works for projects under
Decentralized Distributed
Generation (DDG) under Rajiv
Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran
Yojana (RGGVY) in the XI Plan
Scheme of Rural Electricity
Infrastructure and Household/
Electrification.....

The following lines are added after

the existing provision :

Clause 1.4
of Part-1
Guidelines for
Procurement
of Goods
and Services
for DDG
under RGGVY

..Any procurement of goods

shall be eligible for financing
through REC, if the same are
procured in accordance with
the above bidding procedure.
The above bidding procedure
has been prepared for
implementation of the project
in association with the CPSUs
as may be desired by the State
involving CPSUs total
involvement in execution of the
project.

The following lines are added after

the existing provision:

696

However, Implementing Agency

will have the option to following
their own procurement guidelines
and follow their own bid
documents

However, Implementing Agency will

have the option to following their
own procurement guidelines and
follow their own bid documents

No.44/01/2007 -RE
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg, New Delhi 110001
Telephone No. 23715507; FAX No. 23717519
New Delhi the 17th March, 2011

ORDER
Subject: Guidelines for Village Electrification through Decentralized Distributed Generation (DDG)
under Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana in the XI Plan Scheme of Rural
Electricity Infrastructure and Household Electrification.
Revised Guidelines for Decentralized Distributed Generation (DDG) under Rajiv Gandhi
Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana in the XI Plan were issued vide Order of even number dated 05.01.2011.
Amendment to Clause 3.0 of DDG Guidelines may be read as per enclosure.

(Devender Singh)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
Tel.No.23710199
To
1.
Chief Secretaries of all States.
2.
Secretary(Power/Energy) of all States.
3.
Chairman of all State Utilities.
4.
Chairman & Managing Director, REC, SCOPE Complex, New Delhi.
Copy to: 1.
Prime Ministers Office, South Block, New Delhi.
2.
Cabinet Secretary, Cabinet Secretariat, Rashtrapati Bhavan, New Delhi.
3.
Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure (Plan Finance), New Delhi,
4.
Chairman, Central Electricity Authority, R.K.Puram, New Delhi.
5.
Secretary, Planning Commission, New Delhi.
6.
Secretary, Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Sources, New Delhi.
7.
Secretary, Ministry of Rural Development, Krishi Bhavan, New Delhi.
8.
Secretary, Department of Panchayati Raj, New Delhi.
9.
Secretary, Ministry of Programme Implementation, New Delhi.
10.
Department of Development of North Eastern Region, New Delhi.
11.
CMDs of NHPC, NTPC, POWERGRID, DVC.
12.
PPS to Secretary (P)/Sr.PSO to AS (AL)/PPS to AS (GBP)
13.
All JSs/All Directors/DS in the Ministry of Power.
697

S.No. Clause
reference of
DDG
Guidelines

Existing provision

Proposed Amendment

1.

Decentralized Distributed
Generation can be from
conventional or renewable
sources such as Biomass,
Biofuels, Biogas, Mini Hydro,
Solar etc. for villages where
grid connectivity is either not
feasible or not cost effective

The following lines are added after

the existing provision:

3.0 of DDG
Guidelines

698

If Project Developer decides to set

up a DDG Plant for capacity more
than required for that village then
excess available capacity may be fed
into the nearby grid. However, the
amount of subsidy available shall
be limited to the project capacity
required for feeding electricity to
that villages, The cost of excess
capacity and the cost of
transmission system for feeding to
the grid shall be borne by the
project developer.

No.42/02/2011 -RE
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg, New Delhi 110001
Telephone No. 23715507; FAX No. 23717519
New Delhi the 18th March, 2011

ORDER
Subject: Guidelines for Village Electrification through Decentralized Distributed Generation (DDG)
under Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana in the XI Plan Scheme of Rural
Electricity Infrastructure and Household Electrification
Guidelines for Decentralized Distributed Generation (DDG) under Rajiv Gandhi Grameen
Vidyutikaran Yojana in the XI Plan were issued vide Order No. 44/1/2007-RE dated the 12.01.2009.
Guidelines were modified vide order dated 05.01.201 and 17.03.2011 .
2. The Empowered Group of Officers constituted by the Ministry of Home Affairs in pursuance of
the decision of the Cabinet Committee on Security inter alia, have the mandate to over-ride or modify
existing norms/guidelines relating to various development programmes and Flagship Schemes in
respect of 60 IAP districts. The Empowered Group reviewed the status of electrification under
RGGVY and the steps required for speedier development of these Integrated Action Plan ( IAP)
districts and also noted that work are in progress under RGGVY scheme to connect villages to the
Grid but difficulties are being experienced in energisation and providing electricity for the assured
duration of 6-8 hours.
3. Empowered Group felt that for some category of villages DDG guidelines need modification to
facilitate further development of 60 LWE districts. Ministry of Power in accordance of the decision
of the Empowered Group of Officers constituted by the Ministry of Home Affairs, has decided to
amend Para 3.0 of the Guidelines for Village Electrification through Decentralized Distributed Gneration
(DDG) under Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana for Left Wing Extremism (LWE) districts as
notified by Ministry of Home Affairs .
4.

Para 3.0 of DDG guidelines would be as below:-

Decentralized Distributed Generation can be from conventional or renewable sources such as Biomass,
Biofuels, Biogas, Mini Hydro, Solar etc. for villages where grid connectivity is either not feasible or
not cost effective
If Project Developer decides to set up a DDG Plant for capacity more than required for that village
then excess available capacity may be fed into the nearby grid. However, the amount of subsidy
available shall be limited to the project capacity required for feeding electricity to that villages, The
cost of excess capacity and the cost of transmission system for feeding to the grid shall be borne by
the project developer.
Provided that in case of Left Wing Extremism affected districts as notified by Ministry of Home
Affairs, DDG can also be implemented in following category of villages:-

699

(a) where the infrastructure for electrification was developed but could not be energized due to
issues relating to the backward connectivity of the grid such as non-availability of land for substations, inadequate transformation capcity in the sub-stations and where the capacity can not be
enhanced in near future.
(b) where the energisation is not likely to take place due to pending statutory clearance like those
from Ministry of Environment & Forests, etc.
(c) where the work have been sanctioned under RGGVY but not taken up so far or works have
stopped due to various local/ long standing problems of a serious nature.
( d) where infrastructure has been created for the grid connectivity but where availability of power
is far less than the stipulated 6 to 8 hours as mandated under RGGVY.
In case the existing distribution infrastructure is available, only the generation component under
DDG Scheme would be taken up thereby avoiding duplication of expenditure for distribution
infrastructure
5.

It is requested that it may be brought to the notice of all concerned.

(Devender Singh)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
Tel.No.23710199

1.

Chief Secretaries of all States.

2.

Secretary(Power/Energy) of all States.

3.

Chairman of all State Utilities.

4.

Chairman & Managing Director, REC, SCOPE Complex, New Delhi.

Copy to: 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Prime Ministers Office, South Block, New Delhi.

Cabinet Secretary, Cabinet Secretariat, Rashtrapati Bhavan, New Delhi.
Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure (Plan Finance), New Delhi,
Chairman, Central Electricity Authority, R.K.Puram, New Delhi.
Secretary, Planning Commission, New Delhi.
Secretary, Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Sources, New Delhi.
Secretary, Ministry of Rural Development, Krishi Bhavan, New Delhi.
Secretary, Department of Panchayati Raj, New Delhi.
Secretary, Ministry of Programme Implementation, New Delhi.
Department of Development of North Eastern Region, New Delhi.
CMDs of NHPC, NTPC, POWERGRID, DVC.
PPS to Secretary (P)/ PPS to SS (GBP) / PSO to AS (AL).
All JSs/All Directors/DS in the Ministry of Power.

(Devender Singh)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
Tel.No.23710199
700

Chapter 25

Rural Area Notification

702

STATUS OF ESTABLISHMENT OF DISTRICT COMMITTEES,

NOTIFICATION OF RURAL AREAS UNDER ELECTRICITY
ACT 2003
As on 31.10.2008
Sr. States
No.

Distt. Committee formation

/ notification

Notification for rural areas

Andhra Pradesh

: 05.03.05

: 28.11.05

Arunachal Pradesh

: 28.10.05

: 28.02.06

Assam

: 29.11.04/11.04.05

: 11.11.05

Bihar

: 06.07.04

: 17.11.05

Chhattisgarh

: 10.03.04

: 06.01.06

6
7
8

Delhi
Goa
Gujarat

Not participating in RGGVY

Not participating in RGGVY
: 02.12.04 t 13.07.05

Not participating in RGGVY

Not participating in RGGVY
: 31.03.06

Haryana

: 01.09.05

: 11.08.06

10

Himachal Pradesh

: 23.06.05

: 05.01.07

11

J&K

: 02.02.06

Electricity Act 2003 not

applicale to J & K

12

Jharkhand

: 16.02.06

: 13.12.05

13

Kamataka

: 27.12.05

: 22.09.05

14

Kerala

: 27.10.04

: 10.10.05

15

Madhya Pradsh

: 30.08.05

: 25.03.06

16

Maharashtra

: 26.07.05

: 27.11.06

17

Manipur

: 15,11.05

: June, 2008

18

Meghalaya

: 14.10.04

: 06.03.06

19

Mizoram

: 12.01.06

: 30.11.05

20

NaQaland

: 29.04.05

: 22.12.05

21

Orissa

: 20.09.04

: 30.03.05

22

Punjab

: 25.08.06

: 27.12.05

23

Raiasthan

: 29.01.04

: 14.02.06

24

Sikkim

: 16.12.06

: 15.03.07

25

Tamilnadu

: 06.09.06

: 11.09.06

26

Trioura

: 13.12.05

: 22.07.06

27

Uttar Pradesh

: 25.05.04

: 23.12.05

28

Uttaranchal

: 10.09.04

: 09.03.06

29

West Bengal

: 06.09.05 :

: 24.05.06
703

704

Chapter 26

A Scheme for Supply of

Electricity in 5 km
Area around Central Power
Plants

705

706

No. 44/07/2010-RE
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhavan, Rafi Marg, New Delhi-110001
Telephone No. 23715507; Fax No. 23717519
Dated the 27th April, 2010
To
1.
2.
3.
4.

Chief Secretaries of all States.

Secretary (Power/Energy) of all States.
Chairman of all State Utilities.
Chairman & Managing Director, REC, Scope Complex, New Delhi.

Subject: Provision of supply of electricity in 5 Km area around

Central Power Plants
Sir,
I am directed to say that the Honble Union Minister of Power has mentioned in the Parliament on
21.07.2009 that the Government of India is considering supplying of reliable power supply to the rural
household of the village within radius of 5 km of Power Stations set up by Central Public Sector
Undertakings (CPSUs).
2.

In pursuance of the announcement made by the Honble Minister several rounds of meetings
have been held to formulate modalities for implementation of the proposed policy initiative.
These meetings were held on 5.8.2009, 18.8.2009, 16.12.2009, 5.3.2010 and 29.3.2010. In these
meetings representative of the State Governments, representatives from CEA, Powergrid, NTPC
and NHPC had given their valuable inputs.

3.

Based on the discussion held in the above mentioned meetings it has been decided that the
features of the scheme will be as given in the Annex-I.

4.

It is requested that contents of the scheme may be brought to the notice of all concerned and
necessary action may be taken for the implementation of the proposed policy initiative for
supplying of reliable power to the rural house hold of the villages within the radius of 5 km of
power stations set up by CPSUs.
Yours faithfully,
(Devender Singh)
Joint Secretary to the Government of India
Tel. 23710199

707

Copy to :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Prime Ministers Office, South Block, New Delhi.

Cabinet Secretary, Cabinet Secretariat, Rashtrapati Bhavan, New Delhi.
Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure (Plan Finance), New Delhi.
Chairman, Central Electricity Authority, R.K. Sharma, New Delhi.
Secretary, Planning Commission, New Delhi.
Secretary, Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Souces, New Delhi.
Secretary, Ministry of Rural Development, Krishi Bhavan, New Delhi.
Secretary, Department of Panchayati Raj, New Delhi.
Secretary, Ministry of Programme Implementation, New Delhi.
Department of Development of North Eastern Region, New Delhi.
CMDs of NHPC, NTPC, POWERGRID, DVC.
PS to Secretary (P), PSO to SS (P)/PPS to AS (GBP).
All JSs/All Directors/DS in the Ministry of Power.

708

ANNEX-I

Scheme for Provision of supply of electricity in 5 km area around

Central Power Plants
1.

Coverage of the scheme : The scheme will cover all existing and upcoming power plants of
CPSUs. The cost of the scheme will be borne by the CPSU to which the plant belongs. This cost
will be booked by the CPSU under the project cost.

2.

Agency for implementation and O & M : The scheme shall be implemented by the CPSUs around
their plants, who will supplement the existing infrastructure of the DISCOM to the extent required
to operationalize the scheme. However, State Utility will have an obligation in respect of providing
data, clearances, access and space in their existing substations for making the implementation
possible in an effective manner by the CPSU. A nodal officer of the State utility shall be identified
for this purpose.
2.1 After completion of the infrastructure in the selected villages. It shall be handed over to the
state utility for operation and maintenance.

3.

Power Supply to the area : CPSU and sate utility will make an assessment of the power requirement
of the area. The assessed amount of power will be made available/allocated to the state utility
from the Central Government unallocated quota over and above the allocated quota from the
plant to feed the power to the electrified villages under the scheme. Under the scheme, electricity
shall be supplied only for the purpose of households. A growth rate of 3% per annum shall be
considered for calculating the power requirement of the area in future and accordingly the allocation
shall be increased on yearly basis.
3.1 Electricity shall be supplied by the utility for minimum 6 to 8 hours on daily basis to these
villages.
3.2 The extra allocated electricity for supplying to the villages under the scheme, will be at the
same rate as for the normal allocated supply from the power plant to the state utility.
3.3 Wherever the grid extension is not techno economically viable or feasible alternative solutions
including DDG may be considered.

4.

Scope of the Scheme : Under the scheme, all revenue villages and habitations, irrespective of
their population , within 5 km radius from the power house of CPSUs shall be eligible for
electrification. In case a village/habitation falls partially inside the 5 kms radius, the same shall
also be fully covered under the scheme.
4.1 At least one 11 kV radial feeder, if it does not already exist, will be provided by the CPSU for
the area from the nearest existing substation of the state utility.
4.2 Single phase transformers of adequate capacity, with down loadable meters/AMRs, shall be
provided in the villages/habitations for supplying electricity to the households and public
places. The capacity of the transformers shall be sufficient to cater to the present load of all
the households and public places and also to meet the expected growth for five years. The
meters will have the facility to record timings/duration of power supply through the
transformers.
4.3 CPSUs will provide free single lamp electricity connections to BPL households. LED bulbs
shall be provided with connections to BPL households. Supply of LED bulbs by CPSUs will
be a one time affair. Electricity connections to other households will be provided by the state
utility in accordance with the existing provisions of their policies.
709

4.4 The electricity connections shall be provided with aerial bunched cables (ABC).
4.5 Electricity connections to IP Sets may be provided by the State utility from the same 11kV
feeder(s). However, the same shall be from the separate transformers with suitable meters so
that energy accounting for supply to households and agriculture can be separately maintained.
Similarly, supply to other establishments, industry etc. shall be from separate transformers
with proper meters. Transformers, feeders, meters etc. for this purpose shall be provided by
the State utility at their expense.
5.

Implementation of the scheme

5.1 A tripartite agreement will be signed by State Government, State Utility and the concerned
CPSU for implementation of the scheme. The agreement will clearly define the responsibility
of each party.
5.2 State Utility will prepare a list of villages and habitations in the area within 5km radius from
the power house of CPSUs. An assessment of electricity requirement for households will
also be made by them. The list of villages & habitations, power requirement etc. shall then be
handed over to CPSU.
5.3 The existing infrastructure in the identified area shall be GIS mapped by the CPSU and
required modifications for implementing the scheme shall be identified and marked on the
maps/drawings and detailed project report (DPR) shall be finalized by CPSU in association
with the State Utility and approved by the State Government. List of BPL households shall
be supplied by the State Utility/district administration for providing electricity connections
by the CPSU. In case no electricity infrastructure exists in the area, new infrastructure as per
the scope of the scheme shall be created by the CPSU following the above procedures in
association with State Utility and State Government.
5.4 On sanction of DPR by the State, CPSU will take up implementation of the scheme and
complete the work within 12 months of DPR sanction and will hand over the created
infrastructure to the state utility for operation and maintenance. Appropriate Commission
shall consider the expenditure incurred by the CPSUs for implementation of the scheme for
the purpose of determining the tariff of CPSU generating station. O&M of the infrastructure
will be the responsibility of the State Utility at their own expanses.
5.5 The assessed/additional allocated amount of electricity will be fed by the CPSU in the State
grid. An AMI will be installed at the injection point. State utility will supply that amount of
electricity from the local substation to the designated villages. The utility will keep the
correct accounting of the supplied electricity to the villages through proper metering of
feeder, transformers and consumers. For this purpose AMI will be installed on feeder and
transformers. The consumers will be provided with electronic meters as per CEA regulations.
The regular review of the allocated and supplied electricity will be done by CPSU and the
Utility and MIS shall be sent to the Ministry of Power on quarterly basis by the CPSU. In
case the actual supplied electricity to the area is more or less than the allocated electricity, the
allocation will be reviewed for subsequent months.

6.

Tariff for Power supply : The tariff, as decided by the SERC for other villages, shall be applicable
for this area. State Utility will take the meter reading of all the consumers, issue bills and collect
the tariff as in normal cases.

7.

Monitoring of the Scheme : The implementation and operation of the scheme will be monitored
by the concerned CPSU and the Ministry of Power.
710

Chapter 27

Guidelines for Renovation

and Modernisation/Life
Extention Works of Coal/
Lignite based Thermal
Power Stations

711

blank

712

Guidelines for Renovation and Modernisation/Life

Extention Works of Coal/ Lignite based
Thermal Power Stations
1.0

BACKGROUND

1.1

Coal based thermal power generation provides a major share of power availability in the
country. More than 69 % of total generation comes from coal/ lignite based power plants. At
present, the maximum thermal generation (73 % of thermal generation) comes from coal / lignite
units of 200/210MW and above capacity. The first 200 MW unit was installed at Obra in 1977.
Prior to that, the units were of smaller size and many of these were of non-reheat type with
lower efficiency. Over a period of past few decades there has been growth in the size of thermal
units and in steam parameters resulting in plants better efficiency.

1.2

Renovation and Modernisation (R&M) and Life Extension (LE) have been recognized as cost
effective options to achieve additional generation from existing units at low cost and in shorter
period.

1.3

A centrally sponsored R&M Programme was launched in 1984 as Phase-I programme for which
financial assistance for implementing R&M works was provided by Govt. of India. The R&M
programme continued albeit in a different form subsequently during 9th& 10th plan periods with
resultant improved performance from thermal generating units.

1.4

Presently, a large existing capacity i.e. 129 units of total capacity 26283 MW and 95 units of
total capacity 21212 MW has been identified for R&M/LE works during 11th plan and 12th plan
period. The old and small size units of early post-independence period were based on technology
as available at that time having a very low efficiency. These units are therefore near
obsolescence. The LMZ Russian design larger size units (200/210MW) and initial KWU
design machines are now in fag end of their economic life span. Further, though there has been
gradual improvement in plant load factor over the years, there exists a lot of scope for further
improvement. These groups of 200/210 MW machines (LMZ design and early KWU design
machines) constitute a major chunk of R&M/LE programme in the 11th plan and beyond.

2.0

INTENT OF RENOVATION & MODERNISATION (R&M)/LIFE EXTENSION (LE)

PROGRAMME

2.1

There has been substantial increase in capacity addition in the successive five year plans of
the country, yet there still exists a gap between demand and availability of power. The new
installation being capital intensive, it is considered prudent to maximise the generation from
the existing power stations to ensure optimal utilisation of resources. This would involve
replacement of the existing obsolete items of equipment in operation with those with more
efficient and of latest designs incorporating the state-of-the-art technologies and improved
metallurgy.

2.2

Many thermal power stations in the country were designed for a given quality of coal, which
has deteriorated over a period of time. The design PLF was also based on the norms prevailing
at that time which is below rated value. The capacity of the raw coal feeding system, pulverizers,
713

primary air fan system, ash handling system etc., for these power stations may have to be
augmented to maintain the rated capacity of the boiler, provided the furnace size is adequate to
burn the coal of deteriorated quality.
2.3

The environmental regulations are becoming more and more stringent day by day. The plants
which were designed earlier were provided with less effective environmental systems which
do not meet the present day standards, requiring either refurbishing the systems or complete
replacement.

2.4

The R&M/LE programme may be designed in such a way so as to improve the plant performance
and efficiency enhancement.

3.0

NEED FOR REVISED POLICY GUIDELINES

3.1

The Government of India have accorded a high priority to the R&M and Life Extension of
thermal power stations to maximise generation and improve their overall performance.
With a view to expediting the R&M/LE works during the 10th Plan period, Govt of India,
Ministry of Power issued guidelines vide letter No. 12/6/99-Th-3 Dated 12.1.2004 and subsequent
clarification dated 3.2.2004.

3.2

However, necessity has been felt to revise the above guidelines due to the following:

i)

There have been delays in achieving the desired completion targets.

ii)

Constraints are being experienced in supply of materials resulting in time/cost overruns.

iii)

A large number of units of 200MW capacity and above are becoming due for R&M/LE works
necessitating need for more agencies to carryout R&M/LE works.

iv)

The objective is shifting from generation maximization to performance optimization and

generation maximisation with efficiency enhancement and plant uprating becoming an integral
part of the life extension programme.

3.3

The above requirements call for new approach towards implementation of R&M/LE works by
the utilities through identification of optimized R&M options, compressed and definite time
schedule and encouraging increased participation from various executing agencies including
private sector. Accordingly, the earlier guidelines have been revised to account for the above.

4.0

CONCEPT OF R&M AND LIFE EXTENSION PROGRAMME OF THERMAL (COAL/

LIGNITE BASED) POWER STATIONS

4.1

RENOVATION AND MODERNISATION (R&M) PROGRAMME

4.1.1 The main objective of R&M of power generating units is to make the operating units well
equipped with modified / augmented latest technology equipment /components/ systems with
a view to improving their performance in terms of output, reliability and availability to the
original design values, reduction in maintenance requirements, ease of maintenance and
enhanced efficiency.

714

4.1.2 However, R&M is not a substitute for regular annual or capital maintenance/overhaul which
forms a part of operation and maintenance (O&M) activity. Middle life R&M come up preferably
after 100000 hrs. of operation.
4.1.3 The R&M programme is primarily aimed at generation sustenance and overcoming problems
due to:

4.2

Generic defects.

Design deficiencies /modifications.

Avoidance of inefficient operation

Non-availability of spares because of obsolescence of equipment / components.

Poor quality of coal.

Major replacements of equipment arising due to unforeseen failures and /or generation
sustenance not covered under regular O&M.

Stringent environmental regulation.

Safety requirements etc.

R&M PROGRAMME WITH LIFE EXTENSION (LE) & UPRATING (LE&U)

4.2.1 The equipment subjected to fatigue stresses and creep due to high temperatures such as
turbine rotor and casings, HP piping, boiler headers, Boiler drum, main steam piping and
valves, feed discharge lines etc. are designed for a given fatigue life of about 25-30 years of
operation. However, many equipment/ components might become prematurely weak
metallographically due to various operational stresses like frequent temperature and pressure
excursions, full load trippings, frequent start and stops etc. and accordingly there is need to
check the remaining life of these components after about 20 years of life or 1,60,000 hours of
operation lest it may result into serious failures. A systematic study called the Residual Life
Assessment (RLA) study involving non-destructive and destructive tests would reveal the
remaining life of various critical components of plants and equipment so as to take steps to
extend the life of the plant by a further period of about 15-20 years by appropriate repairs/
replacements. A RLA study may be carried out earlier, say after 15 years or 1,00,000 hrs. of
operation if the plant condition so necessitates and as stipulated in IBR 391 A.
4.2.2 The LE programme is a major event in the thermal power stations history, as it envisages
extension of life over a considerable period of time beyond its designed life. At this time it is a
good practice to examine whether a plant requires a viable modernisation which has not been
carried out earlier so that during the extended life the plant operates efficiently and delivers the
rated or higher capacity with improved heat rate. Adoption of improved and proven technology
can play an important role in plant upgraded output & higher efficiency. There are costeffective options to uprate the machines for higher output and improved efficiencies thus
making it economically viable to integrate life extension programme with uprating.

715

4.3

WORKS NOT RELATING TO R & M / LIFE EXTENSION:

4.3.1 In general, works usually done under routine maintenance and annual or capital maintenance
do not fall under the purview of R&M Programme. The repetitive nature of activities having the
frequency once in five year or less is covered under O&M.
4.3.2 The following works should not be included as a part of R&M / LE programme:
i)

Infrastructural development work such as town ship, welfare measures etc., general civil
works within the plant such as boundary wall, roads, drainages etc. However, technological
structure works required for equipments / structure based on RLA done as per design
criteria (such as turbine deck, foundation etc.) shall be part of LE.

ii) Procurement of spare equipments.

iii) Routine repairs/replacements during annual/capital overhauls.
The expenditure on such works which are of O&M in nature is to be met from O&M charges
recovered through tariff for sale of electricity as notified by regulatory commission. O&M
ought to be attended on a regular basis lest the condition of the unit should deteriorate to such
an extent resulting in major breakdowns requiring huge expenditure.
5.0

RETIREMENT OF VERY OLD UNITS:

A very large number of small size units of 100 MW or less capacity are in operation.
The average Plant Load Factor of most of these units is very low, even less than 50%. These
units are of non-reheat type having very low design efficiencies. Further, because of their
ageing & technological obsolescence, these units are performing at further lower efficiency
than their design value. Such units need to be retired in a phased manner. The following
approach for non-reheat units and other higher size reheating units may be followed for the
purpose :

Consider for retirement of all non-reheat units of 100 MW or less rating. However, those units
on which major R&M/LE activities have been undertaken and are performing well, such units
may continue to operate for another 10 years from the date of post R&M/LE to enable them to
recover the expenditures incurred.

Larger size units can also be considered for retirement on economically non-viability on case
to case basis.

The retirement may be prioritized according to their level of performance, say unit heat rate
deviating more than 20% to be retired first and subsequently those units with deviation of 15%
& 10% from their design heat rate.

The SEBs/ GENCOs may identify new generating capacity to be added as substitute for older
units so that overall installed capacity is not affected.

716

6.0

METHODOLOGY OF IMPLEMENTATION OF R&M AND LE&U SCHEMES

6.1

R&M Works
It has been observed that the power utilities are adopting following two main variants in
implementation of R&M programme.

i)

As a rolling plan in which the whole scope of work is conceptualized based on conditions
assessment, plant operation data &feed back from O&M engineers / OEM / Consultant
recommendations or compliance to statutory norms. Thereafter, the various activities/schemes,
so identified are implemented in phases depending on the availability of particular system/unit
shutdown. Such approach results in minimizing unit shut down requirement and thereby loss
in generation. However, it results in extended execution over a long period of time and benefits
accrued can not be co-related with the activities carried out and investment made.

ii)

A comprehensive scheme is implemented in a single stretch and taking units planned shutdown
after ensuring all inputs and supply of materials.
The methodology for implementation is to be decided by the utility. However, the option of
comprehensive scheme is preferable due to well definable & quantifiable benefits.

6.2

LE&U Works
In order to implement LE&U works following methodology may be adopted.

i)

In order to facilitate the implementation of LE&U works, utilities may appoint reputed consultant
for rapid life assessment study, condition assessment, energy auditing, thermal performance
test, environmental study, preparation of DPR etc. RLA studies to be conducted on the major
plant and equipment through agencies of repute.

ii)

Based on DPR a detail technical specification & contract document may be prepared. The
contract document, inter-alia shall include provisions of changed scope of work which may
come up when the machine / equipment is opened or are identified during detailed RLA studies
(as a part of scope of work) to meet the stipulated performance guarantees.

iii)

The responsibilities with regard to implementation of LE & U works may be shared as under:

MOP

Govt. inputs, policy decisions.

CEA

To follow up/ monitor with Utilities.

Consultant(s)

To assist the utilities, if required, to carry out RLA,

energy audit, preparation of DPR, bid specifications,
selection of executing agency, implementation &
performance evaluation. One or more consultants
may be engaged by the utilities depending on the
scope of work.

Financial Institutions

To provide funds as loans.

Executing Agency

Project authorities to carryout the field work.

717

iv)

The following time frame may be adopted for implementing the LE&U schemes:
a) Appointment of consultant by utilities -

3 months

b) RLA / Energy Audit

6 months

c) Freezing the scope of work /activities

for LE&U

3 to 4 month

d) Preparation of DPR

6 to 8 months

e) Placement of order of LE&U

6 to 8 months

f)

16 to 20 months from

6 - 8 months.

Supply of critical spares

placement of order.

g) Shut down of unit

The above requirements call for a new approach towards implementation of R&M/LE works by
the utilities by revisiting the existing procedures being adopted by each utility / stake holders/
approving authority and to simplify them to meet the compressed time schedule and
encouraging increased participation from various executing agencies.
v)

The utility shall appoint a Nodal Officer of the rank of Chief Engineer who will be responsible
for monitoring & coordination with all concerned relating to LE&U scheme.

vi)

The selection of the executing agency/bidder may be carried through the process of competitive
bidding.

vii)

The Life Extension & Uprating work will be declared complete on successful continuous
running of the unit for 14 days and at least 72 hours at full rated / uprated capacity after
recommissioning of the unit.

viii) Life Extension work without the element of uprating (rated capacity and / or efficiency
improvement beyond original design values) may be undertaken only in specific cases where
uprating is not found techno-economically viable.
ix)

The utilities may approach the Government for additional allocation of power to the extent
possible from unallocated quota of central sector power stations during the period of shut
down of units for comprehensive life extension works.

6.3

Monitoring the progress of implementation of R&M/LE schemes.

(i) R&M / LE&U schemes of Rs.100 Crore and above shall be monitored by MOP/CEA.
(ii) The utility shall also have a system of close monitoring of the physical and
financial progress of various activities to ensure timely implementation of R&M/ LE&U
programme.
(iii) Physical and financial progress report in prescribed format shall be submitted to CEA
regularly on quarterly basis.

718

7.0

COST ESTIMATES

7.1

The estimated cost of the R&M/LE&U scheme has to be worked out based on the estimated
cost of the identified individual works. The estimated cost should be, as far as possible,
realistic and should be based on current market rates/budgetary offers from the supplying
agencies including all taxes and duties. The import content along with the country from where
the equipment etc. imported, should be identified. The source of funding is also to be mentioned.
The yearly phasing of funds required for implementation of the scheme will have to be given
which would help in monitoring the physical and financial progress of the scheme.

7.2

The cost of LE &U works shall not exceed 50% of the EPC cost of a new generating unit of
indigenous origin (BHEL). If the LE&U works is limited to BTG, the cost ceiling shall be
restricted to 50% of the new BTG unit only. However, a detailed study should be carried out to
ensure its techno-economic viability. The pay back period may be limited to 5-7 years.

7.3

In cases, where the cost is estimated to exceed the above limits, a detailed cost comparison &
cost benefit analysis shall be carried out between the R&M/LE work and that of setting up a
new green field plant.

8.0

COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

8.1

The investment decision on R&M/LE&U scheme should be driven by economic sensitivity

analysis on cost of generation. The benefits in term of increase in PLF (including additional
generation and availability, reduction in forced outages), increase in efficiency, reduction in
auxiliary power consumption and fuel consumption, improvement in plant safety and
environmental up-gradation expected to be achieved after implementation of R&M/LE&U
scheme should be clearly brought out. The techno-economic viability will be established in
terms of internal rate of return, net present value, pay back period etc. The pay back period for
R&M / LE&U should be about 5-7 years.

8.2 The Empowered sub-Committee of the Committee on Infrastructure in its meetings held on 11th
January, 2008 and 2nd April 2008 under the chairmanship of Deputy Chairman, Planning
Commission has included R&M of power stations under the definition of infrastructure. All
kind of financial concessions / relaxation towards infrastructure projects as notified by Ministry
of Finance from time to time shall also be applicable for R&M / LE&U works.
9.0

PARTICIPATION OF PRIVATE SECTOR IN LE&U PROGRAMME

9.1

In view of the liberalized economic policy of Government of India, private investment including
foreign investment, are now allowed in all areas of the power sector. Following alternative
options appear practical and feasible for private investment in R&M schemes. However, states/
power utilities may have other innovative options which could also be considered.

(i)

Option 1: Lease, rehabilitate, operate and transfer (LROT)

Under this option, the private promoter (PP) would take over the power station on a long -term
lease, say 10 years or more. PP would invest and carry out the R&M of the power station and
would takeover its operation and maintenance. Normally, the station would revert to the power
719

utility after completion of the contracted period of lease or may be renewed on terms to be
specified. However, legal title and ownership of the plant will remain with the utility throughout.
This option would require a detailed lease agreement covering all aspects of financing,
performance parameters, use of existing resources, sale of generated power etc.
(ii)

Option 2:- Sale of Plant

Power utilities could offer power stations for outright sale to private parties. The present worth
of the plant would have to be assessed which could be the reserve price for the sale.

(iii) Option 3:- Joint Venture between Power utility and public or private

company.

In this option, a new company will be formed as a joint venture (JV) of the state power utility/
State Government and selected private/public collaborator. The JV company would undertake
the R&M/ LE works and own, operate and maintain the power station. The private collaborator
could also be an equipment supplier. Each partner shall hold minimum 26% equity in the JV
company.
9.2

As a general rule, choice of private promoter should be made through competitive bidding.
The above modes are illustrative. Any other mode as may be found suitable by the utility with
in the above broad principles may be adopted by the utility.

9.3

Depending on the options preferred by the power utility, the detailed procedure
and bid documents may be prepared by the utility/consultant in line with their procurement
policies.

720

Chapter 28

Hydro Policy

722

HYDRO POLICY
1.0

HYDRO POTENTIALAND DEVELOPMENT STATUS

1.1

Power Sector Development:

1.2

Since independence, there has been sizeable growth in the power sector as at the time of
independence the generating capacity in the country was only 1750 MW which has since
increased to 1,46,853 MW as on 31.10.2008. The annual generation has grown from about 5
billion units to about 711 billion units during 2007-08. Despite, rapid increase in population over
this period of time, the per capita consumption has increased from a mere 15 KwH to 704 KwH.

1.3

Despite the fact that India is the 6th largest country in terms of Power generation yet, the over all
electricity shortages continue to be a major concern. The peaking shortages are about 16.6% as
on 31.03.2008 on an all India basis. The energy shortages on a regional basis vary in magnitude
and the overall average shortages on an all India basis is about 9.9%. To meet the growing
demand and shortages encountered in various regions, the generation capacity needs to be
doubled. Over the next 10 years, so as to meet the total demand both in terms of peak and
energy. In the wake of continuous improvements in the Plant Load Factors which recorded an
average of 78.61% during 2007-08, electricity generation has been growing consistently at over
5% during past 4 years and this growth rate has peaked at 7.26% in the year 2006-07.

1.4

The Hydro Power Potential

1.5

First Survey (1953-59)

The first systematic and comprehensive study to assess the hydro-electric resources in the
country was undertaken during the period 1953-1959 by the Power Wing of the erstwhile Central
Water and Power Commission on the basis of the then prevailing technology with available
topographical and hydrological data. These studies placed the economically viable hydro power
potential of the country at 42100 MW at 60% load factor (corresponding to an annual energy
generation of 221 billion units).

1.6

Re-assessment Studies (1978-87)

The re-assessment studies of hydro-electric potential of the country were completed by the
Central Electricity Authority in 1987. According to this study, the hydro power potential is
estimated at 84044 MW at 60% load factor. A total of 845 hydro- electric schemes have been
identified in the various basins which will yield 442 billion units of electricity. With seasonal
energy, the total energy potential is assessed to be 600 billion units per year. In addition, the
reassessment studies have also identified 56 sites for Pumped Storage Schemes (PSS) with total
installed capacity of about 94,000 MW. At present, Pumped Storage Schemes of 4809.6 MW is
under operation and 1000 MW is sanctioned but work yet to start. The hydro potential of 84044
MW at 60% load factor when fully developed would result in an installed capacity of about
150000 MW on the basis of probable average load factor.
The Great Indus, the Ganga and the Brahmaputra rivers with their innumerable tributaries
originating from the Himalayas constitute about 70% of the countrys assessed hydropower
potential. The peninsular plateau, flanked on one side by the Eastern Ghats and on the other
side by the Western Ghats is a receptacle of enormous hydro power.
At present, 32781.5 MW (22.05%) of the potential has been developed and 13235 MW (8.9%)
is under development in terms of probable installed capacity. Thus about 69.05% of the potential
is yet to be tapped.
723

1.7

Status of Hydro Development

1.8

Schemes in Operation
The installed hydro generating capacity (with station capacity above 25 MW) including pumped
storage schemes in the Country is 36497.76MW (as on 31.10.2008).This capacity does not
include small hydro capacity of 1168 MW which has been transferred to Renewable Energy
Sources (RES).

1.9

Hydro Share
To meet the present demand for peaking and non-peaking power, it is estimated that a hydrothermal mix of 40:60 would be an ideal mix. At present 31.10.2008) the total installed capacity in
the country is 1,46,753 MW and hydro share accounts for 36497.76 MW (24.87%) exclusive of
small hydro capacity.

2.

THE HYDRO POWER CAPACITY ADDITION ENVISAGED FOR 11TH AND 12TH PLANS
PERIOD

2.1

11th Plan Capacity Addition Programme:

To meet the energy requirements of 1038 billion units and a peak load of 1,52,746 MW with
a 5% spinning reserve, a capacity addition of about 82,500 MW is required during 11th Plan.
However, the Planning Commission has approved a capacity addition of 78,700 MW comprising
of 36874 MW (46.9%) in Central Sector, 26783 MW (34%) in State Sector and 15043 MW (19.1%)
in Private Sector during 11th Plan. Out of this the hydro capacity addition programme during 11th
Plan is 15627 MW (8654 MW in Central Sector, 3482 MW in State Sector and 3491 MW in Private
Sector). Out of the above capacity, the commissioned capacity in respect of H.E. Projects in
2007-08 is 2423 MW and in 2008-09 upto 30th November, 2008 is 739 MW. The total capacity
commissioned during 11th Plan so far is 3162 MW comprising of 1030 MW in Central Sector and
2132 MW in State Sector.

2.2

Advance action for capacity addition in the 12th plan :

2.3 Identification of candidate projects for 12th plan.

As per the studies carried out by CEA to assess the requirement of additional capacity during
the 12th Plan (2012-17), the requirement of installed capacity to meet the all India peak demand
and energy requirement at the end of 12th Plan would require a capacity addition of over 90000
MW in the five years period of 2012-17. In pursuing low carbon growth strategy, it would be our
endeavour to maximize exploitation of hydro power potential. This is also necessary for energy
security of the country.
To achieve the ambitious programme of hydro capacity addition during 12th Plan period, advance
action on the identified hydro electric schemes needs to be taken in the early part of 11th Plan
period itself as long period is required for development of DPRs, obtaining various clearances
like Environment & Forests clearances, CEA clearance, investment decision and achieving
financial closure.
To achieve benefits during 12th Plan period, it would be necessary that DPRs of identified
projects are available by March, 2009 and E&F clearance, investment decision as well as financial
closure are achieved by September, 2010 and orders for main packages are placed immediately
thereafter. However, for some of the small sized schemes having comparatively shorter
construction period where DPRs would be available beyond March, 2009 have also been
considered. Regular monitoring of the hydro electric projects which are under survey &
724

investigation is required so that DPRs could be prepared by March, 2009. Efforts would need to
be made to resolve the environment related problems in respect of projects where DPRs are
either available or are nearing completion and could be submitted by March 2009 after updation.
Together with preparation of DPR, the project proponent needs to initiate detailed EIA studies
and EMP Plan, so that E&F clearance for taking up the construction of the scheme could be
obtained expeditiously.
To meet the requirement of additional capacity during 12th Plan (2012-17), a shelf of 109 candidate
hydro projects aggregating to 30920 MW having higher level of confidence for realizing benefits
during 12th Plan, based on their present status of preparedness, has been finalised.
2.4

Long term plan for hydro development

As per the re-assessment of hydro electric potential carried out by CEA(1978-87), the hydro
potential of the country has been estimated about 1,50,000 MW. The hydro installed capacity at
the end of 10th Plan was 34653.77 MW. During 11th Plan 3012 MW hydro capacity has been
commissioned upto 31.10.2008.
It is expected that by the end of 14th Plan the entire feasible hydro potential would be exploited.

3.

STATUS OF 50,000 MW HYDRO ELECTRIC INITIATIVE

Under the 50,000 MW Initiative, 162 hydro-electric projects spreading across in 16 states for
the purpose of preparation of Preliminary Feasibility Reports (PFRs) in the year 2003-04 were
taken up by CEA as a nodal agency with the CPSUs/State agencies as Consultants. CEAs role
included overall coordination, facilitating collection of data, quality control by vetting conceptual
planning, assessment of power benefits and selection of project parameters, evacuation of
power and monitoring of works. National Hydro-Electric Power Corporation, WAPCOS, Northeastern Electric Power Corporation, Satluj Jal Vidyut Nigam and number of State Power Utilities
were associated to complete these feasibility studies. The PFRs were completed in Sept., 2004
for all these projects with an aggregating capacity of 47,930 MW.
As a follow up of preparation of PFRs, it has been decided to take up implementation / preparation
of DPRs for commercially viable schemes selected from the shelf of projects for execution in the
near future. Out of 162 schemes (47930 MW) for which PFRs have been prepared, initially, based
on preliminary techno-economic analysis, 78 schemes (34020 MW) with first year tariff below
Rs. 2.50/kWh have been taken up for detailed survey & investigation and preparation of DPRs.
Action has been initiated for 77 of these schemes for S&I and preparation of DPR by CPSUs/
SPSUs/ SEBs/ IPPs. Out of these, as on 31.10.2008, DPRs for 18 schemes ( 7060 MW/revised
capacity 6540 MW) have already been prepared. The work of survey & investigation is under
advanced progress for another 18 schemes (9548MW) and their DPRs are likely to be prepared
by May10.
The work on balance 41 projects (17343 MW) is held up due to changes in agency/non allotment
by the respective State Govts., statutory clearances and other such issues.

4.

ENABLING PROVISIONS FOR HYDRO POWER.

Policy initiatives taken for increasing the Hydro Capacity

i)

Electricity Act, 2003 and consequent changes in Industry Structure:

Electricity Act, 2003 has come into force since 10th June, 2003 replacing the earlier Electricity
Act 1910, the Electricity (Supply) Act 1948 and Electricity Regulatory Act 1998. This act has
permitted direct commercial relationship between generating companies and consumers/traders.
725

The Act has provided a generating company the right to open access through state /central
transmission utilities. The Act has also enlarged the scope of captive power plants permitting
Group captive Plants wheeling power to their consumers. Reforms in the Electricity sector in the
country has brought many more organizations like Central Electricity Regulatory Commission
and State Regulatory Commissions. The Act has also emphasized the development of hydro
power and safety of the structures including dam etc.
ii)

National Water Policy- 2005:

The Government has brought out a National Water Policy in the year 2002, which inter-alia ,
envisages that water is a prime national resource , the basic need and a precious national asset.
Planning development and management of water resources need to be governed by national
perspective. It has further been stipulated in the Policy that in the planning and operation of
system, water allocation priority should broadly be in the order of drinking water, irrigation,
hydro power, ecology, agro industries and non agriculture industries, navigation and other
uses.

iii)

National Electricity Policy:

In the National Electricity Policy announced by Govt. in Feb.2005, the following thrust areas
have been identified for Hydro Generation.

Hydroelectricity is a clean and renewable source of energy. Maximum emphasis would be laid
on the full development of the feasible hydro potential in the country. The 50,000 MW hydro
initiative has been already launched and is being vigorously pursued with DPRs for projects of
33,000 MW capacity already under preparation.

Harnessing hydro potential speedily will also facilitate economic development of States,
particularly North-Eastern States, Sikkim, Uttaranchal, Himachal Pradesh and J&K, since a large
proportion of our hydro power potential is located in these states. The States with hydro
potential need to focus on the full development of these potential at the earliest.

Hydro projects call for comparatively larger capital investment. Therefore, debt financing of
longer tenure would need to be made available for hydro projects. Central Government is
committed to policies that ensure financing of viable hydro projects.

State Governments need to review procedures for land acquisition, and other approvals/
clearances for speedy implementation of hydroelectric projects.

The Central Government will support the State Governments for expeditious development of
their hydroelectric projects by offering services of Central Public Sector Undertakings.

Proper implementation of National Policy on Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) would be

essential in this regard so as to ensure that the concerns of project-affected families are addressed
adequately.
Adequate safeguards for environmental protection with suitable mechanism for monitoring of
implementation of Environmental Action Plan and R&R Schemes will be put in place.

iv)

National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy-2007:

The Policy addresses the need to provide succour to the assetless rural poor, support the
rehabilitation efforts of the resource poor sections, namely small and marginal farmers, SCs/STs
and women who have been displaced. Besides, it seeks to provide a broad canvas for an
effective dialogue between the Project Affected Families and the Administration for Resettlement
& Rehabilitation to enable timely completion of project with a sense of definiteness as regards
726

costs and adequate attention to the needs of the displaced persons. The rehabilitation grants
and other monetary benefits proposed in the Policy are minimum and applicable to all project
affected families. States where R&R package are higher than proposed in the Policy are free to
adopt their own package. The objectives of the Policy are to minimize displacement, to plan the
R&R of PAFs including special needs of Tribals and vulnerable sections, to provide better
standard of living to PAFs and to facilitate harmonious relationship between the Requiring
Body and PAFs through mutual cooperation.
v)

Mega Power Policy :

Under this Policy inter-State and inter regional Mega Power Projects are proposed to be set up
both in public and private sector. As per this Policy, the import of capital equipment would be
free of customs duty, deemed export benefits as per EXIM Policy extended to domestic bidders
for projects both in public and private sector. The income tax holiday regime for a period of 10
years can be claimed by a promoter in any block of 10 years within 10 to 15 years. The State
Governments have been requested to exempt supplies made to Mega Power Plants from sales
tax and local levies. These measures and the economies of scale in Mega Projects would
substantially bring down tariffs. The threshold limit to obtain the Mega Power status is 1000
MW for Thermal and 500 MW for hydro projects. Further, the minimum qualifying threshold
capacity for hydro electric projects availing mega benefits has been reduced from 500 MW to
350 MW for such projects located in special category States such as Jammu & Kashmir, Sikkim
and North Eastern States. The corresponding threshold capacity for Thermal projects is 700
MW in these States. Thus, the threshold capacity for hydel projects is 50% of the thermal
projects.

5.

INCREASING ROLE OF PRIVATE SECTOR IN HYDROPOWER DEVELOPMENT

Even though public sector organizations would play a greater role in the development of new
schemes, this alone would not be adequate to develop the vast remaining hydro potential since
it will require huge investments which are difficult to be supported from the budget/plan assistance
in view of competing demands from the various sectors. A greater private investment through
IPPs and joint ventures would be encouraged in the coming years and required atmosphere
conducive for attracting private sector funds would be provided.
The allocation of sites for development is under the purview of states. The policy on hydro
power development lays emphasis on increasing private investment in power development.

5.1

Hydro Electric Schemes offered by States for Development in Private Sector

The State Governments have offered a number of hydro-electric schemes for development in
private sector. Presently, 21 hydro electric projects having total installed capacity of 1415.45
MW are under operation, 11 No. hydro projects with installed capacity of 4111 MW are under
construction and 87 Nos. hydro schemes with aggregate capacity of 21255.5 MW have been
allotted to Private Sector.

6.

CONSTRAINTS IN DEVELOPMENT OF HYDRO POWER BY IPPS

a)

Tariff based competitive bidding constraints:

Hitherto, tariff based bidding has not been undertaken for hydro projects in the country. The
levels of uncertainty arising out of construction risks due to adverse geological conditions,
delays due to land acquisition, rehabilitation and resettlement (R&R) issues, law and order
problems, natural calamities etc. are so high that it is extremely risky to make bids on the basis
of tariff even before the DPR and other pre-construction investigations are carried out. The
727

problems are particularly acute in the case of storage projects, which involve construction of
large dams & creation of reservoir involving large displacement primarily due to the uncertainties
relating to R&R. Similarly, large run-of-the river (ROR) projects involving tunnels over long
distances have also been found to be risky in view of the uncertainties and wide variations in
geology observed in the Himalayas.
b)

Resettlement & Rehabilitation problem

The progress of some of the projects has been severely affected on account of opposition to
the construction by environmentalists and project affected people. Rehabilitation is becoming
a major issue in the implementation of storage-based hydro development and many times, it is
one of the main reasons for the delay in the execution.
National rehabilitation policy has been brought out in October 2007 by the Ministry of Rural
Development (Deptt. of Land Resources) and the policy will be implemented uniformly to Hydel
Projects which will reduce time in settlement of R&R Packages to Hydro Projects . The objectives
of the Policy are as follows :i)

To minimize displacement and to identify non-displacing or least-displacing alternatives;

ii)

To Plan the resettlement and rehabilitation of Project Affected Families, (PAFs) including
special needs of Tribals and Vulnerable section;

iii)

To provide better standard of living to PAFs and;

iv)

To facilitate harmonious relationship between the Requiring Body and PAFs through
mutual cooperation.

v)

Environment & Forest Aspects

Hydro electric projects involve submergence causing displacement of project area people and
often require forest land for their implementation. The impact on ecology, monuments, seismicity,
resettlement and rehabilitation, catchment area treatment, flora and fauna are assessed in the
environment appraisal of the project. Forest clearance requires compensatory afforestation on
the non forest lands. These aspects need to be looked into carefully to avoid undue problems
during execution of the projects. The progress of some of the projects has been affected on
account of opposition to the construction by environmentalists and project-affected people.
The time limits specified for various processes should be strictly adhered to. MoEF should be
empowered to enforce adherence to the time limits by all agencies including State Governments.
c)

Law & Order problems

Disturbed condition in some part of the country is one of the factors causing delay in project
execution and even suspension of work. Some of the hydro-electric projects suffering due to
these problems are Dulhasti, Upper Sindh, Dhansiri, Turial etc.

d)

Paucity of Funds in the past & longer gestation period:

Paucity of funds in the past has been the major cause of slow development. The thermal
projects get priority in fund allotments with a view to get early benefits, as the gestation period
of thermal plants is comparatively short. There were a number of attractive hydro schemes
which were accorded investment decision, but constructional beginning could not be made
due to non-availability of funds. The availability of investable funds for supporting the hydel
development in the country remained one of the major bottlenecks during past years.

728

A special requirement of hydel projects is the availability of long term funding at reasonable
interest rates for back ending of tariffs so that the cost of power during the initial years is
reasonable. The FIs perceive a lower payment security risk if the first year tariff is reasonable
and are reluctant to fund project with high first year tariff even if it is demonstrated that the tariff
would be reasonable in the later years.
One of the main reasons for slow development of hydro projects has been the reluctance of FIs
to fund the these projects given the risks of geological and hydrological uncertainties, delays
in land acquisitions, rehabilitation and resettlement problems, law and order problems and poor
communications in addition to the general problems of IPPs like payment security etc. The
financial institutions have the largest stake in the project as they fund about 70% of the total
project cost. However encouraged by the provisions of the Electricity Act, 2003 the financial
institutions are no longer looking for Government guarantees and have reiterated that there
would be no dearth of fund for projects with viable tariffs promoted by credible developers.
An inter-institutional group (IIG) with the MD, SBI as its convener and representatives from
other financial institutions and the Ministry of Power has been constituted to facilitate financial
closure of private sector power projects. The IIG has been instrumental in getting financial
closure for large number of projects with competitive tariffs covered by long-term power purchase
commitments are essential requirement for funding by FIs. The FIs are no longer insisting on
State Govt. guarantees. Instead, they evaluate projects on the basis of tariffs of the project,
ability of the developer to bring in the required equity and technical expertise for completing the
project on time. Given the unique tariff structure characteristic of hydro stations ( of high tariffs
during the initial years which progressively decrease as debt gets repaid), a long term PPA
which incentivises meeting timely payment by utilities in the initial years in return for purchase
of low cost power in the later years is considered a major payment security mechanism. The FIs
would like sale of power to be tied up with power purchase agreements covering tenure such
that it not only ensures full repayment of debt to lenders but also facilitates availability of
cheaper power to the consumers.
e)

Geological Surprises:
The features of the hydro electric projects, being site specific, depend on the geology, topography
and hydrology at the site. The construction time of a hydro project is greatly influenced by the
geology of the area and its accessibility. Even when extensive investigation using new techniques
of investigations, are undertaken an element of uncertainty remains in the sub-surface
geology and the geological surprises during actual construction can not be ruled out.
It is, therefore, essential that state-of-the-art investigation and construction techniques are
adopted to minimise geological risks as well as the overall gestation period of hydel projects.

f)

Inter-State Aspects:
A substantial hydel power potential has remained locked up and many mega hydel projects
could not be taken up for implementation, even though these projects are well recognized as
attractive and viable, because of unresolved Inter-State issues. At present 36 number of hydro
electric projects with an aggregate installed capacity of 7510 MW are held up because of
various interstate disputes. Govt. of India recognizes the need for evolving an approach to
ensure that the available hydro-electric potential is fully utilized without prejudice to the rights
of the riparian States as determined by the Awards of the Tribunals/Agreements arrived at
among the party States for a given river basin with regard to water sharing. The selection and
design of project would be based on integrated basin wise studies, so as to arrive at an optimal
decision and care will be taken that such projects do not in any way prejudice the claims of basin
729

states or affect benefits from the existing projects. A consensus would be evolved amongst the
basin states regarding the location of such project, basic parameters involved and mechanism
through which each project would be constructed and operated.
7.

THE EXISTING POLICY GUIDELINES

Gist of the existing policy guidelines
A policy on hydro power development which, inter alia, included provision for allocation of
hydro electric projects to private sector was announced by the Government in 1998. According
to this Policy and clarifications issued there under in 2002, hydro projects of the capacity of up
to 100 MW can be allocated on MoU (Memorandum of Understanding) basis while projects
with higher capacities were required to be developed through the process of competitive bidding.
It was stipulated further that even for projects below 100 MW allocated through the MoU
route, the EPC contracts for development must be awarded through the ICB process.
It has been laid down under Section 63 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (approved by Cabinet on 4th
March, 2003) that if tariff has been determined through a transparent process in accordance
with the guidelines issued by the Central Government, then such tariff shall be adopted by the
appropriate Commission. The Ministry notified guidelines, on 19.01.2005, for the determination
of tariff through bidding process for the procurement of power by distribution licensees.
The Tariff Policy of the Ministry of Power(approved by the Cabinet on 29th Dec., 2005), issued
on 6.1.2006, required that all distribution utilities shall procure power only through competitive
bidding (except in cases of expansion of existing projects or projects controlled/owned by
public sector companies for a period of 5 years). As a consequence, from 6.1.2006 onwards, it is
obligatory on all distribution licensees to procure power only through the tariff based bidding
process following the guidelines of the Ministry.
It was clarified by the Ministry of Power vide its letter dated 14.3.2006 addressed to all the States
that all projects above 100 MW capacity must be allocated following the competitive bidding
route and that tariff has to be the sole basis for such competitive bidding. Further, instructions
were also issued by the Ministry dated 3rd July, 2006 to the effect that allocating projects to the
private developers through adoption of any other criteria (i.e. other than tariff based normal
bidding) for evaluation of competitive bidding would be in the contravention of the Policy
Guidelines.

8.

PROVISIONS OF THE NEW HYDRO POLICY

8.1

Section 63 of the Electricity Act, 2003 provides for development of projects on the basis of
competitive bidding for tariff, while Sections 61 and 62 allow tariff of the projects to be fixed by
the Regulator based on capital cost and norms. Further, the Tariff Policy notified in January 2006
states that all future procurement of power by utilities will have to be made through a process
of tariff based bidding. However, a special dispensation has been provided for CPSUs/SPUs
which enables these public sector companies to develop projects on the traditional cost plus
basis with tariff determination by the appropriate commission under provisions of Section 62 of
the Electricity Act 2003. It is only after January 2011 that the PSUs will also be required to have
their tariffs determined on the basis of competitive bidding. It has been decided that this
dispensation, presently allowed for PSUs, should also be made available for the same period i.e.
till January 2011, to promote hydro power development even through the private sector route.
This dispensation would be available to private sector hydro projects which obtain CEA
concurrence, sign PPAs with distribution licensees and achieve financial closure before January,
2011. The continuance or otherwise of this dispensation could be considered at the appropriate
730

time, much prior to January, 2011, based on the experiences gained in implementation of the
proposed policy.
8.2

The above arrangement would have several advantages. While the initiative for allocation of
the projects would remain with the State Governments (the States would have to ensure
transparency in the allocation process), the scrutiny of the Regulator and the CEA would
ensure that the projects are designed and built in the most optimal and economic manner and
that the interest of the consumers is adequately protected. From the point of view of the
developer, this procedure would reduce numerous risks associated with the construction of
hydro projects. This would also facilitate the requisite development of transmission lines
particularly in the case of projects in the North East.

8.3

The revised policy guidelines for development of hydro projects in the Private Sector

8.3.1 Tariff based bidding remains the most desirable option for developing power projects including
hydro-electric stations. However, it needs to be recognized that hydro project construction
involves huge risks and uncertainties as explained in Para 4. The situation is particularly acute
in the case of storage projects involving large land acquisition and in the case of projects
involving long tunneling and large underground excavation.
8.3.2 Another problem associated with hydro projects in the Himalayas is the requirement of dedicated
transmission lines that have to be pass through difficult and narrow mountain valleys to bring
power to the load centres. In particular, power from the North-East requires specially designed
compact, high capacity transmission lines to be built through the narrow chickens neck
south of Siliguri.
8.3.3 The Electricity Act 2003 (Section 8) provides adequate powers to the Central Electricity Authority
(CEA) to ensure the optimal development of hydropower in consultation with the Central /
State Governments and other agencies. The CEA is also empowered to frame regulations for this
purpose and to scrutinize the capital cost estimates for projects exceeding a certain capital
expenditure as may be fixed by the Central Government from time to time by notification. This
sum having been notified by the Ministry of Power on 18.4.2006.
8.3.4 However, keeping in view the difficulties of the hydro sector in responding to tariff based
bidding, the need to develop the requisite transmission lines and also to capture the cost of
generation in the most efficient manner for the benefit of all the stakeholders, it is necessary to
regulate the tariff from hydro power stations. At the same time, from the point of view of the
private sector the major incentive is the scope for trading particularly in the latter years when
cost of generation goes down and the market price of power is high. It is proposed to balance
these conflicting interests by proposing that a major portion of the power is tied up through
long term Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs) to facilitate financial closure of hydro projects
and also incentivise the developer through permitting merchant sale of a certain quantum of
power linked to the speedy commissioning of the project. Further, these long term PPAs to be
signed between the developer and the buyers of power would facilitate timely and optimal
development of transmission lines and also quick financial closure. Merchant sales in large
quantities would also require surplus evacuation and transmission capacity. In order to avoid a
mismatch between construction of projects and availability of transmission lines, binding
indemnification agreements will be signed between the transmission utility and the private
developer.
8.3.5 While it is widely recognized that issues relating to resettlement and rehabilitation have been a
major impediment in the development of hydro projects, it has also to be recognized that
resettlement & rehabilitation have to go beyond mere compensation for loss of assets and
731

livelihood. An effective R&R Policy should aim to providing a higher living standard to the
Project Affected People making them stake-holders in the project which would be immensely
beneficial for the early commissioning of the project. It has also been felt that there is a need for
infusion of a regular stream of revenue aimed at providing income generation and welfare
schemes and at creating additional infrastructure and common facilities on a sustained and
continued basis. With this objective it has been agreed to provide and exclusively earmark an
additional 1% of power (over and above the existing provision of 12% free power) from the
project for local area development. It is recommended that the host State Government also
provides a matching 1% of power from its share of 12% free power towards this corpus. This
would however not apply retrospectively for projects already allocated.
8.3.6 Another area of criticism of hydro power development is the non-availability of electricity to
people in the project vicinity. There is need to involve the developer in providing electricity to
the local population in the vicinity of the project area and also factor free power for project
affected person.
8.4

Salient features of the New Hydro Power Policy

8.4.1 Since the above issues were not adequately addressed in the earlier Policies, the new policy
guidelines outlined below seek to balance the competing interests of the various stakeholders
for the sake of speedy implementation of hydro projects in the country: (a)

The existing dispensation available to the Public Sector under the National Tariff Policy 2006,
regarding exemption from tariff based bidding up to January 2011, is also extended to private
sector hydroelectric projects, which obtain CEAs concurrence, sign PPAs with distribution
licensees and achieve financial closure before January, 2011.

(b)

State Governments would be required to follow a transparent procedure for awarding potential
sites to the private sector. The selection criteria may include the financial strength of the
developer as measured by his net worth, experience in the development of infrastructure projects
of similar size, past track record in delivering projects on time and within estimated costs,
turnover of the developer in relation to the size of the project, ability to meet the performance
guarantees etc. This eligibility criteria will be applicable at the RFQ stage. The States will call for
bids from the short-listed developers who qualify the RFQ stage on a single quantifiable parameter
identified from any of the options being exercised by the States either of more than 12% free
power or equity participation or upfront payment etc.

(c)

The concerned private developer would be required to follow the existing procedure such as
getting the DPR prepared, obtaining concurrence of CEA / State Government, obtaining
environment, forest and other statutory clearances, and then approaching the appropriate
regulator. As provided under the existing guidelines, it would be obligatory for the developer to
go through an International Competitive Bidding (ICB) process for award of contract for supply
of equipment and construction of the project either through a turnkey contract or through a few
well-defined packages.

(d)

The tariff of the project would be decided by the appropriate Regulatory Commission. To this
extent, the Tariff Policy notified in January 2006 is modified and the developer would be required
to enter into long term PPAs with distribution companies subject to provisions in para 9 .4.1 (g)
below. While determining tariff the appropriate Regulatory Commission shall not allow as a part
of the project cost the expenditure incurred or committed to be incurred by the project developer
for getting the site allotted to him. The dispensation accorded under the Hydro Policy of 1998,
regarding 12% free power to be provided to the host state government, will, however, be
supplemented by an additional 1% in accordance with Clause (h) below. Any free power beyond
732

13%, would be met by the developers from their own resources and would not be a pass through
in tariff.
(e)

The project developer wishing to avail of this dispensation must reach the specific milestones
concurrence by CEA / States and all clearances, financial closure and award of work by
January 2011, and completion of the project within 4 years thereafter. Any extension to the
deadline of January, 2011, if made applicable to the CPSUs under the tariff policy, shall be
applicable for the aforesaid purposes to such private hydro projects also. Large storage projects
and run-of-the-river projects of capacity above 500 MW could be given suitable increase with
respect to construction time. This time schedule would be determined by the appropriate regulator
and must be obtained before commencement of the construction. Independent third party
verification would be done regarding adherence to the agreed timelines.

(f)

In order to enable the project developer to recover the costs incurred by him in obtaining the
project site, as mentioned in para 5 above, he would be allowed a special incentive by way of
merchant sales of up to a maximum of 40% of the saleable energy. Projects that do not conform
to the prescribed time lines would however lose this incentive of merchant sales in a graded
manner. With a view to ensure timely completion of these projects, delays of every six months
in the commissioning date would result in reduction of merchant sales by 5%. This condition
would be operationalised by the appropriate regulator duly apportioning the Annual Fixed
Charge accordingly.

(g)

The same policy guidelines would be applicable to projects above 100 MW capacity, which
have already been allocated by various States to the private developers, if such allocations
have been made in a transparent manner and on the basis of predetermined set of criteria.

(h)

An additional 1% free power from the project would be provided and earmarked for a Local Area
Development Fund, aimed at providing a regular stream of revenue for income generation and
welfare schemes, creation of additional infrastructure and common facilities etc. on a sustained
and continued basis over the life of the project. It is recommended that the host state governments
would also provide a matching 1% from their share of 12% free power towards this corpus. This
fund could be operated by a standing committee headed by an officer of the State Government,
not lower than a district magistrate to be designated by the State Government, male and female
representatives of the Project Affected People and the project head nominated by the developer.
This fund would be available in the form of an annuity over the entire life of the project.

(i)

For a period of 10 years from the date of commissioning of the project, 100 units of electricity per
month would be provided by the project developer to each Project Affected Family through the
relevant distribution company. It is expected that the PAF will consume at least the minimum
lifeline consumption of one unit per day and the cost of balance unused electricity, if any, could
be made available to PAF in cash or kind or a combination of both, at rates to be determined by
the State Electricity Regulatory Commission.

(j)

The project authorities would involve themselves in the implementation of the RGGY Scheme
within a certain radius/surface distance from the Power House/Dam Site as per requirement.
Since the RGGVY is being funded on 90:10 (90% grant and 10% loan) basis by the Government
of India. The project authorities should bear the State Governments share of 10% of the Rajiv
Gandhi Gramin Vidyutikaran Yojana within this surface distance of the Power House/Dam.

(k)

Hydroelectric projects displace families in remote areas. In the interest of speedy implementation
of hydro electric projects, the Resettlement and Rehabilitation package can be more liberal than
the National Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy, 2007. The costs towards expenditure incurred
in Sl. No (i), (j) & (k) above would be an essential part of the R&R plan and hence borne as a part
of the project cost.
733

37/48/2006-H.II
Government of India
Ministry of Power
New Delhi, dated the 28th April, 2008
To
1.
2.
3.
4.

The Secretary (Power/Energy Department), All States/UTs

The Chairman, State Electricity Boards/Power Utilities
The CMDs of all PSUs under the Ministry of Power
CMDs / MDs of all IPPs
Sub : Compendium of Hydro Power Policy

Sir,
This Ministry vide letter No. A-32/95-IPC dated 3rd July 2002 had issued the guidelines stipulating that award of power projects to private sector should not be through the MOU after the cut off
date of 18th February 1999.
The above stipulation was slightly relaxed vide this Ministrys letter No. A-132/2005-IPC dated
3rd July 2006 wherein it was reiterated that in line with the Hydel Policy announced by the Central
Government in 1998, the State Government are at discretion to structure hydro electric projects
having capacity of upto 100 MW on the MOU route, in case this route is considered more feasible.
Even for these projects upto 100 MW, awarded on the MOU route, it was stipulated that the EPC
contract should be awarded through competitive bidding. However, pursuant to the notification of
the Tariff Policy by the Government of India vide Gazette Notification No. 23/2/2005-R&R (Vol III) on
6th January, 2006, it was mandated that the purchase of power from IPPs should only be through tariff
based competitive bidding. However, several State Governments and developers expressed difficulty
in obtaining financial closure as the PPA could only be entered into after the tariff based bidding was
completed by the purchasing utilities. The Power Purchase Agreement being an essential payment
security demanded by the financial institutions/lenders who fund upto 70% of the project cost. It was
becoming necessary to tie up sale of power through competitive bidding prior to financial closure.
The developers, however, expressed their inability to participate in tariff based bidding even prior to
the commencement of the construction of the project as hydro power projects typically entail huge
construction risks, often encountering geological surprises in the young Himalayan mountain range
and problems relating to resettlement & rehabilitation.
In order to bring about a parity and provide a level play field between private and public sector
developers, the Ministry of Power had mooted a proposal for revision of the Hydro Power Policy
which has since been approved and notified vide Gazette Notification No.23/2/2005-R&R (Vol.IV)
dated 31st March 2008.
The above policy is expected to provide an impetus to the timely harnessing of vast hydro
potential in the country. You may kindly look to convey the decision in this regard to the concerned
organization, State Utilities and Corporations.
Copy of the Compendium is enclosed.
Yours faithfully,

Sd/(Sanjay Chadha)
Director (H)
Tel. : 23715327
Encl : As above
734

[Published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part 1, Section 1 dated 31st March, 2008]

MINISTRY OF POWER
RESOLUTION
New Delhi, the 31st March, 2008.

F.No.23/2/2005-R&R(Vol.IV) In this Ministrys Resolution F. No. 23/2/2005-R&R(Vol.III)

dated 6th January, 2006 published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part I, Section 1, notifying
the Tariff Policy under the provisions of Section 3 of the Electricity Act, 2003, the following amendment is hereby made:
The following proviso is added at the end of Para 5.1 of the Tariff Policy:
Provided that a developer, of a hydroelectric project, not being a State controlled/ owned
company, would have the option of getting the tariff determined by the appropriate Commission on
the basis of performance based cost of service regulations if the following conditions are fulfilled:
a)

The appropriate Commission is satisfied that the project site has been allotted to the developer
by the concerned State Government after following a transparent two stage process. The first
stage should be for prequalification on the basis of criteria such as financial strength as measured by networth, past experience of developing infrastructure projects of similar size, past
track record of developing projects on time and within estimated costs, turnover and ability to
meet performance guarantee etc. In the second stage, bids are to be called on the basis of only
one single quantifiable parameter, such as, free power in excess of 13%, equity participation
offered to the State Government, or upfront payment etc.

b)

Projects of more than 100 MW design capacity for which sites have been awarded earlier by
following a transparent process and on the basis of predetermined set of criteria would also be
covered in this dispensation.

c)

Concurrence of CEA (if required under Section 8 of the Act), financial closure, award of work
and long term PPA (of more than 35 Years) of the capacity specified in (d) below with distribution
licensees are completed by 31.12.2010.

d)

Long term PPA would be at least for 60% of the total saleable design energy. However, this
figure of 60% would get enhanced by 5% for delay of every six months in commissioning of the
last unit of the project against the scheduled date approved by the Appropriate Commission
before commencement of the construction. The time period for commissioning of all the units of
the project shall be four years from the date of approval of the commissioning schedule by the
Appropriate Commission. However, the Appropriate Commission may, after recording reasons
in writing, fix longer time period for large storage projects and run-off-the river projects of more
than 500 MW capacity. Adherence to the agreed timelines to achieve the fixed commissioning
schedule shall be verified through independent third party verification.

e)

Award of contracts for supply of equipment and construction of the project, either through a
turnkey or through well defined packages, are done on the basis of international competitive
bidding. In cases, where the conditions mentioned above at (a) to (e) are fulfilled, the Appropriate Commission shall determine tariff ensuring the following:
(i)

Any expenditure incurred or committed to be incurred by the project developer for getting
project site allotted (except free power up to 13%) would neither be included in the project
cost, nor any such expenditure shall be passed through tariff.
735

(ii)

(iii)

The project cost shall include the

-

cost of the approved R&R plan of the Project which shall be in conformity with the
following:

(a)

the National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy currently in force;

(b)

the R&R package as enclosed at appendix; and

the cost of project developers 10% contribution towards RGGVY project in the
affected area as per the project report sanctioned by the Ministry of Power.

Annual fixed charges shall be taken pro-rate to the saleable design energy tied up on the
basis of long term PPAs with respect to total saleable design energy. The total saleable
design energy shall be arrived at by deducting the following from the design energy at the
bus bar:
a)

13% of free power (12% for the host Government and 1% for contribution towards Local Area Development Fund as constituted by
the State Government). This 12% free power may be suitably staggered as decided by the State Government

b)

Energy corresponding to 100 units of electricity to be provided free

of cost every month to every Project Affected Family notified by
the State Government to be offered through the concerned distribution licensee in the designated resettlement area/ projects area
for a period of ten years from the date of commissioning.

I.C.P. KESHARI, Jt. Secretary.

736

APPENDIX

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE APPROVED R&R PROVISIONS FOR

HYDRO POWER PROJECTS
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

the

SCOPE OF COVERAGE
The following provisions shall be applicable even if one family is affected by the development
of a Hydro Power Project.
DEFINITION OF PROJECTAFFECTED FAMILIES (PAFs)
A Project Affected Family (PAF) shall mean a family whose place of residence or other property,
or source of livelihood has been affected by the development of a hydro project and who have
been residing in the affected zone for two years preceding the date of declaration of notification
under Section-4 of the LA Act. The affected family would also include squatters.
DEFINITION OFAGRICULTURALLABOURER
A person normally residing in the affected zone for two years preceding the date of declaration
of the affected zone and earns his/her livelihood principally by manual labour on agricultural
land.
DEFINITION OF NONAGRICULTURALLABOURER
A person normally residing in the affected zone for two years preceding the date of declaration
of the affected zone and who does not hold any land in the affected zone but earns his/ her
livelihood principally by manual labour or as rural artisan or a service provider to the
community.
DEFINITION OF SQUATTERS
A family occupying Government land in the affected zone without a legal title, at least for 5 years
prior to the date of declaration of notification under Section-4 of L.A. Act.
REHABILITATION / RESETTLEMENT COLONIES
This policy aims to provide built up houses to Project Affected Families (PAFs) who get displaced due to the development of hydro projects to the extent possible. However, wherever
opted for, liberal House Construction Allowance would be given in lieu.
TRAININGAND CAPACITY BUILDING
This policy also emphasizes the need to provide training to the Project Affected Families as well
as to the local population for a sustained livelihood. Special training programmes from
ITIs aimed at providing the required skills to the local population would be undertaken by the
Project developers at least six months prior to commencement of construction. This is expected
to boost the employability of the PAFs and other people residing in the vicinity of the
project.
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
This policy envisages additional provisions for Project Affected Families such as:

scholarships for meritorious students,

extension of medical facilities,

marriage grants,

subsistence grants,

support for income generation schemes for cooperative and self help groups,

seed, pesticides and fertilizer subsidies, and irrigation support.

Besides the additional provisions mentioned above, the normally applicable provisions of
National Policy on Rehabilitation and resettlement, currently in force, would be applicable.
737

No. 18/14/2009-H-II
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhavan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi, the 4th August, 2009
To
1.
2.
3.
4.

Secretary, CERC, New Delhi

Chairperson, CEA, Sewa Bhawan, R.K. Puram, New Delhi
The CMDs NHPC, NTPC, SJVNL, THDC, NEEPCO
The Chairman, BBMB, DVC
Sub. : Implementation of R&R provisions as contained in New Hyro Policy, 2008 by CPSUs

Sir,
This Ministry has been receiving representations from various hydro CPSUs to allow them to
adopt the various Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R) provisions as contained in the New Hydro
Power Policy, 2008. The Government of India issued the Hydro Power Policy, 2008 with the objective
of harnessing the hydroelectric potential in the Country, inducing private investment in hydro power
development, facilitating financial viability of hdro projects and improving rehabilitation and resettlement to facilitate project development. Hydro Power Policy, 2008 further provides that financial implication of the above provisions shall be allowed to be recovered through tariff provided the project is
awarded to private developers through the bidding process defined in the policy. These provisions
are not applicable for hydro power projects developed by CPSUs. Subsequent to the issue of this
policy, all State Government have been insisting on such benefits from CPSUs also for hydro power
projects awarded to them. However, such benefits for recovery through tariff was not available to the
CPSUs, thus, creating a disparity between private developer and CPSUs.
The above issue was examined by the Competent Authority in this Ministry. It has been decided
that the hydro CPSUs may be permitted to incorporate the new provisions of R&R in their own
existing R&R Policy in order to avoid the disparity as mentioned above, subject to approval of their
respective Board of Directors. The expenditure incurred on adopting the new R&R provisions may be
counted for the purpose of calculation of the total cost of the project, thus allowing the CPSUs to
recover the cost through tariff. All regulatory commissions may also kindly consider the aforesaid
revision.
Yours faithfully,
(Ajit Kumar
Under Secretary to the Govt. of India
Tel : 23714169
Email : [email protected]

Copy for information to :

US (H-I) / US (NHPC) / US (TH.) / US (IPC) / US (BBMB) / US (DVC)
738

Chapter 29

Coal Block Allotment

Procedures

740

F.No.FU-5/2003-IPC
Government of India
Ministry of Power
(I P Cell)
New Delhi, dated 28th September, 2007
To
The Chairperson,
Central Electricity Authority,
New Delhi.
Sub:- Procedure for processing of proposals of IPPs / CPPs seeking coal blocks / coal linkage
received from the Ministry of Coal
Sir,
rd

I am directed to refer to this Ministrys OM No. FU-5/2003-IPC dated 3 November, 2006,

circulating the guidelines for allocation of coal blocks/linkages for power sector. As per these guidelines, the practice of giving specific recommendation by the Ministry of Power to the Ministry of Coal
on the proposals of IPPs/CPPs on a case basis has been discontinued. However, this Ministry is
required to give its comments or views during the course of the deliberations in the meetings of
Screening Committee and Standing Linkage Committee (Long Term) of the Ministry of Coal on the
specific proposals of IPP/CPP, as contained in the agenda for the respective meetings.
2.
In consonance with the aforesaid guidelines dated 3rd November, 2006, the procedure as at para
(3) below is to be adhered to with immediate effect for processing the proposals of IPPs/CPPs.
3. (i) The applicants are required to send their proposals directly to the Ministry of Coal for grant of
coal blocks/coal linkage.
(ii) The proposals as received from the Ministry of Coal for comments would be sent to the Central
Electricity Authority (CEA) for their examination and remarks. For this purpose. CEA would set
up a Standing Committee with the following composition to examine proposals for coal linkage/
coal blocks.
1. Member (Thermal) CEA
2. Chief Engineer (Thermal) CEA
3. Chief Engineer (Planning) CEA
4. Chief Engineer (OM) CEA
5. Nominee of Power Finance Corporation Ltd., New Delhi.
(iii) The above Committee will examine the proposals/applications of IPPs/CCPs for grant of coal
linage/captive coal blocks and send its comments to this Ministry in the enclosed format,
keeping in view the prescribed norms of allocation of coal block/linkage of the Ministry of Coal
and the policy guidelines of the Ministry of Power in this regard as issued from time to time.
(iv) The comments of this Ministry as well as any further clarification thereon, will be given by the
representative of the Ministry of Power during the course of the meetings of the Screening
Committee/SLC (LT) in the Ministry of Coal.
4.

This issues with the approval of the competent authority.

Yours faithfully,

Encl. As above
(S. Narayanan)
Under Secretary to the Govt. of India
Tel : 23766236
741

Copy to :
1.

Secretary, Ministry of Coal, New Delhi.

It is requested to kindly send the proposals, if so required, for comments of the Ministry of Power
on a month basis for timely examination of the proposals of IPPs/CPPs for allocation of coal
linkage/coal blocks.

2.

CMD, PFC, New Delhi

It is requested to nominate a Senior Officer of the PFC to the Standing Committee of CEA as given
in para 3 (ii) of the above letter.
(S. Narayanan)
Under Secretary to the Govt. of India

PROFORMA FOR FURNISHING COMMENTS BY THE STANDING COMMITTEE

OF CENTRAL ELECTRICITY AUTHORITY
1.

Name & Address of the

Developer/applicant

2.

Details of Power Project/Plant

Location :
Capacity :

3.

Category of the Power Plant as

per the guidelines dated 3.11.2006
of the Ministry of Power for
allocation of coal blocks/coal
linkages

4.

(i) Whether the Plant is likely

to be commissioned during the
current Five Year Plan.
(ii) Likely year of commissioning

5.

Comments of the Committee

742

F.No. FU-9/2009-IPC
Government of India
Ministry of Power

New Delhi, dated the 18th March, 2011

OFFICE MEMORANDUM
Subject: Amendment of coal linkage policy for 12th Plan Power Projects.
The undersigned is directed to refer to Ministry of Powers OM of even number dated 21st
October, 2009 and to say that coal linkage policy for projects in 12th Plan with unit size less than 200
MW has been amended which is hereunder:
i)

Power projects of IPPs,

Central & State PSUs

Coal linkage will not be available for any projects

with unit size less than 200 MW*

ii)

Plants having Biomass

as primary fuel

Coal as support fuel upto 15% may be considered

for projects envisaging unit size 10 MW and above.

iii)

Plants based on
washery rejects

The ratio of coal and rejects of 22: 78 with F grade

coal would be considered for projects having
unit size 50 MW and above

iv)

Co-generation based plant

Coal linkage would be considered for unit size

of 10 MW and above

* This is not applicable to CPPs.

2.

Accordingly, para 2 and 4 of the coal linkage policy issued vide OM of even number dated 21st
October, 2009 stands deleted.

3.

This issues with the approval of Minister of Power.

(S. Narayanan)
Under Secretary to the Govt. of India
Ministry of Coal
(Shri G. Srinivasan, Under Secretary)
Shastri Bhawan, New Delhi
Copy to:
(i) Chairperson, CEA, New Delhi
(ii) NIC for uploading in MOPs website

743

F. No. FU-9/2009-IPC
Government of India
Minister of Power
New Delhi, dated the 21st October, 2009

OFFICE MEMORANDUM

Sub : Coal Linkage Policy for 12th Plan Projects

The undersigned is directed to refer to Ministry of Coals OM No. 23011/27/2008-CPD dated
26.12.2008 regarding the shelf of 12th Plan projects and to say that in view of the shortage of coal and
a number of power projects proposed for commissioning during 12th Plan awaiting linkage,
it has been decided in the Ministry to adopt the following methodology for allocating coal linkage for
12th Plan projects :A. Sector wise priority :
Following is the order of priority for allocation of coal linkage :
i) Power projects of Central Sector CPSUs, state sector and projects to be bid out by states on
tariff based competitive bidding ( Case II)
ii) IPP Projects
iii) Captive Power Projects.
B. Prequalification of projects for coal linkage:
(i) Water allocation should be available to meet the full requirements of the project and a
certificate to this effect issued by the competent authority of the State Government must
be produced.
(ii) The proposed project should have clearly identified the location and the area required for
setting up of the power project.
(iii) Report of the State Government about availability of land for project purposes should be
produced along with evidence of initiation of process for procurement of land.
(iv) The developer of the project should furnish the report of the Expert Appraisal Committee of
Ministry of Environment & Forests along with Terms of Reference issued by MOEF.
(v) The project developer meets the financial pre-qualifications as defined in the Standard Bid
Document for procurement of power through tariff based competitive bidding (Case-I).
Authenticated copies of financial documents along with supporting affidavit signed by the
authorized representative of the Board or the Chief Promoter(s) of the Project have to be furnished.
The promoter shall remain responsible for the genuineness of the documents.
C. Weightage for priority :
Ministry of Coal will indicate the availability of coal for the 12th Plan. 60% percent of available
coal would be earmarked for the Central and State sector projects, including the projects based
on tariff based competitive bidding (Case-II). For State sector projects, coal will be allocated
based on the projected demand supply gap of the State.
35% of the coal available will be earmarked for the I PPs and balance 5% will be earmarked for the
CPPs. Inter-se priority will apply for each category viz. Central and State Sector projects including
those to be bid on tariff based competitive bidding (Case II) by the State Governments and IPPs.
Prioritisation will be based on points to be allocated as detailed below:
744

SI. No.

Parameter

Points allotted to
projects which are
fulfilling the
conditions

Other projects
which are not
fulfilling the
conditions

Projects proposing installation of

units with supercritical technology

20

Project at pit-head or in State where

no major power projects have been
planned in the 11th /12th Plan shelve

20

Projects using sea water

instead of fresh water*

10

Proaress of land acquisition **

50

(i)

>25% <50% land acquired

20}

(ii)

>50% <75% land acquired

30}

(iii)

>75% <100% land acquired

40}

(iv)

100% land acquired

50}

Total

100

* Only the I PP projects located within 150 km from the nearest port will be required to meet at least 30% of their
coal requirements through import. This is not applicable to SPSUs and CPSUs as Government is already fixing
target for import of coal for them
** For weightage for progress of land acquisition, the developer shall submit a certificate from the District
Collector or the State Revenue Authority or the authorized agency of the State Government such as Industrial
Development Corporation. The responsibility of correctness of the certificate will rest with the developer as it will
not be possible for CEA to verify the land records.

D. Captive Power Projects

For CPPs, linkage will be ecommended for those who are having capacitymore than 10 MW. Following
industries for captive use may be given preference:
i. Steel Industry
ii. Aluminium industry
iii. Process industries such as cement, textile, sugar etc.
2.

Cases of linkage for CPPs/lPPs having unit size less than 200 MW will be considered only if
equipment are sourced from reputed domestic manufacturers. However, if the equipment are
ordered before 24.07.2008 to others, linkage may be considered.
3. There will be no domestic linkage to power plants based on imported coal in 12th Plan.
4. For washery rejects, the ratio of coal and rejects to be considered is 22:78 based on grade of coal.
With bio-mass, coal as support fuel upto 15% may be considered.
5. This issues with the approval of the competent authority.
(S. Narayanan)
Under Secretary to the Govt. of India
Secretary Ministry of Coal
Shastri Bhawan New Delhi,
Copy to the Chairperson, Central Electricity Authority, Sewa Bhavan, R.K.Puram, New Delhi with a
request to prepare a shelf of 1ih Plan projects awaiting coal linkage with appropriate marking against
those projects.
745

F. No. FU-9/2009-IPC
Government of India
Ministry of Power
.
New Delhi, dated the 8th January, 2010

OFFICE MEMORANDUM
Sub: Clarification on coal linkage policy for 12th plan projects
The undersigned is directed to refer to Ministry of Powers OM of even number dated 21st
October, 2009 and to issue the following clarification on coal linkage policy for 12th Plan power
projects:Para 1 D
For CPPs, linkage will be recommended for those who are having unit size more than 10
MW.

(S. Narayanan)
Under Secretary to the Govt. of India
Ministry of Coal
(Shri G. Srinivasan, Under Secretary),
Shastri Bhawan,
New Delhi.
Copy to :(i)
(ii)

Chairperson, CEA, New Delhi.

NIC for uploading in MOPs website.

746

F.No.FU-9/2009-IPC
Government of India
Ministry of Power
New Delhi, dated the 11th January, 2010
OFFICE MEMORANDUM
Sub: Clarification on coal linkage policy for 12th plan projects
The undersigned is directed to refer to Ministry of Powers OM of even number dated 21st
October, 2009 and to issue the following clarification on coal linkage policy for 12th Plan power
projects:Para 1 B(iv)
The developer of the project should furnish the letter of Terms of Reference issued by
Ministry of Environment & Forests, prescribed for the project.

(S. Narayanan)
Under Secretary to the Govt. of India
Ministry of Coal
(Shri G. Srinivasan, Under Secretary),
Shastri Bhawan,
New Delhi.
Copy to :(i)
(ii)

Chairperson, CEA, New Delhi.

NIC for uploading in MOPs website.

747

Blank

748

Chapter 30

Award Schemes for

Generation, Transmission &
Distribution

750

COMPREHENSIVE AWARD SCHEME

1.

The Meritorious Productivity Award Scheme was in operation since 1983. Under this scheme,
cash awards were given to the thermal power stations based on PLF/Generation and this amount
was in turn distributed to the employees in proportion to their salaries. In addition, shields were
awarded to the thermal power stations which exceeded specified level of generation and Gold,
Silver or Bronze medals were awarded to the heads of the power stations based on ranking of
their power station.

2.

Subsequently, a scheme for Incentive Award for reduction of Secondary Fuel Oil Consumption
and Auxiliary Power Consumption was also introduced in 1992. This scheme envisaged reward
of incentives for efficient and economic operation of coal/lignite based thermal power stations
in the country. The main objectives of these awards was to foster competitive spirit among the
coal/lignite based thermal power stations of the country for economic and efficient operation
and also to reward the employees in their effort to improve the stations output alongwith
affecting economy in the use of secondary fuel oil and reducing auxiliary power consumption.
The scheme was framed to reward those power stations which achieved better results than the
achievement in the preceding year.

3.

Under this Scheme awards were distributed under the following two categories:(a) Specific fuel oil consumption category
(b) Auxiliary power consumption category

4.

These award schemes have shown encouraging results. The performance of thermal power
stations have since improved considerably and the average PLF of power stations has increased to 74.8% in 2004-05. There has been reduction in the Secondary Fuel Oil Consumption
and Auxiliary Power Consumption owing to concerted efforts of O&M personnel of thermal
power stations upto 1.37 ml/kwh and 8.57% respectively.

5.

Encouraged by the success of the award scheme in improving the performance of thermal
power stations, it has been decided to extend the scheme to cover other important areas of
power sector such as the hydro stations, nuclear stations, transmission and distribution utilities/companies. Excellence in project management to recognize and encourage early
completion of projects is also to be recognized. The Comprehensive Award Scheme has been
introduced to recognize performance w.e.f. 2004-05.

6.

The objective of Comprehensive Award Scheme is to develop the spirit of competitiveness

among the various power stations/projects in the power sector. The Comprehensive Award
Scheme includes awards in the following categories:
Thermal Power Station Performance Awards
Early Completion of Thermal Power Projects Awards
Hydro Power Station Performance Awards
Early Completion of Hydro Power Projects Awards
Transmission System Availability Awards
Early Completion of Transmission Power Project Awards
Nuclear Power Station Generation Awards
Performance Award of Distribution Companies
Performance Awards for Rural Franchisees
Environment Management in Thermal Power Stations.
751

Blank

752

Chapter 31

Formula for Allocation of

Power

754

No. 8/1/96-OM
Government of India
Ministry of Power
New Delhi, dated the 27th April, 2000
To
1.

Chief Secretaries/All the State Govts./UTs

2.

All the State Govts. (Power Deptts.)

3.

State Electricity Boards/State Power Sector Companies

4.

All Central Power Sector Utilities

Sub:- Formula for allocation of power from Central Sector Generating Stations to the State/UTsregarding
Sir,
The allocation of power from the central sector power stations to the States/Union Territories of
the region is governed by a formula evolved in late seventies, in case of thermal/nuclear power
stations, and early eighties, in case of hydel power stations. The formula was evolved at a time when
the power sector was served almost fully by the public sector and the central power sector utilities
(CPSUs) were entirely supported by the budgetary allocation of the Central Government or by external
assistance. With Independent Power Producers (IPPs) entering the power industry in larger numbers,
the operational environment of power sector changing very fast and the role of Central Government
being substantially reduced, the allocation of power from new projects of CPSUs to the beneficiary
States has lost its original relevance.
2.
In recent times, allocation of power from the new projects tends to be guided by necessity and
capacity to pay more than any other factor. In the context of cash and carry scheme and pressure of
financial institutions on the utilities to recover their dues, the factors which have gained predominance over others are the necessity and financial capability of bulk consumers. Likewise, the surplus
power in the Eastern Region is already being exported to Southern, Western and Northern regions.
3.
In view of the background explained above, it has been decided to treat the present formula
as guidelines for new central sector power stations. The implications of this change are enumerated
below:(i)

It will not disturb the allocation already made under the formula. There will be no
change in the contents of formula.

(ii)

Power from the new central sector power stations will be made in accordance with power
purchase agreements (PPAs) to be signed between the CPSU and the State/UT or any of
their authorised agency/Board.

(iii)

First offer for purchase of power shall be made by the CPSU to each constituent (State/UT
or any of their authorised agency) of the region as per their entitlement.

(iv)

In cae any constituent of the region does not buy its share or part thereof, the CPSU shall
have the right to sell that power to any other State/UT in accordance with the PPA to be
entered into by them. However, such offer by the CPSU shall first be made to the State(s)/
UT(s) within the region (where power station is located) before diverting the power to
State(s)/UT(s) outside the region.

755

(v)

Where there are more than one claimants to the surplus power, so offered, weightage in
allocation shall be given to the power sector reforming State(s)/UT(s).

(vi)

This does not affect allocation of 10% of the power to the State where the Central thermal
power plant is located and the 12% free power from Central hydel power stations to the
State(s)/UT(s) of the regions (including the state where the hydel project is located).
Yours faithfully,

Sd/(S.K. JAYASWAL)
Deputy Secretary to the Government of India
Copy for information to :1.

The Principal Secretary to Prime Minister

2.

The Cabinet Secretariat, New Delhi (No. CCEA/5/2000)

3.

The Secretary, Ministry of Home Affairs (N.E. Division), New Delhi

4.

The Secretary, Department of Expenditure, Ministry of Finance, Plan Finance-I Division, New
Delhi

5.

The Secretary, Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance, Fund Bank Division,
New Delhi

6.

The Planning Commission, Power and Energy Division, Yojna Bhawan, New Delhi

Sd/(S.K. JAYASWAL)
Deputy Secretary to the Government of India
Note : The 12% free power mentioned in para 3(vi) above since revised to 13% (including 1%
contribution towards Local Area Development Fund as constituted by the State Government),
published in the Gazette of India Resolution No. 123 of 31st March, 2008 (page- )

756

No. 5/12/2009-Th-II
Government of India
Ministry of Power
Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg,
New Delhi-110 001
17.01.2011
To
The Chairman & Managing Director
NTPC Limited,
7, Institutional Area,
Lodhi Road, New Delhi-110003
Sub:- Allocation of power from the fourteen upcoming power projects of NTPC.
Sir,
I am directed to state that the Government of India has approved allocation of 50% of power to
the Home States from the following upcoming power projects of NTPC.
Sl. No.

Station

Capacity

Home State

1.

Gadarwara

2640 MW

Madhya Pradesh

2.

Lara

4000 MW

Chhattisgarh

3.

Talcher Expansion

1320 MW

Orissa

4.

Kudgi

4000 MW

Karnataka

5.

Darlipalli

3200 MW

Orissa

6.

Gajmara

3200 MW

Orissa

7.

Gidderbaha

2640 MW

Punjab

8.

Katwa

1600 MW

West Bengal

9.

Dhuvran

1980 MW

Gujarat

10.

Khargone

1320 MW

Madhya Pradesh

11.

Pudimadka

4000 MW

Andhra Pradesh

12.

Bilhaur

1320 MW

Uttar Pradesh

13.

Kathua

500 MW

Jammu & Kashmir

2.

It is further stated that 15% of power from the installed capacity of the above projects of NTPC
will remain as unallocated quota at the disposal of the Government of India. Remaining 35% of the
power from the above projects will be allocated to the other constituents (except the Home
State) of the particular region on the basis of extant guidelines or allocation of power (as modified
vide this Ministries letter no 8/1/96 OM dated 27.04.2000) giving equal weightage to the percentage of central plan assistance and percentage of energy consumption by each State with reference to the region as a whole for the preceding 5 years.

3.

The Government of India has also approved the proposal for 50% and 35% allocation of power
from the Barethi power project (3960 MW) to Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh respectively,
757

the project being set up in the district of Chhattarpur in the Bundelkhand region of Madhya
Pradesh to facilitate development of infrastructure in the region 15% of power from the installed
capacity of this project will remain as unallocated quota at the disposal of the Government of
India.
4.

While allocation of power from the individual projects will be made separately, it is envisaged
that this decision of the Central Government will facilitate NTPC and the Home State Governments
to work together in tying up necessary inputs i.e. land, water, fuel, environmental clearances etc.
for expeditious implementation of the projects. Home States are expected to make available land,
water etc. quickly. All other conditions of the guidelines of 2000 will be applicable.

5.

NTPC must complete the awards and start works on the above listed projects within 12-18
months.
Yours faithfully,
Sd/(K.C. Sharma)
Under Secretary to the Government of India
Telefax : 23719710

Copy to : Secretary (Energy) Governments of Madya Pradesh/Chhatisgarh/

Orissa/Karnataka/Punjab/West Bengal/Gujarat/
Andhra Pradesh/Uttar Pradesh/Jammu & Kashmir

Copy for information to : 1) Director (OM)

2) Director (State Thermal)

758

Gazette of India,
Extraordinary, Part I, Section 1
dated 8th July, 2011

Ministry of Power
Resolution
New Delhi, dated the July, 2011
F. No. 23/2/2005-R&R (Vol. V) In this Ministrys Resolution F. No. 23/2/2005-R&R (Vol. III)
dated 6th Jaunary, 2006 published in the Gazette of India (Extraordinary), Part I, Section I, notifying the
Tariff Policy under the provisions of Section 3 of the Electricity Act, 2003, which was subsequently
amended vide Resolution dated 31st March, 2008 and Resolution dated 22nd January, 2011 the following
amendment are hereby made :
The following provisions will replace the proviso para of para 5.1 :
Provided that a developer, of a hydroelectric project, would have the option of getting the tariff
determined by the appropriate Commission on the basis of performance based cost of service
regulations if the following conditions are fulfilled :
The following provisions will replace the sub para (c) of para 5.1:
c)
Concurrence of CEA (if required under Section 8 of the Act), financial closure, award of work
and long term Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) (of more than 35 years) of the capacity specified in (d)
below with distribution licensees are completed by 31.12.2015.
The following provisions will replace sub para (6) and (7) of para 7.1 :
7.1 (6) Investment by transmission developer including CTU/STUs would be invited through
competitive bids. The Central Government has already issued tariff based competitive bidding guidelines
for transmission service vide Gazette Notification dated 13th April, 2006.
The tariff of the projects to be developed by CTU/STU after the period of five years or when the
Regulatory Commission is satisfied that the situation is right to introduce such competition (as
referred to in clause 5.1) would also be determined on the basis of competitive bidding.
However, in the following cases the exemptions from competitive bidding route may be adopted:
(i)

First two experimental works for 1200 KV HVDC line.

(ii)

Works required to be done to cater to an urgent situation or which are required in a

compressed time schedule by CTU/STUs as decided by the Central Government on a
case to case basis.

(iii)

The intra-state transmission projects by STUs will be exempted from competitive bidding
route for further 2 years beyond 6.1.2011.

7.1 (7) After coming into effect of the CERC Regulation on framework for the inter-State
transmission, a similar approach should be implemented by SERCs in next two years for the intra-State
transmission, duly considering factors like voltage, distance, direction and quantum of flow.
2.

These provisions shall come into force with effect from 6.1.11.
(Ashok Lavasa)
Additional Secretary to the Government of India
759

Blank

760

Subject Index
S. No.
A.

Page No.
Electricity Act, 2003 (with both amendments incorporated)
(Notification dated 10.6.2003 bringing into force the Electricity Act, 2003)
(a) Electricity (Amendment) Act, 2003
(Notification dated 27.1.2004 bringing into force the Electricity
(Amendment) Act, 2003)

114

(b)

124

A 1.

Electricity (Amendment) Act, 2007

(Notification dated 12.6.2007 bringing into force the Electricity
(Amendment) Act, 2007)

APTEL Rules, 2004

(i)

Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Salaries, Allowances and other conditions of

service of Chairperson and Members) Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 13.4.2004)

139

ii)

Appeal to the Appellate Authority Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 16.4.2004)

(the amendment notification dated 7.9.2006 incorporated)

180

iii)

Means of Delivery of Notice, Order or Document Rules, 2004

(Notification dated 21.6.2004)

183

iv)

Procedure for conducting Inquiry against a Member of Appropriate Commission

Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 21.6.2004)

181

v)

Procedure for Holding Inquiry by Adjudicating Officer Rules, 2004

(Notification dated 31.8.2004)

184

vi)

Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Salary, Allowances and other conditions of

186
service of the Officers and Employees) Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 28.10.2004)
(the amendment notification dated 6.5.2005 incorporated)

(vii) Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Salary, Allowances and other conditions of
service of the Officers & Employees) (Amendment) Rules, 2005 (Notification
dated 6.5.2005)

192

viii) Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Procedure, Form, Fee and Record of
Proceedings) Rules, 2007 (Notification dated 22.1.2007)

143

(ix) Appellate Tribunal for Electricity ( Salary, Allowances and other conditions
of service of the Officers & Employees) (Second Amendment) Rules, 2008
(Notification dated 22.7.2008)

193

(x)

142

A 2.

Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (Salaries, Allowances and other conditions

of service of Chairperson and Members) (Amendment) Rules, 2008
(Notification dated 29.9.2008)
CEA Rules, 2005
CEA (Terms & Conditions of Chairperson & other Members) Rules, 2005
(Notification dated 24.11.2005).

A 3.

207

CERC Rules, 2004

i)

CERC Rules, 2004 (Salary, Allowance and other conditions of service of

Chairperson and Members) Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 8.3.2004)
761

132

S. No.

Page No.

ii)

CERC (Preparation of Annual Report) Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 28.1.2005)

198

iii)

Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Preparation of Annual Report)

(Amendment) Rules, 2005. (Notification dated 11.8.2005)

200

iv)

Central Electricity Regulatory Commission Fund (Constitution and the manner

of application, of the Fund) and Form and Time for Preparation of Budget
Rules, 2007. (Notification dated 22.10.2007)
Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Form of Annual Statement of
Accounts and Records) Rules, 2007. (Notification dated 22.10.2007)

219

CERC (Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Service of

Chairperson and Members) (Amendment) Rules, 2004
(Notification dated 9.3.2010)

135

v)
vi)

228

A 4. FORUM OF REGULATORS RULES

Forum of Regulators Rules, 2005 (Notification dated 16.2.2005)
A 5. NLDC Rules
National Load Despatch Centre Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 2.3.2005)
A 6. Notification for removal of Difficulties issued under the Electricity Act, 2003
i)
Disposal of free electricity received by a State Government from hydro power
generating stations (Notification dated 8.6.2005)
ii) Exemption from payment of surcharge on direct sale or supply of electricity
under the authorizations/Consent under the repealed laws
(Notification dated 8.6.2005)
iii) Establishment, operation or maintenance of dedicated transmission lines
(Notification dated 8.6.2005)
iv) Inclusion of measures to control theft in Electricity Supply Code
(Notification dated 8.6.2005)
v) Levy and collection of fees and charges for using transmission system
(Notification dated 8.6.2005)
vi)

Supply of electricity by the generating companies to the housing colonies of its

operating staff (Notification dated 8.6.2005)

201
203
315
313

318
311
320
317

vii) Supply of electricity to housing colony of sub-station

(Notification dated 8.6.2005)

321

viii) Previous publication of regulations by State Commission

(Notification dated 9.6.2005)

324

ix)

322

Supply of electricity to Cooperative Group Housing Society, supply of

electricity by distribution licensee at single point to a person for his
employees (Notification dated 9.6.2005)
A 7. Notifications on Joint Electricity Regulatory Commissions.
i)
Notification on constitution of Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for
Manipur and Mizoram (dated 18.1.2005).
ii) Notification on constitution of Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for
all Union Territories except Delhi (dated 2.5.2005).
762

402
397

S. No.

Page No.

iii)

Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for the States of Manipur and

Mizoram (Salaries, Allowances and other Conditions of Services of Chairperson
and Members) Rules, 2006 (dated 14.8.2006)
iv) Joint Electricity Regulatory Commission for Union Territories except Delhi
(Salary, Allowances and other Conditions of Services of Chairperson and Member)
Rules, 2007 (dated 19.03 2007).
v) Notification for inclusion of Goa in JERC for Union Territories
(dated 30.5.2008).
vi) JERC for Goa & UTs (Preparation of Annual Report) Rules, 2010
(Notification dated 21.6.2010)
vii) JERC for Manipur & Mizoram (Preparation of Annual Report) Rules, 2010
(Notification dated 21.6.2010)

403

399

398
405
407

A 8. Clarifications under the Electricity Act, 2003.

i)

Regulatory jurisdiction over the DVC under the Electricity Act, 2003
(dated 2.6.2005)

330

ii)

On compounding of theft offence (dated 26.10.2005).

333

iii)

Rule 8 of Electricity Rules 2005 regarding approval by PPA

by Appropriate Commission for Inter-State Projects (dated 28.8.2006)

327

iv)

Clarification on Captive Power Plant (dated 6.8.2007)

329

v)

Setting up of generating station (dated 9.8.2007)

328

vi)

Applicability of provisions of section 126 and 135 of the Electricity Act,

2003 (dated 12.11.2007)

332

vii) Supply obligation in respect of DVC (dated 27.11.2007)

331

viii) Clarification on Captive Power Plant (dated 7.10.2010)

344

A 9. Other Rules under Electricity Act, 2003

i)

Fees for Making Application for Grant of Licence Rules, 2004

(Notification dated 23.3.2004)

137

ii)

National Electricity Plan Notification Rules, 2004 (Notification dated 6.4.2004)

138

iii)

Intimation of Accidents (Form & Time of Service of Notice) Rules, 2004

(Notification dated 22.12.2004)

194

iv)

Distribution of Electricity Licence (additional requirements of capital adequacy,

205
creditworthiness and Code of Conduct) Rules, 2005 (Notification dated 23.3.2005)

v)

Electricity Rules, 2005 regarding requirements of captive generating plant,

compliance by transmission lines etc. (Notification dated 8.6.2005)
(amendment made vide notification dated 26.10.2006 incorporated).

127

vi)

Electricity (Procedure for Previous Publication) Rules, 2005

(Notification dated 9.6.2005)

250

(vii) Notification on Intimation of Accidents (Form & Time of Service of Notice)

(Amendment) Rules, 2005 (Notification dated 11.8.2005)
763

197

S. No.

Page No.

viii) Works of Licensees Rules, 2006 (Notification dated 18.4.2006)

viii) Qualifications, Powers and Functions of Chief Electrical Inspector and Electrical
Inspectors Rules, 2006 (Notification dated 17.8.2006)
ix) Electricity (Amendment) Rules, 2006 (Notification dated 26.10.2006).
A 10.
Resolutions under Electricity Act, 2003

210
216

i)

Resolution on Establishment of Regional Power Committees for the five

regions (dated 25.5.2005) (amendments made vide resolution
29.11.2005 and 9.5.2008 incorporated)

365

ii)

Amendments to the Resolution on Regional Power Committees

(dated 29.11.2005)
Resolution on Constitution of Coordination Forum by the Central Government
(dated 19.2.2008).
Amendments to the Resolution on Regional Power Committees
(dated 9.5.2008)

378

iii)
iv)

391
386

B.

National Electricity Policy

251

C.

Tariff Policy (amendment made vide resolution dated 31.3.2008 incorporated)

(i) Amendment to Tariff Policy (31.3.2008)
(ii) Amendment to Tariff Policy (20.1.2011)
(iii) Amendment to Tariff Policy (8.7.2011)

271
293
296
759

C 1.

Clarification on Tariff Policy

i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)

D.

Tariff Policy regarding PPA before 6.1.2006 (dated 28.3.2006)

Tariff Policy regarding PPA before 6.1.2006 (dated 15.2.2008).
Para 5.1 of Tariff Policy (dated 29.11.2010)
Para 5.1 and 7.1 of Tariff Policy (dated 9.12.2010)
Meter rent in power sector under Electricity Act, 2003
(dated 28.2.2011).
vi) Short-term purchase of power by a DISCOM (13.4.2011)
vii) Para 6.4 of Tariff Policy (dated 19.4.2011)

334
336
337
338
343

Energy Conservation Act, 2001

409

Energy Conservation (Amendment) Act, 2010

443

D 1. Rules and Regulations under Energy Conservation Act

i)
The Energy Conservation
(Minimum Qualification for Energy Managers) Rules, 2006
(Notification dated 8/12/2006)
ii) The Energy Conservation (The form and manner for submission
of report on the status of energy consumption by the designated consumers)
Rules, 2007 (Notification dated 2/3/2007)
iii) The Energy Conservation [Form and Manner and Time for
Furnishing Information with Regard to Energy Consumed
and Action Taken on Recommendations of Accredited
Energy Auditor] Rules, 2008
(Notification dated 26/6/2008)
764

342
340

449
500

502

511

S. No.
iv)

Page No.
Energy Conservation (Manner of holding Inquiry) Rules, 2009
(Notification dated 25/02/2009)

527

D 2. Rules under Bureau of Energy Efficiency

i)

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency Appointment and Terms and

Conditions of Service of the Director-General Rules, 2003
(Notification dated 24/9/2003)
(Amendment made vide notification dated. 2/9/05 incorporated)

451

ii)

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Appointment of Secretary) Rules, 2004

[Notification dated 15/6/2004]

458

iii)

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency Appointment and Terms and

Conditions of Service of the Director-General (Amendment) Rules, 2005

453

iv)

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Annual Report) Rules, 2005

[Notification dated 5/9/2005]

454

(Amendment made vide notification dated 29/11/2006 incorporated)

v)

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency [Procedures for Conduct of Business

of the Governing Council] Regulations 2005
(Notification dated 27/9/2005)

460

vi)

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Annual Report) Amendment Rules, 2006

(Notification dated 29/11/2006)

457

vii) The Bureau of Energy Efficiency

(Form of Annual Statement of Accounts and Records) Rules, 2007
(Notification dated 28/2/2007)

462

viii) Altered List of Energy Intensive Industries

and other establishments
[Notification dated 12/3/2007]

508

ix)

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Appointment of Members,

Manner of Filling Vacancies, Fees and Allowances and
Procedure for Discharging their Functions) Rules2007
(Notification dated 3/8/2007)

497

x)

Bureau of Energy Efficiency (the manner and intervals of time for

conduct of energy audit) Regulations, 2008 (Notification dated 10.6.2008);

528

xi)

The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Advisory Committees)

Regulation 2008 (Notification dated 25/11/2008)

521

xii) Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Certification Procedures for Energy Managers)

Regulations, 2009 (Notification dated 15.07.2009.

544

xiii) Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Qualifications for Accredited Energy Auditors

and Maintenance of their List) Regulations, 2010
(Notification dated 31.03.2010);

558

xiv) Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Manner and Intervals of Time for

Conduct of Energy Audit) Regulations, 2010
(Notification dated 28.04.2010)

569

765

S. No.

Page No.

E.

Competitive Bidding Guidelines for procurement of Electricity (Contains

amendments dated 30.3.2006, 18.8.2006, 27.9.2007, 27.3.2009 and 21.7.2010)

345

F.

Generation

1.

Revised Mega Power Project Policy

651

2.

Concept of Ultra Mega Power Projects (UMPPs)

655

3.

Guidelines for taking Renovation & Modernization

711

4.

Hydro Policy

721

5.

Coal Allotment Procedure

739

G.

Transmission

1.

Tariff based Competitive- bidding Guidelines for Transmission Service

637

2.

Guidelines for Encouraging Competition in Development of Transmission System

645

3.

Notification on Operationalisation of Power System Operation

Corporation Limited (POSOCO) (dated 27.9.2010)

661

H. Distribution
1.

Guidelines for Accelerated Power Development and Reforms Programme

(APDRP)

621

2.

A Scheme for Supply of Electricity in 5 km Area around Central Power Plants

705

I.

Rural Electrification

1.

Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana Scheme

(a) RGGVY Web Portal and Milestone Based Project Monitoring

665

2.

Decentralised Distributed Generation (DDG) Scheme Under RGGVY

673

3.

Rural Electrification Policy

297

4.

Rural Area Notification

701

J.

Miscellaneous

1.

Award Scheme of Energy Conservation

585

2.

Scheme for Energy Efficiency Labeling

589

3.

Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC)

617

4.

Award Scheme for Generation, Transmission and Distribution

749

5.

Formula for allocation of Power

753

* The subject index has been prepared in the alphabetical order with the sub-headings in
chorological order to the extent possible.

766

NOTES

767

NOTES

768

NOTES

769

NOTES

770

NOTES

771

NOTES

772

NOTES

773

NOTES

774

NOTES

775

776